Towson University Graduate Catalog 2012-2013

Graduate Catalog 2012–2013 Towson University Graduate Catalog 2012-2013

Accreditation Towson University is accredited by the Middle States Commission on Higher Education, 3624 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19104; (267) 284-5000. The university is a member of the Council of Graduate Schools in the United States and the Northeastern Association of Graduate Schools and the Conference of Southern Graduate Schools.

The purpose of this catalog is to provide information about the university and the existing resources and services and current curriculum programs, rules, regulations and policies. Catalog information is to be used as an informational guide and practical resource. The university, however, in its discretion and from time to time, may amend the information contained in this catalog by modification, deletions or additions to it. Accordingly, the catalog and information it contains do not constitute a contract. Please visit the Graduate School Web page at http://grad.towson.edu for the most updated information.

Towson University’s policies, programs, and activities comply with federal and state laws and University System of Maryland regulations prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, color, religion, age, national origin, sex, disability and sexual orientation. Towson University is a non-smoking campus.

Towson University Graduate Catalog Volume XLIII 2012-2013 0812.021

ACADEMIC CALENDAR 1

Academic Calendar 2012-2013 Information about registration dates and times can be found online at http://onestop.towson.edu.

Fall Term 2012

August 29 Classes and Change of Schedule period begin.

September 3 Labor Day—no classes. 4 Change of Schedule period ends for first seven-week session. Last day to drop a course for first seven-week session with no grade posted to academic record. Last day to add a course for first seven-week session. 7 Change of Schedule period ends for full term. Last day to drop a course with no grade posted to academic record. Last day to add a course. 15 Deadline for submitting graduation application for January.

October 3 Last day to withdraw from first seven-week courses with a grade of “W.” 18 Mid-term and end of first seven-week session. 19 Second seven-week session begins. 24 Change of Schedule period ends for second seven-week session. Last day to drop a course for second seven-week session with no grade posted to academic record. Last day to add a course for second seven-week session.

November 7 Last day to withdraw from full-term courses with a grade of “W.” Last day to change to Pass or Audit grading options. 21-25 Thanksgiving holiday—no classes. 26 Classes resume. 27 Last day to withdraw from second seven-week courses with a grade of “W.”

December 8 Last Saturday classes. 12 Last day of classes. 13 Final examinations begin. 19 Last day of examinations and end of term.

January 6 Commencement. 2 ACADEMIC CALENDAR

Minimester 2013

January 2 Minimester begins. 2-3 Minimester Change of Schedule period. 15 Last day to withdraw from Minimester courses. 21 Martin Luther King Jr. Day—no classes. 22 Minimester ends.

Spring Term 2013

January 28 Classes and Change of Schedule period begin. 31 Change of Schedule period ends for first seven-week session. Last day to drop a course for first seven-week session with no grade posted to academic record. Last day to add a course for first seven-week session.

February 5 Change of Schedule period ends for full term. Last day to drop a course with no grade posted to academic record. Last day to add a course. 15 Deadline for submitting graduation application for May.

March 1 Last day to withdraw from first seven-week courses with a grade of “W.” 17-24 Spring break—no classes. 25 Classes resume. 25 Mid-term and end of first seven-week session. 26 Second seven-week session begins. 29 Change of Schedule period ends for second seven-week session. Last day to drop a course for second seven-week session with no grade posted to academic record. Last day to add a course for second seven-week session.

April 12 Last day to withdraw from full-term courses with a grade of “W.” Last day to change Pass or Audit grading options. 29 Last day to withdraw from second seven-week courses with a grade of “W.”

May 11 Last Saturday classes. 14 Last day of classes. 15 Final examinations begin. 21 Last day of examinations and end of term. 22-24 Commencement.

June 15 Deadline for submitting graduation application for September.

The provisions of this catalog are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the university and the student. The university reserves the right to change any provision or requirement at any time according to established procedures. Towson University 3 Graduate Catalog 2012-2013

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Academic Calendar...... 1 Arts Integration Institute Certificate...... 80 Towson University...... 5 Communications Management...... 81 Letter from the Dean...... 6 Interactive Media Design Certificate...... 83 Office of Graduate Studies ...... 7 Music Education (M.S.)...... 84 Procedures and Policies...... 9 Music Education Certificate...... 85 Application and Admissions...... 9 Music Performance/Composition...... 87 Registration and Fees...... 12 Strategic Public Relations and Integrated Policies on Academic Progress...... 14 Communication Certificate ...... 87 Financial Aid...... 19 Theatre...... 88 Scholarships...... 22 Other Financial Resources...... 25 College of Health Professions...... 90 Graduation Requirements...... 27 Applied Gerontology (M.S.)...... 91 Other Academic Policies...... 27 Applied Gerontology Certificate...... 91 Audiology (Au.D.)...... 92 College of Business and Economics...... 29 Autism Studies...... 94 Accounting and Business Clinician-Administrator Advisory Services...... 30 Transition Certificate...... 95 Business Administration (MBA)...... 33 Health Science...... 96 Supply Chain Management……………...33 Kinesiology...... 99 Post-Baccalaureate Certificates...... 46 Nursing...... 101 Leadership...... 46 Nursing Education Certificate...... 102 Project, Program and Portfolio Occupational Science (Sc.D.)...... 102 Management...... 47 Occupational Therapy...... 104 Supply Chain Management...... 48 Physician Assistant Studies...... 109 Speech-Language Pathology...... 111 College of Education...... 49 TEEB Professional Behavior Policy...... 50 College of Liberal Arts...... 114 Maryland Writing Project...... 51 Child Life, Administration and Family Early Childhood Education...... 51 Collaboration...... 115 Early Childhood Education (C.A.S.)...... 54 Elementary Education...... 56 Family-Professional Collaboration...... 116 Human Resource Development: Geography and Environmental Educational Leadership...... 57 Planning...... 117 Instructional Technology (Ed.D.)...... 58 Humanities...... 119 Instructional Technology (M.S.)...... 60 Human Resource Development...... 120 Jewish Education...... 62 Jewish Communal Service...... 121 Reading (M.Ed.)...... 66 Jewish Studies...... 125 Reading Education (C.A.S.)...... 69 Professional Writing...... 131 Secondary Education...... 70 Psychology...... 134 Special Education...... 72 Clinical Psychology...... 134 Teaching (MAT)...... 74 Counseling Psychology...... 136 Counseling Psychology (C.A.S.)...... 138 College of Fine Arts and Communication...78 Experimental Psychology...... 138 Art Education...... 79 School Psychology...... 139 Art, Studio...... 79 Social Science...... 142 4 TOWSON UNIVERSITY

Women’s and Gender Studies...... 145 Networking Technologies Certificate.....175 Women’s and Gender Software Engineering Certificate...... 175 Studies Certificate...... 148 Interdisciplinary Programs...... 177 Jess and Mildred Fisher College of Integrated Homeland Security Science and Mathematics...... 150 Management...... 178 Information Technology (D.Sc.)...... 151 Management and Leadership Applied and Industrial Mathematics.....152 Development Certificate...... 179 Applied Information Technology Organizational Change...... 180 (M.S.)...... 155 Professional Studies...... 181 Applied Physics...... 157 Biology...... 159 Student Services...... 185 Computer Science...... 160 Course Descriptions...... 197 Environmental Science (M.S.)...... 163 Administration and Faculty...... 365 Forensic Science...... 165 Appendices...... 389 Mathematics Education...... 166 A. Campus Facilities...... 389 Science Education...... 168 B. Family Educational Rights and Database Management Systems Privacy Act...... 390 Certificate...... 172 C. Residency Policy...... 392 Environmental Science Certificate...... 173 D. Code of Conduct...... 395 Information Security E. Graduate Student Procedures and Assurance Certificate...... 173 for Appeals, Hearings and Information Systems Grievances...... 413 Management Certificate...... 174 Index ...... 422 Internet Application Development Certificate...... 174 TOWSON UNIVERSITY 5

Towson University

History 125,000 students. Since 1960, Towson Univer- The institution known today as Towson Uni- sity has awarded more than 18,000 advanced versity opened its doors in 1866 in downtown degrees. Baltimore as the Maryland State Normal Towson University enrolls and graduates School—the only institution devoted exclu- more undergraduate students from the region sively to the preparation of teachers for the than any other institution. Enrollment for the public schools of Maryland. The first class 2011 fall term was 17,517 undergraduates consisted of 11 students. and 3,947 graduate students. In 1915 the school moved to Towson. By 1935 it established the Bachelor of Science The Campus degree in education and changed its name to The university is situated on a beautifully land- Maryland State Teachers College at Towson. scaped, 328-acre campus in the suburban In 1946 it introduced an arts and sciences community of Towson, Md., just eight miles program. The first graduate program (M.Ed. north of downtown Baltimore. Students have in Elementary Education) began in 1958. The easy access to the many cultural advantages of institution expanded its offerings in the arts the city of Baltimore—the Peabody Conserva- and sciences in 1963 and became Towson tory of Music and Library, Enoch Pratt Free State College. Library, Walters Art Museum, Baltimore Towson was granted university status on Museum of Art, Meyerhoff Symphony Hall, July 1, 1976, in recognition of its development Lyric Theatre, CenterStage and many other into a comprehensive university. In 1988, cultural centers necessary for a well-rounded Towson State University joined the University university experience. System of Maryland. On July 1, 1997, Towson Campus buildings and facilities give excel- State University became Towson University, a lent support to the various university pro- change that reflected its evolution from a state- grams. The inside back cover of this catalog supported to a state-assisted institution. The provides a map of the campus, and Appendix first doctoral program (Au.D.) began in 2001. A describes the campus facilities. The university has now graduated over 6 TOWSON UNIVERSITY

Letter from the Dean, Office of Graduate Studies

Towson University introduced its first graduate degree program, a master’s in elementary education, in 1958. Since then, the graduate program has grown to offer more than 80 graduate degrees and certificate programs, including five doctoral degree programs, serving close to 4,000 students. The Office of Graduate Studies continues to help thousands stay ahead of change and in top demand by offering programs in the liberal and fine arts, teacher education, allied health fields, computer and information technology, natural sciences, social sciences, and various professional disciplines and interdisciplinary areas.

The full- and part-time programs are led by nationally prominent faculty members who combine theory and applied, practical knowledge while encouraging collaboration on research projects and creative productions. Students have the opportunity to learn in an environment comple- mented by the diverse perspectives and experiences of their peers, who hail from a variety of geographic locations, cultures and ethnic backgrounds.

As Maryland’s metropolitan university, TU offers a valuable, yet affordable education that blends advanced levels of study with innovative conveniences. Graduate students may register online, utilize academic and career services, and enjoy small class sizes and an accessible faculty. Classes are offered during the day and in the evening at the suburban Baltimore campus and at off-site locations in Harford, Baltimore, Montgomery and St. Mary’s counties. Some of the graduate programs are now available partially or fully online.

In 2011-2012, TU was awarded over $30 million in research grants and contracts. These funds have enabled TU to offer research opportunities to its students, support the scholarly activities of its faculty, and engage in partnerships with business, community and government agencies.

As the demands of the work force change, the Office of Graduate Studies will strive to prepare its students by offering a sound balance of theory and application and will continue doing what it does best—bringing teaching and learning together to provide an excellent learning experience.

Janet V. DeLany Dean, Graduate Studies TOWSON UNIVERSITY 7

THE College of Graduate Studies AND RESEARCH

Enrollment in Graduate Studies has continued Graduate Studies Committee to grow, with 3,947 students enrolled in fall The Graduate Studies Committee, a commit- 2011. A team of administrators and staff tee of the University Senate, determines gradu- within the Division of Academic Affairs is ate education policy and is responsible for committed to providing graduate students graduate curriculum and standards. The vot- with both quality educational programs at the ing membership comprises ten members of the post-baccalaureate level and the highest level faculty (two each from the College of Educa- of student support services. tion, the College of Health Professions, the Towson University offers graduate students College of Liberal Arts, and the Jess and Mil- cutting-edge courses and programs of study to dred Fisher College of Science and Mathemat- develop the specific skills and knowledge ics; and one each from the College of Business needed by career professionals. TU has and Economics and the College of Fine Arts accepted the challenge set out by the Maryland and Communication) and two graduate stu- Higher Education Commission (MHEC) to dents. The dean of Graduate Studies and the provide rigorous, innovative graduate pro- director of Cook Library are ex-officio mem- grams that respond to specific state, regional bers. The Graduate Studies Committee also and national work force and societal demands. hears student appeals that are related to aca- Moreover, many enrolled graduate students demic matters. The appeals process is described are working full time, so graduate courses are in Appendix E. offered at convenient times and at off-campus sites as well as at the main TU campus. Select Administration courses are offered online and through hybrid The dean and staff of the Office of Graduate formats. Studies administer and implement the policies TU currently offers over 80 graduate pro- established by the Graduate Studies Commit- grams at the certificate, master’s and doctoral tee for graduate education. On all matters of levels. Faculty members from across the uni- curriculum and academic requirements for versity community work together to promote individual graduate programs, the faculty con- graduate-level education. Many of the faculty tacts are the graduate program directors. members are renowned scholars who encourage graduate students to collaborate on faculty Office of Graduate Studies research projects and creative productions. The office, located on the third floor of the More applied graduate programs will be Administration Building, is open Monday developed as the needs of students, businesses through Friday, 8:30 a.m.-5 p.m. (except for and the community continue to grow. The scheduled holidays). Office of Graduate Studies is guided by its vision and mission to provide the best possible For more information, contact: education for its graduate students. Office of Graduate Studies Towson University Administration Building 311 8000 York Road Towson, MD 21252-0001 410-704-2078 [email protected] 8 TOWSON UNIVERSITY

PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 9

Procedures and Policies

Application and Graduate In order to meet the basic minimum require- Admission ments for full admission to the university an The application process is administered through applicant must have 1) earned a baccalaureate University Admissions. To request a complete degree with a minimum GPA of 3.00 (on a application package, contact Admissions at 4-point scale) in either the cumulative units of 410-704-2115 or [email protected]. To the degree or the last 60 credits of the degree, apply online, please visit http://grad.towson.edu. or 2) earned a master’s degree or doctorate University Admissions at Towson Univer- from a regionally accredited college or university admits graduate applicants whose aca- sity. demic and personal qualifications give promise In cases where the above minimum stan- of success in graduate study. The applicant dards are not met, the last 60 credits may must hold a baccalaureate degree from a include courses taken beyond the baccalaure- regionally accredited college or university, or ate degree that are 300-level or higher. Courses from a Maryland college or university that is used for admissions purposes may not be approved by the Maryland Higher Education applied toward the graduate degree. Commission, or the equivalent of this degree Since some individual programs may have from another country. Any student taking additional requirements and enrollment classes on the Towson University campus or restrictions, meeting the above minimum any off-site location administered by the Uni- requirements may not ensure admission to a versity System of Maryland must meet the specific program. Please refer to the program university’s immunization policies prior to listing for specific requirements. registration. If a specific application deadline is not noted Conditional Admission Admission with conditions may be granted to on the program’s requirements, please assume applicants whose academic achievement does the program has rolling admissions. However, not meet the standard required for regular in the case of rolling admissions please note that admission or whose department requirements in order to ensure timely processing for all docu- are incomplete. All students admitted with ments prior to a term beginning, we ask that all conditions must maintain a cumulative grade completed application materials be submitted point average (CGPA) of 3.0 within their first by August 1 for fall admission, December 1 for 9 graduate units. See individual program spring admission and May 1 for summer admis- descriptions for specific requirements. Stu- sion. While we will continue to accept applica- dents admitted to a program with conditions tions and materials after these dates, we cannot must satisfy requirements and correct any guarantee that your application will be reviewed deficiencies as determined by the program director. The letter of admission contains in time for the start of classes. instructions requiring the student to discuss Full Admission the conditions with the program director. Requirements that must be completed to con- Students admitted to full status must meet the tinue in the program, and the timetable for basic minimum requirements of the university, completing the requirements, are listed on a plus the additional requirements of the indi- letter prepared by the program director and vidual program. sent to the student. 10 PROCEDURES AND POLICIES

Exception to Policy International Applicants An applicant who is a professional with sig- To ensure the timely processing of visa docu- nificant work experience in a field relevant to ments, the application and all accompanying the program and whose undergraduate degree documents for international students living was obtained at least 10 years prior to his or abroad must be received no later than April 15 her application to Towson University may for the fall term and October 15 for the spring petition the director of University Admissions term. Applicants who are residing in the for an exception to policy regarding the mini- United States should submit their materials no mum GPA. This request should include docu- later than July 1 for the fall term and Novem- mentation of at least five years of successful ber 15 for the spring term. Applicants must work experience in the relevant field and at least also adhere to program-specific deadlines. two letters of recommendation supporting the Towson University requires that applicants request from relevant supervisors. The petition who have attended institutions outside the will be reviewed by the program director who United States submit to University Admissions will assess the applicant’s qualification for the an official copy of their educational records, program and will inform the AVP/Director of plus an assessment of their records from a cre- Admissions in writing of his or her recommen- dential-evaluating service center. The assessment dation for conditional admission. should include a course-by-course evaluation of the student’s academic records, including the Non-Degree Enrollment degree received and GPA. This assessment usu- Students may elect to enroll for graduate ally takes three to four weeks and should be sent courses as non-degree students. Students gen- directly to University Admissions. erally choose non-degree status when 1) their Among the authorized credential evaluation academic goal is not completion of a degree or service centers are: certificate program; 2) they wish to begin course work prior to final evaluation of their AACRAO credentials for admission to a program; or 3) American Association of Collegiate they have been denied admission to a program Registrars and Admissions Officers but choose to take selected courses. Non- Foreign Credential Services degree students should be aware that many One Dupont Circle, NW, Suite 520 departments limit entry to courses at the 600 Washington, DC 20036 level to fully matriculated students enrolled in t. 202-296-3359 f. 202-822-3940 a specific graduate program. www.aacrao.org Degree seeking candidates have priority for registration above non-degree students. Non- ASCISS degree students who wish to take courses American Service Center for above the 600 level may do so after a tran- International Students and Scholars, Inc. script evaluation. Requests for an evaluation P.O. Box 250 should be directed to the program director and Hunt Valley, MD 21030 the AVP/Director of University Admissions. t. 410-370-8092 f. 410-785-6638 Some courses are available to degree-seeking www.asciss.org candidates only. Students should consult the department with questions. A limit of 12 units, WES taken while a non-degree student, may be World Education Services applied to a degree program with the approval Bowling Green Station of the program director. Students holding an P.O. Box 5087 F1 visa are not eligible for non-degree status. New York, NY 10274 Non-degree students are not eligible for finan- t. 212-966-6311 f. 212-739-6100 cial aid. www.wes.org PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 11

English Proficiency Pre-Degree for International Students International students must provide verifica- Towson University offers international stu- tion of their English competency by submitting dents the opportunity to apply for admission an English assessment report for either the prior to the receipt of the bachelor’s degree. IELTS or TOEFL testing systems. There are certain conditions under which Unless otherwise noted, students who have international students may apply for the status earned their baccalaureate degree or a higher of pre-degree. Pre-degree admission does not degree from an accredited U.S. college or uni- guarantee that a student will be eligible to versity may be eligible to have the requirement enroll for the intended admit term. All dead- of TOEFL and IELTS scores waived. lines and requirements must be met, including but not limited to academic and immigration International English Language requirements, in order for a student to enroll Testing System (IELTS) at the university. A minimum score of 6.0 is required for admis- Students receiving their final degree reports sion, except where noted. Information regard- by June 15 (October 1 for students seeking ing the IELTS testing system is available spring admission) should plan to fax a copy of online: www.ielts.org. Also, students residing their academic records, including the diploma in the United States may write to the testing statement, to University Admissions. Students center directly or contact: receiving their final degree reports in July IELTS International should plan to request admission for the fol- 825 Colorado Boulevard, Suite 112 lowing spring term. t: 323-255-2771 f: 323-255-1261 Required: At the time of application, students will submit a credential evaluation of Global inquiries: Please see the IELTS website their academic records and a letter of verifica- for more information. tion from their college or university validating that the student will be eligible for graduation Test of English as a Foreign Language at the completion of the current term. The final (TOEFL) transcript indicating conferral of a bachelor’s A minimum score of 550 on the written test or level degree will be evaluated by University a total score of 79 on the iBT (Internet-based) Admissions. If students wish to have the I-20 test is required for admission. Some programs form express mailed, express mailing charges may require higher scores. and administrative fees associated with this Information about the TOEFL test is avail- process will be assessed. Students admitted able online at www.toefl.org, or students may prior to the receipt of their bachelor’s degrees contact ETS directly: who are unable to obtain the necessary docu- TOEFL ments to begin course work at Towson before Educational Testing Service the start of their admit term may request a Princeton, NJ, 08540 deferment to the next term. The request must be in writing to University Admissions. A defer- Towson’s institution code is 5404. A department letter is sent to students showing the new mental code is not needed. starting term. The International Student and Towson University is a test site for TOEFL Scholar Office (ISSO) is notified and can issue and also administers an institutional TOEFL a new I-20 form to the student, if and when the in the fall, spring and summer. Information student requests, for the next term. Deferment can be obtained from Towson’s English Lan- I-20 forms will not be express mailed from guage Center at 410-704-2552. Visit http:// University Admissions. grad.towson.edu/admission/international/ index.asp for additional visa and immigration information. 12 PROCEDURES AND POLICIES

Admission Prior to Receiving and undergraduate studies in different fields at Baccalaureate Degree the same time may contact the Second Bache- Admission to some programs may be granted lor’s Degree Program office in University to seniors in their final term. Undergraduate Admissions at 410-704-2115 for further infor- work through the first term of the senior year mation. is evaluated; therefore, transcripts submitted must include all grades through that term. Validation of Undergraduate Degree Admission standing is subject to cancellation An applicant enrolled for courses is not or change if the admission credentials remain allowed to register beyond the first term if the incomplete or do not meet the requirements transcript validating the baccalaureate degree for admission upon receipt of the final tran- is not received in University Admissions by the script. Final transcripts showing degree confer- end of the student’s first term; no refund is ral must be received by University Admissions granted, and the student’s application is by the end of the student’s first term of enroll- removed from the graduate files. A new appli- ment. Some programs have accelerated mas- cation and fee must be submitted if the student ter’s degree programs in which undergraduates wishes to take courses for graduate credit at a are allowed to begin their graduate work. later time. These are described in the individual program sections. REGISTRATION AND FEES

Graduate Work by Seniors at TU Registration Seniors at TU may register for a maximum of A schedule of courses for the coming term and 6 units of graduate study (500-level courses registration information are available online at recommended) if they meet the following crite- http://students.towson.edu. Only students ria: 1) the graduate courses must be in excess admitted to a graduate program without con- of the units required for the bachelor’s degree; ditions may register for 700- and 800-level 2) the student submits to the Registrar’s Office, courses except with special permission from in advance of registration, an email request to the Registrar’s Office. [email protected] specifying the graduate courses requested; and 3) the student main- Deferred Registration after Admission tains a 3.00 or higher cumulative GPA. Pay- Students admitted to most degree programs ment for the courses is separate from that of may defer registration for initial courses for up undergraduate courses taken in the same term to one year, with the consent of the graduate and is at the graduate tuition rate. The courses program director. If enrollment in courses does may be transferred later to the student’s gradu- not occur within one year, or the student does ate record; however, successful completion of not inform University Admissions of another courses does not guarantee admission into the starting date, the applicant’s records will be program. Permission to take a graduate removed from the program by the Registrar’s course is also pending approval by the depart- Office and the student must reapply for future ment/instructor that the Registrar’s Office will enrollment. solicit once the request is made by the student. Class Attendance Policy Dual Career Program 1. Students are expected to attend all classes. Towson University offers the Dual Career Pro- Consistent attendance offers the most gram for post-baccalaureate students who effective opportunity for students to wish to pursue a second bachelor’s degree or understand concepts, materials and an undergraduate certificate in teaching while expectations of those courses in which enrolled in a master’s degree program at TU. they are enrolled. Although some courses Students who are interested in taking graduate do not use attendance as a criterion for PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 13

grading, there are others where in-class should attempt to make a reasonable participation is an integral part of the adjustment of the assignment. course. Examples include, but are not Students are expected to be available limited to, seminars and courses that for the entire week of exams, as the dates require public speaking, laboratories, lan- of exams may change because of extenu- guage learning, group discussion and ating factors. student teaching. Frequent absences from these types of courses, whether excused Students who will be representing TU at or unexcused, may affect the final grade. events, conferences or other official activities should obtain a Notification of Absence from Faculty members who use absences as a fac- Class Form from the Office of Student Activi- tor in grading must explain in the course syl- ties, University Union 217, to be given to their labus what effect even an excused absence instructors to verify the excused absence. Stu- might have on the evaluation of a student’s dents are encouraged to notify faculty of work. anticipated class absences as soon as they learn they will be missing class. Faculty should use 2. It is policy of the university to excuse the discretion regarding making up missed assign- absences of students for the following ments and the ramifications of missing certain reasons: class periods. • Illness or injury when the student is Important! Students who fail to appear for unable to attend class the first two class sessions, or the first session • Religious observance where the nature of evening classes, may forfeit their space in of the observance prevents the student class. Instructors have the right to release these from attending class spaces to other students wishing to add the • Participation in university activities at class to their schedules. Students who lose the request of university authorities their spaces must officially withdraw from the (e.g., intercollegiate athletics, forensics course through the Registrar’s Office to avoid teams, Dance Company, etc.) earning an FX grade for non-attendance. • Compelling verifiable circumstances beyond the control of the student Continuous Enrollment Students requesting an excused absence Students are expected to register for courses on must provide documentation to the instructor a regular basis. Previous degree candidates two weeks prior to the scheduled absence who have missed one fall or spring term must when known in advance or as soon as possible apply for re-enrollment, and pay a $25 pro- when not known in advance. cessing fee through the Registrar’s Office. (See the special policy on continuous thesis registra- 3. Absences that do not fall into any of the tion under Graduation Requirements.) Forms categories outlined in item No. 2 are are available through the Registrar’s Customer unexcused. Faculty may set a limit on the Service Center at Enrollment Services 223 or number of unexcused absences. online at www.towson.edu/registrar then click Reenrollent. The deadlines for readmission are 4. Students who are absent from class are August 1 for the fall term and December 1 for responsible for any missed work, assign- the spring term. Graduate non-degree students ments or assessments (e.g., quizzes, tests, who have missed one fall or one spring term papers, etc.). Faculty members are must complete a new application via Univer- required to allow students with docu- sity Admissions. Students in Towson Learning mented excused absences to make up Network (TLN) programs taking closed con- missed work or assignments when this is tract courses are exempt from these policies. feasible. When the nature of the assign- If two academic years for degree students ment makes this impossible, faculty elapse during which a student does not enroll 14 PROCEDURES AND POLICIES

in courses for graduate credit, the student’s Inter-Institutional Enrollment records are removed from the university’s files. Students admitted to graduate programs are If the student desires to take graduate courses eligible to take courses at other University after this action, he or she must initiate the System of Maryland schools (with the excep- application process as a new applicant via tion of University of Maryland University University Admissions. College - UMUC, which does not participate in inter-institutional enrollment). Units earned Full-Time and Part-Time Status at a host school will be placed on the student’s Graduate students in master’s or post-bacca- Towson record with the grade earned. Tuition laureate certificate programs who register for and fees for any such courses will be paid at 9 graduate units in either the fall, spring or Towson. Regulations governing this type of summer term are considered full time. The enrollment and the form for registration may maximum load for full-time students is 12 be obtained in the Registrar’s Office. The form units. Students who register for 6 to 8 units are must be signed by the Registrar’s Office after half-time, and students who register for fewer appropriate approval is obtained. Inter-institu- than 6 units are less than half-time and there- tional enrollment is not available for the sum- fore ineligible for financial aid. Graduate stu- mer session or Minimester. dents in doctoral programs who register for 6 graduate units in either the fall, spring or sum- Joint Degree Programs mer term are considered full time. The maxi- Programs in Accounting and Business Advi- mum load for full-time doctoral students also sory Services and Business Administration are is 12 units. Students who register for 3 to 5 operated as joint programs with the University units are half-time, and students who register of Baltimore. See program descriptions for for fewer than 3 units are less than half-time details. and therefore ineligible for financial aid. Course Numbers Auditing Courses Each department has one or more three- or Students may audit courses that carry gradu- four-letter codes preceding the three-digit ate credit with the written consent of the course classification number. The three-digit instructor. Any graduate student may audit a course number indicates the following level: course through the 600 level. Courses at the 700 level may be audited only by students 100-499 undergraduate courses admitted to a degree program. Audited courses 500-699 graduate courses available to appear on the university record as AU and all post-baccalaureate students may not be used to repeat a course for which (500-599 courses are cross- credit has already been earned. Audited listed with upper-division courses may not count as part of the unit load undergraduate courses) or be applied toward the master’s degree. The 700-799 graduate courses available only regular tuition rate applies to audited courses. to fully admitted graduate students Visiting Graduate Students 800-899 graduate research and thesis A student who is a candidate for a graduate courses degree at another college or university may take graduate courses at Towson University. To 500-level Courses for complete an admission application, the student Graduate Credit must present a letter from the graduate dean of A maximum of three courses at the 500 level the home institution indicating that the student may be included to meet the requirements for is in good standing and that credit earned at a graduate degree. A course taken for under- TU is acceptable toward his or her degree. graduate credit may not be repeated at the 500 level for graduate credit. PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 15

POLICIES ON ACADEMIC taken for graduate credit, whether or not they PROGRESS are required for the degree. Students must achieve a grade of B or better in prerequisite Grading System courses. Good academic standing is necessary to transfer course work and to graduate. A: 4.00 grade points Should the degree student’s average fall A-: 3.67 grade points below a 3.00 (including prerequisite courses), B+: 3.33 grade points a letter of academic warning will be sent from B: 3.00 grade points the Registrar’s Office. The GPA must be C 2.00 grade points restored to 3.00 within 9 graduate units. A F: 0.00 grade points student on academic probation who does not restore the GPA to 3.00 as required will be S or U (satisfactory or unsatisfactory)— withdrawn from the degree program. The 3.00 used primarily for thesis, thesis/dissentation average may be restored by repeating courses continuum or field-based courses or others or by taking additional courses. With approval with special recommendation from a program from the graduate program director, no more director with approval by the Graduate Stud- than two courses beyond those required in the ies Committee. The grade of S in graduate degree can be used to raise the GPA. All courses denotes that work of 3.00 level or requirements for the program must be com- higher has been completed. A grade of U is pleted within the time limitation policy. given to students whose work is below 3.00- level quality. A student cannot graduate with a U in his/her program. Repeating Courses FX—assigned when the student registers Courses for which a grade has been awarded for a course but does not attend, or fails to may be repeated only once. Students must abide withdraw officially from the course by the by the program’s policies and procedures to be published last date to drop the course. eligible to repeat a course. The grade of W does I (incomplete)—assigned at the end of the not replace a previously awarded grade. When term because of illness or other reasons beyond the course is repeated, the student receives the the control of the student. Unless the course is units for the course (counted once) and the completed within 180 days, the grade becomes higher of the two grades. Grades for courses F. It is the responsibility of the student to make taken at other institutions may not be used to arrangements to complete course requirements replace grades for courses completed at Towson. for removal of the I. Courses taken for undergraduate credit may not IP (in progress)—assigned for the thesis or be repeated for graduate degree credit. dissentation that is in progress but not yet completed. When the thesis/dissentation is Withdrawal from a Course completed, the IP grades are changed to S (sat- When a student drops a course within the isfactory) or U (unsatisfactory). change of schedule period, no grade is W (withdrawn)—assigned when the stu- recorded. If the course is dropped after the dent withdraws from the course according to change of schedule period but within the policy. period to drop with the grade of W, the W International students: Please be aware that grade will be recorded on the permanent FX and W grades do not contribute toward record. Students who do not officially drop a the Full Course of Study requirement for F-1 course during the established time periods visa status. will receive the grade earned in the course (A, B, C, F) as determined by the instructor. Academic Standing Students with documented medical prob- Good academic standing in a degree program lems or verified circumstances beyond their requires a minimum 3.00 GPA for all courses control may petition the Registrar’s Office to 16 PROCEDURES AND POLICIES

drop a course after the established deadline not complete two master's degrees in the same and receive a grade of W. Documentation must major regardless of whether the concentra- accompany the petition. It is the responsibility tions or tracks are different. of the student to inform his or her instructors of his or her petition to withdraw for medical Change from One Degree Program to reasons. If approved, grades of W will be Different Program recorded for all unearned grades (FX). Earned Students may apply for a change of program at grades (A, B, C, F) will not be changed. any time, but may not be enrolled in two master’s degree programs concurrently. The stu- Admission to Second Program after dent will need to complete a new application Academic Dismissal via University Admissions. Since all graduate A student academically dismissed from a programs have different admission require- degree program is not eligible to re-enter the ments, additional documents may be required same program, but may apply to another before the file can be reviewed for admission degree program. No additional admission to the new program. Admission granted in the requests will be accepted from a student aca- original program does not guarantee admis- demically dismissed from two programs. A sion to the new program. student academically dismissed from a degree Courses taken prior to the transfer may be program because of a low cumulative average utilized as part of the degree program if appli- may not utilize courses toward a degree that cable. See Transfer of Credit policy for full were taken prior to and including the term in details. All courses, including those taken in which the average fell below a 3.00. Students the earlier program and used in the new pro- entering a new program after dismissal can gram, are calculated in the GPA considered for request to have their cumulative statistics reset graduation. The time limitation policy for for their new graduate career by making the completion of program requirements begins request directly to the Registrar’s Office. with the earliest course taken in the former program that is applied to the new program. Advising It is possible to return to the first program At the time of admission to a graduate program, if the return is requested in writing within 60 the student is assigned a faculty adviser by the days of the original request to change pro- department responsible for the student’s programs. The student may return to the original gram of study. Registration for a newly admit- program after the 60-day period, subject to ted student begins with a visit to the academic admission policies in effect at the time of the adviser, who will assist the student with infor- application to return. mation about specific courses and degree There are two exceptions to the dual enroll- requirements, and the development of a pro- ment policy. Students may enroll concurrently gram of study. The student should consult with in the Master of Arts in Jewish Education and the adviser before registration each term. Jewish Studies or in the Master of Arts in Jew- ish Education and Jewish Communal Service. Program of Study Each degree student must follow a program Re-Entry to a Degree Program after which is approved by the student’s adviser and Lapse of Time Limitation the program director, and which conforms to For re-admission to the same or another Graduate Studies policy. Courses taken prior degree program after the time limitation policy to planning the program of study can be for completion of the degree has elapsed, the included only if approved by the program student’s records are evaluated and admission director. The adviser’s and program director’s is granted under current University Admis- approval are needed for any revisions. The sions policy. Previous course work will be program of study may include no more than reviewed by the program director. Up to 12 three courses at the 500 level. Students may units of courses taken while previously admit- PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 17

ted may be applied to the degree if they are still Proposed rates for the 2012-2013 academic part of the program curriculum within the year are: time limit and are approved by the program Graduate Application fee: (nonrefundable) director. Any courses not approved must be Online $45 repeated or replaced with additional courses Paper $50 approved by the program director. Tuition Undergraduate, per unit Transfer of Credit In-state $246 A maximum of up to 50 percent of the units Out-of-state $723 required for a certificate or degree program Graduate, per unit may be transfer credits, subject to approval by In-state $351 the program director. (Please see each pro- Out-of-state $737 gram's specific transfer policy for more infor- Athletics fee $33/unit mation.) The seven-year limitation cannot be Auxiliary services fees $60/unit extended for transfer credits within a certifi- Technology fee $7/unit, cate or master’s program, and the 10-year up to $84/term limitation cannot be extended for transfer Graduate Student credits within a terminal or doctoral degree Association (GSA) fee $2/unit program. Courses taken prior to admission Private music lessons (per unit plus tuition) must have been taken at an accredited college Major instrument $100 or university, must be applicable to a graduate Non-major instrument $260 degree at the offering institution, and cannot *These rates are subject to change. be utilized if part of an already conferred bachelor’s, master’s or terminal/doctoral degree, Fees unless variance is specified by an approved The following fees are nonrefundable: and/or accredited program of study. Where 1. Late payment fee such variance is permitted, terminal or doc- 2. Graduate application fee toral degree candidates may transfer courses 3. Closed contract fee that have been conferred in a master’s degree, 4. Physician Assistant Program Early Admit at the discretion of the program director. Deposit Courses taken as part of a post-baccalaureate 5. Audiology, Speech-Language Pathology certificate (in progress or completed) can be and Deaf Studies Deposit used toward a master’s or terminal/doctoral degree if approved by the program director. The following fees are nonrefundable after the Transfer courses must have been completed official start of the classes for the term: with a grade of B or higher. Pass/Fail or S/U 1. Applied fee (private instruction, student grading is not acceptable. teaching, clinical practicum, etc.) The Graduate Transfer Petition can be 2. Parking permit fee found on the Registrar’s Office website at www.towson.edu/registrar/forms. The following fees are nonrefundable after the official change of schedule period: Tuition and Fees 1. Mandatory university fees NOTE: Notwithstanding any other provision 2. Technology fee of this or any other university publication, the university reserves the right to make changes in Center for Applied Information tuition, fees and other charges at any time such Technology (AIT courses) changes are deemed necessary by the university AIT rates differ from university rates. For and the University System of Maryland Board details, see the CAIT website, www.towson. of Regents. Consult the website, http://stu- edu/cait. dents.towson.edu, for most current fees. 18 PROCEDURES AND POLICIES

M.S. Accounting and Business 3. Beginning with the 22nd calendar day Advisory Services (Joint Degree after the official start of the term, no Program with University of Baltimore) tuition and fees are refunded to the stu- Students in the Accounting and Business Advi- dent. sory Services Joint Degree Program will be assessed tuition and fees based on the Univer- NOTE: Based on documentation of extraordi- sity of Baltimore’s graduate rates. For classes nary circumstances, including medical, excep- not part of this joint program, tuition and fees tions may be made to this policy. Requests for will be assessed according to Towson Univer- refunds for extraordinary circumstances sity’s rates. To view the University of Balti- should be submitted immediately; however, no more’s rate structure, go to http://mba.ubalt. requests will be considered 30 days beyond the towson.edu. session in question. Graduate students should contact the Reg- UB/Towson MBA istrar’s Office, Enrollment Services Building, Towson, MD 21252. Students in the UB/Towson MBA will be Any unpaid charges on a student’s financial assessed tuition and fees based on the University account with the university will be subtracted of Baltimore’s graduate rates. To view the rate from the refund due prior to processing the structure, go to http://mba.ubalt.towson.edu. refund request. For payments made by credit card, refunds will be credited to the original Late Registration Fee credit card account and will be reflected on the A late registration fee may be assessed for credit card monthly statement. Credit card courses added after the change of schedule payments made for term charges are refunded period. using the following practice. For each term, credit card refunds will be processed after the Refund Policy term Drop/Add period. However, students Notification to the instructor does not consti- may ask for a credit card refund prior to this tute proper withdrawal. period by contacting the Bursar’s Office. Withdrawal Forms must be processed by Credit card owners are responsible for paying the Registrar’s Office. The date on which writ- any and all interest charges accrued on the ten notice of withdrawal is received deter- credit card. All questions regarding tuition and mines the percentage of refund. If dropping all fees should be referred to the Bursar’s Office, classes on the Web, the last course drop date Enrollment Services Center, 410-704-2100 or will be the official withdrawal date on the 1-888-5BURSAR. student’s academic record. Students also may contact the Registrar’s Service Center, Enroll- Payment of Fees ment Services 223. All refund percentages are All checks or money orders should be made based on the official start of the term. The payable to Towson University for the exact timing for effecting refunds is as follows: amount of the charges. The student’s name 1. Through the end of each change of and TU ID number, if known, should appear schedule period, 100 percent of tuition on all checks submitted to the university. The and fees is refunded to the student. student’s liability is not discharged until his or 2. Beginning with the first day after the end her balance is satisfied in full. The student’s of the change of schedule period through balance can be satisfied through cash, a check the 21st calendar day after the official or credit card payment, as well as financial aid, start of the term, 50 percent of tuition a payment plan agreement with AMS/Tuition- only is refunded to the student who fully Pay, or a combination of all options. withdraws from the university. The AMS/TuitionPay payment plan extends the student a monthly budget plan for meeting PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 19

education expenses for the academic year and lined at www.towson.edu/bursar. Non-deliv- individual regular terms. Students who choose ery of the billing statement does not release the to use this payment plan may arrange for a pay- student from the payment or late payment ment plan by contacting AMS/TuitionPay at assessments. 1-800-635-0120 or www.amsweb.com. The Financial policy set by the Board of Regents university accepts Discover and MasterCard and supported by the legislative auditors of the credit cards. The university also offers online State of Maryland states that all previous bal- credit card payment at http://students.towson. ances must be paid prior to registration for the edu. Full payment is required. It is imperative following academic term. The university that students adhere to published payment employs a “first in/first out” technique when deadlines. A $75 late fee is assessed to any stu- applying payments to accounts. Therefore, dent who pays after published bill deadlines. payments are used to satisfy the oldest out- Payment of term bill secures the student’s class standing charge prior to applying any portion schedule for a term; otherwise, cancellation of of a payment to current or more recent the student’s class schedule may occur. Students charges. Should the account of any student may pay by either returning the remittance por- become delinquent and sent to the Central tion of their billing statement to the Bursar’s Collection Unit of the State of Maryland, it is Office, Enrollment Services 336, with payment deemed delinquent, and a collection fee not to or verification of funds to cover all charges, or exceed 20 percent will be charged to the stu- online at http://students.towson.edu. dent by the Central Collection Unit. In accor- To use: click Online Services; click Self- dance with COMAR Title 17, Subtitle 01, Services; click Campus Finances; click Account Chapter 02, Section 01 through 05, the Cen- Inquiry; and click Make a Payment. The stu- tral Collection Unit may report debt to a credit dent’s TU username and password are required bureau and begin intercepting Maryland to make a payment on the Web. NOTE: Bank income tax refunds of individuals indebted to check card or debit card payments cannot be the state colleges and universities for tuition, processed through the online payment site. If fees and other costs. Students with outstand- the Web payment option is selected, full paying balances should contact the Bursar’s ment is required. Office. Transcript and diploma requests will Students whose term bill reflects a credit or not be honored if a student has a financial zero balance and who choose NOT to attend obligation to the university. Payments made by the upcoming term must notify Enrollment check will be subjected to a waiting period of Services on or before the bill payment due date 10 to 30 working days prior to transcripts or to have their class schedule canceled. Students diplomas being released or refunds being pro- who fail to do this will be financially respon- cessed. sible for all term charges. If tuition, fees and NOTE: The university will retroactively bill related charges are not paid by the established when coding errors are identified. payment date, the student’s class schedule will The Bursar’s Office is open Monday– Fri- be voided and, if applicable, residence hall day. The Customer Service Center’s business space will be forfeited. If a check given in pay- hours are 8:30 a.m.–4:30 p.m., and the Pay- ment of fees, fines or services is returned ment Center business hours are 8:30 a.m.–4 unpaid by the bank for any reason, a penalty p.m. The Bursar’s Office can be contacted at fee of $50 is charged. Failure to reimburse the 410-704-2100, toll free at 1-888-5BURSAR university for an uncollectible check with cer- or www.towson.edu/bursar. tified monies may result in a student’s class schedule being canceled. WARNING: Processing of financial billing statements is the responsibility of the student and is due to the university each term as out- 20 PROCEDURES AND POLICIES

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS must be accepted into a degree or certificate program PRIOR to applying for graduation. Eligibility for Graduation • An application for graduation must be Thesis Procedure filed by the published date. (See Aca- Students intending to write a thesis should demic Calendar or Application for Grad- obtain the manual Guidelines for Preparing uation.) the Master’s Degree Thesis from either their • Students must successfully pass all pro- program director or http://grad.towson.edu/ gram prerequisites and requirements, academic/thesis/index.asp. In most master’s and earn a minimum average GPA of degree programs, students can do their thesis 3.00 in all required and elective degree work in one 6-unit 897 thesis course or divide courses included in the program of study. their work into two 3-unit 898 courses, nor- • Students must also pass the graduate mally taken in two consecutive terms. Stu- degree written examination, internship dents need special permits from the program practicum experiences, or thesis/dissenta- director to register for 897 or 898. Doctoral tion if required by the particular pro- dissertation/thesis work uses the same Guide- gram, and any additional oral or written lines, plus additional policies within the doc- examinations. toral program. Normally, the dissertation • A maximum of two courses of C grades courses are 997 and 998. is allowed in a program of study for graduation. Thesis/Project Continuum Registration • A maximum of three 500-level courses Students who do not complete their thesis dur- may be counted toward a master’s ing the regular thesis course registration must degree. register for Thesis Continuum (899 or 999) • Any transfer courses counting toward a every term until the work is finished, submitted degree must be transferred to TU by the and approved. Doctoral students who do not last day of classes of the term in which complete their dissertation during the regular the student intends to graduate. dissertation course registration must register for • All degree requirements, including reso- Dissertation Continuum (999) or additional lution of incomplete grades and the sub- units of Dissertation every term until the work is mission of final approved copy of thesis finished, submitted and approved. Students who or dissertation, must be completed by the do not complete the project work during the last day of classes of the term in which regular project course registration must register the student intends to graduate. for Project Continuum (885) the following term to complete the work. Normally, students will Application for Graduation only be allowed one term of Project Continuum. The request for graduation review (“gradua- Students who miss a term and return will tion application”) for a degree or certificate is need to register for thesis/dissertation/project submitted by the student to the Graduation units after the fact for the missed term(s). Any Office by the published deadline. Instructions exceptions will be handled on a case-by-case on how to apply for graduation—as well as basis by the program director and the dean of general graduation application information— Graduate Studies. can be found at www.towson.edu/registrar/ graduation/. Time Limitation for Completion of Graduation applications received after the Degree, Certificate Requirements deadline will be handled on a case-by-case All requirements for a certificate or master’s basis by the Graduation Office. Students who degree must be completed within a seven-year do not complete requirements for graduation period. All requirements for terminal or doc- must submit a new application during the term toral degrees must be completed within a in which graduation is intended. A student 10-year period. The seven-and ten-year time PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 21

clock begins with the earliest course applied Contact Information: toward the degree program. Post-baccalaure- Enrollment Services 339 ate certificates must be conferred prior to or at p. 410-704-4236 f. 410-704-2584 the same time as any corresponding degree www.towson.edu/finaid that shares the same course work; post-bacca- [email protected] laureate certificates cannot be conferred after any corresponding degree that shares the same Advising: To schedule an in-person or phone course work. appointment with a financial aid adviser, call the office to schedule an appointment. Courses Taken as a Non-Degree Student Eligibility Requirements A limit of 12 units taken by non-degree stu- Aid programs may be need-based or non- dents who later apply for degree status may be need-based. Need-based aid helps students to used in the program. pay the difference between their annual cost of education and the amount that the formula Special Format Courses assumes they can contribute toward their own In all degree programs, a limit of 12 units is costs. Eligibility for non-need-based aid, such placed on workshops, independent study, as scholarships, is usually based on academic travel and study, directed reading or other achievements. special format courses. Federal Aid Eligibility Requirements: Golden ID Program: Senior Citizens • Admission as a degree-seeking student Retired Maryland residents 60 years of age or • U.S. citizen or eligible non-citizen status older are eligible for the Golden ID senior citi- • Valid Social Security number zen tuition waiver program. Golden ID stu- • Applicant must not be in default on a students may enroll in most graduate courses for dent loan or owe a repayment of a Fed- a maximum of two courses for the spring, eral Title IV grant summer and fall terms, and pay only the nec- • Male students must register for Selective essary fees. Golden ID students may take Service courses for audit or credit on a space-available • At least once per year, the Financial Aid basis (special format courses excluded). To Office must determine if students are apply for the Golden ID card, call 410-704- meeting the requirements of the Financial 2113 or stop by University Admissions, 7800 Aid Satisfactory Academic Progress (SAP) York Rd, Suite 216. Policy. Failure to meet these requirements can lead to loss of eligibility to receive aid. To view the Financial Aid SAP policy, FINANCIAL AID visit www.towson.edu/finaid. • Perkins Loans and Federal Work-Study The Financial Aid Office funds require financial need and funding The TU Financial Aid Office coordinates the is limited. application process for scholarships, work- study funds, all student loans and most stu- Financial Need Formula dent grants. These aid programs are funded by the U.S. Department of Education, the State of Cost of Education Budget Maryland, Towson University or private − Expected Family Contribution (EFC) sources. − Outside Resources (scholarships, tuition waivers, etc.) = Financial Need 22 PROCEDURES AND POLICIES

TU prepares standardized Cost of Educa- the FAFSA website and make corrections tion budgets that include direct university to replace your estimates with your final costs such as tuition, fees, and on-campus tax data. room and board charges, and allowances for indirect costs such as transportation, personal Late Applications: expenses, and off-campus room and board If you miss the FAFSA Priority deadline, you charges. These budgets are available online at should submit the FAFSA as soon as possible www.towson.edu/finaid. The Expected Family after the deadline, but you will lose consider- Contribution (EFC) is calculated from your ation for several aid programs. Free Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) data based on a federal formula that 2) State Aid Programs considers factors such as income, certain Maryland residents should visit www.mhec. assets, family size and number of family mem- state.md.us to apply for Maryland Higher bers in college. Education Commission (MHEC) aid programs. Most MHEC aid programs require Deadlines and Application Procedures students to submit a complete FAFSA by March 1, but several programs also require 1) Free Application for Federal additional application steps. Student Aid (FAFSA) You must submit a FAFSA to apply for all 3) TU Scholarship Seeker federal aid programs including loans, most To apply for scholarships from TU depart- state aid programs and some scholarships. ments and the TU Foundation, visit www. • Apply online every year at www.fafsa. towson.edu/scholarshipseeker. gov. • TU School Code: 002099. 4) Private Scholarships • First date to apply: January 1. A wide variety of private organizations, includ- • Aid period: Use each FAFSA to apply for ing businesses, foundations and civic organiza- aid for the following academic year (Fall- tions, offer scholarships. For free search tools Spring-Summer). and tips, visit www.towson.edu/scholarships.

FAFSA Priority Deadline: Notification Process and Guide • To be considered for TU Perkins Loans and After you have been offered aid, the Financial most State of Maryland aid, your FAFSA Aid Office will notify you by sending an email must be fully processed by March 1. to your TU email account. The email will • To meet this deadline, submit your FAFSA include instructions on how to view your aid by February 15. offers on-line, and will also include a link to • Several days later, return to the FAFSA the Financial Aid Notification Guide, www. website, confirm that an “Expected Family towson.edu/aidguide. All aid recipients must Contribution (EFC)” was calculated, and read the annual Financial Aid Notification review all data and error messages. Guide, which includes instructions on how to accept your aid and all the terms and require- Estimating Tax Data: ments for each aid program. • The FAFSA requires federal tax return data. If you cannot complete your taxes Campus-Based Aid Programs by February 15, you should submit your Towson University receives a limited amount FAFSA by this deadline with estimated of money each year for the Campus-Based tax data. Federal Work-Study and Perkins Loan pro- • If you report estimated tax data, after you grams. Both of these programs require finan- complete your taxes you must return to cial need. Because funding is limited, it is tar- PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 23

geted toward eligible students with the highest to capitalize their interest, but capitalization levels of financial need. To apply, submit your increases the loan principal and overall bor- FAFSA by the Priority Deadline (see above). rowing costs. For all unsubsidized loans first disbursed on or after July 1, 2006, the interest Federal Work Study rate is fixed at 6.8 percent. All borrowers must This federal aid program allows students to also pay a loan origination fee of 0.5 percent, work and earn money for educational which is deducted from the loan disburse- expenses. FWS employees receive paychecks ments. To borrow new loans and to remain every two weeks based on their hours worked. eligible for enrollment-based payment defer- These expected future earnings cannot be used ments on prior loans, borrowers must enroll at to pay charges that are due at the beginning of least half-time for each term. the term, such as tuition. Students who receive FWS offers will receive instructions on how to *Graduate students used to also be eligible to search the available FWS job openings on the borrow Direct Subsidized Student Loans, but Career Center’s website, www.towson.edu/ federal legislation eliminated that option careercenter. beginning with the 2012-2013 academic year.

Federal Perkins Loans Federal Graduate PLUS Loans The maximum annual offer is $6,000 per year • These loans are only available to graduate and the maximum aggregate borrowing limit students who have already borrowed their is $40,000 including all loans borrowed for maximum annual Federal Direct Unsubsi- undergraduate study. The annual interest is dized Loans ($20,500). five percent, but interest does not begin to • These loans require a credit check accrue (and no payment of principal is due) • They do not require financial need. until nine months after the borrower leaves • The interest rate is fixed at 7.9 percent, with school or drops below half-time enrollment. interest accruing from the date of the first Payments depend on the total amount bor- loan disbursement. rowed, but will never be less than $40 per • The maximum annual loan amount is your month, plus interest. Cost of Attendance Budget minus all your other financial aid. Direct Aid Programs • While you are enrolled at least half-time, Funding for the Direct Federal Aid programs you are eligible for an in-school deferment (Unsubsidized Direct Student Loans, Graduate and can postpone payments until you grad- PLUS Loans and the Federal TEACH Grant) is uate or drop below half-time. Repayment available to all students who meet the eligibil- begins within 45 days after the in-school ity requirements, but annual limits still apply. deferment ends. To apply, submit a FAFSA. • The loan processor deducts a four percent origination fee from your loan disburse- Federal Direct Unsubsidized Loans ments. These loans do not require financial need, but • For more details, visit https://studentloans. students must still submit a FAFSA. The maxi- gov. mum annual borrowing limit is $18,500. The maximum aggregate Direct Student Loan limit Federal TEACH Grants (including any previous Subsidized Direct Stu- This federal program provides up to $4,000 dent Loans*) is $138,500. Students are respon- per year to students who agree to serve as full- sible for all interest costs, and interest accrues time teachers for at least four years in high- during enrollment and throughout the grace need subject areas at schools serving students period and repayment. Students can defer pay- from low-income families. If you do not com- ments during enrollment periods by choosing plete the service obligation, all your TEACH 24 PROCEDURES AND POLICIES

Grant funds will be converted to a Federal Students who receive late aid offers may not Direct Unsubsidized student loan, and you will receive a check until at least three weeks after be charged interest from the date the TEACH the creation of the credit balance. Students Grant funds were disbursed. This program with revised aid offers may also experience does not require financial need. To apply, sub- rebate check delays. mit a FAFSA and complete the additional TEACH Grant application steps at www.tow- Minimester Aid son.edu/finaid. The financial aid disbursement process bases eligibility for spring aid disbursements on stu- Private/Alternative Loans dents’ total combined minimester and spring Some students choose to borrow alternative units. Example: You must enroll at least half- loans from private lenders. Because the alter- time each term to receive loan disbursements native loan borrowing costs are almost always for that term. To receive spring loans, your more expensive than the federal student loan combined minimester and spring term units options, we discourage students from consid- must meet the half-time requirements. See the ering these loans unless they have already Notification Guide for details. exhausted all of their federal loan options. For more information on these loans, contact the Summer Trimester Aid Financial Aid Office. To request a loan for the summer trimester, submit the TU Summer Aid Application, Financial Aid Disbursements which is available online at www.towson.edu/ Generally, students receive one half of aca- finaid/forms. Your combined Fall, Spring and demic year financial aid funds each term. The Summer loans cannot exceed the annual loan university will credit aid (except Federal Work- limits. Study) toward term charges for tuition and fees and other direct university charges. Refund Policy Students should take the following steps to When a student completely withdraws from ensure that funds are available in time to pay Towson University while receiving Federal term charges: Title IV student aid, the Financial Aid Office • Meet the March 1 financial aid applica- must determine what portion of the student’s tion deadline. term aid (not including Federal Work-Study • Complete the admissions requirements funds) will revert to the federal programs. The early. Financial Aid Office uses a statutory federal • Register for classes at the earliest oppor- refund formula required by the U.S. Depart- tunity. ment of Education to determine what portion of aid paid to university charges has been Whenever the amount of term aid exceeds “earned” and what portion must be consid- charges to the university, students will receive ered “unearned.” a rebate check to use for books and day-to-day The percentage of assistance earned is equal indirect educational expenses. to the percentage of the term completed as of The Bursar’s Office can disburse rebate the day the student withdraws. (If the with- checks as early as 10 days before the start of drawal occurs after the 60 percent point, the the term. Students can ask the Bursar’s Office percentage of aid earned is 100 percent.) The to convert a portion of their credit balances to amount of aid not earned by the student is retail points on their Towson University One- calculated by determining the complement of Card for the purchase of books or for use at the percentage of assistance the student earned. any campus food location. That percentage is then applied to the total amount of federal aid assistance disbursed for the term. PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 25

If the student has received more assistance ances for indirect costs such as transportation than the amount earned, the university or the and personal expenses. Whenever a student’s student (or both) must return the unearned total aid package exceeds the cost of educa- funds to the Federal Title IV programs. tion, the Financial Aid Office will adjust or Towson University returns the lesser of the reduce aid offered by the university. unearned amount of Title IV assistance; or the institutional charges incurred for the term, OTHER FINANCIAL RESOURCES multiplied by the unearned percentage of Title IV grant and loan assistance. (Institutional Student Employment charges are limited to tuition, fees, and room Hire@TU is a graduate student’s main resource and board, if the student paid these charges to for locating jobs and internships. The on- and the university.) off-campus opportunities posted in Hire@TU The student returns unearned Title IV assis- are both full- and part-time. The Career Cen- tance minus the amount the university returns. ter also manages several job fairs throughout The U.S. Department of Education does not the year and offers students individual job allow discretion on the part of the university search assistance. For more information on for non-institutional costs. In most cases, Hire@TU or the Career Center, call 410-704- when a student receives Title IV assistance 2233, email [email protected], stop by greater than the amount of institutional the Career Center at 7800 York Road, Suite charges and completely withdraws from the 206 or visit www.towson.edu/careercenter. university, the student will have to return some of those federal funds. Veterans Benefits The Veterans Office is located in Enrollment Private Scholarship Payments Services 233. The phone number is 410-704- If you receive scholarships from private orga- 3094. The Veterans Office provides coordina- nizations outside the university (not including tion between veteran/dependent students and Maryland state scholarships), you must con- the regional office of the Department of Veter- tact the Bursar’s Office to arrange for payment ans Affairs. The coordinator establishes proce- of scholarship funds. Scholarship funds are dures and prepares forms and correspondence disbursed in accordance with procedures and for eligible students to receive educational policies set by the private scholarship donors benefits. Additionally, the officer monitors and Towson University. Students may defer class attendance and evaluates academic prog- partial payment of university charges before ress to ensure that those receiving benefits receiving scholarship proceeds by forwarding maintain satisfactory progress. This officer a copy of the scholarship award letter to the also supervises the employment of VA work- Bursar’s Office. Any outstanding balance cre- study students. ated when a student or donor fails to provide Students taking courses at other institutions the university with adequate, timely informa- concurrently with courses at Towson Univer- tion will become the financial obligation of the sity may be certified for both institutions by student. the TU coordinator. Students may visit the office daily from 8:30 Scholarship Over-Award Policy a.m. – 4 p.m., but may wish to call for an Towson University will not award or disburse appointment. The normal time for the Regional a combined total of federal, state, institutional Office of the Veterans Administration to pro- and/or private scholarships that exceeds a stu- cess an enrollment certification is six weeks. dent’s cost of education unless all of the fund- Certification is not automatic. The proper VA ing comes from a private external source. The forms must be completed each term. cost of education is a standardized budget including tuition, fees, room, board and allow- 26 PROCEDURES AND POLICIES

NOTE: Students cannot be certified for courses Students may request advance pay for the until they register. regular academic terms in writing on the Dec- laration of Intent Form. The student must be Withdrawals registered one month before the term com- When students decrease unit load during the mences to qualify for advance payment. course of the term, they must notify the TU Veterans Office. Failure to do so could result Approved Program in termination of benefits and a financial debt The VA will pay veterans only for the courses to the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. listed in this catalog that are required for a degree and for programs that have been FX Grades approved for study by the VA. If students take Students who receive an FX at the end of a courses in addition to those listed for their term should contact the university Veterans approved program, they will not be entitled to Office immediately. receive VA benefits for them.

Change of Program Assistantships Veterans may change their academic program The Office of Graduate Studies and various once without VA approval. For more than one departments of the university offer a limited change of program, however, veterans are number of graduate, teaching and research required to undergo counseling by the VA. A assistantships each year to qualified degree- change of program with the VA is required seeking students. whenever veterans make a curriculum change Assistantships provide academic and pro- in which any of the courses for which VA ben- fessional enrichment to graduate students. efits were previously received do not transfer They also offer stipends to compensate for the into the new program or whenever students hours worked and tuition waivers for graduate declare a new major or matriculate at a differ- units required for the degree. The amount of ent institution. the stipend and tuition waiver varies depending on the type and nature of the assistantship. Independent Study There are 10- and 20-hour positions available Payment for independent study courses will in academic and several administrative depart- generally be made on a tuition and fees basis ments. These positions are highly competitive. only. Monthly rates may be paid for such Applications are accepted year-round from courses, provided that more than half of the individuals who have already been accepted total number of units for that term are in into their program of study. However, it is courses requiring class attendance. Check with encouraged that applicants submit the applica- the office to determine eligibility to pay for tions and resumes to the Graduate Assistant- independent study courses. ship Office (GAO) by early spring so that departments may have time to review the Advance Payment information in time for the upcoming aca- Advance payment is the allowance for the first demic year. two months of an enrollment period. All Interested applicants may contact the Grad- tuition and fees are due according to regular uate Assistantship Office for more information university deadlines and cannot be deferred at 410-704-4484, [email protected] or http:// pending receipt of advance payment. Students grad.towson.edu/finance/ga/index.asp. may apply for advance pay only if they will be enrolling at the university on at least a half- Fellowships time basis and meet established deadlines. The Office of Graduate Studies is committed There must be one full calendar month break to supporting students enrolled in doctoral between terms to apply for the advance to and other terminal degree programs at Tow- qualify for advance payment. son University. The purpose of the Towson PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 27

University Graduate Student Fellowship pro- ther information, contact the TU Office of gram is to advance the goals of increased Diversity and Equal Opportunity, 410-704- excellence and diversity of graduate students. 2361, www.towson.edu/aa. Awards are made to students on the basis of academic merit and/or depth of professional Maintenance and Disposition of Records experience. For more information, contact the Students who do not register within one year Office of Graduate Studies at 410-704-2078 of admission must submit a new application or [email protected]. and appropriate admission credentials if they wish to take courses. All student records, Alumni Association Graduate including academic records from other institu- Fellowship Awards tions, are part of the official file and are The Alumni Association awards several schol- retained subject to stated policies. They cannot arships each year to TU students who are full- be returned or duplicated for any purpose. or part-time graduate or post-graduate stu- Students should obtain their own copies of dents and are active leaders in their communi- official credentials for advisory purposes and ties. The Alumni Association recognizes and other personal uses. rewards students who demonstrate the highest levels of intellectual achievement and the Confidentiality of Records potential to be active supporters of the univer- In keeping with the Family Educational Rights sity and the larger community. Each award and Privacy Act of 1974, Towson University shall consist of a certificate and a $1,000 to respects the confidential relationship between $2,000 scholarship that will be deposited the university and its students by preserving, to directly into the student’s university account the maximum extent possible, the privacy of for tuition, books and/or living expenses. all records relating to its students. Records are Applications may be obtained from the Tow- kept only on matters relevant to the academic son University Office of Alumni Relations, admission process and to the student’s prog- 1-800-887-8152 or [email protected], and ress toward a degree. The records will not be must be postmarked no later than June 15. disclosed except upon student’s written request or with his or her written consent, under legal compulsion, or in carefully circumscribed OTHER ACADEMIC POLICIES instances based on clearly defined policies of the university (see Appendix B). Towson University Policies Substance Abuse Policy Privacy Rights of Parents and Students Each student is expected to read and abide by the Towson University is in compliance with Sec- policies and regulations of Towson University tion 513 (protection of the rights and privacy concerning drug and alcohol abuse. The sub- of parents and students) and Section 514 (pro- stance abuse policy is found in Appendix D. tection of pupil rights) of Title V Education Administration of the Education Amendments Graduate Policies of 1974. University policies on this issue are spelled out in detail in Appendix B. Student Responsibility It is the responsibility of the student to become Nondiscrimination in Education and knowledgeable of and to observe all university Employment policies, regulations and procedures. In no Towson University is in compliance with fed- case will a waiver of requirements or an excep- eral and state regulations regarding nondis- tion be granted because a student pleads igno- crimination on the basis of race, color, national rance of policy or regulation or asserts that he/ origin, religion, sex, sexual orientation, age, she was not informed of a specific requirement disability or other prohibited reason. For fur- by an adviser or other university authority. 28 PROCEDURES AND POLICIES

The student should become especially familiar Academic Integrity with: 1) the regulations in this catalog, 2) the Students are expected to maintain a high stan- section presenting requirements for the degree dard of academic integrity. Inappropriate sought, and 3) the offerings and requirements classroom conduct and violations of academic of the student’s major department. integrity may result in course-related sanction. Policy for graduate study, as stated in this See Appendix E for the Towson University catalog, is in effect for all students admitted to Academic Integrity Policy. a program for the 2012-2013 academic year, and is that under which the student operates Academic Standards, Appeals, Hearings and through the term of his or her study toward Grievances completion of degree requirements (subject to Students are expected to abide by all policies the disclaimer in the next paragraph). and procedures of their academic program and While the provisions of this catalog will department, and of Towson University. Poli- ordinarily be applied as stated, the catalog and cies and procedures for appeals, hearings and the information contained herein do not con- grievances are found in Appendix E of this stitute a contract. Towson University reserves catalog. In all cases involving disciplinary the right to change any provision listed in this action or other charges, procedures of due catalog, including but not limited to academic process are followed. requirements for graduation, without actual notice to individual students. Every effort will Exceptions to Academic Policies, Regulations be made to keep students advised of any such or Requirements changes. Information on changes will be avail- Exceptions to academic policies, regulations or able from advisers and in the dean’s office. It is requirements, as stated in this catalog or else- especially important to note that it is the indi- where, are rarely made, and then only for truly vidual student’s responsibility to keep apprised extenuating circumstances. Students who of current graduation requirements for his/her believe an exception is justified are to follow particular degree program. procedures outlined in Appendix E. THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 29

Degree and Certificate Programs

THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS

VISION statement COLLEGE OFFICE To be recognized as the business college of Stephens Hall 218 choice for students, faculty and organizations 410-704-3342 in our region. Fax: 410-704-3664 www.towson.edu/cbe MISSION statement The mission of the Towson University College Master’s Degree Programs of Business and Economics is to prepare stu- Accounting and Business Advisory Services dents for success in business and the larger Supply Chain Management community through its unique combination of UB/Towson MBA experiential learning, applied research and community outreach; to support high-quality Certificate Programs faculty who are actively engaged in teaching, Leadership scholarship, service and citizenship; and to Project, Program and Portfolio Management promote the economic, educational and soci- Supply Chain Management etal advancement of Maryland.

Core Values We embrace a culture of excellence, ethical behavior, respect, civility, accountability, diversity and inclusion.

Shohreh Kaynama, Dean 30 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

ACCOUNTING AND BUSINESS Admission Requirements ADVISORY SERVICES The minimum requirements for admission to Degree: Master of Science the joint graduate program in Accounting and Program Director: Martin Freedman Business Advisory Services at Towson Univer- 410-704-4143 sity and the University of Baltimore are a bac- [email protected] calaureate degree from an accredited college or http://grad.towson.edu/program/master/acbs- university and a 3.00 minimum undergraduate ms/ GPA. (Students not meeting the GPA standard will be considered on an individual basis for a The Master of Science in Accounting and Busi- conditional admittance.) Admission to the pro- ness Advisory Services at Towson University is gram will be based on undergraduate academic a joint program with the University of Balti- performance and scores on the Graduate Man- more. This program is designed to meet two agement Admission Test (GMAT) or the Grad- important educational objectives. uate Record Examination (GRE). Both schools First, when combined with a bachelor’s will use the same admission standards. degree in accounting, the program allows students to earn the additional units necessary to Prerequisite Courses meet the 150-hour requirement to sit for the The following list of undergraduate account- Uniform Certified Public Accountant (CPA) ing and non-accounting classes are required to exam in Maryland and many other states. The be completed before enrolling in graduate revised CPA exam (as of November 2003) courses required as part of the M.S. in Account- includes a section called Business Environment ing and Business Advisory Services program. and Concepts, composed of questions related to finance (22–28 percent) and information Accounting Courses technology (17–23 percent), as well as other ACCT 201/202 Principles of topics currently covered by an undergraduate Accounting (6) accounting degree. Students planning to take ACCT 300 Accounting Information the revised CPA exam will be best served by a Systems (3) program of study that emphasizes the same ACCT 301/ Intermediate subject matter as the exam. 302/303 Accounting (6-9) Second, by incorporating courses in the ACCT 341 Cost Accounting (3) related disciplines of financial management ACCT 361 Tax Accounting I (3) and information technology, the program ACCT 401 Auditing I (3) complements the technical skills acquired in an undergraduate accounting education. Non-Accounting Courses Graduates of the M.S. in Accounting and COMM 131 Oral Communications (3) Business Advisory Services program will have ECON 201/202 Principles of the flexibility needed to accelerate their public Economics (6) accounting careers or pursue careers in other ECON 205 Statistics for Business and areas such as management accounting, inter- Economics I (3) nal auditing, accounting for governmental or or other nonprofit entities, and management MATH 231 Statistics (3) consulting. FIN 331 Principles of Finance (3) LEGL 226 U.S. Business Law (3) NOTE: Since this program is jointly operated MKTG 341 Principles of with the University of Baltimore, the tuition, Marketing (3) fees and grading system for students are the MNGT 361 Principles of same as the University of Baltimore. Contact Management (3) the Bursar’s Office for more information. MGMT 482 Business Ethics and Society (3) THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 31

or Electives (6 units) PHIL 371 Business Ethics (3) Accounting* Degree Requirements ACCT 655 Tax Policy (3) Completion of a minimum of 30 units beyond ACCT 680 Taxation of Entities (3) the undergraduate degree of which a mini- ACCT 695 Individual Research (3) mum of 18 units should be in 600-level ACCT 770 Seminar in Current Topics in courses or above designed primarily for gradu- Accounting (3) ate students. (This is an AACSB requirement.) ACCT 780 Sustainability Accounting (3) Students may take courses at either institution, but must take a minimum of 12 units spon- Finance*** sored by each institution out of the total FIN 720 International Financial 30-unit program. Management (3) FIN 745 Derivative Instruments (3) Required Courses FIN 750 Real Estate Investment (3) FIN 780 Corporate Restructuring (3) Accounting (12 units)* FIN 797 Special Topics in Financial ACCT 630 Contemporary Issues in Management (3) Financial Reporting (3) ACCT 720 Design of Managerial Cost Information Technology** Control Systems (3) AIT 600 Information Technology ACCT 740 Advanced Topics in Assurance Infrastructure (3) Services (3) AIT 612 Information Systems ACCT 752 Advanced Topics in Accounting Vulnerability and Risk Systems (3) Analysis (3) AIT 614 Network Security (3) Financial Management (6 units)* FIN 640 Intermediate Financial Management Information Systems*** Management (3) INSS 641 Information Resource FIN 715 Investment Analysis (3) Management (3) or INSS 650 Telecommunications (3) FIN 705 Advanced Financial INSS 765 Global Electronic Commerce Management (3) (3)

Information Technology (6 units) Other graduate courses in areas such as applied information technology, economics, Applied Information Technology** management, marketing, etc., may also be AIT 610 Systems Development chosen after consultation with the graduate Process (3) director depending on the student’s career AIT 632 Database Management goals and professional needs. Systems (3) or * Courses offered at Towson University and Management Information Systems*** University of Baltimore INSS 651 Database Management ** Courses offered at Towson University only Systems (3) *** Courses offered at University of Baltimore INSS 671 Systems Analysis Design (3) only

CPA Examination A student must have also completed the specific courses required to sit for the Certified 32 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

Public Accountant examination in Maryland, to 4.5 credit hours. For the purposes of the which would normally be taken during the Maryland CPA 150-hour requirement, the student’s undergraduate studies (see Prerequi- student earns 114 hours from undergraduate site Course section). A student who has not courses and 45 hours from graduate courses. completed these courses prior to admission to the M.S. in Accounting and Business Advisory Supply Chain Management Services program will develop a plan to satisfy Degree: Master of Science and these requirements in consultation with the Post-Baccalaureate Certificate graduate director. This can be expected to add Program Director: Dr. Tobin Porterfield to the total number of units needed to earn the 410-704-3265 degree. [email protected] http://grad.towson.edu/program/master/scmg- COMBINED BACHELOR’S-MASTERS ms/ PROGRAM Requirements to be a CPA in Maryland (and The Master of Science degree in Supply Chain in all but two of the other states) include 150 Management and the embedded graduate cer- hours of post-secondary education. To provide tificate are designed to develop supply chain a seamless process for Towson students to professionals who can manage, analyze and achieve the 150 hours, a combined Bachelor’s- control activities across the entire supply Master’s degree in Accounting program is chain: from upstream procurement to down- offered. stream distribution channels. The types of Admitted accounting majors may apply to employers targeted by this program include the Bachelor’s-Masters Accounting program in companies, consulting firms and government the second term of their junior year and be agencies that need to achieve competitive admitted prior to their senior year. Students advantage and cost efficiencies by improving can apply to the graduate M.S. in Accounting their supply chain performance. This program and Business Services Program in their senior has been designed by benchmarking the con- year, but are not officially admitted to the tent and courses against industry credentialing graduate program until the second term of offerings so that graduates of the program can their senior year. In order to be admitted to the proceed to professional certification based on Bachelor’s-Master’s Accounting program, the the knowledge gained in the program. student must be an admitted accounting major Graduates with a supply chain manage- with at least one term of residency in the uni- ment background can pursue careers as pur- versity. The student also must take the GMAT chasing specialists, contract administrators, and achieve a minimum score of 400 and have procurement officers, supply chain manage- a GPA of at least 3.00. ment professionals, procurement managers, Six units of 500- and 600-level courses can business analysts, demand managers and be counted towards both the undergraduate more. In fact, the majority of U.S. jobs fall and graduate programs. A bachelor’s degree is somewhere in a supply chain, whether it is awarded after all the bachelor’s degree require- procurement, logistics and operations, market- ments are met, normally in the fourth year. ing, or sales and service. The undergraduate accounting elective is ful- filled by taking any one of the required or Admission Requirements elective graduate accounting courses. The Admission to the SCM program (either post- business ethics undergraduate requirement is baccalaureate certificate or M.S.) is competi- met by taking PHIL 563, Business Ethics. tive and the eligibility requirements to be Students graduating from the program earn admitted into the program are: 114 undergraduate units and 30 graduate • A bachelor’s degree in a relevant field and/or units from Towson. The Maryland CPA Board three years post-bachelor’s experience work- counts a 3-unit graduate course as equivalent ing in supply chain related areas is recom- THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 33

mended. Applicants must have a cumulative EBTM 730 Business Process GPA of 3.00 (on a scale of 4.00) or equiva- Management (3) lent on the most recent 60 credits of gradu- EBTM 735 Six-Sigma Quality (3) ate or undergraduate work. EBTM 740 Customer Relationship • Graduate Record Examination (GRE) or Management (3) Graduate Management Admissions Test EBTM 790 Special Topics in Supply Chain (GMAT). At least one score must be submit- Management (3) ted. EBTM 795 Independent Study • Minimum TOEFL score of 550 (where applicable). Supply Chain Management Project • Applicants must submit a résumé and a one- (3 credits) to two-page statement describing their past The extended project offers a practical, real- relevant experience, their career goals and world, problem-solving experience for the how they expect this program to support student. Ideally, students will take on a project those goals. from their workplace, an agency of federal, • Two reference letters are required, attesting state or local government, or a private busi- to the applicant’s ability to withstand the ness. They will begin work on the project after rigors of a graduate education. taking 15 units of course work and may continue working on the project while completing Those students who have no background in other course work. statistics or received their B.S. degree more EBTM 881 Supply Chain Management than five years ago will have to take a course in Project (Capstone) (3) statistics—EBTM 501, Applied Business Statis- tics—prior to taking classes in the program. Send the admission materials to University UB/TOWSON MASTER OF Admissions, Towson University, 8000 York BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION Road, Towson, MD 21252. Degree: Master of Business Administration (MBA) Degree Requirements Program Director: Ron Desi Students must complete a total of at least 30 [email protected] units: [email protected] • Eighteen (18) units in six core courses taken http://mba.ubalt.towson.edu by all students • Nine (9) units of elective courses The University of Baltimore and Towson Uni- • Three (3) units of internship/project versity have joined forces to partner for your success. The UB/Towson MBA will encourage Required Courses (18 credits) your intellectual exploration, help you apply EBTM 602 Introduction to Supply Chain theory to practice, and give you the skills and Management (3) resources necessary to guide you toward your EBTM 604 Introduction to Project professional goals. When you graduate, you Management (3) will join a dynamic alumni community of busi- EBTM 610 Operations Management (3) ness leaders from two vibrant and distin- EBTM 620 Procurement and Sourcing (3) guished business schools: the University of EBTM 710 Logistics and Distribution (3) Baltimore and Towson University. EBTM 720 Supply Chain Intelligence and The hallmark of the UB/Towson MBA is its Technologies (3) flexibility in delivering high-quality educational experiences. The mission of the program Elective Courses (9 credits) is simple: to make excellence accessible. The COSC 643 Internet Supply Chain UB/Towson MBA is delivered on your time. Management (3) Our accomplished faculty understands that 34 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS you have work, family and other commitments Leading and managing people beyond the classroom. They respect these reali- Our graduates will possess the interpersonal ties while never compromising quality. skills needed to be effective team members, You can work with our advisers to create managers and leaders. the best schedule for your needs. Graduate business courses are offered year round, Ethical and value-based leadership through evening, Saturday and online classes. Our graduates will be cognizant of the impact The UB/Towson MBA offers eight areas of of corporate actions on society and recognize specialization and four dual-degree programs. and recommend ethical business practices.

NOTE: This program is jointly operated with Academic Policies and Procedures the University of Baltimore. The tuition, fees Certain academic policies and procedures of and grading system for students are the same the UB/Towson MBA program may differ as at the University of Baltimore. from those of the graduate programs at both the University of Baltimore and Towson Uni- MBA Learning Goals versity. Refer to the UB/Towson MBA website In today’s dynamic marketplace, successful at http://mba.ubalt.towson.edu for those poli- managers must be innovative and entrepre- cies and procedures. neurial, combining a general knowledge of business functions with specific skills in their Application Requirements areas of responsibility. The UB/Towson MBA Apply online at http://mba.ubalt.towson.edu. program provides students with expertise and You are encouraged to apply early. Applica- proficiency in the following areas: tions are reviewed on a rolling basis. Admis- sion is offered in the fall, spring and summer. Functional tools and concepts Please send required admission materials to: Our graduates use major concepts and functional tools from various disciplines, including The UB/Towson MBA Program accounting, finance, economics, management, Office of Admissions marketing and management information sys- 1420 N. Charles St. tems. Baltimore, MD 21201

Strategy and innovation in a global • Application: Complete your application environment online at http://mba.ubalt.towson.edu. Our graduates will be proficient in analyzing Questions about the application should be the external environment, setting appropriate directed to the Office of Admissions, 410- objectives, and developing and implementing 837-6565. effective strategies to meet those objectives. • Personal Statement: Detail your reasons for seeking an MBA, your short- and long-term Analysis and decision-making professional and personal goals, and how Our graduates will think critically and cre- you think the UB/Towson MBA program atively and be able to analyze and synthesize will help you achieve them. Provide any information to solve problems and make deci- additional information, highlighting unique sions. aspects of your candidacy to the Admissions Committee. Please limit your statement to Effective communications 1,000 words. Our graduates will be articulate and influential • Transcripts: Submit one official transcript communicators. from all institutions attended. • Letters of Recommendation: Provide two letters of recommendation addressing your abilities to successfully complete a graduate THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 35

business program and indicating what con- Post-Graduate Students tributions you can make to the UB/Towson A student who has already earned an MBA or MBA program. other business-related master’s degree or doc- • GMAT: Send official copies of your Gradu- torate may be accepted for course enrollment. ate Management Admissions Test (GMAT) The student must arrange for an official tran- score. When requesting GMAT scores, use script showing the award of the graduate UB’s program C.E.E.B. code, DDP-XC-03. degree to be forwarded by his/her previous Visit the official GMAT website, www.mba. university to the Office of Admissions. com, for more information. • Graduate Management Admissions Test Second Master’s Degree (GMAT) Waiver: In order to qualify for A student who has already obtained one mas- GMAT waiver consideration, a student ter’s degree may pursue another advanced must have an advanced degree or the combi- degree in the school, provided that: nation of an undergraduate GPA of 3.25 or 1. A second MBA degree will not be higher and five years or more of significant obtained. managerial experience. A personal interview 2. The degree sought is not in the same with a UB/Towson MBA program adviser functional discipline. and a letter from a supervisor may be After meeting the core requirements, a mini- required. mum of 21 new units are earned for the second • Resume: Provide a current resume or list degree. No more than 9 credits may be trans- detailing employment history (including ferred from the first degree to the second dates, titles, organizational responsibilities, degree. professional memberships and voluntary memberships). Waiver Policy and Transfer Options • International Documents: Submit supple- The following qualifications govern the waiver mental documents if you are an interna- of fundamental/prerequisite courses and the tional student needing a visa. In addition, if transfer of required (integrated core) and elec- you earned your degree(s) at a non-U.S. tive courses: university, you should arrange for a course- 1. The business fundamental courses are by-course evaluation report of your foreign waived if an applicant earned a bache- transcripts by a U.S. credential evaluation lor’s degree in business from an AACSB service. If you are a non-native English International-accredited school within speaker who did not earn a degree at a U.S. the last five years, graduated with a university, you are required to submit a copy cumulative GPA of 3.00 or higher and of your Test of English as a Foreign Lan- earned a “C” or better in each of the guage (TOEFL) score report. For additional undergraduate course equivalents. If the information, visit the International Services applicant graduated with a bachelor’s Office website at www.ubalt.edu/interna- degree in accounting from an AACSB tional. International-accredited institution, the applicant will also be required to include Admission Criteria any missing courses as part of the MBA Admission to the UB/Towson MBA program is fundamentals. competitive. The MBA Admissions Committee If the applicant did not attend an considers variables such as the applicant’s AACSB International-accredited school undergraduate GPA, the difficulty of the appli- or has lower than a 3.00 cumulative cant’s undergraduate program, the total score GPA, an MBA adviser will evaluate each and percentile ranking on the GMAT, com- undergraduate course equivalent and munity service and work experience. An appli- waive those courses where a “B” or bet- cant eligible for consideration is not guaran- ter was earned. Courses being considered teed an offer of admission. for waivers must have been taken within 36 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

the past 10 years and the student must Academic Policy on Satisfactory and have graduated within the past five years. Unsatisfactory Progress 2. No remedial courses are considered. Please note that the following policies are for 3. Advanced Placement courses will be determining satisfactory academic progress. given consideration. Students are advised to review any pertinent financial aid requirements to determine the The following qualifications govern the trans- standards for satisfactory progress for eligibil- fer of program requirements: ity for receiving or continuing to receive finan- 1. Any graduate courses considered for cial assistance. transfer must have grades of “B” or To be approved for graduation, a graduate higher. student must have a cumulative GPA of 3.00 2. Courses must have been completed in a and be in good academic standing. A student degree that is less than five years old or as is making satisfactory progress toward com- an individual course within the past five pletion of a program as long as a GPA of 3.00 years. is maintained. 3. A maximum of 6 graduate credits may be A. Students will be placed on academic pro- transferred from previous study at bation under either of the two following another AACSB International-accredited conditions: university to satisfy credits beyond the a. The student attempts 6 or more units fundamental courses. and earns a GPA less than 3.00. 4. Appropriate faculty must approve course b. The student receives two grades of C+ content. or lower. Notification of this action will be from the MBA program director’s Visiting Students office. Probationary status is a warning A student who has matriculated into a gradu- that satisfactory progress is in jeopardy. ate or professional studies program at another B. A student who is placed on probation regionally recognized university and who is in must obtain advisement from the MBA good standing may be accepted for course program director’s office before attending enrollment on a space-available basis. Visitors classes the following term or summer ses- from other universities must file an application sion, even if the student has already reg- as a visiting student. A letter of introduction istered. At the discretion of the MBA from his/her program director, citing the fore- program director, a student on probation going conditions, is required in lieu of meeting may take up to 6 units. Students on pro- other GMAT or transcript requirements. This bation may not take more than 3 units at letter should state which courses are being any given time during the summer. approved by the student’s home institution. C. A student who has been placed on probation because of a deficient GPA will be Graduation Requirements allowed up to 6 units to clear probation. All candidates for graduation must meet the D. MBA students on academic probation specific requirements for their programs of may not hold offices in student organiza- study, comply with the academic policies of the tions. UB/Towson MBA and file for graduation no E. Students will be placed on suspension later than the beginning of their last term (date under either of the following two condi- specified in the course schedule). Students tions: must apply for graduation through the Univer- a. The student on academic probation sity of Baltimore Records Office. does not reach a GPA of 3.00 or higher after completion of the 6 units allowed to clear probation. THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 37

b. The student receives three grades of Undergraduate Course Equivalents C+ or lower. F. The period of suspension is one term. MBA Fundamental Courses During this period of suspension a stu- ACCT 504 Introduction to Accounting (3) dent may not register for any course at ECON 504 Economics (3) the University of Baltimore or Towson FIN 504 Financial Management (3) University that may be applied to the MGMT 506 Operations and Supply Chain MBA program (including prerequisite Management (3) requirements), nor will any course taken MKTG 504 Marketing Management (3) at another institution be applied to the OPRE 504 Data Analysis and MBA degree. With prior written approval Decisions (3) of the MBA program director’s office, a suspended student may take remedial Undergraduate Course Equivalents work. The credit for such remedial work Principles of Accounting I and II will not be applied to the MBA degree. (3 credits each) While taking such courses at the Univer- Principles of Economics or sity of Baltimore or Towson University, Microeconomics and the student must register as a non-degree Macroeconomics (3 credits each) seeking special student. Financial Management * G. Reinstatement into the UB/Towson MBA Production Management * program is not automatic; the student Marketing Management * must request reinstatement. A letter Business Statistics requesting readmission must be submit- *Community college courses are not accept- ted to the MBA program director by Oct. able for fundamental course waivers. 15 for the spring term, by April 15 for the fall term or by March 15 for the summer Degree Requirements/Required session. H. A student returning from academic sus- Courses The MBA program requires completion of pension must receive advising and be fundamental courses (18 units), the integrated cleared by the MBA program director core (24 units) and electives (12 units), as before registering. shown below: I. If the student is suspended for academic or other deficiencies, the student must Fundamental Courses (18 units) meet the admission requirements of the ACCT 504 Introduction to Accounting (3) catalog in effect upon return if the stu- ECON 504 Economics (3) dent is admitted as a degree candidate. FIN 504 Financial Management (3) J. A student suspended for a deficient GPA, MGMT 506 Operations and Supply Chain if readmitted, must achieve a grade of Management (3) “B” or higher in each course taken for the MKTG 504 Marketing Management (3) first 6 units after re-entering. Failure to OPRE 504 Data Analysis and do so will result in immediate dismissal. Decisions (3)

Graduate Assistantships Integrated Core Courses (24 units) Graduate assistantships may be available in ACCT 640 Accounting for Managerial the College of Business and Economics. Addi- Decisions (3) tional information may be found in the Finan- ECON 640 Economics of Public Policy and cial Assistance section of this catalog. Corporate Social Responsibility (3) FIN 640 Financial Analysis and Strategy (3) 38 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

INSS 640 Information Technology for Finance Business Transformation (3) The finance specialization offers students many MKTG 640 Strategic Marketing in a Global opportunities to learn about the financial man- Economy (3) agement of a business, valuing investments in MGMT 600 Leading and Managing securities and other assets, and the general struc- People (3) ture and functioning of financial institutions and MGMT 660 Project Management (3) markets. After completing FIN 705: Financial MGMT 700 Strategic Management in a Analysis and Forecasting, students can choose Global Environment (3) courses enabling them to complete either a general finance specialization or a specialization Electives (12 units) focusing on corporate finance, investment man- Electives are 600- to 700-level business agement or financial institutions. courses. Specializations consist of four 3-unit courses. Students may choose any four elec- Required Courses (12 units) tives crossing business disciplines to stimulate FIN 705 Advanced Financial their intellectual curiosity and/or to best match Management (3) their career goals. To address a specific business interest, students may choose to earn the Choose three of the following: MBA degree with a defined specialization. FIN 700 Financial Reporting FIN 704 Bank Management (3) Specializations FIN 715 Investment Analysis (3) FIN 720 Global Finance (3) Entrepreneurship FIN 725 Risk Management (3) The entrepreneurship specialization prepares FIN 745 Derivative Instruments (3) students to start and manage all types of ven- FIN 750 Real Estate Investment (3) tures. As part of this specialization, students FIN 770 Entrepreneurial Finance and can partner with high-technology inventors to Venture Capital (3) work on real-life products. Courses stress cre- FIN 780 Business Valuation (3) ativity, feasibility analysis, marketing, financ- FIN 797 Special Topics in Financial ing and intellectual property. Management (3)

Required Courses (12 units) NOTE: Other courses may be added at the FIN 770 Entrepreneurial Finance and discretion of the Division of Economics, Venture Capital (3) Finance and Management Science faculty. MGMT 760 Leading Organizational Creativity and Innovation (3) Health Care Management MKTG 762 Market Opportunity This specialization is designed to enable health Analysis (3) care professionals to advance their careers by strengthening their credentials as health care Choose one from the following: managers, administrators and consultants. MGMT 710 Human Resource and The health care management specialization Compensation provides a sound basis in the latest business Management (3) practices and gives professionals the opportu- MGMT 731 Leadership Seminar (3) nity to develop skills necessary for leadership MGMT 732 Leadership: Self-Organization in the health care field. in the Firm (3) MGMT 795 Entrepreneurship Practicum (3) Choose four from the following (12 units)*: ECON 765 The Health Services System (3) HSMG 630 The Legal Environment of Health Care Management (3) THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 39

HSMG 650 Quantitative Management International Business Methods for Decisions in This specialization develops managers and Health Services (3) business leaders for rewarding careers in inter- HSMG 691 Health Planning and Program national businesses, government agencies and Evaluation (3) multicultural organizations. Students gain a HMSG 697 Health Insurance and Prepaid theoretical basis for understanding key aspects Health Care (3) of international management as applied to PUAD 750 Health Care System, both small companies and multinational cor- Organization and porations. Courses emphasize human relations Management (3) skills, such as cross-cultural communications PUAD 751 Policy Issues in Health Care (3) and negotiations, and technical skills such as PUAD 752 Special Topics in Public Health those required for the strategic operation of Administration (3) global organizations. PUAD 755 Health Administration (3) PUAD 756 Managed Care Required Courses (12 units) Administration (3) MGMT 780 Leading Across Cultures (3) PUAD 757 Strategic Management for MGMT 781 International Business Health Care (3) Strategy (3)

* Other applicable health care management Choose two from the following: courses may be available. FIN 720 International Financial Management (3) Strategic Human Resource INSS 765 E-Commerce Technologies and Management Applications (3) This specialization is designed for students MGMT 757 Electronic Commerce and who wish to focus on the selection, motivation Supply Chain Management (3) and development of human resources in busi- MGMT 796 Global Business Practicum (3) ness, government and nonprofit organizations. MKTG 760 Global Marketing Building on a broad understanding of human Management (3) resources, students will study the field from the point of view of the managerial decision- Leadership and Organizational maker. Learning This specialization complements the cross- Required Courses (12 units) functional courses of the UB/Towson MBA MGMT 710 Human Resource and program. The three required courses contain Compensation timeless ideas influencing how students view Management (3) leadership, management and professional MGMT 712 Employment Law and the development. Courses provide a unique per- Human Resource Manager (3) spective on leadership, including theory, essential skills, an understanding of evolving orga- Choose two from the following: nizational forms, and organizational learning MGMT 650 Research for Strategic Human and transformation. Resource Management Decisions (3) Required Courses (12 units) MGMT 725 Labor Relations and Conflict MGMT 730 Leadership, Learning and Management (3) Change (3) MGMT 731 Leadership Seminar (3) MGMT 731 Leadership Seminar (3) MGMT 732 Leadership: Self-Organization MGMT 732 Leadership: Self-Organization in the Firm (3) in the Firm (3) MGMT 780 International Management (3) 40 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

Choose one from the following: skills acquired are designed for lifelong value MGMT 710 Human Resource and in domestic or international marketing. Compensation Management (3) Required Courses (12 units) MGMT 760 Leading Organizational Creativity and Innovation (3) Choose four from the following: MKTG 760 Global Marketing MKTG 742 Social, Nonprofit and Public Management (3) Sector Marketing (3) MKTG 755 Integrated Marketing Management Information Systems Communications (3) The MIS specialization is designed to develop MKTG 760 Global Marketing business managers who understand the strate- Management (3) gic value of IT, and who can conceptualize and MKTG 762 Market Opportunity utilize IT solutions to business problems. The Analysis (3) program provides a broad exposure to the IT MKTG 770 Product and Brand concepts and functions found in most com- Development Management (3) mercial organizations today. MKTG 775 Customer Analysis and Relationship Management (3) Required Courses (12 units) MKTG 780 Market Information and INSS 650 Networking and Research (3) Telecommunications (3) MKTG 796 Marketing Practicum (3) INSS 651 Database Management MGMT 757 Electronic Commerce and Systems (3) Supply Chain Management (3) INSS 671 Systems Analysis (3) MGMT 780 Leading Across Cultures (3)

Choose one from the following: Public Sector Management INSS 701 Internet Development for This specialization is offered in partnership Business (3) with the University of Baltimore College of INSS 737 Strategic Management of Public Affairs. Information Technology (3) INSS 738 Advanced Database Required Courses (12 units) Systems (3) Choose four from the following: INSS 739 Systems Architecture (3) PUAD 625 Innovations in Public INSS 751 Operating Systems (3) Management (3) INSS 752 Web Server Management and PUAD 763 Public Policymaker (3) CGI Programming (3) PUAD 764 Public Policy INSS 753 Internet and Network Implementation (3) Security (3) PUAD 785 Public-Sector Performance INSS 765 E-Commerce Technologies and Measurement (3) Applications (3) CNCM 730 Organizational Conflict and INSS 784 Project Management (3) Conflict Management MGMT 757 Electronic Commerce and Systems (3) Supply Chain Management (3) Dual Degree Programs Marketing This specialization provides knowledge of MASTER OF BUSINESS applications and in-depth analysis in prepara- ADMINISTRATION/JURIS tion for careers in marketing management, DOCTORATE (MBA/J.D.) product management, strategic planning and With society becoming increasingly complex, marketing entrepreneurship. The expertise and the administration of private and public busi- THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 41 ness enterprises requires greater interaction Integrated Core Courses (21 units) with the legal system. Concurrent with this ACCT 640 Accounting for Managerial development, there is an increasing need for Graduate Assistantships lawyers who are fully trained in administra- Decisions (3) tion and management. The inclusion of study ECON 640 Economics of Public Policy in a complementary discipline has become an and Corporate Social integral component of modern graduate and Responsibility (3) law schools. FIN 640 Financial Analysis and In recognition of this interdisciplinary need, Strategy (3) the UB/Towson MBA program offers a com- INSS 640 Information Technology for bined degree program that is offered through Business Transformation (3) both the University of Baltimore School of MGMT 600 Leading and Managing Law and the University of Maryland School of People (3) Law, leading to both the J.D. and the MBA. MGMT 660 Project Management (3) The program is designed to offer students the MGMT 700 Strategic Management in a most relevant courses in a sequence that most Global Environment (3) effectively utilizes the relation inherent between MKTG 640 Strategic Marketing in a Global these courses in the two schools. Economy (3) The MBA/J.D. program allows a student to obtain MBA and J.D. degrees in an integrated MBA Electives (12 units) sequence of courses over a three- to four-year 9 units of electives are transferred from the law period. The law schools will transfer 9 units of school. One 3-unit elective must be taken in required MBA courses as law electives. The the MBA program in one of the following MBA program will transfer 9 units of law elec- disciplines: accounting, finance, information tives as MBA electives. systems, management or marketing.

Admission and Advisement MASTER OF BUSINESS Students need to apply and be admitted to ADMINISTRATION/MASTER OF both the respective school of law and the MBA ARTS IN JEWISH COMMUNAL program. The LSAT may be used in lieu of the STUDIES (MBA/M.A.J.C.S.) GMAT for students who have been accepted The purpose of the MBA/M.A.J.C.S dual into the law school. The MBA/J.D. adviser degree program is to facilitate the integration of prepares a program plan of study which lists these two academic programs to prepare stu- the courses required to meet the MBA degree dents to be professional leaders for the Jewish requirements. The law school also counsels community of the 21st century. Through a students, particularly with regard to blending sharing of elective units and flexible scheduling, the degree requirements. Students do not take students will earn the Master of Arts in Jewish business courses during the first year of law Communal Studies (M.A.J.C.S.) and the Mas- school and either begin their MBA after the ter of Business Administration (MBA) degrees first year or interrupt the MBA for two terms. in less time than would be required if program requirements were completed separately. Degree Requirements To obtain the M.A.J.C.S. degree, students must earn 39 units. The 51-unit MBA curricu- Fundamental Courses (18 units) lum includes 18 units in business fundamen- ACCT 504 Introduction to Accounting (3) tals, 21 units in integrated core courses and 12 ECON 504 Economics (3) units of electives to give depth to the program. FIN 504 Financial Management (3) The 39-unit M.A.J.C.S. curriculum includes MGMT 506 Operations Management (3) 18 units in Jewish Studies, 9 units in required MKTG 504 Marketing Management (3) professional studies course work, 9 units in OPRE 504 Data Analysis and contemporary Jewish Studies, research or Decisions (3) 42 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS management, and 3 units in an applied intern- Integrated Core Courses (21 units) ship experience. ACCT 640 Accounting for Managerial Towson will allow students to use up to 9 Decisions (3) units but no less than 6 units obtained in the ECON 640 Economics of Public Policy UB/Towson MBA program toward fulfilling and Corporate Social their M.A.J.C.S. course requirements. The UB/ Responsibility (3) Towson MBA program will accept up to 9 FIN 640 Financial Analysis and units but no less than 6 units of pre-approved Strategy (3) M.A.J.C.S. courses with management compo- INSS 640 Information Technology for nents toward fulfilling the MBA elective course Business Transformation (3) work. MGMT 600 Leading and Managing People (3) Admission and Advisement MGMT 660 Project Management (3) Each school will award its own degree and will MGMT 700 Strategic Management in a have its own admissions process. Students Global Environment (3) considering participation in the program are MKTG 640 Strategic Marketing in a Global encouraged to discuss their interest with repre- Economy (3) sentatives of both schools. Application deadlines and admission requirements for both MBA Electives (12 units) schools are consistent with their current aca- Students may choose MBA electives and/or demic programs. M.A.J.C.S. courses within the management BHU students interested in participating in pathway to stimulate their intellectual curios- the dual degree program and who have already ity and to best match their career goals. Up to achieved an undergraduate degree may apply 9 credits may be transferred from the Balti- for entrance to the UB/Towson MBA program; more Hebrew University. Suggestions, subject application during the first year of the to change without notice, include: M.A.J.C.S. is preferable. Applications during JCS 505 Management of Human the second year of the M.A.J.C.S. will be con- Services: Leadership and sidered on a case-by-case basis. The business Supervision school application is competitive and admis- JCS 506 Strategic Management of sion is not guaranteed to M.A.J.C.S. students. Jewish Organizations: Material M.A.J.C.S. students are encouraged to discuss Resources their motivation to be trained in both disci- METH 500 Research Methods plines as part of their personal statement. RLIT 515 Jewish Law and Ethics Similarly, students in the MBA program who wish to apply to the M.A.J.C.S. program are One elective course (3 units) must be taken in not guaranteed admission. the UB/Towson MBA program. Suggestions, subject to change without notice, include: Degree Requirements MGMT 710 Human Resource and Compensation Fundamental Courses (18 units) Management (3) ACCT 504 Introduction to Accounting (3) MGMT 712 Employment Law and the ECON 504 Economics (3) Human Resource Manager (3) FIN 504 Financial Management (3) MGMT 725 Labor Relations and Conflict MGMT 506 Operations Management and Management (3) Supply Chain Management (3) MGMT 730 Leadership, Learning and MKTG 504 Marketing Management (3) Change (3) OPRE 504 Data Analysis and MGMT 732 Leadership: Self-Organization Decisions (3) in the Firm (3) THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 43

MGMT 760 Organizational Creativity, is preferable. Application during the second Change and year of the M.A.J.E. will be considered on a Entrepreneurship (3) case-by-case basis. The business school application is competitive and admission is not guaranteed to M.A.J.E. students. M.A.J.E. students Master of Business are encouraged to discuss their motivation to Administration/Master of be trained in both disciplines as part of their Arts in Jewish Education personal statement. Similarly, students in the (MBA/M.A.J.E.) MBA program who wish to apply to the The purpose of the M.A.J.E./MBA dual degree M.A.J.E. program are not guaranteed admis- program is to facilitate the integration of these sion. two academic programs to prepare students to be professional leaders for the Jewish commu- Degree Requirements nity of the 21st century. Through a sharing of elective units and flexible scheduling, students Fundamental Courses (18 units) will earn the Master of Arts in Jewish Educa- ACCT 504 Introduction to Accounting (3) tion (M.A.J.E.) and the Master of Business ECON 504 Economics (3) Administration (MBA) degrees in less time FIN 504 Financial Management (3) than would be required if program require- MGMT 506 Operations Management and ments were completed separately. Supply Chain Management (3) To obtain the MAJE degree, students must MKTG 504 Marketing Management (3) earn 39 units. The 51-unit MBA curriculum OPRE 504 Data Analysis and includes 18 units in business fundamentals, 21 Decisions (3) units in integrated core courses and 12 units of electives to give depth to the program. Integrated Core Courses (24 units) Towson will allow students to use 9 units ACCT 640 Accounting for Managerial but no less than 6 units obtained in the Univer- Decisions (3) sity of Baltimore/Towson University MBA ECON 640 Economics of Public Policy program toward fulfilling their M.A.J.E. and Corporate Social course requirements. The UB/Towson MBA Responsibility (3) program will accept up to 9 units but no less FIN 640 Financial Analysis and than 6 units of pre-approved M.A.J.E. courses Strategy (3) with administrative/management components INSS 640 Information Technology for toward fulfilling the MBA elective course Business Transformation (3) work. MGMT 600 Leading and Managing People (3) Admission and Advisement MGMT 660 Project Management (3) Each school will award its own degree and will MGMT 700 Strategic Management in a have its own admissions process. Students Global Environment (3) considering participation in the program are MKTG 640 Strategic Marketing in a Global encouraged to discuss their interest with repre- Economy (3) sentatives of both schools. Application deadlines and admission requirements for both MBA Electives (12 units) schools are consistent with their current aca- Students may choose MBA electives and/or demic programs. M.A.J.E. courses within the management BHU students interested in participating in pathway to stimulate their intellectual curios- the dual degree program and who have already ity and to best match their career goals. Up to achieved an undergraduate degree may apply 9 credits may be transferred from the Balti- for entrance to the UB/Towson MBA program; more Hebrew University. Suggestions, subject application during the first year of the M.A.J.E. to change without notice, include: 44 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

EDUC 505 Management of Human when it is appropriate to begin joint-degree Services: Leadership and course work. Individuals must meet each Supervision school’s admission requirements. EDUC 506 Strategic Management of Starting on the first day of matriculation, a Jewish Organizations: Material maximum of seven years is allowed for the Resources completion of the joint program. Contact the EDUC 513 Theoretical and Practical Office of Admissions at the University of Bal- Dimensions of Education timore and at the University of Maryland Administration School of Nursing for further information, or EDUC 542 Human Relations for School call 410-837-4944. Administrators Indicated on students’ program plans of EDUC 602 Supervised Administrative study are any graduate core courses that must Internship be taken. Students will be required to complete METH 500 Research Methods those courses listed unless they have completed RLIT 515 Jewish Law and Ethics the undergraduate equivalent course(s) prior to entering the program. To earn the MBA One elective course (3 units) must be taken in degree, students must complete the following the UB/Towson MBA program. Suggestions, curriculum: subject to change without notice, include: MGMT 710 Human Resource and Degree Requirements Compensation The UB/Towson MBA program requires the Management (3) completion of 19 units in business fundamen- MGMT 712 Employment Law and the tals, 21 units in integrated core courses and 9 Human Resource Manager (3) units of electives. MGMT 725 Labor Relations and Conflict Management (3) Fundamental Courses (19 units) MGMT 730 Leadership, Learning and ACCT 504 Introduction to Accounting (3) Change (3) ECON 504 Economics (3) MGMT 732 Leadership: Self-Organization FIN 504 Financial Management (3) in the Firm (3) MGMT 506 Operations and Supply Chain MGMT 760 Organizational Creativity, Management (3) Change and MKTG 504 Marketing Management (3) Entrepreneurship (3) NURS 701 Science and Research Nursing Practice (4) MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION/MASTER OF Integrated Core Courses (24 units) SCIENCE IN NURSING ACCT 640 Accounting for Managerial ADMINISTRATION (MBA/M.S.) Decisions (3) The UB/Towson MBA, in conjunction with the ECON 640 Economics of Public Policy and University of Maryland School of Nursing, Corporate Social offers a dual-degree MBA/M.S. in Nursing Responsibility (3) Administration to students seeking advanced FIN 640 Financial Analysis and preparation in business administration and Strategy (3) nursing administration. INSS 640 Information Technology for The 66-unit curriculum combines elements Business Transformation (3) of the MBA and M.S. programs and can be MGMT 600 Leading and Managing completed in two years of full-time study. Stu- People (3) dents may apply to both programs concur- MGMT 660 Project Management (3) rently or they may apply first to the nursing MGMT 700 Strategic Management in a program and later to the business program Global Environment (3) THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 45

MKTG 640 Strategic Marketing in a Global FIN 640 Financial Analysis (3) Economy (3) INSS 640 Information Technology for Business Transformation (3) MBA Electives (9 units) MGMT 600 Leading and Managing NURS 622 Systems in Health Care People (3) Delivery (3) MGMT 660 Project Management (3) NURS 691 Organizational Theory (3) MGMT 700 Strategic Management in a NURS 692 Administration of Nursing Global Environment (3) Services (3) (or NURS 709 MKTG 640 Strategic Marketing in a Global Managed Care Services) Economy (3)

MBA Electives (15 units) Master of Business NURS 811 Measurement of Nursing Administration/Doctor of Phenomena (3) Nursing Administration NURS 814 Design and Analysis for (MBA/Ph.D.) Non-Experimental Nursing The UB/Towson MBA, in conjunction with the Research (3) University of Maryland School of Nursing, NURS 815 Qualitative Methods in offers a dual-degree MBA/Ph.D. in Nursing Nursing Research (3) Administration to students seeking advanced NURS 816 Multivariate Analysis in Social research and practice-based study in the fields and Health Care Research (3) of nursing and business administration. NURS 818 Research Practica (1-6) The 85-unit curriculum combines elements of the Ph.D. and MBA programs and can be completed in four years of full-time study. Master of Business Students may apply to the nursing program Administration/Doctor of first and later apply to the business program Pharmacy (MBA/Pharm.D.) when it is appropriate to begin joint-degree The UB/Towson MBA, in conjunction with the course work. Individuals must meet each University of Maryland School of Pharmacy, school’s admission requirements and complete offers a dual-degree MBA/Pharm.D. program core and cross-functional courses. that provides Doctor of Pharmacy students with management skills and teaches them how Fundamental Courses (19 units) to develop entrepreneurial capabilities for a ACCT 504 Introduction to Accounting (3) pharmacy career in a diverse range of health ECON 504 Economics (3) care areas. Enrollment in the dual degree pro- FIN 504 Financial Management (3) gram allows for the transfer of seven phar- MGMT 506 Operations and Supply macy courses toward the MBA. ChainManagement (3) MKTG 504 Marketing Management (3) Degree Requirements NURS 850 Experimental Nursing Research The UB/Towson MBA program requires the Designs (3) completion of business fundamentals (17 NURS 851 Analysis for Experimental units), integrated core courses (21 units) and Nursing Research Designs (1) elective courses (12 units).

Integrated Core Courses (24 units) Fundamental Courses (18 units) ACCT 640 Accounting for Managerial ACCT 504 Introduction to Accounting (3) Decisions (3) FIN 504 Financial Management (3) ECON 640 Economics of Public Policy and PHAR 547 Epidemiology and Medical Corporate Social Evidence (3) Responsibility (3) 46 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

PHAR 563 Pharmacoeconomics/ CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS: Pharmacoepidemiology (3) PHAR 571 Pharmacy Practice LEADERSHIP CERTIFICATE Management (3) To receive a Certificate in Leadership, a stu- PHMY 506 Pharmaceutical Marketing (3) dent would be required to complete 12 credit hours of prescribed course work and maintain Cross-Functional Courses (18 units) a cumulative GPA of no less than 3.00 for ACCT 640 Accounting for Managerial courses taken in the certificate program. The Decisions (3) course work must be completed after a student ECON 640 Economics of Public Policy has received a B.S./B.A. or equivalent degree. and Corporate Social Certificate requirements must be completed Responsibility (3) within two years of enrolling in the certificate FIN 640 Financial Analysis and program. Strategy (3) INSS 640 Information Technology for Required Courses Business Transformation (3) The program’s curriculum would consist of the MGMT 600 Leading and Managing following courses, all of which are 3-unit People (3) courses. Completion of any four of these is MGMT 660 Project Management (3) required to complete the certificate. MGMT 700 Strategic Management in a Global Environment (3) MGMT 600 Leading with Integrity (3) MKTG 640 Strategic Marketing in a Global MGMT 730 Leadership, Learning and Economy (3) Change (3) MGMT 731 Leadership Seminar (3) MBA Electives (13 units) MGMT 732 Leadership: Self-organization in Choose one 3-unit elective from the School of the Firm (3) Business and 9 units from the following: MGMT 760 Organizational Creativity, PHAR 571 Population-Based Practice (3) Change and Entrepreneurship PHAR 580 Pharmacy Law (2) (3) *Prerequisite, MGMT 600 PHMY 504 Issues in Health-System Pharmacy (1) Application Requirements PHMY 529 Pharmacist in Charge (2) Please send required admission materials to: PHMY 583 Management of Health Care The UB/Towson MBA Program Systems (3) Office of Admissions PHMY 598 Effective Leadership and 1420 N. Charles St. Advocacy (2) Baltimore, MD 21201

Admission • Application: Complete your application Pharm.D. students must have a bachelor’s online through the UB/Towson website, degree or four years of college to be eligible for http://mba.ubalt.towson.edu. Questions admission to the MBA program. Applicants about the application should be directed to must file an application with the UB/Towson Carol Abraham, Coordinator of CBE Grad- MBA and request that the UMB School of uate Services, 410-704-6163. Pharmacy Student Affairs Office send copies of • Personal Statement: Detail your reasons for their pre-pharmacy transcripts to the Office of seeking the certificate, your short- and long- MBA Admissions. If the applicant has not term professional and personal goals, and taken the GMAT, the PCAT will be substituted. how you think the certificate will help you achieve them. Provide any additional information highlighting unique aspects of your THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMICS 47

candidacy to the Admissions Committee. Admission Requirements Please limit your statement to 1,000 words. Admission to the PPPM program are competi- • Transcripts: Submit one copy of your offi- tive and the eligibility requirements to be cial transcript from all institutions attended. admitted into the program are: • Letters of Recommendation: Provide two • A bachelor’s degree in a relevant field and/or letters of recommendation addressing your three years post-bachelor’s experience work- abilities to successfully complete a graduate ing in project management-related area is business program, and indicating what con- recommended. Applicants must have a tributions you can make to the program. cumulative GPA of 3.00 (on a scale of 4.00) • Resume: Provide a current resume or a list or equivalent on the most recent 60 units of detailing your employment history (includ- graduate or undergraduate work. ing dates, titles, organizational responsibili- • Graduate Record Examination (GRE) or ties, professional memberships and volun- Graduate Management Admissions Test tary memberships). (GMAT). At least one score must be submitted. • Minimum TOEFL score of 550 (where PROJECT, PROGRAM AND applicable). PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT • Applicants must submit a résumé and a one- CERTIFICATE to two-page statement describing their past Degree: Post-Baccalaureate Certificate relevant experience, their career goals and Program Director: Dr. Tobin Porterfield how they expect this program to support 410-704-3265 those goals. [email protected] • Two reference letters are required attesting http://grad.towson.edu/program/certificate/ to the applicant’s ability to withstand the pppm-pbc/ rigors of a graduate education.

The purpose of the post-baccalaureate certifi- Those students who have no background in cate in Project, Program and Portfolio Man- statistics or who received their B.S. degree agement is to provide prospective students more than five years ago will have to take a with the knowledge and competencies neces- course in statistics—EBTM 501, Applied Busi- sary to manage projects, programs and portfo- ness Statistics—prior to taking classes in the lios. The program will provide managers the program. wherewithal to develop professionally and Send the admission materials to University further their careers within a broad range of Admissions, Towson University, 8000 York industries. Road, Towson, MD 21252. The program will be offered through a unique educational experience that is a blend Certificate Requirements of theory and practice. The primary objective Students must complete a total of at least 15 is to provide students with both a conceptual units. and pragmatic understanding of general and The required courses in the certificate program specialized project, program and portfolio include: management areas that is applicable across EBTM 604 Introduction to Project industries and fields. This program has been Management (3) designed by benchmarking the content and EBTM 620 Procurement and Sourcing (3) courses against industry credentialing offerings EBTM 625 Project Leadership and so that graduates of the program can proceed Communication (3) to professional certification based on the EBTM 715 Project Cost Accounting and knowledge gained in the program. Finance (3) Graduates of the program will be employed EBTM 750 Program and Portfolio in areas with job titles such as project manager, Management (3) program manager, cost estimator, etc. 48 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT master’s program. The required courses in the CERTIFICATE certificate program include: The post-baccalaureate certificate in supply chain management is a 15-unit program and EBTM 602 Introduction to Supply Chain includes the first five courses in the M.S. pro- Management (3) gram. Students who complete the certificate EBTM 610 Operations Management (3) program can continue on to the master’s pro- EBTM 620 Procurement and Sourcing (3) gram if they so choose. Admission require- EBTM 710 Logistics and Distribution (3) ments for the certificate are the same as the EBTM 720 Supply Chain Intelligence and Technologies (3) THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 49

The College of Education

As the first teacher-training institution in COLLEGE OFFICE Maryland, Towson University has a distin- Hawkins Hall 304 guished history in the preparation of class- 410-704-2570 room teachers, educational specialists and Fax: 410-704-2733 school leaders. Programs of study in the Col- www.towson.edu/coe lege of Education include baccalaureate degrees with teacher certification in early Doctoral Degree Program childhood education, middle school educa- Instructional Technology tion, elementary education and special education. The College of Education offers a Certificates of Advanced Study program leading to teacher certificates of (Post-Master’s) advanced study (post-master’s) in secondary Early Childhood Education education for those enrolled in baccalaureate Organizational Change degree programs in other colleges of the uni- (See Interdisciplinary Programs section) versity. Reading Education Programs at the graduate level lead to master’s degrees with initial or advanced certifica- Master’s Degree Programs tion in teaching, special education, school Early Childhood Education administration, reading specialist and media Educational Leadership specialist. Master’s degree programs in early (See Interdisciplinary Programs section) childhood education, elementary education Elementary Education and secondary education are aligned with the Human Resource Development: certification standards of the National Board Educational Leadership for Professional Teaching. Doctoral and mas- Instructional Technology ter’s degrees are offered in the area of instruc- Jewish Education tional technology. Programs of study within Reading Education the College of Education are constantly Secondary Education assessed and reorganized to provide students Special Education at all levels with a professional education Teaching based on current research, models of best practice and the needs of the larger profes- Certification sional community. Administrator I Faculty members in the College of Educa- (See Interdisciplinary Programs section) tion actively participate in the academic com- Reading Specialist munity as teachers, scholars and advisers. Media Specialist They are dedicated to the mission of the col- Jewish Education lege as it applies to all educators in all programs: to inspire, educate and prepare facilitators of active learning for diverse and inclusive communities of learners in environments that are technologically advanced.

Raymond P. Lorion, Dean Karen Robertson, Interim Associate Dean 50 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

Essential Dispositions for Educators Code of Conduct and established professional At Towson University, we recognize the impor- practice in education and clinical settings. Suc- tance of preparing candidates who are worthy cessful completion of all field experiences is a to join the education profession. All students requirement for continuation in the education enrolled in Professional Education Unit pro- program. grams are expected to develop a professional conscience by demonstrating dispositions nec- 1 National Education Association, Code of Ethics essary to work with diverse and inclusive com- of the Education Profession, 1975. munities of learners. As candidates progress through course work and field experiences, they are expected to demonstrate increased MARYLAND WRITING PROJECT understanding and eventual mastery of three Office: Hawkins Hall 403C essential dispositions: 1) commitment to pro- 410-704-3593 fessional practice; 2) caring for success and well-being of all students; and 3) collaboration Director: Barbara J. Bass with colleagues and stakeholders. 410-704-4573 [email protected] TEEB Professional Behavior Policy The Teacher Education Executive Board Co-Director: Catherine Hearn (TEEB) reserves the right for each department/ [email protected] program to refuse, deny or revoke the application for admission to professional education The Maryland Writing Project (MWP), a site programs or continuation in professional edu- of the National Writing Project, is housed in cation programs of any student whose Towson University’s College of Education. observed conduct is deemed incongruent with The MWP is supported by the College of Edu- established guidelines of professional behavior. cation and the College of Liberal Arts. Estab- As a professional discipline, education is lished in Baltimore in 1981, the MWP is a “vested by the public with a trust and respon- teacher-driven professional development orga- sibility requiring the highest ideals of profes- nization for teachers across the content areas sional service.” All teacher education students in grades pre-K through university. Its mission agree to accept “the responsibility to adhere to is to identify, train and support excellent the highest ethical standards of professional teachers so that they can share with others behavior.”1 Placing the importance of profes- their knowledge and experience in teaching sional behavior and duties above one’s own writing and in using writing as a learning tool. convenience is the cornerstone of professional- Teachers participate in an invitational Summer ism. Institute to become teacher-consultants. They All teacher education students are respon- research, develop and share best writing prac- sible for understanding department and pro- tices in order to effect change in their class- gram-specific professional expectations. In rooms, schools and school systems. addition to fulfilling all academic require- The MWP offers both undergraduate and ments, successful completion of all field expe- graduate courses. Maryland Writing Project riences requires demonstrated professional teacher-consultants serve as instructors for behavior including, but not limited to, punctu- EDUC 301: Writing and Communication ality, attendance, professional attire, discre- Skills for Teachers. They also teach SCED 399: tion, respect for confidentiality, effective and Differentiated Student Teaching, which is appropriate communication with university offered during the summer in conjunction with and school-based students and personnel, and a camp for young writers called the Student acceptance of diversity. Writers’ Workshop. At the graduate level, All teacher education students must exhibit MWP-trained teacher-consultants teach SCED behavior that is consistent with the university’s 605, the 6-unit Summer Teacher Institute; THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 51

EDUC 734, the Teacher Inquiry Institute; The faculty in the Department of Early Child- EDUC 667: Writing as Thinking; and EDUC hood Education has developed specific courses 661: Responding to and Evaluating Writing. to support students in their professional devel- They also teach special topics courses at the opment and in their future contributions to the graduate level throughout the year. field of early childhood education through their Finally, the MWP offers Maryland State chosen career paths. The M.Ed. in Early Child- Department of Education-approved, in-service hood Education is aligned with National Asso- professional development workshops and ciation for the Education of Young Children graduate courses in school systems across the (NAEYC) Standards for Early Childhood Pro- state. fessional Preparation in Advanced Programs.

Recommended Areas of Focus for M.Ed. can- EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION didates are: Degree: Master of Education Program Director: Edyth J. Wheeler • Early Childhood Accomplished Teacher: 410-704-2460 Advanced professional study to develop [email protected] candidates as master teachers and mentors in their professional settings and may pre- The M.Ed. in Early Childhood Education is an pare candidates for NBPTS certification. advanced degree program designed to prepare • Early Childhood Administrator/Program the degree candidate for a future professional Director: Advanced professional study to role, to increase competence in a current prepare candidates to become or to increase career role or to provide a step toward further their effectiveness as administrators, super- study in the field of early childhood education. visors or directors in schools, centers and It is not an initial teaching certification or non-traditional programs for young chil- licensure program, but an opportunity for dren and families. increased professional development at the • Early Childhood Family Specialist: Advanced graduate level. The M.Ed. in Early Childhood professional study to prepare candidates to Education is recommended for practitioners in specialize in work with the families of young a wide range of programs for children from children in a variety of roles and settings. birth through age 8 in a variety of community This Area of Focus will also meet require- settings. Their roles may include administra- ments for a post-baccalaureate Family-Pro- tion, supervision and mentoring in early child- fessional Collaboration Certificate. hood programs; pre-elementary or primary grade teaching; family/community support; Admission Requirements early intervention; resource and referral; pro- • A baccalaureate degree from an accredited gram licensing; infants and toddlers specialist; college or university. and many others. Guiding principles include • A minimum undergraduate GPA of 3.00 is an interdisciplinary perspective, collaboration, required for full admission and 2.75 for mentoring and advocacy, with a foundation of conditional admission to the program. All the most current knowledge base in early GPA calculations are based on the last 60 childhood and best practice for all young chil- units of undergraduate and post-baccalaure- dren and families. ate study. The 33-unit program consists of seven • Experience/background in the field. required courses and four elective courses supporting a designated Area of Focus, designed One or more of the following: to provide each student with a deeper under- • An undergraduate degree or graduate course standing of the knowledge base in the field, work in Early Childhood Education, child while supporting individual areas of profes- development, family studies or a related sional specialization and academic interest. field 52 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

• Teacher certification in early childhood edu- plan so that students may achieve their indication vidual professional and academic objectives • Teacher certification in elementary educa- in their Area of Focus. tion plus 6 units in early childhood educa- • Graduate Professional Portfolio: Each stu- tion dent will present a professional portfolio as • A minimum of three years of professional an exit requirement of the program. Along experience in an early childhood program with ECED 773 (or ECED 898), the portfo- or related setting serving young children lio will provide a capstone experience. It will from birth to age 8 demonstrate integrated graduate-level learn- • Undergraduate courses in the following ing and evidence of essential professional areas: dispositions, and will reflect the student’s • educational psychology or psychology growth as a professional and leader in the of learning chosen area of specialization in the field of • child growth and development early childhood education. As an ongoing • curriculum and methods in early child- collection of graduate work, it will serve as hood education a synthesis of learning throughout degree course work and reflect NAEYC Standards Exceptional candidates who do not meet the for Advanced Professional Preparation. specific experience/background criteria above may be considered for admission if they intend Required Courses (21 units) to work in settings with children from birth ECED 607 Learner Diversity and through age 8. In these instances, an interview Inclusion in Early Childhood with the program director is required. Education (3) ECED 609 Growth and Development of A current resume must be submitted with the Young Children (3) application for admission as well as all post- ECED 610 Learning Environments: secondary transcripts. Send to University Curriculum and Technology (3) Admissions, Towson University, 8000 York ECED 611 Teacher as Researcher (3) Road, Towson, MD 21252. ECED 619 Assessment, Observation and Evaluation in Early Childhood NOTE: The M.Ed. in Early Childhood Educa- Education (3) tion is an advanced program and does not lead ECED 665 Curriculum Theory and to initial teacher certification in early child- Development (3) hood education. Individuals interested in post- ECED 773 Seminar in Early Childhood baccalaureate initial certification should Education (3) contact the Early Childhood Education graduate director for further information about Electives (12 units) certificate options within the M.Ed. These courses will support the candidate’s Area of Focus or specialization as indicated on Degree Requirements the initial Goals Statement, and are to be The Master of Education in Early Childhood selected from departmental elective courses or Education requires a minimum of 33 units, up to 6 units from another department with including the following: permission. • Completion of required prerequisite courses • Course work for the degree Grade Requirements • Goals Statement: At the beginning of the All students must complete ECED 773 with program, students will select an Area of the grade of “A” or “B” (the course may be Focus to guide their professional growth in repeated) or successfully complete ECED 898 their graduate study and will submit a Goals Thesis. Statement. This document will serve as a THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 53

Course Sequence of reading and internships. The M.Ed. Plus The first 6 units of the graduate program are may require more than the 33 units for the ECED 611: Teacher as Researcher and ECED basic M.Ed. 609: Growth and Development of Young Children. These two courses must be com- Post-Baccalaureate Family-Professional pleted before other courses are taken, except Collaboration Certificate: Family/home for students who begin degree course work collaboration is a vital aspect of Early Child- during the summer. The final, or capstone, hood professional practice. One of the Areas course is ECED 773: Seminar in Early Child- of Focus in the M.Ed. in Early Childhood hood Education. In ECED 773, students are Education at Towson is the Early Childhood provided an opportunity to develop a creative Family Specialist. Graduate students selecting and interdisciplinary statement of their profes- this Area of Focus will complete the require- sional identity, as they articulate their views on ments for the Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in why they care about children and why they do Family-Professional Collaboration within their what they do. All other course work must be master’s degree program. These students must completed prior to taking this course. also meet with the director of the Post-Bacca- laureate Certificate Program in Family Studies Thesis Option for advising on course requirements for the As an alternative to ECED 773, students may certificate program. Students will take the fol- elect the ECED 898: Thesis in Early Child- lowing courses as three of their electives in the hood Education. This option is available for M.Ed. in order to obtain the Family Studies students who may wish to pursue doctoral Certificate: studies at a later date or who have identified a FMST 601 Applied Family strong commitment to a specific topic of Relationships (3) inquiry they wish to pursue in great depth. FMST 610 Family-Professional Students who elect the Thesis Option will take Collaboration (3) the 6-unit ECED 898 Thesis in place of the FMST 620 Project in Family-Focused 3-unit ECED 773 Seminar and 3 elective units. Program Development (3)

Certificate Options within the M.Ed. For more information about the Post-Bacca- M.Ed. Plus Certification: The M.Ed. Plus laureate Family-Professional Collaboration provides a certification option for Early Child- Certificate, see the description in the Interdis- hood Education graduate students who ciplinary Programs section of the catalog. already have a background in the field of early childhood education in addition to increased Post-Baccalaureate Certificate Program in professional development at the graduate level. Autism Studies: Graduate students selecting The M.Ed. in Early Childhood Education is this Area of Focus will complete the require- recommended for graduate students with ments for the Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in undergraduate degrees or significant experi- Autism Studies within their master’s degree ence in early childhood education, child devel- program. These students must also meet with opment, or child and family studies, or who the director of the Post-Baccalaureate Certifi- are practicing professionals working with cate Program in Autism Studies for advising on young children and families. The M.Ed. Plus course requirements for the certificate pro- consists of the seven required courses and four gram. Students will take the following courses elective courses in the M.Ed. that are geared as three of their electives in the M.Ed. in order toward certification, as well as additional units to obtain the Autism Studies Certificate: in specific areas to meet certification requirements. These additional units will be deter- IDHP 770 Special Topics in the Field of mined based on prior experience and course -775 Autism (3) work, and may include courses in the teaching IDHP 791 Directed Readings in the Field of Autism (1-6) 54 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

IDHP 792 Independent Study in the Field dren (NAEYC) Standards for Advanced Pro- of Autism (1-6) fessional Preparation in Early Childhood Education and structured to reflect advanced National Board for Professional Teaching areas of specialization for professionals in the Standards Preparation: One of the Areas of field. Individualized as well as interdisciplin- Focus in the M.Ed. in Early Childhood Educa- ary, the program is based on an 18-unit core of tion is Early Childhood Accomplished Teacher. required courses and a 12-unit Area of Focus NAEYC Standards addressed in the M.Ed. to be selected by the candidate. The core required courses are aligned with the National includes 6 units of internship aligned with the Board for Professional Teaching Standards. Area of Focus. Graduate students who are teachers in public school settings may further focus their elective Admission Requirements courses to work toward preparation of the port- • A master’s degree in Early Childhood Edu- folio and documentation required for this certi- cation or related field from a nationally fication and recognition as master teachers. accredited institution • An overall GPA of 3.75 or above for graduate work EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION C.A.S. Send the following admission materials to Certificate: Certificate of Advanced Study University Admissions, Towson University, Program Director: Edyth J. Wheeler 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252: 410-704-2460 • Completed Graduate Application [email protected] • Official transcripts for undergraduate and graduate course work The Certificate of Advanced Study (C.A.S.) in • A letter of application describing profes- Early Childhood Education is a post-master’s sional goals for advanced graduate study program that is in clear alignment with the and proposed Area of Focus mission and vision of the university and the • Current resume or curriculum vitae College of Education, and is responsive to the • Three letters of recommendation that needs of early childhood professionals. This describe the candidate’s professional experi- 30-unit post-master’s certificate program is ence and academic work designed to address the need for increasing professionalism and leadership for those who Certificate Requirements work in a variety of settings with young children from birth through age 8 and their fami- Required Courses (18 units) lies. The C.A.S. will prepare graduate students ECED 694 Internship (6) to assume greater roles as advocates and policy ECED 750 Program Development and specialists, administrators, family specialists, Evaluation (3) master teachers, researchers and teacher educa- ECED 760 Critical Perspectives in Early tors, and may lead to later doctoral study. Childhood (3) Guiding principles for the C.A.S., as for the ECED 762 Leadership and Advocacy in M.Ed., include an interdisciplinary perspective, Early Childhood Education (3) collaboration, mentoring, professional disposi- ECED 764 Social Justice and Ethics: An tions and advocacy, with a foundation of the Educational Perspective (3) most current knowledge base in early childhood and best practice for all young children NOTE: Candidates for the Administrator I and families, consistent with national profes- Certificate will take 3 units of ECED 694: sional standards and positions. Internship in Early Childhood Education and The C.A.S. in Early Childhood Education is 3 units of ELED 797: Internship in Educa- a 30-unit program aligned with the National tional Leadership. Association for the Education of Young Chil- THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 55

Electives (12 units) ECED 695 Independent Study: Research Candidates will determine an Area of Focus as and Writing for Publication they begin the program and, with approval of EDUC 715 Statistical Principles of the program director or adviser, will select four Research Design and Analysis elective courses to support that area. 3. Early Childhood Family Specialist will prepare candidates for further work with fami- Areas of Focus and Recommended lies of young children and will also meet Electives for C.A.S. Candidates: requirements for a Family-Professional Col- laboration Certificate. Candidates will work 1. Early Childhood Advocate/Policy Specialist with the program director or adviser as well will prepare candidates to act as advocates as the program director for Family Studies for children, families and the profession, to determine electives in this Area of Focus: specializing in a particular issue or area of FMST 601 Applied Family Relationships need or developing more generalized advo- FMST 610 Family-Professional cacy and public policy skills. Candidates Collaboration will work with the program director or FMST 620 Project in Family-Focused adviser to identify specific professional goals Program Development and select electives to support those goals. ECED or FMST elective or related field Suggested elective choices may include: ECED 694 Internship (an additional 3 4. Early Childhood Accomplished Teacher will units for full-time public policy support candidates in preparation for work on Capitol Hill, in NBPTS certification. Candidates will choose Annapolis or with professional four electives as needed to supplement prior organization advocacy groups) course work in order to align with NBPTS. HRD elective or related field: Organizational ECED 694 Internship may focus on mentor- and Environmental Change ship or portfolio building. Candidates who ILDP 603 School Law did not receive the M.Ed. at Towson may POSC elective or related field: Government include one or more of the required courses and Legislative Processes for the M.Ed. Possible elective choices: WMST, SOCI, ECON elective or other issue- ECED 604 Math/Science in the Early specific elective Childhood Education Program ECED 608 Teaching and Learning Social 2. Early Childhood Teacher Educator/ Studies in Early Childhood Researcher will prepare candidates for doc- Education toral study at Towson or elsewhere, for ECED 612 Conflict Resolution and teaching in institutions of higher education, Management in Programs for or for research. Candidates will work with Young Children the program director or adviser to identify ECED 623 The Art of Reading and specific professional goals and select elec- Writing in Primary Grades and tives to support those goals. Suggested elec- Kindergarten tive categories may include: or EDUC 765 Qualitative Methods ECED 680 Celebrating Young Children: EDUC xxx Advanced Qualitative Methods Curriculum and Best Practices EDUC Advanced Measurement and in Early Childhood Education Statistics in Education ISTC xxx Elective in Instructional ISTC elective course in Instructional Technology Technology REED xxx Elective in Reading ECED elective course to support specialization for teacher 5. Early Childhood Administrator: Public educators School Emphasis will build on M.Ed. course 56 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

work to prepare candidates in public school • Think and reflect critically about educa- settings to meet requirements for the Admin- tional processes and professional practice istrator I Certificate. There are six required (essential dispositions). courses for Administrator I Certification. In addition to ECED 665: Curriculum Theory The goals and objectives of the degree pro- and Development (required in the M.Ed.) and gram are based on MSDE Professional Devel- ELED 797: Internship in Educational Leader- opment Standards and the core propositions ship, electives in this Area of Focus are: endorsed by the National Board for Profes- ILDP 603 School Law sional Teaching Standards. The areas addressed ILDP 668 Leadership and Group by the standards are reflected in the required Dynamics and elective courses. ILDP 716 Leadership of the Schools ILDP 781 Seminar in Supervision Admission Requirements • Completion of a bachelor’s degree from an accredited institution of higher education ELEMENTARY EDUCATION • An overall minimum undergraduate GPA of Degree: Master of Education 3.00 for full admission to the program, and Program Director: Vacant a 2.75 GPA for conditional admission, 410-704-2176 based on the last 60 credits of total under- [email protected] graduate and post-baccalaureate study • Maryland teaching certification, eligibility NOTE: This program is not currently accept- for teaching certification or permission of ing new students. the program director • Minimum one year teaching/training experi- The Master of Education in Elementary Edu- ence beyond undergraduate program and cation is an advanced curriculum and instruc- internship tion program that promotes the skills and expertise of experienced educators for grades NOTE: This master’s degree program is not 1-8. The program is designed for those accompanied by automatic state certification. involved in instructional and curricular deci- Non-certified applicants should contact the sion-making in schools and districts and those director or their adviser prior to enrolling in committed to quality professional growth. course work. Course and program goals and learner outcomes are based on the professional setting to Degree Requirements ensure transfer of theory to practice. The pro- • Completion of required prerequisite courses gram of study helps the student achieve the • Completion of ELED 775/SCED 781: Inte- following goals: grated Professional Practice Seminar, with a • Develop advanced competencies in curricu- grade of “A” or “B” (the course may be lum development, instructional design, and repeated only once) or completion of ELED evaluation of curriculum and instruction. 897 Thesis • Develop an understanding of the diverse • Completion of 33 units of required courses nature of learners, society and the impact on and electives as specified below learning. • Assume leadership roles in curriculum and NOTE: Graduate students enrolled in the M. instruction in the education profession. Ed. in Elementary Education program may • Use technology and media to enhance learn- transfer a maximum of 9 credits of graduate- ing. level course work required for their degree • Understand and use appropriate assessment program. Additional credit may be accepted in and evaluation (assessment literacy). special circumstances, with approval of the • Engage in scholarly activities to promote program director. student achievement. THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 57

Program of Study A: Master of Electives (12 units) Education with Seminar (33 units) Electives may be selected from one or more areas of focus, based on the graduate student’s Required Courses (18 units) professional goals. Areas of study include cur- EDUC 605 Research and Information riculum and instruction, leadership, technol- Technology (3) ogy, diversity and learning, assessment and EDUC 660 Teaching in a Multicultural evaluation, and content areas. Students may Society (3) select electives from other departments in con- EDUC 761 Research in Education (3) sultation with their adviser. A maximum of 6 ELED 647 Advanced Processes of units may be taken at the 500 level. Teaching and Learning (3) ELED 665 Curriculum Theory and HUMAN RESOURCE Development (3) DEVELOPMENT: ELED 775 Integrated Professional Practice EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP Seminar (3) (By permission only. Students must meet with Degree: Master of Science adviser one term prior to Director: Diane Wood enrolling in this course.) 410-704-2685 [email protected] Electives (15 units) Electives may be selected from one or more The Master of Science in Human Resource areas of focus, based on the graduate student’s Development (HRD) is an interdisciplinary professional goals. Areas of study include cur- program designed to provide students with riculum and instruction, leadership, technol- specific knowledge and practical skills within ogy, diversity and learning, assessment and a variety of human resource fields. The cur- evaluation, and content areas. Students may riculum is designed to meet the needs of indi- select electives from other departments in con- viduals with varied academic backgrounds sultation with their adviser. A maximum of 6 and professional experience. The program units may be taken at the 500 level. emphasizes the application of theory and research to practical human resource issues Program of Study B: Master of within business, government, nonprofit orga- Education with Thesis (33 units) nizations and education. The Educational Leadership Track is Required Courses (21 units) designed for certified teachers and other EDUC 605 Research and Information licensed professionals working in schools who Technology (3) aspire to become educational leaders and EDUC 660 Teaching in a Multicultural administrators at local and state levels. This Society (3) program is approved by the Maryland State EDUC 761 Research in Education (3) Department of Education (MSDE) for those ELED 647 Advanced Processes of seeking certification as Administrator I. Teaching and Learning (3) ELED 665 Curriculum Theory and Admission Requirements Development (3) • Certification as a teacher or licensure as a ELED 897 Master’s Thesis in Elementary school professional is preferred. Education (6) (Students must • The minimum GPA required for admission meet with adviser one term is 3.00. Students who have a minimum GPA prior to enrolling in this of 2.80 may be considered for admission. course.) 58 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

Send the following admission materials to ILPD 739 Leadership Theory and University Admissions, Towson University, Practice (3) 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252: ILPD 740 Data-Based Decision-Making • Two letters of recommendation. One letter for Curriculum and of recommendation must be from a school Instruction (3) administrator. ILPD 742 Transformational • A one-page personal statement indicating why Leadership and Professional the applicant is interested in pursuing gradu- Development (3) ate study in this track. The statement should ILPD 743 Learning Communities and describe the applicant’s commitment to the Organizational Change (3) profession, caring for the success of students ILPD 744 Interpersonal Relations and and collaboration with the community. Group Dynamics (3) ILPD 745 School Budgeting and Fiscal Degree Requirements Planning (3) • Students must take a minimum of 36 units ISTC 702 Educational Leadership and as prescribed in their program and selected Technology (3) in consultation with the adviser. • Students must submit a portfolio upon completion of internship experiences, and instructional technology aligned with standards and assessments. (ed.d.) • Demonstration of proficiency by attaining a Degree: Doctor of Education passing grade on the comprehensive exami- Program Director: Bill Sadera nation. Students must take the comprehen- 410-704-2731 sive examination prior to enrolling in the [email protected] internship. • Attainment of highest levels on assessment The Doctor of Education (Ed.D.) in Instruc- of professional dispositions. tional Technology will review applications twice per year, following the dates specified at Required Courses (18 units) the end of this section. The Ed.D. is based ILPD 603 School Law (3) upon the understanding of education settings ILPD 667 Curriculum and Assessment for (schools and beyond) as learning communities Instructional Leaders (3) immersed in a world of technology within ILPD 668 Leadership and Group which: students are nurtured and challenged Dynamics (3) to meet the high expectations established for ILPD 716 Leadership of the Schools (3) them; community leaders are engaged in these ILPD 781 Seminar in Supervision (3) communities to support them; and teachers, ILPD 797 Internship in Educational supervisors and administrators must take the Leadership (3) lead in integrating technology into these communities through continuous professional Electives (18 units) development. Thus, the program focuses on Choose from the following courses or others the development of instructional technology in consultation with adviser: expertise to meet the present and future needs EDUC 605 Research and Information of technology integration in instruction across Technology (3) the educational spectrum. ILPD 614 Classroom Assessment for The objectives of the Ed.D. in Instructional Instructional Leaders (3) Technology are to: ILPD 670 Special Topics in Instructional • Develop knowledge and skills in the theory, Leadership (3) foundation and philosophy to employ ILPD 675 Leadership and Action instructional technology in a wide range of Research (3) educational practice THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 59

• Provide advanced skills and abilities for • Letters of recommendation from two pro- teachers and trainers who are innovative fessionals, including one from a professional change agents for integrating technology familiar with the academic work of the into education and human resource devel- candidate opment organizations • Academic writing sample • Acquire advanced skills in research, assess- • Digital portfolio elements that demonstrate ment and evaluation strategies in the appli- the integration of technology into the applications of technology in education and cant’s field of expertise (such as instruction training environments or training) • Provide experiences for employing technology effectively in pre-K through 16 learning Application materials are reviewed by the environments to promote reform and admissions committee using a competitive enhance learning review process. In reviewing applications, the • Develop knowledge, skills and abilities for committee will seek evidence of prerequisite teaching via online and digital environments knowledge in the following areas: instruc- to create and ensure high quality and effec- tional design, educational psychology, research tive learning communities design and statistics. Students who do not • Create skilled and highly capable profes- have this prerequisite knowledge may be asked sionals who are able to lead educational to complete one credit-directed reading activ- organizations to make effective decisions ity to improve background knowledge and about the appropriate uses of technology in help prepare for doctoral course work. learning and teaching A limited number of students are accepted into the doctoral program each year in order Admission Requirements to maintain a low student-to-faculty ratio. • Successful completion of a master’s degree Application materials must be submitted in in instructional technology or related field full by the following deadlines for consider- from a regionally accredited institution. ation of acceptance for fall and spring terms: • An overall GPA of 3.00 or above for under- Fall admission: May 1 graduate degree work is required. Graduate Spring admission: November 1 work should be at a GPA level of 3.75, though GPAs as low as 3.40 can be consid- Degree Requirements ered. The doctoral program requires 63 graduate • For international students, a TOEFL score units beyond the master’s degree. Course work of 600 or above is required. in the program includes 15 units in the pro- • Interview may be required upon the request gram core, 9 units in research methodology, of the Admissions Committee of the Instruc- 18 units of specialization elective course work, tional Technology faculty. 9 units of doctoral seminar and 12 units of dissertation research. Along with submitting the Graduate Applica- After completing all course work and prior tion and transcripts from prior institutions, to beginning the dissertation, students must send the following admission materials to pass a comprehensive written exam and/or University Admissions, Towson University, submit a portfolio based upon the core courses 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252: and one specialization area. Upon passing/ approval, students will be admitted to the dis- • Letter of intent describing professional goals sertation sequence. in seeking the degree and areas of interest/ specialization Required Courses (15 units) • GRE general scores in analytic, quantitative ISTC 700 Assessment in Instructional and verbal areas. Technology (3) 60 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

ISTC 707 Learning Environments in a ISTC 717 Distance Education in Theory Digital Age (3) and Practice (3) ISTC 709 Legal and Ethical Issues (3) ISTC 718 Critical Perspectives in ISTC 711 Innovation, Change and Instructional Technology (3) Organizational Structures (3) ISTC 731 Theory and Practice for ISTC 741 Foundations of Research in Integrating Digital Resources Instructional Technology (3) into Learning and Teaching (3) ISTC 767 Advanced Theory and Research Methodology Courses Instructional Design (3) (9 units) EDUC 715 Statistical Principles of Research Design and INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY Analysis (3) (M.S.) EDUC 765 Qualitative Methods (3) Degree: Master of Science Program Directors: Liyan Song and David Choose one of the following: Robinson EDUC 791 Advanced Qualitative 410-704-5751 and 410-704-6301 Methods (3) [email protected] and EDUC 790 Advanced Measurements and [email protected] Statistics in Education (3) The master’s degree program in Instructional Seminars and Internship (9 units) Technology in the College of Education is an ISTC 780 Investigating and Evaluating applied professional program that helps to Research in Instructional educate leaders in three technology fields: Technology (3) training and development, school library ISTC 780 Investigating and Evaluating media, and educational computing and media. Research in Instructional The Instructional Technology graduate pro- Technology II (3) gram is intended for both current professionals ISTC 797 Instructional Technology in the fields of media, design, computing, edu- Internship (3) cation and libraries as well as those who are seeking advanced degrees and an upgrade in Dissertation Research (12 or their skills and knowledge base related to tech- more units) nology. The program is hands-on and practical ISTC 998 Dissertation Research (12) with a considerable focus of most courses ISTC 999 Dissertation Continuum (1) being inventive and authentic learning projects. Students select one of three options. The Specialization/Elective Courses first, Instructional Design and Development, (18 units) offers a flexible program of study designed to Selection of elective courses must be made develop instructional design and media-related with the advice and approval of the student’s competencies for those who wish to work in doctoral adviser. All elective units may be in training or instructional settings in business, instructional technology. With prior permis- industry, government, the military or medical sion, 12 units may be taken outside the Col- education. The second, Library Media Special- lege of Education. All elective course work ist, meets the Maryland State Department of must be at the 600 level or higher. Education requirements for the Library Media With approval, courses completed as Specialist Certification and is designed for part of a Towson University C.A.S. program students who wish to serve as directors of may be applied as part of the specialization. school library centers. The third, Educational Examples of suitable electives include: Technology, is designed for those who wish to ISTC 705 Advanced Web Applications in integrate technology into classroom teaching Education (3) or to coordinate the planning and integration THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 61 of educational technologies at the school, dis- Level II: Elective Sequence (6 units) trict or state level. HRD elective is required (3) The program is most often completed by Individually selected elective at the 600-700 students on a part-time basis, although full- level (3) time study is encouraged. A majority of the Level III: Advanced Sequence (18 units) graduate students in the Instructional Technol- ISTC 655 Multimedia Design (3) ogy program are full-time working profession- ISTC 685 Research in Instructional als who take classes in the late afternoon or Technology (3) early evening. Professionals seeking to advance ISTC 767 Advanced Theory and or change careers comprise a substantial por- Instructional Design (3) tion of the student population in the Instruc- ISTC 787 Instructional Technology tional Technology program. These include Capstone (3) students who intend to become school library ISTC 897 Master’s Thesis in Instructional media specialists, industry training specialists Technology (6) and leaders in educational computing and technology. Plan B: Master of Science without Thesis (minimum 36 units) Admission Requirements Except for thesis, the required courses are • A minimum undergraduate GPA of 3.00 for identical to Plan A. In Plan B, the student’s full admission and 2.75 for conditional Level II Elective Sequence contains 12 units admission. All GPA calculations for admis- instead of 6 units. sion are based upon the last 60 credits of undergraduate and post-baccalaureate Level II: Elective Sequence (12 units) study. HRD elective is required (3) • Technological literacy including the ability Individually selected elective units at the 600- to use application programs is a necessary 700 level (9) background requirement for Concentra- tions I, II and III. Concentration II—Library Media Specialist Concentration I—Instructional Design Prerequisites: Completion of the and Development following courses or their equivalents: Prerequisites: None. SCED 200 Foundations of Education ISTC 301/ Integrating Instructional Degree Requirements: 501 Technology PSYC 201 Educational Psychology Plan A: Master of Science with Thesis SPED 301 Inclusion of Special Needs (minimum 36 units) Student Populations

Level I: Core Sequence (12 units) Degree Requirements: EDUC 605 Research and Information Technology (3) Plan A: Master of Science with Thesis ISTC 541 Foundations of Instructional (minimum 36 units) Technology (3) ISTC 663 Applied Psychology of Level I (9 units) Learning (3) ISTC 615 Collection Development (3) ISTC 667 Instructional Design and ISTC 653 The Organization of Development (3) Knowledge (3) ISTC 667 Instructional Design and Development (3) 62 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

Level II (15 units) Level II: Elective Sequence (9 units) EDUC 717 Children’s Literature and Individually selected elective units at the 600- Materials for Teaching 700 level (9) Reading (3) ISTC 541 Foundations of Instructional Level III: Advanced Sequence (15 units) Technology (3) ISTC 685 Research in Instructional ISTC 651 Information Literacy and Technology (3) Access (3) ISTC 702 Educational Leadership and ISTC 702 Educational Leadership and Technology (3) Technology (3) ISTC 717 Distance Education in Theory SCED 518 Young Adult Literature (3) and Practice (3) ISTC 731 Advanced Technology Level III (12 units) Integration (3) ISTC 601 Library Media ISTC 787 Instructional Technology Administration (3) Capstone (3) ISTC 789 Practicum and Portfolio in Library Media (3 6) ISTC 897 Master’s Thesis in Instructional JEWish Education Technology (6) Degree: Master of Arts Program Director: Dr. Hana Bor Plan B: Master of Science without 410-704-5026 Thesis (minimum 36 units) [email protected] Identical to plan A, except for the deletion of: ISTC 897 Master’s Thesis in Instructional The Master of Arts in Jewish Education pro- Technology (6) vides students with the most current methods and additions of: and essential technologies to become highly ISTC 685 Research in Instructional qualified and effective Jewish educators. By Technology (3) integrating pedagogy and the best educational Individually selected elective units at the practices with classical and contemporary 600-700 level (3) Jewish Studies, the M.A. in Jewish Education program prepares its graduates to embark on Concentration III—Educational professional careers as teachers or administra- Technology tors in formal or informal Jewish educational Prerequisite: Maryland State Department of settings. Students select either the teaching or Education certification as a classroom teacher, administrative track, and may elect to attend administrator or specialist. full-time or part-time. The five core components of both tracks are: Jewish studies, educa- Degree Requirements: tional theory, methodology, a practicum (Minimum 36 units) seminar and a supervised internship tailored to each student’s individual needs and interests. Level I: Core Sequence (12 units) Alumni often apply their skills in an all-day EDUC 605 Research and Information or supplemental Jewish school setting, in front Technology (3) of a classroom or as an educational adminis- ISTC 541 Foundations of Instructional trator. Others may apply this degree at a Hil- Technology (3) lel, Jewish Community Center, central agency, ISTC 663 Applied Psychology of synagogue or camp, becoming youth directors, Learning (3) family educators, curriculum writers or camp ISTC 667 Instructional Design and directors. Development (3) THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 63

Admission Requirements Core Courses (6 units) • Bachelor’s degree from an accredited college Select two of the following: or university EDUC 600 Foundations of Jewish • Minimum of a B average; overall GPA of Education (3) 3.00 on 4.00 scale EDUC 606 From Vision to Practice in • Official transcript from all post-secondary Jewish Education (3) institutions EDUC 764 Qualitative Research in Jewish • Statement of intent: a one-page essay Education (3) describing your academic and professional ILPD 604 Curriculum Planning and goals and how this degree program can help Decision Making for the Jewish you achieve these goals School (3) • Sample of work: a written sample of an academic research paper, thesis chapter, les- Practicum Seminar (2 units) son plan, classroom curriculum or another EDUC 794 Practicum Seminar year 1 (1) type of field-related writing sample no more EDUC 795 Practicum Seminar year 2 (1) than 20 pages • Two letters of recommendation, at least one Methods Course (3 units) from an academic source (Hard copies or Choose one of the following: online recommendations are accepted— ILPD 650 Exploration of Holocaust hard copies must attach personal assessment Education form) ILPD 655 Exploration of the History, • Applicants must be available for an inter- Politics and Culture of Israel view with the director, in person or by EDUC 613 Moral Questions in the phone Classroom • Current resume Students select either a teaching track or an Applicants from outside of the U.S. are subject administration track. Within the teaching to the same requirements for admission as track students are required to take two addi- applicants from the U.S. Applicants from tional 3-unit methods courses, one 3-unit elec- countries where English is not the language of tive and one 3-unit teaching internship. Within university-level instruction will be required to the administration track students are required submit the results of the Test of English as a to take three 3-unit administration courses Foreign Language (TOEFL). BHU prefers a and one 3-unit administration internship. minimum score of 223 (computer-based) and 84-85 (internet-based). For information about Teaching Track (12 units) testing center locations, please visit the TOEFL website. Methods Courses (6 units) Choose two from the following: Degree Requirements EDUC 621 Models and Methods of All M.A. in Jewish Education students must Teaching Jewish Holidays (3) complete 38 units of graduate work as well as EDUC 647 Teaching Classical Jewish meet the Hebrew language requirement. No Texts (3) more than three courses contributing to the 38 EDUC 648 Teaching Classical Jewish units may be at the 500 level. Texts: A Developmental Approach (3) Jewish Education Required Courses EDUC 649 Teaching Classical Jewish (11 units) Texts: A Literary Approach (3) All students are required to complete the fol- ILPD 650 Exploration of Holocaust lowing: Education (3) 64 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

ILPD 655 Exploration of the History, JDST 680 Rabbinic History and Politics and Culture of Literature Israel (3) History Supervised Teaching Internship (3 JDST 630 The Jews in the Middle Ages units) JDST 631 The Jews in the Modern World EDUC 797 Teaching Internship (3) Jewish Thought and Mysticism Elective Course in Jewish Education (3 JDST 666 Introduction to Jewish units) Thought and Mysticism Students select a Jewish Education course with approval from adviser. Jewish Studies Elective Students select a Jewish Studies course with Administration Track (12 units) approval from the adviser. (May be an education course with approval.) Administration Courses (9 units) Examples of courses that fulfill this require- Choose three from the following: ment include: ILPD 605 Management of Human JDST 610 Diaspora Jewish Communities Services: Leadership and JDST 611 American Judaism Supervision (3) JDST 663 Contemporary Jewish Ethics: ILPD 606 Strategic Management of Reshaping the Jewish Identity Jewish Organizations (3) in Our Generation ILPD 613 Theoretical and Practical JDST 671 The History and Dynamics of Dimensions of Educational the Arab-Israeli Conflict Administration (3) ILPD 739 Leadership Theory and Practice (3) JEWISH EDUCATION Certificate: Post-Baccalaureate Supervised Administrative Internship Program Director: Hana Bor (3 units) 410-704-5026 ILPD 797 Internship in Educational [email protected] Leadership (3) The Post- Baccalaureate Certificate in Jewish Exit Requirement for Graduation Education is a 20-unit graduate program that Students in both tracks will complete a mas- provides students with the knowledge and ter’s project or portfolio which they will sub- tools to become effective Jewish educators. By mit to the program director. integrating classical and contemporary Jewish studies with pedagogy, the certificate in Jewish Jewish Studies Courses (15 units) Education program will prepare its students to All students are required to complete at least embark on careers as educators in a formal or one course in each of the following areas. informal Jewish educational setting. The core components include three graduate Jewish Biblical and Ancient Near Eastern studies courses, three education courses, and a Civilization final project. All courses are selected in con- JDST 600 Biblical Literature and sultation with the Program Director. Civilization Admission Requirements Rabbinic Literature • Bachelor’s degree from an accredited college JDST 585 Jewish Law and Ethics or university THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 65

• Official transcript from all post-secondary • EDUC 764 Qualitative Research in institutions Jewish Education • Minimum of a B average: overall GPA of Students select either a teaching certificate or 3.0/4.0 an administration certificate: • Statement of Intent: a one-page essay describing your academic and professional (a) Teaching Track (6 units) goals and how this degree program can help Methods Courses - select two courses from the you achieve these goals. following: • Sample of Work: a written sample of an EDUC 647 or EDUC 648 or EDUC 649 academic research paper, thesis chapter, les- Teaching Classical Jewish Texts son plans or another type of field-related EDUC 655 Teaching the History, Politics writing sample, no more than 20 pages. and Culture of Israel • Two letters of recommendation, at least one EDUC 557 Hebrew Language Instruction from an academic source (Hard copies or for Educators online recommendations are accepted – EDUC 620 Models and Methods of hard copies must attach personal assessment Teaching Law, Customs and form.) Practice • Applicants must be available for an inter- EDUC 621 Models and Methods of view with the director, in person or by Teaching Jewish Holidays phone. EDUC 613 Moral Questions in the • Current Resume Classroom • Applicants from other countries are subject ILPD 650 Exploration of Holocaust to the same requirements for admission as Education are applicants from the U.S. Applicants from countries where English is not the lan- (b) Administration Track (6 units) guage of university-level instruction will be Administration Courses - select two courses required to submit the results of the Test of from the following: English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). ILPD 605 Management of Human JCS prefers a minimum score of 223 (com- Services: Leadership & puter-based) and 84-85 (internet-based). For Supervision information about testing center locations, ILPD 606 Strategic Management of please visit the TOEFL website. Jewish Organizations • Applicants from other countries will be ILPD 613 Theoretical and Practical required to demonstrate proof of funding in Dimensions of Educational order to obtain a visa to attend school in the Administration US. This information is not required for ILPD 739 Leadership Theory and Practice admissions consideration Jewish Studies Courses (9 units) Certificate Requirements (20 units) All students are required to complete one of the following courses (3 units) Jewish Education (9 units) • JDST 600 Biblical Literature and All students are required to complete one Civilization course from the following (3 units) • JDST 585 Jewish Law and Ethics • EDUC 600 Foundations of Jewish • JDST 680 Rabbinic History and Education Literature • EDUC 604 Curriculum Planning & • JDST 630 The Jews in the Middle Decision Making for the Ages Jewish School • JDST 631 The Jews in the Modern • EDUC 606 From Vision to Practice in World Jewish Education 66 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

• JDST 666 Introduction to Jewish The Master of Education in Reading Educa- Thought and Mysticism tion program is designed to prepare reading All Students are required to complete one teachers or reading specialists, primarily for course in Contemporary Jewish Studies (3 K-12 education but also for community col- units) leges, industry, adult education programs, commercial education centers and private Examples of courses include: practice. The 36-unit program is highly struc- • JDST 610 Diaspora Jewish Commu- tured with nine required courses and three nities electives (two of which must be in the area of • JDST 611 American Judaism literacy). It is developmental in design. Stu- • JDST 663 Contemporary Jewish dents grow in both their knowledge and appli- Ethics: Reshaping the cation as they proceed through the program. Jewish Identity in Our The Graduate Reading Education Program Generation at Towson University does not subscribe to a • JDST 671 The History and Dynamics particular position on reading. It closely reflects of the Arab-Israeli Conflict the broad, comprehensive knowledge and peda- All Students are required to complete one Jew- gogical skills and strategies outlined in the 2010 ish Studies Elective (3 units) Standards for Reading Professionals developed by the International Reading Association. All Student are required to attend EDUC 794 The goals of the M.Ed. in Reading Educa- Practicum Seminar (1 unit) and final project (1 tion program are to prepare reading teachers unit) or reading specialists who have a dynamic understanding of the reading process, a wide Hebrew Requirement array of resources for enhancing literacy for all Knowledge of Hebrew is the foundation of learners, the competencies to coach others Judaic learning. All entering students must (classroom teachers, paraprofessionals, par- take the Hebrew placement examination. In ents, etc.), and the competencies to advocate order to receive the degree, students must for the best literacy environments. demonstrate proficiency in Hebrew equivalent The program is designed to prepare the to the level of two years of college Hebrew degree candidate to: (through Biblical or Modern Hebrew IV). • Provide specialized literacy instruction and Beginning with their first term of matricula- assessment, in cooperation with other pro- tion, students must study Hebrew every term fessionals, to students at all levels until this proficiency is attained. Students tak- • Provide literacy services individually or in ing Hebrew coursework must attain a grade of groups B or better each term in order to be considered • Communicate with colleagues, parents and proficient. Courses through Biblical Hebrew the community about literacy issues, includ- IV or Modern Hebrew IV do not count ing conducting professional development toward the 41 credits required for the degree. workshops on literacy topics For course selections, see the JDST program • Coach and/or mentor colleagues information. • Advocate for literacy development among all populations • Read and interpret literacy research READING EDUCATION • Continue to grow professionally by reading Degree: Master of Education professional journals and by participating in Program Directors: Barbara Laster and reading conferences and workshops Steve Mogge • Master essential dispositions of educators 410-704-2556 (caring for all students, collaboration with 410-704-5771 stakeholders, and commitment to profes- [email protected]; [email protected] sional practice) THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 67

The M.Ed. in Reading Education program is allow individuals interested in careers that do grounded in five philosophical beliefs: not require a state teaching certification (e.g., • Literacy learning involves not only reading, community college developmental reading but also writing, listening, speaking and coursework; adult literacy center) to pursue viewing. the degree. It is, however, important to under- • Literacy instruction must be research-based, stand that completing the M.Ed. in Reading and therefore requires reading specialists to Education does not carry automatic state cer- be competent in interpreting and applying tification. Maryland State Certification for research findings. Reading Specialist has three requirements: • Literacy instruction must be responsive to • Eligibility for teacher certification in early the individual differences among learners. childhood, elementary, secondary or special • Literacy instruction must be inclusive and education celebrate the diversity of learners. • Three years of classroom teaching experi- • Literacy instruction and assessment must be ence closely connected so that instruction is • M.Ed. in Reading Education from an developed, monitored and modified using approved program (e.g., Towson Univer- multiple sources of assessment data. sity).

The M.Ed. in Reading Education program can To be admitted to the program, send all offi- be completed on a full- or part-time basis. cial transcripts to the Office of Graduate Stud- Most courses are offered in the early evening ies/University Admissions, write the admissions (e.g., 4:20-6:50 p.m.) one night per week. All essay and submit it along with the online nine required courses on campus are offered in graduate application. both fall and spring terms and many are offered during the summer. Required Courses (27 units) The M.Ed . in Reading Education requires Admission Requirements nine specific courses, five of which must be Candidates for admission must submit an taken before the first clinical practicum, REED application essay that addresses the applicant’s 626. Consult with your assigned adviser about experience and/or approach to caring for all the sequence of courses. All required courses students, collaboration with other professionals are offered two or more times per year. It is and commitment to professional practice. Can- suggested that REED 745, Professional Devel- didates for admission to the Master of Educa- opment in Reading, be taken before REED tion in Reading Education program must also 726, Advanced Internship in Reading, and meet the criteria for admission to all graduate that your final course be REED 729, Seminar programs at the university: a 3.00 GPA for the in Reading. last 60 credits of undergraduate and post-baccalaureate study. Students can be admitted REED 601 Reading Theory and Practice conditionally to the M.Ed. in Reading Educa- (3) tion program with a 2.75 GPA. Those admitted REED 609 Reading Assessment (3) conditionally must receive an “A” or “B” in the REED 621 Reading Disabilities (3) first three REED courses they take in the pro- REED 663 Strategic Use of Materials (3) gram. Candidates who completed their bache- REED 665 Teaching Reading and Writing lor’s degree more than 10 years ago with less in the Content Areas K-12 (3) than a 3.00 can be admitted to the program by REED 626* Clinic Internship in Reading (3) documenting five years of successful education- REED 726* Advanced Internship in related work experience. Reading (3) Candidates in the M.Ed. in Reading Educa- REED 729 Seminar in Reading (3) tion Program are not required to have or be REED 745 Professional Development in eligible for a teaching certificate. This is to Reading (3) 68 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

REED 670 Special Topics (e.g., Adolescent *There are two required clinical practica or Literacy) internships in the program: REED 626 Clinic REED 695 Individualized Study in Internship in Reading, and REED 726 Reading Education (3-6) Advanced Clinic Internship in Reading. They REED 710 Multicultural Literature for are both 3-unit experiences that require 45 Children and Adolescents (3) contact hours with clients, parents and fellow REED 712 Critical Conversations in Early clinicians each term. (These courses are known Literacy as Reading Clinic and are typically scheduled REED 740 Grant Writing In Education (3) for 4:30 p.m. during the academic school REED 751 Language, Literacy and year.) In addition to working with one client, Culture (3) the students enrolled in the advanced intern- REED 752 Literacy Theory and ship are responsible for providing parent Research (3) workshops on a variety of topics as well as SCED 518 Young Adult Literature (3) serving as coaches to novice teachers. If a stu- SCED 605 Theory, Research and Practice dent withdraws from REED 626 or REED in Teaching Composition (6) 726 without consulting with the instructor, he [Maryland Writing Project or she must petition the director of the pro- Summer Institute] gram in order to re-enroll in the course. All REED graduate students are responsible for Other Electives: understanding professional expectations. In ECED 607 Learner Diversity and Inclusion addition to fulfilling all academic require- in Early Childhood ments, successful completion requires demon- Education (3) strated professional behavior including, but ECED 609 Growth and Development of not limited to, punctuality, attendance, profes- Young Children (3) sional attire, discretion, respect for confidenti- EDUC 660 Teaching in a Multicultural/ ality, effective and appropriate communication Multiethnic Society (3) with students, parents and colleagues, and EDUC 717 Children’s Literature and Other acceptance of diversity. Materials (3) EDUC 761 Research in Education (3) Electives (9 units) ISTC 501 Utilization of Instructional There is considerable flexibility in elective Media (3) course selection in order to meet the unique ISTC 605 Web-based Instruction in program needs of individual candidates. Two Education (3) of the three electives must be literacy courses. ISTC 663 Applied Psychology of Please check with your assigned adviser for Learning (3) guidance. Suggested courses include (but are ISTC 667 Instructional Development (3) not limited to) the following: ISTC 687 Computer-Based Instruction (3) PSYC 611 Developmental Psychology (3)

Literacy Electives: SCED 611 Inclusion/Integration Strategies REED 628 Guided Reading (3) for Special Needs Adolescents REED 632 Word Study for Literacy and Adults (3) Learning (3) SPED 513 Assistive Technology for REED 650 Second Language Literacy (3) Students with Disabilities (3) REED 651 Instruction and Assessment for SPED 541 Curriculum/Methods for Second Language Learners (3) Instruction for Students with REED 652 Linguistics for Educators Disabilities (3) REED 660 Integrating Technology in SPED 637 Inclusion for the Classroom Literacy Instruction (3) Teacher (3) THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 69

Program Exit Requirements development, grant writing, program adminis- Students must earn the grade of “A” or “B” in tration and evaluation. REED 726 and REED 729. Each course may be repeated once, if necessary. Students not Admission Requirements earning an “A” or “B” in each of those A master’s degree in Reading Education or courses are dismissed from the program. related field from a nationally accredited insti- Throughout the program, students collect tution. key assignments, along with the grade sheets, Send the following admission materials to which become artifacts in their Program Port- University Admissions, Towson University, folio. At the conclusion of the REED 729 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252: course, students are required to present their • Completed Graduate Application Program Portfolio to faculty and to new stu- • Three letters of professional reference, one dents in the program. They are also required of which must be job-related to submit a Portfolio Reflective Essay. • Professional portfolio, including: 1. student assessment report 2. professional writing sample READING EDUCATION (C.A.S.) 3. professional development materials Certificate: Certificate of Advanced Study Program Directors: Barbara Laster and Steve Required Courses (15 units) Mogge Consult with your assigned adviser each term 410-704-2556 to learn of current course offerings, opportuni- 410-704-5771 ties for electives and any prerequisite require- [email protected] ments. [email protected] REED 751 Language, Literacy and Culture (3) Graduate Reading Programs REED 752 Literacy Theory and Information Line: 410-704-5775 Research (3) REED 660 Integrating Technology in The Certificate of Advanced Study (C.A.S.) in Literacy Instruction (3) Reading Education is a post-master’s program REED 745 Professional Development in that reflects the university and college missions (746) Reading (3) and helps develop advanced knowledge and ILPD 740 Data-Based Decision-Making leadership skills necessary for meeting the for Curriculum and challenges of leading, redesigning and restruc- Instruction (3) turing literacy education across the P-16 continuum. Electives (15 units) The C.A.S. in Reading Education is an Students’ elective choices will enable them to outcomes-based program designed to meet the further specialize in different areas by taking standards outlined by the International Read- inter-related courses. There is considerable ing Association (IRA) for administrators or flexibility in elective course selection in order coordinators who recognize and support read- to meet the needs of individual candidates. ing professionals as they plan, implement and Suggested courses include the following: evaluate reading instruction. Such reading professionals administer literacy, bilingual, Second-Language Learning Courses: compensatory and ESL programs in schools or REED 650 Second Language Literacy (3) other institutional settings. They direct the REED 651 Assessment and Instruction for organization, management and assessment of English Language Learners (3) school, district or institutional literacy pro- REED 652 Linguistics for Educators (3) grams. Academic preparation for reading These three courses are designed to prepare coordinators includes additional course work students for the Praxis II TESOL exam and the in reading and course work in professional MSDE TESOL certification. 70 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

Educational Research Courses: NOTE: This program is not currently EDUC 615 Applied Educational accepting new students. Statistics (3) EDUC 761 Research in Education (3) The Master of Education in Secondary Educa- EDUC 765 Qualitative Methods in tion is an advanced program of study that Education (3) provides opportunities for middle and high school teachers to deepen their understandings Technology Courses: of research-based practices in teaching subject ISTC 605 Web-Based Instruction in matter to diverse learners. The program is Education (3) designed for teachers seeking advanced profes- ISTC 663 Applied Psychology of sional certification from the Maryland State Learning (3) Department of Education. ISTC 667 Instructional Development (3) The program goals, based upon the core ISTC 687 Computer-Based Instruction (3) propositions endorsed by the National Board ISTC 700 Assessment in Instructional for Professional Teaching Standards, are as Technology (3) follows: ISTC 702 Educational Leadership and • To develop advanced competencies in cur- Technology (3) riculum development, assessment, evaluation and instructional design Administration Courses: • To develop an understanding of the diverse EDUC 611 Supervision of Student nature of learners in society Teaching (3) • To develop capacity for assuming teacher ELED 665 Curriculum Theory and leadership roles Development (3) • To use technology to enhance learning ILPD 781 Seminar in Supervision (3) • To understand and use appropriate assessment and evaluation (assessment literacy) Other Literacy Courses: • To engage in scholarly activities REED 628 Guided Reading (3) • To think and reflect critically about the edu- REED 632 Word Study for Literacy cational process and professional practice Learning (3) (Essential Dispositions for Educators) REED 670 Special Topics: Adolescent Literacy

REED 710 Multicultural Literature for The degree can be completed through part- Children and Adolescents (3) time study. Secondary Master of Education REED 712 Critical Conversations in Early candidates include full-time teachers in area Literacy (3) middle and high schools as well as international students. Courses are offered in the late Exit Requirements afternoons, evenings, weekends and summers. Students collect key artifacts from each of their required courses. During their final course, Admission Requirements students are required to submit their portfolio • Maryland teaching certification or permis- to the program director. sion of the program director. • A 3.00 GPA for full admission; 2.75 GPA for conditional admission. All GPA calcula- SECONDARY EDUCATION tions for admission are based upon the last Degree: Master of Education 60 credits of undergraduate and post-bacca- Program Director: Todd Kenreich laureate study. 410-704-5897 [email protected] THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 71

NOTE: Applicants certified in another area Electives (15 units) (e.g., elementary education) but not certified At least one course must be selected from the as a secondary teacher should be aware that following, or by obtaining approval from the completion of the master’s degree is not program director: accompanied by automatic state certification EDUC 660 Teaching in a Multicultural in grades 6-12. Society (3) SCED 649 Teaching Gifted Students (3) Degree Requirements SPED 601 Curriculum and Methods of • Maintain a 3.00 GPA (no more than two Instruction for Secondary courses with “C” grade are allowed). Transition (3) • Complete no more than three 500-level courses, including transfer courses. All electives are planned in terms of the needs • Complete no more than 12 units of special and goals of the individual student and must format courses (e.g., independent study). be approved by the program director. • Complete program of study within seven years, including transfer courses. NOTE: Earn a Graduate Certificate in Family- • Complete the capstone course SCED 781 Professional Collaboration with your elective Integrated Professional Practice Seminar units. See the Family-Professional Collabora- with a grade of “A” or “B” (the course may tion heading in the College of Liberal Arts be repeated only once) or successfully com- section for more information. plete SCED 897 Master’s Thesis. Master of Education with Thesis NOTE: Graduate students enrolled in the M. (33 units) Ed. in Secondary Education program may transfer a maximum of 15 units of graduate- Required Courses (21 units) level course work, subject to the approval of EDUC 601 Concepts and Issues in the program director. Education (3) Students choose one of the following pro- EDUC 605 Research and Information gram options: Master of Education with Semi- Technology (to be completed nar or Master of Education with Thesis. within first 9 units of course work) (3) Master of Education with Capstone EDUC 761 Research in Education (3) Seminar (33 units) SCED 647 Advanced Processes of Teaching and Learning (3) Required Courses (18 units) SCED 741 Curriculum Theory and EDUC 601 Concepts and Issues in Development (3) Education (3) SCED 897 Master’s Thesis in Secondary EDUC 605 Research and Information Education (6) Technology (to be completed within first 9 units of course Electives (12 units) work) (3) At least one course must be selected from the EDUC 761 Research in Education (3) following, or by obtaining approval from the SCED 647 Advanced Processes of program director: Teaching and Learning (3) EDUC 660 Teaching in a Multicultural SCED 741 Curriculum Theory and Society (3) Development (3) SCED 649 Teaching Gifted Students (3) SCED 781 Integrated Professional Practice SPED 601 Curriculum and Methods of Seminar (to be taken in the last Instruction for Secondary 6 units of course work) (3) Transition (3) 72 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

All electives are planned in terms of the needs baccalaureate study and goals of the individual student and must • Current professional teaching certificate be approved by the program director. NOTE: A valid professional teaching certificate is a prerequisite for admission to the SPECIAL EDUCATION (M.Ed.) M.Ed. program. Prior to enrolling in any Degree: Master of Education course work, applicants who do not hold a Program Director: Lori Jackman current teaching certificate should contact the 410-704-3122 MAT program office at 410-704-5388 to [email protected] obtain information about earning a professional teaching certificate. A special education Program Adviser: Kati Stein track is available in the MAT program. 410-704-6001 International students must have passing [email protected] TOEFL scores and have completed the PRAXIS I. The Master of Education in Special Education is an applied professional program designed to Degree Requirements meet the critical need for special educators. The degree program is for professionally Special Education: Certification certified teachers seeking an advanced degree Concentration (36 units) and the professional skills needed to meet the educational needs of students with disabilities. Initial Courses (9 units) The Special Education Certification pro- SPED 637 Inclusion for the Classroom gram is an initial certification/endorsement in Teacher (3) the area of special education. It provides the SPED 640 Characteristics of Diverse skill development and knowledge base estab- Learners (3) lished by the Council for Exceptional Chil- dren’s Standards for Beginning Special Elective Educators and will meet the requirements for Related graduate course approved by M. Ed. the Maryland State Department of Education’s adviser Special Education Generic Certification at either infant/primary (birth-grade 3), elemen- Core Courses (12 units) tary/middle (grades 1-8) or secondary/adult SPED 604 Action Research in Special (grades 6-12) levels. The degree program Education (3) emphasizes the following themes: collabora- SPED 525 Formal Tests and tion and consultation, translation of effective, Measurements for Students research-based instructional and management with Disabilities K-12 (3) strategies into practice, and cross-categorical, SPED 603 Informal Tests and rather than disability-specific, approaches. Measurements for Students A majority of the graduate students in the with Disabilities K-12 (3) Special Education program are full-time work- SPED 605 Working with Families of ing professionals, taking classes in the after- Students with Disabilities (3) noon or evenings. Curriculum/Methods Courses (9 units) General Admission Requirements Select three courses: • A baccalaureate degree from an accredited SPED 527 Curriculum/Methods of Social, college or university Emotional and Motor • An overall minimum GPA of 3.00 for full Development for Students with admission to the program and a 2.75 GPA Disabilities K-12 (3) – EC/EL for conditional admission, based on the last or 60 units of total undergraduate and post- THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 73

SPED 601 Curriculum/Methods of apply this knowledge to better meet the educa- Instruction for Secondary tional needs of students with ASD. The degree Transition (3) program emphasizes the following themes SPED 607 Curriculum/Methods of related to ASD: specific knowledge about core Classroom Management for areas of impairment, application of research- Students with Disabilities (3) based instructional and classroom manage- SPED 641 Curriculum/Methods of ment strategies, effective collaboration and Instruction K-12 (3) consultation, action research, and leadership. Each course includes an “application project” Internship and Exit Requirements to allow the student hands-on experience with (6 units) implementation and reflection of teaching and SPED 741 Internship / Portfolio leadership practices as related to ASD. Development and Review (6) General Admission Requirements Passing Praxis II: Special Education Specialty • A baccalaureate degree from an accredited is both a graduation requirement and a Mary- college or university land Certification requirement. A graduation • An overall minimum GPA of 3.00 for full requirement is the submission of Special Edu- admission to the program and a 2.75 GPA cation Praxis II scores to the Special Education for conditional admission, based on the last graduate director. 60 units of total undergraduate and post- Maryland State Department of Education baccalaureate study teacher recertification requirements are the • Letter of Recommendation student’s responsibility and are not a require- • Admission Essay ment of this program. The development and presentation of a Note: Successful completion of this program portfolio that demonstrates and aligns with will yield a master’s degree, but no additional the professional association accreditation stan- certification from MSDE. Certification in spe- dards of the Council for Exceptional Children cial education or a related field is highly rec- will take the place of the master’s thesis. ommended, but not required.

Degree Requirements Special Education: Teacher as Leader in Autism Spectrum Special Education: Teacher as Disorder Leader in Autism Spectrum Disorder Program Coordinator: (37 units) Katherine Holman 410-704-3613 Initial Courses: [email protected] SPED 604 Action Research in Special Education (3) The Teacher as Leader in Autism Spectrum SPED 605 Working with Families of Disorder is an applied professional program Students with Disabilities (3) designed to meet the increasing and specific SPED 620 Educating the Child with needs related to educating students with an ASD (3) autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The degree SPED 621 Formal and Informal program is designed for professionals who Assessment Techniques for currently hold certification in special educa- Students with ASD (3) tion or a related field (psychology, speech-lan- SPED 622 Social Connectedness and guage pathology, occupational therapy, Support for Students with physical therapy, social work) and are seeking ASD (3) specialized knowledge and opportunities to 74 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

SPED 623 Behavior Management for MAT Special Education Director: Students with ASD (3) Rosemary Rappa SPED 624 Evidenced-Based Strategies and 410-704-3835 Interventions for Students with [email protected] ASD (3) SPED 644 Differentiated Instruction and The Master of Arts in Teaching (MAT) is Meaningful Application (3) designed for those without formal training in SPED 646 Using Technology to the field of education who wish to enter the Differentiate Instruction (3) teaching profession. It is well suited to recent graduates and to those seeking to change Curriculum/Methods Courses: careers. A graduate of this program will be SPED 625 Curriculum/ Methods of eligible for initial teacher certification within Instruction for Students with the General Education concentrations of Early ASD I (3) Childhood (ECED), Elementary (ELED) or SPED 626 Curriculum/Methods of Secondary Education (SCED). A student may Instruction for Students with also choose a Special Education track in Early ASD II (3) Childhood, Elementary/Middle or Secondary SPED 627 Co-teaching in the Inclusive Education. In addition to completing the Setting for Students with MAT program requirements, the Maryland ASD (3) State Department of Education (MSDE) SPED 628 Leadership Seminar (1) requires that all applicants for state teaching licensure successfully complete the PRAXIS II exam or other approved testing alternative in TEACHING (MAT) their area of specialization. Students pursuing Degree: Master of Arts in Teaching certification as world language teachers must MAT Program Director: provide passing scores on the Praxis II or Judith Reber ACTFL exams prior to beginning EDUC 798: 410-704-4935 Internship II with Seminar. [email protected] Students with a concentration in General Education have two options for program MAT Program Coordinator: completion: One-Year and Extended Year. Sarah Yost The One-Year option requires a full-time com- 410-704-5629 mitment to courses and field placement. This [email protected] program encompasses a summer term, fall term and an extended spring term. The MAT Secondary Education Director: Extended Year option allows students to R. Mark Herzog design a course of study to fit their schedules 410-704-5896 (generally one, two or three evening courses [email protected] per term). Students who select the Extended Year option are required to participate in a MAT Elementary Education Director: minimum of one day of daytime field experi- Robert Blake ence per course during fall and spring terms. 410-704-6299 Both options require students to complete [email protected] substantial daytime observation/participation hours during their enrollment in EDUC 797: MAT Early Childhood Education Director: Internship I with Seminar and become full- Edyth J. Wheeler time student teachers for EDUC 798: Intern- 410-704-2460 ship II with Seminar in the 18-week extended [email protected] final term. Participation in the Extended Year option requires students to complete all MAT program requirements within seven years. THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 75

The Special Education tracks are only avail- for evaluation of transcripts to determine able as Extended Year options. any needed content area course work. This Field placements and internships are com- should be done prior to application. pleted in public professional development • Certification in Secondary General Educa- schools in partnership with the university. tion requires a minimum of 36 specific units Students are responsible for transportation to in a content major (biology, chemistry, the field placements and internships. All place- earth-space science, English, math, physics, ments must be completed in subject areas and social science or one of the world languages grade levels appropriate to the declared MAT including Chinese, French, German or Span- field of certification. Understanding of assess- ish). Certification in Secondary Special ment and literacy, application of effective Education requires a minimum of 21 spe- instructional strategies, demonstrated evidence cific units in a content major (biology, Eng- of pre-K–12 student learning and development lish, math or social science). Content major of essential dispositions for educators are inte- requirements are aligned with professional grated throughout the program and assessed association accreditation standards. Contact in the final term. The development and presen- the MAT office for evaluation of transcripts tation of a portfolio that demonstrates attain- to determine any needed content area course ment of national performance standards will work. This should be done prior to applica- take the place of a master’s thesis. Guidance in tion. portfolio development is an integral part of the • Passing scores on the PRAXIS I Exam: program. Reading, Writing and Mathematics (as determined by MSDE) or other approved Admission Requirements testing alternative (SAT, ACT, or GRE). • A baccalaureate degree from an accredited institution. Application Procedures • A 3.00 GPA is required for full admission. Send the following admission materials to: A GPA between 2.75 and 2.99 may qualify Towson University the applicant for conditional admission. ATTN: University Admissions GPA calculations for admission are based 8000 York Road upon the cumulative units of the degree or Towson, MD 21252 the last 60 units of undergraduate and post- • Graduate application baccalaureate study. • Official transcripts from all colleges attended • Early Childhood and Elementary certifica- • Passing scores on the PRAXIS I Exam: tions for both General Education and Spe- Reading, Writing and Mathematics (as cial Education require a well-rounded liberal determined by MSDE) or other approved arts background including specific courses testing alternative (SAT, ACT, or GRE) in English, math, science and the social sci- • A brief (one- to two-page) admission essay ences. These requirements are aligned with discussing the applicant’s reasons for enter- professional association accreditation stan- ing the teaching profession dards. In addition, Special Education stu- • Two professional narrative letters of refer- dents in the Early Childhood and Elementary ence tracks must take two graduate-level reading • Resume courses as prerequisites to the program. They are ECED 618: Thinking through the It is recommended that application and all Processes and Acquisition of Literacy or admission credentials be submitted by March ELED 611: Principles and Processes of Lan- 15 for the summer term including the One- guage and Literacy, and EDUC 717: Chil- Year option, May 15 for the fall term and dren’s Literature and Other Materials for October 15 for the spring term. Late applica- Teaching Reading. Contact the MAT office tions will be considered if space is available. 76 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

Program Completion ***A lab fee is attached to EDUC 798. All In order to successfully complete the MAT students complete 18 weeks of full-time, five program and graduate, students must main- days per week internship in a PDS. EDUC 798 tain a 3.00 GPA in the graduate program, earn is completed in the final spring term. A grade no more than two grades of “C” in MAT of “S” must be earned to successfully complete course work, complete all content prerequi- the MAT program and graduate. sites with grades of “B” or greater prior to entering EDUC 798, receive a grade of “C” or Early Childhood General Education greater in EDUC 797 prior to entering EDUC ECED 604 Math/Science in the Early 798 and earn a grade of “S” in EDUC 798. Childhood Education Additionally, all students must present a Sum- Program (3) mative Portfolio and receive scores of “3” or ECED 608 Integrated Curriculum and higher for all InTASC Standards as a program Authentic Learning in Early exit/graduation requirement. Childhood Education (3) ECED 618 Thinking Through the Degree Requirements for General Processes and Acquisition of Education Literacy (3) The MAT program in Early Childhood or ECED 621 Assessment of Reading and Elementary General Education requires 42 Writing in ECED (3) units of course work. The MAT program in ECED 623 Strategies for Teaching and Secondary General Education requires 40 Writing: Balanced Literacy units of course work to include 37 graduate Approaches in an Early units and 3 undergraduate units in secondary Childhood Classroom (3) methods. The required courses for all General EDUC 717 Children’s Literature and Education concentrations are: Other Materials for Teaching Reading (3) Core Courses for ECED, ELED, SCED General Education Elementary General Education EDUC 717 Children’s Literature and EDUC 730 Principles of Learning, Other Materials for Teaching Development and Diversity (3) Reading (3) EDUC 731 Curriculum and Assessment (3) EDUC 787 Instructional Practices in the EDUC 734 Teacher as Researcher Development of Literacy (3) Part I (2) ELED 611 Principles and Processes of EDUC 738 Teacher as Researcher Language and Literacy (3) Part II (1) ELED 621 Literacy Assessment in the EDUC 797 Internship I with Seminar (6)** Elementary Classroom (3) EDUC 798 Internship II with ELED 685 Seminar in Elementary School Seminar (6)*** Social Studies (3) SPED 637 Inclusion for the Classroom MATH 621 Seminar in Teaching Teacher (3) Elementary/Middle School Mathematics (3) **A lab fee is attached to EDUC 797. Extended Year option students must complete a minimum of one day each week in a Profes- Secondary General Education sional Development School (PDS) as an intern- ISTC 501 Integrating Instructional ship requirement. One-Year option students Technology (3)* will spend a minimum of two days each week SCED 560 Using Reading and Writing in in a PDS as an internship requirement. Suc- the Secondary School (4) cessful completion of EDUC 797 is a prerequi- SCED 561 Teaching Reading in the site to enrollment in EDUC 798. Secondary Content Areas (3) PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 77

EDUC 735 Proseminar: Problems and **A lab fee is attached to EDUC 797. Students Issues (3) must complete a minimum of one day each SCED XXX Secondary Education Methods week in a Professional Development School Course (3) (PDS) as an internship requirement. Successful completion of EDUC 797 is a prerequisite to *Please note that a lab fee is attached to this enrollment in EDUC 798. course. ***A lab fee is attached to EDUC 798. All Degree Requirements for Special students complete 18 weeks of full-time, five Education days per week internship in a PDS. EDUC 798 The MAT program in Early Childhood and is completed in the final spring term. A grade Elementary/Middle Special Education requires of “S” must be earned to successfully complete 39 units of course work. The MAT program the MAT program and graduate. in Secondary Special Education requires 40 units of course work. Early Childhood Special Education ECED 621 Assessment of Reading and Special Education MAT students must submit Writing in ECED (3) a copy of their score on the Praxis II Special ECED 623 The Art of Reading and Education: Core Knowledge and Applications Writing Instruction in the exam to the Special Education program direc- Primary Grades and tor as a graduation requirement. Kindergarten (3) SPED 603 Informal Tests and Core Curriculum Courses for Measurements for Students ECED, ELED/Middle, SCED Special with Disabilities K-12 (3) Education EDUC 730 Principles of Learning, Elementary Special Education Development and Diversity (3) EDUC 787 Instructional Practices in the SPED 525 Formal Tests and Development of Literacy (3) Measurements for Students ELED 621 Literacy Assessment in the with Disabilities K-12 (3) Elementary Classroom (3) SPED 605 Working with Families of SPED 603 Informal Tests and Students with Disabilities (3) Measurements for Students SPED 607 Curriculum/Methods of with Disabilities K-12 (3) Classroom Management for Students with Disabilities Secondary Special Education K-12 (3) SCED 560 Using Reading and Writing in SPED 637 Inclusion for the Classroom the Secondary School (4) Teacher (3) SCED 561 Teaching Reading in the SPED 641 Curriculum/Methods of Secondary Content Areas (3) Instruction for Students with SPED 601 Curriculum and Methods of Disabilities K-12 (3) Instruction for Secondary SPED 646 Using Technology to Transition (3) Differentiate Instruction (3) EDUC 797 Internship I with Seminar (3)** EDUC 798 Internship II with Seminar (6)*** 78 PROCEDURES AND POLICIES

THE COLLEGE OF FINE ARTS AND COMMUNICATION

The College of Fine Arts and Communication cultural life of Towson and greater Baltimore (COFAC) provides graduate education and through an annual program that includes training in a wide range of fields, including art more than 90 music performances; at least 26 education, studio art, communications man- student films; 17 dance events; numerous agement, music education, music performance debates, lectures and workshops; no fewer and theatre. Programs leading to the Master of than four main-stage plays; a daily campus Fine Arts, Master of Education, Master of television show; and eight to 10 art exhibi- Music or Master of Science degrees offer stu- tions. dents training and practical experience that The college also sponsors international enhance their creative and analytical abilities exchange programs with schools in China, to advance their careers or enter doctoral pro- Germany, Ireland, Korea, Russia, Italy and the grams. The college offers four Post-Baccalau- United Kingdom. For more information, reate Certificate programs: the Arts Integration please visit our website. Institute Certificate and the online Interactive Media Design Certificate. Certificate in the Susan Picinich, Dean Applications of Dalcroze, Orff and Kodaly and Strategic Public Relation Integrated Com- Greg Faller, Associate Dean munication. Graduate classes in COFAC are purpose- fully small, allowing for extensive faculty COLLEGE OFFICE engagement and student mentoring. To Center for the Arts 3001 enhance their studies, students and faculty 410-704-3288 present and perform in several facilities on the Fax: 410-704-6026 Towson University campus. The renovated www.towson.edu/cofac and expanded Center for the Arts is home to the departments of Art + Design, Art History, Master’s Degree Programs Art Education; Dance; Music; and Theatre Art Education Arts. The facility includes a music recital hall, Art, Studio the Holtzman M.F.A. art gallery, an intimate Communication Management studio theatre and four state-of-the-art dance Music Education studios, including a dance-theatre space. The Music Performance/Composition Center for the Arts also houses the Asian Arts Theatre and Culture Center gallery and garden and the Center for the Arts gallery. The recently Post-Baccalaureate Certificate updated Media Center houses journalism lab- Programs oratories, the speech and debate facility, Arts Integration Institute XTSR-AM, radio-television-film laboratories Interactive Media Design and television station WMJF-TV. The Ste- Music Education—Dalcroze, Orff phens Hall Theatre provides performance and Kodaly space for dance, opera and musicals. The most Strategic Public Relations and recently renovated space in the College is the Integrated Communication Van Bokkelen Hall Cinema/Lecture Hall. Dalcroze, Orff and Kodaly Recognized as a fine arts center for Mary- Strategic Public Relations Integrated land, the college continues to pursue its mis- Communication sion to enhance communication and the fine and performing arts and contribute to the PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 79

A RT EDUCATION Courses at the 600 to 800 level should ordi- Degree: Master of Education narily be selected; however, a maximum of 9 Program Director: Ray Martens units in 500-level courses may be taken with 410-704-3819 the approval of the student’s adviser. Six units [email protected] may be taken in departments other than art with prior approval. The degree program is designed to provide advanced training in art education, to promote the professional growth of art educators ART, STUDIO through individual research, and to increase Degree: Master of Fine Arts the art educator’s skill and knowledge in art Director: Tonia Matthews production, art history, aesthetics and art criti- 410-704-2803 cism. [email protected]

Admission Requirements The Master of Fine Arts degree at Towson • An undergraduate degree in art education University is designed to meet the needs of and/or certification as a public school art those who wish to pursue the study of art, teacher. Applicant must show evidence of either for a career as an artist or as a college- approved undergraduate art education level instructor. The program consists of courses taken at the university level. professional study in painting, photography, • A minimum GPA of 3.00 for full admission interactive media design, digital media, or 2.50 for conditional admission. All GPA graphic design, illustration, sculpture, print- calculations for admission are based upon making, metalsmithing and jewelry, and the last 60 units of undergraduate and post- interrelated media. M.F.A. students are baccalaureate study. Must have a minimum encouraged to attend full time, but may of one year teaching experience in own self- attend part time for part or all of their degree contained art classroom. work. The M.F.A. student enrolled full time also maintains a residency in the Department Degree Requirements of Art, working in an assigned studio space. The 33-unit program consists of 15 units of The Department of Art fosters an M.F.A. required course work and 18 units of electives. program that draws from all aspects of a The required courses are taken in a specified diverse and comprehensive curriculum. sequence culminating in the writing of a mas- M.F.A. students study within a specific con- ter’s project similar in scope to a traditional centration while also being able to choose from thesis. a wide variety of learning experiences. The conceptual and ideological bases for artistic Required Courses (15 units) endeavors are explored through art history, graduate seminars and weekly critiques. The ARED 797 Seminar in Art Education (3) main goal of the M.F.A. program is to direct ARED 880 Art Education Project I (3) the M.F.A. student to explore, focus and excel. ARED 881 Art Education Project II (3)) Through conceptual and ideological dia- EDUC 601 Issues and Concepts in logue, as well as the availability of technical Education (3) expertise, the M.F.A. student at Towson is EDUC 605 Research and Information directed toward thematic consistency. While Technology (3) the postmodern environment encourages the Electives (18 units) integration of new technologies, interdisciplinary approaches and multicultural influences, Students select a broad-based number of the need to focus ideas within this climate is courses to fulfill their elective units. These can foremost in the mentoring of developing artists be a variety of courses drawn from studio, art in the M.F.A. program. history and art education areas. 80 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

Applicants to the M.F.A. program who are • 3 units of ART 782 (ART 782 Art Topics is denied admission but display outstanding a 3-unit course that is repeatable) potential may be invited to participate in post- • ART 783 M.F.A. Seminar (3) baccalaureate studies in studio art as pread- • Art History (9 units) mission course work for the M.F.A. program • Elective art courses (3 units selected with the in Studio Art. Upon successful completion, consent of the adviser from approved gradu- these studies guarantee acceptance into the ate courses) M.F.A. program in Studio Art. • ART 785 M.F.A. Studio II (9) • ART 880 M.F.A. Project (6) Admission Requirements • Students are required to participate in both • A baccalaureate degree, preferably in art. a midterm and end-of-term review of their • A minimum GPA of 3.00 for full admission, work each term. Students failing the mid- 2.50 for conditional admission or 2.50 for term review will have until the end-of-term provisional admission. All GPA calculations review to make necessary adjustments. The for admission are based upon the last 60 review committee has the right to recom- credits of undergraduate and post-baccalau- mend dismissal from the program if it is reate study. deemed necessary. • For international students whose native language is not English, English competency must be certified by the achievement of a ARTS INTEGRATION INSTITUTE minimum of 550 on the Test of English as a Certificate: Post-Baccalaureate Foreign Language (TOEFL). Program Director: Susan Rotkovitz 410-704-3658 Send the following admission materials to [email protected] University Admissions, Towson University, 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252: The Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in Arts • A letter of intent: statement of your objec- Integration (PBC-AI) is an interdisciplinary tives approach to arts education incorporating a • A current resume variety of art forms (art, theatre, dance, music) • Two letters of recommendation as they apply to teaching through the arts in • A CD portfolio of work: 20 individual jpeg Maryland’s K-12 schools. Although Towson images at 72 dpi; no larger than 1024 x 786 University is the primary institution offering resolution. Files should be named, “Last the PBC, this program is a collaborative effort name_First name_number.” PowerPoint involving four major institutions. TU’s Arts presentation of images is required. CD must Integration Institute and University of Mary- be Mac and PC compatible or include CD land’s Maryland Artist/Teacher Institute and formatted for each. Any Quicktime or inter- Crossing Borders/Breaking Boundaries pro- active files are in addition and supplemental. grams focus on professional development for Contact sheet with thumbnail images is educators. University of Maryland Baltimore required. Label images with name, year, County incorporates the arts with non-arts dimensions and materials. disciplines and evaluates progress through the creation of electronic portfolios. The compo- The application deadline is February 1 for fall nent offered by Johns Hopkins University admission and November 1 for spring admis- focuses on how themes in the neurological and sion. cognitive sciences intersect with research-based instruction and meaningful integration of the Degree Requirements arts. In addition, this program works coopera- Completion of 60 units of degree work: tively with the AEMS (Arts Education in • 24 units of 600- and 700-level studio art Maryland Schools) Alliance to provide oppor- courses in a selected area of study tunities for teaching and learning in and through the arts at all Maryland schools. PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 81

This program is consistent with Towson University of Maryland University’s mission to provide programs that EDCI 788F Maryland Artist/Teacher enhance the teaching skills and professional Institute (3) development of educators. EDCI 788L Crossing Borders/Breaking Boundaries (3) Admission Requirements • Completion of a bachelor’s degree from an University of Maryland Baltimore accredited institution of higher education. County • Teaching experience is preferred, but not ART 690 Independent Study (3) required. Johns Hopkins University Certificate Requirements XXX Mind, Brain and Teaching (3) The Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in Arts Integration comprises six courses of 3 units Each participant will work closely with a men- each, totaling 18 graduate units. The recom- tor to design a personalized program to suit mended course matrix includes a required core the participant’s needs. of 12 units and two electives equaling an additional 6 units. A minimum of 9 units must be awarded through Towson University’s Arts COMMUNICATION MANAGEMENT Integration Institute. Degree: Master of Science Program Director: Beth Haller Required Core Courses (12 units) [email protected] EDUC 668 Creating an Electronic Portfolio (3) (UMBC/TU) NOTE: This program is under revision and is IDFA 602 Arts Across the Curriculum not currently accepting new students. (3) (TU) IDFA 608 Capstone Seminar (3) (TU) The Master of Science in Communication IDFA 609 Capstone Project (3) (TU) Management focuses on how to manage and appropriately integrate a variety of communi- Credits from courses taken through any of the cation functions. The program seeks to help cooperating institutions must be transferred to students gain the knowledge and skills to Towson University for eligibility toward the research, plan, implement and evaluate com- certificate award. munication activities designed to achieve organizational goals. Elective Courses (6 units minimum) The Master of Science in Communication Choose at least two from the following: Management examines both internal and external organizational communication, Towson University’s Arts Integration including employee communication, advertis- Institute ing, public relations and integrated communi- IDFA 601 Enhancing Reading through cation. It is designed for both career-oriented the Arts (3) individuals who want to advance in their cho- IDFA 603 Drama in the Classroom (3) sen fields and students who intend to pursue IDFA 604 Interdisciplinary Seminar in the doctoral studies. Students should work with Contemporary Arts/Arts the program director to identify the best com- Integration (3) bination of courses to meet their specific IDFA 606 Art Forms (3) needs. IDFA 607 Teaching Thinking through Students are required to take the following Art (3) courses in sequence: MCOM 605, MCOM 631, MCOM 606, MCOM 630 and MCOM 683. Students eligible to earn the Graduate 82 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

Certificate in Strategic Public Relations and units of electives. A minimum of 27 units Integrated Communication may not have (including graduate thesis) must be earned earned more than one C for any of the at the 600-800 levels. required courses. • To receive a Master of Science in Communi- cation Management, students may not have Admission Requirements earned more than one C for any of the • A bachelor’s degree with at least 24 units of required or elective courses. related course work in one or a combination of the following fields: mass communication; Required Courses (21 units) public relations and advertising; at least one MCOM 605 Theories of Public Relations advanced writing course; one statistics and Organizational course; or equivalent professional experi- Communication (3) ences that are documented by the student MCOM 606 Practice of Public Relations and approved by the program director. and Organizational • A minimum overall undergraduate GPA of Communication (3) 3.00 or higher for full admission. MCOM 630 Professional Communication Competences in a Changing The following materials should be sent directly Environment (3) to University Admissions, Towson University, MCOM 631 Research Methods in Mass 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252: Communication (3) • Completed application MCOM 683 Communicating in Society: • Transcripts Perception and Reality (3) • Fees • One letter of recommendation. Use the Rec- 6 units of a thesis supervised by a faculty mem- ommendation Form in the Graduate Appli- ber in Mass Communication and Communica- cation Packet. tion Studies: MCOM 897, MCOM898, and • A resume MCOM 899. • A statement in 1,000 words or less (typed, double-spaced), based on your resume, that Electives (15 units) (1) explains your professional and academic At least one from the following: experiences with researching, planning, COMM 695 Independent Study in implementing and evaluating communication Communication Studies (3) programs and campaigns; and (2) describes ISTC 541 Computer Technology and at least four learning objectives— what you Utilization (3) want to achieve in this program and why ISTC 605 Web-based Instruction in • A cover letter expressing intent and/or inter- Education (3) est ISTC 633 Instructional Video (3) • For international students, a TOEFL test is ISTC 635 Theory and Design of required. Students must score at least 100 Computer-Based Instruction (3) on Internet-based TOEFL tests to be consid- ISTC 655 Media Design and ered for full admission. Production (3) ISTC 687 Computer-Based Instruction (3) NOTE: All prerequisite courses must be com- MCOM 507 Writing for New Media (3) pleted before the student can enroll in any gradu- PRWR 617 Editing (3) ate class. A letter grade of B or above is required. PRWR 621 Business Writing (3) PRWR 623 Technical and Scientific Degree Requirements Writing (3) • Completion of prerequisite courses PRWR 625 Design, Layout and • Completion of a total 36 units of course Production (3) work: 21 units of required courses and 15 PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 83

At least three courses from the following: Interactive Media Design COMM 518 Communication, Training and Certificate Development (3) Certificate: Post-Baccalaureate COMM 519 Organizational Program Director: Bridget Z. Sullivan Communication (3) 410-704-2802 COMM 522 Conference and Meeting [email protected] Management (3) HRD 642 Organizational Behavior The online certificate in Interactive Media (formerly PSYC 642) (3) Design provides professionals, artists and edu- MCOM 533 Media Ethics (3) cators the opportunity to advance their inter- MCOM 547 Ad Campaigns (3) active media design knowledge and skills. MCOM 559 Professional Issues in Public Students complete four graduate-level studio Relations (3) art courses which address the front-end design MCOM 572 International Advertising (3) and production of websites and interactive MCOM 638 Managing Communication in a media. The certificate emphasizes visual com- Culturally Diverse Society (3) munication and graphic design theories and MCOM 660 Crisis Communication (3) practices within the applied context of website MCOM 670 Special Topics in Public and interactive media design. -673 Relations and Integrated Front-end refers to the design and production Communication (3) of website interfaces as opposed to back-end web MCOM 551 Public Relations for Nonprofit design and programming. This certificate does Organizations (3) not include such topics as: WWW database man- MNGT 602 Conflict Management in agement, Internet infrastructure, systems devel- Commerce and Industry (3) opment, client/server-side programming, network PHIL 563 Business Ethics (3) architecture or game design. WMST 611 Women, Public Policy and All required courses for the certificate are Social Change (3) delivered online, permitting students from remote locations to complete the certificate NOTE: without requiring on-campus attendance. 1) Up to 6 credits of approved graduate The Interactive Media Design Certificate courses may be transferred from other consists of 12 units of graduate course work approved universities. designed to either complement a graduate 2) No more than 9 units of 500-level courses program of study or be completed as a stand- can be taken. alone certificate for individuals seeking addi- 3) Some elective courses may have prerequi- tional academic studies for professional sites. Students are responsible for making growth or to advance their career. sure they have met these prerequisites, if any, The program is intended for students who prior to taking the course. have a bachelor’s degree in an art-related field 4) Some courses may not be offered each term. who will enter the program for advanced Students should consult each term’s schedule graduate study. The program may also be of of classes when determining which courses interest to: to take. • Persons who do not have a bachelor’s degree 5) No more than two 3-unit Independent Study in art, but who are currently employed in courses may be applied to the degree; and, all the graphic design field or art education Independent Study courses must be approved field, and who are seeking professional skill by the program director prior to enrollment. development for career advancement. • Persons who have a bachelor’s degree in a discipline other than art, have completed a minimum of 9 credits in undergraduate-level 84 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

studio art courses and who are seeking MUSIC EDUCATION (M.S.) preparation for careers in this field. Degree: Master of Science Program Director: Dana Rothlisberger For ease of taking the courses online, basic to 410-704-2765 mid-level computer skills are encouraged. [email protected] Access to a suitable computer with broadband Internet service is required. The Master of Science in Music Education provides a flexible curriculum that allows stu- Admission Requirements dents to earn up to 15 elective units in a field • A bachelor’s degree in art or art education of specialization. In consultation with the or graduate adviser, students may select a group A bachelor’s degree in another discipline of courses in which they are interested, such as with a minimum of 9 units of course work music education, applied music, music theory, in studio art and/or professional experience music history, music composition or other working in the field of art education or graduate areas. Students may elect to work graphic design concurrently on the graduate Certificate in • A minimum GPA of 3.00 for full admission Music Education. or 2.50 for conditional admission. All GPA Graduates of this program are usually calculations for admission are based upon employed as music teachers in public or pri- the last 60 credits of undergraduate and vate schools in the areas of vocal-general and/ post-baccalaureate study. or instrumental music. Others are employed as • For international students whose native lan- private teachers or administrators, or as guage is not English, English competency church musicians. Applicants seeking Mary- must be certified by the achievement of a land teaching licensure are required to enroll minimum of 550 on the Test of English as a concurrently in the approved program of post- Foreign Language (TOEFL). baccalaureate studies in music education as directed by the program director of music Applicants must submit the following admis- education. sion materials to University Admissions, Tow- son University, 8000 York Road, Towson, MD Admission Requirements 21252: • A bachelor’s degree in music education or • A letter of intent: statement of your objec- music or certification as a public school tives music teacher • A current resume • A minimum GPA of 3.00 for full admission or 2.50 for conditional admission. All GPA Required Courses calculations for admission are based upon ART 610 Elements of WWW Design (3) the last 60 units of undergraduate and post- ART 620 Graduate Typography (3) baccalaureate study. ART 641 Interactive Media Concept and • Acceptable scores on the Music Theory and Theory (3) Music History Placement Examinations are ART 765 Graduate Design for the required for admission to graduate-level WWW (3) music history and music theory courses. Students who do not meet minimum requirements may be required to enroll in prescribed courses, which may or may not count toward the degree. PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 85

D egree Requirements Electives (15 units) Selected with approval from any 500- to 800- Plan A: Master of Science in Music level courses. A maximum of 9 units may be at Education with Thesis the 500 level. Students are required to success- (minimum 34 units) fully complete the comprehensive examination covering course content in music and music Required Courses (24 units) education. MUED 601 Current Trends in Music Education (3) MUED 661 Seminar in Instrumental CERTIFICATE IN MUSIC— Music (3) Dalcroze, Orff and Kodaly or Certificate: Post-Baccalaureate MUED 662 Seminar in Choral Music (3) Program Director: Dana Rothlisberger MUED 695 Research Methods in Music 410-704-2765 Education (3) [email protected] MUSA xxx Performing/Composing Experiences (3) (see Music The Certificate in Music provides comprehen- Applied (MUSA) Private sive training for a music education specialist in Lessons and Ensembles under an area of professional interest or need. In Course Descriptions) consultation with the program director and an MUSC xxx History/Literature (3) appropriate faculty mentor, a sequence of MUSC xxx Theory/Composition (3) courses and experiences totaling 15 to 21 units MUSC 897 Thesis (6) is identified which helps music educators to understand the rationale and curricula associ- Electives (10 units) ated with their chosen interest. A sequence of Selected with approval from any 500- to 800- instruction provides core experiences, support- level courses. A maximum of 9 units may be at ing experiences, elective opportunities and a the 500 level. culminating experience appropriate to the area Students are required to successfully com- of interest. The program is designed to assist plete the comprehensive examination covering music educators in securing focused, advanced course content in music and music education. study in a personal area of choice. The certificate may be earned separately from, or in Plan B: Master of Science in Music conjunction with, the Master of Science in Education with Graduate Project Music Education. It does not provide Mary- (minimum 34 units) land teaching licensure. Applicants seeking Maryland teaching licensure are required to enroll concurrently in the approved program Required Courses (19 units) of post-baccalaureate studies in music educa- Identical to Plan A except MUSC 880 Gradu- tion as directed by the program director of ate Project replaces MUSC 897 Thesis music education. Examples of core areas of study within the Also Required Certificate in Music include the application of MUSC 880 Graduate Project Paper (1) Dalcroze, Orff and Kodaly; community music; or music therapy; conducting (instrumental and Graduate Project Recital (1) vocal); studio pedagogy and music industry. or Graduate Project Composition (1) or Graduate Project Practicum (1) 86 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

Admission Requirements the last 60 credits of undergraduate and Students must have a baccalaureate degree in post-baccalaureate study. music education or music or be certified as a • Students completing the University of Mary- public school music teacher. land Baltimore County’s Certificate in Con- temporary American Music program may Certificate Requirements: Dalcroze, apply under a collaborative agreement. Orff, Kodaly (15 units) MUED 617 Choral Workshop in Send the following admission materials to the Elementary and Secondary Graduate School Office, Towson University, School Music (2) 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252: MUED 630 Dalcroze, Orff and Kodaly: • Towson University Graduate School Appli- Principles and Techniques for cation the Music Classroom I (2) • A Department of Music Supplemental Appli- MUED 631 Dalcroze, Orff and Kodaly: cation, obtained from the Office of Gradu- Principles and Techniques for ate Studies the Music Classroom II (2) • Two written evaluations by persons familiar MUED 632 Dalcroze Practices (2) with the applicant’s academic studies and/or MUED 633 Orff Techniques (2) musical accomplishment; evaluations must MUED 634 Kodaly Techniques (2) be completed on the Master of Music MUED 635 Dalcroze, Orff and Kodaly Degree Recommendation Form obtained Pedagogy and Curriculum from the Office of Graduate Studies Development (3) • For international students whose native language is not English, competency in the language must be certified by the achieve- MUSIC ment of a minimum of 550 on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Degree: Master of Music

Concentrations: Music Performance or Music Additionally, applicants must undertake a Composition department screening in the form of an audi- Program Director: Luis Engelke tion for the Performance Concentration or 410-704-4664 portfolio evaluation for the Composition Con- [email protected] centration. Procedures and requirements are available in the Master of Music Handbook The Master of Music program is an applied housed on the Graduate School website: http:// professional program designed to develop a grad.towson.edu/program/master/musc-mm/ high level of musicianship, creative develop- pb-musc-mm.asp. ment, and research skills within the discipline. Admission requires expertise in the area of Degree Requirements concentration equivalent to having earned a The Master of Music requires a minimum of Bachelor of Music degree in the area of spe- 31 units. Degree candidates are expected to cialization. Students are expected to have produce acceptable scores on the Music His- completed sufficient undergraduate courses to tory/Literature and Music Theory Placement meet the requirements for admission. Examinations. Students who do not meet these requirements will be required to undertake Admission Requirements prescribed coursework and/or undertake • A Bachelor of Music degree with a major in appropriate remediation. Required course- the area of concentration. work as a result of the placement examina- • A minimum GPA of 3.00 for full admission tions may or may not count toward the or 2.50 for conditional admission. All GPA degree. Specific requirements are located in the calculations for admission are based upon Master of Music Handbook. PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 87

Required Core for Music Composition STRATEGIC PUBLIC (21 units) RELATIONS AND INTEGRATED • MUSA 600 Private Lessons in Music Com- COMMUNICATION position (12 units) Certificate: Post-Baccalaureate • MUSC 685 Bibliography and Research (3) Program Director: Beth Haller • MUSC 631 Advanced Theory (3) 410-704-2442 • MUSA 6xx Ensembles selected with [email protected] approval of the program director (2 units) • MUSC 795 Graduate Composition Recital Note: This program currently is not (1) accepting new students.

Required Core for Music Performance This program consists of five courses (MCOM (21 units) 605, MCOM 631, MCOM 606, MCOM 630 • MUSA 6xx Private Lessons in Music Perfor- and MCOM 683). Students who earn the cer- mance on student’s major instrument (12 tificate are well on their way to completing the units) master’s degree in communication manage- • MUSC 685 Bibliography and Research (3) ment. • MUSC 631 Advanced Theory (3) • MUSA 6xx Ensembles selected with advis- Admission Requirements ing of the program director (2 units) See M.S. in Communication Management for • MUSC 797 Graduate Performance Recital requirements and deadlines. (1) Required Courses (15 units) Electives for Either Concentration MCOM 605 Theories of Public Relations (10 units) and Organizational Selected with approval from any 500- to 800- Communication (3) level music courses. A maximum of four of the MCOM 606 Practice of Public Relations elective units may be taken in lessons and/or and Organizational ensembles. Communication (3) Students pursuing the M.M. with concen- MCOM 630 Communication Competencies tration in Music Performance that do not pos- in a Changing Environment (3) sess documented experience in pedagogy must MCOM 631 Research Methods in Mass take MUSC 542 (Vocal Pedagogy), MUSC Communication (3) 543 (Instrumental Pedagogy), MUSC 560 MCOM 683 Communicating in Society: (Piano Pedagogy), or MUSC 562 (Guitar Perception and Reality (3) Pedagogy) as appropriate. Students eligible to earn the Certificate in Stra- Exit Requirements tegic Public Relations and Integrated Commu- Students must complete the comprehensive nication may not have earned more than one review in the form of a recital research paper C for any of the required courses. or written examination. Both options con- clude with an oral examination. 88 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

TH EATRE of the program. Recent guests include Lee Degree: Master of Fine Arts Breuer, Holly Hughes, Dan Hurlin, Kari Mar- Program Director: Stephen Nunns golis, Sandglass Theatre, Rinde Eckert and 410-704-4519 Richard Armstrong. [email protected] The program is dedicated to exploring theatre through international contexts. Through The Towson University Master of Fine Arts in a long-standing collaboration with the Center Theatre program is dedicated to offering an for International Theatre Development, stu- experimental laboratory in order to engage in dents have toured performances and partici- the creation of new work. pated in workshops in countries that include The program is for students who cannot be Poland, Egypt, Slovakia and Bulgaria. Artists content working in a single discipline or in the from countries such as Japan, Russia and traditional conservatory model. Every year, a South Africa have also had residencies in the small group is selected to work collaboratively program. and individually on the creation of new theatrical work. Admission Requirements New work may be fashioned in different Applicants must hold a bachelor’s degree from ways using a variety of methodologies from a regionally accredited college or university theatrical and other art forms. Past student with a GPA of 3.00 or higher based on the work has included Bunraku puppetry; transla- applicant’s last 60 units of undergraduate and tion of contemporary European drama; object post-baccalaureate study. A minimum GPA of theatre; integration of video with live perfor- 2.75 is required for conditional admission and mance; experiments in autobiographical per- a minimum GPA of 2.50 is required for profes- formance; and community art projects. sional admission. All matriculated students are The Towson M.F.A. in Theatre program accepted conditionally for one year. At the end offers a laboratory atmosphere in which stu- of the first year of study, all students will be dents are encouraged to explore new ideas and evaluated by the faculty and either granted or approaches. The three-year program cultivates denied full admission. At the end of the second both an individual’s vision and an ensemble year of study, students are again evaluated for approach to creation. Over their residency in continuance based on their readiness to under- the program, students work closely with one take their final project, as demonstrated by another on projects initiated by themselves their academic standing, portfolio review and and members of the faculty. The program nor- final project proposal. mally culminates in a workshop production of Candidates are screened by both the M.F.A. a work in progress that is the exploration of a program and by University Admissions. The student’s personal aesthetic. The emphasis is following admission materials should be sub- on process—not product. mitted to University Admissions, Towson Uni- While the program emphasizes practice, it versity, 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252 also expects students to be thoroughly engaged no later than February 15: in theoretical pursuits as well. Students con- • A graduate application with required fee duct serious scholarship and develop a firm • Official transcripts from every college or grounding in the history of experimental per- university attended formance. • A personal artistic statement outlining the Members of the full-time faculty at Towson candidate’s goals as a theatre artist and the University teach the majority of classes. How- specific relevance of the M.F.A. program at ever, this curriculum is augmented by seminars Towson to the candidate’s objectives and workshops with distinguished visiting art- • A current professional resume ists. Guest artists may facilitate a master class, • Slides, photographs, video, reviews, papers, lecture or demonstration as part of a required scripts or other supporting materials in mul- class, or work in a residency with the students tiple artistic disciplines PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 89

• Three letters of recommendation from indi- THEA 608 Theatre Design Techniques (3) viduals who can speak to the applicant’s THEA 609 Text Construction (3) talent, scholarship, collaborative skills and THEA 610 Theatre Systems (3) ability to thrive in a self-directed program THEA 675 New Works Development I: • A list of at least three other references, with Formal Elements (3) telephone numbers, whom the department THEA 720 New Works Development II: may contact for additional evaluations Directing (3) THEA 780 New Works Development III: An interview may be granted at the discretion Projects in Process (3) of M.F.A. faculty following initial admission THEA 760 International Theories and screening. Aesthetics (3) THEA 880 Final Project (6) Degree Requirements The Master of Fine Arts in Theatre requires Electives (24 units) 60 units. These courses are chosen in collaboration with a department adviser. Required Courses (42 units) A project proposal and portfolio review is THEA 601 Theories of the required before registering for the final project. Avant-Garde (3) Towson University reserves the right to THEA 602 History of Experimental change degree requirements for the M.F.A. Performance (3) Information on changes will be available on THEA 605 Performance: Ensemble (3) the Towson University M.F.A. in Theatre web- THEA 606 Theories of the Auteur (3) site or from the graduate program director. THEA 607 Self-Empowerment in Theatre (3) 90 PROCEDURES AND POLICIES

the college of health professions

The need for highly qualified health profes- COLLEGE OFFICE sionals with advanced degrees is at an all-time Towson Center 337 high. Thus, the mission of the College of 410-704-2132 Health Professions is to provide exceptional Fax: 410-704-3479 graduate learning experiences in a wide range www.towson.edu/chp of health care professions that promote and enhance health and well-being. Emphasis is placed on theory-based applications for prac- Doctoral Degree Programs tice, education, management and research that Audiology will prepare graduates to assume roles in a Occupational Science variety of educational, clinical and community settings. Master’s Degree Programs The college offers doctoral, master’s and Applied Gerontology graduate certificate programs. We are commit- Health Science ted to the key values of lifelong learning, excel- • Administration lence, ethical and moral conduct, and • Community Health Education collaboration and respect for the worth and • School Health Education dignity of all people. Graduates are expected Kinesiology to exhibit the highest ethical principles and Nursing professional behaviors in the application of Occupational Therapy knowledge and critical thinking, and are pro- (professional and post-professional proficient in the use of skills, effective communi- grams) cation and technology. Internships, clinical Physician Assistant Studies experiences and/or independent studies pro- Speech-Language Pathology vide opportunities to supplement and enhance each student’s academic course work. Students Post-Baccalaureate Certificate have ready access to an outstanding array of Programs opportunities in the many health care, educa- Applied Gerontology tional, community and professional organiza- Clinician-Administrator Transition (CAT) tions in the surrounding area. Nursing Education Graduate programs in the college are Autism Studies accredited by appropriate professional and educational agencies, thus enabling the successful graduate to sit for her or his professional licensure or certification exam where those credentialing mechanisms exist.

Charlotte E. Exner, Dean PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 91

A PPLIED GERONTOLOGY HLTH 619 Organizing Systems of Care for Degree: Master of Science Chronically Ill and Physically Program Director: Mary W. Carter Dependent Populations (3) 410-704-4643 PSYC 610 Advanced Psychology of [email protected] Aging (3)

The graduate program in Applied Gerontol- Electives (18) ogy prepares students to work in community Complete 18 units of graduate electives as settings serving the needs of the older popula- approved by academic adviser. tion. The degree provides a basic foundation of knowledge, education and skills to students NOTE: Students may earn a Graduate Certifi- so they may move into positions in the fields cate in Family-Professional Collaboration with of health, housing, social services or private their elective units. See the Family-Professional sector enterprises serving older consumers. Collaboration heading in the College of Lib- eral Arts section for more information. Admission Requirements • A bachelor’s degree with a minimum of 9 credits of upper-level course work in social APPLIED GERONTOLOGY sciences and/or experience working in the CERTIFICATE field of gerontology and/or course work or Certificate: Post-Baccalaureate training in the field of gerontology Program Director: Mary W. Carter • Minimum requirements for graduate admis- 410-704-4643 sion to Towson University [email protected]

Send the following admission materials to The Graduate Certificate in Applied Gerontol- University Admissions, Towson University, ogy consists of 18 units of graduate course work 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252-0001: designed as a complement to a graduate pro- • Two letters of recommendation gram of study or as a stand-alone certificate. • A one- to two-page essay discussing career goals and the planned focus of the graduate Admission Requirements work • A bachelor’s degree with a minimum of 9 credits of upper-level course work in social Degree Requirements sciences and/or experience working in the The M.S. in Applied Gerontology requires the field of gerontology and/or course work or completion of 36 units with a cumulative GPA training in the field of gerontology of 3.00 or better. • Meet the minimum requirements for graduate admission to Towson University Required Courses (18 units) GERO 601 Seminar in Professional Send the following admission materials to Gerontological Issues (3) University Admissions, Towson University, GERO 610 Applied Gerontological 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252-0001: Research Methods (3) • Two letters of recommendation GERO 620 Legal Issues in Gerontological • A one- to two-page essay discussing career Practice (3) goals and the planned focus of the graduate GERO 684 Gerontological Practicum (3) work or GERO 685 Independent Study in Gerontological Practice (3) 92 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

Certificate Requirements • in prevention and identification of commu- The Applied Gerontology Certificate requires nication disorders completion of 18 units with a cumulative GPA • in evaluation and treatment of disorders of of 3.00 or better. auditory, balance, communication and related systems Required Courses (9 units) • by passing department assessments of clini- Choose three from the following: cal and academic competency GERO 601 Seminar in Professional Gerontological Issues (3) The Au.D. degree will prepare the individual GERO 610 Applied Gerontological for national certification and state licensure. Research Methods (3) All clinical requirements of the American GERO 620 Legal Issues in Gerontological Speech-Language-Hearing Association Practice (3) (ASHA) and the Department of Audiology, GERO 684 Gerontological Practicum (3) Speech-Language Pathology and Deaf Studies or must be completed before the Au.D. degree is GERO 685 Independent Study in awarded. Gerontological Practice (3) Students must abide by professional and HLTH 619 Organizing Systems of Care for ethical standards established by the depart- Chronically Ill and Physically ment and by ASHA. The audiology program Dependent Populations (3) requires that students successfully complete PSYC 610 Advanced Psychology of on- and off-campus clinical rotations and an Aging (3) off-campus clinical externship. The on-campus clinic and many of the off-campus place- Electives (9 units) ments require a criminal background Complete 9 units of graduate electives as investigation. A criminal record may prohibit approved by academic adviser. a student from participating in clinical rotations and completing the degree program. Furthermore, a criminal record may prohibit AUDIOLOGY an individual from obtaining the required cer- Degree: Applied Doctorate in Audiology tification and/or licensure required for profes- (Au.D.) sional practice. In addition, students must Program Director: Peggy Korczak submit documentation of required immuniza- 410-704-5903 tions. [email protected] Students in graduate ASLD programs will be permitted to repeat a maximum of two The Applied Doctorate in Audiology program courses for which grades of “C” or lower were is accredited by the Council on Academic earned for any required or elective courses. Accreditation (CAA) of the American Speech- Language-Hearing Association. Admission Requirements The Au.D. curriculum consists of a mini- • Bachelor’s degree with a minimum GPA of mum of 99 units including the following 3.20. All GPA calculations for admission are requirements: a minimum of 35 units of clini- based upon the last 60 credits of under- cal practicum, which includes a one-year clini- graduate and post-baccalaureate study. cal externship and a minimum of 7 units of • For international students, a TOEFL score of doctoral thesis preparation. 600 or above is required (100 IBT). A U.S. The program of study is intended to train degree does not waive the requirement of clinicians who will demonstrate competency: TOEFL for this program. • in oral, written and other forms of commu- • Interview with audiology faculty (face-to- nication face interview preferred; online or telephone • in scientific and research foundations of interview may be arranged) practice PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 93

• GRE scores of 950 (verbal and quantitative) Required Courses or 290* (verbal and quantitative) on new ACSD 601 Professionalism and Ethics (1) GRE test (Note: GRE score requirement ACSD 603 Anatomy and Physiology of the subject to change based on data posted by Peripheral Auditory and ETS regarding calculated conversion and Vestibular Systems (3) percentile ranks) ACSD 604 Neuroanatomy and Physiology • Successful completion of the following pre- of the Central Auditory and requisite courses: Vestibular Systems (2) A life science course (e.g., biology) (3) ACSD 605 Counseling in Audiology I (1) Behavioral Statistics (3) ACSD 606 Pharmacology in Audiology (1) A social science course (e.g., psychology, ACSD 607 Genetics in Audiology (1) sociology) (3) ACSD 611 Acoustics and Phonetics (3) (Note: This course may be Psychoacoustics (2) taken during Au.D. program) ACSD 621 Auditory Diagnostics I (3) Basic Mathematics (3) ACSD 622 Auditory Diagnostics I Lab (1) A course in physical science (e.g., chemistry, ACSD 645 Communication and Aging (3) physics) (3) ACSD 655 Hearing Aids I (2) Language Development (3) (Note: This ACSD 690 Audiology Clinic On course may be taken during Campus I (3) Au.D. program) ACSD 705 Counseling in Audiology II (1) ACSD 706 Audiology Practice Send the following admission materials to Management (2) University Admissions, Towson University, ACSD 714 Research Methods in 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252: Audiology (2) • A one- to two-page essay answering the fol- ACSD 715 Statistics (2) lowing question: “Is there a place for clini- ACSD 721 Auditory Diagnostics II (3) cally based research in an Au.D. program?” ACSD 723 Medical Audiology (2) • GRE scores ACSD 731 Calibration and • Three letters of recommendation (include Instrumentation (1) admissions rating sheet); recommendations ACSD 743 Electrophysiologic Evaluation from professors are preferred. of the Peripheral Auditory System (3) Degree Requirements ACSD 744 Electrophysiologic Evaluation All course work, examinations, writing and of the Central Auditory clinic practicum clock-hour requirements of the Nervous System (3) Department of Audiology, Speech-Language ACSD 745 Audiology Clinic On Pathology and Deaf Studies must be completed, Campus II (3) and students must demonstrate mastery in four ACSD 746 Audiology Clinic On areas of audiology: foundations of practice, Campus III (3) prevention and identification, evaluation, and ACSD 747 Audiology Clinic Off treatment, as specified by the American Speech- Campus I (2) Language-Hearing Association (ASHA) before ACSD 748 Audiology Clinic Off the Au.D. degree is awarded. Campus II (2) ACSD 751 Hearing Conservation (1) Research Project ACSD 753 Pediatrics and Educational Each student will complete an Audiology Doc- Audiology (3) toral Thesis. This project could be an extensive ACSD 755 Hearing Aids II (3) case study or a research project. Projects will ACSD 796 Doctoral Thesis Proposal be presented to the ASLD faculty in written Development I (2) and oral form for their evaluation. 94 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

ACSD 797 Doctoral Thesis Proposal • The certificate also may be earned in con- Development II (2) junction with a master’s degree program. ACSD 843 Vestibular Assessment and • Master’s degree programs with up to 9 units Rehabilitation (3) of electives can integrate this certificate pro- ACSD 844 Tinnitus (1) gram to enhance professional credentials. ACSD 845 Vestibular diagnosis/ treatment lab (1) Admission Requirements ACSD 847 Audiology Clinic Off • Bachelor’s degree with a minimum GPA of Campus III (2) 3.00 ACSD 848 Audiology Clinic Off • Completion of the following courses with a Campus IV (2) grade of “C” or better: ACSD 853 Cochlear Implants (3) Human development across the life span (one ACSD 855 Hearing Aids III (3) lower-division course) ACSD 898 Audiology Doctoral Thesis (3) Human Biological Science (one lower-division ACSD 998 Audiology Clinical Externship course) (18) (48 weeks) Social or Behavioral Science (one lower- division course) • Documentation of completion of 30 hours Autism Studies of human service activity as part of field Certificate: Post-Baccalaureate experience, volunteer or paid work in the Program Director: Connie Anderson last five years (e.g., experience with a human 410-704-4049 service agency or community program, edu- [email protected] cational or health program, advocacy group, Special Olympics) The interdisciplinary Post-Baccalaureate Cer- tificate Program in Autism Studies is designed Students may request a competency in lieu of to enhance the knowledge and subsequent coursework review by the Post-Baccalaureate practice of professionals working with indi- Certificate Program Committee for the viduals on the autism spectrum and their required courses for admission. Students must families, across the life courses. It is grounded submit documentation of didactic preparation in the belief that people on the autism spec- (e.g., workshops, professional development or trum are integral members of their families related courses) and professional practice that and communities, and have the right to fully verifies course content mastery. participate in the educational, social, cultural, political and economic life of society. Degree Requirements As part of its interdisciplinary focus, The Post-Baccalaureate Certificate Program in emphasis is placed on the ability to work col- Autism Studies consists of a total of 16 units: laboratively with individuals on the autism 10 units of required courses and 6 units of spectrum, their families, other professionals electives. and community members in multiple environments to advocate for and provide needed Required Courses resources. The program requires completion IDHP 621 Contemporary Issues for of 16 units of coursework and is designed to Infants and Children on the accommodate students with at least a bacca- Autism Spectrum (3) laureate degree, who are interested in or IDHP 623 Contemporary Issues for already working in the field of autism. Adolescents and Adults on the • The curriculum allows students to earn a Autism Spectrum (3) stand-alone certificate. SPED 605 Family Focus1 – Working with • Students may take select courses to advance Families of Students with their knowledge of autism without enrolling Disabilities (3) in this program. PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 95

or practical application of administrative theory, FMST 610 Family and Professional and emphasizes leadership and skill develop- Collaboration (3) ment through a sequence designed to intro- IDHP 681 Seminar in Autism Spectrum duce concepts and facilitate application of Issues (1) skills using case study, team teaching, information technology and other relevant methodolo- Electives2 gies. Upon completion of the program, 500-700 level in arts; education; family stud- students will possess the knowledge and skills ies; health science; interdisciplinary health necessary to provide excellence in leadership professions; kinesiology; nursing; occupational and day-to-day management in the delivery of therapy and occupational science; psychology; health care services. or speech-language pathology, audiology and Individuals enrolled in this 15-unit certifi- deaf studies that directly apply to people on cate will be able to apply units from this pro- the autism spectrum (6) gram to master’s degree programs in Child Life, Administration and Family Collabora- Elective Courses3 tion, Nursing, Occupational Therapy or IDHP 770-775 Special Topics in the Field Health Science if accepted into those proof Autism (3) grams. IDHP 791 Directed Readings in the Field of Autism (1-6) Admission Requirements IDHP 792 Independent Study in the Applicants must meet the general require- Field of Autism (1-6) ments for graduate study outlined in the Tow- son University Graduate Catalog. Additional 1 Courses may be taken as part of required or requirements include: elective courses in student’s graduate pro- • Licensure, eligibility for licensure or certifi- gram. cation in a clinical area. 2 Courses must have prior written consent • Bachelor’s or master’s degree in a clinical and approval from the director of the autism field (occupational therapy, physical ther- certificate program for learning activities to apy, nursing, respiratory therapy, nursing, satisfy requirements of the autism certifi- dietetics, etc.) cate. • GPA of at least 3.00 for full admission and 3 Courses may be taken in lieu of required 2.75 for conditional admission. All GPA electives. calculations for admission are based upon 4 Students are to save copies of all of their the last 60 units of undergraduate and post- assignments from previous courses to com- baccalaureate study. plete the portfolio for IDHP 681 Once all materials are received and evaluated, applicants will be notified regarding acceptance CLINICIAN-ADMINISTRATOR to the program. Students may be admitted at any TRANSITION (CAT) time during the year. For information regarding Certificate: Post-Baccalaureate the Clinician-Administrator Transition certificate, Director: Marcie Weinstein please contact the program director. 410-704-4049 [email protected] Certificate Requirements

The graduate Clinician-Administrator Transi- Required Courses tion Certificate is designed for health care IDHP 600 Transitions: Health professionals interested in developing adminis- Professionals in a Changing trative skills. The program focuses on the Environment (3) 96 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

IDHP 605 Managing Health Care such employment opportunities as classroom Professionals (3) health teacher, supervisor of a health science IDHP 610* Administration of Health Care program within a school system, health educa- Organizations (3) tion media specialist, program evaluation spe- IDHP/ Health Care Financial cialist or a position within continuing HLTH 647 Management (3) education and school personnel departments. IDHP/ Planning and Marketing A graduate of the Administration concentra- HLTH 651 Health in Business and tion is prepared for positions in a variety of Industry (3) settings (voluntary, proprietary, governmental, school, community, etc.) that require sound *This class is the capstone for the CAT pro- background in health and administration. gram, taken after all others. The distinction of the M.S. in Health Sci- ence program is its emphasis in pragmatic applications derived from theory. The pro- HEALTH SCIENCE gram is based on the core approach of provid- Degree: Master of Science ing a sound academic base in principles of Program Director: Susan M. Radius education and training, research and behav- 410-704-4216 ioral sciences. While students register for [email protected] graduate work within the Department of Health Science, support cores from this or The Master of Science in Health Science is other university departments can be selected to designed to meet needs within the state of contribute toward their individual profes- Maryland for graduate-trained professionals sional goals. In addition, with permission of to work in educational, medical care, commu- the program director, students may transfer up nity and worksite settings. The program is to 9 graduate credits earned in other academic intended both for people with classroom or settings to their master’s program of study. work experience in the health sciences or Students may elect to pursue a graduate related fields as well as those seeking to project or thesis, if either activity is consistent expand their expertise to include the field of with their professional goals. health science. It is particularly well suited to The M.S. in Health Science is designed to people who have been in the work force and accommodate the needs of students whose now wish to receive additional education to personal and professional lives restrict their enhance their performance as well as their ability to enroll in a full-time, traditional competitiveness on the job. graduate program. Students are overwhelm- Students may select from three concentra- ingly part-time, participating in courses that tions: Community Health Education, School are primarily offered only during weekday Health Education or Administration. Students evenings throughout the year. Individuals may also elect a dual concentration, including desiring full-time graduate status may be able requirements of two existing concentrations. to construct programs responsive to their A graduate of the Community Health Edu- needs. However, the department cannot prom- cation concentration may pursue a career as a ise that full-time course work will be possible health education specialist in a variety of pub- within any given term or academic year. lic and private sector agencies. Students holding current credentials in pharmacy, nursing, Admission Requirements dentistry, dietetics and other professions may Admission to the master’s program in Health wish to combine their skills from prior train- Science may be secured in two ways: ing and redirect their careers toward commu- 1. The master’s program requires an under- nity health education related to their specific graduate degree in a health science field prior training. A graduate of the School (e.g., nursing, health education, psychology, Health Education concentration can consider etc.) or substantial upper-division course PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 97

work in those fields, or experience in those requirement for students pursuing a dual con- same areas (as determined by the program centration will include HLTH 615 and one director). In addition, applicants must main- required course unique to each of the two tain a minimum GPA of 3.00 to be admitted concentrations comprising their degree pro- to the master’s program; conditional admis- gram. Students who earn one “C” among sion may be granted to students whose GPA those three courses must register for and is at least 2.75. All GPA calculations for receive no less than a “B” in HLTH 691 to admission are based upon the last 60 credits remain in the Health Science master’s proof undergraduate and post-baccalaureate gram; this course will not be included in the 36 study. units necessary to complete the program. 2. Also eligible for conditional admission are Students who are conditionally admitted individuals without the stipulated educa- because they do not have the stipulated educational or experiential foundation. To qualify tional or experiential foundation must com- for this category of conditional admission, plete the following as terms of their condi- candidates must provide the program direc- tional admission: tor with a personal statement (no more than • HLTH 603 Emerging Issues and 500 words) that establishes why they seek Frameworks in the Health of admission to the master’s program and how the Nation (3) they see themselves using the degree; have at • HLTH 618 Introduction to Public least three years documented full-time work Health (3) experience; and maintain a GPA of at least and 2.75. All GPA calculations for admission are • A third course consistent with the student’s based upon the last 60 units of undergradu- concentration to be chosen by the program ate and post-baccalaureate study. director (3)

Degree Requirements Registration in these courses is strongly The master’s program in Health Science encouraged before enrollment in other pro- requires successful completion of 36 units. For gram requirements of the student’s concentra- students in School Health Education, 18 units tion. The three courses must be completed are identified for the student by the Depart- before the student is eligible for graduation, ment of Health Science, with the remainder and (as appropriate) will be considered part of derived from elective offerings. In Community support or elective course work for all pro- Health Education, 18 units are stipulated by gram concentrations. the department. For those enrolled in the Administration concentration, 15 units consti- School Health Education tute mandatory enrollment. Mandatory enrollment for students who elect a dual concentra- Health Science Required Core tion will derive from the two concentrations (18 units) comprising their degree program. Only stu- HLTH 601 Contemporary Issues in School dents in good academic standing within the Health (3) master’s program in Health Science are eligible HLTH 615 Community Health: to request a change in concentration. In addi- Qualitative and Quantitative tion, all students must complete a three-course Elements (3) requirement (for Community Health Educa- HLTH 625 Research Methods in tion: HLTH 639, 615 and a third course Health (3) selected with advisement; for School Health HLTH 639 Introduction to Health Education: HLTH 601, 615 and a third course Behavior and Health selected with advisement; for Administration: Promotion (3) HLTH 617, 615 and a third course selected HLTH 643 Curriculum Development (3) with advisement) with a GPA of 3.00 in their HLTH 785 Graduate Seminar (3) first attempt at these courses. The three-course 98 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

Content Health Core Electives HLTH 651/ Planning and Marketing (12 units) IDHP 651 Health in Business and Choose from the following: Industry(3) HLTH 501 Teaching about Drugs and or Sex (3) other HLTH/HCMN/GERO electives, or HLTH 505 Drugs in Our Culture (3) those approved by the program HLTH 551 Ecological Aspects of director Health (3) HLTH 637 Leadership Skills (3) Support Core (12 units) HLTH 649 Program Evaluation (3) HLTH 880 Graduate Project in Health or Science (3) other HLTH/HCMN/GERO electives, or HLTH 897 Master’s Thesis in Health those approved by the program Science (6) director or other HLTH/HCMN/GERO electives, or Elective Health Core (6 units) those approved by the program HLTH 880 Graduate Project in Health director Science (3) HLTH 897 Master’s Thesis in Health Administration Science (6) or Health Science Required Core other HLTH/HCMN/GERO electives, or (15 units) those approved by the program HLTH 615 Community Health: director Qualitative and Quantitative Elements (3) Community Health Education HLTH 617 Health Administration (3) HLTH 625 Research Methods in Health Science Required Core Health (3) (18 units) HLTH 633 Health Care Systems (3) HLTH 615 Community Health: HLTH 785 Graduate Seminar (3) Qualitative and Quantitative Elements (3) Content Support Health Core Electives HLTH 625 Research Methods in (21 units) Health (3) Choose from the following: HLTH 631 Program Planning in Health HLTH 631 Program Planning in Health Education (3) Education (3) HLTH 639 Introduction to Health HLTH 639 Introduction to Health Behavior and Health Behavior and Health Promotion (3) Promotion (3) HLTH 649 Program Evaluation (3) HLTH 645 Health Care Policy (3) HLTH 785 Graduate Seminar (3) HLTH 649 Program Evaluation (3) HLTH 651/ Planning and Marketing Content Health Core Electives (6 units) IDHP 651 Health in Business and Choose from the following: Industry (3) HLTH 601 Contemporary Issues in School HLTH 880 Graduate Project in Health Health (3) Science (3) HLTH 617 Health Administration (3) HLTH 897 Master’s Thesis in Health HLTH 633 Health Care Systems (3) Science (6) HLTH 637 Leadership Skills (3) or HLTH 645 Health Care Policy (3) PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 99

other HLTH/HCMN/GERO electives, or • Development, implementation and analysis those approved by the program of assessment tools in physical education director • Design, implementation and analysis of physical education curriculum to identify NOTE: The Master’s in Health Science is not strengths, weaknesses and strategies for equivalent to earning certification to teach improvement health in the state of Maryland. Graduates of the program are positioned to All students must complete a three-course influence the teaching of physical education in requirement (determined by their concentra- their own classroom, as well as improve or tion) with a GPA of 3.00 in the first attempt at influence practices and initiatives in the these courses. Students who attain a 3.00 in instruction of physical education at the local, the courses, but who earn a “C” in one of the state and national levels. In addition, inter- courses must register for HLTH 691 Directed ested graduates are viable candidates for pur- Readings, with a Health Science faculty mem- suing National Board of Professional Teaching ber in the area in which the “C” grade was Standards certification. earned. The grade of “B” or higher in HLTH 691 must be earned. Students who do not earn NOTE: The master’s in Kinesiology is not a 3.00 or higher in the three required courses equivalent to earning certification to teach or who earn less than a “B” in HLTH 691 are physical education in the state of Maryland. academically dismissed from the program. Admission Requirements NOTE: Students may earn a Graduate Certifi- For admission to the program, the applicant cate in Family-Professional Collaboration must: with their elective units. See the Family-Profes- 1. Submit evidence of possession of an under- sional Collaboration heading in the College of graduate degree in physical education or a Liberal Arts section for more information. post-baccalaureate teacher certification in physical education 2. Submit evidence of: KINESIOLOGY a. certification/ licensure by the Maryland Degree: Master of Science State Department of Education (or Program Director: Heather Crowe another state) to teach physical educa- 410-704-4399 tion and a minimum of one year of full- [email protected] time physical education teaching experience* The Master of Science in Kinesiology program OR at Towson University is designed for the PK-12 b. a minimum of three years of full-time physical education teacher who desires to physical education teaching experience* strengthen teaching performance in ways that in an accredited elementary or second- positively impact student learning. As such, ary school the program addresses the following broad 3. Have achieved a minimum cumulative areas: grade point average of 3.00 based upon the • Research methodology and research design last 60 units of undergraduate or post- suitable to the profession of physical educa- baccalaureate study (Conditional admis- tion sion may be granted to students whose • Critical evaluation of current research per- GPA is at least 2.75) taining to physical education pedagogy 4. Submit an admissions essay • Evaluation of physical education teacher 5. Submit two Towson University Graduate effectiveness recommendation forms 100 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

*Experience requirement in compliance with NURSING 2008 NASPE Advanced Standards recom- Degree: Master of Science mending advanced candidates entering a mas- Program Director: Kathleen T. Ogle ter’s degree program possess requisite peda- 410-704- 4389 gogical practice. Note that applicants can [email protected] acquire up to 12 units as a non-degree student prior to formal admission. The Master of Science in Nursing program is designed to prepare graduates to assume key Degree Requirements roles in the delivery of health care to individu- Completion of 36 units with a cumulative als and families within a community-based GPA of 3.00 or better nursing practice. Options are available in Nursing Education or Clinical-to-Administra- Kinesiology Core (15 units) tion Transition. KNES 734 Research Design for Physical A community-based nurse is a nurse who Education brings special knowledge of health promotion KNES 610 Psycho-Social Determinants of and prevention and coordination of multiple Physical Activity Behavior systems and services to his or her practice set- KNES 631 Analysis of Movement in Sport ting in the community. An individual and and Physical Activity family-centered orientation, the development KNES 648 Concepts in Nutrition, Exercise of partnerships with clients and an apprecia- and Lifelong Activity tion of the values of the community character- Statistics (500-level or above; MATH 534 or ize community-based nursing. Community MATH 630 recommended) settings are not limited and specialization can focus on specific population groups. This Physical Education Core (15-21 units) degree is not a specialty in nursing, but a phi- KNES 642 Assessment in Physical Activity losophy that guides care in all nursing special- and Education ties. It does not prepare a nurse to sit for KNES 654 Curriculum and Program advanced practice certification, but does Development in Physical include clinical content. Education All students are required to complete the KNES 723 Adapting Physical Education Graduate Nursing Core. In addition, each for All Learners student will select a concentration for further KNES 731 Teacher Effectiveness in study: Nursing Education or Clinician Admin- Physical Education istrator Transition (CAT). Students may elect KNES 787 Capstone to pursue a graduate project or thesis, if either KNES 897 Thesis activity is consistent with their professional goals. The master’s program is designed for the Electives (3-6 units) student who has a bachelor’s degree in Nurs- Students in thesis option choose one elective. ing and is licensed as a Registered Nurse (RN), Students in non-thesis option choose two elec- or eligible, in the state of Maryland. tives. The program also serves the needs of the full- or part-time student. Practicum experiences will be planned with appropriate agencies using a time frame congruent with the goals of the experience and preceptor assignments.

Admission Requirements Applicants to the Master of Science program must meet the general requirements for graduate study established by the Department of PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 101

Nursing and as outlined in this catalog. Spe- NURS 800* Advanced Community-Based cifically, they must have: Nursing Practice (3) • A baccalaureate degree with a major in NURS 898 Nursing Master’s Thesis (6) nursing (Optional) • A minimum GPA of 3.00 for full admission Elective course from nursing or a department or a minimum GPA of 2.75 for conditional outside of nursing (3) admission • Satisfactory completion of an elementary *These classes are capstone classes, taken after statistics and/or nursing research course all other core courses are completed. • Completion of an approved physical assessment course Concentration A: Nursing Education (15 units) Submit the following admission materials to Students who desire to teach in a nursing University Admissions, Towson University, school or work in staff development or educa- 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252: tion in a health care agency will complete the • A one-page personal statement in which the following courses. These courses constitute the applicant discusses his or her reasons for requirements for a Certificate in Nursing Edu- seeking admission to the program and how cation (15 units). The certificate option may be the program will meet the applicant’s profes- selected alone, or serve as a component of the sional goals master’s program. • A current curriculum vita or resume, NURS 610 Curriculum Development in • Prior to any clinical practice course, the Nursing (3) student must be licensed as a Registered NURS 612 Teaching and Learning in Nurse (RN) in the state of Maryland (licen- Nursing (3) sure as an RN in Maryland will be verified NURS 710 Evaluation in Nursing by the Department of Nursing) Education (3) NURS 712 The Adult Learner (3) Applicants whose credentials do not meet the NURS 810* Teaching Practicum (3) stated criteria for admission and believe their *The 800-level course is a capstone course situation warrants special consideration are taken after all others. encouraged to contact the department for information related to its individual review Concentration B: Clinician- policy. Administrator Transition (CAT) (15 units) Degree Requirements Students desiring to emphasize administration The M.S. in Nursing program requires success- can complete the CAT certificate program, ful completion of a minimum of 36 units. Fif- including the following courses: teen of these units will be determined by the IDHP 600 Transitions: Health concentration the student selects. Professionals in a Changing Environment (3) Core Courses (21-27 units) IDHP 605 Managing Health Care IDHP 741 Ethical and Legal Issues in Professionals (3) Clinical Practice (3) IDHP 610* Administration of Health Care NURS 601 Theoretical Foundations of Organizations (3) Nursing Practice (3) IDHP/ Health Care Financial NURS 603 Nursing Research (3) HLTH 647 Management (3) NURS 605 Nursing in Health Care IDHP/ Planning and Marketing Health Systems (3) HLTH 651 in Business and Industry (3) NURS 700* Community-Based Nursing (3)

102 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

This is also an interdisciplinary graduate cer- OCCUPATIONAL SCIENCE tificate program offered by the College of Degree: Doctor of Occupational Science Health Professions. (Sc.D.) Program Director: Mary Beth Merryman *This class is a capstone for the CAT program 410-704-2762 taken after all others. [email protected]

The applied doctoral degree in Occupational NURSING EDUCATION Science prepares graduates to teach, influence Certificate: Post-Baccalaureate policy and engage in applied research. Occu- Program Director: Kathleen T. Ogle pational science is the scientific study of 410-704-4389 human occupation related to the purposeful [email protected] and meaningful activities that comprise everyday life experiences. The study of occupation The overarching objective of the certificate is involves the investigation of the relationship that students completing the program develop among the occupations, health and life partici- teaching and evaluation skills through a series pation of individuals of all ages within the of courses designed to facilitate the transition context of their families, communities and of a clinician to an educator in an academic or society. The main emphasis of this interdisci- health care setting. It is an independent certifi- plinary doctoral program is to advance educa- cate program; however, students in the Nurs- tion, research and service that promote occu- ing Education Certificate program will study pational engagement, social and occupational with students selecting the Master of Science in justice, and health and well-being of persons, Nursing program, Concentration A: Nursing organizations and populations by applying Education. Upon completion of this 15-unit knowledge gained through the study of occu- program, students may wish to pursue addi- pational science. Within the curriculum stu- tional graduate study and apply these units to dents address the science of human occupation the M.S. degree. and occupation in practice. The doctoral degree requires the comple- Admission Requirements tion of at least 90 units beyond a bachelor’s Requirements for the certificate program are degree. the same as those listed above for the M.S. in Nursing program. Admission Requirements • A master’s degree from an accredited college Certificate Requirements or university with an overall GPA of 3.25 in graduate course work. Students are eligible Required Courses (15 units) to request conditional admission with an NURS 610 Curriculum Development in overall GPA of 3.00. Nursing (3) • A degree or certificate in occupational ther- NURS 612 Teaching and Learning in apy from a professional occupational ther- Nursing (3) apy program accredited by the Accredita- NURS 710 Evaluation in Nursing tion Council for Occupational Therapy Education (3) Education or by the World Federation of NURS 712 The Adult Learner (3) Occupational Therapists. Students from NURS 810* Teaching Practicum (3) other relevant disciplines who do not hold professional certification also may apply for *The 800-level course is a capstone course admission to the program. taken after all others. • Proof of completion of prerequisite coursework. PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 103

• Licensure to practice occupational therapy education course and one must be an addi- for applicants who are occupational thera- tional quantitative statistics, mixed meth- pists ods or qualitative course. • Interview by the doctoral admissions com- 3. Evidence of prior research experience is mittee required. Applicants who do not have • TOEFL scores of at least 600 for interna- appropriate experience may be expected to tional students take master’s-level research course work before beginning the doctoral program Send the following admission materials to research sequence. Graduate Admissions, Towson University, 4. Students must register for at least one aca- 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252: demic term of full-time dissertation • Towson University Graduate Application research (9 units). • Three letters of recommendation 5. The program, including course work and • Letter of intent describing professional goals dissertation, must be completed within 10 in seeking the degree and area(s) of interest/ years. specialization 6. The doctoral degree will require the pass- • Undergraduate and/or graduate transcripts ing of a comprehensive assessment after • Copy of licensure to practice, if applicable completing OCTH 611, 613 and OSC 742, 744 and 746. Students must pass the Prerequisite Courses comprehensive assessment prior to enroll- OCTH 610 Data Analysis in Occupation- ing in OSC 895. After successful comple- Based Research and Evidence- tion, students will be “advanced to Based Practice (3) (or candidacy.” equivalent graduate statistics 7. The doctoral degree will require successful course) defense of a dissertation proposal. OCTH 613 Advanced Research Methods in 8. The doctoral degree will require successful Occupation-Based Practice (3) defense of a dissertation (minimum of 12 (or equivalent) units), involving applied research in occupational science. General Requirements 1. The doctoral degree will require the comple- Degree Requirements tion of 90 units beyond a bachelor’s degree; For the most recent course and degree require- students who hold a master’s degree in a ments, visit the Department of Occupational discipline other than occupational therapy Therapy and Occupational Science website at will be allowed to transfer a maximum of 30 www.towson.edu/ot. credits from their master’s degree; students who hold a master’s degree in occupational Required Courses therapy may transfer a maximum of 36 IDHP 741 Ethical and Legal Issues in credits from their master’s degree. Students Clinical Practice (3) who hold a clinical doctoral degree in occupa- OCTH 603 Issues in Occupational Therapy tional therapy may transfer a maximum of 45 (3), or equivalent or credits from a combination of their master’s professional issues and degree and their clinical doctorate. advocacy course 2. A program of study with a concentration OCTH 604 Academic and Clinical in an aspect of occupation will be devel- Education (3), or academic oped by the student in consultation with assessment and teaching course his or her adviser. This program of study is OCTH 611 Advanced Theory and to include all planned electives. A mini- Philosophy of Occupation (3) mum of two electives must be at the 700 OSC 742 Origins and Evolution of level. One elective must be an additional Occupational Science (3) 104 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

OSC 744 Participation and Quality of OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY Life of People in Their Degree: Master of Science Context (3) Program Director: Sonia Lawson OSC 746 Participation and Quality of (Professional Master’s Degree Program) Life in Communities and 410-704-2313 Populations (3) [email protected] OSC 890 Qualitative Research: Occupation and Life Program Director: S. Maggie Reitz Narrative (3) (Post-Professional Master’s Degree Program) OSC 895 Applied Project: Everyday 410-704-2762 Life and Dimensions of [email protected] Occupation (3) OSC 997 Dissertation Research (1-9) The Master of Science in Occupational Ther- apy program is designed to prepare graduates Electives to assume key roles in practice, research, edu- OCTH 612 Occupational Therapy Health cation or administration. Occupational thera- Promotion Initiatives in the pists’ responsibilities in these roles are to Community (3) assure high-quality services for client groups OCTH 628 Contemporary Occupational and to advance the practice of occupational Therapy Practice in the therapy. Community (3) Students are eligible for one of two options, OCTH 678 Assessment Throughout the depending on whether or not they are already Lifespan certified occupational therapists. In the Post- OSC 891 Independent Study in Professional Master’s Degree Program (for Occupational Science (3) occupational therapists), students may special- OSC 892 Directed Readings in ize in children and youth, gerontology, admin- Occupational Science (3) istration/supervision, education or another approved topic. In the Professional Master’s NOTE: Students may earn a Graduate Certifi- Degree Program (for non-occupational thera- cate in Family-Professional Collaboration or in pists), in addition to required course work, Autism Studies using elective units. See the students may choose to take elective course Family-Professional Collaboration heading in work to complement the plan of study. the College of Liberal Arts section or the Autism Towson University also offers a Combined Studies heading in the College of Health Profes- B.S./M.S. degree program in which students sion section for more information. earn a B.S. degree in Occupation and Well- Being and a M.S. degree in Occupational Therapy. For more information about this program, see the Undergraduate Catalog or contact the admissions coordinator.

NOTE: ALL applicants for the master’s degree programs in Occupational Therapy must complete the Graduate application and supplemental forms. Applicants for the Professional Master’s Degree Program in Occupational Therapy follow procedures for submitting their application materials through the Occu- pational Therapy Centralized Admission Ser- vice (OTCAS). Contact the College of Health Professions admissions coordinator at 410- PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 105

704-2653 for questions regarding the applica- Language and Hearing Center each term. Only tion process. one initial screening is required. Failure to comply will prevent registration. Professional Master’s Degree Program Annual Health Requirements Program Accreditation Students must present evidence of current Towson University’s Professional Master’s health insurance and results of PPD test annu- Degree Program is accredited by the Accredita- ally. Failure to comply will prevent registration Council for Occupational Therapy Edu- tion. cation (ACOTE) of the American Occupa- tional Therapy Association (AOTA) located at CPR and First Aid Courses 4720 Montgomery Lane, P.O. Box 31220, Certification for adult, infant and child CPR is Bethesda, MD 20824-1220. ACOTE’s tele- required prior to beginning the program. Proof phone number is 301-652-AOTA. Graduates of annual CPR certification is required during of the program will be eligible to sit for the enrollment in the major. Online courses are not national certification examination for the accepted. It is highly recommended that stu- occupational therapist, administered by the dents complete a standard course in first aid. National Board for Certification of Occupa- Failure to comply will prevent registration. tional Therapy (NBCOT). After successful completion of this examination, the individual Criminal Background Check will be an occupational therapist, registered Students may be required to obtain a criminal (OTR). In addition, most states require licen- background check and drug screening if sure to practice; however, licenses are usually required by the fieldwork site. This can occur based on the results of the NBCOT certifica- for any Level I or Level II fieldwork experi- tion examination. (Persons convicted of felo- ence. The student is responsible for this nies may be unable to sit for the Certification expense. Examination and should inquire in advance of program entry regarding eligibility.) Damaged or Missing Equipment, Assessments or Other Resources Program and Fieldwork Requirements Students are responsible for replacement costs for any items that are found to be damaged or Initial Health and Insurance missing due to their actions. Requirements Contracts with fieldwork facilities require that Admission Requirements students in placements show proof of current All of the following criteria must be met health insurance and documentation of current for full admission. health status. The findings of the health exami- • Complete Graduate Application. nation will not necessarily exclude students • A bachelor’s degree with a minimum GPA of from placement. Students must present evidence 3.00 is required for full admission or a 2.75 of current health insurance, a recent health GPA for conditional admission. (All GPA examination (including documentation of calculations for admission are based upon results of titers for immunization of measles, the last 60 credits of undergraduate and mumps, rubella varicella, tetanus, diphtheria post-baccalaureate study.) and pertussis), a speech and hearing screening, • Complete nine prerequisite courses prior to results of a PPD test, and results of a Hepatitis entering the Professional M.S. Program. Five B titer, or sign a declination form for the vac- of the nine prerequisites must be completed cine. Failure to comply will prevent registration. at the time of application. The remaining four prerequisites must be completed in the Speech and Hearing Screening spring and summer prior to beginning the Speech and hearing screening is offered free of program. CLEP scores may not be used for charge through the Towson University Speech, English Composition; ACE or UExcel exams 106 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

may not be used for Anatomy and Physiol- Application Procedure and Guidelines ogy I and II and Physics. The application deadline is February 1. Send • Complete the following prerequisite courses Graduate Application to University Admis- with a “B-” or better: sions, Towson University, 8000 York Road, 1. English Composition Towson, MD 21252 or complete application 2. Human Anatomy and Physiology I with a online. Submit all other materials through the lab (taken within the last five years) OTCAS. • Complete the following prerequisite courses with a “C” or better: For more information regarding admission 1. Introductory Sociology prerequisite courses and other aspects of the 2. Introductory Psychology application process, contact: 3. Abnormal Psychology CHP Admissions Coordinator 4. Basic Statistics Towson University 5. Human Anatomy and Physiology II with 8000 York Road lab (taken within the last five years) Towson, MD 21252-0001 6. Physics (including mechanics and a lab) 410-704-2653 7. Human Growth and Development (covering development across the lifespan) Early Admission Option for • Complete and verify at least 30 hours of Professional Master’s Degree Program human service activity. These will serve as Students are eligible for early admission to the your observation hours in the OTCAS. This Professional Master’s Degree Program if they work or volunteer experience must have have: involved direct, hands-on contact with peo- • a 3.60 GPA (based on the last 60 units of ple with disabilities and/or illness and/or undergraduate and post-baccalaureate other disadvantages. Examples include course work) work/volunteer experience in hospitals, • completed at least five of the prerequisite nursing homes, rehabilitation facilities, course requirements with a minimum GPA senior centers, drug rehabilitation programs, of 3.4 or better in the top five prerequisites programs for the homeless, camps and/or (grade requirements for prerequisite courses attendant care. The following experiences must meet regular admission criteria) do not satisfy this requirement: babysitting • completed all other aspects of the applica- with children who do not have disabilities tion. and administrative clerical work. All 30 hours of human service activity must have Send Graduate Application to University been completed within two years of the Admissions, Towson University, 8000 York application deadline. The 30 hours must Road, Towson, MD 21252 or complete appli- have been completed in no more than three cation online. Submit all other materials different settings, and the applicant must through the OTCAS. have been in each setting for at least 10 hours. Early admission is offered on a limited basis • Three reference forms: human service activ- and guarantees the student a place in the next ity supervisor, a professional, and either upcoming class. The deadline for submitting another professional or faculty member materials for early admission is January 1. (OTCAS reference forms are to be used) Students interested in this option should con- • Graduate occupational therapy admission tact the College of Health Professions Admis- essay/personal statement (follow guidelines sions Coordinator or the department’s profes- outlined for OTCAS) sional program director. PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 107

Academic Standards Required Undergraduate Course Work • Students must maintain a minimum GPA of The Professional Master’s Degree Program is 3.00 for all courses in the major. designed for students who do not possess a • Students must maintain a minimum GPA of bachelor’s degree in occupational therapy. 3.0 in 500-800 level coursework. Therefore, certain undergraduate course work • Students may receive a maximum of two is required to complete the program once “C” grades (including “C” and “C+” accepted into the program. grades). BIOL 427 Neuromuscular Mechanisms of • Students may repeat a maximum of two the Upper Body (2) courses. OCTH 221 Clinical Kinesiology (3) • Students may repeat the same course only OCTH 314 Principles of Psychosocial once. Occupational Therapy • Students may repeat a maximum of one Practice (5) Level II Fieldwork.* OCTH 319 Physical Dysfunction • Students must have a GPA of 3.00 to be Clinical (3) eligible to enroll in a Level II Fieldwork. OCTH 320 Psychosocial Function Clinical (3) Degree Requirements OCTH 325 Occupational Therapy Practice The Professional Master’s Degree Program is 26 with Children and Youth (4) months (excluding breaks) completed over 2.5 OCTH 326 Occupational Therapy years and consists of 32 units of undergraduate Fieldwork with Children and course work and 52 units of graduate course Youth (3) work which includes a graduate research project OCTH 4XX Adult and Older Adult (a total of 84 units of course work). All students Neurological Occupational complete two three-month, full-time internships Therapy (3) Level II Fieldwork;* one in physical disabilities OCTH 4XX Adult and Older Adult and one in psychosocial practice (either may be Musculoskeletal Occupational obtained with a children and youth focus), Therapy (3) where they apply the theoretical knowledge and OCTH 428 Occupational Therapy skills appropriate to an entry-level qualified pro- Organizations in Modern fessional occupational therapist. Most sites for Society (3) each three-month Level II Fieldwork are in the mid-Atlantic area, but arrangements also can be Required Graduate Course Work made in other locations if openings are available. In addition to completing the required under- A lottery system is used for placing students in graduate course work, students must complete Level II Fieldwork who wish to remain in the required graduate course work. local area. OCTH 600 Foundations of Occupational *All Level II Fieldwork must be completed Therapy (4) within 24 months of completion of academic OCTH 601 Group Dynamics in Diverse course preparation. Contexts (3) OCTH 603 Issues in Occupational All students must complete the Occupational Therapy (3) Therapy Knowledge Exam (OTKE) as a degree OCTH 610 Data Analysis in Occupation- requirement. Students will be responsible for Based Research and Evidence- the $25 fee associated with this exam. Based Practice (3) Applicants must have completed an approved OCTH 611 Advanced Theory and medical terminology course with a grade of Philosophy of Occupation (3) 2.67 or a pass grade (for courses taken pass/ OCTH 612 Occupational Therapy Health fail) prior to the first term in the program. Promotion Initiatives in the Community (3) 108 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

OCTH 613 Advanced Research Methods in Admission Criteria Occupation-Based Practice (3) Occupational therapist applicants are screened OCTH 678 Assessment Throughout the after University Admissions receives applica- Lifespan (3) tion materials on an applicant-by-applicant OCTH 635 Physical Rehabilitation Level II basis. These applicants are admitted to the Fieldwork (9) Occupational Therapy graduate program OCTH 636 Psychosocial Level II throughout the academic year. Applicants Fieldwork (9) must follow the procedures outlined below: OCTH 6XX Clinical Reasoning Fieldwork • Submit Graduate Application, supplemen- Seminar (3) tal application materials and transcripts to OCTH 781 Graduate Seminar in University Admissions, Towson University, Occupational Therapy (3) 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252. OCTH 880 Graduate Project (3) • Submit three references (hard copies or online recommendations are accepted; hard NOTE: Students have the option of earning a copies must attach personal assessment graduate certificate in Autism Spectrum Disor- form) ders or in Family-Professional Collaboration. • Submit a graduate occupational therapy See these sections in the catalog for more admission essay. information. Students who elect to earn a cer- • Meet standards for GPA. tificate will be required to extend the length of • Meet standards for scores on the three refer- the master’s degree program in order to com- ence forms. plete the entire certificate program. • Meet standards for scores on the admission essay. Overage Fees • Submit proof of initial NBCOT certifica- An overload surcharge fee will be assessed for tion. undergraduate courses per unit for all units over 15 per term. Degree Requirements The Post-Professional Master’s Degree Pro- Post-Professional Master’s Degree gram for Occupational Therapists consists of Program 36 units of required and elective courses, with or without a thesis. The program may be com- Admission Requirements pleted in 9 to 12 months of full-time study. • Discuss program of study with post-professional program director. Required Courses • Bachelor’s degree in occupational therapy OCTH 603 Issues in Occupational with a minimum 3.00 GPA for full admis- Therapy (3) sion or 2.50 GPA for conditional admission. OCTH 610 Data Analysis in Occupation- All GPA calculations for admission are Based Research and Evidence- based upon the last 60 units of undergradu- Based Practice (3) ate and post-baccalaureate study. OCTH 611 Advanced Theory and • Completed an accredited entry-level profes- Philosophy of Occupation (3) sional training program in occupational OCTH 613 Advanced Research Methods in therapy. Occupation-Based Practice (3)

OCTH 781 Graduate Seminar in • Evidence of initial NBCOT certification via Occupational Therapy (3) proof of passing initial Certification Examina- OCTH 880 Graduate Project in tion for Occupational Therapists, Registered. Occupational Therapy (3) • Evidence and maintenance of professional or licensure. OCTH 897 Graduate Thesis (6) PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 109

Specialization Courses (6 units) Occupational Science at Towson University Students may specialize by completing 6 units offers a Combined M.S./S.c.D. degree program in children and youth, gerontology, administra- in Occupational Therapy/Occupational Sci- tion/supervision, education or other approved ence. For more information about the pro- topic. gram, visit www.towson.edu/ot or contact the post-professional graduate program director Administration/Supervision at 410-704-2762. OCTH 605 Managing Human Resources in Occupational Therapy (3) Approved Specialty Course (3) PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT STUDIES Degree: Master of Science Gerontology Program Director: Marcie Weinstein OCTH 621 Geriatric Rehabilitation (3) 410-704-4049 or [email protected] OCTH 631 Community Gerontology (3) www.towson.edu/chp/pa or OCTH 678 Assessment Throughout the Towson University offers a Master of Science Life Span (3) in Physician Assistant Studies program that is completed concurrently with completion of a Children and Youth certificate program in Physician Assistant OCTH 623 Evaluation in Pediatric Studies at the Community College of Balti- Occupational Therapy (3) more County (CCBC). The program begins in or June of each year and is 26 months in length. OCTH 633 Occupation-Based Pediatric In a time-efficient manner, students complete Intervention (3) the requirements to sit for the physician assis- OCTH 678 Assessment Throughout the tant certification examination and earn a Mas- Life Span (3) ter of Science degree in Physician Assistant Studies. The master’s degree program prepares Education the physician assistant to assume roles in clinical practice, health care leadership, advocacy NURS 712 The Adult Learner (3) for clients, education of others and clinical OCTH 604 Academic and Clinical research, as well as carrying out the other Education (3) responsibilities of a physician assistant. Such roles are important for physician assistants in Electives (9-12 units) a variety of practice, education and adminis- Students who complete the project option will trative positions. have 12 units of electives; those students who Students are admitted to both TU for the complete the thesis option will have 9 units of master’s program in Physician Assistant Stud- electives. ies and CCBC for its Physician Assistant professional certificate program. Students will NOTE: Students may earn a Graduate Certifi- take CCBC and TU courses concurrently cate in Family-Professional Collaboration or throughout the entire program. They must Autism Studies with elective units and some complete all program requirements at both additional course work. See the catalog for institutions to receive the Master of Science more information. degree and to receive the Certificate in Physi- cian Assistant Studies from CCBC. Students Combined M.S./Sc.D. Degree Program may not receive either the master’s degree or in Occupational Therapy/Occupational the certificate without completing all require- Science ments for both. Once all requirements for both The Department of Occupational Therapy and the M.S. degree and the certificate are com- 110 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

plete, students will be able to sit for the line, and the fifth must be completed by the end national certification examination. of the fall term in the application year. Students who have completed all courses at the time of Admission Requirements application will be given preference. While appli- For the master’s degree program, applicants cants with “C” grades in these courses may must meet the following requirements for receive consideration, those with one or more graduate admission to at Towson University: “C” grades in these courses will not be competi- • A bachelor’s degree with a GPA of 3.00 for tive. Essentials of Organic and Biochemistry may full admission, based on the last 60 college be substituted for Biochemistry; Organic Chem- units or istry alone will not be accepted as a substitute. • A bachelor’s degree with a GPA of 2.75 for conditional admission, based on the last 60 • Additional requirements for international college units.* students include TOEFL score of 500 or above, official copy of transcript evaluation, NOTE: The bachelor’s degree must be com- copy of permanent residency card, copy of pleted at the time of application for best concurrent visa and official copy of interna- sideration. However, applicants who will com- tional transcript. plete the degree by the end of the fall term in • Ability to perform the essential functions of their application year will be considered, pro- a physician assistant vided the program receives verification no later than January 15 of the start year. Application Procedures • Applicants for this program DO NOT apply • Acceptance to the Physician Assistant pro- directly to Towson University or CCBC, but gram at CCBC to the Central Application Service for Physi- • Completion of a minimum number of docu- cians Assistants (CASPA) at www.caspaon- mented hours of experience in a health care line.org. setting (400 hours required, 800 hours pre- • The program application cycle year preferred) ** cedes the year of admission. • The CASPA application process opens on NOTE: While applicants with health care May 1. Applications may be made any time experience in a health care area are preferred, after this date, and will be accepted until the patient contact or medically related experience September 1 CASPA deadline. may include: • For best consideration applications should • Clinical hours completed as part of a be submitted to CASPA as early as possible. health care training program • Applications submitted to CASPA after Sep- • Medical or clinical research with or with- tember 1 will not be considered. out patient contact • Volunteer hospital or clinical experience Additionally, once the class has been filled, the • Documented home health care experience program will no longer review applications even if the September 1 deadline has been met. • Completion of prerequisite courses, with a grade of “C” or better: Anatomy (or Anat- Degree Requirements omy and Physiology I) (4); Physiology (or The master’s degree program in Physician Anatomy and Physiology II) (4); Biochemis- Assistant Studies requires successful comple- try (4); Microbiology (3); and college-level tion of a minimum of 36 units from Towson statistics in any discipline (3) University and 60 units from CCBC-Essex. A GPA of 3.00 or better overall must be obtained NOTE: Applicants must have at least four pre- in the graduate courses. requisite courses completed at application dead- PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 111

R equired Courses Language-Hearing Association and the Mary- land State Department of Education. The CCBC—Essex Courses program provides the student with 1) study of PAST 212 Public Health and Preventive normal communication processes; 2) an in- Medicine (2) depth investigation of communication disor- PAST 213 Diagnostic Process (4) ders; 3) development of therapeutic goals, PAST 214 Psychosocial Issues I (2) procedures and materials; and 4) extensive PAST 216 Psychosocial Issues II (2) clinical experience in on- and off-campus set- PAST 217 Pathophysiology (3) tings. The program is designed to enable pre- PAST 230 Diagnostic Studies I (2) professionals in the field, i.e., those with a PAST 231 Diagnostic Studies II (2) bachelor’s degree or the equivalent in speech- PAST 232 Diagnostic Studies III (2) language pathology and audiology, to meet the PAST 250 Introduction to Clinical academic and clinical practicum requirements Practicum (4) of national and state accrediting, certifying PAST 251 Clinical Practicum I (6) and licensing bodies. PAST 252 Clinical Practicum II (12) The degree will prepare the individual for PAST 253 Clinical Practicum III (3) national/state certification and state licensure PAST 254 Clinical Practicum IV (11) for employment in public school, clinical, hos- PAST 299 Primary Care Preceptorship (5) pital or private-practice settings, and to pursue advanced degrees. All clinical practicum clock- Towson University Courses hour requirements of the American Speech- Language-Hearing Association (ASHA) and PAST 601 Research Methods I (3) the Department of Audiology, Speech-Lan- PAST 602 Ethics, Issues, Trends in PA guage Pathology and Deaf Studies must be Practice (3) completed before the M.S. degree is awarded. PAST 603 Medicine I (2) PAST 604 Medicine II (6) PAST 605 Medicine III (2) Admission Requirements PAST 606 Pediatrics I (2) Students with a bachelor’s degree in Speech- PAST 607 Pediatrics II (2) Language Pathology and Audiology can apply PAST 608 Medicine IV (6) to our traditional two-year program. Students PAST 609 Pharmacology I (2) must have a minimum of 26 credits of under- PAST 610 Pharmacology II (2) graduate courses in basic communication and PAST 730 Clinical Management I (2) swallowing process, communication disorders PAST 731 Clinical Management II (2) and differences, and swallowing disorders. PAST 801 Physician Assistant Graduate Students must have a minimum GPA of 3.00 Seminar (1) in the major and a minimum GPA of 3.00 for PAST 802 Physician Assistant Graduate the last 60 credits, and submit (a) a Graduate Project (1) Application, (b) GRE scores, (c) three Towson University Graduate Personal Assessment Rec- ommendation Forms (completed by faculty SPEECH-LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY familiar with the applicant’s potential for scholarly and/or clinical work), and (d) a one- Degree: Master of Science page, single-spaced personal essay describing Program Director: Karen Fallon why you have chosen this profession. Send to 410-704-2449 University Admissions, Towson University, [email protected] 8000 York Road, Towson MD 21252. Students without a bachelor’s degree in The Speech-Language Pathology program is Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology accredited by the Council on Academic have two options for entering the program: Accreditation (CAA) of the American Speech- 112 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

• The Three-Year Graduate Program is course work, CLEP or Advanced Placement designed for full-time students without a (AP) examination credits in each of the fol- degree in Speech-Language Pathology and lowing areas: biological sciences, physical Audiology. Admission requirements include sciences, social/behavioral sciences and a bachelor’s degree from an accredited col- mathematics. In addition to transcript credit, lege or university with a minimum GPA of applicants may be required to provide fur- 3.50 for the last 60 units of undergraduate ther evidence of meeting these requirements. and post-baccalaureate study, GRE scores A behavioral statistics course or its equiva- (50th percentile or higher), three recommen- lent fulfills the math requirement and is dation forms from persons familiar with the highly recommended. Students without applicant’s potential for scholarly and/or these courses will have to take them as part clinical work, and a one-page personal essay of their graduate program. describing why the applicant has chosen this • Speech-language pathologists must have suf- profession. Send to University Admissions, ficient proficiency in the English language to Towson University, 8000 York Road, Tow- meet certification standards of the American son, MD 21252. Speech-Language-Hearing Association. For or international students and students whose • Students who do not have a bachelor’s first language is not English, a TOEFL score degree in Speech-Language Pathology and of 600 or above is required (250 on the Audiology and do not meet the admissions computer version of the TOEFL). A U.S. requirements for the Three-Year Graduate degree does not waive the requirement of Program must complete a minimum of TOEFL for this program. In addition, an seven of the nine following listed under- interview with the graduate program direc- graduate courses in speech-language pathol- tor is required. ogy and audiology before applying to • Students are admitted for the fall term only. University Admissions. Students interested Completed application and admission creden- in completing undergraduate course work at tials must meet the deadline of January 15. Towson University should contact the ASLD department at 410-704-4153. Degree Requirements SPPA 200 Anatomy and Physiology of the Auditory and Vocal Required Courses (48 units) Mechanism (3) SPPA 600 Language Development and SPPA 210 Phonetics of American Disorders from Birth through English (3) Preschool (3) SPPA 215 Speech and Language SPPA 604 Acquired Neurogenic Language Development (3) and Cognitive Disorders I (3) SPPA 302 Speech Pathology I: SPPA 605 Acquired Neurogenic Language Phonology (3) and Cognitive Disorders II (3) SPPA 304 Speech Pathology II: SPPA 606 Language Development and Language (3) Disorders in School-Age SPPA 313 Speech Science (3) Children (3) SPPA 321 Introduction to Audiology (3) SPPA 325 Introduction to Aural SPPA 610 Phonology and Articulation (3) Rehabilitation (3) SPPA 614 Fluency Disorders (3) SPPA 416 Clinical Observations and SPPA 620 Voice Disorders in Children Techniques (3) and Adults (3) • The American Speech-Language-Hearing SPPA 622 Diagnostic Process in Speech- Association’s minimum requirements for Language Pathology (3) application for the Certificate of Clinical SPPA 626 Neurologically-Based Speech Competence includes transcript credits for Disorders (3) PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 113

SPPA 628 Dysphagia (3) Successful completion of a Comprehensive SPPA 690 Clinical Practicum – On Examination is required before graduation. Campus (3) Students may obtain information regarding SPPA 705 Professional Issues in SPPA (1) the Comprehensive Examination from the SPPA 710 Written Language Development program director. Students are encouraged to and Disorders (3) write a master’s thesis or mentored research SPPA 713 Seminar: Research Design in project paper. Those who select this option do SPPA (3) not take the Comprehensive Examination. SPPA 714 Augmentative and Alternative Students admitted to the Three-Year Grad- Communication (2) uate Program must achieve a GPA of 3.50 or SPPA 745 Advanced Clinical Practicum – better at the end of the first year of study. On Campus (3) Students who do not meet this criterion will be SPPA 746 Advanced Clinical Practicum – dismissed from the program. Off Campus (3) Students must demonstrate acceptable writ- SPPA 747 Advanced Clinical Practicum – ing skills in all clinical and academic work. In Schools (3) Students showing weakness in this area may be advised to take a remedial writing experi- Electives (2 units) ence in addition to their degree work. SPPA 680 Special Topics in Speech- The Department of Audiology, Speech- Language Pathology (1-2) Language Pathology and Deaf Studies recog- SPPA 796 Independent Study in Speech- nizes a special responsibility to the profession Language Pathology (1-3) to ensure that graduates of master’s degree SPPA 897 Thesis (6) programs demonstrate attitudes and behaviors SPPA 899 Thesis Continuum (1) consistent with the standards of the profession. Students must abide by the professional Additional Electives and ethical standards established by the SPPA 525 Aural Rehabilitation (3) department and by ASHA. All students must SPPA 748 Advanced Pediatric have a criminal background check complete Practicum (3) and on file in advance of beginning clinical SPPA 797 Directed Readings practice. In addition, students must submit SPPA 798 Advanced Clinical Practicum documentation of required immunizations. on Campus (3) 114 PROCEDURES AND POLICIES

The college of liberal arts

The College of Liberal Arts offers graduate COLLEGE OFFICE programs of varying types, emphasizing the Liberal Arts Building 2213 insights and traditions of academic disciplines, 410-704-2128 providing advanced training in areas of profes- Fax: 410-704-6392 sional emphasis and encouraging interdisci- www.towson.edu/cla plinary perspective. Programs serve both recent graduates and working professionals Certificates of Advanced Study seeking to advance in their fields or change (post-master’s) careers. Counseling Psychology These programs develop the ability of stu- School Psychology dents to analyze and interpret information and opinions, to make informed judgments about Master’s Degree Programs complex issues and to apply expertise in pro- Child Life, Administration and fessional practice. The graduate curricula Family Collaboration enable graduates to move comfortably in the Geography and Environmental Planning world of ideas and values and to appreciate Humanities the rich diversity of human culture. Small Human Resource Development classes ensure personal attention and an Jewish Communal Services emphasis on writing and the refinement of Jewish Studies professional applications. Commitment to Professional Studies graduate education is reflected not only in (See Interdisciplinary Programs section) teaching excellence, but also in the scholarly Professional Writing activity of the faculty. They are mentors to Psychology their students, who often have the opportunity • Clinical to engage in collaborative research or moni- • Counseling tored practice. Faculty members participate • Experimental annually in cooperative ventures within the • School urban community as well. Social Science Many of the departments, centers and insti- Women’s and Gender Studies tutes of the college develop creative partnerships with public and private enterprises to Post-Baccalaureate ensure that the intellectual resources of Tow- Certificate Programs son University serve the people of the Balti- Family-Professional Collaboration more metropolitan area. Jewish Communal Services* Management and Leadership Development Terry A. Cooney, Dean Women’s and Gender Studies

PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 115

C hild Life, Administration and Psychology, Sociology, Education, Death Family Collaboration and Dying, Expressive Therapies Degree: Master of Science • Admission essay Program Director: Lisa A. Martinelli Beasley • Completion of a minimum of 40 hours of 410-704-3766 volunteer work or paid work experience in [email protected] a child life department under the direct supervision of a Certified Child Life Special- The Master of Science program in Child Life, ist. Students who have obtained additional Administration and Family Collaboration pro- volunteer hours above and beyond the mini- vides advanced education for Certified Child mum requirement will be viewed more Life Specialists (CCLS) currently working in favorably in the application process. the field and for those students seeking CCLS certification. This program has a broad scope Degree Requirements of curriculum that not only engages students from the eyes of a child life specialist through For those who are not Certified Child Life applied research, but also focuses on family Specialists, 40 units in the following areas: collaboration and prepares students for management and administrative positions. Child Life Specific Course Work The program is 39-40 units. Upon comple- (13 units): tion of this program, students will have earned FMST 540 Hospitalized Child and a graduate degree that includes course work Family (3) related to Child Life, a Post-Baccalaureate Cer- FMST 545 Introduction to Art tificate in Family-Professional Collaboration as Therapy (3) well as a Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in Cli- FMST XXX Advanced Internship (4) nician-Administrator Transition. The curricu- FMST 640 Medical Aspects of Illness: A lum design of this graduate program is intended Child Life Perspective (3) for students who are interested in pursuing graduate study in Child Life at the entry level Family-Professional Collaboration as well as practicing Certified Child Life Spe- Course Work (12 units): cialists returning to school to advance their FMST 601 Applied Family clinical, research, and professional knowledge Relationships (3) and skills through a graduate degree. FMST 610 Family-Professional Collaboration (3) Admission Requirements FMST 615 Applied Research Methods in • Bachelor’s degree in Family Studies, Health Family Science (3) Science, Human Services, Human Develop- FMST 620 Project in Family-Focused ment, Psychology, Sociology or other related Program Development (3) discipline • Completion of the following classes with a Clinician-to-Administrator Transition “C” or better: Course Work (15 units): • English Composition, upper level IDHP 600 Transitions: Health Care • Human Development Across the Lifes- Professionals in a Changing pan, lower level Environment (3) • Infant and/or Child Development, one IDHP 605 Managing Health Care course Professionals (3) • Adolescent Development, one course IDHP 610 Administration of Health Care • Biological Science, one course Organizations (3) • Research Methods, one upper-level course IDHP 647/ Health Care Financial • Four upper-level courses in the following HLTH 647 Management (3) areas: 116 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

IDHP 651/ Planning and Marketing Option II: HLTH 651 Health in Business and FMST 897 Thesis in Family Studies (6) Industry (3) or FMST 898 Thesis in Family Studies (3) - For those who are Certified Child Life Special- taken twice over two terms ists, 39 units in the following areas: FMST 899 Thesis Continuation (1) - taken as many times as needed if the Child Life-Specific Course Work thesis is not finished in the first (6 units): 6 units FMST 545 Introduction to Art Therapy (3) FMST 640 Medical Aspects of Illness: A FAMILY-PROFESSIONAL Child Life Perspective (3) COLLABORATION Certificate: Post-Baccalaureate Family-Professional Collaboration Program Director: Karen Goldrich Eskow Course Work (12 units): 410-704-5851 FMST 601 Applied Family [email protected] Relationships (3) FMST 610 Family-Professional The Post-Baccalaureate Certificate program in Collaboration (3) Family-Professional Collaboration is an inter- FMST 615 Applied Research Methods in disciplinary graduate program that is designed Family Science (3) to enhance the education and subsequent prac- FMST 620 Project in Family Focused tice of professionals working in school, health Program Development (3) and community settings. A focus on family- professional relationships has evolved into an Clinician to Administrator Transition important area of competency for educators, Course Work (15 units): related school personnel, and practitioners in IDHP 600 Transitions: Health Care health care and community agencies. The Professionals in a Changing courses within the program prepare individu- Environment (3) als for the application of principles of family- IDHP 605 Managing Health Care based practice in their own professional work. Professionals (3) Individuals already employed in disciplines IDHP 610 Administration of Health Care such as psychology, sociology, education and Organizations (3) health care will advance their knowledge of IDHP 647/ Health Care Financial and research skills in family-related areas of HLTH 647 Management (3) study. The program is especially beneficial for IDHP 651/ Planning and Marketing professionals who need to enhance skills HLTH 651 Health in Business and related to implementation of public laws and Industry (3) policies that mandate active involvement of families in the development of education and Graduate Project/ Thesis Option I or II health care plans for children with special (6 units): needs. The interdisciplinary design of the program Option I: allows students to benefit from a carefully FMST 880 Graduate Project in Family designed sequence of study that uses case study Studies (3) research, needs assessment and program devel- Elective - Child Development, Education or opment to understand and enhance collabora- Health Care Management tion with families in the community. (Department approval The program’s flexibility makes it ideal to required) (3) accommodate the demands of a working pro- PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 117

fessional’s schedule. The curriculum design is • Occupational Therapy (post-professional intended to work with existing master’s degree occupational therapists) programs. The certificate may also be earned • Professional Studies as a stand-alone for those not wishing to pur- • Reading sue a master’s degree. Many graduate pro- • Secondary Education grams that offer up to 9 units of electives can • Women’s and Gender Studies integrate this graduate certificate to enhance a professional’s credentials. This program can be Programs that may be well-suited to integrate completed in one to two years. the graduate certificate in Family-Professional Collaboration with some additional course Admission Requirements work include: • A baccalaureate degree • Clinical Psychology • An undergraduate GPA minimum of 3.00 • Counseling Psychology (2.50 for conditional admission) in either • Early Childhood Education the cumulative units of the degree or the last • Health Science 60 units of the degree. An admission excep- • Nursing tion policy is in place for eligible candidates • Occupational Therapy (professional mas- with undergraduate degrees obtained at ter’s degree) least 10 years ago. • School Health Education • A résumé sent to University Admissions, • School Psychology Towson University, 8000 York Road, Tow- • Social Science son, MD 21252 • Special Education • An interview with the program director • Teaching (MAT)

Certificate Requirements (15 units) FMST 601 Applied Family GEOGRAPHY AND Relationships (3) ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING FMST 610 Family-Professional Degree: Master of Arts Collaboration (3) Program Director: Martin Roberge FMST 615 Applied Research Methods in 410-704-5011 Family Science or Other [email protected] Approved Research Methods Course (3)* The program prepares graduates for either FMST 620 Project in Family-Focused doctoral programs or a variety of geographi- Program Development (3) cally-oriented applied positions in private busi- 500-700-level Elective (3) ** ness and government agencies. The program *Other courses must be approved by the pro- develops a broad knowledge of physical and gram director. human geography as well as the ability to ana- **Course must be approved by the program lyze and synthesize spatial data and informa- director. tion from a number of fields. The Master of Arts in Geography and Envi- Programs that may be well-suited to integrate ronmental Planning has two tracks: General the graduate certificate in Family-Professional Geography and Environmental Geography Collaboration within their 9 units of electives and Planning. Each track has a thesis and non- include: thesis plan. Students in the Environmental • Applied Gerontology Geography and Planning Track must select at • Elementary Education least one-half of their electives from planning, • Human Resource Development spatial analysis or techniques courses. • Nursing (community-based) The Department of Geography and Envi- • Occupational Science ronmental Planning also offers combined 118 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

bachelor’s-master’s programs. Information on Plan A: Master of Arts with Thesis these is provided below. (minimum 36 units) • Required courses (12 units) Admission Requirements • GEOG 898 Thesis (6 units) • A bachelor’s degree with a minimum of 9 • Elective courses (18 units) credits in geography, with at least a 3.00 GPA in all geography courses, is required for Plan B: Master of Arts without Thesis full admission. Students without a back- (minimum 36 units) ground in geography may be admitted con- • Required courses (12 units) ditionally, with the requirement that they • Elective courses (24 units) take the prerequisite courses in their first • Graduate research paper. Students should year. work closely with a member of the graduate • A minimum undergraduate GPA of 3.00 is faculty on independent research and then required for full admission to the program, present the paper to the graduate faculty. If and 2.50 is required for conditional admis- the paper is judged unacceptable, the stu- sion. All GPA calculations for admission are dent may re-present the paper at a later date based upon the last 60 credits of under- set by the faculty. graduate and post-baccalaureate study.

Send the following admission materials to COMBINED BACHELOR’S- University Admissions, Towson University, 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252: MASTER’S PROGRAMS The Department of Geography and Environ- • Two letters of recommendation. These mental Planning offers combined bachelor’s should include both the Recommendation and master’s programs that allow students to Form found in the Graduate Application complete their undergraduate and graduate Packet and a narrative letter. degrees in five years. Students enrolled in these • A short essay discussing career goals and programs may follow one of three tracks: 1) how this program will help you attain them. Global Skills, 2) Environmental Geography and Planning or 3) General Geography. Degree Requirements All students enrolled in the graduate pro- • All degree candidates must meet with their gram must demonstrate proficiency in research. academic advisers to file intended programs The Global Skills track is a non-thesis track. of study. This should be done prior to, or Students enrolled in either the Environmental during, the first term of course work. The Geography and Planning or General Geogra- program can be amended in consultation phy track may choose the thesis or non-thesis with the adviser. option. All non-thesis students must complete • Successful completion of GEOG 375/516: a final research paper. Quantitative Methods in Geography, or an approved equivalent, plus at least one other approved course in computer techniques, Admission Requirements • Students may apply for this program during statistics or mathematics. This may be com- the first term of their junior year. Transfer pleted prior to admission to the program. students must have completed a minimum • All graduate students must complete the fol- of two terms as full-time students at Towson lowing core courses, preferably during the University. first year of graduate study: GEOG 601: • Students may begin the program once they Seminar on Geographical Perspectives, and have completed a minimum of 75 but no GEOG 621: Research Techniques. more than 96 credits in their undergraduate • One 600-level human geography seminar. program. • One 600-level physical or environmental • A minimum undergraduate GPA of 3.25 geography seminar. overall and in the major, at the time of appli- PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 119

cation, is required for full admission to the • Students who are ineligible to participate in program. All GPA calculations for admis- or who withdraw from the combined degree sion are based upon the last 60 units of program cannot double count any courses undergraduate study. for both bachelor’s and master’s degrees. • Students who are ineligible to participate in Combined Bachelor’s-Master’s Degree or who withdraw from the combined degree Requirements (minimum 33 units) program must complete GEOG 401 to com- • 9 units taken at the 500 and 600 levels dur- plete the undergraduate degree. ing the senior year will be counted toward fulfilling the 33 units. • Bachelor’s degrees will be awarded after all HUMANITIES the degree requirements for the bachelor’s Degree: Master of Arts are met, which should normally be at the Program Director: Marlana Portolano end of the fourth year. 410-704-3770 • GEOG 601 will fulfill the GEOG 401 [email protected] requirement for the undergraduate portion of the course if the student successfully com- The Master of Arts in Humanities provides pletes both degrees. advanced study in four disciplines of the • Elective courses to meet a minimum of 33 humanities. The program benefits both teach- units. ers and other post-baccalaureate students seeking intellectual fulfillment or professional Required Courses for Global Skills advancement. Track (9-12 units) Unlike the traditional master’s degree that GEOG 601 Seminar on Geographic specializes in just one area, the Master of Arts Perspectives (3) in Humanities program bridges four disci- GEOG 621 Research Techniques (3) plines of the liberal arts: philosophy and reli- GEOG 796 Internship in Global Skills (3-6) gious studies, literature, history and rhetoric. It (Students will present a paper seeks to establish context and connections, based on their internship to the linking significant texts with their intellectual graduate faculty for review. If and historical backgrounds from the perspec- the paper is judged tives of the disciplines of the program. Each unacceptable, the student may course in the core engages texts in English re-present the paper at a later from four epochs of Western civilization: the date set by the faculty.) Ancient, Medieval, Renaissance and Modern. Housed in the College of Liberal Arts, the Withdrawal and Ineligibility program draws on the faculty of the depart- • Students may withdraw by informing the ments of Philosophy and Religious Studies, chair and graduate program director in writ- English, History, and Foreign Languages. Its ing. structure has three related parts: (I) Core • Students who complete the bachelor’s but Texts, (II) Contexts and Connections, and (III) decide not to continue with the M.A. pro- Thesis or Anthology Options. gram will terminate their program with the fulfillment of all the requirements of the Admission Requirements bachelor’s degree. • A baccalaureate degree • Students who do not follow the approved • GPA of 3.00 (last 60 undergraduate credits) plan of graduate work may become ineligible to participate in the combined program. Send the following admission materials to If a student becomes ineligible, the Geogra- University Admissions, Towson University, phy graduate director will inform the stu- 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252: dent in writing. • A statement of intent (500 words) 120 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

• A research paper in any liberal arts discipline to the director by the seventh week of the term • Two letters of recommendation in which the student plans to graduate.

Transfer Credit With the approval of the program director, HUMAN RESOURCE students may apply 6 transfer credits with the DEVELOPMENT grade of “B” or better to the elective require- Degree: Master of Science ments of the program only. Professional Track Program Director: Alan Clardy Degree Requirements 410-704-3069 The Master of Arts in Humanities requires [email protected] completion of a 36-unit program of study: 18 units of core curriculum, 12 units of elective The Master of Science in Human Resource study and 6 units of thesis or course options. Development (HRD) is a broad-based pro- Students must have the approval of the program designed to provide students with spe- gram director before registering for any course cific knowledge and practical skills within a to count for the humanities degree. variety of human resource fields. The curriculum is designed to meet the needs of individu- Required (18 units) als with varied academic backgrounds and Students must complete six 3-unit courses professional experience. The program empha- from the following core areas: the Humanities sizes the application of theory and research to and Philosophical Inquiry HUMA 616-630 (at practical human resource issues within busi- least one course); the Humanities and Histori- ness, government, nonprofit organizations and cal Inquiry HUMA 631-645 (at least one education. course); the Humanities and Comparative The Professional Track in HRD is designed Literary Inquiry HUMA 601-615 (at least one for individuals seeking to enter the human course); and the Humanities and the Rhetori- resource field, mid-career professionals seeking cal Tradition HUMA/PRWR 611. opportunities for professional development and career advancement, working adults seeking a Electives (12 units) career change and recent undergraduates who Students may take courses from approved wish to pursue graduate study. Applicants do not offerings in the four participating departments need prior work experience in human resources (English, History, Foreign Languages, Philoso- to be eligible for conditional admission. phy and Religious Studies) and, with permission of the program director, from two Admission Requirements approved courses in theatre, music or art his- • No specific undergraduate major is required. tory in the College of Fine Arts and Commu- • The minimum GPA required for admission nication. is 3.00. Students who have a minimum GPA of 2.80 may be considered for conditional Thesis or Anthology Options (6 units) admission. Students will select one of the following options: Send the following admission materials to • Thesis and defense University Admissions, Towson University, or 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252: • Two approved courses from the home • Two letters of recommendation are required departments and presentation of a bound from individuals who can attest to the appli- anthology of an introductory chapter and cant’s academic background, professional revised major seminar papers after consulta- experience and/or personal qualities. tion with a mentor. • A three- to four-page essay (double-spaced) The thesis or anthology must be submitted that includes: 1) your reason for pursing the PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 121

degree and desired emphasis of study; 2) HRD 644 Group Dynamics and Team your past work and/or volunteer experi- Building (3) ences; 3) yourself as a learner, including HRD 646 Advanced Topics in what learning activities you undertake out- Organization Development: side of or since your undergraduate study; 4) Conflict Management and your expectations for graduate study; and 5) Resolution (3) your projected career goals. The essay must HRD 650 Wellness in the Workplace (3) be an original sample of the applicant’s writ- HRD 655 Talent Management and ing proficiency. Human Capital Development (3) Degree Requirements HRD 679 Special Topics in Human Students must complete a minimum of 36 Resource Development (3) units as prescribed by the curriculum and HRD 695 Independent Study (3) approved by an adviser. In addition, students HRD 696 Internship in Human Resource must provide evidence of completing a mini- Development (3) mum required level of professional-level work HRD 697 Practicum in HRD (3) experience in the HR field; this requirement ISTC 541 Foundations of Instructional can be met by providing a portfolio of one’s Technology (3) work in a suitable HR position, or by complet- ISTC 605 Web-Based Instruction (3) ing either an Internship or Practicum course. ISTC 655 Multimedia Design (3) ISTC 667 Instructional Development (3) Required Courses (18 units) PSYC 606 Career Development (3) Students must successfully complete these six PSYC 897 Thesis (3-6) courses: HRD 601 Introduction to Human Note: Students may earn no more than 6 units Resources (3) in total from HRD 695, HRD 696 and/or HRD 605 Applied Research in Human HRD 697. Resource Development (3) HRD 606 Organizational Behavior (3) Students can complete the 36-unit requirement HRD 607 Managing Organizational of the program by selecting from courses pro- Change (3) vided in other programs and departments. HRD 627 Training and Development (3) Prior written approval from the director of the HRD 699 Capstone in HRD (3) Professional Track program is required.

Electives (12-18 units) Students must take a minimum of 12 units (4 Jewish Communal Service courses), up to a maximum of 18 units (6 Degree: Master of Arts courses) from the following: Program Director: Hana Bor HRD 629 Staffing, Recruiting and 410-704-5026 Selection (3) [email protected] HRD 630 Compensation and Benefits Management (3) The Master of Arts in Jewish Communal Ser- HRD 635 Managing Employee vice is a program that prepares students for Relations (3) careers as professional leaders for the Jewish HRD 639 Human Resource Information community. Graduates enter careers in a vari- Systems (3) ety of settings in nonprofit organizations. The HRD 640 Leadership Theory and program utilizes a multi-dimensional curricu- Practice (3) lum that combines courses in leadership and HRD 643 Business Management communal service with Judaic studies and Fundamentals for the HRD practical field experience. Core components Professional (3) include five graduate Jewish studies courses, 122 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

six professional courses, supervised internship order to obtain a visa to attend school in the and practicum seminar. All students are U.S. This information is not required for required to complete internships in the Balti- admissions consideration more/Washington metropolitan area. Graduates of the program typically work in Degree Requirements a service-based agency within the Jewish com- The M.A. in Jewish Communal Service munity. Many alumni hold positions locally requires successful completion of 38 units with and nationally with Jewish federations, Hillel, an average GPA of 3.00 or higher. Core Jewish community centers, Jewish Family and Courses: 15 units; Professional Courses: 18 Children’s Services, Jewish hospitals, Jewish units; Jewish Communal Service Seminar: 2 Volunteer Connections, and various Jewish units; Internship: 3 units; Culminating Project; camps, social service agencies and synagogues. and Hebrew requirement.

Admission Requirements Jewish Studies Courses (15 units) • Bachelor’s degree from an accredited college All students are required to complete at least or university. one course in each of the following areas. • Minimum of a “B” average: overall GPA of 3.00/4.00. Biblical and Ancient Near Eastern • Official transcript from all post-secondary Civilization institutions. JDST 600 Biblical Literature and • Statement of Intent: a one-page essay Civilization describing your academic and professional goals and how this degree program can help Rabbinic Literature you achieve these goals. JDST 585 Jewish Law and Ethics • Sample of Work: a written sample of an JDST 680 Rabbinic History and academic research paper, thesis chapter, les- Literature son plans or another type of field-related writing sample, no more than 20 pages. History • Two letters of recommendation, at least one JDST 630 The Jews in the Middle Ages from an academic source. (Hard copies or JDST 631 The Jews in the Modern World online recommendations accepted. Hard copies must attach Personal Assessment Jewish Thought and Mysticism Form.) JDST 666 Introduction to Jewish Thought • Interview with the director, in person or by and Mysticism phone. • Current resume. Jewish Studies Elective • Applicants from other countries are subject Examples of courses that fulfill this require- to the same requirements for admission as ment include: applicants from the U.S. Applicants from JDST 610 Diaspora Jewish Communities countries where English is not the language JDST 611 American Judaism of university-level instruction will be JDST 663 Contemporary Jewish Ethics: required to submit the results of the Test of Reshaping the Jewish Identity English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). in Our Generation JCS prefers a minimum score of 223 (com- JDST 671 The History and Dynamics of puter-based) and 84-85 (internet-based). For the Arab-Israeli Conflict information about testing center locations, ILPD 650 Exploration of Holocaust visit the TOEFL website. Education • Applicants from other countries will be required to demonstrate proof of funding in PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 123

P rofessional Courses (18 units) Supervised Jewish Communal Service Internship (3 units) Required Courses (12 units) JCS 618 Internship in Jewish Communal All students are required to complete one of Service the following courses: Students complete a required field placement JDST 611 American Judaism of a minimum of 600 hours. JDST 615 Understanding the American Jewish Community Other Requirement for Graduation All students are required to submit a master Students select three of the following: project or professional portfolio in order to JCS 610 Principles of Jewish Communal graduate. Service JCS 611 Management of Human Hebrew Requirement Services: Leadership and Knowledge of Hebrew is the foundation of Supervision Judaic learning. All entering students must take JCS 612 Strategic Management of the Hebrew placement examination. In order Jewish Organizations: Material to receive the degree, students must demon- Resources strate proficiency in Hebrew equivalent to the JCS 613 Leadership of Jewish level of two years of college Hebrew (through Communal Institutions: Biblical or Modern Hebrew IV). Beginning Principles of Change and with their first term of matriculation, students Organizational Behavior must study Hebrew every term until this proficiency is attained. Students taking Hebrew Elective Coursework (6 units) coursework must attain a grade of “B” or bet- Students must select an additional 6 units of ter each term in order to be considered profi- didactic coursework in Contemporary Jewish cient. Courses through Biblical Hebrew IV or Studies or other courses that are relevant to Modern Hebrew IV do not count toward the their professional career, in consultation with 38 units required for the degree. their adviser. Courses in Contemporary Jewish HEBR 101 Modern Hebrew I Studies are listed under the Master’s in Jewish HEBR 102 Modern Hebrew II Studies. Other potential courses include: HEBR 201 Modern Hebrew III ILPD 650 Exploration Holocaust HEBR 202 Modern Hebrew IV Education JDST 544 Biblical Hebrew I ILPD 655 Exploration of the History, JDST 545 Biblical Hebrew II Politics and Culture of Israel JDST 546 Biblical Hebrew III JDST 531 Anti-Semitism and the Shoah JDST 547 Biblical Hebrew IV JDST 639 Black-Jewish Relations: Cooperation and Conflict JDST 663 Contemporary Jewish Ethics: Reshaping Jewish Identity in JEWISH COMMUNAL SERVICE Certificate: Post-Baccalaureate our Generation Program Director: Hana Bor 410-704-5026 Practicum Seminar (2 units) [email protected] JCS 614 Jewish Communal Service Practicum Seminar: (year-long, The Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in Jew- 1 unit) ish Communal Service is a 20-unit graduate program that prepares professional leaders for careers in the Jewish community. Students train for positions in a variety of settings, 124 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

including Jewish Federations, Jewish Family Certificate Requirements (20 units) Services, Jewish Community Centers, Jewish camps, Hillel, Jewish organizational life and Jewish Studies Courses (9 units) synagogues. Core components include three All students are required to complete one of graduate Jewish studies courses, three profes- the following courses (3 units) sional courses, a practicum seminar and a final • JDST 600 – Biblical Literature and Civiliza- project. All courses are selected with the tion approval of the Program Director. • JDST 585 – Jewish Law and Ethics • JDST 680 – Rabbinic History and Literature Admission Requirements • JDST 630 – The Jews in the Middle Ages • Bachelor’s degree from an accredited college • JDST 631 – The Jews in the Modern World or university • JDST 666 – Introduction to Jewish Thought • Official transcript from all post-secondary and Mysticism institutions All Students are required to complete one • Minimum of a B average: overall GPA of course in Contemporary Jewish Studies (3 3.0/4.0 units) • Statement of Intent: a one-page essay describing your academic and professional Examples of courses include: goals and how this degree program can help • JDST 610 – Diaspora Jewish Communities you achieve these goals. • JDST 611 – American Judaism • Sample of Work: a written sample of an • JDST 663 – Contemporary Jewish Ethics: academic research paper, thesis chapter, les- Reshaping the Jewish Identity in Our Gen- son plans or another type of field-related eration writing sample, no more than 20 pages. • JDST 671 – The History and Dynamics of • Two letters of recommendation, at least one the Arab-Israeli Conflict from an academic source (Hard copies or All Students are required to complete one online recommendations are accepted – Jewish Studies Elective (3 units) hard copies must attach personal assessment form.) Professional Courses (9 units) • Applicants must be available for an inter- All students are required to complete the view with the director, in person or by following course (3 units) phone. • JDST 615 – Understanding the American • Current Resume Jewish Community or equivalent course • Applicants from other countries are subject Students select at least one of the following (3 to the same requirements for admission as or 6 units) are applicants from the U.S. Applicants • JCS 610 – Principles of Jewish Communal from countries where English is not the lan- Service guage of university-level instruction will be • JCS 611 – Management of Human Services: required to submit the results of the Test of Leadership and Supervision English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). • JCS 612 – Strategic Management of Jewish JCS prefers a minimum score of 223 (com- Organizations: Material Resources puter-based) and 84-85 (internet-based). For • JCS 613 – Leadership of Jewish Communal information about testing center locations, Institutions: Principles of Change and Orga- please visit the TOEFL website. nizational Behavior • Applicants from other countries will be Students can choose one course of a Jewish required to demonstrate proof of funding in Communal Service Elective (3 units) order to obtain a visa to attend school in the US. This information is not required for Examples of courses include: admissions consideration • JDST 531 – Anti-Semitism and the Shoah PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 125

• JDST 639 – Black-Jewish Relations: Coop- • Current resume. eration and Conflict • Applicants from other countries are subject • JDST 587/387 – The Object is the Object: A to the same requirements for admission as Study of Jewish Ceremonial Objects applicants from the U.S. Applicants from • JDST 663/363 – Contemporary Jewish Eth- countries where English is not the language ics: Reshaping Jewish Identity in our Gen- of university-level instruction will be eration required to submit the results of the Test of Students are required to attend JCS 614 English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). Practicum Seminar (1 unit) and submit a final JDST prefers a minimum score of 223 project (1 unit) (computer-based) and 84-85 (internet- based). For information about testing center locations, visit the TOEFL website at www. Jewish Studies (M.A.) ets.org/toefl. The JDST-MA is a liberal arts program that • Applicants from other countries will be offers students immersion in Jewish classics required to demonstrate proof of funding in and humanities as well as comprehension of order to obtain a visa to attend school in the the scope of the Jewish experience. Graduates U.S. This information is not required for of this program typically go on for a Ph.D. or admissions consideration. seek employment requiring a depth of Judaic • Applicants may be required to take the knowledge. The program consists of a six- Graduate Record Examination (GRE) or course core sequence and a major in one of Miller Analogies Test (MAT). five fields: Biblical and Ancient Near Eastern Civilization, Rabbinic Literature, Jewish Degree Requirements Thought and Mysticism, Jewish History or The M.A. in Jewish Studies requires successful Contemporary Jewish Studies. completion of 38 units with an average GPA of 3.00 or higher. Core Courses: 18 units; Con- Admission Requirements centration Courses: 12 units; Jewish Studies • Bachelor’s degree from an accredited college Seminar: minimum 2 units; Culminating Expe- or university rience (either Master’s Thesis or Comprehen- • Minimum of a “B” average: overall GPA of sive exams): 6 units. 3.00/4.00 Jewish Studies Core Courses – Send the following admission materials to 18 units University Admissions, Towson University, Biblical and Ancient Near Eastern 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252: Civilization • Official transcript from all post-secondary JDST 600 Biblical Literature and institutions. Civilization • Statement of Intent: a one-page essay describing your academic and professional Rabbinic Literature goals and how this degree program can help JDST 680 Rabbinic History and you achieve these goals. Literature • Writing sample: an academic research paper, thesis chapter or a published writing sample, History no more than 20 pages JDST 630 The Jews in the Middle Ages • Three letters of recommendation, at least JDST 631 The Jews in the Modern World one from an academic source. (Hard copies or online recommendations are accepted. Jewish Thought and Mysticism Hard copies must attach Personal Assess- JDST 666 Introduction to Jewish Thought ment Form.) and Mysticism • Interview with the director, in person or by phone. 126 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

Contemporary Jewish Studies level of two years of college Hebrew (through Examples of courses that fulfill this require- Biblical or Modern Hebrew IV). Beginning with ment include: their first term of matriculation, students must JDST 610 Diaspora Jewish Communities study Hebrew every term until this proficiency JDST 611 American Judaism is attained. Students taking Hebrew course- JDST 663 Contemporary Jewish Ethics: work at TU must attain a grade of “B” or better Reshaping the Jewish Identity each term in order to be considered proficient. in Our Generation Courses through Biblical Hebrew IV or Mod- ern Hebrew IV do not count toward the 38 Hebrew Language and Literature units required for the degree. Example of course that fulfills this require- HEBR 101 Modern Hebrew I ment: HEBR 102 Modern Hebrew II JDST 641 Classical Hebrew Language HEBR 201 Modern Hebrew III and Literature: Second Samuel HEBR 202 Modern Hebrew IV JDST 544 Biblical Hebrew I Major Field of Study – 12 units JDST 545 Biblical Hebrew II Students must select a major area of concen- JDST 546 Biblical Hebrew III tration and take four courses in this particular JDST 547 Biblical Hebrew IV area. Fields of study include: Biblical and Ancient Near Eastern Civilization; Rabbinic Literature and History; Jewish Thought and master of arts in Jewish Mysticism; Jewish History; or Contemporary EDUCATION AND JEWISH Jewish Studies. COMMUNAL SERVICE (dUAL DEGREE) Degree Completion – 6 units Degree: Master of Art Students elect to complete the degree in one of Program Director: Hana Bor the following ways: 410-704-5026 • Take additional Jewish studies electives [email protected] (6 units) and sit for a Comprehensive Exam in their major field of study This dual degree program in Jewish Education OR and Communal Service is a 56-unit program • Write a thesis in their major field of study that prepares professional leaders and educa- (6 units) tors to lead the Jewish community of the 21st JDST 897 (6 units–one term) century. At the same time, students are JDST 898 (3 units–two consecutive terms) immersed in academic studies, develop a com- JDST 899 (1 unit–thesis continuum) prehension of the scope of the Jewish experience, and prepare to become effective Jewish Jewish Studies Practicum Seminar – educators and communal workers. 2-unit minimum Required every term until student graduates: Jewish Studies Courses (15 units) JDST 719 All students are required to complete at least one course in each of the following areas. Hebrew Requirement Knowledge of Hebrew is the foundation of Biblical and Ancient Near Eastern Judaic learning. All entering students must take Civilization the Hebrew placement examination. In order to JDST 600 Biblical Literature and receive the degree, students must demonstrate Civilization proficiency in the Hebrew equivalent to the PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 127

Rabbinic Literature EDUC 613 Moral Questions in the JDST 585 Jewish Law and Ethics Classroom JDST 680 Rabbinic History and Literature Jewish Education Tracks (Choose one track) History JDST 630 The Jews in the Middle Ages Teaching Track (9 units) JDST 631 The Jews in the Modern World Methods Courses (6 units) Jewish Thought and Mysticism Select two from the following: JDST 666 Introduction to Jewish Thought EDUC 621 Models and Methods of and Mysticism Teaching Jewish Holidays EDUC 647 Teaching Classical Jewish Texts Jewish Studies Elective EDUC 648 Teaching Classical Jewish Examples of courses that fulfill this require- Texts: A Developmental ment include: Approach JDST 610 Diaspora Jewish Communities EDUC 649 Teaching Classical Jewish JDST 611 American Judaism Texts: A Literary Approach JDST 663 Contemporary Jewish Ethics: ILPD 650 Exploration of Holocaust Reshaping the Jewish Identity Education in Our Generation ILPD 655 Exploration of the History, JDST 671 The History and Dynamics of Politics and Culture of Israel the Arab-Israeli Conflict ILPD 650 Exploring Holocaust Education Supervised Teaching Internship (3 units) Jewish Education Courses (18 units) EDUC 797 Teaching Internship All students are required to complete the following: Administration Track (9 units)

Core Courses (6 units) Administration Courses (6 units) Select two of the following: Select two from the following: EDUC 600 Foundations of Jewish ILPD 605 Management of Human Education Services: Leadership and EDUC 606 From Vision to Practice in Supervision Jewish Education ILPD 606 Strategic Management of EDUC 764 Qualitative Research in Jewish Jewish Organizations Education ILPD 613 Theoretical and Practical ILPD 604 Curriculum Planning and Dimensions of Educational Decision Making for the Administration Jewish School ILPD 739 Leadership Theory and Practice

Methods Course (3 units) Supervised Administrative Internship Select one of the following: (3 units) ILPD 650 Exploration of Holocaust ILPD 797 Internship in Educational Education Leadership ILPD 655 Exploration of the History, Politics and Culture of Israel 128 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

Jewish Communal Service Courses Supervised Jewish Communal Service (21 units) Internship (3 units) JCS 618 Internship in Jewish Communal Required Courses (12 units) Service All students are required to complete one of Students complete a required field placement the following courses: of a minimum of 600 hours. JDST 611 American Judaism JDST 615 Understanding the American Dual Degree Practicum Seminars Jewish Community (2 units) JCS 614 Jewish Communal Service Students select three of the following: Practicum Seminar (year-long, JCS 610 Principles of Jewish Communal 1-unit) Service EDUC 794 Practicum Seminar (year-long, JCS 611 Management of Human 1-unit) Services: Leadership and Supervision Exit Requirement for Graduation JCS 612 Strategic Management of Students in the dual degree program will com- Jewish Organizations: Material plete a master’s project or portfolio which they Resources will submit to the program director. JCS 613 Leadership of Jewish Communal Institutions: Hebrew Requirement Principles of Change and Knowledge of Hebrew is the foundation of Organizational Behavior Judaic learning. All entering students must take the Hebrew placement examination. In Elective Coursework (6 units) order to receive the degree, students must dem- Students must select an additional 6 units of onstrate proficiency in the Hebrew equivalent didactic coursework in Contemporary Jewish to the level of two years of college Hebrew Studies or other courses that are relevant to (through Biblical or Modern Hebrew IV). their professional career, in consultation with Beginning with their first term of matricula- their adviser. Courses in Contemporary Jewish tion, students must study Hebrew every term Studies are listed under the Master’s in Jewish until this proficiency is attained. Students tak- Studies. Other potential courses include: ing Hebrew course work must attain a grade JDST 531 Anti-Semitism and the Shoah of “B” or better each term in order to be con- JDST 587 The Object is the Object: A sidered proficient. Courses through Biblical Study of Jewish Ceremonial Hebrew IV or Modern Hebrew IV do not Objects count toward the 56 units required for the JDST 634 The Enlightenment and degree. For course selections, see the JDST European Jewry program information. JDST 639 Black-Jewish Relations: Cooperation and Conflict ILPD 650 Exploration Holocaust MASTER OF ARTS IN JEWISH Education EDUCATION AND JEWISH STUDIES ILPD 655 Exploration of the History, (Dual Degree) Politics and Culture of Israel Degree: Master’s of Art JDST 663 Contemporary Jewish Ethics: Program Director: Hana Bor Reshaping Jewish Identity in 410-704-5026 our Generation [email protected] PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 129

This dual degree program in Jewish Education Hebrew Language and Literature and Jewish Studies is a 59-unit program that Example of course that fulfills this require- prepares professional leaders and educators to ment: lead the Jewish community of the 21st century. JDST 641 Classical Hebrew Language At the same time, students are immersed in and Literature: Second Samuel Jewish classics and humanities, develop a comprehension of the scope of the Jewish experi- Major Field of Study – 12 units ence, and prepare to become effective and Students must select a major area of concen- knowledgeable Jewish educators. tration and take four courses in this particular area. Fields of study include: Biblical and Jewish Studies Core Courses Ancient Near Eastern Civilization; Rabbinic (18 units) Literature and History; Jewish Thought and All students are required to complete at least Mysticism; Jewish History; or Contemporary one course in each of the following areas. Jewish Studies.

Biblical and Ancient Near Eastern Degree Completion (6 units) Civilization Students elect to complete the degree in one of JDST 600 Biblical Literature and the following ways: Civilization Take additional Jewish studies electives (6 units) and sit for a Rabbinic Literature comprehensive exam in the JDST 585 Jewish Law and Ethics major field of study JDST 680 Rabbinic History and OR Literature Write a thesis in their major field of study (6 units) History JDST 630 The Jews in the Middle Ages Jewish Education Courses (21 units) JDST 631 The Jews in the Modern World All students are required to complete the following: Jewish Thought and Mysticism JDST 666 Introduction to Jewish Thought Core Courses (6 units) and Mysticism Select two of the following: EDUC 600 Foundations of Jewish Contemporary Jewish Studies Education Examples of courses that fulfill this require- EDUC 606 From Vision to Practice in ment include: Jewish Education JDST 610 Diaspora Jewish Communities EDUC 764 Qualitative Research in Jewish JDST 611 American Judaism Education JDST 663 Contemporary Jewish Ethics: ILPD 604 Curriculum Planning and Reshaping the Jewish Identity Decision Making for the Jewish in Our Generation School JDST 671 The History and Dynamics of the Arab-Israeli Conflict Methods Course (3 units) Select one of the following: Jewish Studies Major Field of Study ILPD 650 Exploration of Holocaust (12 units) Education All students must complete and additional ILPD 655 Exploration of the History, four courses in one of the major areas of Politics and Culture of Israel concentration. 130 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

Jewish Education Tracks Dual Degree Practicum Seminars (Choose one track) (2 units) JDST 719 Jewish Studies Practicum Teaching Track (12 units) Seminar (year-long, 1 unit) EDUC 794 Practicum Seminar (year-long, Methods Courses (9 units) 1 unit) Select three from the following: EDUC 613 Moral questions in the Exit Requirement for Graduation classroom Students in the dual degree program will com- EDUC 621 Models and Methods of plete a master’s project or portfolio which they Teaching Jewish Holidays will submit to the program director. EDUC 647 Teaching Classical Jewish Texts EDUC 648 Teaching Classical Jewish Hebrew Requirement Texts: A Developmental Knowledge of Hebrew is the foundation of Approach Judaic learning. All entering students must EDUC 649 Teaching Classical Jewish take the Hebrew placement examination. In Texts: A Literary Approach order to receive the degree, students must dem- ILPD 650 Exploration of Holocaust onstrate proficiency in Hebrew equivalent to Education the level of two years of college Hebrew ILPD 655 Exploration of the History, (through Biblical or Modern Hebrew IV). Politics and Culture of Israel Beginning with their first term of matriculation, students must study Hebrew every term Supervised Teaching Internship until this proficiency is attained. Students tak- (3 units) ing Hebrew course work must attain a grade EDUC 797 Teaching Internship of “B” or better each term in order to be considered proficient. Courses through Biblical Administration Track (12 units) Hebrew IV or Modern Hebrew IV do not count toward the 59 units required for the Administration Courses (9 units) degree. For course selections, see the JDST Select three from the following: program information. ILPD 605 Management of Human Services: Leadership and Supervision Master of Social Work and Jewish ILPD 606 Strategic Management of Communal Service (Master of Arts Jewish Organizations or Post-Baccalaureate Certificate) ILPD 613 Theoretical and Practical Program Director: Hana Bor Dimensions of Educational 410-704-5026 Administration [email protected] ILPD 739 Leadership Theory and Practice The dual-degree program offered by Tow- son University and the University of Maryland Supervised Administrative Internship in Social Work and Jewish Communal Service (3 units) prepares students for careers in the Jewish ILPD 797 Internship in Educational community in areas such as federations (plan- Leadership ning, campaign, and resource development); community relations councils (Jewish advo- PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 131

cacy and community organizations); Jewish provides experience in writing for a wide range community center work (group work, proof occupations. Writing in the Professions gramming, youth work, and administration); offers tracks in biomedical writing, teaching and Jewish family services (clinical social writing, journalistic writing, scientific writing work). and creative writing. The dual degree emphasizes the need to be both skilled in social work and knowledgeable Admission Requirements about Judaism and the Jewish community. • A 3.00 is required for full admission and Students may complete the program in two 2.50 for conditional admission. All GPA years with summer classes or a minimester; calculations for admission are based upon however a three-year program is offered and the last 60 units of undergraduate and post- recommended. Dual-degree students concur- baccalaureate study. rently obtain their degrees from Towson Uni- • Based upon the applicant’s undergraduate versity and the University of Maryland. transcript and the writing sample, the Students in this dual-degree program need to department reserves the right to require two apply and be admitted into each program specified preparatory undergraduate writing independently. courses, passed with the grade of “B” or The School of Social Work accepts 6 credits higher in each course, for admission. to be transferred from Towson University, to apply to the Advanced Curriculum require- Send the following admission materials to ments (usually the Advanced Policy course and University Admissions, Towson University, 3 credits of electives). Towson University will 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252: accept 6 credits to be transferred from The • Two letters of recommendation, preferably School of Social Work. letters that speak to writing experience and For admission and degree requirements capability. Use the Recommendation Form please see Master of Arts in Jewish Communal found in the Graduate application packet. Service or Post-Baccalaureate Certificate in • Writing sample on a designated topic. Infor- Jewish Communal Service. mation on the writing sample and topic should be obtained from the Department of English. PROFESSIONAL WRITING Degree: Master of Science NOTE: Upon admission to the program, the Program Director: Geoffrey Becker student must meet with the assigned adviser to 410-704-5196 plan a program of study. [email protected] Degree Requirements The program provides advanced study in the theory of writing, writing techniques and style, Required Courses (18 units) principles/techniques of editing, and the func- PRWR 611 Rhetoric: The Pursuit of tions of written communication within the Eloquence (3)* professional/occupational setting. The pro- PRWR 612 Rhetorical Grammar (3) gram centers on 1) developing the communica- PRWR 613 Theory of Exposition (3) tion skills of people seeking to enter or to PRWR 615 History and Development of advance in occupations requiring extensive Prose Style (3) written analysis and reporting of data, and 2) PRWR 617 Editing (3) improving written communication and its PRWR 797 Internship in Professional management in professional organizations. Writing (3) The program features two areas of specializa- *Biomedical or technical writing students may tion. Writing for the Public and Private Sectors substitute PRWR 627 Modern Rhetoric (3). 132 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

P ortfolio Non-Thesis Option Satisfactory completion of a written master’s Students select 18 units of electives from the degree portfolio. The portfolio must be sub- courses listed above. Other PRWR courses mitted between completion of 12 to 18 units may be counted as electives subject to adviser’s of degree work, and may be resubmitted once. approval. A second failure results in dismissal from the program. Writing in the Professions

Electives (18 units) Thesis Option In addition to the required core, each student PRWR 897 Thesis (6) completes an 18-unit elective program from and 12 units selected from courses in the spe- Writing for the Public and Private Sectors or cialization. Writing in the Professions. Each area has a thesis and non-thesis option. Non-Thesis Option Students take 9 or 12 units, depending on the Writing for the Public and Private track, and 6 to 9 elective units, chosen in con- Sectors sultation with an adviser.

Thesis Option Tracks PRWR 897 Thesis (6) and 12 units of electives from the following Biomedical Writing courses: Students are to take each of the following PRWR 619 Communication in the Profit/ courses: Nonprofit Sectors (3) PRWR 623 Technical and Scientific PRWR 621 Business Writing (3) Writing (3) PRWR 623 Technical and Scientific PRWR 6xx Introduction to Biomedical Writing (3) Writing (3) PRWR 625 Design, Layout and PRWR 6xx Biomedical Writing for General Production (3) Audiences (3) PRWR 627 Modern Rhetoric (3) PRWR 6xx Ethical Issues in Biomedical PRWR 641 Theory of Creativity (3) Writing (3) PRWR 647 Writing Poetry The remaining 6 units of electives should be PRWR 651 Writing Short Fiction chosen from PRWR offerings in consultation PRWR 653 Writing the Novel with an adviser. PRWR 660 Semiotics for the Professional Writer (3) Technical Writing and PRWR 670 Topics in Writing (3) Information Design PRWR 705 Writing Creative Nonfiction (3) PRWR Core: Students choosing this track may PRWR 713 Freelance Writing (3) substitute PRWR 627 Modern Rhetoric (3) for PRWR 729 Corporate Communications PRWR 611 Rhetoric: The Pursuit of Elo- Consulting (3) quence (3). PRWR 730 Writing Reviews (3) In addition to PRWR core, students take the PRWR 731 Science and its Public following four required courses: Audience (3) PRWR 623 Technical and Scientific PRWR 795 Independent Study in Writing (3) Writing (3) PRWR 628 Designing Content for the Web (3) PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 133

PRWR 637 Creating Online Help (3) EDUC 761 Introduction to Research in PRWR 655 Applied Research for Education (3) Information Design (3) Teaching College Writing Students electing the thesis option then take Choose 9-12 units from the courses listed PRWR 897 Thesis (6). Students electing the below. The remaining elective units should be non-thesis option choose two electives from chosen in consultation with an adviser from among the PRWR course offerings, in consul- the PRWR course offerings. tation with an adviser, or selected from the list below: Required Courses AIT 600 Information Technology PRWR 621 Business Writing (3) Infrastructure (3) or AIT 610 System Development PRWR 623 Technical and Scientific Process (3) Writing (3) AIT 628 IT and Business Strategy (3) PRWR 633 Teaching College AIT 630 IT Project Management (3) Composition (3) ART 610 Elements of WWW Design (3) PRWR 797 Internship in College ART 641 Multimedia Concepts (3) Teaching (3)* ISTC 541 Foundations of Instructional *Or the equivalent. Students who have experi- Technology (3) ence teaching at the college level or who have ISTC 663 Applied Psychology of other comparable experience may apply to the Learning (3) MPW director for a waiver of this requirement. ISTC 667 Instructional Design and Students who wish for additional experience in Development (3) the classroom may elect to take a tutoring/ observation/teaching practicum before enroll- Teaching Writing ing in Internship in College Teaching. Choose 9-12 units from the courses listed below. The remaining elective units can include Electives any PRWR course, or certain EDUC courses PRWR 627 Modern Rhetoric (3) (below). PRWR 641 Theory of Creativity (3) PRWR 660 Semiotics for the Professional Required Courses Writer (3) (consult with Teaching Writing adviser) PRWR 6xx Language and Ideology (3) SCED 603 Teaching Writing Across the PRWR 6xx Poetics (3) Curriculum (3) PRWR 705 Writing Creative Nonfiction (3) or Other PRWR courses may be counted as elec- SCED 605 Theory, Research and Practice tives, subject to adviser’s approval. in Teaching Composition (6) (by invitation only) Journalistic Writing or Choose 9-12 units from the following: SCED 558 Writing as a Learning Tool in MCOM 507 Writing for New Media (3) the Secondary School (3) MCOM 502 Literary Journalism (3) MCOM 603 Criticism in Mass Media (3) Electives MCOM 621 Mass Media Law and EDUC 661 Responding to and Evaluating Regulations (3) Writing (3) MCOM 651 Media and Politics (3) EDUC 665 Practicum in Writing MCOM 670 Special Topics in Mass Instruction (3) -673 Communication (3) EDUC 667 Writing as Thinking (3) EDUC 785 Research in the Teaching of The remaining 6-9 elective units are chosen Writing (3) from any of the PRWR courses. 134 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

Scientific Writing described below in detail with reference to PRWR 623 Technical and Scientific objectives and requirements. All listed prereq- Writing (3) uisite courses are undergraduate courses. and 6 units from: Please note that only one degree can be PRWR 660 Semiotics for the Professional awarded; students who complete more than Writer (3) one concentration will not receive two differ- PRWR 670 Topics in Writing (3) ent degrees. (when applicable) The faculty in the Department of Psychol- PRWR 729 Corporate Communications ogy recognizes a special responsibility to the Consulting (3) profession of psychology to ensure that all PRWR 731 Science and its Public graduates of the program demonstrate atti- Audience (3) tudes and behavior consistent with the stan- PRWR 795 Independent Study in dards of the profession. The faculty of the Writing (3) specialization involved may recommend to the 9 elective units from the following program director remedial or disciplinary departments: biology, action for such behavior as dishonesty, unethi- chemistry, computer science, cal conduct or other behaviors construed by mathematics, physics or the faculty as counterproductive to the field of psychology. psychology. Students have the right to appeal The scientific writing track does not offer a any action according to the procedures out- thesis option. lined in this catalog. Students who complete one of the Master Creative Writing of Arts in Psychology concentrations are pre- Choose 9-12 units from the courses listed pared to enter a variety of professions as well below, and 16-18 elective units of other PRWR as pursue post-master’s and doctoral studies. courses. PRWR 641 Theory of Creativity (3) PRWR 647 Writing Poetry (3) CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY PRWR 651 Writing Short Fiction (3) Program Director: Elizabeth C. Katz PRWR 653 Writing the Novel (3) 410-704-3072 PRWR 670 Topics in Writing (3) (when [email protected] applicable) PRWR 705 Writing Creative Nonfiction (3) The clinical psychology concentration of the PRWR 795 Independent Study in Master of Arts in Psychology is ideally suited Writing (3) to meet the needs of individuals who want to PRWR 897 Thesis (6) provide clinical services that are informed by science, want to work as masters-level psycho- metricians or behavioral specialists, want to PSYCHOLOGY work as research or clinical staff on applied research studies, or are considering pursuing Degree: Master of Arts doctoral training in clinical psychology. Vice Chair, Graduate Programs in The program curriculum provides compre- Psychology: Susan Bartels hensive and hands-on training in assessment, 410-704-3070 diagnosis, state-of-the-art and empirically-sup- [email protected] ported treatment, as well as research methods and statistics. Courses in psychotherapy and The Master of Arts in Psychology has four behavior change prepare students to do intake concentrations: Clinical Psychology, Counsel- interviews and case conceptualizations and to ing Psychology, Experimental Psychology, and provide evidence-based individual therapy. School Psychology. Each concentration is Advanced seminars in legal, ethical and profes- PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 135

sional issues in psychology, personality and Send the following admission materials to intellectual assessment are offered regularly University Admissions, Towson University, and prepare students for the required nine- 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252: month field placement. • Two letters of recommendation. Use the Opportunities are available for students to Recommendation Form found in the Gradu- work on research projects under the direct ate Application Packet. supervision of a faculty member. In addition to • A personal statement, not to exceed four completing a research thesis, students may also double-spaced pages, addressing the appli- have the opportunity, depending on the faculty cant’s reasons for pursuing a master’s degree member, to assist in developing research con- in Clinical Psychology, their area of clinical ference presentations and manuscripts for and/or research interest and their profes- publication. sional goals. A unique feature of the clinical psychology • An interview with the program director of concentration is a required halftime, nine- the clinical psychology program. month internship. Students may elect to complete a clinical or research internship depend- Students are admitted to the Clinical Psychol- ing upon their personal and professional goals. ogy program for the fall term only. Those Students on clinical internships provide super- wishing to begin graduate work in the fall vised psychological services to clients in an must have their completed application and all off-campus mental health setting. Students on admission credentials submitted to University research internships will assist an experienced Admissions by January 15. Admission is scientist in conducting clinical trials research. granted on a competitive, space-available Clinical psychology students are encour- basis. aged to attend full time so as to complete all Prospective applicants are encouraged to program requirements within four terms. Stu- visit the clinical psychology website at www. dents may, however, attend part-time for some towson.edu/clinicalpsych. or all of their degree work. Degree Requirements Admission Requirements A minimum of 46 units are required for non- • Courses in the following areas: thesis option and 49 units for thesis-option • General Psychology (3) students. All students must complete the 37 • Abnormal Psychology (3) units of required course work including a two- • Behavioral Statistics (3) term, 500-hour field placement in a clinical or • Personality, social, cognitive or research setting. All students must obtain the developmental psychology (3) grade of “B” or better in PSYC 697: Practicum in Clinical Psychology and PSYC 797: Intern- NOTE: Students must have earned a grade of ship in Clinical Psychology. Students earning a “B” or better in all prerequisites except general grade lower than “B” in either course may psychology. These courses cannot be used to repeat the entire sequence no more than one meet part of the formal elective requirements time. Failure to earn a “B” or higher in both for the degree as defined below: courses will result in dismissal from the pro- • A minimum undergraduate GPA of 3.00. gram. Students may need to take summer All GPA calculations for admission are courses to meet the program requirements. based upon the last 60 units of undergraduate and post-baccalaureate study. Required Coursework (37 units) • Acceptable performance on the General Test PSYC 720 Assessment of Intelligence (3) of the Graduate Record Examination. PSYC 631 Advanced Abnormal • Applicants are encouraged, but not required, Psychology (3) to take the Psychology Subject Test of the PSYC 632 Advanced Child GRE. Psychopathology (3) 136 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

PSYC 687 Advanced Experimental COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY Design I (3) Program Director: Christa K. Schmidt 410-704-3063 PSYC 688 Advanced Experimental [email protected] Design II (3) PSYC 665 Psychotherapy and Behavior The Counseling Psychology concentration of Change I (3) the Master of Arts in Psychology aims to train PSYC 666 Psychotherapy and Behavior individuals to facilitate growth and develop- Change II (3) ment for persons with mental health problems PSYC 697 Practicum in Clinical and general life concerns. This concentration is Psychology (4 total) intended for persons wishing to counsel clients PSYC 755 Cognitive Therapy I (3) with concerns in the personal, social, voca- PSYC 765 Personality Assessment in tional or educational areas. Clinical Psychology (3) Graduates of the Counseling Psychology PSYC 790 Ethical, Legal and Professional concentration may find employment in a vari- issues in Psychology (3) ety of settings, such as community mental PSYC 797 Internship in Clinical health centers, hospitals, group homes, reha- Psychology (3) bilitation centers and substance abuse programs. Electives Students are encouraged to attend full time Depending on the program of study, students to meet the program requirements in two will take up to 9 units of elective credit chosen years. Students may, however, attend part-time by the student from within or outside the field for some of their degree work. Some courses of psychology. These courses are expected to are offered during the summer session. complement the program of study and require prior consent of the program director. Admission Requirements • Students must have taken the following pre- Thesis vs. Non-Thesis Option: requisites (all of which must be completed Students may choose the thesis (Plan A) or with a “C” or better): non-thesis (Plan B) option. General Psychology (3) Behavioral Statistics (3) Plan A: Master of Arts with Thesis Research Methods (3) Students electing to pursue Plan A must com- Abnormal Psychology (3) plete all required course work as well as 6 • A minimum undergraduate GPA of 3.00. All units of thesis credits (PSYC 897 or 898) and GPA calculations for admission are based 6 units of elective credit. upon the last 60 credits of undergraduate and post-baccalaureate study. Plan B: Master of Arts without Thesis • An undergraduate transcript from all col- Students electing to pursue Plan B must com- leges attended must be sent to University plete all required course work as well as 9 Admissions. units of elective credit. • Acceptable performance on the Graduate NOTE: The practicum and internship carry Record Examination (GRE). with them a residency requirement of two • The highest-ranking applicants will be terms. The student must be available for a required to interview with the faculty of the 16-hour per week placement in a clinical or Counseling Psychology program. research setting. Send the following admission materials to University Admissions, Towson University, 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252: PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 137

• Three letters of recommendation. Use the PSYC 790 Ethical, Legal and Professional Recommendation Form found in the Gradu- Issues (3) ate Application Packet. PSYC 793 Internship (3) • A letter of intent indicating why the applicant is interested in pursuing a graduate Practitioner Option Courses degree in Counseling Psychology. PSYC 613 Community Counseling (3)

Completed applications and admission creden- Electives (6 units) tials must meet the deadline of January 15 for NOTE: Electives selected by students must fall term admission. Applications are not have prior written consent of the adviser and accepted for spring term admission. must be approved for the student’s program of study. Degree Requirements Students must complete prerequisite courses. Research Option Courses Students should be prepared to take at least PSYC 687 Advanced Experimental two years to complete the program. Design (3) The Master of Arts in Counseling Psychol- PSYC 897 Thesis Credits (6) ogy offers a practitioner option and a thesis/ research option from which degree candidates Field Experiences can choose. This program includes field experiences in the The research option provides students with form of practicum and internship. These clini- the experience, knowledge and skills required cal experiences are part of the requirements for successful Ph.D. program admission. Stu- necessary for certification or licensure in the dents in this option receive intensive training state of Maryland. and mentorship in research. Practicum: During the second year of the Students in the practitioner option of the program, concurrent with other course work, M.A. Counseling Psychology program are students enroll in a term-long practicum trained to work as counselors and therapists at course. The course involves 240 clock hours the master’s level. Graduates of the practitio- (16 hours a week) in a setting where students ner option may choose to continue their edu- provide counseling under the supervision of a cation or pursue licensure at the master’s level. licensed mental health professional. Practicum Both options include 48 units. also involves attendance and participation in a required weekly class on campus. The practi- Required Courses cum placements are arranged by the coordina- PSYC 605 Basic Counseling tor of clinical training in consultation with the Techniques (3) student and available licensed supervisors. PSYC 606 Career Development (3) During the practicum, students engage in PSYC 607 Applied Counseling clinical experiences appropriate for their level Theories (3) of professional training. PSYC 609 Advanced Counseling Internship: Following successful completion Techniques (3) of the practicum, students complete a super- PSYC 611 Developmental Psychology (3) vised 300-hour internship in a clinical setting. PSYC 615 Research Methods (3) Practitioner option students may elect to enroll PSYC 647 Individual Appraisal (3) in 6 units of internship and complete 600 PSYC 631 Advanced Abnormal clinical hours on a full-time basis (40 hours a Psychology (3) week) over one term or on a part-time basis PSYC 721 Group Counseling (3) (20 hours a week) over two terms. Internships PSYC 722 Advanced Multicultural are supervised on site by a licensed mental Counseling (3) health professional and include a weekly class PSYC 745 Practicum in Counseling (3) meeting with a faculty member. 138 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

E xaminations Admission Requirements At the end of the first year of full-time study Applicants for the C.A.S. must have completed and in the last term of enrollment, students a master’s degree in counseling or a closely participate in a formal evaluation process to related field, submit two letters of recommen- assess their cumulative knowledge of com- dation and a letter of intent indicating why the pleted course work and skills in counseling applicant is interested in pursuing this certifi- psychology. cation. Send these materials to University • The advancement examination contains Admissions, Towson University, 8000 York assessment of research methods, community Road, Towson, MD 21252. mental health counseling, advanced abnor- Admission will be determined on a rolling mal psychology, individual appraisal and basis. Transfer credit will be accepted in accor- ethics. The completion of this evaluation is a dance with Graduate Studies policies, and with prerequisite for the following courses: PSYC the approval of the program director. 718, 721, 722, 745 and 793. • The comprehensive examination contains assessment of career counseling, develop- EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY mental psychology, multicultural counseling Program Director: Justin Buckingham and group counseling. 410-704-3214 [email protected] Students will be given two attempts to complete these examinations. Students who do not The Experimental Psychology Concentration pass either of these examinations after two of the Master of Arts program in Psychology at attempts will be dismissed from the program. Towson University is intended for students All degree candidates must meet with their with interests in any area of psychological academic adviser to file intended programs of research (e.g., clinical, cognitive, developmen- study. This should be done prior to or during tal, neuroscience, social). The program pre- the first term of course work. The program can pares students for enrollment in doctoral probe amended in consultation with the adviser. grams or for research jobs in the public and private sectors. The concentration is intended either for COUNSELING PSYCHOLOGY students who have completed an undergradu- (C.A.S.) ate degree in psychology or for those students Certificate: Certificate of Advanced Study who have undergraduate degrees in other Program Director: Christa K. Schmidt majors who are interested in pursuing psycho- 410-704-3063 logical research. Graduates will be prepared to [email protected] pursue doctoral degrees in psychology in a variety of specialty areas or prepare for such The Certificate of Advanced Study (C.A.S.) in positions as research analyst, research coordi- Counseling Psychology is specifically designed nator or statistical analyst. Students in the for post-master’s degree students who wish to concentration receive extensive training in complete up to 30 units beyond the master’s research design and analysis and have access to degree. a large and diverse faculty. Students receive Each student’s program will be designed to considerable personal attention. All students meet individual needs and goals. Students may are mentored by faculty in their area of inter- enroll in 30 or fewer units in order to meet est, and most classes have fewer than 16 stu- educational and vocational objectives. dents. As a result, students have been very Students who already possess a master’s successful in either gaining admission to doc- degree in counseling or a closely related field toral programs or finding employment in the from an accredited institution may apply to field of research design and analysis. TU specifically to enter the C.A.S. program. A thesis is required of all students. 139 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 139

Students may work toward the degree Experimental Psychology (1) either full time or part time. Courses are PSYC 679 Special Topics Seminar (3) offered only in the late afternoons and eve- PSYC 680 Advanced Cognitive nings. Psychology (4) PSYC 682 Advanced Social Psychology (3) Admission Requirements PSYC 687 Advanced Experimental • Prerequisite courses with grades of “B” or Design I (3) higher in the following areas: PSYC 688 Advanced Experimental Statistics Design II (3) Experimental Psychology or Research Meth- or ods in Psychology PSYC 689 Multivariate Methods (3) Learning or Cognitive Psychology PSYC 691 Independent Investigation in • A minimum undergraduate GPA of 3.00 is Psychology (3) required for full admission to the program. PSYC 897 Thesis (6) Conditional admission is occasionally offered to students with GPAs of less than 3.00 who Electives (6 units) show exceptional research promise. The student may take any graduate elective at the 500-700 level with permission from the Send the following admission materials to program director. The following are recom- University Admissions, Towson University, mended electives: 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252: PSYC 611 Developmental Psychology • A 600- to 900-word personal statement PSYC 685 College Teaching Practicum describing your research interests, research PSYC 679 Special Topics Seminar (on a experience and professional goals. You are different topic from the one strongly encouraged to mention in this letter taken as a required course) the faculty member(s) with whom you most PSYC 691 (Additional credits) want to work. • Two letters of recommendation. Letters commenting on research experience are par- SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGY ticularly useful. Use the Recommendation Degree: Certificate of Advanced Study and Form found in the Graduate Application Master of Arts Packet. Program Director: Susan M. Bartels 410-704-3070 Completed application and admission creden- [email protected] tials must meet the deadline of January 15 for fall term admission. Applications are not The School Psychology Concentration of the accepted for spring term admission. Students Master of Arts in Psychology is fully approved who miss the application deadline may con- by the National Association of School Psychol- tact the program director to inquire if space is ogists (NASP). Students are expected to com- still available in the incoming class. Admission plete 63 units in order to obtain the master’s is granted on a competitive, space-available (M.A.) degree and Certificate of Advanced basis. Study (C.A.S.). Students who graduate from this concentration are eligible for individual Degree Requirements certification as Nationally Certified School Psy- chologists, pending successful completion of the Required Courses (33 units) national certification examination. Graduates PSYC 672 Proseminar (3) of the program are also qualified for a variety PSYC 674 Advanced Biological of positions within the field of psychology and Psychology (4) for entrance into doctoral programs. PSYC 675 Research Seminar in The mission of the School Psychology con- 140 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

centration is to produce school psychologists Child Development, Adolescent Develop- who are well prepared to function indepen- ment, Human Development dently in a growing and evolving profession. • Course work selected from the following: Graduate students in school psychology are Educational Psychology, Behavioral Princi- trained to view themselves as part of the larger ples, Behavior Modification, Applied Behav- school system, and to make their contributions ior Management relevant to the goals of the institutions in which they are employed. The School Psychol- NOTE: These undergraduate prerequisites ogy concentration emphasizes early interven- cannot be used to satisfy any part of the tion and the use of data-driven, systematic requirements of the degree. They must be com- problem solving to address the needs of chil- pleted prior to initiation of course work for the dren and adolescents in the school setting. degree. Students are trained to provide consultation to • A minimum undergraduate GPA of 3.20 is teachers, parents and administrators; to pro- required for admission to the program. Stu- vide direct counseling and intervention to chil- dents with GPAs between 3.00 and 3.19 dren and adolescents; to complete ecological with special circumstances may be admitted assessments of classroom environments; and to conditionally. All GPA calculations for administer and interpret a variety of psycho- admission are based upon the last 60 credits logical tests to assess intellectual functioning, of undergraduate and post-baccalaureate academic achievement, adaptive behavior, and study. social/emotional characteristics of students. • Acceptable performance on the General Students are trained to complete multidimen- Test of the Graduate Record Examination sional evaluations that address the specific (GRE) taken within the past five years. reason for referral and that are directly linked Competency for graduate study can also be to recommendations for intervention. evidenced by an earned master’s degree in The program promotes the use of interven- psychology in lieu of the GRE. tion and assessment techniques that are empiri- • The highest-ranking applicants will be cally sound and sensitive to the diverse popula- required to interview with the faculty of the tion of students that school psychologists serve. School Psychology program. Students are expected to display professional work characteristics that are critical to their Send the following admission materials to ability to work effectively with peers, faculty University Admissions, Towson University, and school-based personnel. These include: 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252: respect for human diversity, effective communi- • Three letters of recommendation. Appli- cation skills, effective interpersonal skills, ethi- cants may use the Recommendation Form cal behavior, adaptability, flexibility and inde- found in the Graduate Application Packet, pendence. or may submit recommendation letters. Let- ters are encouraged. Admission Requirements • A letter of intent indicating why the appli- • At least 21 undergraduate credits in psy- cant is interested in pursuing graduate study chology, which include course work in each in school psychology. of the following areas (all of which must be completed with a grade of “C” or better): Completed application and admission creden- • Behavioral Statistics tials must meet the deadline of January 15 for • Abnormal Psychology or Psychopathology fall admission. Students who miss this deadline • Social Psychology may contact the program director to inquire if • Course work selected from the following: space is still available. Admission is granted on Experimental Psychology, Experimental a competitive, space-available basis. Applica- Design or Research Design tions are not accepted for spring admission. • Course work selected from the following: PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 141

NOTE: For candidates already possessing a Issues in Psychology (3) master’s degree in School Psychology, courses PSYC 794 Internship - Fall term (3) from a previous degree in School Psychology PSYC 795 Internship - Winter term (1) must be required courses in the current C.A.S. PSYC 796 Internship - Spring term (3) program in order to be accepted toward fulfill- One elective Must be approved by ing requirements for the C.A.S. Courses that adviser (3) have been taken for the previous M.A. will be reviewed for content and currency by the pro- NOTE: Students may elect to earn a Graduate gram director. Additionally, students must Certificate in Family-Professional Collabora- earn a minimum of 30 units in the School tion by completing additional courses. See the Psychology program to graduate, as well as Family-Professional Collaboration heading in complete the culminating internship. Other the College of Liberal Arts section of this cata- requirements will be determined on an indi- log for more information. vidual basis. Field Experiences Degree and Certificate Requirements Practicum: During the second year of the program, concurrent with other course work, Required Courses students enroll in a full-year practicum course PSYC 605 Counseling Techniques (3) (fall and spring terms). The course includes a PSYC 611 Developmental Psychology (3) two-day per week placement in a local school PSYC 622 Advanced Multicultural system under the supervision of a certified Psychology (3) school psychologist (arranged by the program PSYC 625 Functional Behavior faculty) and a weekly seminar on campus. Assessment (3) During practicum, students engage in a care- PSYC 651 Interventions in School fully sequenced series of experiences suited to Settings (3) their level of professional training. PSYC 679 Special Topics: Academic Internship: Following successful completion Assessment (3) of the practicum and comprehensive examina- PSYC 679 Lab: Assessment of tion, students are eligible to apply for intern- Intelligence (1) ships. The 1,200-hour internship is considered a PSYC 679 Group Counseling (1) capstone experience and occurs after the com- PSYC 687 Advanced Experimental pletion of all course work. Internships are com- Design I (3) pleted on a full-time basis over one year or on a PSYC 703 Preschool Assessment (3) part-time basis over two years. Students in local PSYC 713 Role of the School placements (approximately 75 percent of our Psychologist (3) students) attend a biweekly seminar on campus PSYC 720 Assessment of Intelligence (3) taught by the internship coordinator, who is a PSYC 730 Advanced Child and full-time school psychology faculty member. Adolescent Psychotherapy (3) PSYC 731 School-Based Consultation (3) Examinations • Master’s Comprehensive Examination PSYC 733 Exceptional Child: Advanced The written comprehensive exam is required Issues (3) to receive a master’s degree and must be PSYC 735 Direct Academic Assessment completed successfully before a student PSYC 761 Social/Emotional begins the internship. Students have one Assessment (3) opportunity to retake the comprehensive PSYC 771 School Psychology exam if it is not passed the first time. For Practicum I (3) candidates already possessing a master’s PSYC 773 School Psychology degree in School Psychology, the require- Practicum II (3) ment for the Comprehensive Exam will be PSYC 790 Ethical, Legal and Professional determined by faculty. 142 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

• Portfolio Evaluation topics important to the field of social sciences All CAS candidates are required to submit a and the world. The program exposes students professional portfolio during the last term of to interdisciplinary approaches to related sub- their internship. Specific contents and stan- jects and also allows them to specialize in a dards for portfolios are provided to students discipline of particular interest. by their advisers. In general, the professional There are two possible tracks of study: the portfolio contains sample case studies, General track and the Global Analysis track. examples of interventions conducted with Each track has different degree requirements. students and teachers, description of a system change project, and a self-reflective Admission Requirements essay. • A bachelor’s degree with a GPA of 3.00 dur- • Praxis II Examination ing last 60 undergraduate credits/units. Praxis II Examination in School Psychology must be taken prior to the conclusion of the Send the following admission materials to internship year. University Admissions, Towson University, 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252: • Three letters of recommendation each SOCIAL SCIENCE accompanied by a graduate recommenda- Degree: Master of Science tion form Program Director: Michael Korzi • A two-page statement of intent 410-704-5219 [email protected] General Track

The Master of Science degree program in Degree Requirements Social Science offers the opportunity for pro- • Completion of the 36-unit program of study, fessional enhancement especially in content including 18 units of core requirements. areas of the social sciences. Experienced teach- • Completion of 18 units beyond the required ers wishing to return to the university to study core with 12 units required within a selected the latest advancements in theoretical, meth- discipline and 6 units required within any of odological and substantive issues in the social the other five program disciplines. For the sciences will be especially served. The Global Thesis Option, 6 of the 12 units within the Analysis track of study will be of particular selected discipline will be thesis units. interest to students wishing to pursue or con- • Students choose their departmental disci- tinue careers in a number of different settings, plinary emphasis. including human rights, homeland security • Within each disciplinary emphasis students and intelligence, international non-govern- choose between the Thesis and Professional mental organizations (NGOs) and policy anal- Presentation options. ysis. The program is also open to all post- baccalaureate students and may be of particu- The offerings within the core program of study lar interest to professionals active in govern- for this track will include: ment and applied fields attracted to the latest SOSC 600 Interdisciplinary Approaches to developments in the social sciences. Global Problems (3) Students will follow a program of study And five of the following courses: coordinated by the departments of Economics; SOSC 601 The Geographer’s View (3) Geography and Environmental Planning; His- SOSC 602 The Historian’s Approach: tory; Political Science; Psychology; and Sociol- Comparative History and ogy, Anthropology and Criminal Justice. The Historiography (3) program aims to familiarize students with SOSC 603 The Economist’s Perspective (3) research, theoretical advances, applications SOSC 605 American Politics in the 21st and methodological approaches to current Century (3) PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 143

SOSC 606 Sociological Insights (3) no later than two weeks prior to the end of the SOSC 609 Developmental Human term in which the student has applied for Learning: A Life Span graduation. Approach (3) WMST 607 Advanced Feminist Theory (3) Global Analysis Track

Thesis Option Degree Requirements • 500-700-level courses (two from selected • Completion of the 36-unit program of study, discipline) (9 units) including 15 units of core requirements. • 600-700-level courses (any other discipline) • Completion of 15 elective units beyond the (3 units) core courses. • Thesis (within track department) (6 units) • Completion of 6 thesis units. • Demonstration of language proficiency at Professional Presentation Option the intermediate level. Four terms of college- • 500-700-level courses (in selected discipline) level foreign language training are required (12 units) to complete this requirement. Students may • 600-700-level courses (any other discipline complete this by taking Elements I and II or disciplines) (6 units) and Intermediate I and II at Towson Univer- • Professional Presentation Students must sity or by passing an Equivalence Examina- deliver a peer-reviewed presentation for a tion at the intermediate level, administered university or local or national conference by the Department of Foreign Languages organized by their chosen discipline, or give each November. Students who have taken a presentation to an assembly of Towson several years of a language in high school University faculty and program peers. will need to consult the chair of Foreign Languages to determine the necessary steps NOTE: Earn a Graduate Certificate in Family- needed to fulfill this language requirement. Professional Collaboration with your elective Students whose native language is one other units and some additional course work. See the than English should consult the program Family-Professional Collaboration heading in director. the College of Liberal Arts section. The offerings within the core program of study Transfer Credit for this track will include: Students may apply 6 transfer credits with the SOSC 600 Interdisciplinary Approaches to grade of “B” or better to the elective require- Global Problems (3) ments only within the selected disciplinary And four of the following courses: emphasis. The program director must approve SOSC 601 The Geographer’s View (3) transfer credits. Approval may be conditional SOSC 602 The Historian’s Approach: upon the submission of previous written work. Comparative History and All transfers are subject to the seven-year stat- Historiography (3) ute of limitations. SOSC 603 The Economist’s Perspective (3) SOSC 604 East Asian Security Issues, Final Portfolio 1945-Present (3) The program requires that all students prepare WMST 605 Women in International a final portfolio of their work under the direc- Context (3) tion of their track adviser. For portfolio submission requirements, visit www.towson.edu/ msosci. Electives: Regional or Topical Exit Interview Selections Each graduating student must schedule an exit Students may follow one of two directions interview with the program director to be held when choosing electives in the Global Analysis 144 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

track. They may choose to focus their studies POSC 509 Comparative Political on a particular region of the world (e.g., the Systems (3) Middle East or Latin America), or they may POSC 512 The Latin American Policy of take a broader, more topical approach, focus- the United States (3) ing for instance on inequality and power from POSC 551 The Government and Politics a comparative perspective. For the regional of Latin America (3) focus, at least three of the five electives must be POSC 557 Seminar: Use of Force in related to the geographical area of emphasis. International Law (3) For the topical focus, students should strive to POSC 591 Seminar in Contemporary connect all five electives with a thematic United States Foreign Policy (3) emphasis. For either choice, students must PSYC 532 Cross-Cultural Psychology (3) consult with the program adviser in selecting SOCI 533 Political Sociology (3) appropriate courses. The following list pro- SOSC 625 Special Topics in Social vides possible course options for the electives -630 Science (3) within the Global Analysis track. Students may select other electives not listed below, Thesis subject to the approval of the program adviser. 6 units are required to complete this component. Students choosing the Regional Focus NOTE: Students should keep in mind the plan must write the thesis in their area of Graduate Studies policy that only three courses regional focus. Students choosing the Topical at the 500 level can be applied to the graduate Focus are encouraged to pursue a thesis in degree. their particular topical area. There is no Pro- fessional Presentation option for the Global ANTH 530 Korea and Globalization (3) Analysis track of study. ANTH 567 Peoples of the Middle East (3) ANTH 568 Globalization in Cross-Cultural Transfer Credit Perspective (3) Students may apply 6 transfer credits with the ANTH 569 Tradition and Revolution in grade of “B” or better to the elective require- Latin American Society (3) ments, at the discretion of the program direc- GEOG 511 Cultural Geography (3) tor. The program director must approve trans- GEOG 562 Geography of Africa (3) fer credit. Approval may be conditional upon GEOG 564 Geography of East Asia (3) the submission of previous written work. All GEOG 565 Geography of the Middle transfers are subject to the seven-year statute East (3) of limitations. GEOG 568 Geography of Latin America (3) HIST 511 History of Modern Southeast Final Portfolio Asia (3) The program requires that all students prepare HIST 513 Revolutionary China (3) a final portfolio of their work under the direc- HIST 530 Nationalism in 20th-Century tion of their track adviser. For portfolio sub- East and Southeast Asia (3) mission requirements, visit www.towson.edu/ HIST 607 Latin America and the United msosci. States (3) HIST 621 African History Through Exit Interview Literature (3) Each graduating student must schedule an exit HIST 684 Disease and History (3) interview with the program director to be held HIST 604 East Asian Security Issues, no later than two weeks prior to the end of the 1945 to Present (3) term in which the student has applied for PHIL 502 Philosophies of China and graduation. Japan (3) PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 145

W OMEN’S And gender STUDIES Admission Requirements Degree: Master of Science • An earned bachelor’s degree (as certified by Program Director: Kate Wilkinson an official transcript) with a minimum 410-704-5744 undergraduate grade point average of 3.00. [email protected] GPA calculations for admission are based upon the last 60 credits of undergraduate The interdisciplinary and multidisciplinary and post-baccalaureate study. graduate program in Women’s and Gender • Nine credits earned at the baccalaureate Studies provides students with a solid aca- level in Women’s and Gender Studies and/or demic foundation to pursue their unique goals. the Social Sciences (Anthropology, Sociol- As the only applied master’s program in ogy, Geography, Political Science, Psychol- Women’s and Gender Studies in Maryland and ogy, Economics or a social science-based the only Women’s and Gender Studies master’s interdisciplinary course). Three (3) of these program in Baltimore, the program empha- nine (9) credits must include one course in sizes applied research methods and skills, pre- Women’s and Gender Studies. Students with paring students for careers in a variety of no prior course work in Women’s and Gen- public and private organizations both national der Studies must enroll in either WMST and international, for-profit and nonprofit. It 231, which is an introduction to Women’s also prepares students to enter doctoral pro- and Gender Studies, or WMST 337, a grams in a variety of fields. course on feminist theory. Given these two The master’s degree in Women’s and Gen- courses (WMST 231 and WMST 337) are der Studies is set in the liberal arts tradition undergraduate-level courses, students will and explores feminist paradigms and scholar- not receive graduate credit for completion of ship. Intended as either a capstone interdisci- this requirement. An applicant who has not plinary experience or one which bridges taken an undergraduate course in Women’s undergraduate learning and a doctoral pro- and Gender Studies but who has relevant gram, the M.S. in Women’s and Gender Stud- applied experience including, but not limited ies captures a multi-faceted intellectual experi- to, work in a women’s center, work for a ence, including both theoretical and experien- women’s organization, or work on a project tial content. Requiring 36 earned graduate focusing specifically on women’s and gender units, the program requires a core component issues, may be exempted from the require- and offers three concentration options: (1) ment. Women, Health and Sexuality, (2) Women in • A detailed essay of four to five, double- an International Context, and (3) Women, spaced pages emphasizing the applicant’s Leadership and Public Policy. The program specific plans for focused graduate study includes a Culminating Experience with three within the selected concentration, including options: (a) a thesis, (b) an internship or (c) a discussions of (1) projected career goals, (2) two-course option with portfolio. The thesis prior academic and/or work experiences option is recommended for students who (volunteer or paid), and (3) how these relate intend to pursue a doctoral degree. to anticipated success in the intended program of study and projected career goals. Advising • Two letters of recommendation, including at During the student’s first term, the graduate least one from a college/university instructor program director acts as the student’s adviser. from whom the applicant has learned from During that time, the student’s academic pro- in a course setting, accompanied by a com- gram is discussed, developed and drafted. At pleted Graduate Program Recommendation the end of the first term, the student is trans- Form (found in the Graduate Application ferred to a permanent advisor. Packet); part A to be completed by the applicant and part B (Personal Assessment Form) by the recommender and sent with the letter of recommendation. 146 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

Apply online through the University Admis- graduate courses, any of the affiliated courses sions site (preferred method): http://grad. below can be chosen to meet the required 15 towson.edu. hours of electives for the Women in an Or send material to: University Admissions, International Context concentration. Towson University, 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252 ANTH 521 Gender in Cross-Cultural Perspectives (3) Degree Requirements ANTH 553 Latinas in the Americas (3) The M.S. in Women’s and Gender Studies ANTH 567 People of the Middle East (3) requires successful completion of 36 credit ANTH 568 Globalization in Cross-Cultural hours with an average GPA of 3.00 or higher. Perspective (3) Core Courses: 9 units; Concentration Course: ANTH 569 Tradition and Revolution in 3 units; Concentration Elective: 3 units; Elec- Latin American Society (3) tives (WMST or Affiliated): 15 units; Culmi- HIST 506 Life Histories of African nating Experience: 6 units. Women (3) HIST 511 History of Modern Southeast Required Courses (9 units) Asia (3) WMST 603 The Diversity of Women (3) HIST 586 Europe in the Third World: WMST 607 Advanced Feminist Theory (3) Colonization to Crisis (3) WMST 609 Applied Research Methods and HIST599 The Making of the Modern Skills (3) Middle East (3) HIST 607 Latin America and the U.S. (3) Concentration Core and POSC 503 Theory of International Concentration Elective Courses (6) Politics (3) POSC 507 Contemporary International WMST 605 Women in an International Politics (3) Context (3)

And choose one of the following courses: ANTH 521 Gender in Cross-Cultural Women, Leadership and Public Policy Perspectives (3) Concentration ANTH 568 Globalization in Cross-Cultural Perspectives (3) Required Course (3) WMST 545 Women, Environment and WMST 611 Women, Public Policy and Health (3) Social Change (3) WMST 570 Women’s Spiritual Practices (3) or WMST 581 The Erotic Imagination in WMST 670 Leadership, Social Christianity and Hinduism (3) Organizations, and Social WMST 640 Woman as Citizen (3) Activism (3) WMST 670 Leadership, Social Organizations, and Social Concentration Elective (3) Activism (3) Choose one of the following: WMST 673 Women and Conservative WMST 570 Women’s Spiritual Practices (3) Religious Movements (3) WMST 601 Women and Gender in the Workplace (3) General Electives for Women in WMST 604 Leadership in the Not-for- an International Context Profit Sector: Governance and Concentration (15) Advocacy (3) All graduate WMST courses count toward WMST 640 Woman as Citizen (3) this concentration. In addition to WMST WMST 611 Women, Public Policy and Social Change (3) PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 147

WMST 670 Leadership, Social Concentration Elective (3) Organizations, and Social Choose one of the following: Activism (3) WMST 538 Women and Sexuality (3) WMST 670 Women, Gender and Conflict WMST 536 Women and Medicine (3) Resolution (3) WMST 545 Women, Environment and WMST 673 Women and Conservative Health (3) Religious Movements (3) WMST 581 The Erotic Imagination in Christianity and Hinduism (3) General Electives for Women, WMST 670 Women’s Health Care Leadership and Public Policy Policy (3) Concentration (15) HLTH 633 Health Care Systems (3) All graduate WMST courses count toward HLTH 645 Health Care Policy (3) this concentration. In addition to WMST graduate courses, any of the affiliated courses General Electives for the below can be chosen to meet the required 15 Women, Health and Sexuality hours of electives for the Women, Leadership Concentration (15) and Public Policy concentration. All graduate WMST courses count toward this concentration. In addition to WMST HIST 506 Women in 20th Century U.S. graduate courses, any of the affiliated courses History (3) below can be chosen to meet the required 15 HIST 558 Workers and Work in the hours of electives for the Women, Health and United States (3) Sexuality concentration. HLTH 645 Health Care Policy (3) HRD 606 Organizational Behavior (3) HCMN 541 Legal and Ethical Issues in HRD 640 Leadership Theory and P Health Administration ractice (3) HIST 526 Gays and Lesbians in U.S. HRD644 Group Dynamics and Team- History Building (3) HLTH 615 Community Health MGMT 601 Administrative Theory and HLTH 633 Health Care Systems Practice (3) HLTH 645 Health Care Policy POSC 505 Urban Government and PHIL 561 Biomedical Ethics Politics (3) PSYC547 Sex Differences: Psychological POSC 550 Interest Groups and Public Perspectives Policy (3) PSYC557 Gender Identity in Transition POSC558 Topics in Public Policy (3) PSYC 610 Advanced Psychology of Aging POSC 581 Seminar in American PSYC 667 Psychological Aspects of Government and Public Disability Policy (3) SOCI 535 Medical Sociology SOCI 531 Deviance and SOCI 550 Sociology of Aging Organizations (3) SOCI 551 Deviant Behavior SOCI 551 Deviant Behavior (3) SOCI 557 Social Welfare (3)

Women, Health and Sexuality Elective Course Information Concentration Elective courses, whether carrying a WMST or other department designation, must form a Required Course (3) coherent program, meet the student’s learning WMST 613 Women and Health (3) needs and be selected in consultation with the student’s adviser. An elective course selected 148 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

but not included on the Elective Course lists WOMEN’S AND GENDER STUDIES for any concentration (either WMST or affili- CERTIFICATE ated designation) shall be approved by the Certificate: Post-Baccalaureate program director. Program Director: Kate Wilkinson Students should meet with their advisers to 410-704-5744 select a coherent set of concentration electives. [email protected] Limit of three (3) 500-level courses may be Students already enrolled in a master’s degree applied to the master’s degree. program, other than Women’s and Gender Under special circumstances and in accor- Studies, or those who wish to enhance their dance with the Directed Readings/Independent skills and understanding of specialized arena Study Policies of the WMST Department, the in Women’s and Gender Studies may elect to student may select with appropriate approvals pursue the Certificate in Women’s and Gender WMST 591 Directed Readings or WMST 695 Studies. Independent Study as an elective. Field Experience 620 may be selected as a Admission Requirements: general elective for any concentration. • An earned bachelor’s degree (as certified by an official transcript) with a minimum GPA Culminating Experience Courses (6) of 3.00. GPA calculations for admission are Additional information regarding the WMST based upon the last 60 credits of under- Culminating Experience is detailed in the graduate and post-baccalaureate study. Women’s and Gender Studies Graduate Stu- • Nine credits earned at the baccalaureate dent Handbook. level in Women’s and Gender Studies and/or the Social Sciences (Anthropology, Sociol- Thesis Option ogy, Geography, Political Science, Psychol- WMST 897 Thesis one-term (6) ogy, Economics or a social science-based WMST 898 Thesis two consecutive terms interdisciplinary course). Three (3) of these (3) each enrollment. nine (9) units must include one course in WMST 899 Thesis continuum (1) Women’s and Gender Studies. Students with no prior course work in Women’s and Gen- Internship Option (6) der Studies must enroll in either WMST WMST 796 (3) each enrollment. 231, which is an introduction to Women’s and Gender Studies, or WMST 337, a Two-Course Portfolio Option (6) course on feminist theory. Given these two Two courses, both carrying a WMST designa- courses (WMST 231 and WMST 337) are tion, one of which must be at the 600-level, undergraduate-level courses, students will shall be selected in advance of course enroll- not receive graduate credit for completion of ment with the adviser’s approval. Require- this requirement. An applicant who has not ments include a portfolio and reflective essay. taken an undergraduate course in Women’s and Gender Studies but who has relevant applied experience including, but not limited to, work in a women’s center, work for a women’s organization, or work on a project focusing specifically on women’s and gender issues, may be exempted from the requirement. • A detailed essay of four-five, double-spaced pages emphasizing the applicant’s specific plans for focused graduate study. • Two letters of recommendation, at least one from a college/university instructor from PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 149

whom applicant has learned from in a Electives (9) course setting, accompanied by a completed • Nine units in graduate-level, WMST-desig- Graduate Program Recommendation Form nated courses selected with the approval of (found in the Graduate Application the student’s adviser. Packet)—part A to be completed by the • Limit of one 500-level WMST course to be applicant and part B (Personal Assessment included in the certificate program. Form) by the recommender and sent with • WMST 620 Field Experience nor any the letter of recommendation. WMST 700 or 800 course may be included • In addition, certificate applicants who are in the certificate program. currently enrolled in a master’s degree program at Towson University or elsewhere Advising shall submit a transcript of their progress in The graduate program director acts as the that master’s program as evidence of good certificate student’s adviser during the first standing. term of matriculation when a program of study is planned and drafted. The student is Apply online through the University Admis- transferred to a different adviser after the first sions website (preferred method): http://grad. term of enrollment. towson.edu. Or send material to: University Admissions, Towson University, 8000 York Road, Towson, Application of Units Earned in the WMST MD 21252 Certificate Program Units earned for the Graduate Certificate Certificate Requirements (15) Program with a grade of “B” or better may be applied to the master’s degree in Women’s and Required Courses (6) Gender Studies. The certificate student must WMST 603 The Diversity of Women (3) complete formal application to the WMST WMST 607 Advanced Feminist Theory (3) M.S. degree for admission.

150 PROCEDURES AND POLICIES

THE JESS AND MILDRED FISHER COLLEGE OF SCIENCE AND MATHEMATICS

The Jess and Mildred Fisher College of Science COLLEGE OFFICE and Mathematics is committed to developing Smith Hall 312 dynamic and confident graduates who are well Phone: 410-704-2121 prepared to respond creatively to the demands Fax: 410-704-2604 and challenges of our times. The college’s [email protected] growing reputation for excellence in graduate www.towson.edu/fcsm education is built upon the philosophy of learning by doing. Students work closely with Doctoral Degree Program faculty, receiving quality instruction in small Information Technology classes as well as opportunities for one-on-one interaction between students and faculty in Master’s Degree Programs classrooms and laboratories. Applied and Industrial Mathematics The Fisher College serves both full-time Applied Information Technology and part-time students with diverse back- Applied Physics grounds pursing career and educational goals. Biology The college is also committed to the prepara- Computer Science tion of elementary and secondary school • Computer Security teachers of science and mathematics. • E-Commerce Faculty members are active in pure and • Software Engineering applied research; many are widely published Environmental Science and receive external funding in support of Forensic Science their research. Faculty research programs Mathematics Education include nanotechnology, astrophysics, molecu- Science Education lar biology, chemistry, biochemistry, ecology, • Biology biodiversity, geology, statistics, pure and • Chemistry applied mathematics, mathematics and science • Earth and Environmental Science education, robotics and computer science. Several faculty members work in collaboration Post-Baccalaureate and with industry and government labs, and their Certificate Programs work is supported by grants from major fund- Database Management Systems ing agencies. Faculty members are often Environmental Science involved in a range of outreach activities, in Information Security and Assurance providing professional development programs Information Systems Management for teachers and in service to the community Internet Application Development that draws on their professional experience. Networking Technologies Software Engineering David A. Vanko, Dean Gail Gasparich, Associate Dean PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 151

I NFORMATION student-faculty ratio. The factors that are con- TECHNOLOGY (D.Sc.) sidered for admission include: a good match Degree: Doctor of Science (D.Sc.) between the research interests of the applicant Program Director: Marius Zimand and the profile of our faculty, good GRE 410-704-4967 scores and/or documented evidence of profes- [email protected] sional/research accomplishments. www.towson.edu/outreach/cait Send the following admission materials to Information technology is the research and University Admissions, Towson University, development of computer-based information 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252: systems to address real-world problems. This • Completed Graduate Application Form program will provide graduate-level education • Official undergraduate and graduate tran- at the doctoral level in IT for those preparing scripts to enter academic or research institutions as • In addition to reference form, minimum of well as the high-tech work force and those two letters of recommendation (preferably already in the work force who need to update from academic institutions) and enhance their skills. • Statement letter indicating educational and professional objectives of the candidate NOTE: Since this program is operated through • Résumé the Center for Applied Information Technology • GRE (submission of the 3 general scores in (CAIT), it has a different structure of tuition analytic, quantitative and verbal sections and fees from other graduate programs. Con- strongly recommended) tact the Bursar’s Office for more information. Degree Requirements (75 units Admission Requirements beyond B.S./B.A. Degree) • Completion of bachelor’s/master’s degree in 1) Completion of requirements for a master’s Applied Information Technology, Computer degree (33 units) in applied information Information Systems, Computer Science or a technology or computer science. Students closely related area with a GPA of 3.00 or admitted to the doctoral program with a higher master’s degree in applied information • Minimum TOEFL score of 550 (where technology, computer information science, applicable) computer science or any other closely related areas do not have to complete the Full consideration is guaranteed to complete above requirements. Students may choose applications received by May 1 for fall admis- to complete the requirements for a master’s sion and November 1 for spring admission. degree in computer science or applied For international students, all admission cre- information technology at Towson Univer- dentials must be submitted by October 1 for sity. spring term, and by April 15 for fall term. There are no summer admissions. 2) Completion of a minimum of 18 additional graduate-level units from the list of courses Application materials are reviewed by the for the doctoral program as recommended admission committee twice per year shortly by the doctoral committees: four courses after the May 1 and November 1 deadlines. from a list recommended to each candidate The admissions process is competitive and a by the doctoral program committee, and limited number of students are admitted using two additional courses indicated by the a competitive review process. A limited num- doctoral dissertation committee. There is ber of students are accepted into the doctoral no transfer of credits allowed to satisfy the program each year in order to maintain a low above 18-unit requirement. The following 152 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

guidelines are used in allocating courses. pleted based on individual cases, so that Each candidate must have core background the above core background is achieved. knowledge in: programming in modern Annual GPA in course work must be at languages, data structures and algorithms, least 3.50. database, software engineering, computer networks, operating systems and IT infra- 3) A student must pass the qualifying exami- structure. nation within two attempts; one or more sections of the examination can be taken Four or more courses beyond the M.S. during a given attempt. A student must program will be assigned from the Core pass four out of seven sections to pass the Background. The following list of qualifying examination in two attempts. courses will be used to assign these The qualifying exam must be passed within courses. COSC or equivalent AIT four years of entering the program. Infor- courses will be used to select the courses. mation about the seven sections of the The following list shows some course qualifying exam is available from the Com- choices available for selection at this puter and Information Sciences department point. This list may change in the future. website. The qualifying exam is offered twice a year, typically in January and June. Data Structures and Algorithms: COSC 600 4) Satisfactory completion of Dissertation requirement (24 units—may not be regis- Database: tered more than 9 units per term) COSC 578, COSC 657, COSC 757 AIT 632, AIT 732, AIT 735 5) Satisfactory completion of Dissertation defense Software Engineering: COSC 601, COSC 603, COSC 608, NOTE: For additional details, contact the COSC 612, COSC 618 program director or check the Computer and AIT 624, AIT 642, AIT 725 Information Sciences department website.

Computer Networks: COSC 650, COSC 732, COSC 734, APPLIED AND INDUSTRIAL COSC 745 MATHEMATICS AIT614, AIT 620, AIT 622 Degree: Master of Science Program Director: Xuezhang (John) Hou IT Infrastructure/Project Management: 410-704-2578 AIT 600, AIT 628, AIT 630 [email protected] COSC 609 www.towson.edu/math

Operating Systems: The Master of Science program provides stu- COSC 519 or equivalent dents with a broad knowledge in applied mathematics, with an emphasis on areas with Human Computer Interaction: the highest demand in business and industry. COSC 605, PSYC 687, PSYC 688, Among the areas stressed in the program are PSYC 689 mathematical modeling, numerical computations, operations research, financial mathe- For those applicants whose master’s degree matics and statistical analysis. Numerical, is not in IT, CIS, information systems or computational and algorithmic approaches to computer science, the program committee problem solving are stressed throughout the may assign additional courses to be com- program. Graduates of the program will be PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 153

qualified to work in such fields as operations options, to find an internship project for the research, stochastic modeling, financial data student were not successful, the student can analysis and statistics, among many others. take two additional 600-level mathematics Graduates of the program will also be pre- courses from any of the two tracks. Students pared for further work at the doctoral level. who select this option also must take a com- The program requires the completion of an prehensive oral examination on four 600-level applied full-year research project at a graduate mathematics courses of their choice taken level. There are three options listed below in from a declared track. Faculty members who order of priority to complete this requirement. have taught these courses and also the Gradu- The project can be: ate Committee members will form the panel of examiners. a. An external applied project through a local All graduate students are required to meet industry or a government agency. Students with the APIM graduate program director two choosing this option take MATH 791: Mas- and a half terms prior to their graduation (late ter’s Internship I and MATH 792: Master’s April or late October, whichever applies) to Internship II, under the supervision of a discuss their choices for completing the intern- faculty member from the Department of ship requirement. Students will commit them- Mathematics. selves to their choice by signing a form available from the director. b. With a faculty member in the Department of Students whose careers are in education Mathematics on an applied graduate-level may, with the approval of the department’s project. Students choosing this option take Graduate Program Committee, replace the MATH 880: Applied Graduate Project I and industrial setting of the internship with an MATH 881: Applied Graduate Project II. educational setting. This will typically entail the development of original course material c. In the department’s Applied Mathematics stressing applied mathematics and using inno- Laboratory (AML). Typically, corporations vative teaching techniques. and government agencies sponsor these The main objectives of the program are: 1) projects. Students choosing this option take to prepare individuals who are capable of MATH 880: Applied Graduate Project I and applying advanced mathematical skills to MATH 881: Applied Graduate Project II. problems in areas of science, business and Not all AML projects can be used for the industry; 2) to develop the students’ abilities to internship purpose. integrate, in a meaningful way, the use of technology in their everyday professional practice; Students need to submit a project proposal to 3) to give educators an opportunity to satisfy the graduate committee for approval. In par- their in-service requirements and simultane- ticular, students working on AML projects ously enhance their knowledge of technology must describe their roles and responsibilities as and enrich their mathematical backgrounds; 4) part of the team. Students on AML projects to supply students with the mathematical com- must take a primary role in a significant por- petency necessary for advancement to a more tion of the project. The project proposal must professional role in the high-technology sector; be approved by the graduate committee before 5) to develop students’ reasoning and commu- students can register for the course. All stu- nication skills for improved service to the high- dents must produce a final written project technology sector; 6) to educate students to report and make an oral presentation to the solve problems, to work in teams and to com- graduate committee. For students who partici- municate in an interdisciplinary setting; 7) to pate in AML projects, this is in addition to any familiarize students with the recent advances project-required reports and presentations. in applied mathematics such as time series If the Graduate Program Committee analysis, financial mathematics, operations believes that all attempts, based on the above research and stochastic modeling; 8) to pre- 154 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

pare students for further graduate work at the 1. at least four 600-level courses from a doctoral level in applied mathematics; and 9) declared track to enrich the academic culture by providing 2. at least two 600-level courses from the opportunities for interaction of mathematical other track* and industrial research. Both full-time and 3. at most two 500-level courses from List A part-time students are encouraged to enroll in will count toward the degree the program. Core courses are usually offered 4. MATH 791-792 or MATH 880-881 in the evening, for the convenience of part- time students. *NOTE: At most one of the courses in the degree requirement No. 2 above can be Admission Requirements replaced with MATH 633: Queuing Systems, • A baccalaureate degree in mathematics or a MATH 651: Mathematics of Fuzzy Logic, related field. The applicant’s undergraduate MATH 671: Chaotic Dynamics and Fractal training must have included at least three Geometry. or MATH 676: Introduction to terms of calculus, a course in differential Mathematical Control Theory. equations and a course in linear algebra. Students with any deficiency in their math- LIST A ematical background may be admitted con- MATH 531 Probability (4) ditionally if they are willing to correct such MATH 532 Mathematical Statistics (3) deficiency. MATH 533 Applied Regression and Time • An undergraduate GPA of at least 3.00 for Series Analysis (4) full admission, 2.75 for conditional admis- MATH 534 Nonparametric Statistical sion, is required. All GPA calculations for Methods (3) admission are based upon the last 60 credits MATH 535 Numerical Analysis I (3) of undergraduate and post-baccalaureate MATH 537 Operations Research (3) study. MATH 538 Actuarial Models (3) • For international students whose native lan- MATH 563 Linear Algebra (3) guage is not English, English competency MATH 575 Mathematical Models (3) must be certified by the achievement of a MATH 576 Introductory Real Analysis (4) minimum of 550 on the written and 213 on MATH 577 Complex Analysis (3) the computerized Test of English as a For- MATH 579 Advanced Calculus (3) eign Language (TOEFL). MATH 585 Mathematical Finance (3) MATH 586 Risk Management and Degree Requirements Financial Engineering (3) There are two tracks from which to choose. A student may transfer up to two graduate-level Differential Equations/ mathematics courses taken at another institu- Optimization Track tion, provided that the transfer is consistent MATH 635 Applied Numerical Analysis (3) with the graduate policy. Students are required MATH 636 Linear and Nonlinear to submit a written technical report and give Programming (3) an oral presentation based on their internship MATH 637 Advanced Topics in Applied (Math 791-792), or applied graduate project Operations Research (3) (MATH 880, MATH 881) to the Graduate MATH 673 Integral Transforms and Program Committee. Satisfactory completion Applications (3) of the technical report and the oral presenta- MATH 674 Partial Differential tion, as judged by the Graduate Program Equations (3) Committee, is a requirement for graduation. MATH 675 Asymptotic and Perturbation The student is required to successfully com- Analysis (3) plete at least 10 courses (a minimum of 30 units) as indicated below: PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 155

NOTE: Students in this track without under- APPLIED INFORMATION graduate units in Advanced Calculus, Com- TECHNOLOGY (M.S.) plex Analysis and/or Numerical Analysis must Degree: Master of Science take them at Towson University from the Program Director: Darush Davani courses listed below. At most two of the fol- 410-704-4909 lowing courses may be counted toward gradu- grad.towson.edu/program/master/ait-ms ation as stated in No. 3 under Degree Require- ments above. Applied Information Technology is the study, design, development, implementation and sup- MATH 579/379 Advanced Calculus (3) port of computer-based information systems MATH 577/475 Complex Analysis (3) to address real-world problems. This program MATH 535/435 Numerical Analysis I (3) provides graduate-level education in IT for students preparing to enter the high-tech work Applied Statistics/Mathematical force and those already in the work force who Finance Track need to update and enhance their skills. We MATH 632 Computational Stochastic offer courses in areas such as systems develop- Modeling (3) ment, IT project management, Internet appli- MATH 634 Computational Spectral cation development, and IT and business Analysis and Time Series (3) analysis. Graduate certificates in Internet MATH 638 Applied Multivariate Statistical application development, information security Analysis (3) and assurance, information systems manage- MATH 639 Loss Models (4) ment, networking technologies, software engi- MATH 644 Mathematical Financial neering and database management systems are Derivatives (3) integrated with the M.S. degree program. MATH 643 Computational Methods of Mathematical Finance (3) Admission Requirements • A baccalaureate degree from an accredited NOTE: Students in this track without under- college or university graduate units in Probability, Applied Regres- • A minimum undergraduate GPA of 3.00 for sion and Time Series Analysis, and/or Mathe- full admission and 2.50 for conditional matical Finance or Risk Management and admission Financial Engineering must take them at Tow- • Minimum TOEFL score of 550 (where son University from the courses listed below. At applicable) most two of the following courses may be counted toward graduation as stated in No. 3 These programs are intended for students who under Degree Requirements above. have a bachelor’s degree in information technology, computer science, computer informa- MATH 531/ Probability (4) tion systems or a related field who will enter 331 the program for advanced studies; students MATH 533/ Applied Regression and Time who have a bachelor’s degree in a field not 337 Series Analysis (4) listed above who are already employed in the MATH 585/ Mathematical Finance (3) IT field and are seeking additional academic 485 studies for professional growth or career or advancement; and students who have a bach- MATH 586/ Risk Management and elor’s degree in disciplines other than IT who 486 Financial Engineering (3) are seeking preparation for careers in this field. 156 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

D egree Requirements AIT 610 Systems Development • Completion of any assigned preparatory Process (3) courses • Completion of 33 graduate units as follows AIT 616 Fundamentals of Web Technologies and Required Courses (15 units) Development (3) Students must complete the requirements for a AIT 618 Client/Server-Side Programming graduate certificate in applied information on the Web (3) technology. Currently, the following graduate AIT 715 Case Studies in Internet certificates in information technology are Applications (3) available. Additional graduate certificates may be added to this list in the future. Networking Technologies AIT 600 Information Technology Database Management Systems Infrastructure (3) AIT 600 Information Technology AIT 610 Systems Development Infrastructure (3) Process (3) AIT 610 Systems Development AIT 620 Business Data Process (3) Communications (3) AIT 632 Database Management AIT 622 Networking Architectures and Systems (3) Protocols (3) AIT 732 Advanced Database AIT 720 Case Studies in Networking Management Systems (3) Applications (3) AIT 735 Case Studies in Database Management Systems (3) Software Engineering AIT 600 Information Technology Information Security and Assurance Infrastructure (3) AIT 600 Information Technology AIT 610 Systems Development Infrastructure (3) Process (3) AIT 610 Systems Development AIT 624 Software Engineering Process (3) Fundamentals (3) AIT 612 Information Systems Vulnerability and Risk At least one of the following three courses: Analysis (3) AIT 641 Software Requirements AIT 614 Network Security (3) Engineering (3) AIT 710 Case Studies in Information AIT 642 Software Testing and Security (3) Maintenance (3) AIT 643 Enterprise Architecture (3) Information Systems Management and AIT 600 Information Technology AIT 725 Case Studies in Software Infrastructure (3) Engineering (3) AIT 610 Systems Development Process (3) Electives (18 units) AIT 628 IT and Business Strategy (3) Students must complete six graduate-level elec- AIT 630 IT Project Management (3) tive courses. A maximum of two elective AIT 730 Case Studies in Information courses may be in any of the following disci- Systems Management (3) plines: accounting, computer science, human resource development, management, mathe- Internet Application Development matics and technical writing. Those who want AIT 600 Information Technology to take elective courses from a discipline other Infrastructure (3) than AIT must get the AIT program director’s PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 157

approval before enrolling in the course. At least APPLIED Physics four of the elective courses must be graduate- Degree: Master of Science level AIT courses from the following list: Program Director: Rajeswari Kolagani AIT 612 Information Systems 410-704-3134 Vulnerability and Risk [email protected] Analysis (3) www.towson.edu/physics AIT 613 Introduction to Software Security Towson University’s Master of Science in AIT 614 Network Security (3) Applied Physics program is designed to prepare AIT 616 Fundamentals of Web graduates for leadership positions in a wide Technologies and range of science and technology careers. The Development (3) program is recognized by the Council of Gradu- AIT 618 Client/Server-Side Programming ate Schools as a Professional Science Master’s on the Web (3) program (PSM) and is one of about 10 PSMs in AIT 620 Business Data physics nationwide. Communications (3) The PSM degree is an innovative graduate AIT 622 Networking Architectures and degree that represents a recent national trend, Protocols (3) advocated and promoted by agencies such as AIT 624 Software Engineering the Council of Graduate Schools, National Fundamentals (3) Research Council and the Sloan Foundation, in AIT 626 Advanced Topics in Software response to the work force needs in science and Engineering (3) technology sectors. Following the PSM concept, AIT 628 IT and Business Strategy (3) the program is designed to deliver a strong AIT 630 IT Project Management (3) graduate education in applied physics, together AIT 632 Database Management with skills related to project management, team Systems (3) work, advanced communication and interdisci- AIT 641 Software Requirements plinary problem solving. Engineering (3) The physics content of the program aims to AIT 642 Software Testing and impart specialized knowledge in select areas of Maintenance (3) applied physics, while also emphasizing a broad AIT 643 Enterprise Architecture (3) set of skills including a range of laboratory AIT 650 Computer and Networks techniques involving materials fabrication and Forensics and Incident characterization, physical measurements Response (3) employing advanced instrumentation, mathe- AIT 652 Ethics, Law and Policy in matical modeling, data analysis and automa- Cyberspace (3) tion. The program imparts knowledge and skills AIT 655 Managing Information associated with management and communica- Security (3) tion through courses in project management AIT 670- Special Topics (3) and technical writing. In addition, there are 679 internship and research components that allow AIT 695 Independent Study in AIT (3) students to acquire real-life, problem-solving AIT 732 Advanced Database experience by working on site at technology Management Systems (3) enterprises or by participating in faculty-led research in applied areas.

Admission Requirements • A baccalaureate degree in physics or a related field such as chemistry, mathematics or engineering. Students who have not majored in physics will qualify for admis- 158 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

sion if their undergraduate education Group B: Electives included two calculus-based courses in (A minimum of 9 units are required, of which physics and at least two upper-level physics at least 6 units must be from 600-level courses.) courses. Students without a degree in phys- PHYS 512 Applications of Modern ics and/or adequate preparation may be Physics (3) required to take remedial courses and/or PHYS 552 Thermodynamics and additional 500-level electives from the cur- Statistical Mechanics (3) riculum, based on a case-by-case analysis. PHYS 553 Physical Optics and • An undergraduate GPA of at least 3.00 is Applications (3) required for full admission and at least 2.50 PHYS 554 Electricity and Magnetism (4) for provisional admission. PHYS 658 Magnetism and Magnetic Materials (3) Application Requirements PHYS 662 Spectroscopic and Microscopic Required documents for application: A resume Techniques (3) including names and contact information for PHYS 663 Functional Electronic three references; official transcripts; one recom- Materials (3) mendation on the Official Recommendation PHYS 664 Nanotechnology Principles (3) Form; and a brief statement of purpose indicating academic and professional objectives. Group C: ‘Plus’ courses (A minimum of 9 units are required.) Degree Requirements EBTM 604 The degree will require completion of a mini- EBTM 625 mum of 37 total units of course work. Stu- EBTM 750 dents with inadequate undergraduate prepara- ENCE 662* Introduction to Project tion in physics may be required to take more Management (3) than 37 units due to additional courses that ENCE 688* Global Project Management (3) may be needed to remedy deficiencies in ENCE 665* Management of Project Teams undergraduate course work. 19 of the 37 units (3) of course work will consist of the physics con- PRWR 621 Business Writing (3) tent courses, split between 10 units of core PRWR 623 Technical and Scientific Writing courses from Group A and 9 units of electives (3) from Group B. Another 9 units are assigned for courses in Group C which belong to the Group D: Thesis/Internship ‘plus’ category. The remaining 9 units are dis- (A minimum of 9 units are required.) tributed among the Group D courses that PHYS 779 Internship (6) comprise 3 units of research with faculty and PHYS 795 Applied Research (3) 6 units for thesis and/or internship. PHYS 897 Master’s Thesis (6) *These courses are offered online by the Group A: Core Courses Department of Project Management at the (A minimum of 10 units are required; the Clark School of Engineering, University of seminar course is a requirement.) Maryland, and are available to students PHYS 555 Quantum Mechanics (3) enrolled in this program. PHYS 557 Solid State Physics (3) PHYS 641 Laboratory Techniques and Description of thesis and/or non- Instrumentation (3) thesis option for graduate programs: PHYS 670 Computational Physics (3) Students will undertake a 3-unit research PHYS 685 PSM Seminar (1) course with a faculty mentor, followed by 6 units of internship at an employer facility. The internship component will require the students to work on site at a potential work place for a PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 159

total minimum duration of 360 hours. The be prepared for publication in the form of a program faculty will make all attempts to help thesis. Students will select their course work student placement in paid internships when- and research efforts in one of two areas: ever possible, although this cannot always be Molecular, Cellular and Microbiology, or guaranteed. Alternatively, students will have Organismal Biology and Ecology. Graduate the option to take 6 units of continued thesis teaching and research assistantships are research with the faculty mentor in lieu of the awarded on a competitive basis to full-time internship. Thesis research will be structured so thesis students. that students will need to collaborate actively and function as a team. Whenever possible, Non-thesis Option research topics will be chosen to allow the stu- The non-thesis option is designed for those dent to be involved in faculty collaborations who want a broader background in biology, with industry or other technology work places. including secondary school teachers or students planning to apply to professional schools. This option allows students to obtain a degree BIOLOGY entirely through course work. Research oppor- Degree: Master of Science tunities are available but not required for the Program Directors: degree. A diverse course offering is available in Jack Shepard the evening to accommodate working students. 410-704-2394 [email protected] Admission Requirements • A minimum of 24 undergraduate credits in John Lapolla biology 410-704-3121 • Course work in general chemistry, organic [email protected] chemistry and physics. www.towson.edu/biology • A GPA of 3.00 in previous biology course work. An overall GPA (i.e., in biology and Greater Baltimore is a center of biotechnology all other courses) of 3.00 is required for full and biomedical research. In addition, the admission. Overall GPA calculations for region’s rapid growth and development have admission are based upon the last 60 credits stimulated environmental concerns and placed of undergraduate course work. Students strains on the educational system. As a conse- lacking key prerequisites and/or having a quence, graduates with master’s-level training GPA of 2.50-2.99 may rarely be given con- are sought by research facilities and private ditional admission. Any student admitted laboratories, environmental consulting firms, conditionally will be required to make up zoos, aquaria, and public and private second- deficiencies in prerequisites and/or achieve a ary schools. The Master of Science degree in GPA of 3.00 in their first three graduate Biology is intended to provide students with courses taken at Towson University. advanced training in subdisciplines of biology. Students may earn a degree through a thesis or non-thesis option. Application to the Program Send the following materials to University Thesis Option Admissions, 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252-0001: The thesis option provides the necessary back- • General application form, application fee, ground and experience for those who plan official transcripts, supplemental application further study for their Ph.D., for those whose for M.S. degree in Biology (available via the employment requires research training, and for Admissions website) and three letters of rec- those who wish to teach in community col- ommendation from instructors or supervi- leges. This option includes a combination of sors familiar with the student’s record, apti- course work and the completion of a major tude and potential for graduate work. research project. The results of this project will 160 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

• Students who are applying to the thesis Aspects of Biology (BIOL 796) and Graduate option must also submit scores from the Seminar (BIOL 797) are also required for the Graduate Record Examination-General Test degree. A minimum of 16 of the 24 non-thesis to University Admissions at the above units must come from courses at the 600-700 address. Scores from the GRE Subject level. A maximum of 3 combined units from Examination in Biology are not required. Non-thesis Research (BIOL 701) and Indepen- GRE scores are not required for students dent Study (BIOL 703) may count toward a applying to the non-thesis option. degree. All students must complete and suc- • Students who are applying to the thesis cessfully defend a thesis before the degree is option must have the written support of a awarded. Students earn 6 units upon comple- faculty member who is willing to serve as tion and successful defense of the thesis. their thesis adviser prior to the application deadline. Non-thesis Option Students will select course work with assis- Application Deadlines tance and approval of an adviser from the Due to curriculum requirements, thesis stu- Biology graduate faculty. Course selections dents are primarily admitted for the fall term will be based on the student’s undergraduate and more rarely, on a case-by-case basis, for background, purpose for pursuing the M.S. the spring term. The deadlines for thesis stu- degree, and current or planned career. Gradu- dents requesting Graduate Assistantships are: ate Seminar (BIOL 797) is a required course. A • March 15 for the following fall term minimum of 22 of the 30 required units must • October 15 for the following spring term come from courses at the 600-700 levels. No more than 6 combined units from Non-thesis The deadlines for students not requesting a Research (BIOL 701) and Independent Study Graduate Assistantship are: (BIOL 703) may count toward a degree. • April 15 for the following summer term • July 15 for the following fall term COMPUTER SCIENCE • November 15 for the following spring term Degree: Master of Science Program Director: Yanggon Kim Degree Requirements 410-704-3782 Thesis and non-thesis students are required to [email protected] complete 30 units of course work. Students www.towson.edu/cosc may take no more than two courses at the 500 level and no more than two courses in disci- This program provides a comprehensive plines outside of Biology (with the exception approach to advanced study in computer sci- of ENVS 604), and only with the prior ence. It also prepares professionally responsi- approval of the student’s advisory committee ble individuals to be capable of holding a or assigned adviser. variety of scientific and technical positions in the area of computing applications. Thesis Option Such jobs are found in research and devel- All course work must be approved by the stu- opment departments; in federal, state and local dent’s thesis advisory committee. Appropriate government agencies; in computer software course work will be based on the student’s development companies; in computer security undergraduate background, area of research companies; in Internet, e-commerce and Web and career objectives. Students must select development companies; and in companies courses and focus their research efforts in one involved in the development of hardware and of two areas: Molecular, Cellular and Microbi- software products for applications in aero- ology, or Organismal Biology and Ecology. A space, biological, chemical, medical and minimum of 9 units of course work in one of genetic research. Graduates will also be pre- these two areas is required. Professional pared for further work at the doctoral level. PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 161

The main objectives of the program are: 1) Students may repeat prerequisite courses no to give students the opportunity to study and more than two times to be eligible to take attain knowledge in current computer science graduate-level courses. specialties; 2) to develop student ability to apply computer science problem-solving meth- Degree Requirements ods and tools to realistic research and indus- • Satisfactory completion of any assigned pre- try-related problems; 3) to equip students with paratory courses. (This only applies to stu- the tools and knowledge necessary for contrib- dents who do not have an undergraduate uting to the needs of a high technology society degree in computer science.) through preparation for continued learning; • All M.S. students must complete the core and 4) to prepare students for advanced gradu- courses in Group A. ate work in computer science. • Satisfactory completion of the requirements for the M.S. in Computer Science or M.S. in Admission Requirements Computer Science with the Software Engi- • A baccalaureate degree in computer science neering/Computer Security/E-Commerce or a baccalaureate degree in any other field Track. At least 24 units of degree work must and completion of one to three preparatory be at the 600- to 800-level. courses from among MATH 263, COSC • Earn a grade of “B” or better in all required 501 and COSC 502, as determined by the courses listed in Group A. Courses may be graduate program director. repeated once to satisfy this requirement. • An undergraduate GPA of 3.00 for full admission, or 2.50 for conditional admis- M.S. in Computer Science (33 units) sion, is required. All GPA calculations for admission are based upon the last 60 credits Group A — Core Courses of undergraduate and post-baccalaureate (15-18 units) study. COSC 519 Operating Systems Principles (3) Prerequisite Courses COSC 578 Database Management COSC 501 Fundamentals of Data Systems I (3) Structures and Algorithm COSC 600 Advanced Data Structures and Analysis (6) Algorithm Analysis (3) COSC 502 Computer Organization and COSC 650 Computer Networks (3) Assembly Language for COSC 880 Graduate Project/Internship (3) Non-CS/CIS Major (3) or MATH 263 Discrete Mathematics (3) AIT 880 Graduate Project (3) or Both COSC 501 and COSC 502 can be taken COSC 897 Computer Science Thesis (6) together in the same term. These prerequisites are not required for students who have a bac- Group B — Elective Courses calaureate degree in Computer Science. MATH (15-18 units) 263 is not required for students who have an Any 500/600/700-level COSC courses that are engineering, mathematics or computer science not taken in Group A will be counted as elec- baccalaureate degree. Students with no engi- tives. Note that students may not count more neering, mathematics or computer science than 9 units of 500-level courses toward their degree background must take all three prereq- graduation requirements. uisites. A grade of “B” or better (or pass) is required for the successful completion of any prerequisite course. 162 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

Software Engineering Track (33 units) COSC 745 Advanced Topics in Computer Security (3) Group A — Core Courses (15-18 units) Group C — Elective Courses Same as M.S. in Computer Science. (3-6 units) Any 600/700-level COSC courses that are not Group B — Required Courses taken in Group A or Group B will be counted (12 units) as electives. Those who want to take elective courses from a discipline other than COSC Students must take the required course listed must get the COSC program director’s below: approval before enrolling in the course. COSC612 Software Engineering I (3) Project/Thesis Requirement: COSC 880/ At least one course from the following: Internship/AIT 880 project or COSC 897. COSC609 Project Management (3) Thesis must be in the computer security area. COSC716 Object-Oriented Methodology (3) E-Commerce Track (33 units) At least two courses from the following: COSC 601 Software Requirements Group A — Core Courses Engineering (3) (15-18 units) COSC 603 Software Testing and Same as M.S. in Computer Science. Maintenance (3) COSC 618 Enterprise Architecture (3) Group B — Required Courses (12 units) Group C — Elective Courses Choose at least two courses from the following: (3-6 units) COSC 617 Advanced Web Any 600/700-level COSC courses that are not Development (3) taken in Group A or Group B will be counted COSC 641 Fundamentals of as electives. Those who want to take elective E-Commerce (3) courses from a discipline other than COSC COSC 643 Internet Supply Chain must get the COSC program director’s Management (3) approval before enrolling in the course. COSC 741 E-Commerce Case Studies (3)

Computer Security Track (33 units) and at least two courses from the following: COSC 609 Software Project Group A — Core Courses Management (3) (15-18 units) COSC 612 Software Engineering I (3) Same as M.S. in Computer Science. COSC 716 Object-Oriented Methodology (3) Group B — Required Courses Group C — Elective Courses (12 units) Choose at least three courses from the following: (3-6 units) Any 600/700-level COSC courses that are not COSC 645 Applied Cryptography (3) taken in Group A or Group B will be counted COSC 647 Application Software as electives. Those who want to take elective Security (3) courses from a discipline other than COSC COSC 683 Security and Internet must get the COSC program director’s Algorithms (3) approval before enrolling in the course. COSC 734 Network Security (3) and PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 163

Project/Thesis Requirement: Internship/AIT • two terms of introductory biology with 880 project or COSC 897. Thesis must be in laboratory the E-Commerce area. • two terms of introductory chemistry with laboratory Transfer Courses • one term of statistics and one term of cal- A student can transfer up to two graduate- culus level courses from a recognized institution or with the approval of the graduate program • two terms of calculus director. Send the following admission materials to University Admissions, Towson University, ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE (M.S.) 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252: Degree: Master of Science • Completion of the supplemental application Program Director: Steven Lev form, which can be obtained from Univer- 410-704-2744 sity Admissions, 410-704-2025, or online at [email protected] http://grad.towson.edu www.towson.edu/ess • Letters of recommendation, as described in the supplemental application form, and the The graduate program in Environmental Sci- Graduate Recommendation Form from ence is an interdisciplinary program that three individuals in a position to evaluate focuses on environmental issues and problems your academic potential in this field faced by metropolitan areas. The program is for individuals who are in the environmental Degree Requirements work force, who are looking to enter the envi- All M.S. students complete 30 units of gradu- ronmental work force or who are public ate work. No more than three courses may be school teachers who wish to expand their at the 500 level. In addition to completing the knowledge of environmental sciences of met- core courses listed below, all students choose a ropolitan areas so they can teach in this spe- concentration and select their elective courses cialty. There are four areas of concentration in from among those courses appropriate for that the program: Water Resource Management concentration (see below). and Assessment, Biological Resource Manage- ment, Wetland Assessment and Management, Option 1: Master of Science with and Environmental Spatial Analysis. Program Thesis (30 units) graduates are well prepared to work in the Four core courses, electives appropriate to the environmental consulting area, education, concentration (no more than three 500-level industry, federal, state and county environ- courses) and ENVS 897 or two consecutive mental agencies, and nonprofit environmental terms of ENVS 898. groups. Option 2: Master of Science without Admission Requirements Thesis (30 units) • Admission to Towson University. Four core courses, electives appropriate to the • Undergraduate degree (B.A. or B.S.) in biol- concentration (no more than three 500-level ogy, chemistry, geology or environmental courses) and ENVS 798 (which must be com- science with a minimum GPA of 3.00 for pleted successfully in the first attempt). full admission, and a minimum GPA of 2.50 for conditional admission. Required Courses (15 units) • Students with an undergraduate degree in ENVS 601 Topics in Environmental another area are required to demonstrate Geology (4) COSC 880 via completion of the following ENVS 602 Environmental Chemistry (4) courses with a minimum GPA of 3.00: 164 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

ENVS 603 Environmental Law and MATH 630 Statistics: An Integrated Regulation (3) Approach (4) ENVS 604 Ecosystems Ecology (4) MATH 632 Computational Stochastic Modeling (3)

M.S. Culmination Courses Biological Resources Management ENVS 798 Research Practicum (3) Concentration or BIOL 506 Limnology (4) ENVS 897 Research Thesis (6) BIOL 510 Conservation Biology (4) or BIOL 532 Vascular Plant Taxonomy (3) Two consecutive terms of ENVS 898 BIOL 535 Plant Ecology (4) Research Thesis (3) BIOL 555 Fish Biology (4) BIOL 556 Ornithology (4) Electives BIOL 561 Entomology (4) In addition to completing the required core, BIOL 567 Herpetology (4) students choose a concentration listed below BIOL 601 Current Topics in Biology (3)* and select electives from within it. BIOL 610 Population and Community Biology (3) Water Resource Management and BIOL 635 Physiological Plant Ecology (3) Assessment Concentration BIOL 731 Plant Community Ecology (3) BIOL 506 Limnology (4) ENVS 635 Wetlands Identification, BIOL 555 Fish Biology (4) Conservation and BIOL 601 Current Topics in Biology (3)* Delineation (4) BIOL 609 Aquatic Community ENVS 640 Ecotoxicology (3) Analysis (4) ENVS 645 Fluvial Geomorphology and BIOL 610 Population and Community Hydrology (4) Biology (3) GEOG 503 Soils and Vegetation (3) BIOL 653 Biology of Freshwater GEOG 587 Environmental Impact Invertebrates (4) Assessment (3) CHEM 562 Chemical and Bacteriological MATH 545 Sampling Techniques (3) Studies on Water Pollution (3) MATH 575 Mathematical Models (3) ENVS 630 Concepts of Environmental MATH 630 Statistics: An Integrated Engineering (3) Approach (4) ENVS 635 Wetlands Identification, MATH 632 Computational Stochastic Conservation and Modeling (3) Delineation (4) ENVS 640 Ecotoxicology (3) Wetlands Assessment and ENVS 645 Fluvial Geomorphology and Management Concentration Hydrology (4) BIOL 510 Environmental ENVS 650 Aqueous Geochemistry (4) Conservation (4) GEOG 518 Introduction to Geographic BIOL 518 Microbiology (4) Information Systems (3) BIOL 535 Plant Ecology (4) GEOG 523 GIS Application (3) BIOL 601 Current Topics in Biology (3)* GEOG 587 Environmental Impact BIOL 609 Aquatic Community Assessment (3) Analysis (4) GEOG 631 Remote Sensing (3) BIOL 635 Physiological Plant Ecology (3) GEOG 672-9 Special Topics [i.e., Water BIOL 731 Plant Community Ecology (3) Resources Management] (3)* ENVS 630 Concepts of Environmental MATH 545 Sampling Techniques (3) Engineering (3) MATH 575 Mathematical Models (3) PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 165

ENVS 635 Wetlands Identification, FORENSIC SCIENCE Conservation and Degree: Master of Science Delineation (4) Program Director: Mark Profili ENVS 645 Fluvial Geomorphology and 410-704-2668 Hydrology (4) [email protected] ENVS 650 Aqueous Geochemistry (4) GEOG 518 Introduction to Geographic The Master of Science in Forensic Science pro- Information Systems (3) gram is a FEPAC-accredited program that is GEOG 523 GIS Application (3) primarily molecular biology/biochemistry- GEOG 587 Environmental Impact based, focusing on forensic DNA analysis. Assessment (3) This program has the support of and benefits GEOG 672-9 Special Topics [i.e., Water from a wide variety of talented faculty mem- Resources Management] (3)* bers from the department of Chemistry as well MATH 545 Sampling Techniques (3) as forensic professionals serving as adjunct MATH 575 Mathematical Models (3) faculty. The program is rich with laboratory MATH 630 Statistics: An Integrated experience, capped with a research project, Approach (4) internship in a forensic laboratory or a thesis. MATH 632 Computational Stochastic The program provides advanced education in Modeling (3) the scientific and laboratory problem-solving skills necessary for success in a modern forensic Environmental Spatial Analysis laboratory. The program combines this rigorous Concentration training with exposure to the breadth of forensic BIOL 601 Current Topics in Biology (3)* science disciplines, including forensic science ENVS 635 Wetlands Identification, practice, law and ethics. The program is intended Conservation and for students who are interested in working as Delineation (4) forensic scientists in the field. The flexible degree ENVS 645 Fluvial Geomorphology and program is also designed to meet the profes- Hydrology (4) sional development needs of forensic scientists GEOG 503 Soils and Vegetation (3) now employed in Maryland and the mid-Atlan- GEOG 516 Quantitative Methods in tic region. It is currently one of four FEPAC- Geography (3) accredited, Professional Science Master’s Pro- GEOG 518 Introduction to Geographic grams in forensic science in the United States. Information Systems (3) The curriculum ensures that each student: GEOG 523 GIS Application (3) • Develops an understanding of the areas of GEOG 557 Studies in Natural Hazards (3) knowledge that are essential to forensic sci- GEOG 587 Environmental Impact ence, including crime scene investigation, Assessment (3) physical evidence concepts, law/science inter- GEOG 631 Remote Sensing (3) face, ethics and professional responsibilities, GEOG 672-9 Special Topics [i.e., Water quality assurance, analytical chemistry and Resources Management] (3)* instrumental methods of analysis, micros- GEOL 515 Hydrogeology (4) copy, molecular biology, toxicology, forensic MATH 545 Sampling Techniques (3) biology, DNA technologies and biostatistics MATH 575 Mathematical Models (3) • Acquires skills and experiences in the appli- MATH 630 Statistics: An Integrated cation of basic forensic science concepts and Approach (4) forensic DNA knowledge to problem solving MATH 632 Computational Stochastic • Is oriented in professional values, concepts Modeling (3) and ethics • Demonstrates integration of knowledge and *Courses offered under this number might be skills through a capstone experience, such as appropriate for this concentration. Check with a seminar, a research project, an internship the director. or thesis 166 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

Admission Requirements Electives Courses (9 units) • A B.S./B.A. in biological sciences, chemistry FRSC 640 Chemistry of Dangerous or forensic chemistry is required for full Drugs (3) admission. Students with a B.S./B.A. in a CHEM 580 Chemical Toxicology (3) natural science with two semesters in gen- FRSC 650 Forensic Microscopy (3) eral chemistry, organic chemistry and gen- FRSC 660 Death Analysis in Forensic eral physics, and at least one semester in Science (3) general biology, analytical chemistry, statis- FRSC 670 Forensic Analytical tics, biochemistry, molecular biology and Methods (3) genetics can be considered for admission. FRSC 68x Forensic Toxicology • A GPA of 3.00 in previous science course Up to 6 elective units from other disciplines work and an overall GPA of 3.00 are may be taken with permission from the FRSC required for full admission. All GPA calcula- director. tions for admissions are based upon the last 60 credits of undergraduate and post-bacca- Capstone Courses (6 units) laureate study. Students having a GPA of FRSC 880/1 Research Project in Forensic 2.75-2.99 may be given conditional admis- Science (0-6) sion. Full admission will be granted after and/or students achieve a GPA of 3.00 in their first FRSC 787 Graduate Internship in Forensic 9 graduate units taken at Towson University. Science (0-3) or Send the following materials to University FRSC 897 Thesis in Forensic Science (6) Admissions, Towson University, 8000 York Road, Towson MD 21252: • General application form, application fee MATHEMATICS EDUCATION and official transcripts. Degree: Master of Science Program Director: Maureen Yarnevich Degree Requirements 410-704-2988 All students complete 37 units of graduate work. [email protected] No more than three courses may be taken at the www.towson.edu/math 500 level. In addition to the required courses listed below, all students must select four elective The Master of Science in Mathematics Educa- courses with at least two electives courses from tion program at Towson University provides an approved list. To fulfill the capstone require- mathematics teachers with advanced study in ment students must choose either the Thesis mathematics, mathematics education and gen- option (6 units) or an Internship (0-3 units) and/ eral education. The program offers teachers or a Research Project (0-6 units). additional experience in higher-level mathematics to enhance their teaching with addi- Required Courses (22 units) tional depth and breadth of content. At the FRSC 600 Law and Forensic Science (3) same time, it strengthens their backgrounds in FRSC 601 Forensic Molecular Biology (3) the school mathematics curriculum, instruc- FRSC 602 Forensic Chemistry (3) tional practices, assessment and technology. It FRSC 610 Forensic Serology (3) also provides them a relevant way of satisfying FRSC 620 DNA Technologies in Forensic their in-service requirements for professional Science (3) advancement. FRSC 621 Advanced DNA Technologies The program offers two tracks: Secondary in Forensic Science (3) School and Middle School. FRSC 797 Graduate Seminar for Forensic Science (1) MATH 539 Biostatistics II (3) PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 167

Secondary School Track ondary School Track) or teaching elementary The Secondary School Track is open to certi- school (Middle School Track). In some circum- fied secondary mathematics teachers with a stances, as determined by the program director, strong mathematics background. Students two years of recent, documented, full-time take required and elective courses in mathe- teaching experience may replace the certifica- matics content, mathematics education and tion requirement. For the Secondary School general areas of education. Track, the applicant should have an under- It is expected that graduates of this program graduate degree (or MAT) in mathematics with will become leaders in mathematics education a secondary education concentration or the as master teachers, curriculum developers, equivalent, with a minimum undergraduate mathematics supervisors and other positions GPA of 3.00 for full admission and 2.50 for that improve the teaching of mathematics in conditional admission. For the Middle School secondary schools. The special strength of this Track, the applicant should have an under- program is the opportunity to study higher graduate degree in elementary education or the mathematics content without leaving the field equivalent with a minimum undergraduate of school mathematics. The program was GPA of 3.00 for full admission and 2.50 for designed with on-the-job teachers in mind, conditional admission. All GPA calculations with part-time studies in the evenings and for admission are based upon the last 60 credits summers available; however, full-time students of undergraduate and post-baccalaureate study. are also welcome. Degree Requirements Middle School Track The student is required to successfully com- The Middle School Track is designed to target plete a total of at least 36 units of course work current and future middle school mathematics (with no more than 9 units below the 600 teachers who are elementary school certified. level), as outlined below. Many of these teachers only took mathematics courses that were required for elementary Section A: Core Required Courses school certification. It is clear that this limited in Mathematics Education, School mathematics preparation is not sufficient to Mathematics and Pedagogy teach middle school mathematics. Students complete all three courses in this cat- The primary components of this program egory: are both mathematics content and mathemat- MATH 602 Cultural and Philosophical ics education courses. It is clear that middle Background of school mathematics teachers must have a Mathematics (3) strong mathematics preparation. Moreover, MATH 626 Technology in School middle school mathematics teachers need to Mathematics Teaching and deeply understand the mathematics they teach. Learning (3) Middle school mathematics teachers also need MATH 627 Curriculum Issues in Secondary to be lifelong mathematics learners. Partici- School Mathematics (3) pants in this program will learn mathematics concepts and skills that are meaningful. Tech- niques that reflect exemplary mathematics Section B: Courses in General teaching also will be presented. Education and Pedagogy Students complete a total of three education- Admission Requirements related courses. The following are examples of Applicants must meet the general requirements such courses: for graduate study outlined in this catalog. The MATH 622 Seminar in Teaching Advanced applicant must possess current certification for Placement Calculus (3) teaching secondary school mathematics (Sec- EDUC 601 Concepts and Issues in Education (3) 168 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

EDUC 605 Research and Information MATH 630 Statistics: An Integrated Technology (3) Approach(4) EDUC 614 Assessment and Evaluation in MATH 651 Mathematics of Fuzzy Education (3) Logic (3) EDUC 660 Teaching in a Multicultural/ Multiethnic Society (3) II. Middle School Track: SCED 625 Teaching in Middle School (3) Students complete the following five courses: SCED 635 Discipline and Classroom Management in Secondary MTED 611 Algebra for Middle School Schools (3) Teachers (3) SCED 647 Advanced Processes of MTED 612 Data Analysis for Middle Teaching and Learning (3) School Teachers (3) MTED 613 Mathematical Modeling for Section C: Mathematics Foundation Middle School Teachers (3) MTED 614 Calculus through Technology I. Secondary School Track: for Middle School Teachers (3) Students complete five courses, one course MTED 615 Geometry for Middle School from each of the following categories, and one Teachers (3) additional elective from any of these categories: Section D: Mathematics Methods

Algebra I. Secondary School Track: MATH 563 Linear Algebra (3) MATH 625 Seminar in Mathematics MATH 565 Theory of Numbers (3) Education for Secondary MATH 568 Algebraic Structures (3) School Teachers (3) MATH 667 Algebra of Symmetries (3) II. Middle School Track: Analysis MTED 605 Middle School Mathematical MATH 535 Numerical Analysis (3) Methods and Problems (3) MATH 576 Introductory Real Analysis (4) or—but not both MATH 628 Real Analysis for Teachers (3) SCIENCE EDUCATION MATH 577 Complex Analysis (3) Degree: Master of Science MATH 578 Topology (3) Program Director: Sarah Haines MATH 579 Advanced Calculus (3) 410-704-2926 [email protected] Geometry www.towson.edu/csme MATH 557 Differential Geometry (3) MATH 650 Patterns in Mathematical NOTE: This program is not currently admit- Designs (3) ting new students. MATH 653 Topics in Geometry (3) MATH 671 Chaotic Dynamics and Fractal The Master of Science in Science Education is Geometry (3) designed to enhance the content knowledge and teaching skills of Maryland high school Statistics/Probability science teachers. The program will prepare MATH 531 Probability (4) them for certification through the National MATH 532 Mathematical Statistics (3) Board for Professional Teaching Standards MATH 543 Applied Analysis of (NBPTS) Variance (3) PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 169

Educational objectives of this program are Biology Track to enhance the depth of content knowledge of students within the scientific discipline; train Admission Requirements students in the practice of science, including • Secondary school teacher certification the design and execution of controlled experi- • Bachelor of Science degree in the biological ments, data analysis, knowledge application sciences or a minimum of 24 undergraduate and reporting; and provide the students with credits in biology with course work in gen- the most recent knowledge on best practices in eral chemistry, organic chemistry, mathe- teaching science, including recent advances in matics and physics pedagogy, authentic assessment, the use of • GPA of 3.00 in previous biology course state and national standards, and the applica- work and an overall GPA of 3.00 tion of instructional technology. • All general admission requirements noted A diverse course offering of primarily 600- above and 700-level courses is available in the evening to accommodate working teachers. Degree Requirements Teachers may choose a Biology, Chemistry Students will obtain a non-thesis Master of or Earth and Environmental Science track Science degree through a combination of under the Master of Science in Science Educa- course work in scientific content areas and tion program. education, and optional research projects. Degree requirements consist of 36 units of General Admission Requirements course work. No more than 9 units may be • Secondary school teacher certification taken at the 500 level. No more than one elec- • Bachelor of Science degree in a science or a tive course outside the discipline content area minimum of 24 undergraduate credits in sci- will be counted toward the degree. Approval ence with course work in general chemistry, from the graduate director must be acquired organic chemistry, mathematics and physics before taking such an elective. • GPA of 3.00 in previous science course Students may earn units for participation in work and an overall GPA of 3.00. Students optional research projects (BIOL 701: Non- lacking key prerequisites and/or having a Thesis Laboratory Research) and will be GPA of 2.50-2.99 may be given conditional encouraged to do so with faculty at Towson admission. Any student admitted condition- University or through an external internship ally may be required to make up deficiencies opportunity. in prerequisites and/or achieve a GPA of 3.00 in their first 9 graduate units taken at Required Courses (21-22 units) Towson University. BIOL 602 Molecular Biology (3) BIOL 604 Mechanisms of Animal Send the following admission materials to Physiology (3) University Admissions, Towson University, BIOL 610 Population and Community 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252: Biology (3) • Three letters of recommendation from BIOL 797 Graduate Seminar (1) instructors or supervisors ISTC 655 Media Design and • A one-page statement of intent Production (3) SCED 647 Advanced Teaching and General Degree Requirements Learning Processes, Students will obtain a non-thesis Master of Secondary (3) Science degree through a combination of SCED 781 Integrated Professional Practice course work in scientific content areas and Seminar (2) education, and optional research projects. or Degree requirements consist of 36 units of SCIE 7xx Independent Study: National course work. Board Certification (2) 170 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

SCIE 6xx Assessment Strategies and BIOL 569 Comparative Animal Practices in Science (3) Physiology (4) BIOL 601 Current Topics in Biology (3)1 Electives (14-15 units) BIOL 606 Biochemical Adaptation (3) Choose at least one course from each of the BIOL 607 Physiological Animal following three categories: Ecology (3) BIOL 617 Molecular Mechanisms of Category A: Organismal Biology, Development (3) Evolution and Ecology BIOL 635 Physiological Plant Ecology (3) BIOL 502 General Ecology (4) BIOL 636 Plant Physiological Ecology: BIOL 506 Limnology (4) Methods and BIOL 510 Environmental Instrumentation (2) Conservation (4) BIOL 651 Osmoregulation (3) BIOL 513 Evolution (3) BIOL 781 Recent Advances in 1 BIOL 530 Horticulture (4) Biology (3) BIOL 532 Vascular Plant Taxonomy (4) BIOL 535 Plant Ecology (4) Category C: Cellular and BIOL 553 Invertebrate Zoology (4) Molecular Biology BIOL 555 Fish Biology (4) BIOL 508 Cell Biology (4) 1 BIOL 556 Ornithology (4) BIOL 515 Medical Microbiology (4) BIOL 561 Entomology (4) BIOL 518 Microbiology (4) BIOL 567 Herpetology (4) BIOL 521 Immunology (4) BIOL 571 Animal Behavior (4) BIOL 528 Virology (3) BIOL 601 Current Topics in Biology (3) BIOL 560 Histology (4) BIOL 607 Physiological Animal BIOL 585 Seminar in Microbiology and Ecology (3) Cell Biology (1) 1 BIOL 609 Aquatic Community BIOL 601 Current Topics in Biology (3) Analysis (4) BIOL 612 Molecular Ecology and BIOL 613 Animal Communication (3) Evolution (3) BIOL 635 Physiological Plant Ecology (3) BIOL 614 Applied Biotechnology (3) BIOL 636 Plant Physiological Ecology: BIOL 615 Pathogenic Microbiology (3) Methods and BIOL 616 Membrane Biology (3) Instrumentation (2) BIOL 617 Molecular Mechanisms of 2 BIOL 653 Biology of Freshwater Development (3) Invertebrates (4) BIOL 618 Molecular Medicine (3) BIOL 6xx Landscape Ecology (3) BIOL 622 Gene Expression and 2 BIOL 6xx Biostatistics, Data Analysis and Regulation (3) Interpretation (3) BIOL 781 Recent Advances in 1 BIOL 731 Plant Community Ecology (3) Biology (3) BIOL 781 Recent Advances in 1 Category determined by graduate director. Biology (3)1 2 These courses are in the development/ ENVS 604 Ecosystems Ecology (3) approval process.

Category B: Physiology Chemistry Track BIOL 525 Dissection of the Upper Extremities (2) Admission Requirements BIOL 536 Plant Physiology (4) • Secondary school teacher certification BIOL 563 Animal Embryology (4) • Bachelor of Science degree in a natural sci- BIOL 565 Mammalian Physiology (4) ence with course work in general chemistry, BIOL 568 Endocrinology (3) organic chemistry, mathematics and physics PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 171

or a minimum of 24 undergraduate credits CHEM 588 Organic Chemistry in a natural science in addition to course Concepts (3)* work in general chemistry, organic chemis- CHEM 601 Biochemistry and Molecular try, mathematics and physics Biology (3) • GPA of 3.00 in previous science course CHEM 602 Medicinal Chemistry (3) work and an overall GPA of 3.00 CHEM 603 Inorganic Materials • General admission requirements noted Chemistry (3) above CHEM 641 Physical Chemistry Concepts (4) Degree Requirements ENVS 602 Environmental Chemistry (3) Students will obtain a non-thesis Master of Science degree through a combination of Electives (0-6 units)** course work in chemistry and education, and CHEM 505 Introduction to Research in an optional research project. Degree require- Chemistry (1-3) ments consist of 36 units of course work. No CHEM 562 Chemical and Bacterial Studies more than 9 units may be taken at the 500 on Water Pollution (3) level. No more than one elective course outside CHEM 563 Chemistry of Dangerous the discipline content area will be counted Drugs (3) toward the degree. Approval from the gradu- CHEM 568 Forensic Chemistry ate director must be acquired before taking CHEM 610 Applications of Analytical such an elective. Chemistry (3) Students may earn units for participation in CHEM 645 Molecular Spectroscopy (3) optional research projects (CHEM 505: Intro- ENVS 580 Chemical Toxicology (3) duction to Research in Chemistry) and will be *Requirement may be met by competency encouraged to do so with faculty at Towson exam. University or through an external internship **Depending on results of competency exam. opportunity. Earth and Environmental Required Courses Science Track

Science Education and Professional Admission Requirements Education (11 units) • Secondary school teacher certification ISTC 655 Media Design and • Bachelor of Science degree in geology or Production (3) environmental science or a minimum of 24 SCED 647 Advanced Teaching and undergraduate credits in geology or environ- Learning Processes, mental science with course work in chemis- Secondary (3) try and biology SCIE 6xx Assessment Strategies and • GPA of 3.00 in previous biology course Practices in Science (3) work and an overall GPA of 3.00. Students SCED 781 Integrated Professional Practice lacking key prerequisites and/or having a Seminar (2) GPA of 2.50-2.99 may be given conditional or admission. Any student admitted condition- SCIE 7xx Independent Study: National ally may be required to make up deficiencies Board Certification (2) in prerequisites and/or achieve a grade of no lower than B in their first 9 graduate units Chemistry (19-25 units) taken at Towson University. CHEM 585 Principles of Chemistry (3)* • Three letters of recommendation from CHEM 586 Laboratory Experiment instructors or supervisors Design (3) • A one-page statement of intent 172 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

D egree Requirements CHEM 562 Chemical and Bacteriological Students will obtain a non-thesis Master of Studies on Water Pollution (3) Science degree through a combination of ENVS 635 Wetlands Identification, course work in scientific content areas and Conservation and education, and optional research projects. Delineation (4) Degree requirements consist of 36 units of ENVS 640 Ecotoxicology (3) course work. No more than 9 units may be ENVS 645 Fluvial Geomorphology and taken at the 500 level. Approval from the Hydrology (4) graduate director must be acquired before tak- ENVS 650 Aqueous Geochemistry (4) ing an elective not already listed as part of the ENVS 680 Special Topics in curriculum. Environmental Science (3) Students may earn units for participation in GEOG 518 Introduction to Geographic optional research projects (ENVS 670) and Information Systems (3) will be encouraged to do so with faculty at GEOG 523 GIS Application (3) Towson University or through an external GEOG 557 Studies in Natural Hazards (3) internship opportunity. GEOG 587 Environmental Impact Assessment (3) Required Courses GEOG 631 Remote Sensing (3) GEOG 672-9 Special Topics [i.e., Water Science Education and Professional Resources Management] (3)* GEOL 515 Hydrogeology (4) Education (11 units) GEOL 521 Structural Geology (4) SCIE 6xx Assessment Strategies and GEOL 531 Mineralogy (4) Practices in Science (3) GEOL 533 Petrology of Igneous and SCED 647 Advanced Teaching and Metamorphic Rocks (4) Learning Processes, GEOL 541 Sedimentology and Secondary (3) Stratigraphy (4) ISTC 655 Media Design and GEOL 557 Physical Oceanography (3) Production (3) *Courses offered under this number might be SCED 781 Integrated Professional Practice appropriate for this concentration. Check with Seminar (2) the director. or SCIE 7xx Independent Study: National Board Certification (2) DATABASE MANAGEMENT Earth and Environmental Science Core SYSTEMS Certificate: Post-Baccalaureate (8-12 units) Program Director: Darush Davani Choose at least two from this category: 410-704-4909 ENVS 601 Topics in Environmental grad.towson.edu/program/certificate/dbms- Geology (4) pbc/ ENVS 602 Environmental Chemistry (4) ENVS 604 Ecosystems Ecology (4) The Graduate Certificate in Database Man- agement Systems covers the study, design and Electives (13-17 units) development of database systems, and dis- BIOL 510 Conservation Biology (4) cusses the major issues in managing a large BIOL 610 Population and Community database system. This program provides grad- Biology (3) uate-level education in IT for students wanting BIOL 635 Physiological Plant Ecology (3) to make progress in the high-tech work envi- BIOL 731 Plant Community Ecology (3) ronment or preparing to enter the high-tech PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 173

work force. This course of study can be com- INFORMATION SECURITY AND pleted as a stand-alone graduate certificate or ASSURANCE applied to the M.S. degree program in Applied Certificate: Post-Baccalaureate Information Technology. The program is Program Director: Darush Davani intended for students who have a bachelor’s 410-704-4909 degree in a computing-related field and are grad.towson.edu/program/certificate/ifsa-pbc working as programmers, software engineers, system analysts, etc., who will enter the pro- The Graduate Certificate in Information Secu- gram for advanced study. The program may rity and Assurance covers the study, design, also be of interest to persons who: development, implementation and support of • Do not have a bachelor’s degree in the field, computer-based information systems with but are currently employed in the IT field regard to securing information. This program and are seeking additional academic studies provides graduate-level education in IT for for professional growth or to advance their students preparing to enter the high-tech work career force and those already in the work force who • Have a bachelor’s degree in a discipline wish to update and enhance their skills. This other than IT who are seeking preparation course of study can be completed as a stand- for careers in this field alone graduate certificate or applied to the M.S. program in Applied Information Tech- Certificate Requirements nology. The program is intended for students AIT 600 Information Technology who have a bachelor’s degree in information Infrastructure (3) technology, computer science, computer infor- AIT 610 Systems Development mation systems or a related field, who will Process (3) enter the program for advanced studies. The AIT 632 Database Management program may also be of interest to persons Systems (3) who: AIT 732 Advanced Database • Do not have a bachelor’s degree in the field, Management Systems (3) but are currently employed in the IT field AIT 735 Case Studies in Database and are seeking additional academic studies Management Systems (3) for professional growth or to advance their careers • Have a bachelor’s degree in a discipline ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE other than IT who are seeking preparation CERTIFICATE for careers in this field Certificate: Post-Baccalaureate Program Director: Steven Lev Certificate Requirements 410-704-2744 AIT 600 Information Technology [email protected] Infrastructure (3) www.towson.edu/ess AIT 610 Systems Development Process (3) Certificate Requirements (18 units) AIT 612 Information Systems All students wishing to receive a certificate Vulnerability and Risk complete a minimum of 18 units of graduate Analysis (3) work as follows: two core courses and addi- AIT 614 Network Security (3) tional electives, selected in consultation with AIT 710 Case Studies in Information an adviser, from one concentration. No more Security (3) than three 500-level courses can be counted toward the certificate. 174 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

I NFORMATION SYSTEMS INTERNET APPLICATION MANAGEMENT DEVELOPMENT Certificate: Post-Baccalaureate Certificate: Post-Baccalaureate Program Director: Darush Davani Program Director: Darush Davani 410-704-4909 410-704-4909 grad.towson.edu/program/certificate/ifmn-pbc grad.towson.edu/program/certificate/inta-pbc

The Graduate Certificate in Information Sys- The Graduate Certificate in Internet Applica- tems Management covers the study, design, tion Development covers the study, design, development, implementation and support of development, implementation and support of computer-based information systems. This computer-based information systems for the program provides graduate-level education in Web. This program provides graduate-level IT for students preparing to enter the high-tech education in IT for students preparing to enter work force and those already in the work force the high-tech work force and those already in who wish to update and enhance their skills. the work force who wish to update and The course of study can be completed as a enhance their skills. This course of study can stand-alone graduate certificate or applied to be completed as a stand-alone graduate certifi- the M.S. program in Applied Information cate or applied to the M.S. degree program in Technology. This program is intended for stu- Applied Information Technology. The pro- dents who have a bachelor’s degree in informa- gram is intended for students who have a tion technology, computer science, computer bachelor’s degree in information technology, information systems or a related field, who computer science, computer information sys- will enter the program for advanced studies. tems or a related field, who will enter the The program may also be of interest to per- program for advanced studies. The program sons who: may also be of interest to persons who: • Do not have a bachelor’s degree in the field, • Do not have a bachelor’s degree in the field, but are currently employed in the IT field but are currently employed in the IT field and are seeking additional academic studies and are seeking additional academic studies for professional growth or to advance their for professional growth or to advance their careers careers • Have a bachelor’s degree in a discipline • Have a bachelor’s degree in a discipline other than IT who are seeking preparation other than IT who are seeking preparation for careers in this field for careers in this field

Certificate Requirements Certificate Requirements AIT 600 Information Technology AIT 600 Information Technology Infrastructure (3) Infrastructure (3) AIT 610 Systems Development AIT 610 Systems Development Process (3) Process (3) AIT 628 IT and Business Strategy (3) AIT 616 Fundamentals of Web AIT 630 IT Project Management (3) Technologies and AIT 730 Case Studies in Information Development (3) Systems Management (3) AIT 618 Client/Server-side Programming on the Web (3) AIT 715 Case Studies in Internet Applications (3) PROCEDURES AND POLICIES 175

N ETWORKING TECHNOLOGIES SOFTWARE ENGINEERING Certificate: Post-Baccalaureate Certificate: Post-Baccalaureate Program Director: Darush Davani Program Director: Darush Davani 410-704-4909 410-704-4909 grad.towson.edu/program/certificate/nttc-pbc grad.towson.edu/program/certificate/swen- pbc The Graduate Certificate in Networking Tech- nologies covers the study, design, develop- The Graduate Certificate in Software Engi- ment, implementation and support of com- neering covers the study, design, development, puter-based information systems with regard implementation and support of computer- to sharing information over computer-based based information systems. This program pro- systems. This program provides graduate-level vides graduate-level education in IT for stu- education in IT for students preparing to enter dents preparing to enter the high-tech work the high-tech work force and those already in force and those already in the work force who the work force who wish to update and wish to update and enhance their skills. The enhance their skills. This course of study can course of study can be completed as a stand- be completed as a stand-alone graduate certifi- alone graduate certificate or applied to the M.S. cate or applied to the M.S. degree program in degree program in Applied Information Tech- Applied Information Technology. The pro- nology. The program is intended for students gram is intended for students who have a who have a bachelor’s degree in information bachelor’s degree in information technology, technology, computer science, computer infor- computer science, computer information sys- mation systems or a related field, who will tems or a related field, who will enter the enter the program for advanced studies. The program for advanced studies. The program program may also be of interest to persons may also be of interest to persons who: who: • Do not have a bachelor’s degree in the field, • Do not have a bachelor’s degree in the field, but are currently employed in the IT field but are currently employed in the IT field and are seeking additional academic studies and are seeking additional academic studies for professional growth or to advance their for professional growth or to advance their careers careers • Have a bachelor’s degree in a discipline other • Have a bachelor’s degree in a discipline than IT who are seeking preparation for other than IT who are seeking preparation careers in this field for careers in this field

Certificate Requirements Certificate Requirements AIT 600 Information Technology AIT 600 Information Technology Infrastructure (3) Infrastructure (3) AIT 610 Systems Development AIT 610 Systems Development Process (3) Process (3) AIT 620 Business Data AIT 624 Software Engineering Communications (3) Fundamentals (3) AIT 622 Networking Architectures and At least one of the following three courses: Protocols (3) AIT 641 Software Requirements AIT 720 Case Studies in Networking Engineering (3) Applications (3) AIT 642 Software Testing and Maintenance (3) AIT 643 Enterprise Architecture (3) and AIT 725 Case Studies in Software Engineering (3)

INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS 177

INTERDISCIPLINARY Programs

Interdisciplinary programs have become an Certificate of Advanced Study increasingly important part of Towson Univer- Program (Post-master’s degree) sity’s role as a premier metropolitan university. Organizational Change The rise of new interdisciplinary fields and the revision of traditional curricula are reflected in the diverse group of interdisciplinary pro- Master’s Degree Programs grams offered by TU. These programs enhance Humanities the strong liberal arts and sciences core while (See College of Liberal Arts) preparing students for professional and Integrated Homeland Security Management applied fields. They also provide opportunities Professional Studies for new forms of student learning and build on Social Science the strengths of the faculty. (See College of Liberal Arts) As Towson University strives to provide all Women’s and Gender Studies of its students with the knowledge and skills (See College of Liberal Arts) for entry into the professional world, interdisciplinary programs will continue to expand Post-Baccalaureate Certificate throughout the curriculum. These programs will also help to create an environment that Programs Family-Professional Collaboration stimulates commitment to lifelong learning (See College of Liberal Arts) and allows for continued personal growth. Management and Leadership Development Women’s and Gender Studies (See College of Liberal Arts) 178 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS

INTEGRATED HOMELAND • Must have a bachelor’s degree in a relevant SECURITY MANAGEMENT AND field (for example, political science, health CERTIFICATE IN SECURITY science, information technology or others) • Must have a cumulative GPA of 3.00 on a ASSESSMENT AND MANAGEMENT scale of 4.00 (2.50 for conditional admis- Degree: Master of Science and sion) for the most recent 60 units of gradu- Post-Baccalaureate Certificate ate or undergraduate work Program Director: Wayne Nelson • Three years post-bachelor’s experience 410-704-4845 working in health, information technology, [email protected] security or related areas is recommended • Must have a minimum TOEFL score of 550 The Master of Science degree in Integrated (where applicable) Homeland Security Management and the • Must submit a resume and a one- to two- embedded graduate certificate in Security page statement describing their past relevant Assessment and Management form an inter- experience, their career goals and how they disciplinary program to provide an applied expect this program to support their career graduate education for personnel working in goals various areas of homeland security, risk assess- • Must submit two reference letters attesting ment and management, emergency response to their ability to withstand the rigors of a and crisis communications. The intent is to graduate education provide students with advanced studies and experience to extend their expertise in one area while reaching out to work with other areas in Online Instruction The entire Integrated Homeland Security an integrated response. Management program is delivered online. The The core courses provide a common base to goal of the online program is to provide stu- familiarize students them with the overall dents all of the necessary resources at their issues and concerns of homeland security. Stu- fingertips. Students participate in online class- dents do additional work in their own areas of room discussions and review class materials expertise in specialized courses, but reach whenever they choose. The university utilizes across to other areas by taking introductory Blackboard as the learning platform for all graduate-level courses in three other areas. online courses, so there is a consistent format The project is a key part of the program, pro- from course to course. The application process viding hands-on experience in dealing with and curriculum requirements for online learn- real-world problems of homeland security. ers are identical to those for students attending Work on the project begins midway through courses on Towson’s campus. the program and continues to provide a sense of reality as the student moves through the program. Ideally, students will work together Degree Requirements in joint projects, sharing skills and gaining Students must complete a total of at least 36 experience in collaborative problem-solving. units: The entire IHSM program is delivered • 15 units in five core courses taken by all online. It is possible for a student to complete students the program entirely online. The application • 9 units in three specialization courses process and curriculum requirements are iden- • 6 units in two collateral courses from other tical to those for students attending courses on specialization areas Towson’s campus. • 3 units of internship/project • 3 units in one elective course Admission Requirements Admission requirements for the master’s Required Courses (15 units) degree are the same as for the post-baccalaure- IHSM 611 Critical National ate certificate. Applicants to the program: Infrastructures (3) INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS 179

IHSM 612 Planning, Prevention and Information Assurance Management of Risk (3) IHSM 620 Introduction to Information IHSM 613 Emergency Communication Assurance (3) and Management (3) IHSM 614 Team Building and Leadership Health Preparedness Skills (3) IHSM 630 Health System Preparedness (3) IHSM 615 Analysis/Assessment of Strategic and Tactical Security Policy Planning (3) IHSM 640 U.S. Homeland Security Policy (3) NOTE: The five core courses above constitute the Certificate in Security Assessment and Elective Courses (3 units) Management. Each student must take one elective course from the following: Specialized Courses (9 units) IHSM 650 Transportation Security Choose three courses in one of the three areas Management (3) of individual specialization: IHSM 660 GIS Applications: Homeland Security and Emergency Information Assurance Management (3) IHSM 621 Information Systems Vulnerability and Risk Graduate Project (3 units) Analysis (3) The extended project offers a practical, real- IHSM 622 Application Software world problem-solving experience for the stu- Security (3) dent. Ideally, students will form working IHSM 623 Network Security (3) groups to take on a project from an agency of federal, state or local government, or a private Health Preparedness business. They will begin work on the project IHSM 631 Mental Health Emergency after taking 15 units in the program and con- Preparedness and Response (3) tinue the project while completing other course IHSM 632 Bioterrorism and Public Health work. Emergency Preparedness (3) IHSM 633 Impact of Security and Disaster IHSM 881 Project I (3) Response on Community Health and Culture (3) MANAGEMENT AND LEADERSHIP Security Policy IHSM 641 Terrorism and Political DEVELOPMENT Certificate: Post-Baccalaureate Violence (3) Program Director: Alan Clardy IHSM 642 Intelligence and Homeland 410-704-3069 Security (3) [email protected] IHSM 643 Homeland Security and Constitutional Rights (3) This program currently is not accepting new students. The Management and Leadership Collateral courses (6 units) Development Certificate program is an inter- Choose one introductory course in each of the disciplinary graduate program that focuses on two areas outside your specialization area: the understanding, development and application of management and leadership for students with undergraduate training in non- business fields such as education, communica- 180 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS tions, engineering, social or natural sciences Admission Deadlines and medical professions. The program is For the fall term, all materials must be submit- designed for professionals seeking to develop ted to University Admissions no later than and advance their knowledge and skills in June 30. For the spring term, all materials management and leadership. It aims to help must be submitted to University Admissions leaders become more effective in managing no later than November 1. people and their behavior in organizations. The design of the program allows students Certificate Requirements (15 units) to benefit from a breadth of developmental experiences in team building, conflict manage- HRD 606 Organization Behavior (3) ment, organizational behavior, organization HRD 640 Leadership Theory and design, development and change through a Practice (3) variety of learning approaches such as case HRD 643 Administrative Theory and studies, experiential small-group activities and Practice (3) self-assessments. The program is intended for HRD 646 Conflict Management and students who are full-time professionals, pref- Negotiation (3) erably with at least two to three years of work experience, who are seeking to advance their Elective: careers and gain skills for managing and lead- HRD 644 Group Dynamics and Team ing people in the workplace. The focus of this Building (3) program is on management leadership activi- or ties that allow organizational members to An appropriate course approved in advance embrace change and create a learning environ- by the adviser ment through employee empowerment and motivation, teamwork, information sharing, work design, and effective organizational ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE structure and design. Certificate: Certificate of Advanced Study The program’s flexibility makes it ideal to Program Director: Diane Wood accommodate the demands of a working pro- 410-704-2685 fessional’s schedule. Normally, it can be com- [email protected] pleted in one to two years. The Certificate of Advanced Study (C.A.S.) in Admission Requirements Organizational Change is an interdisciplinary • A baccalaureate degree program designed for students wishing to con- • A minimum undergraduate GPA of 3.00 tinue their education at the post-master’s level. (2.80 for conditional admission) based on The 30-unit program consists of courses the last 60 credits of undergraduate and intended to focus on issues related to the par- post-baccalaureate study. An admission ticipant’s organization and professional goals. exception policy is in place for eligible can- Building on a curriculum covering areas such didates with undergraduate degrees obtained as professional development, instructional at least 10 years ago. leadership and human resource management, program participants will have an opportunity Send the following admission materials to to continue their professional development to University Admissions, Towson University, become leaders within education and commu- 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252: nity-based organizations. Other courses may • A resume be selected based on professional needs • An admission essay of approximately three through consultation with the adviser. to four pages that describes your background and experience, reasons for wishing to enroll in this certificate program, and your learning goals and objectives. INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS 181

Admission Requirements Electives (12 units)** • Completion of master’s degree in human ILPD 740 Data-Based Decision Making resource development, education, adminis- for Curriculum and tration or related field from a regionally Instruction (3) accredited institution ILPD 741 Seminar in Liability for • A minimum graduate GPA of 3.10 for full Professionals (3) admission or 3.00 for conditional admission ILPD 742 Transformational Leadership • Minimum TOEFL score of 550 (where and Professional applicable) Development (3) ILPD 743 Learning Communities and Send the following admission materials to Organizational Change (3) University Admissions, Towson University, ILPD 744 Interpersonal Relations and 8000 York Road, Towson, MD 21252: Group Dynamics: Theory and • Two letters of recommendation from indi- Practice (3) viduals who can attest to the applicant’s ISTC 702 Leadership and Instructional academic background, professional experi- Technology (3) ence and/or personal qualities • Letter of application to address commitment *Courses that are approved for Administrator to the profession, caring for success of stu- I Certification. dents and collaboration with the community. **Other courses may be selected as suitable to particular organizational or professional needs Administrator I Track through consultation with the adviser. This post-master’s program is MSDE-approved for those who seek Administrator I certification and did not complete an MSDE-approved PROFESSIONAL STUDIES master’s program for Administrator I. Degree: Master of Arts This program allows those education pro- Program Director: James M. Smith fessionals currently certified or licensed and 410-704-4620 working in schools or school systems to be [email protected] eligible to receive Administrator I certification required for principal, assistant principal or The Master of Arts in Professional Studies is supervisor. Certification for Administrator II an interdisciplinary program that crosses tradi- requires the passing of the SLLA exam in additional academic boundaries and provides a tion to the requirements for Administrator I. solid intellectual framework. The core curriculum common to both tracks provides a foun- Requirements for Certification* dation in research, writing and the liberal arts. ILPD 603 School Law (3) A culminating seminar emphasizing a major ILPD 667 Curriculum and Assessment for project provides the capstone for each stu- School Leaders (3) dent’s program of study. A key theme of the ILPD 668 Leadership and Group culminating seminar is globalization and the Dynamics (3) changing workplace. ILPD 716 Leadership of the Schools (3) The program’s two tracks are: ILPD 781 Seminar in Supervision (3) Individualized Plan of Study – allows stu- ILPD 797 Internship in Educational dents to create their own degree plan with the Leadership (3) assistance and approval of the program director. NOTE: Students must take the comprehensive Art History – a more formalized plan of examination prior to enrolling in the Intern- study designed for graduate students with a ship. focused interest in art history, especially leading toward a professional position in muse- 182 DEGREE AND CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS ums, galleries and nonprofit arts organiza- ditional courses, ranging from the arts of the tions. ancient Mediterranean world to the Medieval and the Renaissance, to the art of the U.S. and Admission Requirements to contemporary art, this program also A minimum GPA of 3.00 (2.50 for conditional includes courses that cover such topics as admission) is required. All GPA calculations museum management, care and handling of for admission are based upon the last 60 cred- objects, museum education, history and theory its of undergraduate and post-baccalaureate of exhibition design, and curatorial vision. study. Additionally, the applicant must submit Some of the courses are offered online or are an essay of no less than one full page of text hybrid courses with at least 50 percent of the that includes: course taught online. A recommended element • The student’s reasons for wishing to enter to the program is an internship that allows the program students to acquire real life experience while • An explanation of the ways in which the working on-site in area institutions and in M.A. in Professional Studies program will Towson University’s three galleries. enable the applicant to achieve personal and/or professional goals Professional Studies (M.A.)— • A preliminary overview of the student’s pro- Individualized Program of Study posed plan of study This highly flexible track is ideal for the working professional, as each student designs a Send this essay to University Admissions, Tow- curriculum that best fits his or her present son University, 8000 York Road, Towson, MD career needs and future aspirations. The track 21252. is particularly well-suited for students who wish to integrate specialized study with a Professional Studies (M.A.)— broader understanding of related fields. It also Art History permits individuals primarily interested in personal growth to design a program that corre- Why Art History? sponds with their interests. Towson University’s Master of Arts in Profes- Although the plan of study may be built sional Studies, art history track, is designed to around traditional academic disciplines, many prepare graduates for jobs in the profession by students combine courses from such practical looking at the history, philosophy, role, opera- areas of study as: tion and multiple functions of museums and • digital media and communications visual arts institutions in American society. • information technology and applied systems Academic theory in the political, social, busi- theory ness, legal and ethical issues that confront • management and administration museum professionals is combined with prac- • public policy and regional planning tical experience in the form of internships, field • health care trips and directed research projects to give • education students a foundation for work in university, • professional writing in specific areas public and private museums, community arts • theatre management centers and galleries. • science journalism • global studies Others might emphasize courses from the Flexible and Customized humanities, fine arts and social sciences. The program may be taken part time or full An individualized plan of study places spe- time, and students can choose from specialized cial responsibilities on the student. In consulta- courses focused on areas spanning the needs of tion with the program director, the entering the current visual arts workplace to those of student must design and submit a plan of the history of art. In addition to the more tra- study. The M.A. in Professional Studies gradu- INTERDISCIPLINARY PROGRAMS 183 ate program is committed to offering working the student’s final term in the program. Stu- professionals flexible and convenient ways to dents must earn a grade of “A” or “B” in each earn an advanced degree through collaborative of these seminars. They may be repeated once learning and independent study. for the purpose of grade change.

Required Courses (12 units) Electives within the Individualized LBPS 601 Approaches to Graduate Program of Study (24 units) Research (3) Each student’s individualized program of study A 600- to 700-level writing course, selected comprises 24 units of elective courses. These from courses offered in the electives must include courses from at least Professional Writing (PRWR) three disciplines, and a maximum of 15 units program or approved by the may be taken in any one discipline. No more program director (3) than three 500-level graduate courses can be A 600- to 700-level course in the liberal arts, counted toward the degree. A minimum of 12 selected from courses offered in units of electives must be earned at Towson the following programs: University. Up to 12 units may be taken at Humanities (HUMA), Social another University System of Maryland insti- Sciences (SOSC), History tution or at Morgan State University with the (HIST), Women’s and Gender permission of the program director. Studies (WMST), Geography (GEOG) or English (ENGL) (3) NOTE: Earn a Graduate Certificate in Family- LBPS 602 Culminating Seminar in Professional Collaboration, Management and Professional Studies (3) Leadership Development and/or Women’s and Gender Studies with your elective units. See The introductory seminar should be taken the appropriate sections in this catalog for within the first 9 units of degree work. The more information. culminating seminar should be taken during

STUDENT SERVICES 185

STUDENT SERVICES

Albert S. Cook Library site: http://cooklibrary.towson.edu. The 410-704-2456 Circulation Services library’s collection includes more than 600,000 410-704-2462 Research and books and 200,000 electronic books. Students Instruction Services also have access to over 200 electronic data- http://cooklibrary.towson.edu bases and approximately 45,000 electronic and print journals. The University Special Col- Centrally located on campus, Albert S. Cook lections and Archives give students an oppor- Library supports student scholarship by pro- tunity to experience history at their fingertips viding a wide array of resources, services and through collections of rare books and histori- learning opportunities. cal Towson University documents and photo- Cook Library serves as an information hub graphs. In addition, Towson students can uti- with more than 270 computers available to lize other area library collections. They may connect users to library catalogs, electronic request books from the University System of databases, electronic books, online journals Maryland and Affiliated Institutions (USMAI) and the Internet. The library has two elec- libraries, and they have access to many private tronic classrooms and a multimedia lab with college and university libraries in the Balti- video editing software and nearly 8,000 CDs, more area. Materials needed for academic films, videos and DVDs. Wireless Internet, research may be obtained from around the networked printers and photocopy machines world via interlibrary loan. are located throughout the building as well. Students have access to group study and indi- African American Student vidual quiet study space across the library: Development Nine group study cubicles are available on the University Union 313 third floor, while the second floor and room 410-704-2051 200C of the library are dedicated to quiet www.towson.edu/diversity/aasd study. In addition, the library provides a lei- sure reading collection on the third floor and African American Student Development hosts events throughout the year, such as book (AASD) sponsors programs and activities that discussions and noontime jazz concerts in the reflect the lifestyles, history and culture of lobby. Starbucks™ also is located conveniently people of African descent. The AASD program in the library lobby. also seeks to stimulate scholarship in the areas Individualized research and reference help of African American, African-Caribbean and is available to students in person and via text African studies and student debate. Each Feb- message, instant message, email and tele- ruary, AASD presents the Martin Luther King phone. Reference librarians also teach students celebration as part of a month-long series of how to find, obtain, use and analyze print and Black History Month programs. AASD also digital information through scheduled classes hosts lectures and discussion groups, provides and research consultations by appointment. information and referrals, showcases amateur Cook Library’s online catalog and elec- and professional artists, and sponsors the Dis- tronic resources are accessible to TU students tinguished Black Scholars Lecture Series. The anytime, anywhere through the library’s web- program is home to a growing collection of 186 STUDENT SERVICES art, music, and popular and scholarly litera- during the fall and spring terms. The class ture, and provides a comfortable setting in schedule varies from term to term, but runs which to study, relax and socialize. Monday through Friday at various times. The AASD houses a wealth of information program also offers personal conditioning, fit- about graduate schools, fellowships, scholar- ness assessments and instructional clinics. ships, employment opportunities and other The Informal Recreation program offers news relevant to minority students, faculty and the use of recreation facilities when they are staff. The information is updated regularly and not in use or reserved for academic classes, students are invited to stop. athletics events or other CRS programs. Stu- dents must show a valid TU OneCard for Campus Recreation Services entrance. Burdick Hall 151 The Intramural Sports program allows stu- 410-704-2367 (Main Office) dents, faculty and staff to form their own 410-704-2771 (Rec Check Info Line) sports teams to compete against other teams www.towson.edu/campusrec on campus. The program offers approximately 20 sports throughout the year, including flag Campus Recreation Services (CRS) comprises football, soccer, basketball, volleyball, softball six program areas: Adventure Pursuits, Aquat- and table tennis. All skill levels are encouraged ics, Fitness and Wellness, Informal Recreation, to play. To join a team or make one of your Intramural Sports and Sport Clubs. The pro- own, please call 410-704-3649. grams utilize the C.R.i.B. Fitness Center and The Sport Clubs program offers students Indoor Climbing Gym, three gymnasiums, the opportunity to play socially amongst Burdick field, the beach volleyball court and themselves and compete against other schools. the pool. Programs and facilities are open to The program comprises 25 student-run clubs: TU students, faculty and staff with a valid TU badminton, baseball, bowling, cycling, dodge- OneCard. For hours of operation, please call ball, field hockey, figure skating, ice hockey, the Rec Check info line at 410-704-2771 or martial arts, men’s lacrosse, men’s Ultimate find us online at www.towson.edu/campusrec. Frisbee, men’s volleyball, Outdoor Adven- The Adventure Pursuits program allows tures Unlimited, Rock Climbing Contingent, students to explore the world’s wilderness roller hockey, rugby, soccer, stunt, surf, tennis, through Project Marj, TU’s long-running wil- track and field, women’s lacrosse, women’s derness orientation program. Project Marj is a Ultimate Frisbee, women’s volleyball and week-long optional program that takes place wrestling. annually at the end of August. It involves backpacking and rock climbing, and allows Career Center students to make friends and find out more 7800 York Road, Suite 206 about the university. Adventure Pursuits also 410-704-2233 includes the new 33-foot indoor climbing gym, www.towson.edu/careercenter an outdoor equipment rental program and a free kayaking clinic in the Burdick pool. The Career Center helps students search and The Aquatics program is housed in the prepare for meaningful and satisfying careers. 25-yard Burdick pool, home to the varsity The Center also provides services and informa- swimming and diving team. A minimum of six tion leading to academic internship opportuni- lanes are always available for lap swimming ties and on- and off-campus, full-time and during open swim sessions. The Aquatics pro- part-time employment. To learn more about gram also runs the Tigerfish Athletic Club the programs, services and events offered by (TAC), with swim lessons for all ages, diving the Career Center, visit www.towson.edu/ clinics and lifeguard training. careercenter or call 410-704-2233 to schedule The Fitness and Wellness program offers an appointment. approximately 16 aerobics classes each week STUDENT SERVICES 187

Career Center Services for Students • Career development and decision-making • Hire@TU (Web-based resume and job • Relationships with friends, roommates, par- search system) ents, romantic partners or spouses • Career fairs/job fairs • Family problems • Career counseling/advising • Grief and loss • Career Resource Library • Sexual matters • Graduate school information • Self-esteem and self-confidence • On-campus interviewing • Anxiety, depression and anger • On- and off-campus part-time jobs • Physical stress and tension • Internships • Eating disorders • Professional development seminars • Physical or sexual mistreatment or abuse • Career development and decision-making • Alcohol and drug-related problems • Mentor database • Suicidal or self-destructive thoughts or behaviors Center for Student Diversity • Problems encountered in the university envi- University Union 313 ronment 410-704-2051 Office Hours: The Counseling Center is staffed by psycholo- Monday–Friday, 8:30 a.m.–5 p.m. gists, substance abuse counselors, consulting www.towson.edu/diversity psychiatrists and psychologists working under supervision. All services provided at the Coun- Towson University is committed to developing seling Center are confidential. Most services at an environment conducive to the success of the Counseling Center are provided free of multicultural students. The Center for Student charge. For more information or to make an Diversity provides a variety of programs, appointment, call or drop by Glen Esk, the including the Graduate Diversity Grant, and white house on the northeast corner of the services that offer financial assistance to quali- campus. fied graduate students. The center also provides information about university services, scholar- Hours ships, social opportunities and internships. The Counseling Center is open Monday through Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m. Counseling Center Glen Esk Group, Individual and Couples Counseling 410-704-2512 Several kinds of personal counseling are available at the Counseling Center. Your initial ses- Graduate life presents many stresses, life sion can be of immediate assistance as your changes and opportunities for personal counselor offers a listening ear, helps you to growth. To meet these challenges, it is often resolve problems and informs you about what necessary to resolve emotional problems, learn further help might be appropriate. A series of new personal and social skills, and work individual counseling sessions offers a private toward developing well-chosen career and setting for resolving personal difficulties and personal goals. The Counseling Center pro- achieving personal growth. Counseling groups vides a variety of professional services for stu- are particularly helpful for many concerns, giv- dents who are experiencing personal difficulty ing members an opportunity to share experi- or who are seeking help in attaining a greater ences, solve problems and practice new skills. level of personal effectiveness or satisfaction. Couples counseling provides a safe atmosphere Areas that may be addressed by the Coun- for couples to examine and improve their rela- seling Center include: tionships. Psychiatric evaluations and medica- • Eliminating blocks to educational or career tion are also available when needed. achievement 188 STUDENT SERVICES

Alcohol and Drug Abuse Program be found by visiting www.towson.edu/coun- The Counseling Center offers state-certified seling. alcohol and other drug treatment programs (both individual and group services) intended Referrals to meet various personal needs. Services can Students sometimes need services that are assist in achieving a greater awareness of a available only outside the Counseling Center, problem or correcting a problem through edu- whether on campus or in the surrounding cation and recovery. community. Counselors can advise students about a variety of resources and services that Life and Career Planning may be useful to students. In addition, a refer- The center assists students in their personal ral assistance specialist is available to help lives and decision-making in a variety of ways. students in identifying quality mental health While the Career Center is the place to go if providers in the outside community and in you seek information about making potential understanding and using their health insurance career choices, the Counseling Center can help for these services. if you feel that your career decision-making is complicated by personal concerns. A self-help Your Initial Contact library provides information about academic Call 410-704-2512 or stop by the Counseling success, world of work options and personal Center to arrange your first appointment with wellness. DISCOVER, a Web-based career a counselor. Initial appointments are usually guidance program, and several forms of voca- available on the same day you contact us or tional assessment are also available. Profes- very soon thereafter. If you wish, you may sional staff is available by appointment for schedule an appointment in advance to fit your students who want to improve decision-mak- schedule more conveniently. Emergency ing skills, integrate life and academic goals, appointments are also available. Your coun- manage academic and life changes, and learn selor will help you to resolve your immediate skills necessary for success in the world (e.g., concerns and determine what kinds of help stress management, communication skills, will be most useful to you. effective problem-solving and painful decision- making strategies). Confidentiality Counseling often deals with very personal and Outreach and Consultation highly private issues. Successful outcomes The center’s staff provides workshops and depend on the clients’ feelings of freedom to programs to the TU community on various express feelings, attitudes and thoughts with topics, including time management, assertive- people who respect them and their right to ness training, stress management and commu- privacy. Interviews are confidential and infor- nication skills. We can also work with you to mation is not released except with the clients help you develop programs to meet your written permission or as may be required by needs. The staff is available to consult with TU law. The importance of confidentiality is students, faculty and staff on various topics, reflected in the Counseling Center’s adherence including improving the campus environment, to the Code of Ethics of the American Psycho- diversity issues or other issues relating to the logical Association. quality of life at Towson University. Dining Services Web Resources 410-704-2302 Further information about the Counseling http://dining.towson.edu Center, self-help resources, Web-based mental health self-assessments (for anxiety and depres- The key word for eating at Towson University sion, alcohol and eating disorders), a Wellness is “choice.” There are 18 great places to eat at Assessment and the DISCOVER program can TU. You can dine a la carte at 15 locations on STUDENT SERVICES 189 campus, or at three all-you-care-to-eat dining tive technology, extended test time, reduced halls. Flex or block meal plan options are distraction testing space, readers and scribes. available. Call 410-704-2530 for more infor- Services offered include: learning and study mation. skills assistance, disability consultation and Students who have a Dining Points debit help with self-advocacy. account can use their OneCard to save 6 per- Students who suspect they may have a dis- cent sales tax on food purchased at Dining ability but do not have documentation are Services locations. encouraged to contact DSS for advice on obtaining an appropriate evaluation. Disability Support Services Administration Building, Second Floor Testing Services Center 410-704-2638 410-704-2304 Fax: 410-704-4247 www.towson.edu/testing www.towson.edu/dss The Testing Services Center provides testing Disability Support Services (DSS) is the office accommodations for students registered with on campus that provides reasonable accom- Disability Support Services. The center offers modations and services for both undergradu- extended testing time, reduced-distraction test- ate and graduate students with disabilities. ing spaces, computers and other assistive tech- Students seeking accommodations must com- nology, as well as readers and scribes, as plete a DSS application, provide documenta- appropriate. All tests are proctored to ensure tion of their disability and meet with a DSS academic honesty. specialist for an intake appointment to discuss their needs and requests. See the DSS website Dowell Health Center for an application and specific documentation Dowell Hall guidelines. Disability-related information is Appointments and General Information: treated in a confidential manner. Tel: 410-704-2466 DSS determines eligibility for services and Fax: 410-704-3715 reasonable accommodations on a case-by-case www.towson.edu/dowellhealthcenter basis, taking into account the student’s disabil- Monday–Friday, 8 a.m.–5 p.m. ity, needs and requests, as well as the nature of the learning environment, course standards The Dowell Health Center offers high-quality and/or essential requirements for the student’s primary health care to any registered student program of study. regardless of insurance status. The center has Students are encouraged to register with an experienced staff of physicians, nurse prac- DSS as soon as possible after admission to the titioners, physician assistants, registered nurses university to ensure timely provision of ser- and health educators. Services include treat- vices. Once a student is registered, he or she ment of common illnesses and injuries, a full will be assigned to a DSS specialist for assis- range of sexual health and women’s health tance. A DSS memo will be prepared for the services, contraceptives and emergency contra- student’s instructors that specifies the approved ception, HIV testing, immunization services, classroom and testing accommodations. Stu- lab tests, health education and a limited for- dents are required to obtain their memos from mulary of prescription medications. Students the DSS office and give them to their instruc- can schedule an appointment by calling 410- tors as early as possible each term. 704-2466 between 8 a.m. and 5 p.m. or online DSS offers guidance to students, faculty and by logging in to our secure web portal (http:// staff with implementing accommodations and mydowellhealth.towson.edu). Uncomplicated arranges for some accommodations directly. problems (colds, sore throat, UTI’s, etc.) can Some examples of accommodations include: be seen in our Fast Track Clinic from 9 a.m.– note-taking assistance, interpreting services, 5:00 p.m. where door-to-door time is usually books on CDs, para-transit registration, assis- less than one hour. 190 STUDENT SERVICES

Charges for Health Center services can be Students taking courses exclusively online, paid by check or billed to the student’s univer- overseas, at their place of employment if sity account. The Health Center is an “in-net- employment is off-campus, or at any of the work” provider with many large insurance city/county K-12 schools, are exempt from this plans and will bill the plans directly for covered policy. Required immunizations and immune services. Referrals for X-rays, outside lab and antibody titers are available at the Dowell diagnostic tests, and specialty and hospital care Health Center for a fee. Students living in on- are the student’s financial responsibility, so we campus housing must also provide documen- strongly encourage all students to carry health tation of immunization against meningococcal insurance (see Health Insurance below). meningitis or sign a waiver indicating they For after-hours medical emergencies, stu- understand the risks of the disease and decline dents should call 911 or if calling from a cam- to be immunized. That form should be pus phone, dial 9-911 and notify the University returned to the Department of Housing and Police by calling 410-704-2133. For non- Residence Life. emergencies students can call our After-hours Nurse Advice Line at 410-704-2466. St. Joseph Health Insurance Medical Center and Greater Baltimore Medical Health insurance is strongly recommended to Center, as well as several free-standing urgent help defray the costs of services at the Health care centers, are available to provide urgent Center and unexpected illness or injury requir- care to students at their own expense when the ing costly hospital care or diagnostic tests. The Health Center is closed. Check your insurance university offers an excellent 12-month insur- plan to verify coverage for these services and ance plan that provides coverage for such ser- visit our website for numbers and locations of vices at a very reasonable cost and full or facilities near campus. partial coverage for most services and drugs provided by the Health Center. Immunization Requirements The plan uses the Dowell Health Center as All graduate students taking courses on Tow- the primary care provider while school is in son’s main campus or any of its satellite facili- session and covers services such as specialty ties (Shady Grove, Southern Maryland Higher referrals, diagnostic tests, surgical procedures Education Center, HEAT and Hagerstown) and hospital care not available at the Health must comply with the university immunization Center. It will cover urgent care and emergency requirements to attend class. Visit www.tow- services at other facilities when the Health son.edu/dowellhealthcenter for details. New Center is closed or when the student is away students must log on to our secure web portal from school. Coverage for spouses and chil- to enter their immunization record and com- dren of enrolled students is available. Policies plete all required forms. (http://mydowell- can be purchased for the entire year (August health.towson.edu), A copy of the immuniza- 15 through August 14 of the following year) tion record signed by a healthcare provider for one term, or for the summer only. should be mailed or faxed to the Dowell Information for the Towson-sponsored plan Health Center by January 1 for students enter- is mailed to all registered students that are U.S. ing for the spring term or by August 1 for citizens or permanent residents in the summer. students entering for the fall term. Late admis- Online enrollment is available on the Health sions have one month from the date of receiv- Center website, www.towson.edu/dowell- ing their admissions packet to submit their healthcenter. For additional information, con- health records to avoid jeopardizing their class tact the Dowell Health Center. schedule. Students who fail to comply with the requirements, by the start of classes, will have Mandatory Insurance Policy for a health hold placed on their university account International Students after the add/drop period and will be blocked All international students on F and J visa sta- from registration for the following term until tus are required to have health insurance that they have complied. meets the university’s minimum standards. STUDENT SERVICES 191

These students are automatically enrolled in An off-campus housing bulletin board is the university-sponsored insurance plan and available in the University Union for students the cost is billed to their tuition account. Stu- seeking housing, landlords who have housing dents with their own comparable insurance to offer or renters looking for roommates. may submit an online waiver application. If the Apartment guides and a list of rooms for rent waiver is approved, the insurance charge will in private homes can be obtained from Hous- be refunded. Note: Waiver deadlines are Sep- ing and Residence Life, located in West Village tember 15 (fall term) and February 15 (spring Commons 309.The information can also be term). Waiver applications submitted after the obtained at www.towson.edu/housing/offcam- deadline will not be considered and refunds of pus. Another resource is The Baltimore Sun insurance premiums will not be given. Waiver Apartment Search office, a local business pro- applications must be re-submitted every fall viding free locator search information to rent- term. See the Health Center website for waiver ers on more than 1,300 apartments in Towson standards and application instructions. and 90,000 apartments in the Baltimore area. You can reach Apartment Search at 800-874- Graduate Student Association 0788 or 410-292-1980. 7800 York Road, Second Floor 410-704-3967 Millennium Hall Fax: 410-704-4494 410-704-6455 (office) [email protected] [email protected] www.millenniumhall.com The Graduate Student Association (GSA) upholds the mission of academic excellence at Millennium Hall is a five-story apartment TU and provides a vehicle for graduate students complex offering upperclassmen and graduate to express their needs, concerns and ideas. The student housing in units with four single bed- GSA provides grants twice a year (spring and rooms and two bathrooms. Managed by Cap- fall) to help defray costs for graduate students stone Properties, the building is a privately who wish to pursue research, attend a confer- owned, on-campus apartment complex. The ence or give a presentation. Graduate students Department of Housing and Residence Life are encouraged to apply for these grants. The manages residential education. Each four-bed- GSA represents graduate student views on vari- room apartment accommodates four students ous university-wide committees and distributes and is fully furnished with a living/dining a newsletter that addresses various topics spe- room and full kitchen. The all-inclusive rent cific to the graduate student. Graduate student package includes 95 cable (and eight HBO) fees fund the GSA; therefore all graduate stu- channels, high-speed Internet connectivity, dents automatically become members of the local phone, gas and electricity. The building is GSA and active participation is encouraged. air-conditioned and has a laundry room on the Visit the GSA website at www.towson.edu/gsa first floor. Ten-month academic year leases and for the list of social events and meetings. short-term summer leases are offered. A 36-camera security system and swipe card Housing and Residence Life access make Millennium Hall one of TU’s saf- West Village Commons 309 est on-campus housing options. 410-704-2516 www.towson.edu/housing International Student and Scholar Office Graduate students may live in university resi- Administration Building 246 dence halls or apartments if space is available. 410-704-2421 Space is extremely limited due to the high [email protected] demand of undergraduate students, who have www.towson.edu/isso first priority. 192 STUDENT SERVICES

The International Student and Scholar Office handouts. The office maintains an email distri- (ISSO) provides services and programs for bution list for all international students, used to over 900 international students and interna- communicate pertinent immigration informational scholars/faculty from about 100 nations. tion, recreational offerings, job and travel Approximately 75 percent of international opportunities, ISSO events & services, and students are here for two to five years, work- other news for or about the international popu- ing on undergraduate or graduate degrees. The lation on campus. ISSO provides the following programs and services: Summary of Special Immigration Regulations • Issuance of documents and guidance on for Students in F-1 Visa Status legal matters, which make possible the Please note that the ISSO can provide the nec- enrollment of nonimmigrant students essary immigration-related information and • Advising services necessary for international assistance to students, but it is the student, not students to maintain legal status while in the the university, who is ultimately responsible United States, ensuring they understand for maintaining legal F-1 student status. F-1 applicable federal government regulations students should contact an ISSO adviser if they and university policies have difficulty meeting any of these require- • Design and presentation of programs to ments before they have a problem. The ISSO is assist international students in their transi- here to assist students in reviewing options and tion to life in the United States and the making wise decisions. The ISSO staff does not American academic environment work for the Department of Homeland Secu- • Advising for students regarding personal, rity or the federal government, but are employ- academic, legal, career, intercultural commu- ees of the university who want international nication and cross-cultural adjustment issues students to be successful. Students must: • Serving as liaison to government agencies • Report any change of local or foreign and university offices address to the U.S. government’s SEVIS • Coordination of programs and ongoing ser- (electronic information system) by reporting vices to enhance international students’ it to the university through Online Services social lives, encourage their interaction with within 10 days of any move American, and promote ways for them to • Enroll at the school that issued the active become involved and appreciated for their SEVIS record Form I-20 unique cultural perspectives • Attend a full course of study (generally nine • Coordination of appropriate services for units) each fall and spring term. See the sec- international students in legal, medical and tion “Full-Time and Part-Time Status” in family emergency situations the Procedures and Policies section of this catalog for complete information about New Student Assistance exceptions to the nine-units-per-term nor- At the beginning of each term, the ISSO holds mal course load. Please also note that: orientation programs designed to assist stu- • students must both register for and attend dents in their initial adjustment to a new cul- class for the entire term. ture. The International Ambassador Program • a “W” (withdrawal) for a class means recruits experienced international and U.S. that class cannot count toward the full students to serve as peer mentors during ISSO course of study. orientation week events. • receiving a grade of “FX” means that the student never attended class or stopped Ongoing Services and Publications attending during the term without offi- The ISSO assists students through individual cially withdrawing, so an “FX” grade appointments, walk-in meetings, group advis- cannot count toward the full course of ing sessions, workshops and informational study. STUDENT SERVICES 193

• units taken on an “Audit” basis do not If the degree or academic program is not com- count toward the full course of study. pleted and the student withdraws or takes a • under extremely limited circumstances, leave of absence, the student must depart the an international student may obtain an U.S. within 15 days. exception to the full course of study requirement. Any possible exceptions The ISSO staff is available Monday through must be discussed and approved in Friday from 8:30 a.m. to 5:30 p.m. Some advance by a Designated School Official scheduled in-person and phone appointments (DSO), per federal Immigration regula- are available after 5 p.m. to students with tions. Towson ’s DSOs are the interna- urgent needs. Any student who has an emer- tional student advisers at the ISSO. gency outside of normal business hours may • Make satisfactory academic progress contact the University Police at 410-704- • Complete the degree or program by the date 2133. The police may assist the student or may in line five of the Form I-20; If a student is contact an ISSO staff member at home. not able to complete the program by that date due to valid academic or medical rea- Jewish Cultural Center sons, he or she must apply at the ISSO for an Newell Dining Hall F-1 program extension before the Form I-20 410-704-4671 expires [email protected] • Follow special immigration status transfer regulations when transferring to another The Jewish Cultural Center offers a full range academic institution of social, educational, religious and cultural • Have an unexpired passport at all times, programs, including a kosher dining program. with a validity date at least six months into The center is run by Towson Hillel, which is in the future association with Hillel of Greater Baltimore. • Limit employment to a total (all jobs) of 20 The center has comfortable furniture, work hours per week while school is in session; tables for students groups, and an eating and F-1 students are allowed to work full-time in socializing area. Open to all TU students, pro- authorized employment at times when grams include weekly Shabbat dinners and school is not in session, i.e., during the sum- social gatherings as well as discussions and mer, Minimester and spring breaks lectures. The center is available for other stu- • Receive written authorization for any and dent groups if reservations are made in all off-campus employment via the ISSO advance. Students who participate in the • Complete special U.S. tax forms and submit kosher meal plan option at Newell Dining to the U.S. Internal Revenue Service even if Hall are welcome to eat in the center. no U.S. income was received • When nearing the end of the degree or pro- Office of Student Activities gram, or within 60 days of completing all University Union 217 degree requirements either: 410-704-3307 (a) obtain a new Form I-20 for a new insti- www.towson.edu/studentactivities tution or program and attend the new Office Hours: school or program’s next available term Monday–Thursday, 8:30 a.m.–6 p.m. within five 5 months of the current pro- Friday, 8:30 a.m.–5 p.m. gram completion date; (b) apply to change to another immigration The Office of Student Activities complements status; or the mission of the university by creating (c) apply for optional practical training involvement opportunities and environments work permission, if eligible. that motivate and inspire students to become active members of the campus community. 194 STUDENT SERVICES

Working in collaboration with faculty and • Retail/Vending Points accounts may be used staff, Student Activities staff offer a wide array for purchases at select vending machines of educational, cultural, social and recre- (candy and soda machines), all washers and ational programming that fosters student dryers, the University Store (textbooks, sup- learning and development. Areas of responsi- plies and convenience-store items), the Dow- bility for the office include leadership develop- ell Health Center, Auxiliary Services Business ment, fraternity/sorority affairs, campus pro- Office and some off-campus locations. gramming, service and volunteerism, and stu- There are no service charges to operate dent organization assistance. either account. Deposits can be made by mail, phone, in person or online at http://onecard. Office of Technology Services towson.edu. Financial aid can be deposited Albert S. Cook Library, onto your OneCard accounts at the Bursar’s First Floor Help Center, room 5 Office for faster access to your textbook funds. 410-704-5151 To open a OneCard account, complete an www.towson.edu/ots application form, available from: Office Hours: Auxiliary Services Business Office Monday–Thursday, 8 a.m.–7 p.m. University Union 110 Friday, 8 a.m.–5 p.m. Towson University Saturday, 10 a.m.–6 p.m. 8000 York Road Sunday, Noon–8 p.m. Towson, MD 21252-0001 Graduate students may establish a computer 410-704-2284 account to access email, news and Internet resources and to create Web pages. For more Parking and Transportation information about the university’s technology University Union Garage resources, visit www.towson.edu/ots. 410-704-PARK www.towson.edu/parking OneCard (TU ID Card) http://onecard.towson.edu All motor vehicles, except those parked at parking meters, are required to have a valid The OneCard is your key to accessing services parking permit on their parking account if and facilities all over campus. This card gives they will be parked on campus from 6 a.m. to you access to Cook Library, debit accounts, 8 p.m., Monday through Thursday, and from your meal plan and Retail/Vending Points, and 6 a.m. to 3 p.m. on Fridays. A License Plate off campus purchases. It identifies you to uni- Recognition (LPR) system is used for parking versity officials as a Towson student with a enforcement. This system reads license plates valid reason to be on campus using university and verifies there is a valid permit associated facilities and provides free admission to most with that plate. As such all permit holders athletic events. must ensure they have their license plate(s) To obtain your OneCard, visit the Auxiliary registered with the department. Vehicles in Services Business Office in University Union violation of the regulations will be ticketed 110. Bring your driver’s license or another and/or towed. form of valid, official photo identification. Both resident and commuter students may Your OneCard is also your library card. apply to purchase a parking permit. Com- There are two debit accounts available with muter students have the option of purchasing your OneCard: a permit to park on campus at all times or only • Dining Points accounts may be used to buy in the evening after 3 p.m. Students purchasing food from any on-campus dining hall or retail a parking permit must park in those areas location. You receive a six percent discount designated by their specific permit type and by using your Dining Points instead of cash. time restrictions. For information regarding STUDENT SERVICES 195 permit rates and purchasing options, please Student Day Care Center visit our website at www.towson.edu/parking University Child Care Visitors to campus are required to purchase 410-704-2652 a one-day Visitors’ Parking Permit from a pay [email protected] station at a designated visitor location. Those www.towson.edu/daycare visitors participating in official University Admissions tours are excluded from this The Student Day Care Center provides child requirement but must display the permit dis- care for children between the ages of 2 and 5. tributed by admissions staff and be parked in First priority is given to the children of univer- Visitor Spaces on the ground floor of the West sity students. The center is open from 7:30 Village garage located off of Towsontown a.m. to 5:30 p.m. whenever classes are in ses- Boulevard. sion. Interested parents should phone or email The university provides both on-campus to obtain an application and information. and off-campus shuttles to transport students, Admittance is arranged by order of arrival on faculty, staff and visitors to various locations the waiting list. throughout and near the campus. The univer- Students With Children is an SGA-affiliated sity shuttles only operate during the regular organization supported by the center. Students academic terms, when the campus is open. With Children offers support to student par- There is no fee to ride any shuttle; however a ents whose children are not currently enrolled valid TU ID must be presented to ride off- in the center. Such students and their families campus shuttles. To view the shuttle schedules are invited to events, lectures and outings. and routes or to obtain more information, Interested student-parents are encouraged to please visit our website. email [email protected] to become part of a list of students who will be Part-Time Employment Opportunities notified of upcoming events. The Career Center at Towson University 7800 York Road, Suite 206 University Store 410-704-2233 University Union, first floor 410-704-BOOK (2665) Graduate students can explore both on- and http://store.towson.edu off-campus job opportunities using the resources provided by the Career Center at Regular hours for spring and fall terms: TU. On-campus jobs (federal work-study and Monday–Thursday, 8:30 a.m.–7 p.m. regular student employment) are posted on the Friday, 8:30 a.m.–4 p.m. Career Center’s website, Hire@TU, along with Saturday, 11 a.m.–3 p.m. off-campus job listings from a wide range of Hours are extended during the first week of local companies. Each fall and spring term, the classes and move-in weekend. Summer and Career Center hosts job fairs for part-time and January hours vary; please call or visit http:// summer employment opportunities. Most store.towson.edu. employers who hire college/graduate students The Towson University Store staff takes offer flexible work hours to accommodate pride in satisfying the diverse needs of the student schedules. campus community by offering a variety of To learn more about services offered goods and services. Distinctive merchandise, through the Career Center, visit www.towson. which promotes school spirit and recognition, edu/careercenter or call 410-704-2233. consists of quality TU emblematic adult and children’s clothing, stationery, giftware and the 196 STUDENT SERVICES official TU class ring. Since the University University Union Store is owned and operated by TU, all profits Information Desk generated from the sale of merchandise are 410-704-4636 reinvested into the university. No student fees (Building hours vary) are used to support the University Store. As the social hub of the campus, the University At the University Store, you can purchase: Union hosts a wide variety of activities and • Required and recommended textbooks and events throughout the day and evening. The supplies University Store, source of textbooks, course • Basic school, art and computer supplies supplies, Towson University apparel and gifts, • Quality emblematic gifts and clothing and a variety of packaged foods and beverages • Academically priced software (student ID is located in the Union, as well as a Ticketmas- required) ter outlet, Paws, a cybercafé with extensive • General gifts recreation areas and activities, and the offices • Wide selection of greeting cards of Auxiliary Services, which handles financial • Snacks and beverages transactions for campus services such as park- • Competitively priced CDs and DVDs ing. Also located in the Union are two auto- • Packing supplies matic teller machines (ATMs), a full-service • Reference materials bank, a full-service U.S. Post Office, several • Fiction and non-fiction books dining facilities, a gourmet coffee and dessert • Magazines bar, meeting rooms and a large lounge. The • Fax and copy service offices of the Campus Activities Board (CAB), • Used Book Buyback which presents a wide variety of programs for • Graduation regalia, announcements and the campus at large, The Towerlight student diploma frames newspaper, and many other organizations are also housed in the University Union. Visit http://store.towson.edu to order merchandise, request a store catalog and obtain Women’s Resources information about textbooks, graduation, University Union 313 location, store hours, refund policy and Used 410-704-2051 Book Buyback. Fax: 410-704-4229 The University Store accepts cash, personal www.towson.edu/diversity/womensresources checks with proper ID, OneCard Retail/Vend- ing Points, Visa, MasterCard and Discover. Towson University Women’s Resources has been in continuous operation since 1972. Women’s Resources offers a range of services, programs and events related to women’s issues. The safety and well-being of women and all students is of paramount importance in every initiative of the program. Library and lounge areas are available for use throughout the week. The space also accommodates small group meetings. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 197

Course Descriptions Descriptions of 500- to 800-level courses are listed in this section. Consult the course schedules to determine the courses offered in a particular session. Consecutively numbered courses, when separated by a hyphen, are to be taken in sequence.

ACCOUNTING (ACCT) management’s discussion and analysis. Stu- Courses denoted by an asterisk are currently dents will learn how to detect and investigate offered at the UB campus only. possible financial statement problems by addressing such factors as off balance sheet ACCT 504 INTRODUCTION TO activity, liquidity, financial performance indi- ACCOUNTING (3) Provides a basic under- cators, unreported intangibles, and lease standing of the underlying postulates, princi- auditing. ples and assumptions of accounting. Includes a review of GAAP, external reporting and of *ACCT 603 INVESTIGATIVE ACCOUNT- the bases for managerial accounting. ING AND FRAUD EXAMINATION (3) Topics include the in-depth review of sophisti- *ACCT 601 FORENSIC ACCOUNTING cated fraud scheme, how fraudulent conduct PRINCIPLES (3) Provides students with an can be deterred, how allegations of fraud overview of the field of forensic accounting should be investigated and resolved, the recov- focusing on the roles, responsibilities and ery of assets, methods of writing effective requirements of a forensic accountant in both reports, and complying with SAS 82 and other litigation and fraud engagements. This course fraud standards. Fraud and investigation topics examines basic litigation and fraud examina- cover acts of skimming, cash larceny, check tion theory, identifies financial fraud schemes, tampering, register disbursement schemes, bill- explores the legal framework for damages and ing schemes, payroll and expense reimburse- fraud and damage assessments and method- ment schemes, improper accounting of ologies, and reviews earning management and inventory and other assets, corruption, bribery, financial reporting fraud. Other topics include conflicts of interest, security fraud, insurance computer forensics and corporate governance fraud, anti-terrorist financing, and money laun- and ethics. Actual litigation and fraud cases dering. are used to highlight the evolving roles of forensic accounting. *ACCT 604 LITIGATION SUPPORT (3) Addresses the relationship between the foren- *ACCT 602 DISSECTING FINANCIAL sic accounting professional and the litigation STATEMENTS (3) Students will learn how to process in which they may play a role. Specifi- review, detect, and investigate possible finan- cally, this course will cover the litigation pro- cial statement concerns of publicly and pri- cess, the legal framework for damages and vately held businesses, as well as nonprofit fraud, damage assessment methodologies, organizations and family businesses. Topics issues related to the presentation of evidence covered include: legal elements of financial through expert testimony, practices used in statement fraud, management’s and auditor’s supporting divorce cases, and basic rules of responsibilities, improper revenue/sales recog- evidence as they apply to forensic accountants. nition, inadequate disclosure of related-party transactions, improper asset valuation, ACCT 630 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN improper deferral of costs and expenses, finan- FINANCIAL REPORTING (3) Theoretical cial statement red flags, and inadequacies in and conceptual foundations of generally 198 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS accepted accounting principles and practices projects within an actual accounting environ- as well as certain other principles and practices ment. Grade requirements include a work not generally accepted. Recent and current supervisor evaluation, research paper and literature is studied to provide coverage of the journal detailing the work experience. Prereq- basic postulates, assumptions and standards uisites: Admission to the M.S. in Accounting underlying the measurement criteria and prac- and Business Advisory Services Program and tices of financial accounting. Prerequisite: permission of the graduate director of the Undergraduate degree in accounting and/or accounting program. admission to the M.S. in Accounting and Busi- ness Advisory Services Program. ACCT 720 DESIGN OF MANAGERIAL COST AND CONTROL SYSTEMS (3) The ACCT 640 ACCOUNTING FOR MANA- design of cost and control systems for decision GERIAL DECISIONS (3) How managers use making and for measurement of the perfor- cost information and accounting control sys- mance of processes, product lines, managers tems for decision-making. The use of standard and organizational competitiveness. Case costing, activity-based systems and budgeting studies highlight the experiences of companies are among the techniques that are discussed in and include modifying cost and control sys- the course. Prerequisite: ACCT 504 or equiva- tems in response to technological, institutional lent. and global changes. Prerequisite: Undergradu- ate degree in accounting and/or admission to *ACCT 655 TAX POLICY (3) The evolution the M.S. in Accounting and Business Advisory and structure of the federal income-tax system Services Program. from a public policy perspective. Focus is placed on legal, economic, social and practical ACCT 740 ADVANCED TOPICS IN ASSUR- considerations. Alternatives, including current ANCE SERVICES (3) A study of the applica- legislative proposals, are considered. Students tion of generally accepted auditing standards prepare a research paper on a topic related to to auditing practice issues of academic and tax policy. practitioner research, internal auditing, EDP auditing and governmental auditing issues. ACCT 680 TAXATION OF ENTITIES (3) Prerequisite: Undergraduate degree in account- Federal income taxation of corporations, part- ing and/or admission to the M.S. in Account- nerships, estates and trusts, and the taxation of ing and Business Advisory Services Program. gifts and estates. Analysis includes consideration of the sources of tax law, weight or ACCT 750 FORENSIC ACCOUNTING (3) authority, ethical issues, planning and adminis- Forensic accounting is an interdisciplinary trative procedures. Prerequisite: Undergradu- study of social learning/process theories, ate degree in accounting and/or admission to accounting, law, the systems of internal con- the M.S. in Accounting and Business Advisory trols, evidence gathering, interpersonal skills, Services Program. communication skills and information technology skills. This course provides foundation ACCT 695 INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN knowledge about fraud prevention, detection ACCOUNTING (3) Individual and supervised and investigation for an accountant. Prerequi- research in selected areas of accounting. Spe- site: ACCT 740 or consent of instructor. cial permit required. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 units. Prerequisite: Entry into ACCT 752 ADVANCED TOPICS IN the Accounting and Business Advisory Services ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS (3) An explora- Program and consent of instructor. tion of advanced accounting information system topics such as ERP, systems, e-business ACCT 697 GRADUATE ACCOUNTING applications, AIG implementation, security, INTERNSHIP (3) Students work on assigned etc. Prerequisites: ACCT 300. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 199

ACCT 755 GOVERNMENTAL AND NOT- ACCT 770 SEMINAR IN CURRENT TOP- FOR-PROFIT ACCOUNTING (3) Advanced ICS IN ACCOUNTING (3) A study of current study of generally accepted accounting princi- developments and contemporary problems in ples and procedures of governmental units and accounting. Topics vary from year to year. A not-for-profit organizations, emphasizing cur- significant writing and research experience is rent issues, external financial reporting and the provided. Prerequisite: Undergraduate degree relevant authoritative accounting pronounce- in accounting and/or admission to the M.S. in ments. Topics include: characteristics and Accounting and Business Advisory Services types of not-for-profit organizations, account- Program. ing and reporting entity, fund accounting, budgetary accounts, contributions received ACCT 780 SUSTAINABILITY ACCOUNT- and made, investments and the encumbrance ING (3) Sustainability accounting concerns the system. Prerequisite: Undergraduate degree in process of identifying, measuring and report- accounting and/or admission to the M.S. in ing the entities’ impact on the planet with a Accounting and Business Advisory Services focus mainly on the environmental impact. Program. Determining how different entities affect the environment, measuring that impact and *ACCT 761 ACCOUNTING FOR HEALTH deciding what, how and who to report this CARE ORGANIZATIONS (3) Financial impact to, are all part of the course. The reporting, analysis and strategy principles course will cover topics dealing with green- applied to for-profit and not-for-profit health house gas emission, trading and sustainability care organizations. Financial and managerial investing. Prerequisites: ACCT 640 or equiva- accounting issues related to strategic decision- lent. making are emphasized. Includes review of the authoritative health care accounting literature, ACCT 797 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ACCOUNT- overview of the health care accounting environ- ING (3) Specialized topics in accounting, ment, issues in revenue and expense recognition, allowing flexibility for both the changing devel- balance sheet valuations, budgetary control sys- opments in accounting and the educational tems, cost accounting, performance measure- needs of students. Exact topics and prerequisite ment and financial implications of third-party structure appear in the schedule of classes. Pre- payment systems and managed-care arrange- requisite: ACCT 640 or area approval. ments. Prerequisite: ACCT 504 or equivalent. ACCT 799 INDIVIDUAL RESEARCH (1-3) *ACCT 762 ACCOUNTING FOR MEDI- Prerequisite: approvals of accounting instruc- CARE REGULATION (3) Principles and tor and chair of accounting department. applications of Medicare payment systems and rate regulation for health care providers, emphasizing understanding the Medicare sys- ADULT EDUCATION (ADED) tem, developing the technical skills required to identify and research problems in Medicare ADED 585 ADULT EDUCATION (3) Intro- payments, isolating relevant regulatory issues duction to the historical and philosophical and developing documentary support and evolution of adult education in the United arguments for proposed solutions to problems States in relationship to current aims, types of in health-care payment claims. Topics include programs and issues. Prerequisite: Consent of Medicare and the U.S. health care system, Part instructor. A hospital insurance benefits, Part B supple- mentary medical insurance benefits, exclusions ADED 587 TEACHING THE ADULT from coverage, fraud and abuse, physician LEARNER (3) Teaching-learning activities at self-referral, payment rules, cost reports, various levels of adult education. The needs, claims and appeals and managed care plans. motivation and abilities of the adult learner are Prerequisite: ACCT 504 or equivalent. stressed. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. 200 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

AFRICAN AMERICAN STUDIES department. These courses maybe repeated for (AFST) a maximum of three units.

AFST 511 TOPICS IN AFRICAN AMERI- CAN STUDIES (3) Extensive study of a spe- ANTHROPOLOGY (ANTH) cific topic chosen from a variety of disciplines in African American Studies. Content varies. ANTH 501 ANTHROPOLOGICAL THE- May be repeated for a maximum of 6 units ORY (3) Survey of the theoretical contribution when identified by a different subtitle. Prereq- made by American, British and Continental uisites: AFST 201 and a 300-level course ful- anthropologists. Prerequisites: ANTH 207 filling the African and African American plus 9 units of anthropology. Studies minor or consent of the program director and the instructor. ANTH 502 ENVIRONMENTAL ARCHAE- OLOGY (3) Analysis of pre-Columbian Native American environmental adaptations. ALLIED HEALTH (AHLT) Special focus on Ancestral Puebloans in the American Southwest. Prerequisites: ANTH AHLT 513 CLINICAL PROGRAM PLAN 207 or ANTH 208 AND EVALUATION (3) This course is an overview of the clinical program planning and ANTH 521 GENDER IN CROSS-CUL- evaluation process. Focus is given to the devel- TURAL PERSPECTIVE (3) Materials from a opment of clinical health programs based on variety of cultures will be used to illustrate and community/medical needs or needs of health- analyze the roles of women and men within care systems. Prerequisite: Admission to the the major institutional aspects—the family, Allied Healthy program or permission of economics, politics and religion. Particular instructor. attention will be devoted to the similarities and differences in sex-role patterns within and AHLT 515 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT among the cultures. Prerequisite: SOCI 101 or FOR THE ALLIED HEALTH PROFES- ANTH 207. SIONAL (3) Overview of the financial methods and applications used in health care ANTH 325/525 MORAL PANICS (3) settings. Focus on understanding balance Anthropological theories and methods used to sheets, cost analysis and budgeting for allied analyze moral panics; role of the global media health within health care systems. Prerequi- in the culture of fear. Prerequisite: ANTH 207 sites: Admission to the Allied Health program or permission of instructor. ANTH 530-539 TOPICS IN ANTHROPOL- OGY (3) Examination of current topics in AHLT 545 RESEARCH METHODS IN anthropology, designed for non-majors as well ALLIED HEALTH (3) This course covers basic as majors. May be repeated for credit provided concepts for understanding and conduction a different topic is covered. Prerequisite: research related to Allied Health professions. ANTH 207. Focus is given to the study of experimental and quasi-experimental designs, quantitative and ANTH 546 WEALTH, POWER AND POLI- qualitative methodologies, literature search TICS IN CROSS-CULTURAL PERSPEC- and critique, basic statistical procedures for TIVE (3) Political systems and the distribution data analysis, and research ethics. of power in egalitarian, ranked and stratified societies will be examined. Prerequisite: SOCI AHLT 570-579 SPECIAL TOPICS IN 101 or ANTH 207. ALLIED HEALTH (1-3) Topics in Allied Health as approved by the Allied Health COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 201

ANTH 553 LATINAS IN THE AMERICAS modernize and develop will be examined. Pre- (3) Anthropological perspective stressing requisite: SOCI 101, ANTH 207 or ANTH “emic” or insider view, structural constraints 208. of class, gender and race; women’s agency is used to understand the diverse experiences of ANTH 570-579 SPECIAL TOPICS IN Latin American women with colonization, ANTHROPOLOGY (1-3) Examination of independence, revolution, development and current topics in anthropology at the most structural re-adjustment. Prerequisite: ANTH specialized level. May be repeated for credit 207 or 208 or WMST 231 or consent of provided a different topic is covered. Prerequi- instructor. sites: ANTH 207 and 6 additional units of anthropology. ANTH 564 RELIGION, MAGIC AND WITCHCRAFT (3) The world view, beliefs ANTH 581 ARCHAEOLOGICAL METH- and rituals of selected nonliterate peoples con- ODS AND THEORY (3) Methods of excavat- sidered with reference to religion as a universal ing and recording archaeological data. category of human culture. Prerequisite: Investigation of problems of current research ANTH 207. interest. Prerequisite: ANTH 207.

ANTH 565 NORTH AMERICAN INDIANS ANTH 582 VISUAL ANTHROPOLOGY (3) (3) The traditional culture of native North The Study of ethnographic media and repre- Americans and their sociocultural place in sentation of various cultures globally; theories modern American society. Prerequisite: ANTH and methods related to the production of vari- 207. ous forms of visual anthropology. Prerequi- sites ANTH 207. ANTH 566 SOUTH AMERICAN INDIANS (3) Survey of the cultures of the native peoples ANTH 587 NATIVE AMERICAN of South America in pre-Columbian times and ARCHAEOASTRONOMY (3) Prehistoric the situation of contemporary tribal peoples of roots of astronomy in the New World, with an South America. Prerequisite: ANTH 207. emphasis on the American Southwest. Celes- tial motions and the development of a calen- ANTH 567 PEOPLES OF THE MIDDLE dar, related folklore and case studies concerning EAST (3) Survey of the Middle East as a cul- solstice and equinox observations. Prerequi- tural area with emphasis on culture change. site: ANTH 207 or 208. Prerequisite: ANTH 207. ANTH 588 PEASANT CULTURES (3) Focus ANTH 568 GLOBALIZATION IN CROSS- on rural agricultural population of modern CULTURAL PERSPECTIVE (3) Analyzes states, their traditional lifeways and the various approaches to globalization and changes being wrought by modernization. examines the consequences of globalization Prerequisite: SOCI 101 or ANTH 207. and development among selected contemporary populations, primarily southern countries ANTH 591-592 INTERNSHIP IN ANTHRO- of the world. Prerequisites: ANTH 207 and POLOGY I, II (3, 3) Supervised experience in SOCI 101. work setting which facilitates understanding of rules and relationships relevant to anthro- ANTH 569 TRADITION AND REVOLU- pological inquiry and application of anthropo- TION IN LATIN AMERICAN SOCIETY (3) logical knowledge. While opportunities to do An anthropological perspective will be brought anthropologically oriented fieldwork in the to bear on contemporary Latin American cul- community will usually be available, place- ture and society. The pre-Columbian heritage, ment in agencies dedicated to anthropological the traditional synthesis and the struggle to inquiry may not always be possible. Students 202 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS may elect to take one term for 3 units (591) or AIT 612 INFORMATION SYSTEMS VUL- two terms for 3 units each (591-592), in one NERABILITY AND RISK ANALYSIS (3) The agency for both terms or in a different agency identification of vulnerabilities and risks inher- each term. No more than 3 units may be ent in the operation of information systems will earned in a term, without consent of the chair, be explored. Countermeasures will be dis- which will be granted only when agency cussed and documented in an effort to counter requirements and student needs make it appro- identified vulnerabilities. Prerequisite: AIT 610. priate. Prerequisite: Consent of internship May take concurrently with AIT 610. coordinator. AIT 613 INTRODUCTION TO SOFTWARE ANTH 595 INDEPENDENT RESEARCH SECURITY (3) A study of security concepts in (3) Supervised research and anthropological software. This course discusses design princi- investigation leading to preparation of a ples for secure software development, and research project or a supervised field experi- some of the security issues in current applica- ence. Prerequisites: At least 12 units in ANTH tions, database systems, and web systems. It and consent of department chair. provides the foundation for identifying vulnerabilities, their impact, and solutions to securing them. Prerequisite: AIT 610. APPLIED INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (AIT) AIT 614 NETWORK SECURITY (3) Net- work security, hacker attacks, Web security, AIT 500 FUNDAMENTALS OF COM- e-mail security, e-commerce security, systems PUTER PROGRAMMING AND DATA and operation environment security, database STRUCTURES (6) Structured problem solv- security, algorithms for making data commu- ing, algorithm development, fundamentals of nications secure, encryption and coding tech- computer programming, basic data structures niques and IP security. Prerequisite: AIT 612. and their implementation, sort and search algorithms, and an introduction to the design AIT 616 FUNDAMENTALS OF WEB and development of information systems. Pre- TECHNOLOGIES AND DEVELOPMENT requisite: Admission to AIT program. (3) Introduction to HTTP protocol, dynamic HTML and common gateway interface (CGI) AIT 600 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY programming. Study and practice of object- INFRASTRUCTURE (3) A discussion of oriented programming concept using Java. information systems architectures including Design and implementation of application software systems, hardware, operating sys- software including graphical user interfaces tems, data bases, object-oriented technology, (GUIs), concurrent and distributed program- networking and enterprise-wide systems. Pre- ming, distributed information systems server requisite: Admission to AIT program. architectures, database connectivity and the enterprise packages provided by the Java pro- AIT 610 SYSTEMS DEVELOPMENT PRO- gramming language. Prerequisite: AIT 610. CESS (3) Structured and object-oriented analy- May take concurrently with AIT 610. sis, design and implementation of information systems; distributed information systems; AIT 618 CLIENT/SERVER-SIDE PRO- information systems life cycle models, plat- GRAMMING ON THE WEB (3) Discussion forms and security. Discussions of require- of HTTP protocol, dynamic HTML, common ments definition, modeling quality assurance gateway interface (CGI) programming, Java and development environments. Prerequisite: applets and server-side programming. Devel- AIT 600. May take concurrently with AIT opment of information systems incorporating 600. applications executing on a client-server system. Design and implementation of distributed COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 203 information systems involving the technolo- information technology projects. Topics gies developed for the Web. Prerequisite: AIT include project selection and approval, plan- 616. ning, estimation techniques, scheduling methods, budgeting, IT project organizations, and AIT 620 BUSINESS DATA COMMUNICA- project control and assessment. Prerequisite: TIONS (3) Business data communications, AIT 628. distributed data processing, fundamental data transmission, network types, distributed appli- AIT 632 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYS- cations, client/server architecture, network TEMS (3) Study of database management management and security, and Internet / system fundamentals, data models, design, intranet, extranet. Prerequisite: AIT 610. May implementation and processing. Most popular take concurrently with AIT 610. database management systems such as Oracle, SQL Server and Access are used throughout AIT 622 NETWORKS ARCHITECTURE the course to illustrate design and implementa- AND PROTOCOLS (3) Review of fundamen- tion of real-world database applications and tals of network technology, Internet protocols, processing. Prerequisite: AIT 610. May take multicasting, subnet and supernet addressing, concurrently with AIT 610. routing algorithms, client-server, socket interface, bootstrap and auto configuration, file AIT 641 SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS transfer, e-mail, and Internet security. Prerequi- ENGINEERING (3) This course introduces site: AIT 620. the basic concepts and principles of software requirements engineering. The course is AIT 624 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING FUN- designed to expose students to common tools DAMENTALS (3) Application of formal soft- and techniques, established methods for mod- ware engineering principles and practices to the eling software systems and various approaches development of information systems, applica- to requirements engineering (structured, object tion software and embedded, computer-based oriented and formal). In essence, the course systems. A comprehensive description of the intends to cover in its entirety the process of software engineering process will be presented requirements engineering. Prerequisites: AIT along with a discussion of the approaches, 624/COSC 612. methodologies and tools available to the practicing software engineer. Prerequisite: AIT 610. AIT 642 SOFTWARE TESTING AND May take concurrently with AIT 610. MAINTENANCE (3) A comprehensive survey of software maintenance and testing, prin- AIT 628 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY ciples, methodologies, management strategies, AND BUSINESS STRATEGY (3) Design and techniques and tools. Software testing at the evolution of technology strategy; the develop- unit, subsystem levels using various test design ment of the firm’s innovative capabilities and techniques, as well as integration, regression, implementing a development strategy; changes system testing methods and software testing in business strategies due to the emergence of tools. Designing and implementing software the Internet and e-business; new business mod- technologies to increase maintainability and els that have emerged, the components of such testability, evaluating software for change and models, the dynamics and appraisal of the validating software changes. Prerequisites: models, and the new value configurations. AIT 624/COSC 612. Prerequisite: AIT 610. May take concurrently with AIT 610. AIT 643 ENTERPRISE ARCHITECTURE (3) This course provides a set of latest AIT 630 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY approaches in designing IT infrastructures PROJECT MANAGEMENT (3) Tools and aligning them with enterprise business activi- techniques for the successful management of ties at the architectural level, including busi- 204 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ness, information, solution, and technology AIT 655 MANAGING INFORMATION architecture. Institutionalization of enterprise SECURITY (3) This is an advanced study architecture frameworks and standards will be course in information assurance. The focus is discussed. Topics include the fundamentals of on applying the various specific information business functions and IT infrastructure of an assurance concepts, understandings, methods, enterprise including definitions frameworks, processes and tools for the previous IA, tele- business process, modeling process institution- communication and IT course taken by the alization using CMMI, EA implementation student to formulate the basis for sound busi- through service-oriented architecture (SOA), ness decisions. Prerequisites: AIT 600, AIT and the various networking technologies in 610 and AIT 614. LAN/MAN/WAN as the enablers for EA. Pre- requisites: AIT 624/COSC 612. AIT 670-679 SPECIAL TOPICS IN APPLIED INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (3) AIT 650 COMPUTER AND NETWORKS Selected topics in applied information technol- FORENSICS AND INCIDENT RESPONSE ogy. Emphasis on new and emerging applica- (3) Traditional computer forensic analysis and tions in information technology. Prerequisites: network forensics are rapidly converging disci- 6 units of graduate work in AIT and consent plines. And depending on one’s objectives, of instructor. incident response can be an active, real-time forensic analysis. At the very least, the process AIT 695 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN of incident response will have a significant APPLIED INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY impact on any later forensic analysis, so (3) Independent supervised study in selected knowledge of all of these disciplines is impor- areas of information technology and its appli- tant to the practitioner of any of the disci- cation in a variety of fields. Prerequisites: 6 plines. This course is a core component of an units of graduate work in AIT and consent of information assurance curriculum. Prerequi- AIT graduate program director. sites: AIT 600, AIT 610, AIT 614 and famil- iarity with Linux. AIT 710 CASE STUDIES IN INFORMA- TION SECURITY (3) This course consists of AIT 652 ETHICS, LAW AND POLICY IN a real-world project dealing with information CYBERSPACE (3) This is a course for techni- security in distributed information systems cal managers and is designed to create an including applications of theory and tech- awareness of the ethical issues, legal resources niques in information security. Prerequisites: and recourses, policy implications inherent in AIT 612, AIT 614 and consent of AIT gradu- our evolving online society. The course pro- ate program director. vides an overview of the ethical challenges faced by individuals and organizations in the AIT 715 CASE STUDIES IN INTERNET information age and introduces the complex APPLICATIONS (3) Real-world project deal- and dynamic state of the law as it applies to ing with the development of information sys- behavior in cyberspace. It is intended to sensi- tems for Internet applications; emphasis on tize managers and professionals to the pitfalls distributed information systems for Web and dangers of doing business in an intercon- deployment. Prerequisites: AIT 616, AIT 618 nected world, and to familiarize the student and consent of AIT graduate program director. with various organizations and materials that can be turned to for assistance in understand- AIT 720 CASE STUDIES IN NETWORK- ing how to ethically and legally operate and use ING TECHNOLOGY (3) Real-world projects modern computer systems and networks. Pre- dealing with the development, installation, requisites: AIT 600, AIT 610 and AIT 612. and management of application systems or a variety of networks environment; emphasis is on distributed applications for LAN, WAN, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 205

Internet and intranet. Prerequisites: AIT 620, AIT 885 PROJECT CONTINUATION (1) AIT 622 and consent of AIT graduate pro- Continuation of graduate project/case study gram director. courses. Prerequisite: Previous registration in graduate project/case studies. AIT 725 CASE STUDIES IN SOFTWARE ENGINEERING (3) Real-world project deal- AIT 895 DOCTORAL INDEPENDENT ing with design and development of large-scale STUDY (3-6) Independent guided study for information systems including applications of doctoral students to prepare for qualifying theory and techniques in software engineering. exams in preparation for dissertation work. Prerequisites: AIT 624 and AIT 626 and con- May be repeated up to a total of 9 units. Reg- sent of AIT graduate program director. istration by special permit as authorized by doctoral program director or chair of the AIT 730 CASE STUDIES IN INFORMA- department only. S/U grading. TION SYSTEMS (3) Real-world projects dealing with issues related to development, AIT 997 DISSERTATION (3-9) Independent management and maintenance of large-scaled guided research leading to the dissertation. information systems; emphasis is on business May be repeated up to a total of 24 units. information systems for a distributed environ- Registration by special permit as authorized ment. Prerequisites: AIT 628, AIT 630 and by doctoral program director or chair of the consent of AIT graduate program director. department only. S/U grading.

AIT 732 ADVANCED DATABASE MAN- AIT 999 DISSERTATION CONTINUUM AGEMENT SYSTEMS (3) This course (1) Continuing work towards the completion emphasizes advanced topics in database man- of the dissertation. Registration by special agement systems. Topics include: query pro permit as authorized by doctoral program or transaction processing, concurrency and chair of the department only. S/U grading. recovery techniques, advanced database models, object-oriented databases, relational databases and Web databases, distributed ART (ART) databases, data warehousing and OLAP. Pre- requisite: AIT 632. ART 500 CERAMIC RAW MATERIALS (3) Lecture and laboratory investigation of AIT 735 CASE STUDIES IN DATABASE ceramic materials as they apply to glazes, clay MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS (3) Real-world slips and clay bodies. Tests and problems in projects dealing with issues related to develop- ceramic raw materials. Prerequisite: ART 309, ment, management and maintenance of large- ART 310 or equivalent. scaled information systems; emphasis is on the distributed database systems and related secu- ART 507 MATERIALS: CONCEPT AND rity issues. Prerequisites: AIT 632, AIT 732 and PROCESS (3) Examination of the properties consent of AIT graduate program director. and characteristics of material and methodology in the design and creation of objects AIT 880 GRADUATE PROJECT (3) Students through lecture, demonstration and directed conduct a study in an advanced IT related studio problems. Prerequisites: ART 218, topic or undertake the analysis, design and ART 231, or consent of instructor. implementation of real-world application. The application may be related to an industrial ART 508 CERAMICS: SCULPTURE (3) Stu- project sponsored by a company or it may be dio experience using a variety of ceramic tech- a mutual interest to the student and the super- niques. Problems in sculptural directions for vising faculty. Prerequisite: Completion of at students’ experiences in hand-building and the least 18 units toward M.S. in AIT or COSC. potter’s wheel. Prerequisite: ART 310 or consent of instructor. 206 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ART 513 ELECTROFORMING AND ART 527 DESIGN AND SOCIAL ENTRE- ENAMELING II (3) Lecture, demonstration, PRENEURSHIP (3) Examination of the cross- directed studio problems in the electroforming disciplinary social design movement. Using the process, continued investigation of vitreous design process, students identify and address enameling; enameling 3 dimensional form, social issues in studio work. Emphasis on new, alternative and experimental techniques. interdisciplinary work. Examination of social Prerequisite: ART 313 or consent of instructor. entrepreneurship. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. ART 514/515/516 ADVANCED STUDIO (2-3, 2-3, 2-3) Independent work for advanced ART 529 PAINTING IV (3) Continued studio students in field of special interest. Prerequi- experience for advanced students, with empha- site: Must have exhausted other courses in sis on personal direction. May be repeated for particular field or obtained written consent of a maximum of 9 total units. Prerequisite: ART instructor. Student must make arrangements in 336. advance of registration with instructor of choice. ART 530 WATERCOLOR II (3) Intermediate studio experience: landscape, still life, figures ART 518 JEWELRY II (3) Intermediate design and photographic imagery. Prerequisites: ART and studio experience. Directed problems in 331 and Watercolor I. the techniques of metal construction, forging, stone setting and cold joinery. Prerequisite: ART 534 PHOTO IMAGING - CONCEPTS ART 318. I (3) The aesthetic of black-and-white image making using advanced analog and electronic ART 519 HOLLOWWARE AND FORGING imaging techniques. Prerequisite: ART 236, (3) Advanced lecture, demonstration and ART 237, ART 238 and ART 259. directed studio problems in hollowware and flatware focusing on raising, seaming, fabrica- ART 535 PHOTO IMAGING - CONCEPTS tion and forging techniques for silver and non- II (3) The aesthetic of color image making ferrous metals. Prerequisites: ART 218, using advanced analog, alternative/mixed Metals and Jewelry I. media, and electronic imaging techniques. Pre- requisite: ART 334. ART 520 CASTING: MATERIALS AND PROCESS (3) Lecture, demonstration, directed ART 536 PHOTO IMAGING - PORTFOLIO studio problems in the casting process; tradi- (3) Portfolio Construction using advanced tional lost wax bronze casting, RTV mold analog, alternative/mixed media, and elec- making, casting new, alternative and experi- tronic imaging technology. May be repeated mental materials. Prerequisites: ART218. for up to 9 units. Prerequisites: ART 334, ART 335, ART 421. May be taken concurrently ART 521 GRAPHIC DESIGN II (3) Continued with ART 421. studio in drawing, painting and typography. Advanced assignments in preparing brochures ART 543 INTERACTIVE MEDIA, THE- and booklets for commercial printing. Prereq- ORY AND APPLICATION (3) Focus on uisite: ART 225 or consent of instructor. interactive design and media theory through research, studio practice and discussion. Uti- ART 522 DESIGNING FOR PRODUCTION lizes software application with emphasis on (3) Experience designing and manufacturing conceptual process, image processing and multiples. Historical and contemporary object usability. Prerequisite: ART 365 production and production methodologies. Various aspects of business, pricing, market ART 547 SCREEN PROCESS II (3) Advanced analysis. Prerequisites: ART 319, ART 418. color projects, using direct photo emulsion, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 207 and emphasizing integration of hand-drawn ART 610 ELEMENTS OF WWW DESIGN image with photo and computer-generated (3) Production, techniques and research as images. Non-toxic water-based inks. related to digital imaging, electronic page layout and WWW design. Prerequisite: Accep- ART 549 RELIEF PROCESS II (3) Traditional tance to the Interactive Media Design and experimental processes. Advanced color Certificate Program or consent of the IAMD assignments using oil and water-based inks. program director.

ART 555 NEW DIRECTIONS IN PRINT- ART 611 GRADUATE DRAWING I (3) Stu- MAKING (3) Using technology to link print- dio problems in expressive drawing. Repeat- making to digital, photo and Xerox images. able for a maximum of 6 units with consent of Prerequisite: ART 217. program director and instructor. Prerequisite: ART 211 or consent of instructor. ART 557 GRAPHIC DESIGN III (3) Problems in graphic communication on the Macintosh ART 614/615/616 GRADUATE STUDIO computer, emphasizing individual portfolio (2-3, 2-3, 2-3) Independent work for graduate development. Prerequisite: ART 417. students in field of special interest. Prerequi- site: All courses in field completed and written ART 561 DIGITAL OBJECT DESIGN II (3) consent of instructor. Intermediate and advanced lecture, demonstration, studio problems in digital 3D modeling ART 618 GRADUATE JEWELRY I (3) Studio and rendering introduction to computer aided problems in shell construction, stone setting machining and rapid prototyping. Prerequi- and mechanical joinery. Repeatable for a sites: ART 361, Digital Object Design. maximum of 6 units with consent of program director and instructor. Prerequisite: ART 418 ART 573 ILLUSTRATION II (3) Continued or consent of instructor. studio experience in illustration and development of personal approaches in various media. ART 620 GRADUATE TYPOGRAPHY (3) Emphasis on practicing professional assign- Studio problems in the theory, concepts and ments and preparing portfolio. Prerequisite: aesthetics of type. Repeatable for a maximum ART 373 or equivalent. of 6 units with consent of program director and instructor. Prerequisite: ART 610 or con- ART 578 NEW DIRECTIONS IN PAINT- sent of instructor. ING, EXPERIMENTAL MEDIA AND ART I (3) Continued studio experience: for advanced ART 622 GRADUATE EXHIBITION student with emphasis on personal direction. DESIGN (3) Theory, concepts, planning, man- Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. agement, design and installation of art exhib- its. Application for professional artists. ART 594 TRAVEL AND STUDY ABROAD Prerequisite: Graduate standing. (3-6) Countries and topics to be selected by the department and instructors sponsoring the ART 629 GRADUATE PAINTING I (3) Stu- program. For information, contact the art dio problems in painting: current trends, department early in the term preceding the museum visits and lectures. Repeatable for a term of travel study. Prerequisite: Consent of maximum of 6 units with consent of program instructor and interview. director and instructor. Prerequisite: ART 229 or equivalent. ART 608 GRADUATE CERAMICS I (3) Advanced problems in selected ceramic areas. ART 630 WATERCOLOR (3) Trends and Repeatable for a maximum of 6 units with outstanding painters and styles. Studio work, consent of program director and instructor. museum visits and lectures. Repeatable for a 208 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS maximum of 6 units with consent of program ART 653 GRAPHICS: LITHOGRAPHY, director and instructor. Prerequisite: ART 331 SERIGRAPHY (3) Studio work for artists or consent of instructor. with knowledge of lithography and/or serigraphy. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 units ART 632 GRADUATE COMPUTER ART with consent of program director and instruc- (3) Advanced knowledge and aesthetic insight tor. Prerequisite: ART 347, ART 450 or through computer art production. Lectures, equivalent. demonstrations, gallery visits and studio work in art department lab. Repeatable for a maxi- ART 661 DIGITAL OBJECT DESIGN I (3) mum of 6 units with consent of program direc- This course focuses on graduate level research tor and instructor. Prerequisite: Consent of and advancement in 3d digital modeling, with instructor. a focus on the larger context of digital object design, the influence on cultural objects, cul- ART 634 GRADUATE PHOTOGRAPHY I tural production and aesthetics. Repeatable (3) Studio problems emphasizing personal for a maximum of 6 credits. Perquisite: ART investigation of the photographic medium as 361. an art form. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 units with consent of program director and ART 665 GRADUATE INFORMATION & instructor. Prerequisites: ART 334 and consent INTERFACE DESIGN (3) Introduction to of instructor. information architecture and user interface design for initiative media applied art design ART 635 GRADUATE EXPERIMENTAL applications. Design projects and research DIRECTIONS (3) Conceptual, installation with a focus on current interactive media and performance art; studio projects. Repeat- design concept and theory. Prerequisite: ART able for a maximum of 6 units with consent of 610 or by consent of instructor. program director and instructor. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. ART 671 GRADUATE PROGRAMMNG for DESIGN (3) Introduction to the concept and ART 640 GRADUATE SCULPTURE I (3) theory of simulation design including applied Studio problems in selected sculptural areas. projects designing simulation objects, virtual Repeatable for a maximum of 6 units with environments and scripted content. Prerequi- consent of program director and instructor. site: ART 610 or by consent of instructor. Prerequisite: ART 340, ART 241, ART 339, ART 342, or any 400-level course; or consent ART 673 GRADUATE ILLUSTRATION I of instructor. (3) Studio problems in the concepts and techniques of objectives rendering, expressive ART 641 INTERACTIVE MEDIA CON- painting and sequential imagery. Repeatable CEPT AND THEORY (3) Advanced study of for a maximum of 6 units with consent of interactive media concept, theory and aesthet- program director and instructor. Prerequisite: ics including research and studio application. ART 473 or consent of instructor. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 units with consent of program director and instructor. ART 675 GRADUATE SIMULATION Prerequisite: ART 610. DESIGN (3) Introduction to the concept and theory of simulation design including applied ART 650 GRADUATE INTAGLIO, RELIEF projects designing simulation objects, virtual I (3) Studio problems in intaglio and/or relief environments and scripted content. Prerequi- processes, including mixed media. Repeatable site: ART 610 or by consent of instructor. for a maximum of 6 units with consent of program director and instructor. Prerequisite: ART 678 NEW DIRECTIONS IN PAINT- ART 349, ART 449 or equivalent. ING, EXPERIMENTAL MEDIA AND ART II (3) Continued studio experience: for advanced COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 209 student with emphasis on personal direction. ART 731 GRADUATE CERAMICS III (3) Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Studio problems in selected ceramic areas. Prerequisite: ART 708. ART 685 GRADUATE INFORMATION & INTERFACE DESIGN II (3) Advanced proj- ART 734 GRADUATE PHOTOGRAPHY II ects and research in information architecture, (3) Studio problems in selected areas of photog- user interface design and usability for interac- raphy with an emphasis on personal investigative media design applications. Prerequisite: tion of mixed media. Prerequisite: ART 634. ART 665 or by consent of instructor. ART 740 GRADUATE SCULPTURE II (3) ART 694 GRADUATE TRAVEL STUDY Studio problems in selected sculptural areas. (3-6) Global experiences in art. Selected grad- Prerequisite: ART 640 or consent of instructor. uate-level research and studio problems in area of special interest. Location and topics to be ART 750 GRADUATE INTAGLIO, RELIEF announced one year prior to travel experience. II (3) Studio problems in selected printmaking Course may be repeated. Prerequisite: Gradu- areas: etching, drypoint, aquatint, photo ate acceptance, interview and consent of engraving, embossing, collographs, woodcuts, instructor. linecuts, wood engraving and subtractive relief. Prerequisite: ART 650. ART 708 GRADUATE CERAMIC II (3) Stu- dio problems in selected ceramic areas. Prereq- ART 761 DIGITAL OBJECT DESIGN II (3) uisite: ART 608. Advanced independent studio work in digital 3d modeling, rendering and rapid prototyping ART 711 GRADUATE DRAWING II (3) Stu- and manufacture. Repeatable for a maximum dio problems in selected drawing areas: aware- of 6 credits. Perquisite: ART 661. ness, imagination and craftsmanship. Prerequisite: ART 611. ART 765 GRADUATE DESIGN FOR THE WWW (3) Authoring techniques and research ART 715 M.F.A. STUDIO I (3) Independent as related to interactivity, information design problems in art. May be repeated for addi- and digital imaging. Repeatable for a maxi- tional credit with art adviser consent. Prereq- mum of 6 units with consent of program direc- uisites: M.F.A. status and written consent of tor and instructor. Prerequisites: ART 610 and art adviser. May be taken 8 times for a total of ART 641. 24 units. ART 766 ADVANCED PROJECTS IN ART 718 GRADUATE JEWELRY II (3) Studio WWW DESIGN (3) Focus is on current web problems in advanced shell construction and layout technologies, web standards, usability surface embellishment. Prerequisite: ART 618. and research as related to interactivity, and information design. Prerequisites: ART 765, ART 720 GRADUATE GRAPHIC DESIGN Graduate Design for the WWW. II: PORTFOLIO (3) Studio problems in professional portfolio presentation. Prerequisite: ART 781 GRADUATE ILLUSTRATION II ART 620 or consent of instructor. (3) Studio problems in location drawing, figure and costume, experimental media, manu- ART 729 GRADUATE PAINTING II (3) Stu- script interpretation and portfolio analysis. dio problems in selected painting areas: water- Prerequisite: ART 673. color, oil and other media. Prerequisite: ART 629. ART 782 ART TOPICS (3) Visiting instructor teaching contemporary issues in art with written presentations, critiques and discussions. 210 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

May be repeated for a maximum of 9 units. reading and writing skills applicable within art Prerequisite: Acceptance into the graduate education programs at the elementary level. program. Prerequisites: Minimum of 2.75 overall GPA and a 3.00 GPA in major. Prerequisite: Con- ART 783 M.F.A. SEMINAR (3) Lectures and sent of Art Education program adviser. discussions on the contemporary art scene, aesthetics and art concepts. Oral and written ARED 564 AUTHOR-ILLUSTRATOR presentations, gallery/museum/studio visits STUDIES: INTEGRATION OF VISUAL included. Prerequisite: M.F.A. candidate. AND LANGUAGE ARTS AT THE SEC- ONDARY LEVEL (3) Non-fiction is exam- ART 784 SEMINAR ON COLLEGE-LEVEL ined as illustration and text to develop TEACHING (3) Organization and management strategies for enhancing reading and writing of studio art classes: critiquing skills, creation skills in art education at the middle and high and presentation of assignments, developing school levels. Special permit required. Prereq- outlines and grading. Prerequisite: Second-year uisite: Consent of instructor. M.F.A. graduate students and M.Ed. graduate students with departmental consent. ARED 607 ARTIST-TEACHER CONNEC- TION (3) Exploration of the dual aspects of ART 785 M.F.A. STUDIO II (3) Independent the art educator as artist/teacher. Includes stu- problems in art with special emphasis on dio work, museum trips, journal writing, preparation for M.F.A. project. Repeatable for research of cultural/historical expressions, and a maximum of 12 units. Prerequisite: M.F.A. unit planning relevant to K-12 education. candidate. ARED 608 INTERDISCIPLINARY ART ART 795 DIRECTED READING IN ART (3) EDUCATION (3) Investigation of interdisci- Extensive reading in an aspect of art. Prerequi- plinary connections between art and other sites: Graduate standing and consent of art subjects in the K-12 curriculum. Includes stu- adviser. dio projects and unit and program planning.

ART 880 M.F.A. PROJECT (9) Preparation ARED 609 MULTICULTURAL ART EDU- and installation of selected art works in an CATION (3) The study of multicultural art. exhibition format as a final review for the Includes investigation of cultural contexts, stu- M.F.A. degree. A written supportive paper dio processes and teaching strategies in grades defining the scope and philosophy of the K-12. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 units. work. Prerequisite: Being passed onto thesis committee. ARED 797 SEMINAR IN ART EDUCA- TION (3) Investigation of problems and theo- ART 881 GRADUATE PROJECT IN ART ries in art education and related fields. (3) Exhibition of project plus a paper defining Prerequisite: EDUC 601. the project’s scope and philosophy. Prerequi- site: Consent of department chair. ARED 880 ART EDUCATION PROJECT I (3) Introduction to art education thesis project. Includes the writing of a proposal, outline of ART EDUCATION (ARED) project and research in selected area. Repeat- able for 1-3 additional units with consent of ARED 563 AUTHOR-ILLUSTRATOR: program director and instructor. Prerequisites: INTEGRATION OF VISUAL AND LAN- EDUC 605 and ARED 797. GUAGE ARTS AT THE ELEMENTARY LEVEL (3) Fiction is examined as illustration ARED 881 ART EDUCATION PROJECT II and text to develop strategies for enhancing (3) Continuation of the writing of the art edu- COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 211 cation project. Includes implementation, anal- examination of a topic in art history. Prerequi- ysis and evaluation of study. Prerequisite: sites: Art Survey I, Survey II and at least one ARED 880. 300-level art history course.

ARED 885 ART EDUCATION PROJECT ARTH 600 STUDY ABROAD (1-6) Travel CONTINUUM (1) Continuation of project and study abroad; various topics in the history work if not completed in ARED 880 or ARED of art. Prerequisite: GPA of 3.25. 881. ARTH 603 CARE AND HANDLING OF OBJECTS (3) The care and handling of arti- ART HISTORY (ARTH) facts and works of art of a wide variety of materials, covering the basic principles of why ARTH 500 STUDY ABROAD (1-6) Travel artifacts deteriorate and strategies for proper and study abroad; various topics in the history handling, storage, and exhibition. Prerequi- of art. Prerequisite: GPA of 3.25. sites: ARTH 500 or ARTH 502.

ARTH 501 INTRODUCTION TO ARTH 604 MUSEUM EDUCATION (3) The MUSEUM STUDIES (3) Introduction to the history, theory, and practice of museum educa- history and methods of museum work. Pre- tion as a discipline in conjunction with educa- requisites: Graduate Standing. tion outreach project that students design, prepare, and implement. Prerequisites: ARTH ARTH 502 MUSEUM AND COMMUNITY 500 or ARTH 502. (3) The role of museums as cultural and educational resources within the public sphere ARTH 605 EXHIBITION DESIGN HIS- with respect to the needs of a community. TORY AND THEORY (3) An examination of Prerequisites: Graduate Standing. the history and theory of exhibition design. Prerequisites: ARTH 500 or ARTH 502. ARTH 585 SEMINAR IN ART HISTORY (3) Intensive analysis of a single artist or a ARTH 606 MUSEUM MANAGEMENT (3) defined historical period for a stylistic devel- An examination of the organization, structure opment. Directed reading in both period and and ethical issues of managing museums. Pre- contemporary sources. Discussions and requisites: ARTH 500 or ARTH 502. museum tours; variety in content each term. Prerequisites: ARTH 222 and one upper- ARTH 607 COLLECTIONS MANAGE- division art history course or consent of MENT (3) The registration and movement of instructor. museum collections through database design, records management, photo documentation, ARTH 595 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN and exhibition proposals. Prerequisites: ART HISTORY (3) Advanced research and ARTH 500 or ARTH 502. examination of a topic in art history. Prerequi- sites: Art Survey I, Survey II and at least one ARTH 608 CURATORIAL VISION AND 300-level art history course. PLANNING (3) The planning, research, funding, and controversies involved in curatorial ARTH 596 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN work through cases, studies, grant writing, ART HISTORY (3) Advanced research and virtual design, and on-site critiques in addition examination of a topic in art history. Prerequi- to developing and strengthening a curatorial sites: Art Survey I, Survey II and at least one eye toward exhibition design. Prerequisites: 300-level art history course. ARTH 500 or ARTH 502.

ARTH 597 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN ARTH 681 SEMINAR IN ART HISTORY ART HISTORY (3) Advanced research and (3) Research on an architect, artist or histori- 212 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS cal movement. Course may be repeated. Pre- ACSD 605 COUNSELING IN AUDIOLOGY requisite: Graduate standing. I (1) This course is designed to help students to understand the theoretical framework for ARTH 698 MUSEUM STUDIES INTERN- counseling in audiology and to develop and SHIP (3) A work experience in cooperating improve their skills with patients with hearing cultural organizations, institutions, and busi- loss and their families. Prerequisites: ACSD nesses. Prerequisites: ARTH 500 or ARTH 690 and/or consent of department. 502 and permission of instructor. ACSD 606 PHARMACOLOGY IN AUDI- ARTH 770-779 SPECIAL TOPICS: ART OLOGY (1) This course will provide an intro- HISTORY (3) Selected topics designed for duction to clinical pharmacology and address independent research in art. Prerequisites: specific issues related to pharmacotherapeutics Graduate standing and consent of art adviser. critical in the management of patients in an audiological practice. Prerequisites: ACSD ARTH 795 DIRECTED READINGS IN ART 621, ACSD 721, and/or consent of depart- HISTORY (3) Extensive reading on a period, ment. Open only to audiology doctoral stu- development or aspect of art. Prerequisite: dents. Consent of instructor. ACSD 607 GENETICS IN AUDIOLOGY (1) This course will cover the basic principles of AUDIOLOGY COMMUNICATION human genetics and basic principles of hered- SCIENCE DISORDERS (ACSD) ity. The focus of this course will be on how genetic causes of hearing loss impact the func- ACSD 600 SPECIAL TOPICS IN AUDIOL- tion of the auditory system and the impact of OGY (1-3) Current topics in audiology. May these disorders on the patient and his/her fam- be repeated for credit provided a different ily. Restricted to Doctor of Audiology stu- topic is covered. The content of the course dents. Prerequisites: ACSD 603 and/or consent will depend upon mutual faculty and student of department. interest. Prerequisite: Consent of department. ACSD 611 ACOUSTICS AND PSYCHO- ACSD 601 PROFESSIONALISM AND ETH- ACOUSTICS (2) Study of the physical and ICS (1) Professional issues in audiology includ- psychological properties of sound. ing ethics and multicultural aspects of patient care. Prerequisites: Graduate standing and/or ACSD 621 AUDITORY DIAGNOSTICS I (3) consent of department. Administration and interpretation of audiometric procedures for differential diagnosis of ACSD 603 ANATOMY AND PHYSIOL- auditory pathology. Prerequisites: SPPA 321 OGY OF THE PERIPHERAL AUDITORY and/or consent of department. SYSTEM (3) Neurological structure and function of the peripheral auditory and vestibular ACSD 622 AUDITORY DIAGNOSTICS I system. Prerequisites: BIOL 110 and/or con- LABORATORY (1) Laboratory exercise will sent of the department. be conducted to demonstrate the administration and interpretation of audiometric proce- ACSD 604 NEUROANATOMY AND dures for differential diagnosis of auditory PHYSIOLOGY OF THE CENTRAL AUDI- pathology. Must be taken concurrently with TORY AND VESTIBULAR SYSTEMS (2) ACSD 621. Prerequisites: Concurrent enroll- Neurological structure and function of the ment in ACSD 621 and/or department con- central auditory nervous systems and the cen- sent. May be repeated for a maximum of 2 tral vestibular pathways and vestibular-ocular units. reflex. Prerequisites: ACSD 603 and/or consent of instructor. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 213

ACSD 636 APPLIED STATISTICS (2) Behav- ACSD 714 RESEARCH METHODS IN ioral statistics will be introduced and applied AUDIOLOGY (2) Application of the scientific to data sets using commercially available sta- method to audiological research; evolution of tistical analysis software. Basic parametric and research design; statistical analysis. Prerequi- non-parametric tests will be reviewed. Prereq- sites: Undergraduate course in behavioral sta- uisites: Permit required and graduate standing tistics and admission to doctoral program. and/or consent of department. (Course available Fall 2013.) ACSD 721 AUDITORY DIAGNOSTICS II (3) Differential diagnosis of auditory pathol- ACSD 645 COMMUNICATION AND ogy based on audiological test battery. The AGING (3) The impact of the aging process development of appropriate recommendations on communication, and roles of health care and patient management. Prerequisite: ACSD professionals in the rehabilitation process of 621 and/or consent of department. older adults with communication difficulties. Prerequisites: Graduate standing and/or con- ACSD 723 MEDICAL AUDIOLOGY (2) This sent of the department course will provide detailed information on pathologies of the peripheral and central audi- ACSD 655 HEARING AIDS I: SELECTION, tory and vestibular systems. Common medical VERIFICATION AND VALIDATION OF terminology will also be reviewed. Restricted to AMPLIFICATION (2) Theoretical foundation Doctor of Audiology students. Prerequisites: and clinical application of amplification pro- ACSD 621 and/or consent of department. cess in selection and fitting of hearing aids. Prerequisites: Graduate standing and/or con- ACSD 731 CALIBRATION AND INSTRU- sent of department. MENTATION (1) Electroacoustic calibration of audiology equipment using appropriate ANSI ACSD 690 AUDIOLOGY CLINIC ON standards for calibration of the diagnostic and CAMPUS I (3) On-campus supervised audiol- portable audiometers, immitance bridges and ogy clinical experience in the Speech-Language soundfield systems. Prerequisite: ACSD 611. and Hearing Center at Towson University with children and adults who have communi- ACSD 743 ELECTROPHYSIOLOGIC cation impairments. Prerequisites: Completed EVALUATION OF THE PERIPHERAL communication screening, ACSD 601 and/or AUDITORY SYSTEM (3) Electrophysiologi- consent of department. cal test procedures used in assessing the peripheral auditory system. Prerequisites: ACSD 603 ACSD 705 COUNSELING IN AUDIOLOGY and/or consent of instructor. II (1) Students and professor will discuss audiology counseling using case studies and stu- ACSD 744 ELECTROPHYSIOLOGIC dent experiences. Prerequisites: Permit EVALUATION OF THE CENTRAL AUDI- required and ACSD 605 and/or department TORY NERVOUS SYSTEM (3) Electrophysi- consent. (Course available Spring 2014.) ological test procedures used in assessing the central auditory nervous system. Prerequisites: ACSD 706 AUDIOLOGY PRACTICE MAN- ACSD 743 and/or consent of department. AGEMENT (2) Audiology practice management issues including financial management, ACSD 745 AUDIOLOGY CLINIC ON personnel issues, insurance, licensing, certifica- CAMPUS II (3) Second on-campus supervised tion, computer applications, and ethics. Pre- audiology clinical experience in the Speech- requisite: Au.D. student and/or consent of Language and Hearing Center at Towson department. University. Prerequisites: ASCD 690 and/or consent of department. 214 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ACSD 746 AUDIOLOGY CLINIC ON Analysis of special purpose circuits, digital CAMPUS III (3) Third on-campus supervised and analog. audiology clinical experience in the Speech- Language and Hearing Center at Towson ACSD 790 AUDIOLOGY CLINIC ON CAM- University with children and adults who have PUS CONTINUUM (3) Audiology on-campus communication impairments. Prerequisites: practicum for audiology doctoral students ASCD 745 and/or consent of department. continuing in on campus experiences. This course is open to audiology doctoral students. ACSD 747 AUDIOLOGY CLINIC OFF A special permit is required for enrollment. CAMPUS I (2) Audiology off-campus practi- Prerequisites: ACSD 746 and/or consent of cum clinical sequence I. Prerequisites: ASCD department. May be repeated for a maximum 746, a passing score on the Audiology Gate- of 6 units. way Exam, FACS exams I-IV, and consent of department. ACSD 796 DOCTORAL THESIS PRO- POSAL DEVELOPMENT I (2) A critical ACSD 748 AUDIOLOGY CLINIC OFF analysis of literature for the doctoral thesis. CAMPUS II (2) Audiology off-campus practi- Re-enrollment is required when course require- cum clinical sequence II. Prerequisites: ASCD ments are not completed to a maximum of 4 747 and/or consent of department. units. Prerequisites: ACSD 714 and/or consent of department. S/U/IP grading. ACSD 751 HEARING CONSERVATION (1) Auditory and non-auditory effects of noise ACSD 797 DOCTORAL THESIS PROPOSAL exposure, legislative issues, instrumentation, DEVELOPMENT II (2) Completing the audi- sound measurement and classroom acoustics; ology doctoral thesis proposal with faculty the audiologist’s role in implementing hearing guidance. Re-enrollment is required when conservation programs. Hearing conservation course requirements are not completed to a practicum is included. maximum of 6 units. Prerequisites: ACSD 796 and/or consent of department. S/U/IP grading. ACSD 753 PEDIATRIC AND EDUCA- TIONAL AUDIOLOGY (3) Principles and ACSD 843 VESTIBULAR ASSESSMENT techniques for identification and evaluation of AND REHABILITATION (3) Assessment and auditory status and selection of hearing aids in treatment of balance and related auditory dis- children; the audiologist’s role in facilitating orders. Prerequisites: ACSD 603, 604 and/or medical and educational management, class- consent of instructor. room acoustics, behavioral and physiological testing, genetics, embryology, counseling and ACSD 845 VESTIBULAR DIAGNOSIS AND federal legislation. Prerequisites: ACSD 721 TREATMENT LAB (1) Vestibular diagnosis and/or consent of instructor. and treatment techniques learned in ACSD 843 will be reviewed and practiced until the ACSD 754 AUDIOLOGIC REHABILITION student can perform the skills independently. ACROSS THE LIFESPAN (2) Audiologist’s Prerequisites: Permit required and ACSD 843. role in the rehabilitation of adults and children May be repeated for a maximum of 3 units. with hearing loss. This course is open to audi- (Course available Spring 2014.) ology doctoral students. A special permit is required for enrollment. ACSD 844 TINNITUS (1) Assessment and management of tinnitus. Prerequisites: ACSD ACSD 755 HEARING AIDS II: HEARING 603, ACSD 604, and/or consent of instructor. AID MODIFICATION LAB (3) Amplifica- tion system and modification methodologies ACSD 847 AUDIOLOGY CLINIC OFF used to enhance hearing aid performance. CAMPUS III (2) Audiology off-campus practi- COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 215 cum clinical sequence III. Prerequisites: ACSD BIOLOGY (BIOL) 748 and/or consent of instructor. BIOL 502 GENERAL ECOLOGY (4) Effects ACSD 848 AUDIOLOGY CLINIC OFF of the abiotic and biotic environment on distri- CAMPUS IV (2) Audiology clinic off-campus bution and abundance of organisms: organiza- IV. Prerequisites: ACSD 847 and/or consent of tion of biological communities, ecosystems, instructor. evolution of different reproductive strategies and application of ecological principles to ACSD 849 AUDIOLOGY CLINIC OFF natural resource conservation. Several day- CAMPUS CONTINUUM (2) Audiology off- long trips required. Prerequisites: BIOL 205 campus practicum. Follows audiology clinic and/or BIOL 207 or equivalents. off campus IV if needed. This course is only open to audiology doctoral students. May be BIOL 503 ADVANCED GENETICS (3) repeated for a maximum of 6 units. Special Emphasis on the molecular basis of gene permit is required. Prerequisites: ACSD 848 action. Discussion of current work and meth- and/or consent of the department. ods related to the problem of gene structure, function and mutation including the transla- ACSD 853 COCHLEAR IMPLANTS (3) tion and regulation of genetic information. Audiologic, surgical, educational, communication and rehabilitation aspects of cochlear BIOL 521 IMMUNOLOGY (4) Fundamental implantation. Prerequisites: ACSD 753 and/or principles of immunology with emphasis on consent of instructor. the nature of antibodies and antigenic information. Prerequisite: BIOL 309 or equivalent. ACSD 855 HEARING AIDS III: SEMINAR IN ADVANCED AMPLIFICATION (3) BIOL 506 LIMNOLOGY (4) Physical, chemi- Advanced signal processing schemes. Non- cal and biological factors that affect fresh- traditional amplification options and provi- water organisms, and some of the standard sion of real-world hearing aid fitting methods used to analyze these factors. Average experience. Prerequisites: ACSD 655 and/or of three laboratory hours per week. Prerequi- consent of department. sites: BIOL 205, BIOL 207 or equivalents; BIOL 402/502 or equivalent recommended. ACSD 898 AUDIOLOGY DOCTORAL THESIS (3) Continued progress toward the BIOL 508 CELL BIOLOGY (4) The molecu- completion of the Audiology Doctoral Thesis. lar and morphological organization of the cell May be repeated for a maximum of 6 units. in relationship to cellular activities with Prerequisites: ACSD 714, ACSD 796, ACSD emphasis on eukaryotic cells. Prerequisites: 797 and/or consent of the department. BIOL 309; CHEM 330 and CHEM 331 or equivalents. ACSD 899 THESIS CONTINUUM (1-3) Completion of the Audiology Doctoral thesis BIOL 509 LIFE SCIENCES (3) Living organ- for students who have already enrolled in 6 isms in the environment, emphasizing modes units of doctoral thesis. of scientific inquiry and the utilization of living organisms in the classroom. For students pur- ACSD 998 AUDIOLOGY CLINICAL suing a certificate to teach elementary educa- EXTERNSHIP (6-9) Capstone audiological tion; does not count toward M.S. degree in clinical experience. Identification, assessment Biology. Prerequisite: BIOL 115 or equivalent. and treatment of auditory disorders. Prerequi- Special permit required from elementary edu- site: Consent of department. May be repeated. cation department. 216 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

BIOL 510 CONSERVATION BIOLOGY (3) cranial nerves. Upper extremity emphasis Application of ecological theory to conserva- includes muscle action, innervation and major tion of biological diversity. Exploration of past spinal cord pathways. Olfactory, optic, audi- and present processes leading to and maintain- tory and vestibular functions of cranial nerves ing diversity and how such processes are are stressed. One lecture and two laboratory impacted by human disturbance. Average of periods per week. Prerequisites: Undergradu- three laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites: ate course in human or vertebrate anatomy BIOL 202 (BIOL II: Intro to Ecology, Evolu- and permission of instructor. tion and Behavior) and 10 units of biology or combination of 10 units from biology, geogra- BIOL 528 VIROLOGY (3) Cell and molecular phy or physical science. biology of viruses. General virology, including pathogenesis and mortality, interaction with the BIOL 513 EVOLUTION (3) Concepts of bio- immune system, and some medically relevant logical evolution, the history of the develop- viruses. Prerequisite: BIOL 315/515 or BIOL ment of these concepts and current topics in 318/518 or BIOL 408/409/602 or equivalent. evolutionary biology. Prerequisites: BIOL 205 or BIOL 207 or equivalents. BIOL 530 HORTICULTURE (4) Plant culture and application to developing desirable BIOL 515 MEDICAL MICROBIOLOGY (4) planting on home grounds or in public places Pathogenesis of bacterial, viral, rickettsial and with examples of appropriate types of plants fungal diseases with emphasis on medically for specific situations. An average of 3 labora- important bacteria and microbiological tech- tory hours per week. Prerequisite: BIOL 205 niques. Recommended for students pursuing a or equivalent. career in medical sciences. Either this course or BIOL 518, but not both, may count toward an BIOL 532 VASCULAR PLANT TAXON- M.S. in Biology. OMY (4) A study of the history and principles of vascular plant systematics with laboratory BIOL 518 MICROBIOLOGY (4) Biology of time devoted to collection and identification of microorganisms with emphasis on bacteria. plants in the local flora. An average of 3 labo- Microbial morphology, physiology and genet- ratory hours per week. Prerequisites: BIOL ics, and the role of microorganisms in natural 205, BIOL 331/531, the equivalents or con- processes and disease. Laboratory will include sent of instructor. methods of observing, isolating and identifying bacteria. Either this course or BIOL 515, BIOL 535 PLANT ECOLOGY (4) Environ- but not both, may count toward the M.S. mental factors and processes which control degree in Biology. Prerequisite: BIOL 315/515 plant distribution, plant communities and or 318/518 or equivalent. vegetational biomes of North America. An average of 3 laboratory hours per week with BIOL 525 DISSECTION OF THE UPPER two required three-day weekend field trips and EXTREMITY (2) Gross anatomical dissection a Saturday field trip emphasizing examples of the human upper extremity including the from Maryland and the mid-Atlantic states. muscles, nerves and blood vessels which supply Prerequisite: BIOL 205 or equivalent. the appendage. Special emphasis will be placed on development of techniques which assure BIOL 536 PLANT PHYSIOLOGY (3) Life careful and accurate dissection. Will be offered functions of plants as related to structure at all only in the Minimester. Prerequisite: BIOL 213 levels: cells, organs and the complete organ- or equivalent, and consent of instructor. ism. Consideration of the interaction of environmental and genetic factors on plant BIOL 527 NEUROMUSCULAR MECHA- metabolism. Average of 3 laboratory hours per NISMS OF THE UPPER BODY (2) Gross week. Prerequisite: BIOL 205 or BIOL 208 anatomy of the human upper extremity and and CHEM 111, CHEM 330 recommended. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 217

BIOL 546 TROPICAL ECOLOGY AND BIOL 556 ORNITHOLOGY (4) Evolution- CONSERVATION (3) Evolution and ecology ary history, morphology, physiology, behavior of tropical ecosystems. Mechanisms that main- and ecology of birds. One day-long weekend tain tropical diversity, species interactions, field trip and several early-morning weekday anthropogenic impacts and conservation strat- field trips required. Prerequisite: BIOL 207 or egies. Prerequisites: BIOL 202, either BIOL equivalent. 205 or 207 or 208, or consent of instructor. BIOL 560 HISTOLOGY (4) Tissues of the BIOL 547 TROPICAL FIELD ECOLOGY (4) vertebrate body. Average of 2 laboratory hours Field course set in the tropical rainforest. per week. Prerequisite: BIOL 214 or equiva- Includes exploration of different tropical eco- lent. systems and training in techniques to carry out field research. Students will develop a research BIOL 561 ENTOMOLOGY (4) Laboratory proposal and conduct their independent and field course in insects. Identification and research projects including data collection, recognition of the more common families and statistical analyses, write-up and an oral pre- orders and a study of their structure, behavior, sentation of results. Prerequisites: Permit ecology, economic importance and control. required. Permission of instructor. Average of 3 laboratory hours per week. Pre- requisite: BIOL 207 or equivalent. BIOL 552 WETLAND ECOLOGY (4) Wet- land ecology and wetland management, with BIOL 563 DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY special focus on wetlands of the Mid-Atlantics (4) Embryonic development of animals, region. Emphasis is on biological, physical, including differentiation, morphogenesis, pat- chemical, and ecological aspects of wetlands. tern formation and organogenesis. Emphasis Course also deals with valuation, classifica- on cellular and molecular mechanisms govern- tion, delineation and management of wetland ing these processes. Average of three labora- for biotic resources and water management. tory hours per week. Prerequisites: BIOL 309 Average of three laboratory hours per week. and either BIOL 214 or BIOL 325. Five mandatory Saturday field trips. Prereq- uisites: BIOL 202, and BIOL 205 or BIOL 207 BIOL 565 MAMMALIAN PHYSIOLOGY or BIOL 208. (4) An advanced physiology course which draws heavily upon knowledge gained in ear- BIOL 553 INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY (4) lier courses to understand the aspects of Aquatic and terrestrial species of phyla from organismal function unique to mammals. The the Protozoa through the Echinodermata with course attempts to integrate all levels of organ- special emphasis on local forms. Economic, ismal processes, ranging from the molecular to ecological and taxonomic considerations. the whole animal, in order to gain an under- Average of 3 laboratory hours per week. Pre- standing of mammalian function and place it requisite: BIOL 207 or equivalent. within an evolutionary and ecological context. The laboratories emphasize hands-on learning BIOL 555 FISH BIOLOGY (4) Introduction and experiences with live animals. Minimum to the evolutionary history, functional biology, of three laboratory hours per week. Prerequi- ecology and conservation of fishes. Laboratory sites: BIOL 213 and 214 or BIOL 325 or BIOL experiences emphasize both identification of 469 or equivalents; CHEM 332 and 351 or fishes and experiments designed to understand equivalents recommended. their functional biology. Independent research project and weekend field trips are required. BIOL 567 HERPETOLOGY (4) Systematic Average of 3 hours of lecture and 3 hours of survey of the modern reptiles and amphibians. lab per week. Prerequisite: BIOL 207 and Emphasis is placed on the evolution of mor- CHEM 111 or equivalents; BIOL 325 or phological and behavioral traits which have equivalent recommended. enabled the reptiles and amphibians to suc- 218 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS cessfully exploit their individual habitats. Lab- BIOL 582 ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCA- oratory includes systematic classification, TION AND SERVICE LEARNING IN THE student seminars and field work. Average of TROPICS (3) This course is designed for those three laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite: majoring in the sciences or education fields BIOL 207 or equivalent. with an interest in environmental education. Coursework will take place largely in the trop- BIOL 568 ENDOCRINOLOGY (3) Endo- ics of Costa Rica. Emphasis will be placed on crine mechanisms regulating homeostasis and the application of forest ecology concepts to functional integrity of animals with emphasis K-12 environmental education and human use on vertebrates. Prerequisite: BIOL 214 or and management of natural resources in the equivalent. tropics. Prerequisites: Permission of instructor.

BIOL 569 COMPARATIVE ANIMAL PHYS- BIOL 584 SEMINAR IN ECOLOGY, EVO- IOLOGY (4) Functions, interactions and regu- LUTION AND BEHAVIOR (1) Discussion lation of organ systems in animals and their and analysis of current research in ecology, roles in sensory perception and integration, conservation biology, environmental science, movement, oxygen utilization, energy procure- evolution and animal behavior. May be ment, temperature regulation and water repeated. Prerequisites: 12 units in biology, metabolism. Prerequisites: BIOL 213, BIOL and one or more of the following: BIOL 310, 214 and BIOL 325 or equivalents. 347, 371, 402, 411, 413, 435, or permission of the instructor. BIOL 570 ADVANCED PHYSIOLOGY (4-6) Physiological topics discussed at the BIOL 585 SEMINAR IN APPLIED BIO- molecular, cellular, organ, organ system and TECHNOLOGY (1) Current research articles whole organism levels. Emphasis on integrat- using applications of biotechnology are ing knowledge gained in prerequisite physi- reviewed. Prerequisites: 12 units in biology. ology courses and recent discoveries. Laboratory component will emphasize the BIOL 594 TRAVEL STUDY (1-3) A detailed scientific method, interpretation and quanti- investigation of field-oriented problems in tative skills. Topics may include osmoregula- biology away from the TU campus. Location tion, gas exchange, nutrient delivery and use, and topics to be selected by the department thermoregulation, locomotion and regula- and instructors sponsoring the program. Pre- tion via the neural and endocrine systems. requisite: Consent of instructor; may be Prerequisites: BIOL 214 or BIOL 325, repeated for a maximum of 3 units. CHEM 111 (CHEM 332 and BIOL 207 or 208 recommended) or equivalents. BIOL 601 CURRENT TOPICS IN BIOL- OGY (1-4) Current topics in a specific area of BIOL 571 ANIMAL BEHAVIOR (4) Descrip- biology. The area will vary each time the tion, development, control, adaptive value and course is offered. May be repeated. Prerequi- evolution of animal behavior. Includes 2 hours site: A suitable background in the area empha- of recitation per week. Prerequisite: BIOL 207 sized. or equivalent courses. BIOL 602 MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (3) BIOL 581 DIRECTED READING IN BIOL- Overview of the base principles of molecular OGY (1-3) Independent reading in an area biology including: macromolecules, nucleic selected by the student in consultation with the acid/protein interactions, replication, transcrip- instructor. tion, translation, mutations, DNA repair mechanisms, gene regulation and tools and applications of recombinant DNA technology. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 219

BIOL 603 DATA ANALYSIS AND INTER- BIOL 609 COMMUNITY ANALYSIS AND PRETATION FOR BIOLOGISTS (3) Infor- BIOASSESSMENT (3) Principles of design of mation techniques and skills useful in environmental sampling studies; statistical gathering, analyzing and interpreting data in analysis of data composed of multiple species the biological sciences. Topics include intro- and environmental variables. Use of statistical duction to the role of statistical analysis in the software for data analysis projects. Emphasis biological sciences, hypothesis testing, experi- on application of these methods in bioassess- mental design and current controversies in use ment of aquatic ecosystems, as well as com- of statistics in the biological sciences. munity ecology and evolution. Prerequisite: BIOL 610 or ENVS 604 or equivalent at the BIOL 604 MECHANISMS IN ANIMAL upper-undergraduate level. PHYSIOLOGY (3) Functional design of animal organ systems and discussion of selected BIOL 610 POPULATION AND COMMU- adaptations permitting survival in challenging NITY BIOLOGY (3) Processes in biological environments. populations, including population growth, competition and predation, analyzed by the BIOL 606 BIOCHEMICAL ADAPTATIONS use of conceptual-systems models and simple (3) Characterization of adaptational chal- mathematical models. Prerequisites: BIOL lenges facing biochemical systems and how 402/502, BIOL 413/513 or equivalents. these systems have been modified through evolution to permit comparable structures and BIOL 612 MOLECULAR ECOLOGY AND processes to be persistent in all organisms and EVOLUTION (3) Use of molecular tech- in all environments. The underlying unity of niques in ecology and evolution. Application biochemical design existing in the face of of DNA sequencing, PCR analysis and DNA remarkable adaptive diversification is a theme. fingerprinting to understanding genome evolu- Prerequisite: BIOL 604 or upper-level tion, the species concept, evolutionary basis of advanced undergraduate course in physiology. behavior, population structure and gene flow and efforts in species conservation. Prerequi- BIOL 607 EVOLUTIONARY AND ECO- site: BIOL 602 or permission of instructor. LOGICAL PHYSIOLOGY (3) The study of how physiological characters evolve and con- BIOL 614 APPLIED BIOTECHNOLOGY (3) tribute to organismal success and the nature of Overview of basic recombinant DNA technol- research in this field. Prerequisites: Previous ogy, gene expression and regulation; medical, evolution and/or physiology course highly agricultural and ecological examples of applied recommended. biotechnology; regulations, risks, benefits and bioethics of biotechnology. Prerequisite: BIOL BIOLOGY 608 SYSTEMATIC BIOLOGY 602 or permission of instructor. (3) Theory and procedures of modern systematic biology with emphasis on data gathering, BIOL 615 PATHOGENIC MICROBIOL- use of morphological and/or molecular char- OGY (3) Pathogenic bacteria and viruses, acters, analysis and interpretation of results. A including virulence of causative agents, epide- variety of approaches for analysis of system- miology, pathogenesis, diagnosis, prevention atic/phylogenetic data and methods for deter- and treatment of representative bacterial and mining support of phylogenetic hypothesis viral diseases. Prerequisite: BIOL 421/521, will be explored. Prerequisites: This course is BIOL 315/515 or 318/518 or equivalents. open to all graduate students and advanced undergraduates. The formal prerequisites are BIOL 616 MEMBRANE BIOLOGY (3) limited to the biology core classes through the Structure, function and biogenesis of biologi- junior year (BIOL 201, 202, 205, 207, 208, cal membranes. Emphasis on role of mem- 432, or equivalent). brane in cellular homeostasis, energy transduction and interaction with the extracel- 220 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS lular environment. Multidisciplinary perspec- ological and organismal level of integration. tive taken, drawing on information from Prerequisite: BIOL 402/502, BIOL 435/535 or molecular biology, cell biology and biophysics. BIOL 436/536 or equivalents. Extensive use of current literature. Prerequi- site: BIOL 602 or permission of instructor. BIOL 636 PLANT PHYSIOLOGICAL ECOL- OGY: METHODS AND INSTRUMENTA- BIOL 617 MOLECULAR MECHANISMS TION (2) Methods of analysis of plant OF DEVELOPMENT (3) Molecular and cel- physiological responses to environmental fac- lular aspects of developmental processes. tors. Theory, application and interpretation of Emphasis on vertebrate development. Prereq- measurements of plant water relations, nutrient uisite: BIOL 602. uptake, photosynthesis and growth. Prerequi- site: BIOL 635 or concurrent enrollment. BIOL 618 MOLECULAR MEDICINE (3) Molecular biology as it applies to medicine, BIOL 651 OSMOREGULATION (3) Mecha- including molecular genetic approaches to nisms of salt and water regulations in animals. clone/detect disease genes, analysis of gene Emphasis on structural and functional modifi- function based on human/microbial homolo- cations in representative species which permit gies, prenatal and neonatal diagnosis/screen- survival in osmotically stressful environments. ing, tracking infectious disease outbreaks, Prerequisite: BIOL 604. molecular therapies for disease and impact of human genome project. Ethical issues raised BIOL 653 BIOLOGY OF FRESHWATER by application of molecular methodology also INVERTEBRATES (4) Biology of free-living discussed. Prerequisite: BIOL 602 or permis- freshwater macro-invertebrates is emphasized. sion of instructor. Extensive field and laboratory work deals with morphological, taxonomic, ecological and BIOL 619 ENVIRONMENTAL MICROBI- behavioral features of selected macro-inverte- OLOGY (3) Topics to be covered include the brates. Students must demonstrate knowledge historical importance of environmental micro- of scientific literature pertaining to identifica- biology, the different methods of molecular tion of selected genera, demonstrate identifica- genetic analysis, microbially mediated biogeo- tion skills via laboratory practicals and chemical cycles and their global importance, collection of local macroinvertebrate fauna. the adaptability of micro-organisms to differ- Field trips, collection of macro-invertebrates ent environments, microbial functional meta- identified to the genus level and student semi- bolic plasticity facilitation, xenobiotic nars are required. Prerequisites: BIOL 353/553 compound degradation, and the use and and 461/561 or equivalents recommended. importance of metagenomics in environmental microbiology. BIOL 654 LANDSCAPE ECOLOGY (3) Spa- tial and temporal landscape heterogeneity, BIOL 622 GENE EXPRESSION AND REG- how it arises, its quantification and its influ- ULATION (3) Examining how changes from ence on population, community and ecosys- the DNA level to the protein level alter the tem dynamics over multiple scales. Prerequisite: resulting gene’s final expression. Special Upper-level undergraduate course in ecology emphasis on eukaryotic mRNA stability and or permission of instructor. translatability and on eukaryotic post-transla- tional modifications. Prerequisite: BIOL 602 BIOL 701 NON-THESIS RESEARCH (1-3) or permission of instructor. Field or laboratory research in addition to and/or unrelated to any thesis research. Pre- BIOL 635 PHYSIOLOGICAL PLANT requisite: Student must submit research pro- ECOLOGY (3) Interactions of plants with the posal prior to enrollment. Requires special physical environment at a biochemical, physi- permit from graduate program director. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 221

BIOL 703 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3) NICATION (3) Analysis of program planning, Independent exploration of the concepts, evaluation and communication theory with an research techniques and recent discoveries in a emphasis on the persuasion process to improve sub-discipline of the biological sciences in col- health and other social conditions of living. laboration with a faculty mentor. Prerequisite: Application of theoretical principles will be Student must submit study proposal prior to augmented with specific skills development to enrollment. Requires special permit from construct, implement and evaluate promotion graduate program director. efforts. Prerequisite: HLTH 101 or equivalent.

BIOL 731 PLANT COMMUNITY ECOL- CDCE 503 COGNITIVE BEHAVIORAL OGY (3) Analysis of plant community ecology TREATMENT OF ADDICTIONS (3) Issues through the historical development of the of substance abuse, referrals, clinical assess- concept of plant succession. Prerequisites: ments and developing cognitive-behavioral BIOL 402/502 or 435/535 or equivalents, counseling strategies for successful interven- BIOL 610 and 9 graduate units in biology. tion. Prerequisites: 6 lower-level units in chemical dependency counseling. BIOL 781 RECENT ADVANCES IN BIOL- OGY (1-4) Factual and technological advances CDCE 505 PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS in the following five areas: botany, zoology, AND ETHICAL RESPONSIBILITIES (3) ecology, genetics and evolution, cellular and Focus on the professional standards and ethi- molecular biology. Prerequisite: 9 graduate cal guideline and principles that underlie pro- units in biology. fessional practice in chemical dependency and other related counseling fields. Prerequisite: 6 BIOL 796 PROFESSIONAL ASPECTS OF lower-level units in chemical dependency BIOLOGY (2) Information, techniques and counseling. skills useful in completing an M.S. degree, gaining employment and functioning as a pro- CDCE 570-575 SPECIAL TOPICS IN fessional biologist, or gaining access to Ph.D. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY (3) Focuses on programs. Topics include literature retrieval, contemporary issues related to chemical the publication process, obtaining funds for dependency counseling, rehabilitation and/or research, presentations at national meetings, education. Prerequisite: 6 lower-level units in job-hunting and professional ethics. chemical dependency counseling or education.

BIOL 797 GRADUATE SEMINAR (1) Stu- dent reports and discussion dealing with bio- CHEMISTRY (CHEM) logical research. An outline of the seminar and bibliography are required. A maximum of 1 CHEM 500 SEMINAR IN CHEMISTRY (1) unit is allowable for an M.S. degree in Biology. Introduction to chemical literature. Atten- dance at all seminars and presentation of BIOL 896 THESIS (1-8) Thesis research. See seminars to the chemistry department on top- program director for permit. ics selected by the chemistry faculty or selected by the student and approved by the faculty. BIOL 899 THESIS CONTINUUM (1) One and one-half hour seminar period. Prereq- uisites: CHEM 213/215, CHEM 332. Co- requisite: CHEM 340, 341, 342 or 345. CHEMICAL DEPENDENCY Offered each term. COUNSELING AND EDUCATION (CDCE) CHEM 501-504 SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN CHEMISTRY (1-3) A laboratory or library CDCE 502 HEALTH AND SOCIAL WEL- problem in any particular area of chemistry to FARE PROMOTION: HEALTH COMMU- be selected by the student in consultation with 222 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS the instructor. Students are required to submit Prerequisites: CHEM 101 or 110, CHEM 102 a written report. Prerequisite: Written consent or 111, CHEM 331 and CHEM 332. of instructor. Offered each term; may be repeated for credit. CHEM 580 CHEMICAL TOXICOLOGY (3) Study of the fate, effects and mechanisms of CHEM 505-508 INTRODUCTION TO action of toxicants: physical and biological RESEARCH IN CHEMISTRY (1-3) Individ- factors affecting transport, transformation and ual laboratory and/or library investigation in toxicity of chemical stressors: emphasis on research interest of an instructor. At the com- forensic and environmental applications. Pre- pletion of a project the student must write a requisites: CHEM 351, BIOL 201, or consent formal research paper on the work done and of instructor. the principles involved. The student’s performance will be evaluated by the research direc- CHEM 584 MODERN CHEMISTRY FOR tor and selected members of the faculty. TEACHERS: PRINCIPLES AND APPLICA- Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Offered TIONS I (3) A survey of principles and appli- each term; may be repeated for credit. cations of chemistry for secondary school teachers. Lecture: chemical reactions, stoichi- CHEM 536 ETHICS IN THE PHYSICAL ometry, atomic structure and theories of chem- SCIENCES (2) Discussion of the integrity of ical bonding. Laboratory: an examination of the scientific literature and the responsibilities experiments suitable for the secondary school of scientists to peers, protégés, employers and curriculum with emphasis upon laboratory the public. Examination of principles and of safety. Two lecture hours and two hours of case studies in the physical sciences. Not open laboratory-discussion. Prerequisites: High to students who have taken WRIT 301. school algebra, experience as secondary school teacher and consent of instructor. CHEM 562 CHEMICAL AND BACTERIO- LOGICAL STUDIES ON WATER POLLU- CHEM 585 PRINCIPLES OF CHEMISTRY TION (3) Deals mainly with water pollution: (3) A survey of principles and applications of causes, effects and cures. Considers details of chemistry for secondary school teachers. water and waste treatment. Emphasizes tech- Lecture: properties of solutions, acid/base nical details of analysis of water. Concerns theories, reaction kinetics, chemical equilib- standards of water purity and variables rium, thermodynamics, state of matter and involved. Demonstration of analytical meth- nuclear chemistry. Laboratory: an examina- ods will be given. Case studies and application of experiments suitable for the second- tions are viable approaches to this topic. Three ary school curriculum with emphasis upon lecture hours. Prerequisites: BIOL 102 and laboratory safety. Two lecture hours and two CHEM 101 or 110. Offered through Gradu- hours of laboratory-discussion. Prerequisites: ate Studies (evening and summer) if sufficient CHEM 383 or CHEM 584 and consent of demand. instructor.

CHEM 566 POLYMER CHEMISTRY (3) CHEM 586 LABORATORY EXPERIMENT Course will cover the following aspects of DESIGN (3) Experimental chemistry for sec- polymers: structure, physical properties, meth- ondary school teachers: principles of labora- ods of preparation, rheology, mechanical tory measurements, obtaining and interpreting properties, degradation and stabilization, experimental data, laboratory techniques. Pre- application and fabrication and related con- requisite: CHEM 585. temporary topics. Carbon chain and hetero- chain polymers will be discussed and CHEM 587 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY PRIN- spectroscopic methods of analysis (IR, UV and CIPLES (3) A survey of principles and applica- NMR) will be presented. Three lecture hours. tions of physical chemistry for secondary school teachers. Chemical thermodynamics, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 223 descriptions of solutions, kinetic theory of oils, and natural herbs will be included. Pre- gases, reaction rates and mechanisms, and requisite: CHEM 588 or placement through introduction to quantum mechanics. Three competency exam. lecture hours. Prerequisites: CHEM 385 or CHEM 586 and consent of instructor. CHEM 603 INORGANIC AND MATERI- ALS CHEMISTRY (3) Treatment of modern CHEM 588 ORGANIC CHEMISTRY CON- concepts of bonding and structure in inorganic CEPTS (3) Organic chemistry for secondary Chemistry with emphasis on applications to school teachers. Functional groups, reaction technologically important materials and their mechanisms, natural products. Simple and role in society. Prerequisite: CHEM 641. complex techniques of purification, analysis and synthesis. Three lecture hours and one CHEM 610 APPLICATIONS OF ANALYTI- hour of laboratory. Prerequisites: CHEM 386 CAL CHEMISTRY (3) The application of or CHEM 587 and consent of instructor. chemical principle to the analysis of real-world substances using such techniques as selective CHEM 589 BIOCHEMISTRY PRINCIPLES chemical reactivity, light absorption, and chro- (3) Principles and applications of biochemistry matography. Prerequisite: CHEM 641 for secondary school teachers. Structures and functions of biological molecules, enzymes, CHEM 641 PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY CON- metabolic energies and nucleic acids. Three CEPTS (4) Chemical theory, experimental lecture hours. Prerequisites: CHEM 387 or methods and solutions and phases reaction CHEM 588 and consent of instructor. kinetics, applications of quantum mechanics, and instrumental techniques. Prerequisites: CHEM 590 ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY CHEM 585 or placement through competency PRINCIPLES (3) Modern instrumental meth- exam, MATH 273 is strongly recommended. ods for secondary school teachers. In integrated laboratory-lecture course discussing CHEM 645 MOLECULAR SPECTROS- four major instrumental methods and their COPY (3) The coverage of this course will uses in solving typical chemical problems: include quantum mechanical treatments of spectrophotometry, nuclear magnetic reso- molecular spectroscopies. Practical examples nance spectroscopy, mass spectrometry and of these spectroscopic techniques will include chromatography. Two lecture hours and two rotational spectroscopy and microwave heat- hours of laboratory-discussion; short field ing, infrared spectroscope and the greenhouse trips may be required. Prerequisites: CHEM effect, UV-visible spectroscopy and ozone 388 or CHEM 589 and consent of instructor. depletion, NMR spectroscopy and magnetic resonance imaging, lasers and their use in CHEM 601 BIOCHEMISTRY AND medicine and industries. Prerequisite: CHEM MOLECULAR BIOLOGY (3) Protein and 641. nucleic acid structure, enzyme catalysis, ener- getics of metabolism, transmission of genetic information, application in biotechnology and COMMUNICATION STUDIES societal implications. Prerequisite: CHEM 588 (COMM) or placement through competency exam. COMM 518 COMMUNICATION TRAIN- CHEM 602 MEDICINAL CHEMISTRY (3) ING AND DEVELOPMENT (3) Instructional A study of the chemistry of compounds from strategies for implementing objectives, specifying natural, semi-synthetic and synthetic sources and evaluating results. Prerequisites: COMM used as medicinal agents. Physical and chemi- 115 and COMM 216 or COMM 331. cal properties associated with pharmacological activity. Introduction to medicinal agents COMM 519 ORGANIZATIONAL COM- derived from plants such as glycosides, volatile MUNICATION (3) Theories and processes of 224 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS decision making in organizations including operating systems. Topics include multiple classical, human resources, cultural, systems, processes, process synchronization and inter- and critical approaches. Emphasis on the role communication, resource allocation, memory of communication plays in assimilation, deci- management, processor scheduling and I/O sion making, conflict, diversification, and cri- device management. Prerequisite: Computer sis management. Prerequisite: COMM 2xx or Science graduate standing. MCOM 101 or equivalent. COSC 571 COMPUTER PERFORMANCE COMM 522 CONFERENCE AND MEET- EVALUATION (3) Computer system perfor- ING MANAGEMENT (3) Communicative mance evaluation methodologies, techniques details in preparing for and conducting events. and tools including different types of monitors Prerequisite: COMM 2xx or equivalent. as a measurement tool, workload characterization, important performance indices, analytic COMM 795 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN modeling with particular emphasis on the COMMUNICATION STUDIES (3) Directed application of the operational queuing net- study through readings, projects, papers or work modeling techniques to performance seminars. May be repeated for a maximum of analysis and technical aspects of computer 6 units. Prerequisites: 15 units of graduate- selection. Prerequisites: MATH 263 and level communication or mass communication COSC 439/519 as prerequisite or co-requisite. courses and consent of instructor. COSC 578 DATABASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS I (3) Build theoretical foundation COMPUTER SCIENCE (COSC) for database management systems, study different database models, relational algebra, COSC 501 FUNDAMENTALS OF DATA relational calculus, SQL, ER, EER models, STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHM (6) This structured query formulations, database course is designed for graduate students to design, analysis and modeling, functional provide them with the necessary background dependencies and normalization, and over- in data structures and algorithm analysis. Top- view of next generation database management ics include: objects and abstract data types, systems. Prerequisite: Computer Science grad- dynamic variables and pointers, recursion, sort uate standing. and search algorithms, linear and non-linear structures such as linked lists, trees and graphs, COSC 581 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE hashing, algorithms time complexity analysis, (3) A survey of the problems and techniques object-oriented design and programming. Pre- involved in producing or modeling intelligence requisite: Admission to COSC M.S. program. in computers. Particular emphasis will be placed on representation of knowledge and COSC 502 COMPUTER ORGANIZA- basic paradigms of problem solving. Topics TIONAL AND ASSEMBLY LANGUAGE include game playing, theorem proving, natu- FOR NON-CS/CIS MAJORS (3) Computer ral language and learning systems. Prerequi- organization and architecture including com- site: Computer Science graduate standing. puter arithmetic, digital logic, assembly language, memory system organization, and COSC 583 DESIGN AND ANALYSIS OF computer interfacing. This course is a prepa- ALGORITHMS (3) Algorithm design such as ratory course for the Master in Computer Sci- heuristics, backtrack programming, branch ence Program. Prerequisites: Graduate and bound, recursion, simulation and conquer, Standing. balancing and dynamic programming. Effi- ciency of algorithms-NP-complete problems. COSC 519 OPERATING SYSTEMS PRIN- Prerequisite: COSC 501 or Computer Science CIPLES (3) An overview of the principles of graduate standing. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 225

COSC 600 ADVANCED DATA STRUC- Design of information systems interfaces. Dis- TURES AND ALGORITHM ANALYSIS (3) cussion of how information systems compo- Data abstraction, linear data structures, file nents and work environments can be organization and access methods, memory constructed to make people more effective, management, advanced internal and external productive and satisfied with their work life. sort and search algorithms and the trade-offs Output and input design, arrangement of dis- involved in the use of different data organiza- plays and controls, case studies in human fac- tion. Prerequisite: COSC 501 or computer tors. Prerequisite: TU graduate standing or science graduate standing. consent of instructor.

COSC 601 SOFTWARE REQUIREMENTS COSC 609 SOFTWARE PROJECT MAN- ENGINEERING (3) This course, introduces AGEMENT (3) Factors necessary for the suc- the basic concepts and principles of software cessful management of information systems requirements engineering, and is designed to development or enhancement projects. Both expose students to common tools and tech- technical and behavioral aspects of project niques, established methods for modeling soft- management are discussed. Topics include ware systems and various approaches to project management concepts, needs identifi- requirements engineering (structured, object cation, the software project manager, software oriented and formal). The course intends to teams, software project organizations, project cover in its entirety the process of require- communications, software project planning, ments engineering. Prerequisites: AIT 624/ scheduling, control and associated costs. Proj- COSC 612, Software Engineering. ect-management software tools will be an integral part of the course. Prerequisite: COSC COSC 602 COMPUTER VISION AND 501 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. IMAGE PROCESSING (3) The study of image acquisition, representation and pattern recogni- COSC 611 COMPUTER SIMULATION (3) tion, edge detection for computer vision. Topics Continuous and discrete event systems simula- to be covered include digital image formats, tion application, implementation, role of mod- image storage and display, bi-level image pro- eling and languages, experimental design, data cessing, measurable properties of objects, grey- collection, verification, validation, object-ori- level image processing, image classification and ented simulation, random variable generation, object recognition. Prerequisite: COSC 501 or Monte Carlo methods for performance evalu- Computer Science graduate standing. ation, sensitivity analysis and optimization. Prerequisite: COSC 501 or Computer Science COSC 603 SOFTWARE TESTING AND graduate standing. MAINTENANCE (3) A comprehensive survey of software maintenance and testing, prin- COSC 612 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING I ciples, methodologies, management strategies, (3) Formal software engineering principles and techniques and tools. Software testing at the practices and their application to the develop- unit, subsystem and system levels using vari- ment of computer-based systems. Prerequisite: ous test design techniques, as well as integra- COSC 600. tion, regression, and system testing methods, and software testing tools. Designing and COSC 617 ADVANCED WEB DEVELOP- implementing software technologies to MENT (3) Design and implementation of increase maintainability and testability; evalu- distributed information systems involving the ating software for change and validating soft- technologies developed for the World Wide ware changes. Prerequisites: AIT 624/COSC Web (WWW). Emphasis will be given to server 612, Software Engineering. architectures, database connectivity and enterprise packages. Prerequisites: COSC 600 and COSC 605 HUMAN FACTORS AND COSC 457/578. HUMAN-COMPUTER INTERACTION (3) 226 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

COSC 618 ENTERPRISE ARCHITECTURE COSC 643 INTERNET SUPPLY CHAIN (3) This course provides a set of latest MANAGEMENT (3) E-business strategies, approaches in designing IT infrastructures Web-based system architecture, collaboration aligning them with enterprise business activi- techniques among buyers and sellers, business- ties at the architectural level, including busi- to business system requirements analysis in the ness architecture, information architecture, context of supply chain management. Focus solution architecture, and technology architec- on the technical aspects of supply chain man- ture. Institutionalization of enterprise archi- agement system, which include message pass- tecture frameworks and standards will be ing framework, XML, DTD, XSL, XSLT, discussed. Topics include the fundamentals of XPath, Web-based database manipulation, business functions and IT infrastructure of an and VPN. Managerial aspects of e-business as enterprise including definitions, frameworks, well, which include the integration of e-busi- business process modeling, and process institu- ness systems and back-end systems such as tionalization using CMMI, EA implementa- enterprise resource planning ERP systems and tions through service-oriented architecture, business security. Student will implement a (SOA), and the various networking technolo- B2B site as a team project. Prerequisite: COSC gies inLAN/MAN/WAN as the enables for EA. 600. Prerequisites: AIT 624 and COSC 612. COSC 644 INTRODUCTION TO INFOR- COSC 638 ADVANCED COMPUTER MATION ASSURANCE (3) Principles, mech- ARCHITECTURES (3) Design principles for anisms and implementation of information multiprocessor and RISC machines, compari- assurance. Emphasis on human and techno- son between RISC and CISC architectures, logical aspects of information assurance and multiprocessor interconnection networks, issues relevant to the risks in which informa- memory organizations, parallel algorithms for tion systems are exposed and methods of deal- sorting, image processing, FFT and various ing with such risks. Not open to students who applications, data flow computers and VLST have taken IHSM 620. Prerequisite: COSC computations. Prerequisite: COSC 502 or 600 or equivalent or consent of instructor. Computer Science graduate standing. COSC 645 APPLIED CRYPTOLOGY (3) A COSC 639 OPERATING SYSTEMS II (3) broad introduction to cryptography and its Implementation of operating systems for application to computer-network security ser- online multiprogramming environment. Pri- vices and mechanisms, such as confidentiality, mary and secondary storage management digital signature, access control and electronic techniques, file security, data integrity and a payments. Analysis of software implementa- detailed study of operating systems such as tions of cryptographic algorithms and net- UNIX. Prerequisite: COSC 439/519 or equiva- work-security protocols. Prerequisite: COSC lent. 600.

COSC 641 FUNDAMENTALS OF E-COM- COSC 647 APPLICATION SOFTWARE MERCE (3) A broad overview and discussion SECURITY (3) Security concepts in develop- of the technologies relevant to electronic coming software applications. This course dis- merce, including communication networks cusses design principles for secure software and the Internet, Web programming lan- development and some of the security issues in guages, computer security, electronic pay- current programming and scripting languages, ments, multimedia databases and distributed database systems and Web servers. Prerequi- transaction processing, and legal and ethical sites: COSC 578 and COSC 600. issues. Prerequisite: COSC 600 or equivalent. COSC 650 COMPUTER NETWORKS (3) Computer networking concepts and technolo- COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 227 gies. Architectures and protocols, LANs, Inter- cryptology, error-correcting codes, zero- networking, and applications. Prerequisite: knowledge protocols, secret-sharing protocols, COSC 501 or Computer Science graduate one-way functions, pseudo-random genera- standing. tors. Prerequisite: COSC 600.

COSC 657 DATABASE MANAGEMENT COSC 686 COMPUTER GRAPHICS (3) A SYSTEMS II (3) Relational database systems presentation of the basic concepts in the field application, implementation, management, of computer and/or displayed graphics. The administration, design, advanced data modeling, students will get an understanding of the basic object-oriented databases, deductive databases, mathematical and physical principles behind query optimization, functional dependencies, computer graphics and will learn a concrete concurrency, security and integrity. Prerequisite: programming package for computer graphics. COSC 457/578 or equivalent. Topics include animation, user interface, affine geometry and 3D transformations, lighting COSC 661 ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE and shading, texture mapping, rendering algo- PROGRAMMING AND ADAPTIVE SYS- rithms, ray tracing and modeling. Prerequisite: TEMS (3) Major differences between AI and COSC 501 or Computer Science graduate conventional programming, symbolic program- standing. ming techniques and adaptive systems, PRO- LOG and LISP. Prerequisite: COSC 461/581 or COSC 695 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN Computer Science graduate standing. COMPUTER SCIENCE (3) Independent study in selected areas of computer science. COSC 665 EXPERT SYSTEM DESIGN AND Prerequisite: 9 units at the graduate or upper- DEVELOPMENT (3) Approaches and meth- division level. ods employed in expert system design and development analysis of selected expert sys- COSC 714 FUZZY LOGIC IN CONTROL tems, prototyping and presentation. Prerequi- APPLICATIONS (3) Control theory and site: COSC 581 or equivalent. dynamical systems are first studied, followed by fuzzy sets, fuzzy memberships functions, COSC 670-679 SPECIAL TOPICS IN COM- fuzzy rules, fuzzy logic and use of neural nets PUTER SCIENCE (3) Reading and study in to generate fuzzy rules. Two control applica- selected topics in the field of computer science; tions are studied in department. Prerequisite: emphasis is on an increased knowledge of COSC 600 or equivalent. computer science. A project or paper is required. Prerequisite: COSC 600 or equiva- COSC 715 ROBOTICS (3) Physical mecha- lent and consent of instructor. nisms of robotics, issues of modeling, planning control and programming. Principles underly- COSC 680 SEMINAR IN COMPUTER SCI- ing the design and analysis of robotic systems. ENCE (1) Presentation and discussion of Prerequisite: COSC 600 or equivalent. research trends and advanced topics in computer science. Students may enroll in this COSC 716 OBJECT-ORIENTED METH- course up to three times for a total of 3 units. ODOLOGY (3) Object-oriented approach to Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. modeling, problem solving, requirement analysis, system design, system implementation, COSC 683 SECURITY AND INTERNET database design, system engineering and soft- ALGORITHMS (3) State of the art trends in ware engineering. Prerequisite: COSC 600 or designing algorithms for the Internet and secu- equivalent. rity. Typical topics include network routing, Web search engine algorithms, data compres- COSC 720 COMPUTATIONAL COMPLEX- sion algorithms, caching, online algorithms, ITY (3) Computational complexity, time and number theoretical algorithms relevant in storage cost of polynomial. Nonpolynomial 228 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

(NP) and NP-complete problems, randomize COSC 741 E-COMMERCE CASE STUDIES computation, cryptography and approximabil- (3) Key elements of e-commerce such as cata- ity. Prerequisite: COSC 483/583 or Computer log, marketing, enterprise resource planning Science graduate standing. (ERP), Web-based database, network security, Internet supply chain, XML. Two or three COSC 725 PROCESS CONTROL AND e-business models will be analyzed and dis- REAL-TIME SYSTEMS (3) Analog to digital cussed in class. The analysis includes system and digital to analog conversions, signal con- structure and technology review, marketing ditioning and processing, direct digital control strategy review, and is followed by presenta- of processes, adaptive control of nonlinear tions and discussions. Based on the e-com- systems and real-time programming consider- merce concepts studies, students will examine ations: response time, survival time, recovery the advantages and the disadvantages of vari- time, and throughput, executive-system calls, ous e-commerce systems. The class can choose memory-related system calls, task-synchroni- an e-commerce model (a B2B model) as a class zation system calls, multiprocessing, inter- project. The class project will be divided into rupts, task scheduling and task concurrency. several small group projects (buyers and sell- Prerequisite: Graduate standing or a course in ers, B2B models) so that each group of stu- computer architecture. dents can take each piece. Each group will design and implement the part of e-business COSC 730 NETWORK MANAGEMENT model of their choice and integrate with other SYSTEMS (3) Principles and practice of net- group’s project at the end of the term. Prereq- work management including architectures, uisite: COSC 643. protocols and tools. COSC 745 ADVANCED TOPICS IN COM- COSC 732 WIRELESS NETWORKS AND PUTER SECURITY (3) In-depth study of MOBILE COMMUNICATIONS (3) The advanced topics in computer security. Topics principles and practice of wireless networks will vary according to current trends and and mobile communications. Wireless trans- research directions in the field. Possible topics mission and media access technologies, study include: secure file and mail systems, operating of a typical cellular system, satellite networks, system vulnerabilities, firewall and intrusion wireless LANs, mobile IP, mobility and TCP, detection system design, denial of service and the wireless application protocol (WAP). attack issues, malicious code, virus detection Prerequisite: COSC 650. and removal, router security, password attacks, Internet security mechanisms, spoofing, ses- COSC 734 NETWORK SECURITY (3) Prin- sion hijacking, sniffers, scanners, logging and ciples and practice of network security. Topics auditing techniques, and security in mobile include authentication services, e-mail security, environments. A project that requires security IP security, Web security, security systems and tools and software and a paper based on a threats, wireless security, and security applica- research topic in computer security are tions. Prerequisites: COSC 645 and COSC 650. required. Prerequisite: COSC 734.

COSC 740 PARALLEL COMPUTING (3) COSC 750 NEURAL NETWORKS (3) Dis- Parallel computing and its applications includ- cussion of neural networks, architectures, ing parallel computer models, parallel matrix algorithms and applications, including Heb- algorithms, optimization algorithms, complex- bian, Hoffield and competitive learning. ART ity of parallel algorithms, parallel program- and Back propagation neural nets. Prerequi- ming environment, application of parallel site: COSC 600 or equivalent. algorithms in sorting, searching, matrix operations, system of linear equations and optimiza- COSC 757 DATA MINING (3) Designed to tion. Prerequisites: COSC 600 or equivalent provide students with a broad background in and a course in linear algebra. data mining techniques and related topics. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 229

Real-world applications including Web mining CRMJ 556 PRISONS IN AMERICA (3) Pur- will be emphasized. Current data mining tools poses of punishment, incarceration and death will be used in student projects. Prerequisite: penalty; inmate subculture; administration COSC 578 or equivalent. and staff issues. Prerequisite: CRMJ 254.

COSC 880 GRADUATE PROJECT/ CRMJ 560-564 TOPICS IN CRIMINOL- INTERNSHIP IN COMPUTER SCIENCE OGY (3) Current topics in criminology (3) Enables students to conduct a study in an designed for non-majors as well as majors. advanced computer-related topic or undertake May be repeated for a maximum of 6 units. the analysis, design and implementation of a Prerequisite: SOCI 101 or CRMJ 254. real-world application. The application may be related to an industrial project sponsored CRMJ 565-569 TOPICS IN CRIMINAL JUS- by a company or it may be of mutual interest TICE (3) Current topics in criminal justice to the student and a supervising faculty mem- designed for non-majors. May be repeated for ber. Prerequisite: Completion of at least 18 a maximum of 6 units provided a different graduate units toward M.S. in Computer topic is covered. Prerequisite: CRMJ 254. Science. CRMJ 570-574 SPECIAL TOPICS IN CRIM- COSC 885 PROJECT CONTINUATION (1) INOLOGY (3) An examination of current Continuation of graduate project. Prerequisite: topics in criminology. May be repeated for a Previous registration for project work. maximum of 6 units. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. COSC 897 GRADUATE THESIS (6) An original investigation using an acceptable CRMJ 575-579 SPECIAL TOPICS IN CRIM- research method and design. Prerequisite: INAL JUSTICE (3) An examination of current Completion of at least 21 graduate units topics in criminal justice. May be repeated for toward an M.S. degree in Computer Science. a maximum of 6 units. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. COSC 898 THESIS (3) The previous course, COSC 897, taken over two consecutive terms. CRMJ 585 SEMINAR IN CRIMINAL JUS- TICE (3) Capstone application of ideas, meth- COSC 899 THESIS CONTINUUM (1) ods and facts learned in previous criminology and criminal justice courses. Prerequisites: CRMJ 254, CRMJ 2xx Introduction to Crim- CRIMINAL JUSTICE (CRMJ) inology, CRMJ or SOCI 353 Theories of Crime, CRMJ 368 or SOCI 391, or consent of CRMJ 553 THEORIES OF CRIME (3) Evo- instructor. lution of criminological theory; crime rates and trends; social profile of criminal offenders CRMJ 591 INTERNSHIP IN CRIMINAL and victims; societal responses. Prerequisites: JUSTICE I (3) Supervised experience in work SOCI 101, CRMJ 201 or CRMJ 254; and 9 setting which facilitates understanding of roles additional units of CRMJ, SOCI, and/or and relationship relevant to inquiry in criminal ANTH. justice and criminology and application of knowledge in field. Student may elect to take CRMJ 555 DELINQUENCY AND JUVE- one term for 3 units (591) or two terms for 3 NILE JUSTICE (3) Nature, distribution and units each (591-592), in one agency both causes of youth crime; youth gangs, the juve- terms or in a different agency each term. No nile justice system. Prerequisites: SOCI 101 or more than 3 units may be earned in a term CRMJ 254. without consent of the chair, which will be granted only when agency requirement and 230 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS student needs make it appropriate. Prerequi- DEAF STUDIES (DFST) sites: SOAN majors only, CRMJ concentration and consent of instructor. DFST 509 INTRODUCTION TO DEAF- BLINDNESS (2) An orientation to the lives of CRMJ 592 INTERNSHIP IN CRIMINAL people with both hearing and vision loss. JUSTICE II (3) Supervised experience in work Includes methods for communicating, tech- setting which facilitates understanding of roles niques for guiding and information on assis- and relationship relevant to inquiry in criminal tive technology. Prerequisites: SPPA 205, 206 justice and criminology and application of and 345/545. knowledge in field. Student may elect to take one term for 3 units (591) or two terms for 3 units each (591-592), in one agency both E-Business and Technology terms or in a different agency each term. No management (EBTM) more than 3 units may be earned in a term without consent of the chair, which will be EBTM 501 APPLIED BUSINESS STATIS- granted only when agency requirement and TICS (3) Statistical data analysis for manage- student needs make it appropriate. Prerequi- rial decision making. Including an examination sites: SOAN majors only, CRMJ concentra- of summary measures, probability, random tion and consent of instructor. variables and their distributions. Presents estimation and hypothesis testing, including z-test, CRMJ 595 INDEPENDENT RESEARCH (3) t-test and chi-square test, correlation and lin- Supervised research in criminology and crimi- ear regression analysis and their applications nal justice involving library and/or field expe- to business problems, The use of statistical riences, and culmination in a written report. data analysis is an integral part of this course. Prerequisites: CRMJ or SOCI 353 Theories of Prerequisite: Graduate standing. Crime; CRMJ 368 of SOCI 391 Research Methods; and consent of instructor. EBTM 602 INTRODUCTION TO SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT (3) This course addresses basic concepts and strategies DANCE (DANC) adopted in SCM. The primary focus is to develop a good understanding of strategic, DANC 551 DANCE EDUCATION AND tactical and operational issues of SCM and PUBLIC POLICIES (3) Examination of strate- become familiar with the integration of vari- gies for dance arts, advocacy and dance educa- ous SCM entities. Topics include: supply chain tion policies in public schools. Prerequisites: strategy and planning, supply chain opera- DANC 251, dance majors only; by special tions, procurement, supply chain risk manage- permit. ment, supply chain coordination and integration, global SCM, supply chain revenue DANC 570 SPECIAL TOPICS IN DANCE management, coordinated product design (3)Workshops and courses designed for study chain and SC and supply chain information of special topics in dance, not available in technologies. Prerequisite: EBTM 501 or con- other existing courses; for example, principles sent of department, graduate standing. and practices of auditioning, dance repertory, seminar in dance education. Will be offered EBTM 604 INTRODUCTION TO PROJ- depending on student and faculty interest and ECT MANAGEMENT (3) To more effec- availability. May be repeated for credit pro- tively respond to the fast changing economic vided a different topic is covered. Prerequisite: environment and market conditions, managers Consent of department chair. are increasingly utilizing the project management approach. This course will introduce students to eh behavioral and technical aspects of managing projects. Challenges of planning, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 231 monitoring and controlling complex projects chain management. Topics include inventory, to achieve the desired cost, quality and perfor- logistics network, warehouse management, mance objectives will be discussed. Topics transportation infrastructure and manage- covered will also include cross-functional proj- ment, packaging and material handling, out- ect teams, project integration, time manage- bound logistics, distribution management, ment, time-cost-trade-offs in project reverse logistics and international logistics. completion and resource allocation. Prerequi- Prerequisite: EBTM 602 or department consent. site: EBTM 501 or consent of department, graduate standing. EBTM 715 PROJECT COST ACCOUNT- ING AND FINANCE (3) This course provides EBTM 610 OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT students with information and exercises relat- (3) This introductory course in Operations ing to project cost estimation, budgeting and Management is designed to demonstrate the scheduling, cost management and cost control significance of efficient and effective manage- within several organizations frameworks and ment of operations for competiveness and suc- strategies. Course subjects include a review of cess in manufacturing and service organizations. accounting, financial analysis and managerial Topics include: overview of the field, capacity accounting. Project specific topics include management, facility location, six-sigma qual- resource planning, cost estimating, cost bud- ity, statistical quality control, sale and opera- geting, cost control, and business case prepara- tions planning, inventory control and lean tion and analysis. Prerequisite: EBTM 604. production. Prerequisite: EBTM 501 or consent of department, graduate standing. EBTM 720 SUPPLY CHAIN INTELLI- GENCE AND TECHNOLOGIES (3) This EBTM 620 PROCUREMENT AND SOURC- course focuses on the management of a wide ING (3) Topics include purchasing decisions range of technologies applied in different and strategy, the legal aspects of purchasing, stages of supply chain. The class will be a mix negotiation product and services quality, lean of lecture, paper discussion and hands-on lab purchasing, supplier selection and evaluation, exercises. Topics include: supply chain data supplier relationship management and special and data warehouse, data mining, SC visibility purchasing applications such as health care technologies, supply chain analytics, supply purchasing, government purchasing, profes- chain collaborative technologies and other sional service purchasing, transportation ser- emerging technologies. Prerequisite: EBTM vice purchasing. Prerequisite: EBTM 501 or 602 or department consent. consent of department, graduate standing. EBTM 730 BUSINESS PROCESS MANAGE- EBTM 625 PROJECT LEADERSHIP AND MENT (3) Designing and monitoring pro- COMMUNICATION (3) This course covers cesses today can involve designing and advanced project management topics neces- orchestrating massive systems. Business Pro- sary for implementation of and excellence in cess Management (BPM) is a discipline that project management. Topics include human helps managers and analysts to design, run, resource management, risk management, qual- administer and monitor enterprise business ity management, project office, conflicts, proj- processes. This course explains BPM concepts, ect leadership and communications architecture and specifications, introduces the management. Project management software student to process modeling/design tools used will be used to support the course material. to design and optimize business processes as Prerequisite: EBTM 604. well as performance measuring approaches for evaluating business process performance. In EBTM 710 LOGISTICS AND DISTRIBU- addition, hands-on experience in process mod- TION (3) This course focuses on the study of eling using Process modeling and/or workflow logistics system and distribution network and software is also provided. Prerequisite: EBTM related firm strategy in the context of supply 720. 232 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EBTM 735 SIX-SIGMA QUALITY (3) Stu- EBTM 790 SUPPLY CHAIN MODELING dents will develop an understanding of the AND SIMULATION (3) This course provides processes involved with the implementation of an introduction to modeling for supply chain projects involving quality management and six network design, supply chain planning, and sigma methodologies. Topics will include supply chain operations. Both analytical and quality improvement, quality management, simulation methods are presented to obtain process analysis, process redesign, root cause optimal/heuristic solutions to a variety of sup- analysis and continuous improvement. Soft- ply chain applications. Prerequisite: EBTM ware including; spreadsheet modeling, project 602. management, and flowcharting will be used to support the course material. Prerequisite: EBTM 791 SUPPLY CHAIN FINANCE (3) EBTM 610. Supply chain finance is the synchronization of financial information and transactions with EBTM 740 CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIP physical flows of goods and services within a MANAGEMENT (3) This course discusses supply chain. This course focuses on the finan- the theories and applications in customer rela- cial implications of supply chain decisions, tionship management, which include analyz- including decreased end-to-end supply chain ing customers to identify their needs and costs through automated transactions, wants, satisfying customer needs and wants by enhanced supply chain liquidity through mon- developing customer-centric products and ser- etizing accounts receivables and payables, and vices, building sustainable customer relation- sustained financial viability of all supply chain ships and ultimately achieving customer partners through supply chain risk manage- retention and loyalty. The course provides ment. Other topics include inventory cost students with knowledge and skills that are control, instruments to finance supply chain essential for consumer analyses and market operations, working capital optimization, cash strategies. Students will obtain hands-on conversion cycles management, financial risk experience with transactional and analytical management, and supply chain finance in a CRM as well as data mining applications com- global environment. Prerequisite: EBTM 602. monly used in business. Prerequisite: EBTM 602. EBTM 792 HUMANITARIAN SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGEMENT (3) Humanitarian EBTM 750 PROGRAM AND PORTFOLIO supply chain management is the application of MANAGEMENT (3) This course presents a supply chain principles, systems and tools to view of managing portfolios and programs the process of planning, resourcing, executing, from a strategic firm perspective. The principle coordinating and controlling humanitarian aid areas of focus within program management, and disaster relief operations. Topics include stakeholder and communication management, humanitarian supply chain stakeholders (i.e., risk management and leadership. Principles donors, national and local governments, topics within project portfolio management humanitarian organizations, logistics provid- will include project portfolio methodology, ers, suppliers, and end beneficiaries), response establishing a governance process, project planning and preparedness, relief coordina- selection techniques and application of meth- tion, disaster and emergency management, ods to optimize and balance a project portfo- performance metrics and evaluation, and other lio. Using a case study and software tools, critical humanitarian logistics issues, such as students will explore the importance of using procurement, transportation and distribution organizational strategies to align projects and of goods and supplies, regional warehousing apply practices to create portfolio and pro- and aid inventory management, fleet manage- grams to leverage organizational assets. Pre- ment, civil-military partnership, and intercul- requisite: EBTM 604 and EBTM 625. tural and legal issues for international operations. Prerequisite: EBTM 602. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 233

EBTM 795 INDEPENDENT STUDY (3) EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION Independent research in specific areas of the (ECED) field of the degree being pursued. A total of 6 units for any combination of directed read- ECED 603 TEACHER-LEARNER RELA- ings, independent research is allowed in the TIONSHIPS IN THE EARLY CHILDHOOD area of study. Prerequisite: Consent of the CLASSROOM (3) Theory, philosophy and instructor, graduate standing and completio0n research on teacher-learner relationships with of all 600 and 700 level core requirements. emphasis on developing corresponding learning classroom environments and interaction EBTM 881 SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGE- between teacher and learner in the early child- MENT PROJECT (3) The supply chain proj- hood classroom. ect course is the capstone course and is an independent research or applied project in ECED 604 MATH/SCIENCE IN THE content areas related to supply chain manage- EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION PRO- ment. Students work under the supervision of GRAM (3) Theory, pedagogy and related their faculty advisors to address a significant research on developmentally appropriate prac- theoretical or applied problem in supply chain tices in math and science for young children, management. The completed project should with emphasis on a constructivist approach to clearly present the problem of the research learning. subject investigated or applied project undertaken, its significance to theory and business ECED 605 THE ARTS AND YOUNG CHIL- practice, the research or project background, a DREN (3) This course explores the fundamen- well-defined method, results or findings, and tal role of the arts in young children’s lives and their implications. Prerequisites: EBTM 602 curricula, expands on teacher understanding and completion of at least 15 credits in the of the arts for all individuals, provides refer- program. ences for lower no-cost materials, as well as concrete, practical strategies for fine arts learn- EBTM 882 SUPPLY CHAIN MANAGE- ing design and implementation. The course MENT CAPSTONE PROJECT CONTIN- identifies how the arts build interest, motiva- UUM (1) Supply Chain Management tion and learning in all areas of the curriculum. Capstone Project Continuum is a course designed for students to continue their inde- ECED 607 LEARNER DIVERSITY AND pendent supply chain project EBTM 881 (Sup- INCLUSION IN EARLY CHILDHOOD ply Chain Management Capstone Project). EDUCATION (3) Theory, pedagogy and Students work under the supervision of their related research on multiple aspects of learner faculty advisors to address a significant theo- diversity, with emphasis on developing appro- retical or applied problem in supply chain priate culturally responsive and inclusive envi- management. The completed project should ronments for young children. clearly present the problem of the research subject investigated or applied project under- ECED 608 INTEGRATED CURRICULUM taken, its significance to theory and business AND AUTHENTIC LEARNING IN EARLY practice, the research or project background, a CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (3) An inte- well-defined method, results or findings, and grated approach to learning in preschool and their implications. Prerequisites: Graduate primary programs, with emphasis on social standing and major standing; previous regis- studies, the arts and technology through the tration for EBMT 881. Course may be Project Approach and inspirations from Reg- repeated for a maximum of 2 credits. gio Emilia. Based on an understanding of young children’s growth and development, and on appropriate curriculum practices with strategies for meaningful learning within various curriculum systems and settings. Addresses 234 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS the skills, knowledge and attitudes that chil- ation of programs for infants and toddlers. dren need in a diverse, democratic society. Emphasis on the needs of young children and Prerequisite: Graduate standing or permission their families in diverse and inclusive settings. of instructor. ECED 615 ADMINISTRATION AND ECED 609 GROWTH AND DEVELOP- SUPERVISION OF EARLY CHILDHOOD MENT OF YOUNG CHILDREN (3) Current PROGRAMS (3) Theory and practice of oper- theory and research on the growth and devel- ating programs for young children; staff selec- opment of young children, including both tion and mentoring, curriculum development, typical and atypical development; methods of working with families, licensing and accredita- studying behavior; implications for early child- tion, budgeting, program and staff evaluation. hood programs. To be completed during the fall or spring term within the first 6 units of the ECED 616 MATERIALS AND PRACTICE program. FOR MULTIMEDIA TECHNOLOGY AND LEARNING (3) Research and practice on ECED 610 LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS: multimedia technology and early childhood CURRICULUM AND TECHNOLOGY (3) education. Experience and evaluate resources Research and practice on school transforma- for young children. Experiment and integrate tions and new educational directions as a result technology in classrooms with young children, of evolving technologies. Examine how emerg- grades Pre-K to 3. ing technologies can support curriculum and create new learning environments that are devel- ECED 618 THINKING THROUGH THE opmentally appropriate for young children. PROCESSES AND ACQUISITION OF LIT- ERACY (3) Literacy acquisition, birth through ECED 611 TEACHER AS RESEARCHER: age 8, through study of learning theories based RESEARCH METHODS IN EDUCATION on brain research, cognition, language acquisi- (3) Development of skills, insights and under- tion. Strategies for integrating reading and standing basic to planning and conducting writing processes across the curriculum. Pre- research, with emphasis on interpretation and requisites: Bachelor’s degree in ECE or related application of research results. Focus on field, teaching experience or permission of research methods and literature applicable to instructor. early childhood education. To be completed during the fall or spring term within the first 6 ECED 619 ASSESSMENT, OBSERVATION units of the program. AND EVALUATION IN EARLY CHILD- HOOD EDUCATION (3) Forms, functions ECED 612 CONFLICT RESOLUTION AND and roles of assessment for planning and imple- MANAGEMENT IN PROGRAMS FOR menting effective programs for young children YOUNG CHILDREN (3) Examines the nature from diverse cultures and home languages and of young children’s peer conflicts, the role of with varied learning needs. Qualitative and conflict in children’s development and ways for quantitative approaches to assessment and practitioners and families to promote children’s evaluation and methods of observing children. prosocial interaction, conflict resolution and Appropriate strategies for conducting, report- early violence prevention. Also addresses adult ing and decision-making related to various conflict issues in early childhood settings. procedures and instruments.

ECED 613 PROGRAMS FOR INFANTS AND ECED 621 ASSESSMENT OF READING YOUNG CHILDREN (3) Research, theory and AND WRITING IN EARLY CHILDHOOD best practice relating to the development and EDUCATION (3) Assessment to guide instruc- care of young children from birth to age 3. tion: assessment of primary-grade children’s Examines the design, implementation and evalu- reading and writing. Purposes and types of COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 235 assessment tools available for use in the class- of children with special needs. Emphasis on room, types of information provided by assess- developing creative and aesthetic expression. ment tools and appropriate use of the Exploring the potential of the arts in literacy information including communicating results learning and the value of the arts in diverse and formulating specific instructional recom- and inclusive settings. Prerequisite: Graduate mendations to enhance each child’s growth in standing or consent of the graduate program reading and writing. director.

ECED 623 STRATEGIES FOR TEACHING ECED 694 INTERNSHIP IN EARLY CHILD- AND WRITING: BALANCED LITERACY HOOD EDUCATION PROGRAMS (3-6) APPROACHES IN AN EARLY CHILD- Experience relating theory and practice in early HOOD CLASSROOM (3) Reading and writ- childhood education programs. Prerequisites: ing instruction with young children: Early Childhood Education graduate student development of comprehensive, effective pro- standing and consent of the Early Childhood grams, management of programs, evaluation Education graduate program director. of learning, use of strategies to develop comprehension, word skill and composition. ECED 695 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (3) ECED 647 ADVANCED PROCESSES OF Independent study in selected areas of early TEACHING AND LEARNING (3) Systems childhood education. Prerequisites: Early of analyzing teaching behavior; models of Childhood Education graduate student stand- teaching for achieving cognitive, social and ing and consent of the Early Childhood Edu- personal learning objectives; and analysis of cation graduate program director. classroom application of teaching models. ECED 696 DIRECTED READINGS IN ECED 665 CURRICULUM THEORY AND EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (3) DEVELOPMENT (3) History, theories, Independent readings in journals and profes- research and contemporary influences of cur- sional books in selected areas of early child- riculum development in early childhood edu- hood education. Prerequisites: Early Childhood cation; objectives, content and evaluation; Education graduate student standing and con- teachers as curriculum developers and imple- sent of the Early Childhood Education gradu- menters. ate program director.

ECED 670-679 SPECIAL TOPICS IN EARLY ECED 750 PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (1-3) In-depth AND EVALUATION IN EARLY CHILD- study of a selected topic in early childhood HOOD EDUCATION (3) The design, devel- education. The specific requirements and pre- opment and evaluation of programs in requisites will vary with each topic and will be education and human services, including early designated by the department each time there childhood education. Theory, paradigms and is a topic scheduled. Each topic may be taken models; policy in the program development as a separate course. process; grant writing; Brofenbrenner’s notions of the ecology of human development in the ECED 680 CELEBRATING THE ARTS design of programs; budgeting; program eval- WITH YOUNG CHILDREN: INTEGRAT- uation and use of technology in program ING THE ARTS IN CURRICULUM FOR development. YOUNG CHILDREN (6) Understanding and integration of the arts in teaching and learning ECED 752 FAMILIES, SCHOOLS and COM- will all young children. Experiences in music, MUNITIES in a CONTEMPORARY CON- dance, drama and visual arts, supported by TEXT (3) Family, community and school as a computer technology, with focus on inclusion focal point of professionalism practice for 236 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS teachers and teacher educators; relationship professionals in early childhood education. between teachers and families in support of the Elementary education, secondary education, education and development of children in the special education, and other educational spe- context of the community; addresses teacher/ cializations as well as for those in administra- child/family interactions within diverse con- tion and in related human services settings. temporary communities, including urban, Prerequisite: Open only to students in C.A.S. rural, tribal, migrant, linguistic, ethnic and in Early Childhood Education or to other others. Within a bioecological systems frame- graduate students with permission of the pro- work, the course builds on knowledge base gram director. research, theory and practice, addressing national standards and practical applications ECED 773 SEMINAR IN EARLY CHILD- for teachers. None. HOOD EDUCATION (3) The final course for students enrolled in the graduate program in ECED 760 CRITICAL PERSPECTIVES IN Early Childhood Education. Focus of seminar EARLY CHILDHOOD (3) In-depth consider- discussions is on issues and topics of impor- ation of guiding theories and critical perspec- tance in early childhood education. Explora- tives in the field of early childhood education. tion of theoretical, philosophical, historical Readings to include original work by Vygotsky, and/or sociological foundations of topics. To Bronfenbrenner, Piaget and others. Post-mod- be taken in the final term of the program. ern, feminist, post-colonial perspectives, activity and systems theories offer a critical ECED 794 TRAVEL/STUDY IN EARLY examination of traditional theories in relation CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (1-6) Study to current research and to the students’ profes- abroad of educational facilities, programs or sional experiences. Prerequisites: No prerequi- practices, or selected projects on educational site courses. Open only to students in C.A.S. in topics. By specific arrangement with the pro- Early Childhood Education or with permis- gram director or chair and sponsoring instruc- sion of the program director. tors.

ECED 762 LEADERSHIP AND ADVOCACY ECED 897 MASTER’S THESIS IN EARLY IN EARLY EDUCATION AND CARE (3) CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (6) Theory, research and practice in Early Child- hood as a foundation for leadership in the field ECED 898 THESIS (3) The previous course, and advocacy on behalf of young children, ECED 897, taken over two consecutive terms. families, communities and the profession. An examination of current issues in the field and ECED 899 THESIS CONTINUUM (1) strategies for articulating positions and for working toward change. Leadership in teaching administration, policy-making and ethical ECONOMICS (ECON) decision-making. Prerequisite: Open only to Courses denoted by an asterisk are part of the students in C.A.S. in Early Childhood Educa- UB/Towson MBA program only. tion or to other graduate students with permission of the program director. *ECON 504 ECONOMICS (3) Introduction to economic theory and principles as they ECED 764 ETHICS AND SOCIAL JUSTICE apply to business decisions at the microeco- IN EDUCATION AND RELATED HUMAN nomic and macroeconomic levels. Prerequi- SERVICES (3) An examination of the nature site: Graduate standing. of ethics, social justice, and related critical social issues, addressing theoretical founda- ECON 506 BUSINESS STATISTICS (3) Sta- tions and emphasis on implications for prac- tistical analysis for MBA students. Basic statis- tice and advocacy among education and other tical analysis, descriptive statistics, probability, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 237 theory, estimation, hypothesis testing, regres- ECON 640 ECONOMICS, PUBLIC POLICY sion analysis, time series analysis, non-para- AND CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSI- metric statistics and the analysis of variance. BILITY (3) This course applies economic the- Prerequisite: Graduate standing. ories, concepts, and analytical tools to the issues of public policy, corporate social respon- ECON 540 PERSONNEL ECONOMICS (3) sibility, ethics, and sustainability. Applications Use of economics to solve practical personnel focus on need for and means of providing problems with specific issues in training, turn- environmental protection, healthcare, educa- over, hiring and incentives. Fringe benefits, tion, and regulation of marketplace behavior. evaluation and legal constraints. Prerequisite: Prerequisite: ECON 504. ECON 201. ECON 650 BUSINESS ECONOMICS AND ECON 541 LABOR ECONOMICS AND FORECASTING (3) Basic and advanced skills LABOR RELATIONS (3) The determination of applied regression methodology, optimization of wages. Labor unions: history, structure, and strategy. Statistical and analytical tech- activities and effects. Government labor policy. niques are applied across traditional business Prerequisites: ECON 201 and ECON 202. disciplines to develop the technical competence necessary for managers in today’s competitive ECON 570 TOPICS IN ECONOMICS (3) global business environment. Prerequisite: Workshop designed to investigate special top- ECON 504, OPRE 504 or equivalent. ics of current interest in economics. Introduc- tion of a new course for possible addition to ECON 670 SPORTS ECONOMICS (3) Study the curriculum or a select topic given mutual of sports and the sports industry using eco- faculty and student interest. May be repeated nomic models. Loosely organized according to provided a different subject area is covered. the fields of industrial organization, public Prerequisites: Consent of instructor. finance and labor economics to allow for an investigation of many of the issues that regu- ECON 574 ECONOMIC ISSUES OF GEN- larly come up in sports. Topics include league DER (3) Explores the changing role of men makeup, stadium financing, team locations, and women in the Unites States and other competitive balance and incentive structures. economies with specific emphasis on issues Prerequisite: ECON 504 or equivalent. such as differences in occupations and wages, theories of discrimination, the economics of ECON 690 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3) the household, child care, divorce, poverty and Individual and supervised study in selected the effect of government programs on families. areas of economics. Prerequisite: Permission of Prerequisite: ECON 201. instructor.

ECON 585 SEMINAR ON ECONOMIC ECON 693 ECONOMIC EDUCATION ISSUES (3) Research and writing of papers on RESEARCH AND METHODS (3) Method- an economic issue selected by the instructor. ology and research in contemporary economic Prerequisites: ECON 309, ECON 313 and education in the elementary and secondary ECON 310. schools. A contemporary issues approach to economic instruction is employed. Prerequi- ECON 593 WORKSHOP ON ECONOMIC sites: ECON 301, ECON 309, ECON 323 EDUCATION (3) Designed to help teachers and ECON 335. and school administrators gain a better understanding of the economic working of the soci- ECON 695 SEMINAR IN ECONOMICS (3) ety in which we live. Prerequisite: Consent of Research and writing of papers on an eco- the instructor. nomic issue selected by the instructor. Prerequi- sites: ECON 309, ECON 323 and ECON 335. 238 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ECON 697 INTERNSHIP IN ECONOMICS *ECON 799 INDIVIDUAL RESEARCH (3) Supervised work experience designed to (1-3) Individual research in an area of interest provide an understanding of the economic to the student. The expectation is that work system and the practical applications of eco- equivalent to a regular graduate course will be nomic principles. Prerequisite: Consent of completed. Formal paper(s) will be written internship coordinator. under the supervision of a full-time faculty member. Prerequisite: Approval by Economics ECON 720 INTERNTIONAL ECONOM- faculty member and chair of Division of Eco- ICS AND FINANCE (3) The framework of nomics, Finance and Management Science. international economics and finance. Topics covered include classical trade theory, balance of payment, models of open economy, export GENERAL EDUCATION (EDUC) and import economic policies and trade performance, foreign exchange markets, currency EDUC 506 RECENT TRENDS IN TEACH- options and futures markets, international ING (3) Recent teaching strategies, organiza- money markets and capital markets. Specific tional patterns and curricular innovations for application will be made to European, Asian levels K-12 are examined. Students may pur- and Latin American markets. Prerequisite: sue individualized projects. Prerequisite: Stu- ECON 504. dent teaching or senior standing with consent of instructor. *ECON 765 THE HEALTH SERVICES SYS- TEMS (3) An overview of the U.S. health care EDUC 507 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN system, including health care as a product and EDUCATION (3) Seminar approach to cur- the role of all stakeholders: patients, physi- rent issues in education. Prerequisite: Student cians, staff, hospitals, insurers, employers and teaching or senior standing with consent of governments. Topics include: the impact of instructor (no prerequisite when offered dur- cost containment and competition on manage- ing the day). ment within hospitals and on physician-hospital relations; alternate delivery systems (HMOs EDUC 517 CHILDREN’S LITERATURE and PPOs); multiunit systems; what makes AND OTHER MATERIALS FOR READING health care different from standard economic AND LANGUAGE ARTS IN ELEMEN- markets; health care marketing; health insur- TARY SCHOOL (3) Study of literature, texts ance, including uninsured/uncompensated and technology of reading and language arts care and poorly informed but heavily insured instruction. Attention to authors, illustrators, customers; a larger not-for-profit sector and awards and criteria for selection and impor- heavy government involvement; and legal tance in curricula. Prerequisite: Two English aspects of health care, including social, moral courses. and ethical issues. Prerequisite: ECON 504 or equivalent. EDUC 553 SUPERVISORY PRACTICES IN TEACHER EDUCATION (3) Experiences *ECON 797 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ECO- and study in developing particular skills and NOMIC MANAGEMENT (3) Specialized competencies for supervising quality labora- topics in economics allowing flexibility for tory/field experiences. Content is designed for both the changing developments in business supervising teachers, team leaders and resource and the educational needs of students. Topic personnel. Prerequisite: Teaching experience. areas may include econometrics, entrepreneur- Graduates count this as a workshop elective. ship or organizational architecture. Exact listing of topics and prerequisites may be listed in EDUC 557 HEBREW LANGUAGE schedule of classes. Prerequisite: ECON 504 INSTRUCTIONS FOR EDUCATORS (3) or department approval. Hebrew is fundamental to any Jewish learning experience. This course will explore Hebrew COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 239 from the vantage point of common language mer camp begin in the United States? What patters, both written and spoken, that should major problems do Jewish educators face and be routinely incorporated into Jewish teach- how have experts addressed these problems? ing. Students will address issues of language acquisition and develop skills for teaching EDUC 601 CONCEPTS AND ISSUES IN Hebrew as a second language. EDUCATION (3) Social, economic, historical, political and technological trends that shape EDUC 570-579 SPECIAL TOPICS IN EDU- educational policy and programs. Prerequisite: CATION (1-3) In-depth study of a selected Graduate standing. topic in education. The specific requirements and prerequisite will vary with each topic and EDUC 604 CURRICULUM PLANNING will be designated by the department each time AND DECISION MAKING FOR THE JEW- there is a topic scheduled. Graduate credit only ISH SCHOOL (3) This core course will pro- with approval of the graduate program direc- vide the theoretical and practical sources for tor. Each topic may be taken as a separate the design implementation of curricula in course. congregational, communal, or day school settings. L Drawing from Jewish and general EDUC 594 TRAVEL AND STUDY EDUCA- educational sources, the course will examine TION (1-6) Study abroad of educational primary dimensions of curriculum planning facilities, programs or practices or selected and decision making. projects in educational topics. By specific arrangement with program chair and sponsor- EDUC 605 RESEARCH AND INFORMA- ing instructors. Consent of graduate program TION TECHNOLOGY (3) Use of database director required for graduate degree credit. networks for information retrieval, computer hardware and software application programs EDUC 595 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN appropriate for research and curriculum plan- EDUCATION (1-4) An opportunity for spe- ning, introduction to distance learning, and cially qualified students to undertake research interactive technologies and resource-based problems or study projects relevant to their learning. Prerequisite: Teaching experience or interest and training under the direction of a completion of student teaching. staff member. Prerequisite: Approval of appropriate program chair. Graduate credit by con- EDUC 606 FROM VISION TO PRACTICE sent of graduate program director only. IN JEWISH EDUCATION (3) This course explores the significance of school vision by EDUC 596 DIRECTED READINGS IN learning different Jewish educational visions EDUCATION (1-4) Independent readings in from multiple perspectives. Acting as social selected areas of education, in order to provide scientist, student will compare the espoused a comprehensive coverage for the individual or philosophy of schools to their practices in to meet special needs. By invitation of the “real time” in order to develop an agenda for department to major students. Prerequisite: school change. Approval of appropriate program chair. Grad- uate credit by consent of graduate program EDUC 608 THEORY AND PRACTICE IN director only. THE TEACHING OF COMPOSITION (6) The teaching of writing skills, pre-K-university EDUC 600 FOUNDATIONS OF JEWISH and across disciplines; training of participants EDUCATION (3) This course explores the to become Maryland Writing Project Teacher- historical and theoretical foundations of Jew- Consultants. Prerequisites: Bachelor’s degree, ish education. Questions include: How did the teaching experience and consent of Maryland Jewish day school, Hebrew school, and sum- Project Writing director. 240 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

EDUC 611 SUPERVISION OF STUDENT course will focus on the processes of teaching TEACHING (3) An analysis of the roles of the and learning Jewish holidays. The course cooperating teacher, college supervisor and combines effective pedagogy with content student teacher; current practices, issues, prob- knowledge of Jewish holidays. Hand-on lems, trends and evaluation in laboratory approach and innovative techniques to teach- experiences and current research. Prerequisite: ing holidays will be examined Teaching experience. EDUC 645 THEORIES IN EDUCATIONAL EDUC 613 MORAL QUESTIONS in the ADMINISTRATION (3) Theoretical bases for CLASSROOM (3) In this class you will educational administration. Prerequisites: develop a understanding of competing models Teaching experience and teacher certification. of moral education, These models include: a virtues approach, cognitive developmentalism EDUC 646 HUMAN RELATIONS AND and care ethics. You will consider practical THE PROFESSIONAL (3) Professional ways to teach texts in a variety of subjects to behavior in organizational work place, empha- foster moral development as well as consider sizing leadership and communication. Prereq- school-wide applications of moral education uisite: Teaching experience or certification. such as character education, discipline and addressing bullying. May be repeated for a EDUC 647 TEACHING CLASSICAL JEW- maximum of 3 credits ISH TEXTS (3) This course focuses on different approaches to teaching the Bible, including EDUC 614 ASSESSMENT AND EVALUA- the psychological, literary and historical. TION IN EDUCATION (3) Current trends Emphasizing a teaching approach of conduct- and techniques in assessment and evaluation. ing good interpretive discussions, student will Classroom assessment: development and inter- learn how to better engage learners of all ages. pretation of classroom tests, performance criteria and student portfolios. Classroom EDUC 648 TEACHING CLASSICAL JEWISH evaluation: formative, summative and portfo- TEXTS: A DEVELOPMENT APPROACH (3) lio evaluation. In this course students will explore stage theories of intellectual and moral development and build EDUC 615 APPLIED EDUCATIONAL STA- on the theories to develop age-appropriate les- TISTICS (4) Educational statistics used in sons for teaching classical Jewish texts. Particu- fundamental quantitative research designs. lar attention is paid to how children in K-12 Includes descriptive and inferential through settings understand stories. ANOVA. Required laboratory includes current statistical applications software. Prerequi- EDUC 649 TEACHING CLASSICAL JEW- site: Consent of the instructor. ISH TEXTS: A LITERARY APPROACH (3) Reading classical Jewish texts entails surface EDUC 620 MODELS AND METHODS OF level reading and more interpretive reading. TEACHING CUSTOMS AND PRACTICE In this course students will learn strategies for (3) This course will provide a framework to engaging student in reading, dramatizing and understand Jewish religious practices. Stu- applying the text to real-world problems. dents will learn a selection of laws, customs and rituals and will be provided with creative EDUC/REED 650 SECOND LANGUAGE strategies, techniques and activities relevant to LITERACY (3) Foundations of second lan- both informal and formal Jewish education guage literacy acquisition and learning, settings. instructional practices used for differentiation and inclusion, relationships between language EDUC 621 MODELS AND METHODS OF arts teacher/reading specialists and ESL spe- TEACHING JEWISH HOLIDAYS (3) This cialists, models of literacy instruction found in COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 241

English as Second Language, Bilingual, Dual EDUC 660 TEACHING IN A MULTICUL- Immersion and content area-focused settings. TURAL SOCIETY (3) Past and current trends in multicultural education, underlying theories EDUC/REED 651 INSTRUCTION AND and relationship to teaching in culturally diverse ASSESSMENT FOR SECOND LANGUAGE classrooms. Nature of bias and impact on learn- LEARNERS (3) Students will be invited to ing environments. Evaluation and development critically examine approaches to second lan- of culturally relevant curriculum and instruc- guage development and assessment for chil- tion. Prerequisite: Graduate standing dren congruent with recent research in second language acquisition in children. Class mem- EDUC 661 RESPONDING TO AND EVAL- bers will read professional literature framing UATING WRITING (3) Direct assessment second language acquisition and discuss strate- using holistic, analytic, primary trait and t-unit gies for implementing sound theoretical prac- analysis; indirect assessment of grammar, tice within the classroom. How to provide punctuation and usage, in-process response appropriate instruction based on informal and techniques. Prerequisite: SCED 603, SCED formal assessment results for K-12 English 605 or SCED 558, or consent of graduate Language Learners will be the major focus of program director. this course. EDUC 667 WRITING AS THINKING (3) EDUC 652/REED 652 INTRODUCTION Research on the writing-thinking connection; TO LINGUISTICS FOR TEACHERS OF self-analysis of thought processes used while LANGUAGE LITERACY (3) This course is writing; analysis of classroom methods for an introduction to the basic principles and teaching writing and thinking. Prerequisite: concepts of the study of language and its rele- SCED 603, SCED 605 or SCED 558, or con- vancy to teachers of language and literacy. sent of instructor. Students will develop foundational knowledge in the areas of grammatical competence (pho- EDUC 670-674 SPECIAL TOPICS IN EDU- nology, morphology, syntax, semantic, prag- CATION (1-6) In-depth study of a selected matics), spoken and written discourse, topic in education. The specific requirements language variation, first and second language and prerequisites will vary with each topic and acquisition, and language processing. The will be designated by the department each time course will equip students to use linguistic a topic is scheduled. Approval by the appro- analysis to conduct inquires that address issues priate graduate program director is required. or concerns about the use, development, Each topic may be taken as a separate course. assessment and/or teaching of language and Prerequisite: Varies with each topic. literacy in classrooms or other educational settings. Prerequisite: Admission to a graduate EDUC 695 INDIVIDUALIZED STUDY (3-6) program in education. Individually planned programs which will permit the student to engage in research and/ EDUC 655 TEACHING THE HISTORY, or field experiences relative to the student’s POLITICS AND CULTURE OF ISRAEL (3) professional growth. Admission by applica- Given Israel’s rapidly changing society, U.S. tion to the graduate program director only. students have questions about the Jewish State. Students will learn core information EDUC 715 STATISTICAL PRINCIPLES OF about Israel’s history, politics and cultural as RESEARCH DESIGN AND ANALYSIS (3) well as methodologies to effectively communi- This is an intermediate-level statistics course cate the complexities of these subjects to their focusing on the statistical principles and own students. research design in the field of education. Course content covers from the single factor through higher-order factorial experiments 242 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS design, as well as multiple regression model- MAT program. Must be completed during the ing. Advanced skills of statistical analysis, cal- 18-week extended final term. culation and uses of contemporary statistics software will be developed. EDUC 738 THE TEACHER AS RESEARCHER (PART 2 - IMPLEMENTATION) (1-3) Stu- EDUC 717 CHILDREN’S LITERATURE dents apply theory and methodology for con- AND OTHER MATERIALS FOR TEACH- ducting classroom research with an emphasis on ING READING (3) Students examine a vari- descriptive research approaches. Students will ety of texts for teaching reading, with particular evaluate and share results of action research emphasis on children’s literature and reading projects. Prerequisite: Open only to MAT stu- software; strategies for selecting and evaluating dents who have completed EDUC 734 (2 cred- texts. Review of current research. Prerequisite: its) in the fall semester. Requires consent of the Admission to the MAT program or consent of graduate program director. the graduate program director. EDUC 761 RESEARCH IN EDUCATION (3) EDUC 730 PRINCIPLES OF LEARNING, Theory and methodology of educational DEVELOPMENT AND DIVERSITY (3) Par- research. Prerequisite: EDUC 605. ticipants examine current theories and research on the nature of learning and the correspond- EDUC 762 INTRODUCTION TO EDUCA- ing role of development and culture in the TIONAL EVALUATION (3) Theory and teaching-learning process. A framework for methodology of education evaluation for sys- effective teaching that is based upon an under- tematic appraisal of process, program, staff or standing of best practices will be established. institution. Prerequisite: A course in statistics Prerequisite: Admission to the MAT program. or tests and measurements.

EDUC 731 CURRICULUM AND ASSESS- EDUC 764 QUALITATIVE RESEARCH IN MENT (3) Students examine the foundations JEWISH EDUCATION (3) How can research of school curriculum and explore linkages help to understand and solve problems in Jew- between assessment-based curriculum and ish schools today? By studying prior research in instructional strategies. This course will exam- Jewish and general education, student will ine actual school practices, the teacher’s role in learn how to design a research proposal for curriculum development and the role of assess- their own educational settings. ment of and for learning. Students will formulate their own theories and views related to EDUC 765 QUALITATIVE METHODS IN current trends, innovations and issues in cur- EDUCATION (3) Qualitative research tradi- riculum and assessment. Prerequisite: Admis- tions, methods, theoretical and philosophical sion to the MAT program. perspectives in education are included. Meth- ods of conducting fieldwork, data collection EDUC 734 THE TEACHER AS and analysis required for original qualitative RESEARCHER (1-3) Students apply theory research studies are examined from an educa- and methodology for conducting classroom tional perspective. research with an emphasis on descriptive research approaches. Prerequisite: Admission EDUC 770-774 SPECIAL TOPICS IN EDU- to the MAT program and consent of the CATION (1-3) In-depth study of a selected graduate program director. Must be completed topic in education. The specific requirements concurrently with Internship I. and prerequisites will vary with each topic and will be designated by the department each time EDUC 735 PROSEMINAR: PROBLEMS a topic is scheduled. Approval by the appropri- AND ISSUES (3) Students examine problems ate graduate program director is required. and issues that impact teachers and the educa- Each topic may be taken as a separate course. tion process. Prerequisite: Admission to the COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 243

EDUC 776 INTERMEDIATE STATISTICS Through intense reading and writing, students IN EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH (3) This is will examine the advances and challenges pre- an intermediate course in educational research sented by recent developments and new appli- and statistics focusing on the selection and use cations in qualitative research methodology. of statistical analysis appropriate for quantita- Prerequisite: EDUC 765. tive research designs. An overview of experimental design and controls to threats to EDUC 794 PRACTICUM SEMINAR YEAR internal and external threats to validity forms I (.5) Monthly seminar provides student the vantage point from which statistical analy- opportunities to study with peers and other sis are examined. Prerequisite: EDUC 615. professionals to reflect on a range of issues. Course will connect theoretical and practical EDUC 787 INSTRUCTIONAL PRACTICES issues of leadership, research, adult education IN THE DEVELOPMENT OF LITERACY and fundraising. (3) Research-based instructional strategies for teaching reading and language arts in the ele- EDUC 795 PRACTICUM SEMINAR YEAR mentary classroom. Course includes planning II (.5) Monthly seminar provides student for effective instruction utilizing a balance of opportunities to study with peers and other phonics, semantics and syntactics; teaching professionals to reflect on a range of issues. reading as a strategic process; utilizing devel- Course will connect advanced theoretical and opmentally appropriate word recognition and practical issues of leadership, research, adult comprehension strategies; and designing education and fund raising instruction on evidence of individual need. Prerequisites: Admission to the MAT pro- EDUC 797 INTERNSHIP I/SEMINAR (1-6) gram. Must be completed concurrently with Students study and reflect upon best practices Internship I. for creating and maintaining a positive and productive learning environment. Students EDUC 790 ADVANCED MEASUREMENTS learn to use systematic approaches to planning AND STATISTICS IN EDUCATION (3) An and implementing effective instruction and advanced statistics course for doctoral stu- classroom management. The course empha- dents focusing on using multivariate statistics sizes understanding the use of assessment to in educational research designs. Course covers evaluate student learning and inform instruc- statistical analyses ranging from multiple tional decisions. Students complete extended regressions, canonical correlation through field experiences as determined by the appro- multivariate analysis of variance and covari- priate program director. Prerequisite: Admis- ance, as well as discriminate function analysis. sion to the MAT program. Consent of the Advanced skills of experimental and nonex- graduate program director, who may require perimental designs, and uses of contemporary additional prerequisites. statistics software will be developed. Prerequi- site: EDUC 615 or EDUC 715 or EDUC 776. EDUC 798 INTERNSHIP II WITH SEMI- NAR (6) The course combines full-time class- EDUC 791 ADVANCED QUALITATIVE room teaching experiences with an ongoing RESEARCH METHODS (3) This advanced seminar and culminates with the formal pre- research methods course will focus on devel- sentation of the summative professional port- oping in-depth knowledge and skills In the use folio. The intern spends sixteen weeks working of qualitative methodology. The course is with a school-based mentor and a university designed for doctoral students and includes supervisor. The seminar meets throughout the philosophical foundations of qualitative internship semester and addresses topics Inquiry, building the conceptual framework appropriate for the age/grade level and profes- for a study, the methodological issues of sional specialization. The seminar provides research design, issues of validity and logic, as opportunities to discuss and analyze issues well as data analysis and representation. involved in teaching and supports the student 244 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS in the final development of the professional ELED 611 PRINCIPLES AND PROCESSES portfolio. Prerequisites: Admission to the OF LANGUAGE AND LITERACY (3) Study MAT program. Successful completion of of the theoretical foundations of reading and EDUC 797 and consent of the graduate pro- language arts in an elementary school setting. gram director. Additional prerequisites may Exploration of theories and research perspec- be required. tives on language and literacy development, the nature of reading and writing processes and EDUC 897 MASTER OF EDUCATION factors influencing the acquisition of literacy. THESIS (6) Investigation of selected topics in education. ELED 613 READING AND OTHER LAN- GUAGE ARTS IN THE ELEMENTARY EDUC 898 THESIS (3) The previous course, SCHOOL (3) Application of principles and EDUC 897, taken over two consecutive terms. processes of language and literacy development to reading and language arts instruction. EDUC 899 THESIS CONTINUUM (1) Examination of instructional models, approaches and strategies for supporting literacy development in diverse classroom set- ELEMENTARY EDUCATION (ELED) tings. Prerequisite: One course in reading instruction. ELED 557 ENGLISH FOR THE NON-ENG- LISH SPEAKING CHILD (3) Methods of ELED 621 LITERACY ASSESSMENT IN teaching English to elementary school children THE ELEMENTARY CLASSROOM (3) whose native tongue is another language. Pre- Examination of theories and principle of class- requisite: Elementary language-arts methods room literacy assessment. Practice using a course or elementary teaching experiences or range of formal and informal techniques for consent of instructor. assessing reading and writing, and using assessment data to plan instruction. Prerequi- ELED 594 TRAVEL AND STUDY: ELE- sites: ELED 611. MENTARY EDUCATION (1-6) Study abroad for educational facilities, programs or ELED 631 INTRODUCTION TO EDU- practices or selected projects in elementary CATING GIFTED STUDENTS (3) An intro- education topics. By special arrangement with ductory course that surveys the history of program chair and sponsoring instructors. gifted education, characteristics, and educa- Consent of graduate program director required tional needs of gifted children; identification for graduate degree credit; may be repeated for issues, procedures for diverse populations of a maximum of 6 units. gifted and talented; current trends in identifi- cations of gifted students at the national, state, ELED 601 CRITICAL AND CREATIVE local levels; overview of curricular and pro- THINKING (3) Past and current research and gram for the gifted. Prerequisite: Teaching practices in the development of creative and experience or consent of instructor. critical thinking potential in children and adults. Examination of cognitive, psychologi- ELED 632 SEMINAR IN SOCIAL AND cal, and cultural influences and thinking pro- EMOTIONAL DEVELOPMENT OF cesses; analysis and evaluation of models for GIFTED CHILDREN AND ADOLESCENTS differentiated instruction to promote higher (3) Course examines unique social, emotional level thinking; application and evaluation of need, characteristics, and development of various approaches to enhance critical and diverse populations of gifted children, adoles- creative thinking in classroom setting and in cents. Focus on current theories, research personal endeavors. related to asynchronous development, psychological response, and promising practices and resources. Prerequisite: Teaching experience. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 245

ELED 640 DISCIPLINE AND MANAGE- tion and teaching experience or consent of MENT IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL instructor. (3) Classroom discipline in the elementary school and development of ways and means of ELED 670-674 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ELE- implementing appropriate classroom manage- MENTARY EDUCATION (1-3) Study of a ment techniques. Prerequisite: Student teach- topic in elementary education. Requirements ing, teaching experience or consent of and prerequisites vary with each topic. instructor. ELED 685 SEMINAR IN ELEMENTARY ELED 646 DIFFERENTIATED CURRICU- SCHOOL SOCIAL STUDIES (3) Trends, con- LUM FOR ADVANCED LEARNING (3) tent, issues and materials involved in the teach- This course examines curriculum, programs ing of social studies. Students explore one designed to promote advanced learning. Focus aspect of the subject and present findings. on current research, practices addressing learning needs of gifted students including ELED 695 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN underserved gifted; acceleration, enrichment EDUCATION: ELEMENTARY (1-4) options for curriculum; program, curricular Research problems or study projects relevant models for advanced learning; practices for to student interest and training. Prerequisite: development, implementation, management, Consent of the graduate program director evaluation of curriculum, programs. Prerequi- prior to registration. site: Teaching experience. ELED 712 CRITICAL CONVERSATION: ELED 647 ADVANCED PROCESSES OF EARLY LITERACY RESEARCH, POLICY TEACHING AND LEARNING (3) Systems AND PRACTICE (3) Critically examines cur- for analyzing teaching behavior, models of rent policies, research and instructional trend teaching for achieving cognitive, social and in early literacy instruction. Engage in per- personal learning objectives; and analysis of sonal and collaborative inquiry into important classroom application of teaching models. issues affecting all elementary teachers and Prerequisite: Teaching experience (students reading professionals. Examine current profes- enrolling for this class should be teaching). sional literature, early literacy research, and key public policy documents representing a ELED 648 DIFFERENTIATING INSTRUC- range of contrasting perspectives in the field. TION FOR ADVANCED LEARNING (3) Prerequisite: Admission to a graduate program Current research and practices for development in education. and modification of instruction to address learning characteristics of students in the heteroge- ELED 770-774 SPECIAL TOPICS IN ELE- neous classroom, especially diverse populations MENTARY EDUCATION (1-3) Study of a of gifted and talented students; approaches for selected topic in education. Requirements and modification of basic curriculum; alternative prerequisites vary according to topic. Prerequi- models for differentiating curriculum and site: Consent of graduate program director. instruction; classroom management, resources for gifted students in the regular classroom. ELED 775 INTEGRATED PROFESSIONAL Prerequisite: Teaching experience. PRACTICE SEMINAR (3) Trends, issues, problems in education. Integrative investiga- ELED 665 CURRICULUM THEORY AND tions through quantitative/qualitative research, DEVELOPMENT (3) History of curriculum curriculum and instruction development, or development in the elementary school: basic policy and program development for selected considerations affecting curriculum develop- aspects of elementary education. Prerequisites: ment, patterns of organization, objectives, 27 units of graduate work, EDUC 761 and practices and evaluation and problems in cur- permission of adviser. riculum development. Prerequisite: Certifica- 246 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ELED 897 MASTER’S THESIS IN ELEMEN- can dialects; development of elements of TARY EDUCATION (6) vocabulary, sounds and grammar which distinguish American English; standards of ELED 898 THESIS (3) The previous course, American English. Prerequisites: Two English ELED 897, taken over two consecutive terms. courses (not open to students who have completed ENGL 353). ELED 899 THESIS CONTINUUM (1) ENGL 511 MEDIEVAL BRITISH LITERA- TURE (3) Emphasis on the mystical writers, ELECTRONIC MEDIA AND FILM Piers Plowman, the Gawain-poet and Arthu- (EMF) rian literature. Prerequisites: Two English courses (not open to students who have com- EMF 530 THE MEDIA PRODUCER (3) pleted ENGL 321). Management and administration of film and video projects. Prerequisite: EMF 222. ENGL 512 BRITISH MEDIEVAL AND RENAISSANCE DRAMA (3) Development of EMF 573 SEMINAR IN NARRATIVE the drama, excluding Shakespeare, with FILMMAKING (3) Seminar in professional emphasis on plays by Marlowe, Kyd, Jonson, digital filmmaking techniques leading to the Ford and Webster. Prerequisites: Two English completion of an original narrative film. courses (not open to students who have com- Prerequisite: EMF 367 or EMF 373. $50 lab/ pleted ENGL 322). class fee. ENGL 514 BRITISH LITERATURE OF THE EMF 575 FILM AND MEDIA ANALYSIS (3) LATER RENAISSANCE (3) Major intellec- Intensive study of an aspect of film, television tual and literary currents of 1600-1660 in the or the Internet (such as genre, director, studio, poetry of Donne, Herbert, Marvell, Jonson producer, writer, designer) in terms of thematic and Milton, and the prose of Bacon, Brownie, and formal properties and their influences on Burton and Hobbes. Prerequisites: Two Eng- art and culture. Maybe be repeated for a lish courses (not open to students who have maximum of 6 units when a different topic is completed ENGL 324). covered. Prerequisite: EMF 221. ENGL 515 18TH-CENTURY BRITISH LIT- EMF 587 VISUAL EFFECTS II (3) Creation ERATURE (3) Social and intellectual back- and analysis of visual effects and digital media grounds, literary trends and significant kinetics with exercises in virtual lighting and authors, such as Swift, Pope, Fielding, Johnson camera movement, compositing, animated and Boswell, with emphasis on satire. Prereq- titles, and synthesis of graphics and video. uisites: Two English courses (not open to stu- Prerequisite: EMF 380. $50 lab/class fee. dents who have completed ENGL 325).

ENGL 516 LITERATURE OF THE BRIT- ENGLISH (ENGL) ISH ROMANTIC PERIOD (3) Major writers such as Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, ENGL 501 HISTORICAL LINGUISTICS (3) Shelley and Keats, from 1790 to 1830 with Introduction to language typology and Indo- emphasis on the philosophic and social back- European philology; historical development of grounds. Prerequisites: Two English courses linguistics up to the 20th century. Prerequi- (not open to students who have completed sites: Two English courses (not open to stu- ENGL 326). dents who have completed ENGL 351). ENGL 517 AMERICAN DRAMA (3) Ameri- ENGL 503 HISTORY OF AMERICAN can drama from the Colonial period to the ENGLISH (3) Origins and history of Ameri- present, with emphasis on 20th-century plays COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 247 by O’Neill, Williams, Miller, Bullins and Prerequisites: Two English courses (not open Wilder. Prerequisites: Two English courses to students who have completed ENGL 423). (not open to students who have completed ENGL 331). ENGL 525 CHAUCER (3) Major poems, especially The Canterbury Tales and Troilus ENGL 518 HISTORY AND LITERATURE and Cressida. Prerequisites: Two English OF THE OLD TESTAMENT (3) The chief courses (not open to students who have com- books of the Old Testament and the Apocry- pleted ENGL 425). pha studied from a literary and historical point of view. Prerequisites: Two English courses ENGL 526 TOPICS IN SHAKESPEARE (not open to students who have completed STUDIES (3) Topics and issues related to ENGL 341). Shakespeare, his times, his contemporaries, his reception and performance history. Content ENGL 519 FOLKLORE AND LITERATURE varies. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 (3) How and why literary artists draw plots, units. Prerequisites: Two English courses. characters, themes and style from ancient folk tradition: the anonymous oral narratives, ENGL 527 SHAKESPEAREAN COMEDY songs, jests and proverbs that circulate in all (3) Shakespeare’s development as a poet and cultures. Focus on universal folkloric material dramatist in the comedies and romances. Pre- in such works as the Bible, Aesop’s Fables, the requisites: Two English courses (not open to Arabian Nights, Peer Gynt and Harvest Home. students who have completed ENGL 427). Prerequisites: Two English courses (not open to students who have completed ENGL 342). ENGL 528 SHAKESPEAREAN TRAGEDY (3) Shakespeare’s development as a poet and ENGL 520 DEVELOPMENT OF THE dramatist in the histories and tragedies. Pre- BRITISH NOVEL: 18TH CENTURY (3) requisites: Two English courses (not open to Georgian fiction and its social background, students who have completed ENGL 428). especially works by Defoe, Richardson, Field- ing, Smollett, Steme and Austen. Prerequisites: ENGL 529 MILTON AND THE HUMAN- Two English courses (not open to students IST TRADITION (3) Major poetry and prose who have completed ENGL 420). with emphasis on Milton’s place in the human- ist tradition. Prerequisites: Two English ENGL 521 DEVELOPMENT OF THE courses (not open to students who have com- BRITISH NOVEL: 19TH CENTURY (3) pleted ENGL 429). Mainly Victorian fiction and its social background, especially works by Scott, the Brontes, ENGL 531 LITERATURE OF THE AMERI- Thackeray, Dickens, Eliot and Hardy. Prereq- CAN ROMANTIC PERIOD (3) Social and uisites: Two English courses (not open to stu- political backgrounds, 1819-1860, important dents who have completed ENGL 421). literary ideas, criticism and major authors, such as Irving, Cooper, Emerson, Thoreau, ENGL 522 DEVELOPMENT OF THE Hawthorne, Melville and Poe. Prerequisites: BRITISH NOVEL: 20TH CENTURY (3) Two English courses (not open to students Modern fiction and its social background, who have completed ENGL 431). especially works by Joyce, Lawrence, Woolf, Forster, Waugh and Greene. Prerequisites: ENGL 532 LITERATURE OF THE AMERI- Two English courses (not open to students CAN REALISTIC PERIOD (3) Major writers, who have completed ENGL 422). such as Dickinson, Twain, Crane and James; important secondary writers; social and politi- ENGL 523 MODERN BRITISH POETRY cal backgrounds; important literary ideas and (3) Emphasis on Hopkins, Hardy, Yeats, criticism, 1860-1914. Prerequisites: Two Eng Auden, Spender, Sitwell, Thomas and Larkin. 248 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS lish courses (not open to students who have masters of fiction, with emphasis on Proust, completed ENGL 432). Mann and Joyce. Prerequisites: Two English courses (not open to students who have com- ENGL 533 AMERICAN SHORT STORY (3) pleted ENGL 441). Authors and schools, such as Irving, Haw- thorne, Poe, Hemingway, Welty, Wright, Por- ENGL 542 MODERN FICTION SINCE ter, local color writers, realists and naturalists. WORLD WAR II (3) Works of the significant Prerequisites: Two English courses (not open writers—English, American and Continen- to students who have completed ENGL 433). tal—of the past 30 years, including such figures as Grass, Robbe-Grillet, Solzhenitsyn and ENGL 535 DEVELOPMENT OF THE Burgess. Prerequisites: Two English courses AMERICAN NOVEL: 19TH CENTURY (3) (not open to students who have completed Major novelists, such as Cooper, Melville, ENGL 442). Hawthorne, Twain, Howells, James and Crane. Prerequisites: Two English courses (not ENGL 543 MYTH AND LITERATURE (3) open to students who have completed ENGL Literary reinterpretations of themes and fig- 435). ures from Greek and Roman mythology. Pre- requisites: Two English courses (not open to ENGL 536 DEVELOPMENT OF THE students who have completed ENGL 343). AMERICAN NOVEL: 20TH CENTURY (3) Major novelists, such as Fitzgerald, Heming- ENGL 547 WORLD LITERATURE WRIT- way and Faulkner. Prerequisites: Two English TEN IN ENGLISH (3) Literature originally courses (not open to students who have com- published in English from Africa, India, Aus- pleted ENGL 436). tralia, New Zealand, Canada and the West Indies. Mainly 20th-century fiction including ENGL 537 AMERICAN POETRY fiction, poetry and drama. Prerequisites: Two THROUGH FROST (3) Puritan beginnings English courses. through the early 20th century, with emphasis on Emerson, Poe, Whitman, Dickinson and ENGL 550 COMPARATIVE GRAMMAR Frost. Prerequisites: Two English courses (not (3) Study of English grammar: traditional, open to students who have completed ENGL structural and transformational. Prerequisites: 437). Two English courses (not open to students who have completed ENGL 350). ENGL 538 MODERN AMERICAN POETRY (3) Poetry and poetics of the modern period. ENGL 551 HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH Major authors including Eliot, Moore, Ste- LANGUAGE (3) Changes and reasons for the vens, and movements, studies include imag- changes in grammar, sound and vocabulary of ism, Harlem, Renaissance, and Objectivism. the language from Old English to modern times. Prerequisites: Two English courses. Prerequisites: Two English courses (not open to students who have completed ENGL 451). ENGL 539 CONTEMPORARY AMERI- CAN POETRY (3) American poetry and poet- ENGL 552 STRUCTURE OF THE ENG- ics since World War II. Major writers including LISH LANGUAGE (3) A linguistic approach Bishop, Lowell, Plath, Ashbery, Ginsberg, and to sounds, forms, syntax and usage. Prerequi- Sexton. Confessional, Black Mountain, Beat, sites: Two English courses (not open to stu- Language and Black Arts movements. Prereq- dents who have completed ENGL 452). uisites: Two English courses. ENGL 561 HISTORY OF LITERARY CRIT- ENGL 541 MODERN FICTION TO ICISM (3) Major statements in literary theory WORLD WAR II (3) Works of the modern from Aristotle to the present, including Hor- COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 249 ace, Sidney, Johnson, Coleridge, Eliot and Two English courses (not open to students Frye. Prerequisites: Two English courses (not who have completed ENGL 476). open to students who have completed ENGL 461). ENGL 577 TOPICS IN BLACK AMERICAN LITERATURE (3) Authors, periods, genres, ENGL 564 TOPICS IN LITERARY THE- or conventions. Content varies. May be ORY (3) Intensive study of a particular theo- repeated for a maximum of 6 units. retical approach to literature or literary study, including philosophical background and prac- ENGL 580 VOICES OF MEDIEVAL tical implications. Prerequisites: ENGL102 or WOMEN (3) Examines the voices assumed by ENGL 190. May be repeated for a maximum and assigned to women in European literature of 6 units under different topics. of the 10th to 15th centuries. Emphasis on medieval women authors, including Hrotsvit ENGL 565 BRITISH AND AMERICAN von Gandersheim, Hildegard von Bingen, PROSE (3) Nonfictional prose, with emphasis Heloise, Marie de France, Christine de Pizan on form and style. Prerequisites: Two English and Margery Kempe. Prerequisite: Two Eng- courses (not open to students who have com- lish courses. pleted ENGL 465). ENGL 585-586 SEMINAR IN ENGLISH ENGL 571 TOPICS IN WORLD LITERA- STUDIES (3) Intensive study of an area of TURE (3) Authors, periods, genres or conven- English studies including English, American tions. Variation in content from year to year; world literature, a particular period, school, may be re-elected once. Prerequisites: Two genre or topic including linguistic, critical the- English courses. ory, rhetoric or creative writing. Prerequisite: Junior standing. ENGL 572 TOPICS IN BRITISH LITERA- TURE (3) Authors, periods, genres or conven- ENGL 590 DIRECTED STUDIES IN ENG- tions. Variation in content; may be re-elected LISH (3) Independent reading of a specific once. Prerequisites: Two English courses. author, period, topic, problem or school of literature. Topic selected by student in consul- ENGL 573 TOPICS IN AMERICAN LIT- tation with professor. May be repeated for a ERATURE (3) Authors, periods, genres or maximum of 6 units only. Prerequisites: 18 conventions; variation in content. Prerequi- units in English or 12 units in English and 6 sites: Two English courses. units in a related discipline; minimum 3.00 average in English course work and the related ENGL 575 TOPICS IN LINGUISTICS (3) discipline; consent of department chair and Topics and issues in contemporary linguistics instructor (not open to students who have theory, with particular attention to recent completed ENGL 491). interdisciplinary subspecialty developments: psycholinguistics, sociolinguistics, pedagogic ENGL 594 TRAVEL AND STUDY (3-6) linguistics, etc. Topics to vary. Prerequisite: Places and topics to be selected by student in One linguistics course or consent of the consultation with instructor. Prerequisites: instructor. May be re-elected once (not open to Two English courses. students who have completed ENGL 475). ENGL 621 STUDIES IN ENGLISH LITERA- ENGL 576 TOPICS IN MULTIETHNIC TURE (3) Study of one major area of English AMERICAN LITERATURE (3) Possible top- literature (author, period, movement, etc.); ics include women in ethnic literature, Jewish areas vary from term to term. Prerequisite: writers and the Catholic novel. Variation in Graduate standing or consent of department. content; may be re-elected once. Prerequisites: 250 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ENGL 623 STUDIES IN LITERARY CRITI- ENVS 603 ENVIRONMENTAL LAW AND CISM (3) Study of one major area of literary REGULATIONS (3) Operation of the Ameri- criticism (author, period, movement, etc.); can legal system as it functions to control and areas vary from term to term. Prerequisite: remediate environmental problems; emphasis Graduate standing or consent of department. on the law and legal processes which govern environmental disputes; function of legal insti- ENGL 625 STUDIES IN AMERICAN LIT- tutions in these disputes; role of regulations in ERATURE (3) Study of one major area of environmental protection. Prerequisite: Admis- American literature (author, period, move- sion into the graduate program in Environ- ment, etc.); areas vary from term to term. mental Science or consent of the instructor. Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of department. ENVS 604 ECOSYSTEM ECOLOGY (4) Principles of ecosystem ecology; factors con- ENGL 627 STUDIES IN WORLD LITERA- trolling ecosystem structure and function; TURE (3) Study of one major area of world energy balance and biogeochemical cycles. literature (author, period, movement, etc.); Emphasis on ecological impacts of human areas vary from term to term. Prerequisite: alterations and urbanized ecosystems. Devel- Graduate standing or consent of department. opment of student capacity for systems thinking via modeling in fields and laboratory-based ENGL 631 STUDIES IN LINGUISTICS (3) investigative projects. Implications for envi- Topics in the technology and philosophy of ronmental management from local to global language: descriptive grammar, psycholinguis- scale. Some field work might require weekend tics, sociolinguistics, etc. Topics vary from obligations. Prerequisite: Admission into the term to term. Prerequisite: Graduate standing graduate program in Environmental Science or or consent of department. consent of the instructor.

ENVS 630 CONCEPTS OF ENVIRONMEN- ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE (ENVS) TAL ENGINEERING (3) Introduction to the principles and concepts of environmental engi- ENVS 601 TOPICS IN ENVIRONMENTAL neering for non-engineers; review and discus- GEOLOGY (4) Geological concepts related to sion of methods of assessment and design; developed and developing areas; topics include modeling methods used; critical assessment of earth materials, soils and soil formation, design and different design paradigms; prob- hydrological cycle, waste management, water lem solving approaches. Prerequisite: Admis- management, geological issues in land-use sion to the Environmental Science graduate decision making. Some field work might program or consent of instructor. require weekend obligations. Prerequisite: Admission into the graduate program in Envi- ENVS 635 WETLANDS IDENTIFICATION, ronmental Science or consent of the instructor. CONSERVATION AND DELINEATION (4) The ecological, chemical and physical princi- ENVS 602 ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMIS- ples of wetlands biology; characterization, TRY (4) Principles of chemistry applied to description and mapping of wetland habitats. environmental pollutants; physio-chemical Wetlands regulations and their ecological basis processes controlling pollutant transport, fate including hydric soil field indicators, interrela- and distribution; partitioning of water, soil and tionship of landscape, vegetation and soils. Use air as they relate to biotic systems. Some field of topographic maps, aerial photography, work might require weekend obligations. Pre- National Wetland Inventory maps and simple requisite: Admission into the graduate pro- survey techniques. Some field work might gram in Environmental Science or consent of require weekend obligations. Prerequisite: the instructor. Admission into the graduate program in Envi- ronmental Science or consent of the instructor. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 251

ENVS 640 ECOTOXICOLOGY (3) Fate, Environmental Science or consent of the activity and dose-response relationships of instructor. organisms to environmental toxicants; their absorption, distribution, metabolism and ENVS 798 RESEARCH PRACTICUM (3) An excretion; evaluation of physical, chemical and analytical paper on an approved topic written biological factors that influence toxicity. under faculty supervision. Students are Quantitative methods and models used in expected to demonstrate scientific literacy, acute and chronic toxicity studies. Prerequi- communication skills, critical thinking and site: Admission into the graduate program in critical analysis in the research practicum. Environmental Science or consent of the Note: This course cannot be repeated. Prereq- instructor. uisites: Admission to the Graduate Program in Environmental Science, completion of four ENVS 645 FLUVIAL GEOMORPHOLOGY core courses. Permit required. AND HYDROLOGY (4) Hydrologic and morphologic characteristics of streams and ENVS 897 THESIS (6) An original investiga- valley floors; landscape evolution by stream tion to be completed under the supervision of erosion and deposition, rainfall runoff rela- one or more faculty members. Credit is granted tionships. Field exercises include quantitative after the thesis is accepted. Prerequisites: Com- analysis of fluvial processes, channel forms, pletion of two core courses in the graduate mapping, topographic surveying, report writ- program in Environmental Science and ing. Some field work might require weekend endorsement by at least one member of the obligations. Prerequisite: Admission into the graduate faculty willing to serve as research graduate program in Environmental Science or adviser. consent of the instructor. ENVS 898 THESIS (3) The previous course, ENVS 650 AQUEOUS GEOCHEMISTRY (4) ENVS 897, taken over two consecutive terms. Application of thermodynamics, mass balance, systems science, and kinetics to understanding ENVS 899 THESIS CONTINUUM (1) mineral-water-contaminant interactions in natural and impacted aquatic systems on a variety of spatial and temporal scales. Some field work FAMILY STUDIES (FMST) might require weekend obligations. Prerequisite: Admission into the graduate program in Envi- FMST 505 PARENT-CHILD RELATION- ronmental Science or consent of the instructor. SHIPS ACROSS THE LIFESPAN (3) Parent- child relationships from pregnancy and ENVS 670 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN childbirth through the death of elderly parents ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE (1-3) Studies using systems and life perspectives. Cultural in selected content areas tailored to student and contextual factors shaping the parent- needs. This course may be repeated for a total child relationship. Prerequisites: FMST 101 or of 3 units. Prerequisites: Consent of instructor consent of instructor. and matriculation in the Environmental Sci- ence graduate program. FMST 515 SERVICES TO CHILDREN AND YOUTH (3) Overview of supports and ser- ENVS 680-689 SELECTED TOPICS IN vices necessary to foster healthy development ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCE (1-4) Topics in children, youth and families. Focuses on the in environmental science will be chosen. role of family and community influences in Course content and field exercises will be socializing children. Prerequisites: FMST 101, determined as to complement course offerings FMST 201, ECE 201, FMST 301, FMST 302, in environmental science. Some field work FMST 303 and FMST 305 or consent of might require weekend obligations. Prerequi- instructor. site: Admission into the graduate program in 252 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

FMST 540 THE HOSPITALIZED CHILD FMST 620 PROJECT IN FAMILY-FOCUSED AND FAMILY (3) Psychosocial and develop- PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT (3) Explora- mental needs of infants, children, adolescents tion of complex relationships in family pro- and families in a health care context, with a gram development, and student involvement focus on the roles and interventions of the in a family-focused service-learning project. child life specialist. Prerequisites: PSYC 101, Students will conduct initial field exploration SOCI 101, PSYC 203. to identify a focus area that could benefit from creative family programming. Potential service FMST 545 INTRODUCTION TO ART areas are school communities, social service THERAPY (3) An overview of the art therapy agencies and nonprofit programs. Prerequi- field, presenting its history, major practitioners sites: Graduate standing and consent of pro- and theoretical bases. Prerequisites: FMST gram director. 101 and PSYC 203. FMST 640 MEDICAL ASPECTS OF ILL- FMST 550 FUNDAMENTALS OF LEADER- NESS: A CHILD LIFE PERSPECTIVE (3) An SHIP IN THE NONPROFIT SECTOR (3) overview of the childhood disease process and Overview of nonprofit organizations, roles its possible impact on child and family. Prereq- and responsibilities of leaders, issues concern- uisite: FMST 340/540. ing nonprofits. Prerequisites: PSYC 101, SOCI 101, ENGL 102, FMST 101, FMST 201, FMST 670-679 SPECIAL TOPICS IN FAM- consent of chair. ILY STUDIES (3) Study of selected topics in family studies. Topics will vary according to FMST 570-579 SPECIAL TOPICS IN FAM- instructor. May be repeated for a maximum of ILY STUDIES (3) In-depth study of a selected 9 units. Prerequisites: Graduate standing and topic in family studies. May be repeated for a consent of program director. maximum of 9 units. Prerequisite: FMST 101. FMST 691 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN FMST 601 APPLIED FAMILY RELATION- FAMILY STUDIES (1-6) The independent SHIPS (3) Course explores the fundamental study course provides students with the oppor- components of the development and mainte- tunity to explore an in-depth topic specific to nance of family relationships. Student will the area of concentration under the direction critically analyze various perspectives and of graduate program faculty member. Course techniques of interpersonal relationships. Stu- may be repeated for a maximum of 6 units. dent will apply knowledge through case analy- Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent sis. Prerequisites: Graduate standing and of program director. consent of program director.

FMST 610 FAMILY-PROFESSIONAL COL- FINANCE (FIN) LABORATION (3) Problem-based learning from a multidisciplinary perspective to FIN 504 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT (3) enhance professional and family collabora- Basic concepts of financial management and tion. Prerequisites: Graduate standing and application in maximizing the value of a cor- consent of instructor. porate entity. Concepts include financial statement analysis, financial statement forecasting FMST 615 APPLIED RESEARCH METH- and planning, time value of money, financial ODS IN FAMILY SCIENCE (3) Program markets and interest rate determination, secu- evaluation methodology for assessment of rity pricing, the cost of capital, valuation, and practice in human services. Prerequisites: corporate financial acquisition and distribu- Graduate standing and consent of program tion policy. Prerequisites: ACCT 504, ECON director. 504, OPRE 504. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 253

FIN 640 FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT casting and valuation and development and AND POLICY (3) The objective of this course management of financial policy. Prerequisite: is to provide a comprehensive, intermediate FIN 640. level of coverage of topics in the areas of asset market structure, financial statement and anal- FIN 715 INVESTMENT ANALYSIS (3) A ysis, financial forecasting, measurement of risk study of valuation and measurement of risk and security pricing, capital budgeting, valua- and return of financial instruments in the con- tion, capital structure and the contingent claim text of modern portfolio theory. Coverage of (e.g. options and futures) environment and securities includes a variety of stock and bond pricing. An emphasis is placed on development types, as well as futures and options contracts. and implementation of spreadsheet models Prerequisites: Graduate standing and FIN applied to live business settings. The course is 640. designed to build upon the basic skills acquired in FIN 504 or its equivalent. Prerequisite: FIN FIN 720 GLOBAL FINANCE (3) The unique 504. issues faced by a corporation doing business in a global environment, especially regarding the FIN 700 FINANCIAL REPORTING (3) This efficient management of financial resources. course integrates US GAAP and International Topics include economic, transaction and Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS) to accounting exposure to currency price fluctua- develop student understandings of financial tions. Prerequisite: FIN 640. accounting transactions, reporting standards, and financial statements. Case materials and FIN 725 RISK MANAGEMENT (3) A com- financial statements of U.S. and international prehensive overview of concepts and tools of companies are incorporated. Topics include: corporate risk management. Critical questions standard setting, financial statement presenta- addressed include the motivation for risk man- tion issues, measurement issues (including fair agement, identification and measurement of value accounting), and classification and rec- risk, and managing risk trade-offs and value ognition issues. added. Coverage of risk management tools begins with the classic Value-at-Risk measure FIN 704 BANK MANAGEMENT (3) An in- and continues by developing and critiquing depth examination of the theory and practice more sophisticated methods, including the of financial decision-making for banks and application of options and futures contracts. other depository institutions using both a tra- Tools are then applied to problems of manag- ditional and a case approach. Topics include ing interest rate risk, credit risk and other bank performance analysis, strategic planning, forms of operating risk. Prerequisite: FIN 640. interest-rate risk management, liquidity management, investment management, loan man- FIN 730 FIXED INCOME SECURITIES (3) agement, securitization and global bank An introduction to the analysis of fixed income activities. Prerequisite: FIN 640. securities, beginning with an overview of the bond market and its mechanisms. A detailed FIN 705 ADVANCED FINANCIAL ANALY- and rigorous examination of bond characteris- SIS (3) Designed to extend the knowledge and tics and the mathematics of bonds will be skills acquired in FIN 640 by applying the made. Analysis will extend to a range of fixed tools of financial analysis and decision-making income securities, such as treasury securities, at the advanced level. A variety of case and corporate securities and mortgages. Broader other live problem applications include cover- strategies for fixed-income portfolio manage- age of the areas of diagnostic financial statement will also be examined. Prerequisite: FIN ment analysis, complex time value of money 640. applications, capital market theory and portfolio management, financial performance fore- 254 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

FIN 735 FINANCIAL MODELING (3) Cov- erage includes identification and assessment of ers the standard financial models in both cor- capital needs, financial planning, sources of porate finance and investments, including capital and the role of venture capital and the capital budgeting, capital asset pricing model, capital markets in financing entrepreneurial bond calculations and option models. These organizations. Prerequisite: FIN 640. models will be implemented using Excel and/ or MATLAB. Prerequisite: FIN 640. FIN 780 BUSINESS VALUATION (3) Build- ing on the theory and techniques of cash flow FIN 745 DERIVATIVE INSTRUMENTS (3) analysis, valuation and investments, this Provides information relevant to a wide range course involves a study of the methods and of derivative instruments, including financial motives for corporate restructuring. Topics and agricultural options, equity options, include market discipline and incentive align- futures options, currency options and index ment, reinvestment and distribution of cash options. Emphasis is on pricing models, as well flows, managing capital structure and mergers, as on strategies to identify, price, hedge and acquisitions and divestitures. Prerequisite: FIN transfer risk using derivative instruments. Pre- 640. requisite: FIN 640. FIN 797 SPECIAL TOPICS IN FINANCIAL FIN 750 REAL ESTATE INVESTMENT (3) MANAGEMENT (3) Specialized topics in Advanced course in the analysis and valuation finance, allowing flexibility for both the chang- of real property, with an emphasis on income- ing developments in finance and the educa- producing property. Topics include: cash flow tional needs of students. Topic areas may analysis, internal rate of return calculations include entrepreneurial finance, cash and under uncertainty, basic appraisal techniques, liquidity. Exact topics are posted in the univer- alternative financing forms, market analysis sity schedule of classes. May be repeated for and the securitization of real property and credit as topics vary. Prerequisite: FIN 640 or mortgages. Both theory and case analysis are area approval. used. Prerequisite: FIN 640. FIN 799 INDIVIDUAL RESEARCH (1-3) FIN 760 SOCIAL ENTERPRISE AND Individual research in an area of interest to the ENTREPRENEURSHIP (3) Successful non- student. The expectation is that work equiva- profit organizations are constantly challenged lent to a regular graduate course will be com- to expand their impact, be socially responsible pleted. Formal paper(s) will be written under and fiscally accountable and find new sources the supervision of a full-time faculty member. of revenue. In response, more and more orga- Prerequisite: approval of chair of Division of nizations are discovering innovative ways to Economics, Finance and Management Science. generate both financial and social returns on their investments. Students and selected nonprofits learn about successful ventures and FORENSIC SCIENCE (FRSC) engage in lectures and hands-on work to determine the feasibility of entrepreneurial ideas, FRSC 600 FORENSIC SCIENCE AND LAW recognize and overcome financial obstacles (3) Study of the judicial response and require- and convert social venture ideas into reality. ments to uses of forensic science analysis of Prerequisites: MGMT 760 or MKTG 762, and physical evidence in the investigation, prosecu- FIN 640 tion and defense of a crime with an emphasis on legal casework associated with rules of FIN 770 entrepreneurial finance admissibility of evidence. A practicum involv- and venture capital (3) Financing an ing mock trial courtroom testimony is essential entrepreneurial organization from start-up to part of the course. Ethics in Forensic Science initial public offering and beyond. Topic cov- and Q.A. STDs are also presented. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 255

FRSC 601 FORENSIC MOLECULAR BIO- FRSC 621 ADVANCED DNA TECHNOLO- CHEMISTY (3) Overview of the principles of GIES (3) Instruction and laboratory practice in molecular biology and genetics as it applies to identifying body fluid stains as to their source forensic science including DNA metabolism, using current state-of-the-art DNA technology. recombination and mapping, repeat DNA Instrumental methods of analysis will be sequences, statistics and significance of varia- emphasized; capillary electrophoresis and tion, Polymerase Chain Reaction, human iden- genetic analyzer. Interpretation of DNA data tification through DNA technologies, using appropriate software and statistics. Use population genetics, relationship analyses and of the national DNA CODIS database. Four databasing. hours of lecture/laboratory per week. Prereq- uisite: FRSC 620. FRSC 602 FORENSIC CHEMISTRY (3) Introduction to chemical and physical analyses FRSC 640 CHEMISTRY OF DANGEROUS used by a modern crime laboratory in the DRUGS (3) A study of the chemistry, methods evaluation of physical evidence encountered in of detection and analysis of narcotics, depres- criminal acts. Areas of concentration will sants, stimulants and hallucinogens. Also, the include crime scene, drug analysis, toxicology, influence of physicochemical properties upon explosives analysis, arson examination, fire- the pharmacological effects of drug-receptor arms and tool marks, fingerprints, footwear interactions. Historical, forensic and socio- and tire impressions, and trace evidence. economic implications associated with drug Emphasis will be placed on the value of such abuse will also be reviewed. Three lecture/lab examinations as presented by the expert wit- hours. ness in criminal trial. Four lecture/laboratory hours. FRSC 650 FORENSIC MICROSCOPY (3) Instruction and laboratory practice in the FRSC 610 FORENSIC SEROLOGY (3) methods of collecting, handling, preparing, Instruction and laboratory practice in identify- identifying and comparing items of trace and ing body fluids and body fluid stains using biological evidence and utilization of the ste- various biochemical, instrumental, micro- reomicroscope, microspectrophotometer, scopic and electrophoretic methods to deter- polarizing microscope, compound microscope, mine their possible origin and species prior to fluorescent microscope, hot stage microscope, forensic DNA analysis. Blood spatter pattern SEM and comparison microscope. Four hours recognition will be described and used in of lecture/laboratory per week. determining the most probative samples for study at the crime scene and on evidence FRSC 660 DEATH ANALYSIS IN FOREN- samples to undergo analysis. Four hours of SIC SCIENCE (3) Forensic examination of the lecture/laboratory per week. Prerequisite: deceased through a multifaceted approach of FRSC 601. different forensic specialties. Topics include identifying the deceased, determining the cause FRSC 620 DNA TECHNOLOGIES (3) and manner of death and establishing the post- Instruction and laboratory practice in identify- mortem interval. ing body fluids and body fluid stains as to their source using state-of-the-art DNA technology. FRSC 670 FORENSIC ANALYTICAL Methods include extraction of DNA from METHODS (3) Four integrated laboratory forensic biological samples, quantification of lecture hours; analytical instrumentation used the extracted DNA, molecular amplification of for analysis of drugs, arson, explosives and the extracted DNA and visualization of short trace evidence. Laboratory work includes sam- segments known as short tandem repeats or ple preparation, handling, analysis and data STRs. Four hours of lecture/laboratory per interpretation for samples from simulated week. Prerequisite: FRSC 610. crime scenes. Use and conformity to standard 256 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS protocols, quality assurance, and quality con- FRENCH (FREN) trol methods, statistical methods for calibration and analysis of data. Four hours of FREN 501 FRENCH PHONETICS (3) Pro- Lecture/Laboratory per week. nunciation and analysis of spoken French, based on phonological theory. Conducted in FRSC 787 GRADUATE INTERNSHIP IN French. Prerequisite: FREN 301/302 or equiv- FORENSIC SCIENCE (3) Supervised labora- alent (not open to native speakers of French). tory experience relating forensic theory and practice. The internship may be carried out in FREN 502 APPLIED FRENCH LINGUIS- a commercial, city, county or federal labora- TICS (3) Phonetics, morphology, syntax, tory. One hundred fifty hours required. Stu- points of interference. Linguistic study relating dents may have to submit to drug screen and to methodology for French teachers. Con- polygraph at the internship laboratory. ducted in French. Prerequisite: FREN 301/302 or equivalent. FRSC 797 GRADUATE SEMINAR FOR FORENSIC SCIENCE (1) Student reports and FREN 511 THE FRENCH NOVEL (3) Study discussion dealing with forensic research. An of the French novel and narrative techniques abstract, outline of the seminar and bibliogra- from the 17th century to the present day. Con- phy are required. A maximum of 1 unit is ducted in French. Prerequisite: FREN 321/322 allowable for an M.S. degree in Forensic Sci- or equivalent. ence. One hour per week. FREN 521 FRENCH LITERATURE OF FRSC 880/881 RESEARCH PROJECT IN THE 17TH CENTURY I (3) Selected works FORENSIC SCIENCE (3) Laboratory investi- from France’s major classical writers. Prerequi- gation of a problem of forensic significance site: FREN 321/322 or equivalent. under the direction of a faculty member. The project can be carried out at a cooperating FREN 525 FRENCH LITERATURE OF forensic laboratory under the joint supervision THE 18TH CENTURY (3) Principal works of of a faculty member and a cooperating foren- the major writers with the concurrent library sic scientist. Substantial written report and and philosophical trends. Conducted in oral presentation required. May be repeated French. Prerequisite: FREN 321/322 or equiv- for a maximum of 6 units. Prerequisite: One alent. semester before beginning their project, students must present a written research proposal FREN 531 FRENCH LITERATURE OF for approval by a Research Mentoring Team. THE 19TH CENTURY (3) Selected works of major writers and literary movements: roman- FRSC 885 PROJECT CONTINUATION IN ticism, realism, naturalism and symbolism. FORENSIC SCIENCE (1) Continuation of Conducted in French. Prerequisites: FREN graduate project in forensic science. Prerequi- 321/322 or equivalent. site: Previous registration for project work. FREN 541 FRENCH LITERATURE OF FRSC 897 THESIS RESEARCH (6) Original THE 20TH CENTURY (3) The evolution investigation to be completed under the super- from fin de siècle to the present day of the vision of one or more faculty members. Credit novel, the theatre and poetry as reflections of is granted after the thesis is accepted. the artistic and philosophical developments leading to the modern age. Shifting emphasis FRSC 899 THESIS CONTINUUM (1) from term to term. Conducted in French. Pre- requisite: FREN 321/322 or equivalent.

FREN 561 FRENCH DRAMA (3) Develop- ment of the French theatre from medieval to COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 257 modern times; its literature and staging, illus- FREN 670-679 SPECIAL TOPICS IN trated by representative plays. Shifting empha- FRENCH LANGUAGE, LITERATURE sis from term to term. Conducted in French. AND CIVILIZATION (3) Discussion of a Prerequisites: FREN 321, 322. central topic with changing emphasis from year to year. Prerequisite: Undergraduate FREN 570-592 DIRECTED READINGS IN degree in French or consent of department FRENCH (1-3) Discussion of a central topic chair. with changing emphasis from year to year. Prerequisites: FREN 321 and 322, or equiva- GENERAL STUDIES (GENL) lent. GENL 501 TOPICS IN SOCIAL SCIENCE FREN 591-592 DIRECTED READINGS IN (3) Issues and problems to be selected by the FRENCH (1-3) Reserved for superior students instructor and studied from the multiple under the guidance of a departmental adviser. approaches of various social sciences. Prereq- Conducted in French. Prerequisite: Graduate uisite: 15 units in the social sciences. standing. GENL 511 CREATIVE METHODS OF FREN 605 FRENCH STYLISTIQUES (3) SOLVING PROBLEMS WORKSHOP (3) Practice in writing and comparison of style of The theory and practice of creative problem- various writers. Intensive and detailed textual solving techniques. Analysis and practical explanation. Conducted in French. Prerequi- application of creative processes with atten- site: Undergraduate degree in French or con- tion to skills in data gathering, problem analy- sent of department chair. sis, idea production, solution evaluation and strategy development for implementation. FREN 633 SEMINAR ON FRENCH CLAS- Individual and small group work will be SICISM (3) The origins and underlying ideas employed. Prerequisites: PSYC 101, EDUC of classicism. Conducted in French. Prerequi- 445, GENL 203 or consent of instructor. site: Undergraduate degree in French or consent of department chair. GENL 521 INTERDISCIPLINARY WORK- SHOP IN ASIAN STUDIES (3) Intensive study FREN 635 SEMINAR IN MEDIEVAL of a chosen region of Asia, including its physical FRENCH LITERATURE (3) Concentration environment, historical development, govern- on a particular topic or on one or two major ment, society, culture and their interrelation- authors; may be reelected once. Prerequisite: ships. An interdisciplinary team of faculty Undergraduate degree in French or consent of experts will participate, and the region of Asia department chair. studied will vary according to demand. Prereq- uisite: Approval of graduate program director. FREN 638 SEMINAR IN 18TH-CENTURY FRENCH LITERATURE (3) The literature of the French Enlightenment, concentrating on GEOGRAPHY AND one or two major authors. Conducted in ENVIRONMENTAL PLANNING French. Prerequisite: Undergraduate degree in (GEOG) French or consent of department chair. GEOG 502 ENERGY RESOURCES (3) Spa- FREN 639 THE ROMANTIC ERA IN tial patterns of traditional and alternative FRANCE (3) Sources and theories of romanti- forms of energy will be analyzed. The many cism. Work of major French romantic writers. facets of the energy problem will be analyzed Conducted in French. Prerequisite: Under- including physical deposits, economic vari- graduate degree in French or consent of ables, public policy implication and geograph- department chair. ical patterns. Prerequisite: 6 units of geography or consent of instructor. 258 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

GEOG 503 SOILS AND VEGETATION (3) be required to do fieldwork. Prerequisite: 6 A resource study of the world’s soils and plant units of geography or consent of instructor. formations with emphasis placed upon their genesis and spatial differentiations. Prerequi- GEOG 516 QUANTITATIVE METHODS sites: GEOG 101 and one of the following: IN GEOGRAPHY (3) Focus on statistical CHEM 101, BIOL 110, BIOL 201 or BIOL problems associated with the analysis of geo- 205. graphic data. Emphasis on the unique spatial problems of point pattern analysis, aerial asso- GEOG 504 INTERPRETATION OF AER- ciation and regionalization. Prerequisite: 6 IAL PHOTOGRAPHS (3) Reading and inter- units of geography, MATH 119 or consent of pretation of aerial photographs. The application instructor. of the aerial photograph in the fields of geography, geology and photogrammetry. Prerequi- GEOG 517 METEOROLOGY (3) Examines site: GEOG 232 or consent of instructor. the composition and structure of the atmosphere, thermodynamic processes, forces and GEOG 505 CARTOGRAPHY AND GRAPH- related small and large scale motions, air ICS I (3) Study in design, construction and masses, fronts, tropical cyclones, solar and ter- effective application of maps and charts for restrial radiation, general circulation and analysis and publication; practical exercises in weather forecasting. Field work may be the use of cartographic tools, materials and required. Prerequisite: 6 units of natural sci- techniques. Prerequisite: GEOG 232 or consent ence or geography or the equivalent. of instructor. GEOG 519 POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY (3) GEOG 510 HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY Examines the composition and structure of the OF URBANIZATION (3) Spatial and tempo- atmosphere, thermodynamic processes, forces ral development of urbanization and urban and related small and large-scale motions, air morphology from the rise of civilization in the masses, fronts, tropical cyclones, solar and ter- ancient Near East to the contemporary post- restrial radiation, general circulation and industrial city. The entire scope of urban func- weather forecasting. Field work may be tions is surveyed, with the emphasis on the city required. Prerequisite: 6 units of natural sci- as a manmade environment. Prerequisite: 6 ence or geography or the equivalent. units of geography or consent of instructor. GEOG 520 POPULATION GEOGRAPHY GEOG 511 CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY (3) (3) General population theory, data sources Study of origins and diffusion of cultures and for population geographers and the processes the resulting impact in creating the world’s of fertility, mortality and migration. Patterns contrasting cultural landscapes. Prerequisite: 6 of population growth and change viewed from units of geography or consent of instructor. both temporal and geographical perspectives. Prerequisite: 6 units of geography or consent GEOG 512 ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY (3) of instructor. Designed to explain the location of economic activities through a series of principles and GEOG 522 URBAN SYSTEMS I (3) Survey theories. Emphasis on the various sectors of of the structure, functions, forms and develop- the economy, transportation and economic ment of urban units. Emphasis upon the loca- development. Prerequisite: 6 units of geogra- tional features of social, economic and cultural phy or consent of instructor. phenomena; fieldwork required. Prerequisite: 6 units of geography or consent of instructor. GEOG 515 CLIMATOLOGY (3) Character, causes and distribution of climatic types. GEOG 523 GIS APPLICATIONS (3) Geo- Emphasis upon world pattern. Students may graphic information systems for solving real- world problems; vector-based GIS software, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 259 microcomputers for development of a GIS GEOG 559 GEOGRAPHICAL ASPECTS OF application. Prerequisite: Introduction to GIS POLLUTION (3) A systematic study of the or consent of instructor. spatial aspects of air and water pollution, with special emphasis on pollution in the greater GEOG 551 GROWTH OF GEOGRAPHIC Baltimore area. Field trips will be conducted to THOUGHT (3) History, nature and method- pollution sites and pollution control agencies ology of geography as a discipline. Analysis of within the local area. Prerequisite: 6 units of schools of geographic thought and critical geography or consent of instructor. evaluation of important geographic work. Prerequisite: 6 units of geography or consent GEOG 560 GEOGRAPHY OF THE UNITED of instructor. STATES AND CANADA (3) Physical and cultural landscapes of the United States and GEOG 552 SEVERE AND HAZARDOUS Canada, including patterns of economic devel- WEATHER (3) Severe and Hazardous opment of each region and their relationship Weather examines the complexities and power to their environmental setting. Prerequisite: 6 of severe and hazardous weather, providing units of geography or consent of instructor. and understanding of the way events, such as thunderstorms, tornados, and hurricanes, GEOG 561 GEOGRAPHY OF MARYLAND develop and evolve within the atmosphere. (3) A geographical study of the Middle Atlan- Topics include the descriptions and physical tic region emphasizing Maryland in its mega- explanations of the types of severe wand haz- politan setting. Much attention will be given to ardous weather along their societal and politi- the human and physical elements which have cal Implications. Prerequisite: GEOG 101, led to the prominence of this region. A super- GEOL 357 or GEOG 377. vised research paper will be an important part of this course. Prerequisite: 6 units of geogra- GEOG 553 COMPREHENSIVE PLANNING phy or consent of instructor. (3) The integration of separate urban systems into the comprehensive design of an urban GEOG 562 GEOGRAPHY OF AFRICA (3) A region. Special emphasis will be placed on systematic and regional approach to the study neighborhood, community and town plan- of people and environment of Africa, south of ning. Fieldwork may be required. Prerequi- the Sahara. Special focus is placed on the dis- sites: GEOG 391 and GEOG 392 or equivalent tribution of natural resources and the histori- and consent of instructor. cal-political development of each country as important background for the understanding GEOG 554 RETHINKING BRAZIL (3) of current African affairs. Prerequisite: 6 units Regional analysis of Brazil: human and physi- of geography or consent of instructor. cal geography, historical perspectives, humanities, cultural geography, and critical thinking GEOG 563 THE SILK ROAD: THE GEOG- of Brazil in its role as regional and global par- RAPHIES OF CENTRAL EURASIA (3) Cen- ticipant. Perspectives on the problematization tral Asia geographies and histories in the of national, racial, and regional identities, and contest of the extended Silk Road Region; its of historical legacies upon Brazil today. Prereq- cultural identities. Political economics, and uisites: GEOG 102 or GEOG 105 or GEOG ideological struggles; the bonds and interac- 109. tions of the emerging nations of Central Asia with Russia, the U.S., China, Turkey, and Iran. GEOG 557 STUDIES IN NATURAL HAZ- Prerequisite: Instructor permission. ARDS (3) The nature, frequency of occurrence and distribution of environmental hazards and GEOG 564 GEOGRAPHY OF EAST ASIA their impact on humans. Prerequisite: 6 units (3) Regional studies of the physical and cul- of geography or consent of instructor. tural foundations in China, Japan and Korea. 260 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Emphasis upon human and economic resources GEOG 570-579 SEMINAR: SELECTED and role in world affairs. Prerequisite: 6 units TOPICS IN GEOGRAPHY (3) Reading and of geography or consent of instructor. research in selected topics in the field of geography. Seminar topics will be announced. Pre- GEOG 565 GEOGRAPHY OF THE MID- requisite: 6 units of geography or consent of DLE EAST (3) Analysis of Southwest Asia and instructor. North Africa, including major natural and cultural resources, related patterns of spatial GEOG 582 GEOGRAPHY/ENVIRONMEN- organization, economic and political develop- TAL PLANNING INTERNSHIP (1-6) Super- ment and associated problems. Prerequisite: 6 vised placement and research in selected public units of geography or consent of instructor. and private agencies at appropriate institutions. Prerequisites: Consent of chair and 6 GEOG 566 GEOGRAPHY OF EUROPE (3) units in geography. May be repeated for a Regional analysis and appraisal of the human maximum of 6 units (not open to students geography and natural resources of Europe. who have completed 6 units in GEOG 479). Problems of nationality, economic development and cultural conflicts. Prerequisite: 6 GEOG 583 FIELD GEOGRAPHY (2-6) Prac- units of geography or consent of instructor. tical laboratory experience in techniques in the collection and analysis of data by observa- GEOG 567 THE RUSSIAN COLOSSUS: tions, measurements, mapping and photo- HISTORICAL AND CONTEMPORARY graphic records. Such techniques are to be GEOGRAPHIES OF RUSSIA (3) Diverse applied to selected geographic problems. Pre- human and physical geographical aspects of requisite: 6 units of geography or consent of Russia’s complex historical and contemporary instructor. development and its relationships with its neighbors. The interrelationships between GEOG 584 TRAVEL AND STUDY (3-6) people and their environments; physical, Countries and topics to be selected by depart- social, economic, political, demographic, and ments and instructors sponsoring the program. cultural, are considered. Prerequisite: 6 units For complete information contact the chair of of geography or consent of instructor. the department. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. May be repeated for a maximum of GEOG 568 GEOGRAPHY OF LATIN 6 units. AMERICA (3) Analysis of Latin America will be focusing on the interrelationships between GEOG 585 DIRECTED READING IN physical and cultural elements which provide a GEOGRAPHY (3) Independent reading in diversity of human habitats throughout the selected areas of geography. Open by invita- region. Prerequisite: 6 units of geography or tion from the geography department to stu- consent of instructor; may be repeated for a dents taking a major or minor in Geography. maximum of 6 units. Prerequisites: 15 units in geography and a minimum average of 3.00 in geography course GEOG 569 THE TWO DOWN UNDERS: work. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 GEOGRAPHIES OF AUSTRALIA AND units. AOTEAROA-NEW ZEALAND (3) Analysis of the physical and cultural landscapes of Aus- GEOG 586 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN tralia and Aotearoa/New Zealand, including GEOGRAPHY (1-6) Independent research, patterns of settlement and economic develop- study or field experience under supervision of ment and the relationship of these patterns to a member of the geography faculty. Designed their environmental settings. Emphasis on the for advanced students who wish to conduct historical backgrounds of these countries’ independent investigation on aspects of geog- present landscapes. Prerequisites: 6 units of raphy which are of special interest or not cov- geography or permission of the instructor. ered in other courses. Registration arranged COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 261 with department chair. Prerequisites: Advanced and techniques applied to the study of health undergraduate standing with at least 18 units issues in contemporary society. Emphasis on in geography or graduate standing. May be tools, methodology and problem-solving situ- repeated for a maximum of 6 units. ations. Prerequisite: GEOG 375 or consent of instructor. GEOG 587 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ANALYSIS (3) The collection and analysis of GEOG 653 ADVANCED TOPICS ON ENVI- physical, social, biological and economic infor- RONMENTAL HAZARDS (3) Selected mation for the preparation of environmental advanced topics on the human dimensions of impact statements (EIS). Prerequisite: 6 units environmental hazards and disasters. Topics of geography or consent of instructor. may include social vulnerability, hazard assessment, mitigation planning and emergency man- GEOG 601 SEMINAR ON GEOGRAPHI- agement, hazards and development, gender CAL PERSPECTIVES (3) Study of major issues, and GIS applications. May be repeated subfields of geography as they have emerged in under a different subtitle for a maximum of 9 the 20th century and their differing view- units. No more than 9 units may be applied points. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. toward the degree. Prerequisites: Graduate standing and consent of the instructor. GEOG 621 RESEARCH TECHNIQUES (3) Investigating the primary sources of informa- GEOG 661 STUDIES IN ECONOMIC tion in geography and learning the nature of GEOGRAPHY (3) The study of selected geo- original investigation. Prerequisite: Graduate graphical topics dealing with spatial distribu- standing. tions of economic activities. Topics will be announced. Prerequisite: Consent of depart- GEOG 625 PLANNING FOR A SUSTAIN- ment. No more than 6 units may be applied ABLE REGION (3) The theory and practice of toward the degree. comprehensive regional planning as well as methods for assuring sustainability. Prerequi- GEOG 671 STUDIES IN PHYSICAL GEOG- site: A graduate-level planning course or con- RAPHY (3) Selected geographical topics deal- sent of instructor. ing with physical landscape phenomena, especially with regard to distribution, relation- GEOG 631 REMOTE SENSING (3) Remote ships and significance to mankind. Topics will sensing systems. Interpretation and use of the be announced. Prerequisite: Consent of depart- data products, with emphasis on Land Satellite ment. No more than 6 units may be applied Imagery (Landsat). Prerequisite: Consent of toward a degree. department. GEOG 672-679 SPECIAL TOPICS IN GEOG 641 APPLIED PHYSICAL GEOGRA- GEOGRAPHY AND ENVIRONMENTAL PHY (3) Physical environment as it influences PLANNING (3) Topics in geography or envi- and is altered by human activities. Prerequisite: ronmental planning. Varies each term. Prereq- GEOG 101 or equivalent. uisite: Consent of department.

GEOG 651 SEMINAR IN APPLIED POPU- GEOG 681 SEMINAR IN POLITICAL LATION GEOGRAPHY (3) Focus on obtain- GEOGRAPHY (2-6) Special subjects dealing ing, interpreting and using population data for with geography of international politics, e.g. applied purposes. Prerequisite: Consent of boundary problems, global strategy, space, instructor. sovereignty. Topics to be announced. No more than 6 units may be applied toward the degree. GEOG 652 SEMINAR IN MEDICAL GEOG- Prerequisite: Consent of department. RAPHY (3) Medical geographic principles 262 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

GEOG 683 SEMINAR: ENVIRONMENTAL GEOG 898 THESIS (3) The previous course, PROBLEMS IN MARYLAND (3) Individual GEOG 897, taken over two consecutive terms. research on a selected environmental problem in Maryland. Prerequisite: Consent of depart- GEOG 899 THESIS CONTINUUM (1) ment.

GEOG 691 URBAN GEOGRAPHY STUD- GEOLOGY (GEOL) IES (2-6) Selected topics dealing with the application of geography to planning, retail GEOL 505 ENVIRONMENTAL GEOLOGY and industrial location, and trade analysis; (4) Earth’s natural surface systems (hydrologic, topics to be announced. Prerequisite: Consent atmospheric and climatic): causes and extent of of department. No more than 6 units may be human modifications; potential solutions to applied toward a degree. resulting problems. Introduction to standard field and laboratory methods in environmental GEOG 701 LAND USE STUDIES (2-6) geology. Field trips required. Three lecture hours Selected problems of urban, rural and rural- and three lab hours. Prerequisite: GEOL 121. urban landscapes, which consider and account for geographic differences in land utilization; GEOL 515 HYDROGEOLOGY (4) Geologic topics to be announced. Prerequisite: Consent aspects of ground water; origin, occurrence of department. No more than 6 units may be and movement. Field trips required. Prerequi- applied toward a degree. sites: CHEM 111, PHYS 211 or PHYS 241; recommended: GEOL 321 and GEOL 443. GEOG 771 SEMINAR IN REGIONAL GEOGRAPHY (2-6) Description, analysis and GEOL 521 STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY (4) interpretation of natural and cultural phenom- The identification and analysis of tectonic ena in certain significant geographic regions; forms to determine the physical conditions of seminar topics will be announced. Prerequi- formation and the context of historical geo- site: Consent of department. No more than 6 logical events in which they occur. Three lec- units may be applied toward a degree. ture hours and three laboratory hours. Field trips required. Prerequisites: GEOL 121 and GEOG 796 INTERNSHIP IN GLOBAL PHYS 211 or equivalent. SKILLS (3-6) Students will enroll in an internship with a governmental or non-governmen- GEOL 531 MINERALOGY (4) The study of tal organization whose work is concerned with minerals with emphasis on crystallography, issues of international scope. This course is crystal chemistry and chemical-structural clas- open only to students in the accelerated mas- sification. Laboratory identification of miner- ter’s program in Geography, and who have als both in hand specimen and thin section by taken GEOG 621 Research Methods. Students application of principles of optical mineralogy, enrolled in GEOG 796 must have a faculty by chemical analysis, and by x-ray diffraction supervisor oversee their internship. analysis. Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours. Prerequisites: GEOL 121 and GEOG 797 RESEARCH (2-6) Investigation of CHEM 110. problem or problems based upon field and library study, which will contribute to geo- GEOL 533 PETROLOGY OF IGNEOUS graphical knowledge. Prerequisite: Consent of AND METAMORPHIC ROCKS (4) Study of department. No more than 6 units may be the properties and genesis of two major rock applied toward a degree. groups. Megascopic and microscopic techniques in rock classification. Environments of GEOG 897 MASTER’S THESIS (6) Prerequi- formation. Case studies from the Maryland sites: GEOG 621 and consent of department. Piedmont. Three lecture hours and three laboratory hours . Prerequisite: GEOL 331. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 263

GEOL 541 OPTICAL MINERALOGY AND plinary approach to the urban environment as PETROGRAPHY (3) Course includes the a physical and social context for the diverse theory and application of polarized light and lifestyle of its older residents. Theoretical elements of crystallography in the analysis of approaches to aging and the environment with rock-forming minerals by use of a petro- emphasis on the impact of communities and graphic microscope. Prerequisite: GEOL 333. built environments.

GEOL 543 SEDIMENTOLOGY AND GERO 550 DIRECTED READINGS IN STRATIGRAPHY (4) Production, transport GERONTOLOGY (3) Systematic inquiry into and deposition of sediments and sedimentary a topic of the student’s choice. Prerequisites: bodies for the development of facies models Graduate standing and consent of adviser. useful in interpretation of the stratigraphic records. Prerequisites: GEOL 121 and CHEM GERO 567 DEATH, DYING AND 110. Not open to students who have success- BEREAVEMENT (3) Examination of present fully completed PHSC 443. social considerations on death, including demographic, attitudinal and ritualistic vari- GEOL 551 PETROLOGY OF SEDIMEN- ables; death education through the life cycle; TARY ROCKS (3) Macro and microscopic structure of the grief process; impact of termi- analysis of sedimentary rocks. Classifications nal illness on the patient and the family; ethical and diagentic processes. Prerequisite: GEOL issues surrounding euthanasia and suicide. 443. Offered spring term alternate years. Prerequisite: SOCI 101.

GEOL 557 PHYSICAL OCEANOGRAPHY GERO 601 SEMINAR IN PROFESSIONAL (3) Physical, chemical and geologic character- GERONTOLOGICAL ISSUES (3) Issues istics of ocean basins, boundaries and sea related to demographic changes, community water including origin and behavior of waves services and standards for specific service areas. and currents. Prerequisite: PHYS 211 or PHYS 241 and CHEM 110, or consent of instructor. GERO 610 APPLIED RESEARCH METH- ODS (3) Research methods for applied prac- GEOL 570-579 SPECIAL TOPICS IN GEOL- tice settings. Prerequisite: PSYC 212 or consent OGY (1-4) The study of special topics in the of instructor. Geosciences. Special topics will be determined by their need for study and relevance to exist- GERO 620 LEGAL ISSUES IN GERONTO- ing courses. May be repeated for a maximum LOGICAL PRACTICE (3) Legal and regula- of 6 units provided a different topic is covered. tory issues in gerontological practice. Special permit required. GERO 625 GERIATRIC CARE MANAGE- GEOL 595 REGIONAL GEOLOGY (2) MENT (3) Fundamental principles and prac- Design and successful completion of a geologi- tice standards of professional geriatric care cal research project based on a problem of management. regional significance. Project results will be presented in a forum. Field trips required. Pre- GERO 684 GERONTOLOGICAL PRACTI- requisites: GEOL 121, 123, 489, and two CUM (3) Supervised practicum in community additional upper-level geology courses. agency or organization. Prerequisites: Substan- tial completion of M.S. program and permission of faculty adviser. GERONTOLOGY (GERO) GERO 685 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN GERO 530 COMMUNITY PLANNING GERONTOLOGICAL PRACTICE (3) Inde- FOR AN AGING SOCIETY (3) Multidisci- pendent research in gerontological practice 264 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS area. Prerequisites: Substantial completion of the impact of cost-containment efforts, quality M.S. program and permission of faculty and malpractice concerns, profit seeking in adviser. health, biomedical advances and new delivery mechanisms. Formerly HLTH 541. Prerequi- site: Consent of instructor. GERMAN (GERM)

GERM 570-579 SPECIAL TOPICS IN GER- HEALTH SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT MAN (3) Discussion of a central topic, with (HSMG) changing emphasis from year to year. Con- These courses are offered at the University of ducted in German. Prerequisite: GERM 321 Baltimore only as part of the UB/TU joint or equivalent. MBA program.

GERM 591-592 DIRECTED READINGS IN HSMG 630 THE LEGAL ENVIRONMENT GERMAN (1-3) Reserved for superior stu- OF HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT (3) dents under the guidance of a departmental Provides a framework for understanding the adviser. Conducted in German. Prerequisite: legal implications of advancing medical tech- Graduate standing. nologies and of new forms for health-services financing and delivery systems. GERM 670-679 SPECIAL TOPICS IN GER- MAN (3) Discussion of a central topic con- HSMG 650 QUANTITATIVE MANAGE- cerning literature and society, with changing MENT METHODS FOR DECISIONS IN emphasis from year to year. Prerequisite: HEALTH SYSTEMS (3) Provides an opera- Undergraduate degree in German or consent tional understanding of quantitative models to of department chair. support resource allocation decisions. Students will develop an understanding of the process of quantitative modeling; learn to identify HEALTH CARE MANAGEMENT appropriate and inappropriate applications of (HCMN) techniques such as linear programming, forecasting, decisions analysis, scheduling and HCMN 517 LONG-TERM CARE ETHICAL inventory control models; develop a concep- PROBLEMS (3) Applying long-term care law, tual as well as computational understanding of rules, theory and clinical and administrative these models; and critically evaluate a pub- best practice to the solution of practical ethical lished operations research application. Prereq- problems common in long-term care. Prereq- uisite: HSMG 632. uisite: HLTH 207 or instructor’s consent. HSMG 651 SURVEY RESEARCH AND HCMN 519 LONG-TERM CARE ADMIN- DATA ANALYSIS FOR HEALTH ADMINIS- ISTRATION (3) An introduction to institu- TRATORS (3) Provides hands-on experience tional and community-based long-term care using data analytic methods that are typically facility administration. Examines law, rules used in health care settings. The course empha- and nationally established domains of nursing sizes surveys and their application to manage- home and residential care managerial practice rial decisions. within an ethically based philosophy of care. Prerequisites: HLTH 207, HLTH 305 and HSMG 691 HEALTH PLANNING AND HCMN 413, or instructor’s consent. PROGRAM EVALUATION (3) Explains the theoretical and historical foundations of health HCMN 541 LEGAL AND ETHICAL ISSUES planning, the relationship between health IN HEALTH ADMINISTRATION (3) Exam- planning and regulation and the application of ines legal and ethical issues in the administra- planning methods. tion of health programs. Emphasis is placed on COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 265

HSMG 695 HEALTH CARE MANAGE- planning, evaluation and communication the- MENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS (3) Pro- ory to the development and evaluation of vides an extensive overview of information health promotion efforts. systems in health care organizations from the perspective of health systems managers. HLTH 505 DRUGS IN OUR CULTURE (3) Examination of psychoactive substances from HSMG 697 HEALTH INSURANCE AND physiological, psychological and sociological PREPAID HEALTH CARE (3) Provides an perspectives. operational understanding of insurance and alternate payment methods in health care. HLTH 507 VIOLENCE PREVENTION FOR Includes topics relating to risk management HEALTH EDUCATORS (3) Study of how to and the roles of government, employers and develop effective violence prevention pro- individuals in the selection and use of insur- gramming. ance products for health care. HLTH 511 HEALTH AND LATER MATU- HSMG 699 HEALTH FINANCE (3) Focuses RITY: THE AGING PROCESS (3) Explora- on selected, topical health-finance issues such tion of health in later life including physical as health insurance reform, Medicare finance aging, health and wellness behaviors and revisions and emerging health finance issues, practices. such as preparing and financing a comprehensive national bio-preparedness program. HLTH 551 INTRODUCTION TO ENVI- RONMENTAL HEALTH (3) Examination of HSMG 752 INTERNSHIP (3) Serves to build the interrelationship between man and the a bridge between theory and practice. Students environment, with particular attention to have the opportunity to apply their knowledge health implications. and acquire insights into the management of health service organizations. HLTH 570-579 HEALTH WORKSHOP (3) Study of contemporary health concerns as they HSMG 766 HEALTH SYSTEMS MANAGE- influence health of the individual and the com- MENT: ORGANIZATIONAL DESIGN munity. AND HUMAN RESOURCES (3) Builds on PUAD 755 and provides an in-depth examina- HLTH 591 HEALTH-DIRECTED READ- tion of organizational design theories, their INGS (1-3) Independent study of health or applicability to various health care settings related disciplines. Prerequisite: Permit only. and their implications for human resources and labor relations. HLTH 594 HEALTH TRAVEL AND STUDY (3) Examination of health care delivery in other countries compared with that of the HEALTH SCIENCE (HLTH) United States. Prerequisite: Permit only.

HLTH 501 TEACHING ABOUT DRUGS HLTH 595 INDEPENDENT STUDY (3) AND SEX (3) Content, procedures and meth- Directed study of specific problems in health ods for presenting sensitive subjects, including and related fields. Prerequisite: Permit only. human sexuality and drugs. Not open to criminal justice majors. Prerequisites: HLTH HLTH 601 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN 222 and BIOL 190 or consent of instructor. SCHOOL HEALTH EDUCATION (3) Explo- ration of structure, organization, scope, con- HLTH 502 HEALTH AND SOCIAL WEL- tent and practices in school health education. FARE PROMOTION: HEALTH COMMU- NICATION (3) Application of program 266 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

HLTH 603 EMERGING ISSUES IN THE planning and proposal writing for health HEALTH OF THE NATION (3) Study of information and promotion. social, political and health issues as they impact the nation’s health, including strategies HLTH 633 HEALTH CARE SYSTEMS (3) and programs in response to such concerns. Study of the American health care system’s development, including trends in organization, HLTH 611 CURRENT LITERATURE IN administration, financing and regulation. HEALTH (3) Examination of research regarding knowledge, attitudes, behavior and educa- HLTH 635 EDUCATIONAL STRATEGIES tional techniques as provided in health-related FOR HEALTH (3) Analysis of education and periodicals. social science theories as applied to health promotion and health education. HLTH 615 COMMUNITY HEALTH: QUALITATIVE AND QUANTITATIVE HLTH 636 INTERMEDIATE STATISTICS ELEMENTS (3) Study of statistics, epidemiol- FOR THE HEALTH SCIENCES (3) Study of ogy, and related disciplines as applied to statistical methodologies and research designs administration, school and community health in public health. settings. Prerequisite: Permit only. HLTH 637 SKILL DEVELOPMENT: LEAD- HLTH 617 HEALTH ADMINISTRATION (3) ERSHIP IN THE HEALTH CARE SETTING Exploration of the health industry, including (3) Examination of effective leadership skills, concepts of management and administration. with in-class experiential activities for skill development. HLTH 618 INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC HEALTH (3) Study of disease prevention and HLTH 639 INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH health promotion with a focus on community BEHAVIOR AND HEALTH PROMOTION efforts to improve the public’s health. (3) Analysis of health promotion and health behavior incorporating organization, market- HLTH 619 ORGANIZING SYSTEMS OF ing, implementation and evaluation of health CARE FOR CHRONICALLY ILL AND promotion programs. PHYSICALLY DEPENDENT POPULA- TIONS (3) Examination of the long-term care HLTH 643 HEALTH EDUCATION: CUR- industry, including relevant political and regu- RICULUM DEVELOPMENT AND SUPER- latory structures, issues of access, availability VISION (3) Study of methods and techniques and other managerial challenges of working for designing and implementing school health with special needs populations. education.

HLTH 625 RESEARCH METHODS IN HLTH 645 HEALTH CARE POLICY (3) HEALTH (3) Study of research and statistical Examination of public and private health care designs in health science and allied health dis- policy making and implementation. ciplines. Prerequisite: HLTH 615. Permit only. HLTH 647 HEALTH CARE FINANCIAL HLTH 627 HEALTH AND WORKER PER- MANAGEMENT (3) Examination of the FORMANCE (3) Analysis of health issues financial aspects of health care, with attention affecting worker performance from the to health services’ production, distribution and employee perspective, with particular atten- organization from financial and economic tion to worksite problems. perspectives. Also listed as IDHP 647.

HLTH 631 PROGRAM PLANNING IN HLTH 649 PROGRAM EVALUATION (3) HEALTH EDUCATION (3) Exploration of Study of the purpose, applications, and role of planning models with application to program evaluation in health promotion programs. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 267

HLTH 651 PLANNING AND MARKETING HLTH 785 GRADUATE SEMINAR IN HEALTH IN BUSINESS AND INDUSTRY HEALTH (3) Analysis of research design, (3) Study of strategic planning of health pro- methods, professional literature and related motion and delivery in the profit and not-for- issues in the health sciences. Prerequisite: profit sectors, with application to various HLTH 625. Permit only. health care settings. Also listed as IDHP 651. HLTH 880 GRADUATE PROJECT IN HLTH 653 RESPONSIBLE CONDUCT OF HEALTH SCIENCE (3) Individual study and RESEARCH (3) Interdisciplinary exploration preparation of a project which is oriented of the ethical conduct of research including toward the application of specific techniques diverse impacts, values, and evaluation regard- in health science. Prerequisite: HLTH 785. ing research integrity. Permit only.

HLTH 655 MANAGING CONFLICT, VIO- HLTH 885 PROJECT CONTINUATION (1) LENCE AND ABUSE IN HEALTH SERVICE Continuation of graduate project. Prerequisite: SETTINGS (3) Examination of knowledge Previous registration for project work. and skills necessary for effective resolution of conflict, violence and abuse in diverse health HLTH 897 MASTER’S THESIS IN HEALTH service settings. (6) Original investigation of a health science problem using acceptable research method and HLTH 656 MANAGING VOLUNTEERS IN design, under the direction of one or more HEALTH SERVICE SETTINGS (3) Analysis faculty members. Prerequisite: HLTH 785. of knowledge, skills and influences related to Permit only. effective recruitment, management and leadership of volunteers in diverse health service HLTH 898 THESIS (3) HLTH 897 taken over programs. two consecutive terms.

HLTH 657 HEALTH ADVOCACY HLTH 899 THESIS CONTINUUM (1) ACROSS SERVICE SETTINGS (3) Study of skills and knowledge to advocate for vulnerable populations, including experience in the HISTORY (HIST) investigation of complaints and relevant interview processes. HIST 501 ANCIENT NEAR EASTERN CIV- ILIZATIONS (3) The civilizations of Mesopo- HLTH 670-679 SPECIAL TOPICS (3) Study tamia and Egypt and the peripheral of contemporary health aspects as they influ- developments in Syria-Palestine and Asia ence health of the individual and the commu- Minor. Prerequisite: HIST 101 or consent of nity. instructor. HIST 502 HISTORY OF SOUTHERN HLTH 689 FIELD EXPERIENCE (3-9) On- AFRICA (3) Social and cultural change in site experience in and study of community South Africa from early times to present. Pre- health settings. Prerequisite: Permit only. requisite: HIST 135 or consent of instructor.

HLTH 691 DIRECTED READINGS IN HIST 503 ALEXANDER THE GREAT AND HEALTH (3) Independent study of health or HIS SUCCESSORS (3) Conquests of Alexan- related disciplines. Prerequisite: Permit only. der the Great: culture and religion of Greece and Near East in the Hellenistic period. Pre- HLTH 695 INDEPENDENT STUDY (3) requisite: HIST 101 or consent of instructor. Directed study of specific problems in health and related fields. Prerequisite: Permit only. HIST 504 ANCIENT GREEK CIVILIZA- TION (3) The civilization of classical Greece, 268 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS including the Minoan and Mycenean bronze Thailand, Malaysia, Indonesia, Cambodia, age antecedents, to 362 B.C. Prerequisite: Vietnam and the Philippines since 1500, with HIST 101 or consent of instructor. emphasis on the colonial experience and development of modern nationhood. Prerequisite: 6 HIST 505 ROMAN CIVILIZATION (3) The units in history or consent of instructor. civilization of ancient Rome from the foundation of the city to the collapse of the Roman HIST 512 IMPERIAL CHINA: THE LAST Empire in the West. Prerequisite: HIST 101 or DYNASTY (3) Ching (Qing) Dynasty, 1644- consent of instructor. 1912; focus on the 19th-century collision of imperial China and the West. Prerequisite: HIST 506 WOMEN IN 20TH CENTURY HIST 111 or 6 units of history. U.S. HISTORY (3) A multicultural perspective on politics, work, family and sexuality in HIST 513 REVOLUTIONARY CHINA (3) women’s lives in the United States from 1900 The ongoing Chinese revolution from the to present. Prerequisites: HIST 145, and either overthrow of the imperial government through HIST 146 or HIST 148. the Nationalist and Communist periods. Pre- requisite: HIST 111 or 6 units in history. HIST 507 DEMOCRATIZATION IN LATIN AMERICA (3) Analysis of the failure and suc- HIST 514 THE ANDEAN REPUBLICS (3) cesses in building democratic political institu- Social, economic and political developments in tions in Latin America; emphasis on 1930s to Peru, Bolivia and Ecuador from independence present. Prerequisite: HIST 122 or permission to the present. of instructor. HIST 516 WOMEN in ANTIQUITY (3) A HIST 508 LIFE HISTORIES OF AFRICAN survey of the social, economic and cultural WOMEN (3) Methodological analysis of roles of Women from the 3rd millennium BCE lives of selected African women from diverse to the Middle Ages. Prerequisite: HIST 101 or African cultures compared with the lives of HIST 160. women throughout the world. Prerequisites: 6 units from history and/or women’s and HIST 517 THE ORIGINS OF WRITING (3) gender studies. Examination of the “invention” of writing in a global perspective and its relation with the HIST 509 TRADITIONAL INDIA: ITS HIS- emergence of complex societies. Prerequi- TORICAL DEVELOPMENT (3) Develop- sites: HIST 101, HIST 160 or consent of ment of the history and culture of India from instructor. prehistoric times until the beginnings of Euro- pean dominance in the 18th century. Prerequi- HIST 519 JAPAN, 1830-1930 (3) Japan’s site: 6 units in history or consent of instructor. transition from feudalism and national seclu- sion to emergence as a modern nation-state HIST 510 HISTORY OF MODERN INDIA with an overseas empire and a parliamentary (3) The history of the Indian subcontinent form of government. Prerequisites: HIST 111 since 1750. Stressing the rise of British power, or consent of instructor. the colonial experiences, the development of nationalist movements and the problems of HIST 520 JAPAN, 1930-PRESENT (3) independence in present-day India, Pakistan Japan’s transition from militarism and foreign and Bangladesh. Prerequisite: 6 units in history aggression in the 1930s to postwar pacifism, or consent of instructor. democracy and dynamic economic growth. Prerequisites: HIST 111 or consent of instruc- HIST 511 HISTORY OF MODERN SOUTH- tor. EAST ASIA (3) The development of Burma, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 269

HIST 521 HISTORY OF MEXICO: PRECO- HIST 532 AMERICAN MILITARY HIS- LUMBIAN AND COLONIAL (3) The politi- TORY SINCE 1945 (3) Campaigns, tactics cal, economic, social and cultural developments and institutional development of the armed from early pre-Columbian civilizations to the forces in peace and war, seen in the context of movement for independence. Prerequisite: 6 politics and diplomacy; emphasis on Korea units in lower-division history. and Vietnam. Prerequisites: HIST 145 and HIST 146. HIST 522 HISTORY OF MEXICO: NATIONAL PERIOD (3) The political, eco- HIST 533 THE AMERICAN COLONIES: nomic, social and cultural developments from 1492-1763 (3) Founding and the political, independence to the present. Prerequisite: 6 economic and social development of the units in lower-division history. American colonies. Prerequisite: HIST 145 or consent of instructor. HIST 525 CONFLICT AND COOPERA- TION IN COLD WAR EAST ASIA (3) Cold HIST 534 THE AMERICAN REVOLU- war conflict and cooperation between China, TIONARY PERIOD: 1763-1789 (3) From the Taiwan, North and South Korea, Japan, the end of the Seven Years’ War to the ratification Soviet Union and the United States. Prerequi- of the Constitution. Prerequisite: HIST 145 or sites: 3 units of non-Western history or consent consent of instructor. of instructor. HIST 535 THE EARLY NATIONAL PERIOD HIST 526 GAYS AND LESBIANS IN U.S. (3) The United States from the Constitutional HISTORY (3) Multicultural perspectives on Convention to the election of 1820; the Feder- gay and lesbian cultures and communities and alist Decade and the Jeffersonian Era. Prereq- their struggles against institutionalized uisite: HIST 145. homophobia in education, the military, the media, medicine, religion and government. HIST 537 THE CIVIL WAR (3) Sectionalism, Prerequisite: 3 units in history or women’s and the coming of the war and the war years. gender studies, or consent of instructor. Emphasis on political, economic and social issues. Prerequisite: HIST 145. HIST 528 THE UNITED STATES AND VIETNAM 1945-1996 (3) U.S.-Vietnamese HIST 539 THE U.S. 1865-1901: AGE OF political, diplomatic and military relations ENTERPRISE (3) Industrialization of the from the end of World War II, to the support United States, the rise of big business and an of France and the direct U.S. involvement. examination of resulting problems in eco- Prerequisite: HIST 146 (148) or consent of nomic, social and political life. Prerequisites: instructor. HIST 145, and either HIST 146 or HIST 148.

HIST 530 (310) NATIONALISM IN 20TH HIST 540 THE U.S. 1892-1920: AGE OF CENTURY EAST AND SOUTHEAST ASIA REFORM (3) America’s efforts to deal with (3) Introduction to the contentious issue of the political, social and economic problems of nationalism and state-building through belief industrial life; emphasis on the Populist move- case studies of China, Japan, Vietnam and ment; imperialism and the Spanish-American Indonesia. Prerequisite: 6 units of history. War; the administrations of Theodore Roos- evelt, William Howard Taft and Woodrow HIST 531 AMERICAN MILITARY HIS- Wilson. Prerequisites: HIST 145, and either TORY 1898-1945 (3) Campaigns, tactics and HIST 146 or HIST 148. institutional development of the armed forces in peace and war, seen in the context of politics HIST 541 THE F.D.R. ERA (3) History of the and diplomacy; emphasis on World War II. United States from the 1920s through World Prerequisite: HIST 146. War II, with emphasis on the presidential years 270 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS of Franklin D. Roosevelt. Prerequisites: HIST HIST 555 HISTORY OF NATIVE AMERI- 145 and either HIST 146 or HIST 148. CANS: THE EAST (3) Topical and regional ethnohistory of the native peoples of Eastern America HIST 546 A HISTORY OF AMERICAN and their relations with non-native peoples and BUSINESS (3) A study of industry, finance, governments, precontacts to the present. Prerequi- commerce and agriculture from the Civil War site: 3 units in American history. to the present. Prerequisites: 3 units in history and either consent of instructor or junior HIST 556 HISTORY OF NATIVE AMERI- standing. CANS: THE WEST (3) Topical and regional ethnohistory of the native peoples of Western HIST 547 CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY America and their relations with non-native OF THE UNITED STATES TO 1863 (3) peoples and governments, precontacts to the Development of American constitutionalism in present. Prerequisite: 3 units of American history theory and practice to 1863. Prerequisites: (Indian-White Relations in American History). HIST 145 and either HIST 146 or HIST 148. HIST 558 WORKERS AND WORK IN THE HIST 548 THE BILL OF RIGHTS AND UNITED STATES (3) The changing nature of THE CONSTITUTION: 1941 TO THE agricultural, domestic and industrial work; PRESENT (3) Interpretation of the Bill of business-labor relations; labor unions and Rights before and after the Warren Court. leaders; role of labor in mainstream and radi- Prerequisites: HIST 145 and either HIST 146 cal political movements. Emphasis on the late or HIST 148. 19th and 20th centuries. Prerequisites: HIST 145 and either HIST 146 or HIST 148. HIST 550 DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES SINCE 1900 (3) Con- HIST 559 HISTORY OF ZANZIBAR 1500- tinuation of HIST 369 to the present with 1964 (3) History of Zanzibar from 1500 to added interest in the emergence of the United 1964 covering the Portuguese, Omanis, Amer- States as a major world power. The role of the icans and Africans with subject matter ranging United States in modern warfare, worldwide from economics, the slave trade and slavery, economic and financial affairs, overseas family history, colonialism, and the revolution expansion, the diplomatic impact of conflict in that occurred in 1964. Prerequisites: HIST ideologies and current international crises. 135 and HIST 102. Prerequisites: HIST 145 and either HIST 146 or HIST 148. HIST 560 HISTORY OF MARYLAND FROM COLONIAL TIMES TO THE PRES- HIST 552 THE FAR WESTERN FRONTIER ENT (3) Major events and forces that have (3) The expansion into the trans-Mississippi shaped the political, social, cultural and eco- West and the impact of the frontier process on nomic development of Maryland. Prerequisite: the attitudes of the American people and on 3 units in United States history. the social, economic and political institutions of the United States in the 19th and 20th cen- HIST 563 AFRICAN-AMERICAN HIS- turies. Prerequisites: HIST 145 and either TORY TO THE MID-19TH CENTURY (3) HIST 146 or HIST 148. Political, economic and social history of Afri- can Americans from their African origins HIST 553 THE CITY IN AMERICAN HIS- through the antebellum period. Prerequisite: TORY (3) The development of the city and its HIST 145. impact on American social, cultural, intellectual, political and economic life. Prerequisites: HIST 564 AFRICAN-AMERICAN HIS- HIST 145, HIST 146 or HIST 148 or two of TORY FROM THE MID-19TH CENTURY the following: GEOG 391, SOCI 327, POSC (3) Political, economic and social history of 305, or consent of instructor. African Americans from the Civil War through COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 271 the civil rights era. Prerequisites: HIST 145 and social theories of the European intellectual and either HIST 146 or HIST 148. class seen in their historical context from the French Revolution to the present. Prerequi- HIST 565 IMMIGRANTS AND IMMIGRA- sites: HIST 103 or consent of instructor. TION IN THE U.S. (3) Comparative social, cultural and economic history of selected eth- HIST 581 FRANCE: 1763-1871 (3) Old nic groups and their relationship to the domi- Regime and the impact of successive revolu- nant culture; emphasis on the late 19th and tions upon French society. Emphasis upon the 20th centuries. Prerequisite: 3 units of U.S. role of France in the growth of European lib- history or consent of the instructor. eralism and nationalism. Prerequisite: HIST 103. HIST 566 COMPARATIVE HISTORY OF THE MODERN FAMILY (3) Impact of eco- HIST 584 RUSSIA/SOVIET UNION: 1894- nomic, social and reproductive changes on 1953 (3) Political, ideological, economic and family life and structure. Prerequisite: 3 units cultural factors influencing the fall of the of history, sociology or women’s and gender monarcy, the Bolshevik Revolution, Leninism studies. and Stalinism. Prerequisite: HIST 231 or HIST 103 or consent of instructor. HIST 567 THE EARLY MIDDLE AGES: 300-1050 (3) The rebuilding of Europe HIST 585 HISTORY OF SOVIET RUSSIA: after the collapse of the Roman Empire. KRUSCHEV TO GORBACHEV (3) Topical Emphasis on the Church Fathers, the Ger- analysis of political history and theory, eco- manic tribes, Carolinian culture, feudalism nomic development, foreign affairs, social and the Vikings. Prerequisite: HIST 102 or change, and cultural and literary trends. Pre- consent of instructor. requisite: HIST 103 and HIST 231 or consent of instructor. HIST 569 THE RENAISSANCE ERA: 1300- 1500 (3) Political, economic, social and cul- HIST 586 EUROPE IN THE THIRD tural changes in late medieval and Renaissance WORLD: HIGH IMPERIALISM (3) The Europe. Prerequisite: HIST 102 or consent of impact of modern European colonialism on instructor. the societies of the Third World, chiefly Africa and Asia. Primary emphasis on the 19th and HIST 570 THE REFORMATION: 1500- 20th centuries. Prerequisite: HIST 103 or 1648 (3) Religious, political, economic and consent of instructor. social changes in Reformation and Counter- Reformation Europe. Prerequisite: HIST 102 HIST 588 THE HOLOCAUST IN HISTORI- or consent of instructor. CAL AND COMPARATIVE PERSPECTIVE (3) Origins, implementation and aftermath of HIST 577 THE EXOTIC, THE EROTIC the genocide, motivations of the perpetrators, AND THE ROMANTIC: ORIENTALISM responses of bystanders and victims’ experi- AND WESTERN CONTRUCTIONS OF ences. Prerequisite: 6 units of modern Euro- THE MIDDLE EAST (3) European and pean history, including HIST 103. American perceptions and constructions of Middle Eastern peoples during the 19th and HIST 590 INTERPRETIVE PROBLEMS IN 20th centuries. Prerequisite: HIST 117 or HIST HISTORY (3) An in-depth study of historical 118 or consent of the instructor. interpretations of selected topics; may be repeated in a different topic for a total of 6 HIST 579 FRENCH REVOLUTION TO units. Prerequisite: 12 units in history appro- PRESENT (3) Religious, scientific, political, priate to topic. 272 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

HIST 591 BIOGRAPHICAL STUDIES IN topics, problems or comparative developments HISTORY (3) A study of selected historical selected by the student in consultation with the figures who have shaped or reflected the past. instructor(s); may be repeated for a total of 6 Figures to be selected by the instructor; may be units. Prerequisites: 15 units in history or 9 repeated in different historical figures for a units in history and 6 units in the related disci- total of 6 units. Prerequisite: 6 units in history pline and a minimum average of 3.00 in history appropriate to topic. course work and the related discipline and consent of department chair. HIST 592 HISTORICAL THEMES (3) A study through lectures and discussions of a HIST 599 THE MAKING OF THE MOD- historical topic selected by the instructor; may ERN MIDDLE EAST (3) Ethnic, political, be repeated in a different topic for a total of 6 religious and economic factors that have units. Prerequisite: 6 units in history appropri- shaped the Middle East since 1798. Prerequi- ate to topic. site: 6 units in history or consent of instructor.

HIST 593 DIRECTED INDIVIDUAL HIST 607 LATIN AMERICA AND THE RESEARCH (2-4) Research and reading deal- UNITED STATES (3) Graduate seminar on ing with a historical topic to be selected by the Latin American-U.S. relations. Emphasis on instructor and student; considerable attention the social and cultural implications of U.S. to methodology; may be repeated for a total of power and influence in Latin America. Com- 6 units. Prerequisites: 15 units in history, a parative analysis of Latin American responses minimum average of 3.00 in history course to U.S. actions. Prerequisite: Admission to work, and consent of instructor and depart- graduate program. ment chair. HIST 609 MODERN THEORIES OF WAR HIST 594 TRAVEL AND STUDY (3-6) (3) Theories of the meaning and conduct of Countries and topics to be selected by the war since the Enlightenment; emphasis on departments and instructors sponsoring the European and American thought and practice program. For complete information, contact with some attention to non-Western contribu- the chair of the department early in the fall of tions. Prerequisite: Admission to graduate the academic year preceding the term of program. intended study; may be repeated in different countries and topics for a total of 6 units. Pre- HIST 617 HISTORY INTERNSHIP (3) Prac- requisites: Upper-division status and consent tical experiences within the historical profes- of instructor. sion. Prerequisite: Approval of the department chair. HIST 596 COLLOQUIUM (3) Group discussion of reading in history or related disciplines HIST 683 DIRECTED INDIVIDUAL approached from a viewpoint that is primarily RESEARCH (2-4) Research and reading with historical and dealing with broad periods, top- a historical topic to be selected by the instruc- ics, problems or comparative developments tor and student. Prerequisites: Graduate stand- selected by the instructor(s); may be repeated ing and 18 units of history and consent of the in a different topic for a total of 6 units. Pre- instructor and department chair. requisites: Consent of instructor and 15 units in history or 9 units in history and 6 units in HIST 684 DISEASE AND HISTORY (3) the related discipline. Exploration of the ways in which human diseases have affected history, with major devel- HIST 597 DIRECTED READING (2-4) Inde- opments in the history of epidemiology. pendent reading in history or related disciplines approached from a viewpoint that is primarily HIST 697 DIRECTED READING IN HIS- historical and dealing with specific periods, TORY (2-4) Reading in areas of history COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 273 selected by the instructor and the student. Resource Development Program or consent of Prerequisites: Graduate standing, 18 units of instructor. history, consent of the instructor and department chair. HRD 629 STAFFING, RECRUITING AND SELECTION (3) Study of research and application of personnel planning, recruiting and HUMAN RESOURCE selection practices within organizations. Pre- DEVELOPMENT (HRD) requisite: Graduate standing in the Human Resource Development Program and comple- HRD 601 INTRODUCTION TO HUMAN tion of 9 units in HRD coursework or consent RESOURCES (3) Overview of the human of instructor. resource profession, including emerging trends, professional roles and professional competen- HRD 630 COMPENSATION AND BENE- cies. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Human FITS MANAGEMENT FOR THE HRD Resources Development Program or consent PROFESSIONAL (3) This course is designed of instructor. to acquaint the HRD professional with the fundamental concepts, issues and techniques HRD 605 APPLIED RESEARCH IN HUMAN associated with designing, managing and eval- RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT (3) Descrip- uating compensation and benefits programs so tion, analysis and application of research that the HRD professional can contribute methods for HRD professionals, studied in the more effectively to improving organizational context of key business and organizational performance. Prerequisite: Graduate standing decision-making processes. Prerequisite: Grad- in the Human Resource Development Pro- uate standing in the Human Resource Devel- gram and completion of 9 units in HRD opment Program and completion of 6 units in coursework or consent of instructor. HRD coursework or consent of instructor. HRD 635 MANAGING EMPLOYEE RELA- HRD 606 ORGANIZATION BEHAVIOR (3) TIONS (3) Review of critical U.S. employment Theoretical and applied aspects of organiza- laws that define the employment relationship tional behavior through the use of psychological and applying those laws to everyday employee concepts. Individual, group, technological and relations issues. Covers best practices in policy structural theory are examined in the context of development & implementation, investiga- organizational effectiveness. Prerequisite: Grad- tions, documentation, and managing risk. uate standing in the Human Resource Develop- Emphasizes use of case studies to learn applica- ment Program or consent of the instructor. tion of law and techniques to “real” employee relations issues. Prerequisite: Graduate stand- HRD 607 MANAGING ORGANIZA- ing in the Human Resource Development Pro- TIONAL CHANGE (3) A review of the issues, gram and completion of 9 units in HRD methods and techniques for promoting change coursework or consent of instructor. in work organizations, including change agent skills, organization development, interventions HRD 639 HUMAN RESOURCE INFOR- for change, increasing employee motivation for MATION SYSTEMS (3) Assessment selec- change, change evaluation. Prerequisites: Grad- tion, development, implementation and use of uate standing in the Human Resource Develop- HRIS solutions at the workplace. How to ment program or consent of instructor. analyze and administer HR Software applications. Prepare HR professionals as subject HRD 627 TRAINING AND DEVELOP- matter resource in HR systems analysis, design, MENT (3) Study of current trends in training implementation, operation and use. Prerequi- and human resource development applied to site: Graduate Standings in the HRD program various types of organizational environments. and 9 units of HRD course work or consent of Prerequisite: Graduate standing in the Human instructor. 274 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

HRD 640 LEADERSHIP THEORY AND the workplace. Emphasizes developing a solid PRACTICE (3) Theoretical and applied foun- understanding of the concepts and theories dation of leadership concepts, principles, prac- related to workplace health, wellness and tices and competencies; integration of theory safety issues in context of Human Resource and practice to apply various conceptual mod- Development practices as well as methods for els of leadership development within their assessing and developing employee wellness organizations as well as create and implement programs. Prerequisites: Graduate standing in their personal development plan. Prerequisite: the HRD Program and completion of 9 units Graduate standing in Human Resource Devel- in HRD coursework or consent of instructor. opment Program or consent of the instructor. HRD 655 TALENT MANAGEMENT and HRD 643 BUSINESS MANAGEMENT HUMAN CAPITAL DEVELOPMENT (3) FUNDAMENTALS FOR THE HRD PRO- Focuses on the theories and principles of man- FESSIONAL (3) This course focuses on the aging key organizational talent in the form of theories, principles, practices and effects of human capital. Emphasizes practices and pro- administrative design and theory on organiza- cedures for assessing, developing and adminis- tional performance. One particular point of tering human capital talent in organizations. emphasis will be to integrate classical organi- Topics Include approaches to strategic human zational theories with contemporary issues in capital management as well as measuring or organizations as they relate to management accounting for organizational talent. Consid- and HR. Prerequisites: Graduate standing in ers roles of human resource management in the Human Resource Development program this process and future directions in Talent or consent of the instructor. Management. Prerequisites: Graduate standing in the HRD Program and completion of 9 HRD 644 GROUP DYNAMICS AND TEAM units in HRD coursework or consent of BUILDING (3) Psychological and organiza- instructor. tional aspects of group dynamics and work teams. Application of theory to actual terms in HRD 679 SPECIAL TOPICS IN HUMAN workplace. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT (3) Topics the Human Resource Development Program vary according to the instructor. May be or consent of instructor. repeated for a maximum of 9 units. Prerequi- site: Graduate standing in HRD program and HRD 646 ADVANCED TOPICS IN ORGA- completion of 9 units in HRD coursework or NIZATION DEVELOPMENT: CONFLICT consent of instructor. MANAGEMENT AND RESOLUTION (3) This course examines the nature and effects of HRD 695 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN HRD conflict in organizations and relationships at the (3) Individual and supervised study or project workplace. Students are taught how to make development in selected areas of human conflict and negotiation productive and construc- resource development. Prerequisite: Graduate tive. Students learn theories supporting effective standing in HRD program and completion of conflict management, strategies and tactics for 21 units in HRD coursework or consent of use and resolution; and the practice of conflict instructor resolution, negotiation and mediation methods. Prerequisites: Graduate standing in HRD gradu- HRD 696 INTERNSHIP IN HUMAN ate program or consent of the instructor. RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT (3) Technical and professional level work experience on an HRD 650 WELLNESS IN THE WORK- internship basis with private or public organi- PLACE (3) Focuses on the theories, principles, zation, work to be concerned with issues cen- practices and effects of wellness programs in tral to the practice of human resources. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 275

Prerequisites: Admission to HRD Graduate HUMA 606 THE SYMPOSIUM (3) Analysis Program, 27 units completed HRD course of texts of the ancient, medieval, Renaissance work, or consent of program director. Note: and modern eras, that explore issues through Students may earn no more than 6 units from fictionalized, civil conversation. Prerequisite: HRD 695, HRD 696 and/or HRD 697. Bachelor’s degree.

HRD 697 PRACTICUM IN HRD (3) Super- HUMA 611 RHETORIC: THE PURSUIT vised field experience in professional and OF ELOQUENCE (3) Concepts of rhetoric, technical human resource projects. For stu- from classical to contemporary, that have dents working full-time in non-HR positions. shaped persuasive and expository writing. Not Prerequisites: Admission to HRD Graduate open to students who have successfully com- Program and 27 units completed HRD course pleted PRWR 611 or WRIT 611. Prerequisite: work, or consent of program director. Note: Bachelor’s degree. Students may earn no more than 6 units from HRD 695, HRD 696 and/or HRD 697. HUMA 616 THE HUMAN (3) Analysis of changing concepts on the nature of being HRD 699 CAPSTONE IN HUMAN human through a reading of classical, medi- RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT (3) Applies eval, Renaissance and modern texts. Prerequi- previous learning to a wide variety of projects site: Bachelor’s degree. and case studies of problems and issues found in the realm of human resource development HUMA 631 HISTORY OF HISTORICAL practice. Emphasizes analysis and interven- THOUGHT (3) Philosophies of history from tions to improve and change organizational ancient to modern. Prerequisite: Bachelor’s performance. Prerequisites: Graduate stand- degree. ing in HRD graduate program and completion of 27 units in HRD course work. HUMA 632 VISIONS OF HISTORY AND OF HUMAN NATURE (3) Visions and themes of history in ancient, medieval, Renais- HUMANITIES (HUMA) sance, and modern texts. Prerequisite: Bache- lor’s degree. HUMA 601 WAR IN LITERATURE (3) Examination of Western war and literature in HUMA 633 COMPARATIVE BIOGRAPHY: the classical, medieval, Renaissance and mod- THE PURSUIT OF HUMAN PERFECTION ern periods. Prerequisite: Bachelor’s degree. (3) How does the human life strive for perfection—whether spiritual, military, political, aes- HUMA 602 LITERATURE OF EMPIRE (3) thetic or intellectual—and how do historians Analysis of imperial literature in classical, strive to shape those human lives into perfect medieval, Renaissance and modern times. Pre- biographies? Texts will include readings from requisite: Bachelor’s degree. the classical through the modern periods. Pre- requisite: Bachelor’s degree. HUMA 603 DISEASE, HEALTH AND HEALING IN WESTERN LITERATURE (3) HUMA 634 THE TRAVELER IN HISTORY Changing literary representation of disease, (3) Analysis of travel accounts and their role in the infirm, and the healer from ancient times Western intellectual debates about natural and to the present. Prerequisite: Bachelor’s degree. cultural diversity. Prerequisite: Bachelor’s degree. HUMA 604 LOVE IN LITERATURE (3) Study of love in Western literature in classical, HUMA 701 RELIGIOUS CURRENTS IN medieval, Renaissance and modern texts. Pre- AMERICAN LITERATURE (3) Religious requisite: Bachelor’s degree. currents in American literature from the 17th century to the present. Prerequisite: Bachelor’s degree. 276 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

HUMA 702 THE GOLDEN AGE OF ENG- This course provides a perspective on the strate- LISH SATIRE (3) Study of English satire of the gic power of information systems and technol- 18th century in its intellectual, social and ogy to enhance business intelligence, create political contexts. Authors studied include value, and radically transform business or entire Dryden, Swift, Pope, Fielding, Johnson and industries. The key enabling role of information Austen. Prerequisite: Bachelor’s degree. in networked organizations with critical linkages among partners, suppliers, distributors, HUMA 750 MASTER AUTHORS (3) Study and customers is explored. Key technologies and of a classic author of history, fine arts, litera- applications including business intelligence, data ture, philosophy, religion or rhetoric. May be mining, business process redesign, and enter- repeated for a maximum of 6 units. Prerequi- prise systems are covered. Issues such as data site: Bachelor’s degree. quality, aligning IT and business strategy, infrastructure reliability and security, the ethical HUMA 751 MASTERWORKS SEMINAR usage of IT, sustainability and global sourcing (3) Intensive study of a classic book of history, are also discussed. Topics explored include fine arts, literature, philosophy, politics, reli- information support for business processes and gion or rhetoric. May be repeated for a maxi- management activities, databases, data ware- mum of 6 units. Prerequisite: Bachelor’s houses and data quality; Internet applications degree. including e-commerce, m-commerce and Web services; infrastructure technologies such as tele- HUMA 752 MASTER THEMES SEMINAR communications and networking; enterprise (3) Study of a major theme of Western Civili- applications such as ERP and CRM, systems zation in fine arts, history, literature, philoso- development, integration and management; and phy, religion or rhetoric. May be repeated global issues such as off shoring and infrastruc- under a different subtitle for a maximum of 6 ture security. Prerequisites: completion of at units. Prerequisite: Bachelor’s degree. least four of the fundamental courses; computer literacy; and word processing and spreadsheet HUMA 897 THESIS (6) Mentored and competencies. defended monograph in one of the following disciplines: art history, history, literature, phi- INSS 641 LEADERSHIP OF THE IT FUNC- losophy, religion, or rhetoric. Prerequisites: TION (3) Focuses on the role of the chief Bachelor’s degree, approval of director and information officer. Today’s CIO proactively successful proposal review. assesses and balances the organization’s technological and business environment in a part- HUMA 898 THESIS (3) The previous course nership with the CEO. Topics include structure taken over two terms. Prerequisites: Bachelor’s of the IT function, planning and measuring degree, approval of director and successful IT-business alignment, enterprise architecture, proposal review. systems integration, applications portfolio, project planning and management, systems HUMA 899 THESIS CONTINUUM (1) development and implementation, change Continuation of thesis beyond initial 6 units. management, insourcing, outsourcing, vendor Prerequisites: HUMA 897 or 898 for 6 units. management, operations and control management, IT human resource management and legal and ethical issues. Various facets of the INFORMATION SYSTEMS (INSS) CIO’s role are explored through published These courses are part of the UB/Towson MBA case studies of real organizations. Background program. readings will be assigned as preparatory work for class-based case discussions. Prerequisite: INSS 640 INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY INSS 640. FOR BUSINESS TRANSFORMATION (3) COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 277

INSS 650 NETWORKING AND TELECOM- try development tools such as those from MUNICATIONS (3) Provides a solid under- Oracle and PeopleSoft. Prerequisite: computer standing of fundamentals as well as the literacy and word processing, spreadsheet and state-of-the-art of networks and telecommuni- database competencies. cations used in business. Topics include communications layers and architectures, physical INSS 701 INTERNET DEVELOPMENT and data link layer, network and transport layer, FOR BUSINESS (3) Covers the issues involved local area networks (LANs), local internets, with managing an organization’s Web site. wireless LANs, backbone networks, virtual Issues include content management, scalabil- LANs, collapsed backbones, telephone service, ity, security, reliability and usability. Topics voice-over IP, wide area networks, packet- will include tools and techniques for develop- switching concepts, frame relay, ATM, VPN, ing and managing large-scale Web sites, such Internet infrastructure (NAPs, MAEs and back- as Dreamweaver, Cold Fusion and XML. Pre- bone), network management and infrastructure requisite: Graduate status and computer, security. This course focuses on the TCP/IP browser and network literacy. architecture, but the OSI model is presented and discussed. It also covers Microsoft Windows INSS 737 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT OF networking TCP/IP concepts including architec- INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (3) Infor- ture, fixed and dynamic IP addresses, subnet mation systems strategy and management mask calculation, NetBIOS Resolution, IP rout- from a top management perspective. Informa- ing and resolution, and DHCP and DNS ser- tion technology is an integral part of most vices. Prerequisite: INSS 640. products and services of the post-industrial society of the 21st century and has changed the INSS 651 DATABASE MANAGEMENT top management job. Topics include business SYSTEMS (3) Examines the theories and con- models and organization forms in the informa- cepts employed in database management sys- tion age, IT as a business enabler, IT and com- tems (DBMS) and the efficiencies and petitive strategy, information for management economics of such systems. The course specifi- control, analysis and redesign of business cally addresses steps in the database cycle structure and processes, knowledge manage- including normalization, database design, ment and information networks, inter-organi- implementation, and developing queries using zational networks, sourcing strategies, SQL. The functions of various types of DBMS interfacing with the IT function, reliability and are described, including their purpose, advan- security, and ethical and policy issues. The tages, disadvantages and applications in busi- course relies extensively on the case method ness. Data administration, data requirements and students will supplement their analyses for ERP systems and data security issues are with current information obtained from the also covered. Prerequisite: INSS 640. Web or directly from the firms under study in the cases. Prerequisite: INSS 640. INSS 671 SYSTEMS ANALYSIS (3) Intro- duces students to key principles and tech- INSS 738 ADVANCED DATABASE SYS- niques used to develop or modify information TEMS (3) Examines current trends and major systems to support business undertakings. The issues in databases, including data warehous- emphasis is on the determination and modeling, data mining, data quality, data steward- ing of the requirements of information systems ship, Web-based systems and object-oriented, and software. Topics include business process distributed and Enterprise-wide systems. This reengineering and the modeling of business course will use software systems like Oracle processes, data modeling, data gathering and and PeopleSoft to demonstrate some of these requirements specification, interface design concepts. Prerequisite: INSS 651. and the development of systems prototypes, including electronic forms and reports. Stu- INSS 739 SYSTEMS ARCHITECTURE (3) dents will gain experience with leading indus- Covers the process and techniques used in the 278 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS design and implementation of information INSS 751 OPERATING SYSTEMS (3) systems. The emphasis is on systems architec- Provides a solid understanding of modern ture and the integration of new systems into an operating systems (OS) concepts and trends— existing infrastructure. Topics include types of distributed computing, parallel architecture system architecture, large-scale system design and open systems. Topics include kernel, pro- including middleware and software compo- cess and threads, concurrency and deadlock, nents, database design and integration. Prereq- scheduling, memory management, storage uisite: INSS 671. area network (SAN), network attached storage (NAT), disk performance, redundant array INSS 740 INTRODUCTION TO SECU- of independent disks (RAID), file systems, RITY MANAGEMENT (3) This course is an symmetric multiprocessing (SMP), clusters, overview of principles and issues in business middleware, distributed processing and client/ and organizational security management. Stu- server and OS security. Microsoft Windows dents examine the challenges embodied in and Linux basic concepts including overview various aspects of security such as personnel, at both the graphical user interface and com- facility and information. Principles of loss mand prompt levels, basic tools to manage prevention and the protection of assets are applications and processes, devices, services, examined. Students employ the use of situa- users, drives and partitions, virtual memory tional analyses, case studies and other research- (swap files), networking and security. This is a oriented approaches. Prerequisite: Graduate project-oriented course, offering hands-on standing. experience in both Windows and Linux. Pre- requisite: INSS 640. INSS 741 INFORMATION SECURITY MANAGEMENT (3) This course is a mana- INSS 752 WEB SERVER MANAGEMENT gerial view of information security. It provides AND CGI PROGRAMMING (3) Provides an brief hands on experience with technical understanding of Web server installation, aspects of security, but it concentrates on plan- setup and management (particularly Apache ning, risk management, development, specifi- and IIS); developing interactive, server-based, cations, and informal, cultural and legal applications with the Web Common Gateway aspects of information security management. Interface (CGI), Active Server Pages (ASP) or Prerequisites: Graduate standing and INSS PHP; and applications manipulating databases 640. on the Web (particularly MySQL). Topics include HTML and forms review, Apache and INSS 742 DATA MINING FOR STRATEGIC IIS Web Server, CGI specifications, Practical ADVANTAGE (3) This course is an overview Extraction and Report Language (Perl) scripts of data mining and how these techniques can syntax, commands and CGI libraries, creating be used to predict behavior patterns. It and porting CGI scripts, installation and use of emphasizes both theoretical and practical MySQL database server, Perl DBI and MySQL, understanding related to pattern recognitions, integrating Apache and MySQL, ASP and trend, predictions, categorization and explora- PHP concepts. Prerequisite: INSS 651 and tion used in data mining. Understanding of INSS 701. security, ethical and legal issues related to data mining are examined. Applications of data INSS 753 INTERNET AND NETWORK mining tools in business security, marketing SECURITY (3) Familiarizes students with and government are presented. Students basic security threats on networks connected employ the use of situational analysis, case to the Internet, basic tools to provide user and studies, and research oriented approaches. system security and security resources avail- Prerequisite: Graduate standing. able on the Internet. The main focus is on digital and infrastructure security. Topics include security framework overview, foot- COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 279 printing, scanning, enumeration, hacking the process. Topics include stakeholder analy- framework, backdoor servers and Trojans, sis, project design and organization, estimating rootkits, Windows (98/NT, 2000/XP) and and budgeting, scheduling, identifying and Linux vulnerabilities, dial-up, VPN and net- managing risk, project communications and work devices vulnerabilities, firewalls, Intru- project metrics and control. Prerequisite: INSS sion Detection System (IDS), Denial of Service 640. (DoS) and DDoS, buffer overflows, spyware, phishing, social engineering and protecting the INSS 789 INFORMATION SYSTEMS CAP- Web end-user. This is a project-oriented course STONE PROJECT (3) A field-study project using a restricted-access UB lab to practice the capstone course. Student teams undertake an use of hacking and security tools. Prerequi- information systems project in the public or sites: INSS 650 and INSS 751 or permission of private sector with little supervision by faculty instructor. advisers. Project management by each team is an integral part of the course experience. A INSS 761 DECISION SUPPORT SYSTEMS project proposal—including scope, milestones (3) Covers human resource management issues and deliverables—is developed at the begin- including legal considerations, recruiting, ning of the course. Progress reports and a final selection, performance appraisal, development oral and written presentation complete the and health and safety. It will also cover strate- project management experience. Projects focus gic compensation issues including job evalua- on one aspect of IS, such as systems analysis tion, benefits administration and pay and design, database systems, telecommunica- determination strategies. Additional emphasis tions, e-commerce, security or management. will be placed on workforce diversity, interna- Students are evaluated by the team deliver- tional dimensions and ethical consideration. ables and by the individual contribution to the Prerequisite: Graduate standing. final project deliverables. This course should be taken in the final term of the student’s pro- INSS 765 E-COMMERCE TECHNOLO- gram. Prerequisite: All required M.S. in MIS GIES AND APPLICATIONS (3) Provides a core courses or permission of instructor. managerial and technical perspective on e-commerce applications. The emphasis is on INSS 797 ADVANCED TOPICS IN INFOR- the operational, tactical and strategic applica- MATION SYSTEMS (3) Exploration of tions of ecommerce and the major technolo- advanced topics in information systems of gies involved in their development. Covers the interest to faculty and students. Prerequisites different types of e-commerce, the technolo- and topics are selected and printed in the gies and techniques involved and the major schedule of classes. issues facing organizations conducting electronic commerce. Managerial topics include INSS 799 INDIVIDUAL RESEARCH: mobile commerce; business, consumer and INFORMATION SYSTEMS (1-3) Prerequi- government ecommerce uses; and legal and site: approvals of instructor and chair of regulatory issues. Technical topics explored Department of Management Information Sys- include network infrastructure, ecommerce tems. security and data representation, transformation, and exchange technologies such as XML. Prerequisite: INSS 640. INSTRUCTIONAL LEADERSHIP AND INSS 784 PROJECT MANAGEMENT (3) PROFESSIONAL DEVELOPMENT Strong project management is key to a success- (ILDP) ful IT project. This course examines the principal elements in effective project management ILPD 603 SCHOOL LAW (3) Addresses the as well as tools and techniques for managing legal framework within the public and non- 280 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS public school. The course gives attention to current research-based principles of assess- the legal relationships among federal, state and ment design, and strategically using formative local governments; the legal status of school and summative assessment results to support districts, boards of education and school student and teacher growth. This course mod- administrators; the legal status of nonpublic els best practices in professional learning com- schools; and the law regarding all facets of the munity development. Prerequisites: None. school program, staff and pupils. The course addresses several sets of state and national ILPD 650 EXPLORATION OF HOLO- standards: the Interstate School Leaders Licen- CAUST EDUCATION (3) Students in this sure Consortium (ISLLC), the Educational course will engage in critical exploration of Leadership Constituent Council (ELCC), various topics of the Holocaust through art, Maryland Instructional Leadership Frame- literature, life stories and film. Students will work (MILF), and Technology Standards for learn core information about the history of the School Administrators (TSSA). Prerequisite: Holocaust and explore the context and impli- Student teaching or teaching experience. cations of that history. The course will examine effective teaching methodologies and ILPD 605 MANAGEMENT OF HUMAN challenge each student to prepare and present SERVICES: LEADERSHIP AND SUPERVI- curricular units utilizing different teaching SION (3) This course will assist students in models. Prerequisites: None. developing management expertise for working in nonprofit Jewish organizations. Course ILPD 667 CURRICULUM AND ASSESS- focuses on leadership style, interpersonal rela- MENT (3) Examines the historical, philo- tions, mission statements, shared vision, and sophical and psychological foundations of the executive roles working with committees, school curriculum from an administrative/ communities and colleagues. Prerequisites: supervisory perspective. Students will deter- None. mine some of the basic forces affecting curriculum development, examine its patterns of ILPD 606 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT organization, identify school practices in cur- OF JEWISH ORGANIZATIONS (3) Survey ricular development and assessment, and of organizations theory and management skills review state and system curricular outcomes. for nonprofit Jewish institutions. Course Students will formulate and articulate their focuses on financial management, policy for- own curricular theories (orientations) and mation, strategic planning, marketing and views related to current trends and practices. fundraising, critical issues in philanthropy. The course addresses several sets of state and Prerequisites: None. national standards: the Interstate School Lead- ers Licensure Consortium (ISLLC), the Educa- ILPD 613 THEORETICAL AND PRACTI- tional Leadership Constituent Council CAL DIMENSIONS OF EDUCATIONAL (ELCC), Maryland Instructional Leadership ADMINISTRATION (3) This course will Framework (MILF), and Technology Stan- present fundamental concepts and theories of dards for School Administrators. Prerequisite: effective administration that have specific Graduate standing. application to Jewish day and religious schools. Critical leadership issues will be ILPD 668 LEADERSHIP AND GROUP examined, such as effective communications DYNAMICS (3) Designed to provide students and marketing, responsible budgeting and with essential knowledge, skills and competen- productive lay/professional relationships. Pre- cies needed to be an instructional leader. The requisites: None. content focuses on group participation and effective communication for increasing self- ILPD 614 CLASSROOM ASSESSMENT image, developing strategies for building and FOR INSTRUCTIONAL LEADERS (3) This maintaining trust, developing skills for dealing course focuses on understanding and applying with difficult situations, and developing tech- COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 281 niques for creating learning communities. The ERS (3) This course will focus on the theoreti- course addresses several sets of state and cal and applied foundations of leadership national standards: the Interstate School Lead- concepts, principles, practices and competen- ers Licensure Consortium (ISLLC), the Educa- cies; integration of theory and practice to tional Leadership Constituent Council apply these conceptual models of leadership in (ELCC), Maryland Instructional Leadership the education context; and the concept of the Framework (MILF), Technology Standards for school as a learning organization and its impli- School Administrators (TSSA) and the cations for the practice of educational leader- National Staff Development Council (NSDC). ship. This course is aligned with the standards Prerequisite: Graduate standing. established by the Educational Leadership Council (ELCC), Interstate School Leaders ILPD 670-674 SPECIAL TOPICS IN Licensure Consortium (ISLLC), Maryland INSTRUCTIONAL LEADERSHIP (3) In- Instructional Leadership Framework (MILF) depth study of a selected topic in Instructional and Technology Standards for School Admin- Leadership. The specific requirements and istrators (TSSA). Prerequisites: None. prerequisites will vary with each topic and will be designated by the department each time a ILPD 740 DATA-BASED DECISION MAK- topic is scheduled. Approval by the program ING FOR CURRICULUM AND INSTRUC- director is required. Each topic may be taken TION (3) Considers how to collect, analyze as a separate course. and use a variety of classroom, school-based, state and national trend data to measure pro- ILPD 675 LEADERSHIP AND ACTION gram effectiveness and guide curricular revi- RESEARCH (3) Applications of principles sions. The course addresses several sets of state and processes for identifying a school issue and national standards: the Educational Lead- and determining an appropriate solution to ership Constituent Council (ELCC), Maryland the problem at the school level. Field-testing of Instructional Leadership Framework (MILF), proposed solution and examination of effec- Technology Standards for School Administra- tiveness of chosen strategies through data tors (TSSA) and the National Staff Develop- analysis. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. ment Council (NSDC). Prerequisites: Graduate standing and ECED 665, ELED 665, SCED ILPD 716 LEADERSHIP OF SCHOOLS (3) 741 or equivalent. Designed to investigate change and change theory in relationship to the administrators’ ILPD 741 SEMINAR IN LIABILITY FOR roles and responsibilities. This course focuses PROFESSIONALS IN EDUCATION (3) In- on the development of vision and mission in depth discussions of a variety of emerging providing direction for the leadership of the legal cases appropriate to liability among pro- school program and curriculum, and develop- fessionals in education. Emphasis will be given ment of policy, procedures and guiding prin- to such topics as: negligence, duty, abrogation ciples of school administration. The course of duty, foreseeability, loco parentis, sovereign addresses several sets of state and national immunity, suspension and expulsion, profes- standards: the Interstate School Leaders Licen- sional negotiations, evaluations, and student sure Consortium (ISLLC), the Educational rights and responsibilities addressed through Leadership Constituent Council (ELCC), the Educational Leadership Constituent Coun- Maryland Instructional Leadership Frame- cil (ELCC), Maryland Instructional Leader- work (MILF), Technology Standards for ship Framework (MILF), Technology School Administrators (TSSA) and the Standards for School Administrators (TSSA) National Staff Development Council (NSDC). and the National Staff Development Council Prerequisite: Graduate standing. (NSDC). Prerequisites: Graduate standing and one course in school law. ILPD 739 LEADERSHIP THEORY AND PRACTICE FOR EDUCATIONAL LEAD- 282 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ILPD 742 TRANSFORMATIONAL LEAD- tors (TSSA) and the National Staff Develop- ERSHIP AND PROFESSIONAL DEVELOP- ment Council (NSDC). Prerequisite: Advanced MENT (3) Addresses the basic considerations graduate standing in Educational Leadership affecting professional development at the Program or consent of instructor. school and district level, examines patterns of organization and identifies successful school ILPD 745 SCHOOL BUDGETING AND FIS- practices. Students formulate and articulate CAL PLANNING (3) Development of a bud- their own beliefs in relation to current trends get on departmental, local school, system-wide and make correlations to standards addressed and state levels; implementation and evalua- through the Educational Leadership Constitu- tion of budgets; and long- and short-term fis- ent Council (ELCC), Maryland Instructional cal planning. The course addresses several sets Leadership Framework (MILF), Technology of state and national standards: the Interstate Standards for School Administrators (TSSA) School Leaders Licensure Consortium (ISLLC), and the National Staff Development Council the Educational Leadership Constituent Coun- (NSDC). Prerequisite: Graduate standing. cil (ELCC), Maryland Instructional Leader- ship Framework (MILF) and Technology ILPD 743 LEARNING COMMUNITIES Standards for School Administrators (TSSA). AND ORGANIZATIONAL CHANGE (3) Prerequisite: One course in administration. Theoretical underpinnings of individual and organizational learning in an era of rapid ILPD 781 SEMINAR IN SUPERVISION (3) change, with emphasis on leaders’ roles in Examines the role of the instructional leader in shaping schools and districts into learning the schools, and explores some of the basic communities in which stakeholders share val- considerations affecting supervisory practices ues and norms and engage in ongoing reflec- and techniques needs for improving classroom tive dialogue and collaboration to improve instruction and student performance. Students teaching and increase student learning. The in this course learn to use mission and vision course addresses several sets of state and for determining effective teaching and learn- national standards, including the Educational ing. The course addresses several sets of state Leadership Constituent Council (ELCC), and national standards: the Interstate School Maryland Instructional Leadership Frame- Leaders Licensure Consortium (ISLLC), the work (MILF), Technology Standards for Educational Leadership Constituent Council School Administrators (TSSA) and the (ELCC), Maryland Instructional Leadership National Staff Development Council (NSDC). Framework (MILF), Technology Standards for Prerequisite: Graduate standing. School Administrators (TSSA) and the National Staff Development Council (NSDC). ILPD 744 INTERPERSONAL RELATIONS Prerequisite: Graduate standing. AND GROUP DYNAMICS: THEORY, RESEARCH AND APPLICATION (3) ILPD 797 INTERNSHIP IN EDUCATIONAL Addresses theoretical and applied foundation LEADERSHIP (1-3) Designed as a 300-hour of concepts, principles, practices and compe- collaborative experience involving the school tencies related to understanding group dynam- systems, the university, and the candidates in ics and interpersonal relations; integration of practical applications of the knowledge, skills, theory and practice to apply various concep- and dispositions needed to be successful as tual models of group behavior to educational emerging instructional leaders. In the intern- and organizational settings; and self-aware- ship, candidates enrolled in a formal program ness and development to improve interper- for Administrator I Certification are required sonal relations addressed through the to interact in multiple educational settings and standards of the Educational Leadership Con- situations and demonstrate understanding of stituent Council (ELCC), Maryland Instruc- instructional leadership acquired throughout tional Leadership Framework (MILF), the professional program. Candidates must Technology Standards for School Administra- have completed a minimum of 30 units of COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 283 graduate course work, passed the comprehen- instruction in creating learning environments. sive examination, and have consent of the Pedagogical, technological, organizational, program adviser to participate in the intern- institutional and ethical issues related to ship. The internship addresses several sets of design, development and delivery. Prerequisite: state and national standards: the Educational ISTC 541 or equivalent. Leadership Constituent Council (ELCC), Maryland Instructional Leadership Frame- ISTC 615 COLLECTION DEVELOPMENT work (MILF) and Technology Standards for (3) Concepts, processes, guidelines and School Administrators (TSSA). resources for the development of a high-quality school library media center collection. Pre- requisite: Graduate standing. INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY (ISTC) ISTC 633 INSTRUCTIONAL VIDEO (3) This course explores the design and produc- ISTC 501 INTEGRATING INSTRUC- tion of video for education training. The TIONAL TECHNOLOGY (3) Materials, emphasis on the instructional systems design devices, techniques and settings are presented process is supported by laboratory tasks that in an overview of the field of instructional lead students through the process of producing technology. instructional video. Computer-based editing is used. Prerequisite: Bachelor’s degree. ISTC 541 FOUNDATIONS OF INSTRUC- TIONAL TECHNOLOGY (3) This introduc- ISTC 635 THEORY AND DESIGN OF tory course provides an overview of the field of COMPUTER-BASED INSTRUCTION (3) instructional technology. This course focuses This advanced course investigates several theo- on helping students develop an awareness and retical strategies appropriate to the develop- understanding of the theories and philosophies ment of CBI. A variety of educational and driving the field. In addition, this course will training environments are explored in the explore common computer-related technolo- context of the Instructional Systems Design gies used within most learning environments. process. A laboratory task enables students to Prerequisite: Graduate acceptance into Tow- use the more complex functions of an author- son University. ing system. Prerequisite: ISTC 687.

ISTC 553 INSTRUCTIONAL PHOTOGRA- ISTC 651 INFORMATION LITERACY PHY (3) This course explores the use of film- AND ACCESS (3) Access and evaluation of based and digital photography for education information sources relevant to school library and training. The application of visual theory media centers. Prerequisites: Graduate stand- principles, review of basic photographic tech- ing and completion of level-one school library niques, photo editing in a digital environment media courses. and instructional design competencies will be emphasized. ISTC 653 THE ORGANIZATION OF KNOWLEDGE (3) The organization of ISTC 601 SCHOOL LIBRARY MEDIA knowledge in all formats including cataloging, ADMINISTRATION (3) The evaluation, plan- subject analysis and bibliographic control. ning and policy development for the school Prerequisite: Graduate standing. library media center. Prerequisites: Graduate standing and completion of all level-one and ISTC 655 MULTIMEDIA DESIGN (3) This level-two school library media courses. course gives an introduction and overview to digital media (multimedia) in instructional set- ISTC 605 WEB-BASED INSTRUCTION IN tings. A laboratory task enables students to EDUCATION (3) Principles of Web-based develop original media, gather and edit digital 284 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS media assets, integrate their products into a ISTC 687 COMPUTER-BASED INSTRUC- computer presentation program and output TION (3) The relationship between pro- their results in a variety of digital and analog grammed instruction and computer-assisted media formats. instruction is examined. Students are required to demonstrate competencies in the design and ISTC 663 APPLIED PSYCHOLOGY OF production of computer-assisted instruction. LEARNING (3) Behaviorist, cognitivist and Prerequisite: ISTC 541 or equivalent. constructivist learning theories are discussed. Emphasis is on the application of those theo- ISTC 689 THEORY AND DESIGN OF ries to instruction. Prerequisite: ISTC 541 or COMPUTER-BASED INSTRUCTION (3) equivalent. This advanced course investigates several theoretical strategies appropriate to the develop- ISTC 667 INSTRUCTIONAL DEVELOP- ment of CBI. A variety of educational and MENT (3) Overview and application of the training environments are explored in the instruction systems approach for problem context of the Instructional Systems Design solving and the design of instruction. Media process. A laboratory task enables students to selection, needs assessment, prototyping, use the more complex functions of an author- implementation and evaluation of instruc- ing system. Prerequisite: ISTC 687. tional systems. ISTC 690 DATABASE APPLICATIONS FOR ISTC 671 ADVANCED REFERENCE (3) SCHOOL LIBRARY MEDIA CENTERS (3) Bibliographic research for the retrieval of Theories and applications of educational information using manual and automated information system development, including information delivery system techniques. Pre- database design and implementation and basis requisite: ISTC 651 or equivalent. of graphical user interface (GUI) programming, with emphasis upon database applica- ISTC 673 INSTRUCTIONAL FACILITIES tions for school library systems and DESIGN (3) A systems approach to the inte- administrative management. Prerequisite: gration of media and facilities into a unit to ISTC 541 or ISTC 301/501 or equivalent. fulfill instructional training goals. Time and sequential phasing relationships. Prerequisite: ISTC 691 DIRECTED READINGS IN Three ISTC courses above the 500 level. INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY (1-4) Independent readings and research in selected ISTC 674-679 SPECIAL TOPICS IN areas of instructional technology. Prerequisite: INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES (3-6) Consent of program director. Topics selected from the instructional technology field which are innovative and of immedi- ISTC 692 DIRECTED READINGS IN ate concern to existing instructional needs. INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY (1-4) Prerequisite: Bachelor’s degree; may be Independent readings and research in selected repeated to a maximum of 6 units with no areas of instructional technology. May be topic repeated. repeated for a maximum of 4 units. Prerequi- site: Consent of program director. ISTC 685 RESEARCH IN INSTRUC- TIONAL TECHNOLOGY (3) Students write ISTC 693 DIRECTED READINGS IN a research proposal and concentrate on ele- INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY (1-4) ments of a research study, inferential statistics Independent readings and research in selected and research in the field of instructional tech- areas of instructional technology. May be nology. Prerequisite: 12 units of ISTC courses repeated for a maximum of 4 units. Prerequi- at 600-700 level. site: Consent of program director. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 285

ISTC 694 DIRECTED READINGS IN ISTC 707 LEARNING ENVIRONMENTS INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY (1-4) IN A DIGITAL AGE (3) Contemporary learn- Independent readings and research in selected ing theory will be used to design and evaluate areas of instructional technology. May be interactive learning environments that reflect repeated for a maximum of 4 units. Prerequi- the qualities of active, constructive, collabora- site: Consent of program director. tive, intentional, complex, contextual, conver- sational and reflective learning. Prerequisite: ISTC 695 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN Admission to doctoral program or completion INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY (1-4) of Master’s Level I: Core Sequence. Individual and supervised study of research problems and special projects in specific areas ISTC 709 LEGAL AND ETHICAL ISSUES of instructional technology. Prerequisite: Con- IN INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY (3) sent of instructor. Legal, ethical and intellectual property issues related to the use of technology in education. ISTC 700 ASSESSMENT IN INSTRUC- Analysis of case studies related to technology TIONAL TECHNOLOGY (3) Contemporary use policies for education and human resource theories and methodologies of assessment in organizations. Prerequisite: Admission to doc- instructional technology, including terminol- toral program or completion of Master’s Level ogy and concepts, measurement principles and I: Core Sequence. assessment instruments, with emphasis upon assessment of technology learning, technology ISTC 711 INNOVATION, CHANGE AND integration, technology attitudes, perfor- ORGANIZATIONAL STRUCTURES (3) mance, educational software designs and man- Study of the interconnected and diverse forces agement of technology resource. Prerequisite: of technological innovation that impact learn- Admission to doctoral program or completion ing organizations and the change process. of Master’s Level I: Core Sequence. Prerequisite: Admission to doctoral program or completion of Master’s Level I: Core ISTC 702 EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP Sequence. AND TECHNOLOGY (3) Explores current research and theory related to technology ISTC 717 DISTANCE EDUCATION IN policy, planning and leadership in education THEORY AND PRACTICE (3) Relevant settings. Focus will include development of concepts and issues in distance education technology plans at the school district and including theoretical foundations, existing state levels. Prerequisite: Admission to doc- institutions and concepts, and current practice. toral program or completion of Master’s Level Prerequisites: Admission to doctoral program I: Core Sequence. or completion of Master’s Level I: Core Sequence. ISTC 705 ADVANCED WEB APPLICA- TIONS IN EDUCATION (3) This course ISTC 718 CRITICAL PERSPECTIVES OF includes contemporary theories, methodolo- TECHNOLOGY IN EDUCATION (3) A gies and advanced techniques of using Web reflective view of the moral, historical, social applications in the field of education and and political views of technology in education. related disciplines. Course covers application Students will examine technology’s impact on of using scripting language to produce dynamic the discipline of teaching as well as technolo- Web pages for educational purposes. Current gy’s broader impact on society. The content to Web design software and graphing tools will be covered by this course will not overlap with be used. An online learning environment using any other courses currently offered by the Col- course management tools will be developed. lege of Education. Prerequisites: Admission to Prerequisite: Admission to doctoral program doctoral program or completion of Master’s or completion of Master’s Level I: Core Level I: Core Sequence. Sequence. 286 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

ISTC 731 THEORY AND PRACTICE FOR research in the field of instructional technology INTEGRATING DIGITAL RESOURCES and related specialization areas. The intent of INTO LEARNING AND TEACHING (3) the course is that doctoral students will develop This course focuses on current theoretical per- a review of literature related to their disserta- spectives on learning that underlie decisions tion proposal. Prerequisite: Completion of about technology integration in diverse educa- core courses in the ISTC doctoral program. tional settings. Students will examine recent technological innovations surrounding technol- ISTC 782 INVESTIGATING AND EVALU- ogy integration for teaching and learning; ana- ATING RESEARCH IN ISTC II (3) This semi- lyze effective design of computer-based nar course will focus on a critical review and instructional materials; create and evaluate case evaluation of current research findings and studies relating to technology integration; and methodology. The emphasis is upon the devel- critically examine their own personal and pro- opment of critical perspective of ongoing fessional values as an aspect of their work as research in the field of instructional technology educator and instruction designers. Prerequi- and related specialization areas. The intent of site: Admission to doctoral program or com- this course is that the doctoral student will pletion of Master’s Level I: Core Sequence. develop products related to their dissertation proposal. This course may be repeated for a ISTC 741 RESEARCH FOUNDATIONS OF maximum of 3 units. Prerequisite: ISTC 780. INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY (3) This seminar course will focus on examining ISTC 787 INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOL- philosophies and discourse upon which the OGY CAPSTONE (3) Provides students the field of instructional technology is built. This opportunity to demonstrate mastery of course will examine historical research, orga- required course work in the Instructional nizational and governmental standards, alter- Technology program. Proposal and comple- native and critical theories, and paradigms and tion of a comprehensive technology-intensive philosophies of learning, design and technol- project. Prerequisite: Completion of 21 units ogy. Prerequisite: Admission to doctoral pro- in ISTC program. gram or completion of Master’s Level I: Core Sequence. ISTC 789 PRACTICUM AND PORTFOLIO IN SCHOOL LIBRARY MEDIA (3-6) Stu- ISTC 767 ADVANCED THEORY AND dents serve under the supervision of a school INSTRUCTIONAL DESIGN (3) This course library media center director. Students present is designed to extend the student’s understand- graduate portfolios to level-one students and ing of instructional design to include advanced faculty in school library media. Prerequisite: models, non-linear models, advanced assess- Completion of all level-one and level-two ment and evaluation techniques, and to pro- school library media courses. vide a glimpse of instructional design in the years to come. A comprehensive course project ISTC 797 GRADUATE INTERNSHIP IN will be completed using such techniques and INSTRUCTIONAL TECHNOLOGY (3) theories. This course does not overlap with Project under the direction of a faculty adviser. any existing course. Prerequisite: Admission to The course may be taken twice for credit. Pre- doctoral program or completion of Master’s requisite: Admission to doctoral program or Level I: Core Sequence. completion of 21 units in ISTC master’s or doctoral program. ISTC 780 INVESTIGATING AND EVALU- ATING RESEARCH IN ISTC (3) This semi- ISTC 897 MASTER’S THESIS IN INSTRUC- nar course will focus on a critical review and TIONAL TECHNOLOGY (6) An original evaluation of current research findings and investigation, using research method and methodology. The emphasis is upon the devel- design, of a research problem. Credit granted opment of critical perspective of ongoing after thesis accepted. Prerequisite: Consent of chair. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 287

ISTC 898 THESIS (3) Continuing work on curriculum. Prerequisite: Graduate standing or thesis after completion of basic thesis units. approval of program director. May be repeated as necessary. Prerequisite: Previous course, ISTC 897, taken over two IDFA 603 DRAMA IN THE CLASSROOM consecutive terms. (3) A practical and philosophical framework for integrating drama across the curriculum. ISTC 899 THESIS CONTINUUM (1) Prereq- Through classroom activities and independent uisite: ISTC 898. research, the participants will identify the significance and implications of drama, both as ISTC 998 DISSERTATION IN ISTC (1-9) An an art form (product) and as a cross-curricular original research investigation using research tool (process). Aligning with the Maryland literature, methods, analysis and design. Pre- State Curriculum for Fine Arts, the course requisite: Consent of adviser. includes planning, progression, continuity and assessment. The principles taught can be ISTC 999 DISSERTATION CONTINUUM applied to the primary curriculum or to the (1) Continuing work on dissertation after secondary level as well. Prerequisite: Graduate completion of basic dissertation units. May be standing or approval of program director. repeated as necessary. Prerequisite: ISTC 998. IDFA 604 INTERDISCIPLINARY SEMINAR IN THE CONTEMPORARY ARTS (3) An INTERDISCIPLINARY FINE ARTS interdisciplinary graduate seminar in the con- (IDFA) temporary arts; topics vary by term. Prerequi- sites: Graduate-level standing or permission of IDFA 580 TOPICS IN ARTS, MEDIA, COM- the program director/instructor; upper-level MUNICATION AND SOCIAL CONTROL writing necessary for undergraduates. (3) A multidisciplinary and collaborative service-learning seminar that explores complex IDFA 606 ART FORMS (3) An interdisciplin- problems of the Baltimore metropolitan ary course focusing on the four art forms of region. Includes creative projects and field- dance, music, theatre and visual art through work with civic, community and/or nonprofit participation in the creative process. Prerequi- organizations. Topics vary and could include sites: Graduate standing, and certification in homelessness, domestic violence, drug abuse, teaching or approval of program director/ disabilities, housing, education, health issues instructor. and welfare. Prerequisite: Junior/senior standing or consent of instructor. IDFA 607 TEACHING THINKING THROUGH ART (3) An exploration of inter- IDFA 601 ENHANCING READING disciplinary planning, thinking and teaching THROUGH THE ARTS (3) Arts experience strategies, integrating art appreciation and to facilitate skills, comprehension, analysis cognition with core curriculum in the K-12 and synthesis of text-based learning materials. classroom. Prerequisites: Graduate standing, Includes pre-reading skills, readiness activities, and certification in teaching or approval of vocabulary building, critical analysis and cre- program director/instructor. ative writing. Prerequisite: Graduate standing or approval of program director. IDFA 608 ARTS INTEGRATION CAPSTONE SEMINAR (3) An introduction to action IDFA 602 ARTS ACROSS THE CURRICU- research projects in arts integration. Includes the LUM (3) This course will explore the interdis- writing of a proposal, outline of project and ciplinary planning and teaching strategies research in selected area. Prerequisites: Graduate integrating the arts (dance, music, theatre and standing, and certification in teaching or visual arts) with academic subjects in the K-12 approval of program director/instructor. 288 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

IDFA 609 ARTS INTEGRATION CAP- IDHP 605 MANAGING HEALTH CARE STONE PROJECT (3) Continuation of action PROFESSIONALS (3) This course provides an research project. Includes implementation, overview of issues and skills involved in effec- analysis, reflection and evaluation of project. tively managing the health professional. The Prerequisites: Graduate standing; certification course will focus on the application of the entire in teaching or approval of program director/ range of supervisory skills and personnel man- instructor; and IDFA 608. agement practices to the tasks of administering a health care operation. Also listed as OCTH 605. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. INTERDISCIPLINARY HEALTH PROFESSIONS (IDHP) IDHP 610 ADMINISTRATION OF HEALTH CARE ORGANIZATIONS (3) Capstone IDHP 501 HIV/AIDS TESTING AND CON- course in the interdisciplinary Clinician-to- FIDENTIALITY IN THE 21ST CENTURY Administrator Transition (CAT) certificate (3) Explores societal factors, resources, poli- program. Integration and application of cies, health care delivery, legal/ethical issues knowledge and skills related to program plan- and counseling. Students will be prepared for ning, financial management and management Maryland State Certification as HIV testing of human resources. Prerequisites: Completion counselors. Prerequisites: HLTH 101 or NURS of the first four courses in the CAT program 406, PSYC 101, SOCI 101 and one of the fol- and consent of instructor. lowing: BIOL 213, BIOL 215, HLTH 207 or NURS 204 or consent of instructor. IDHP 621 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES FOR INFANTS AND CHILDREN ON THE IDHP 513 CLINICAL PROGRAM PLAN- AUTISM SPECTRUM (3) Theoretical and NING AND EVALUATION IN ALLIED applied perspectives of current issues related to HEALTH (3) Overview of the clinical pro- infants and children on the autism spectrum; gram planning and evaluation process. Devel- family concerns; and considerations of educa- opment of clinical health programs based on tional, community and home contexts. community/medical needs or needs of health care systems. Prerequisite: Special permit IDHP 623 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES FOR required. ADOLESCENTS AND ADULTS ON THE AUTISM SPECTRUM (3) Overview of theo- IDHP 600 TRANSITIONS: HEALTH CARE retical and applied perspectives of current PROFESSIONALS IN A CHANGING ENVI- issues related to adolescents and adults on the RONMENT (3) Introductory course in CAT autism spectrum with a primary focus on per- program, focused primarily on context and son-centered strategies and evidence-based stakeholders of health delivery system, along practice. with leadership and teamwork. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. IDHP 636 INTERMEDIATE STATISTICS FOR THE HEALTH SCIENCES (3) The IDHP 602 CLINICAL PROGRAM PLAN- focus of this course is on the statistical meth- NING, IMPLEMENTATION AND EVALU- odologies and research designs in public ATION (3) Planning clinical programs for health. The course content ranges from single- health care environments and business plan- factor to multiple-factor analyses. Advanced ning. Course includes practical skill develop- statistical, analytical techniques will be ment in the design of a program proposal, addressed using handheld calculators (TI83 or including elements of reimbursement and reg- equivalent) as well as statistical software avail- ulatory requirements. Students will apply able in Excel and SPSS. Topics such as effect tracking systems to evaluate program effec- size, confidence intervals, standard error of the tiveness. mean, type I error, type II error and power will COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 289 be continuously emphasized throughout the IDHP 705 CULTURE AND HEALTH (3) course. May be repeated for a maximum of 3 Provides a theoretical framework for culture units. and health. Students will analyze cultural understandings of health care and synthesize IDHP 641 COMMUNICATION, BEHAV- this knowledge for application into their pro- IOR AND PARTICIPATION LINKAGES fessional practice. FOR PEOPLE ON THE AUTISM SPEC- TRUM (3) An analysis and application of IDHP 712 ADULT LEARNER (3) Introduc- positive communication and behavioral man- tion to learning in adulthood, including con- agement strategies to promote social participa- text, development, process and practice. tion and inclusion of people on the autism Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. spectrum. Prerequisite: IDHP 621. IDHP 741 ETHICAL AND LEGAL ISSUES IDHP 642 PROGRAM DESIGN AND IN CLINICAL PRACTICE (3) Provides an IMPLEMENTATION IN AUTISM (3) Pro- interdisciplinary exploration of legal and ethi- gram needs assessment, design and evaluation cal issues in clinical practice, research, admin- for people on the autism spectrum to support istration and teaching. It includes emphases on participation in educational, work, home and cultural diversity, truth-telling, informed con- community settings. Prerequisite: IDHP 621. sent, confidentiality, accountability, reimbursement pressures, new technologies and IDHP 647 HEALTH CARE FINANCIAL treatments, end-of-life care, licensure con- MANAGEMENT (3) Examination of finan- cerns, practice in varied settings and organiza- cial aspects of health care, including account- tional ethics. Prerequisite: Graduate admission ing and budgeting. Aspects of production, to Towson University. distribution and organization, and health services are reviewed from financial and eco- IDHP 770-775 SPECIAL TOPICS IN THE nomic perspectives. Also listed as HLTH 647. FIELD OF AUTISM (3) Study of selected topics in the field of autism. Student may repeat IDHP 651 PLANNING AND MARKETING up to 6 units. Prerequisites: Vary with each HEALTH IN BUSINESS AND INDUSTRY topic; consent of program chair. (3) Health promotion and delivery in the profit and not-for-profit sectors. Concepts and IDHP 791 DIRECTED READINGS IN THE application of planning and marketing health FIELD OF AUTISM (3) This course focuses in various settings. Also listed as HLTH 651. on in-depth explorations of topics related to the field of autism. Prerequisite: Consent of IDHP 653 RESPONSIBLE CONDUCT OF program chair. RESEARCH (3) An interdisciplinary exploration of issues in the ethical conduct of research, IDHP 792 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN THE and in the process of moving from graduate FIELD OF AUTISM (3) This course focuses school into a career. Includes societal, political on in-depth investigations specific to area of and institutional environment and values sur- interest related to the field of autism. Prerequi- rounding research and research misconduct; site: Consent of program chair. ways to encourage research integrity; and ways to evaluate it. INTEGRATED HOMELAND SECURITY MANAGEMENT (IHSM) IDHP 681 SEMINAR IN AUTISM SPEC- TRUM ISSUES (1) Interdisciplinary analysis IHSM 611 CRITICAL NATIONAL INFRA- of issues and integration of services for people STRUCTURES (3) Examines America’s critical on the autism spectrum, their families and infrastructures and their relationships to one communities. Prerequisites: FMST 610 or another, and issues pertaining to safeguarding SPED 605; must be taken in final term of program. and managing these infrastructures under seri- 290 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS ous threat. Analyzes key asset identification, IHSM 620 INTRODUCTION TO INFOR- threat and vulnerability, and studies technologies MATION ASSURANCE (3) This course for their ability to support planning, mitigation, introduces principles, mechanisms and imple- response, recovery and prediction. Prerequisite: mentation of information assurance. Emphasis Open to IHSM-MS and SASM-PBC students is placed on human and technological aspects only or department consent. of information assurance and issues relevant to the risks in which information systems are IHSM 612 PLANNING, PREVENTION exposed and methods of dealing with such AND RISK MANAGEMENT (3) Explores risks. Not open to students who have taken technology and management of holistic infor- COSC 644. Prerequisite: Open to IHSM-MS mation security and risk with respect to U.S. students only or department consent. homeland security and specific technologies and techniques used by terrorists, hackers, IHSM 621 INFORMATION SYSTEMS crackers, spies and thieves. Prerequisite: Open VULNERABILITY AND RISK ANALYSIS to IHSM-MS and SASM-PBC students only or (3) The identification of vulnerabilities and department consent. risks inherent in the operation of information systems will be explored. Countermeasures IHSM 613 EMERGENCY COMMUNICA- will be discussed and documented in an effort TION AND MANAGEMENT (3) Issues in to counter-identify vulnerabilities. communication in times of emergency, including communication within and between infra- IHSM 622 INTRODUCTION TO SOFT- structures, communication with the public, WARE SECURITY (3) A study of security urgent message communication, and commu- concepts in software. This course is discusses nication hierarchy and protocols in emergency design principles for secure software develop- situations. Prerequisite: Open to IHSM-MS ment, and some of the security issues in cur- and SASM-PBC students only or department rent applications, database systems and web consent. systems. It provides the foundation for identifying vulnerabilities, their impact, and solu- IHSM 614 TEAM BUILDING AND LEAD- tions to securing them. Prerequisite: Open to ERSHIP SKILLS (3) Psychological and organi- HISM-MS students only or department con- zational aspects of group dynamics and work sent. teams. Application of theory to actual teams in the workplace with respect to U.S. home- IHSM 623 NETWORK SECURITY (3) Net- land security and specific case analysis/team work, security, hacker attacks, web security, solutions. Prerequisite: Open to IHSM-MS email security, e-commerce security, systems and SASM-PBC majors only or department and operation environment security, database consent. security, algorithms for making data communications secure, encryption and coding tech- IHSM 615 STRATEGIC AND TACTICAL niques, and IP security. PLANNING (3) This course deals with broad strategy and tactical planning at the national IHSM 630 HEALTH SYSTEM PREPARED- level and also at the level of each critical infra- NESS (3) Examines the health-related capaci- structure. Strategies discussed include the ties and needs of homeland security Homeland Security Strategy, strategy for com- infrastructures and systems, health response bating terrorism, strategy for aviation, strategy teams and communities at the local, regional for pandemic/influenza, strategy for maritime and national levels. Prerequisite: Open to defense and cyberspace strategy. Tactical IHSM-MS students only or department con- aspects include the national response plan and sent. the national incident management system. Prerequisite: Open to IHSM-MS or SASM- IHSM 631 MENTAL HEALTH PREPARED- PBC students only or department consent. NESS AND RESPONSE (3) Incorporating COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 291 emergency mental health principles, strategies IHSM 641 TERRORISM AND POLITICAL and concepts into overall emergency manage- VIOLENCE (3) Analysis of the role of vio- ment planning; basic concepts of disaster and lence in the political process and of the threat terrorism mental health response, at the indi- posed to localities, states and nations from vidual, group, organizational and community groups willing to employ political violence. levels. Case studies and course projects will be Review of current political and terrorist groups used to show practical applications. Prerequi- and examination of effort to address threats of sites: Graduate standing and major standing. political violence. Prerequisite: Open to IHSM- MS students only or department consent. IHSM 632 BIOTERROR PUBLIC HEALTH PREPAREDNESS (3) Covers core and specific IHSM 642 INTELLIGENCE AND HOME- discipline competencies for health, public LAND SECURITY (3) Examination of the roles health and other workers with emphasis on of intelligence in homeland security and national bioterrorism and public health emergency pre- security policy, strategic and tactical warning, paredness that is related to a potential biologi- support for military operations, and covert cal, chemical, radiation, nuclear or other action. Emphasis on problems in conduction public health emergency. Prerequisites: Gradu- intelligence in a democracy and on ethical con- ate standing and major standing. siderations. Prerequisites: None.

IHSM 633 DISASTER RESPONSE AND IHSM 643 HOMELAND SECURITY AND COMMUNITY HEALTH (3) This course will CONSTITUTIONAL RIGHTS (3) A compre- address the need for professionals to incorpo- hensive investigation and analysis of the rela- rate an all hazards approach for disaster man- tionship between national security and civil agement and community health. Students will liberties in the war on terrorism and other identify key international and national policies threats to American security. Prerequisite: and their impact upon community health and Completion of IHSM core courses or permis- national security. Students will be engaged in sion of instructor. fieldwork with the community of their choice to plan, implement and evaluate a project IHSM 660 GIS APPLICATIONS: HOME- designed to actively involve community mem- LAND SECURITY AND EMERGENCY bers in some aspect of disaster preparedness. MANAGEMENT (3) Study and use of selected Prerequisites: Graduate standing and major computer hardware and software for the stor- standing. age, retrieval, manipulation, analysis and display of geographic data. Emphasis is placed on IHSM 640 U.S. HOMELAND SECURITY the application of geographic information POLICY (3) Examines the concept of U.S. systems (GIS) for homeland security and emer- homeland security in the context of recent his- gency management. The course is not intended tory. Provides an overview of the nature of to provide students with extensive training in threats and major vulnerabilities that are the particular GIS software. However, laboratory focus of homeland security efforts. The course projects involving student use of Windows- surveys the principal actors engaged in the based GIS software on desktop computers, homeland security enterprise. It describes the and internet-based GIS applications using Web evolution of institutions, networks and organi- browsers, are required and will reinforce zational relationships that are emerging to important concepts. Prerequisites: Graduate accomplish the various homeland security mis- standing and major standing. sions and functions. The course analyzes current homeland security policy issues and IHSM 670-679 SPECIAL TOPICS IN HOME- discusses the future of the homeland security LAND SECURITY (3) Selected topics in the enterprise. Prerequisite: Open to IHSM-MS Homeland Security area. Emphasis on new and students only or department consent. emerging issues in Homeland Security. May be 292 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS repeated for a maximum of 6 units. Prerequi- JEWISH COMMUNAL SERVICE sites: Completion of all core courses in the (JCS) IHSM program and consent of instructor. JCS 610 Principles of Jewish Com- IHSM 695 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN munal Service (3) A comprehensive over- HOMELAND SECURITY (1-6) Selected top- view of the American Jewish community ics in the homeland security area. Emphasis on today, and a survey of specific challenges fac- new and emerging issues in homeland security. ing professionals in the field of Jewish Com- May be repeated for a maximum of 6 units. munal Service. Topics include major themes of Prerequisites: Completion of all core courses in American Jewish history; an introduction to the IHSM program and consent of instructor. the organization of the American Jewish community in the 21st century, including current- IHSM 881 GRADUATE PROJECT I (3) An day communal structures and institutional original investigation of a problem to be pur- functions; an in-depth look at the most press- sued in cooperation with a federal, state, city ing issues confronting the American Jewish or county agency on a homeland security- community today, as well as some of the new- related topic under the direction of an agency est solutions that have been raised by lay and supervisor and a member of the IHSM faculty. professional leaders; and practical training in The faculty adviser, in conjunction with the leadership skills. agency supervisor, will guide the student throughout different phases of completing the JCS 611 MANAGEMENT OF HUMAN project. Permit required, only for IHSM grad- SERVICES: LEADERSHIP AND SUPERVI- uate students. Prerequisites: Completion of at SION (3) Introduces broad foundations and least 12 units toward the M.S. in Integrated current theories of leadership and challenges Homeland Security Management and consent participants to consider how to implement of program director. successful leadership in 21st-century community organizations. This course guides students IHSM 882 GRADUATE PROJECT II (3) An in considering how to apply leadership in real- original investigation of a problem to be pur- life personal and institutional settings. Practi- sued in cooperation with a federal, state, city cal training in leadership development. or county agency on a homeland security- related topic under the direction of an agency JCS 612 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT OF supervisor and a member of the IHSM faculty. JEWISH ORGANIZATIONS: MATERIAL The faculty adviser, in conjunction with the RESOURCES (3) Unique internal dynamics agency supervisor, will guide the student and external relationships of nonprofit organi- throughout different phases of completing the zations and especially Jewish nonprofits. project. Permit required, only for IHSM grad- Material resource issues such as: fiscal man- uate students. Prerequisites: Completion of at agement, policy formation, strategic planning, least 12 units toward the M.S. in Integrated marketing and fundraising, advocacy, philan- Homeland Security Management and consent thropy and priority planning. of program director. JCS 614 JEWISH COMMUNAL SERVICE IHSM 885 HOMELAND SECURITY PROJ- PRACTICUM SEMINAR (1 unit per year) ECT CONTINUUM (1) Continuation of The monthly practicum seminar provides an graduate project. May be repeated for a maxi- opportunity for Master of Arts Jewish Com- mum of 3 units. Prerequisites: Graduate stand- munal Service students to study with their ing and major standing; previous registration peers and professional leaders. Theoretical and for project work. practical aspects of contemporary issues are discussed as well as relations with lay leaders and community visionaries. This seminar inte- COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 293 grates the studies and professional develop- Jewish immigration to the U.S. from Central ment to enable students to be confident as they Europe (1840-1880) and Eastern Europe embark on their careers. Register for the (1881-1924); life in the United States during course in the second term. Participation in the the first half of the 20th century, including the seminar is mandatory for a minimum of two impact of World War I, the Depression, the years. Holocaust and the founding of Israel on American Jewish life; post-World War II devel- JCS 618 SUPERVISED JEWISH COMMU- opments, including the crisis in Jewish liberal- NAL SERVICE INTERNSHIP (1-3) Students ism and complicated relations between Blacks enrolled in the MAJCS program are required and Jews; ethnics revival following the Six- to complete a supervised field internship. This Day War in 1967; debates over affirmative internship is carefully designed to develop action; and contemporary Jewish issues. leadership skills necessary to become a Jewish Communal professional. The internship will JDST 544 BIBLICAL HEBREW I (3) Intro- enable students to develop the skills necessary duction to Hebrew with emphasis on the for professional growth and adhere to the grammar, vocabulary, syntax and style of Bib- individual goals. Students must complete a lical Hebrew. The fundamentals of Hebrew minimum of two full days per week in a Jewish language; preparation to read and translate institution or organization. Prerequisite: Con- classical Hebrew texts; and foundation for sult with program director prior to registra- continued studies of the classical Hebrew of tion. the Hebrew Bible and rabbinic texts as well as the Hebrew of contemporary idiom. FMST 370/570 Study Abroad: Explor- ing Cross-Cultural Educational JDST 545 BIBLICAL HEBREW II (3) Con- and Social Services in Baltimore tinuation of JDST 543, introduction to the and Israel (3) This course will be an expe- essentials of Biblical Hebrew grammar. Selec- riential opportunity for students to travel to tions from the Hebrew Bible, varying in time Israel to explore culture and service and to period and genre. Preparation to read simple compare that nation’s techniques with Balti- Classical texts with the aid of a lexicon. Pre- more institutions. Students will learn how requisite: JDST 544 or consent from the Israel has developed schools and social services instructor. at national and local levels—from setting policies to putting practices to work in urban areas JDST 546 BIBLICAL HEBREW III (4) Con- such as Jerusalem and Tel Aviv; in small com- tinued study of Biblical Hebrew texts with munities such as Yerucham, a development concentration on more complicated structures city in the Negev; and in Baltimore’s sister city, of Hebrew grammar, morphology, syntax and Ashkelon. Participants will have opportunities vocabulary. Prerequisites: JDST 544 and JDST to explore the Israeli institutions that deal with 545 for 6 units or consent of instructor. an ongoing influx of immigrants with widely varying cultures, languages and educational JDST 547 BIBLICAL HEBREW IV (3) Rein- backgrounds, as well as needs for housing, forcement and expansion of existing knowl- transportation, health care and social integra- edge of Biblical Hebrew; use of classical tion. Hebrew texts to review Biblical Hebrew grammar and to build vocabulary; and introduction of literary features in Biblical Hebrew narra- JEWISH STUDIES (JDST) tive. Prerequisite: JDST 546 or consent of instructor. JDST 533 AMERICAN JEWISH HISTORY (3) Comprehensive introduction to the 350- JDST 585 JEWISH LAW AND ETHICS (3) year history of the American Jewish commu- Cutting-edge issues of ethical and legal con- nity. The Colonial and Revolutionary periods; cern as understood by traditional Jewish legal 294 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS and ethical sources and by contemporary Jew- JDST 631 THE JEWS IN THE MODERN ish thinkers. Basic structure and methodology WORLD (3) Major transformations in Jewish of Jewish law. Understanding of the system history from the Enlightenment through the through examination of different issues. conclusion of the 20th century. Topics include: Jewish emancipation in Europe; religious JDST 600 INTRODUCTION TO BIBLICAL transformations; the rise of modern anti-Semi- LITERATURE AND CIVILIZATION (3) The tism; East European Jewry and the emergence Bible as the primary vehicle for the under- of Jewish politics and secular Jewish ideolo- standing of Israelite civilization. Critical exam- gies; the Zionist movement; the Holocaust; the ination of the Bible and its literature. Insights founding and impact of the State of Israel; and on literary form, style and function in ancient the emergence of a vibrant American Jewish Israel; Israel’s culture and history during the community. first millennium BCE; and Israel’s religious ideas, institutions and theology. JDST 641 CLASSICAL HEBREW LAN- GUAGE AND LITERATURE II: SECOND JDST 607 II SAMUEL – THE RISE AND SAMUEL (3) Advanced Hebrew course that FALL OF DAVID, THE KING (3) Critical surveys the biblical book of II Samuel. Prereq- historical and literary analysis of the text of II uisite: 12 units of college-level Biblical Hebrew Samuel, the narrative of the rise of the Davidic or consent of instructor. Kingdom centered in Jerusalem. Dramatic rise and tragic decline of David himself. Read and JDST 662 THE MYSTERIES OF THE HOLY analyze from a variety of exegetical perspec- ZOHAR (3) Exploration of some of the focal tives. Exploration of viewpoints of author and mysteries of the Holy Zohar, the most influen- audience and of the historical reality of the tial Kabbalistic composition, important to formative epoch of the ancient Israelite King- core beliefs of Jewish spirituality. Zoharic dom. language of symbolism, the mystery of Ein-Sof and the Ten Sefirot, and other esoteric doc- JDST 608 I KINGS: REFLECT OF A GOLDEN trines in the Zohar. Attention to basic Zoharic AGE (3) Careful reading and study of I Kings terminology in Hebrew and Aramaic. from a variety of exegetical perspectives. JDST 663 CONTEMPORARY JEWISH JDST 610 DIASPORA JEWISH COMMUNI- ETHICS: RESHAPING THE JEWISH IDEN- TIES (3) Survey of Jewish world following TITY IN OUR GENERATION (3) Innova- World War II, examining Jewish communities tion trends of Jewish ethics and spirituality in in Israel, North America, Western, Central the new world. Contemporary ideologies of and Eastern Europe, South America, South both secular and religious Judaism since the Africa and Australia. Jewish life and identity in rise of Haskalah and Zionism. Reflections on each region; diverse challenges to maintaining the Jewish community in America, and on the Jewish distinctiveness; Diaspora Jewish com- Jewish people in Israel. Influential authors munities’ changing relationship to Israel and including Rosenzweig, Buber, Heschel, Kaplan, Zionism; shifting role of Israeli Jewry and Soloveitchik, Agnon, Scholem and Leibowitz. American Jewry on the world stage in the late- Jewish authenticity and individuality; existen- 20th and early 21st centuries. tial freedom and ethical responsibility; assimilation and secularism; and contemporary JDST 617 JEWISH STUDIES INTERNSHIP spirituality and creativity. (3) Practical experiences within the profession. Prerequisite: Approval from the program JDST 666 INTRODUCTION TO JEWISH director. THOUGHT (3) Examination of the religious ideas and the historical developments of Jew- ish thought over the last 2,000 years. Prerequi- site: None. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 295

JDST 680 INTRODUCTION TO RAB- used by Jewish scholars from the 8th century to BINIC LITERATURE AND HISTORY (3) contemporary times. Exploration of the history, literature and major personalities of the period from the JDST 797 DIRECTED INDIVIDUAL return of the Jews from the Babylonian exile RESEARCH IN JEWISH STUDIES (3) (516 BCE) until the Arab conquest of Palestine Research and reading with a topic to be (c. 634 CE.) Prerequisite: None. selected by the instructor and student. Prereq- uisites: Graduate standing and 18 units of JDST 683 DIRECTED INDIVIDUAL JDST individual research. RESEARCH (1-3) Research and reading with a topic to be selected by the instructor and JDST 890 DOCTORAL SEMINAR (1 unit student. Prerequisites: Graduate standing, 18 per year) The seminar will be held three eve- units of graduate work, and consent of the nings each term and will be a combination of instructor and program director. scheduled lecture by faculty and students. Required of all doctoral students. JDST 697 DIRECTED READING IN JEW- ISH STUDIES (2-4) Reading in areas with a JDST 897 MASTER’S THESIS (6) Thesis topic to be selected by the instructor and the research in Jewish Studies. An original investi- student. No more than 6 units of 697 and 797 gation, using research methods and design, of may be applied toward a degree. Prerequisites: a research problem. Students who have com- Graduate standing, 18 units of graduate work, pleted all other course requirements for the and consent of the instructor and program master’s degree must register for JDST 897 for director. six units or take JDST 898 for three units for two consecutive terms following completion JDST 719 JEWISH STUDIES SEMINAR (1 of their didactic course work. Prerequisite: unit per year) The seminar will be held three Permission of graduate program director. evenings each term and will be a combination of scheduled lecture by faculty and students. JDST 898 MASTER’S THESIS (3) Thesis Required of all master’s students. research in Jewish Studies. This is JDST 897 taken over two consecutive terms. Prerequi- JDST 783 HISTORY OF JEWISH BIBLICAL site: Permission of graduate program director. EXEGESIS I: FROM THE BIBLE TO THE CLOSE OF TALMUD (3) Exploration of dif- JDST 899 MASTER’S THESIS CONTIN- ferent ways the Bible was read and interpreted UUM (1) Continuation of thesis work. Prereq- in ancient Jewish history. Analysis of early uisite: 6 units of Thesis JDST 897 or JDST history of different tools and approaches. 898. Ways in which the Bible was understood within the Bible itself. Discussion of mecha- JDST 999 DOCTORAL THESIS CONTIN- nisms such as trope and conscious preserva- UUM (1) The seminar will be held three eve- tion of variant reading. Examination of Bible nings each term and be a combination of interpretation in Philo, the Dead Sea Scrolls scheduled lecturers and faculty and student and the Apocrypha. Rabbinic literature from presentations. Register for this course in the the 2nd through the 7th centuries C.E. and the second term. Required of all doctoral students. Bible. Prerequisite: 6 units of Doctoral Thesis 897 or 898. JDST 784 HISTORY OF JEWISH BIBLICAL EXEGESIS II: FROM THE CLOSE OF THE TALMUD TO THE MODERN PERIOD (3) KINESIOLOGY (KNES) Course will analyze the history of different approaches to understanding the Biblical text KNES 505 BEHAVIOR MANAGEMENT TECHNIQUES IN THE CLASSROOM (3) 296 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Causes of misbehavior in pre-school, elemen- material or operational problems. May be tary and secondary schools. Crisis prevention; repeated for a maximum of 6 units. Prerequi- preventive, supportive and directive strategies site: Consent of workshop director and/or and their practical application; and class rules, graduate program director. reinforcers, assessment and legal issues. Pre- requisite: PSYC 201 or equivalent. KNES 594 TRAVEL STUDY (3) Study of selected physical education programs, prac- KNES 509 STRESS MANAGEMENT, TEN- tices or facilities. Study group will be accom- SION CONTROL AND HUMAN PERFOR- panied by a TU kinesiology department faculty MANCE (3) Presents information about the member. Prerequisite: As specified in course manifestation of stress and systematic pro- outline and consent of instructor. grams for tension control. The correlates surrounding progressive muscle relaxation and KNES 596 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3) biofeedback are explored in detail as well as Course is designed to permit students to take the neurological responses which produce ten- courses which they cannot arrange within the sion responses. Lectures are combined with regular term schedule. All work will be under laboratory experiences in an effort to under- the direct supervision of an assigned faculty stand and practice relaxation techniques. Pre- member. No more than 3 units may be earned requisite: One psychology and/or biological in independent study unless permission of the sciences course. department chair is obtained.

KNES 523 ADAPTIVE PHYSICAL EDUCA- KNES 610 PSYCHOLOGICAL AND TION (3) Recognition of pupils with physical SOCIAL DETERMINATES OF PHYSICAL deviations and use of special or modified ACTIVITY BEHAVIORS (3) Practical appli- physical education activities. Prerequisites: cations of psychological and sociological issues PHEC 311 and BIOL 213/214. and theories influencing physical activity behavior. Prerequisites: Admission to graduate KNES 526 MOTOR DEVELOPMENT: program and permission of the program direc- INFANTS TO ADULTS (3) Researching of tor. literature in motor development and performance of the individual from infancy through KNES 611 SPORT PSYCHOLOGY (3) A adulthood. Impact of motor development on database analysis of the behavioral conse- cognitive, affective and psychomotor develop- quences and antecedents of the sport experiment. Prerequisite: PSYC 201. ence. Investigation of current research in the field with attention to the research process. KNES 555 PHYSICAL ACTIVITY PRO- Experience with a research experiment in GRAMMING FOR THE OLDER ADULT either a laboratory or field setting. Prerequi- (3) Application of physiological, psychologi- site: 6 units of upper-division PHEC courses or cal, sociological and motor learning principles consent of instructor. to the development, professional and personal skills related to fitness assessment, exercise KNES 612 MULTIVARIATE DATA ANALY- prescription, physical activity program plan- SIS (3) Review of conducting and interpreting ning and implementation. Prerequisite: PSYC statistical procedures as applied to kinesiology. 203 or consent of instructor. Students will conduct analyses and interpret the results using statistical software. Prerequi- KNES 570-579 SELECTED TOPICS IN site: Admission to KNES graduate program or PHYSICAL EDUCATION (1-3) Workshop approval from the department. designed for study of special topics of current interest in physical education and athletics. KNES 631 ANALYSIS OF MOVEMENT IN Content varies and will focus on substantive SPORT AND PHYSICAL ACTIVITY (3) COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 297

Analyzing movement skills and processes to sites: EDUC 691, undergraduate degree in improve teaching and learning of motor skills. physical education and consent of graduate Prerequisites: Admission to graduate program program director. and permission of the program director. KNES 687 INTERNSHIP IN PHYSICAL KNES 642 ASSESSMENT IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3) Supervised field experience EDUCATION (3) Measurement and evalua- appropriate to student’s interests and back- tion of the psychomotor, cognitive and affec- ground in selected school, business, agency or tive domains for use when teaching K-12 professional settings. Prerequisites: Minimum physical education. Prerequisite: Admission to of 9 units completed in graduate program, the M.S. in Kinesiology program. with a 3.00 GPA and/or consent of department chair. KNES 654 CURRICULUM AND PRO- GRAM DEVELOPMENT IN PHYSICAL KNES 696 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN EDUCATION (3) Critical examination of cur- PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3) Supervised rent trends and issues related to the sequencing study of research problems and special proj- and selection of programs and curricula to ects in specified areas of physical education. develop quality physical education program- Prerequisites: KNES 639 or KNES 641 and ming. Prerequisites: Admission to KNES grad- consent of graduate program director. uate program or permission of instructor. KNES 697 DIRECTED READING IN PHYS- KNES 670-672 SELECTED TOPICS IN ICAL EDUCATION (3) Extensive reading in PHYSICAL EDUCATION (1-3) Course will selected areas of physical education. Prerequi- focus on an in-depth study of selected topics in sites: KNES 639 or KNES 641 and consent of sport and physical education. Content will graduate program director. vary and will focus on current research and/or relevant sport and physical education con- KNES 712 RISK MANAGEMENT, LEGAL cerns. The specific requirements will vary with ISSUES, AND LIABILITY IN PHYSICAL each topic. Prerequisite: Approval of the grad- EDUCATION MULTIVARIATE DATA uate program director. ANALYSIS(3) This course will explore the risks, legal and liability issues involved in the KNES 675 SOCIAL AND ETHICAL ISSUES delivery of physical education and sport con- IN SPORT (3) Exploration of the incontro- tent. Historical and current cases will be vertible ling among sport, commerce and cul- explored in an effort to decrease risk. Prereq- ture. Understanding sport forms as cultural uisite: Admission to KNES graduate program and intertwined with business will be accom- or approval from the department. plished through the sociological and philosophical analysis of several sport-related KNES 723 ADAPTING PHYSICAL EDUCA- topics. Specific topics covered will include, but TION OF ALL LEARNERS (3) This course are not limited to, sport as a mediated specta- will focus on the applications of curricula and cle, factors such as race, gender and class, the instructional design, behavior modification negotiation of sporting spaces, and human strategies, assessments, adapted equipment rights. Knowledge of these social and ethical and assistive technology influencing physical issues will be discussed in term of its practical activity behavior of diverse learners. Prerequi- application to the sport industry setting. Pre- site: Admission to KNES graduate program or requisite: None. permission of instructor. Completion of undergraduate Adapted Physical Education Course. KNES 685 RESEARCH SEMINAR (3) Research on a problem through consultation KNES 731 IMPROVEMENT OF TEACHER with designated faculty members. Prerequi- and program EFFECTIVENESS IN 298 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PHYSICAL EDUCATION (3) Self-assessment KNES 898 MASTER’S THESIS (3) Prepara- of teaching, selecting authentic assessment tion and submission of thesis proposal. Pro- strategies to determine the effectiveness of posal will be presented to a thesis committee in instruction, and reviewing research leading to written and oral formats. Following approval best practice in physical activity instruction. of committee, execution of the proposed study, Prerequisite: Admission to KNES graduate analysis of data, report of results and discus- program or consent of the graduate program sion of findings/conclusions can be initiated. director. Prerequisites: Permit required and consent of department. May be repeated for a maximum KNES 734 RESEARCH DESIGN FOR PHYS- of 6 units. S/U grading. ICAL EDUCATION (3) Introduction to and application of methods and techniques used in KNES 899 MASTER’S THESIS (1) Prepara- executing research with a particular focus on tion and submission of thesis proposal. Pro- issues pertaining to the theory in practice of posal will be presented to a thesis committee in teaching physical education. Prerequisite: written and oral formats. Following approval Admission to program or approval of KNES of committee, execution of the proposed study, graduate program director. analysis of data, report of results and discussion of findings/conclusions can be initiated. KNES 745 STRATEGIC SPORT MARKET- Prerequisites: Permit required and consent of ING (3) Explores the unique commercial aspects department. May be repeated for a maximum of sports and their effect on market analysis and of 9 units. S/U grading. segmentation, consumer behavior, branding and positioning, promotions and sponsorship, com- LAW (LAW) munity impact, marketing assessment, and mar- Courses offered at University of Baltimore keting ethics. Prerequisite: MKTG 640. campus as part of the UB/Towson MBA program. KNES 775 SPORT IN THE GLOBAL MAR- KETPLACE (3) Using theories from a number LAW 875 CYBERSPACE LAW SEMINAR (3) of disciplines, students in this course will con- This seminar covers a wide range of legal issues sider issues related to sport commerce in as they pertain to the Internet and computer- global marketplace, including market satura- assisted communications generally. These issues tion, just in time manufacturing of sporting include protecting intellectual property rights, goods, global sport branding, international imposing tort liability on service providers, pre- sport regulation, post-industrial sporting eco- serving freedom of speech in electronic media, nomics, sport in the global popular, sport in establishing global jurisdiction and venue prin- labor migration, sport and the culturalization ciples, protecting privacy and/or anonymity, and of economics, global Fordism, and the chal- otherwise regulating the new media. lenge facing the global business of sport. Pre- requisite: None. LESBIAN AND GAY STUDIES (LGST) KNES 787 CAPSTONE IN PHYSICAL EDU- CATON PEDAGOGY (3) Analysis and appli- LGST 570-579 SPECIAL TOPICS IN LGBT cation of theoretical knowledge and experience STUDIES (3) Survey and critical evaluation of in contemporary best practices in the discipline current research and literature in LGBT Stud- of physical education including, but not lim- ies. May be repeated for a maximum of 9 units ited to, methodology/instructional strategies, provided a different topic is covered. Prerequi- curriculum development, and program assess- site: 6 units of course work in the LGBT Stud- ment. A substantial reflective component is ies minor or consent of instructor. required. Prerequisites: Permit required and completion of all other course work for M.S. LGST 581 READINGS IN LGBT STUDIES in Kinesiology. S/U grading. (1-3) A survey of relevant research literature COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 299 under the guidance of a staff member who will many publics); corporate social performance; direct the student’s research. May be repeated values and ethics in management, including a for a maximum of 6 units. Prerequisite: 6 units process of moral reasoning for managers; of course work in the LGBT Studies minor or business-government relations; crisis manage- consent of the instructor. ment and managing corporate social performance. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. LGST 591 INDEPENDENT INVESTIGA- TIONS IN LGBT STUDIES (3) An opportu- MGMT 612 MULTINATIONAL MANAGE- nity for especially qualified students to MENT OF INFORMATION TECHNOL- undertake research problems according to OGY (3) Information systems for multinational their interest and training under the direction and international technologies. Strategic of a staff member. May be repeated for a dimensions and international competition. maximum of 6 units. Prerequisite: 6 units of Systems development strategies. Managing course work in the LGBT Studies minor or international information. Prerequisite: consent of the instructor. Admission to graduate program in Informa- tion Technology or Computer Science.

MANAGEMENT (MGMT) MGMT 614 SYSTEMS ENGINEERING MANAGEMENT (3) Systems engineering MGMT 506 PRODUCTION AND SUPPLY process and design requirements, methods, CHAIN MANAGEMENT (3) Management tools, planning, organization, review and eval- of the processes involved in creating and dis- uation. Contracting for systems engineering tributing products and services. Topics include and supplier management. Prerequisite: strategic choice of technology, design of prod- Admission to graduate program in Informa- ucts/service and processes, location of facili- tion Technology or Computer Science. ties, project management, operations planning and control, material management, total qual- MGMT 650 RESEARCH FOR STRATEGIC ity management, benchmarking and perfor- HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGEMENT mance measurement. Prerequisites: ACCT 504 DECISIONS (3) Methods and tools used in and OPRE 504. business research are explored through such topics as locating sources of strategic human MGMT 600 LEADING AND MANAGING resource management information, developing (3) Designed to be the first course taken in the a research project, processing and analyzing integrated core of the MBA, the focus of this data, and organizing and presenting strategic course is to explore the challenges and oppor- human resource management reports. Prereq- tunities facing leaders and managers in a com- uisite: OPRE 504 or equivalent. plex and diverse workplace. This course will help to develop key competencies in areas such MGMT 660 PROJECT MANAGEMENT (3) as: managing human resources; working with Traditional organizational structures are often individuals and groups inside or outside the no longer able to adequately handle rapid organization; leading and managing change; changes driven by technological advances and and learning to lead. Prerequisite: Completion stiff global competition, and to more effec- of at least four of the fundamental courses is tively respond to the fast-changing economic recommended. environment and market conditions, managers are increasingly utilizing the project manage- MGMT 609 BUSINESS AND SOCIETY (3) ment approach. This course will introduce An integrated view of the interrelationships students to the behavioral and technical between managing responsibility in a complex aspects of managing projects. Challenges of environment and stakeholders (the firm’s planning, monitoring and controlling complex 300 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS projects to achieve the desired cost, quality Topics include legal issues in employment law and performance objectives will be discussed. and the legal consequences of non-compliance, Topics covered will also include cross-func- the regulatory model of government control tional project teams, project integration, time over the employment relationship, equal management, time-cost trade-offs in project employment opportunity, safety and health completion, procurement management and regulations, Americans with Disabilities Act, communications management. Prerequisite: pay and benefits law, Employee Retirement MGMT 506 or area approval. Income Security Act, civil rights of employees (privacy and wrongful discharge), Family MGMT 700 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT Leave Act, international comparisons and IN A GLOBAL ENVIRONMENT (3) This emerging regulatory issues. Prerequisite: course is the capstone course in the MBA pro- MGMT 640. gram. In this course students assume the perspective of general managers facing decisions MGMT 725 LABOR RELATIONS AND of strategic importance to their organizations. CONFLICT MANAGEMENT (3) Focuses on The critical functions of goal setting, strategy the legal foundations of labor management formulation, implementation and control pro- relations and the collective bargaining process. cesses are emphasized. The course encourages It will also cover the basic principles of con- creative problem solving and analytical skills tract negotiation, administration, impasse res- necessary to assess the global environment, olution and comparative labor relations in industry-level factors, competitive behavior cross-cultural contexts. The course will cover and the firms’ internal resources. Students conflict management strategies applied to learn the importance of building and sustain- workplace settings for groups and individuals. ing competitive advantage within an industry. Prerequisite: MGMT 504. Important dynamics of strategic innovation and renewal within an evolving organization MGMT 730 LEADERSHIP, LEARNING are stressed. Cases are drawn from a broad AND CHANGE (3) Based on the idea that the range of industries and industry research proj- deeper we go into the exploration of organiza- ects are emphasized. Prerequisites: Prior or tional leadership, learning and change, the concurrent enrollment in INSS 640, FIN 640, more we need to deal with the dimensions of ACCT 640, ECON 640 and MKTG 640. sense-making, connection-building, choice- making, vision-inspiring, reality-creating roles MGMT 710 HUMAN RESOURCE AND of leaders. The course involves a series of COMPENSATION MANAGEMENT (3) workshops designed to help students learn Covers human resource management issues something that cannot be taught: leading, including legal considerations, recruiting, learning and changing “from within.” Read- selection, performance appraisal, develop- ings, assignments and Web forum interactions ment, and health and safety. It will also cover are designed to inspire “practices of deep strategic compensation issues including job inflection,” storytelling, historical inquiry, evaluation, benefits administration and pay reflective reading and writing, dialogue and determination strategies. Additional emphasis action research. will be placed on work-force diversity, international dimensions and ethical consideration. MGMT 731 LEADERSHIP SEMINAR (3) Prerequisite: Graduate standing. Focuses on the critical issues pertaining to success in operating at the executive level in busi- MGMT 712 EMPLOYMENT LAW AND ness and other organizations. Topics include THE HUMAN RESOURCE MANAGER (3) vision, values clarification, knowing the cus- Covers employment law as it applies to man- tomer, communications for internal motiva- agement decisions in recruitment and promotion and public awareness, ethical tion as well as in terms of management’s responsibilities, decision-making, resource responsibility to comply with federal laws. decisions, performance maximization, human COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 301 asset activities and individual lender behaviors dynamic pricing, distribution networks, Inter- for effectiveness. net-based integration of value chains, the role of the Internet in infrastructure (banks, utili- MGMT 732 LEADERSHIP: SELF-ORGANI- ties and so forth), decision technologies, infor- ZATION IN THE FIRM (3) Covers self- mation goods, the status of brands in the organizing systems, complexity theory in Internet economy, mass customization and management, dialogue as a management tool, various technologies related to e-business. Pre- leadership in a complex system, pursuing a requisite: None. personal discovery process, and growing new knowledge and innovation. A major objective MGMT 760 LEADING ORGANIZA- of this course will be to discover the manage- TIONAL CREATIVITY AND INNOVA- ment principles and processes that promote TION (3) Focuses on strategy and techniques and foster self-organization as an alternative for successfully introducing change to formal to command and control hierarchies. This organizations. Covers the role of power, influ- course will also draw on the profound implica- ence and communication in the change pro- tions of self-organization for growing new cess, confrontation and effective intervention, knowledge and innovation. A second major concepts and techniques of organizational objective of this course has to do with the development, frameworks for creativity and process of personal discovery. Parallel princi- acceptance of innovation. Included are indi- ples of spontaneous order operate at the level vidual and group research and experiential of the organization and at the level of the exercises. Prerequisite: MGMT 640. individual. As a result, a highly leveraged form of change in an organization is leadership MGMT 765 SOCIAL AND ETHICAL through personal growth and discovery. ISSUES IN SPORT (3) Exploration of the incontrovertible link among sport, commerce MGMT 745 MANAGING THE SUSTAIN- and culture. Understanding sport forms as ABLE ENTERPRISE (3) Sustainability is a cultural and intertwined with business will be modern business concept that offices on devel- accomplished through the sociological and opment of win-win business strategies that philosophical analysis of several sport-related respect people, profit and planet (the “triple topics. Specific topics covered will include, but bottom line”). Course will incorporate the his- not be limited to, sport as a mediated specta- tory of capita, business and environmentalism, cle, factors such as race, gender and class, the and the triple-bottom-line concept. It will negotiation of sporting spaces, and human enable managers to incorporate sustainability rights. Knowledge of these social and ethical into every phase of the business process and issues will be discussed in terms of its practical develop appreciation for the competitive application to the sport industry setting. Pre- implications of a sustainable business strategy. requisite: None. Prerequisite: Graduate standing.

MGMT 757 E-COMMERCE AND SUPPLY MGMT 770 PLANNING, PREVENTION CHAIN MANAGEMENT (3) This course AND MANAGEMENT OF RISK (3) Explores first provides an overview of e-commerce and technology and management of holistic infor- supply chain management. It then covers in mation security and risk with respect to U.S. detail the role of e-commerce in design, inte- Homeland Security, and specific technologies gration and management of supply chains: and techniques used by terrorist, hackers, logistics networks, business-to-business and crackers, spies and thieves. Prerequisite: Grad- business-to-consumer supply chains, decision uate standing. support systems for supply chain management, strategic alliances, Internet strategy, MGMT 775 SPORT IN THE GLOBAL e-business models, e-markets including auc- MARKETPLACE (3) Using theories from a tions and exchanges, Internet retailing, number of disciplines, students in this course 302 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS will consider issues related to sport commerce ses, feasibility studies, distribution analyses or a in the global marketplace, including market variety of other specific company needs. saturation, just in time manufacturing of sporting goods, global sport branding, labor MGMT 796 GLOBAL BUSINESS PRACTI- conditions in developing nations, sport in core CUM (3) The Global Business Practicum is periphery economies, international sport regu- designed to provide students with opportuni- lation, post-industrial sporting economies, ties for real-world experience working with sport in the global popular, sport labor migra- companies on international projects of real tion, sport and the culturalization of econom- value and priority to the companies. Students ics, global Fordism, and the challenge facing choose an international study experience the global business of sport. Prerequisite: selected from among the participating School None. of Business specializations and companies. Student consulting teams will work together MGMT 780 LEADING ACROSS CUL- on a specific corporate project, focusing on a TURES (3) Focuses on management chal- particular country or region of interest to the lenges and dilemmas associated with business company. Projects may focus on market analy- activity in multicultural environments within ses, feasibility studies, distribution analyses or the United States and among other countries, a variety of other specific company needs. and provides the knowledge and sensitivities Students register for this course as a 3-unit to more effectively identify, understand and elective. manage the cultural components of organizational and business dynamics. Topics include MGMT 797 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MAN- cultural value awareness, cross-cultural com- AGEMENT (3) An intensive exploration of munication skills, cross-cultural management topics in the area of management. Topics skills (strategic planning, organizational include e-commerce, e-commerce and supply design, leadership), and creating and manag- chain management, e-venturing, leadership, ing a globally competent work force. Prerequi- organizational theory or best business practice. site: MGMT 640. Refer to term class schedule for title of topic offered. May be repeated for credit when the MGMT 781 INTERNATIONAL BUSINESS topic varies. Prerequisite: To be determined by STRATEGY (3) Draws on the framework of instructor. global strategic management to help students integrate the concepts of economics, finance, MGMT 799 INDIVIDUAL RESEARCH marketing, technology and operations in a (1-3) The purpose of individual research is to global context. IT focuses on market entry permit investigation into a particular subject in issues, transnational structures, operational more depth than can be accommodated by an issues and leadership in cross-cultural settings, existing course. Students work closely with an and provides the framework for a real-world individual faculty member. Prerequisite: international business project to be completed Approval of chair of marketing and manage- by student teams. Offers the option for a study/ ment departments. analysis trip to another country. Prerequisite: All MBA 500-level courses or equivalent. MARKETING (MKTG)

MGMT 795 ENTREPRENEURSHIP PRACT- MKTG 504 MARKETING MANAGEMENT ICUM (3) Provides students an opportunity to (3) Covers concepts, processes and institutions work with a new company or product/service necessary for the effective global marketing of division on a real-life entrepreneurship project. goods and services, including an analysis of They will work in consulting teams composed of market opportunities, buyer behavior, product teammates with varying specializations and planning, pricing, promotion, distribution and interests. Projects may deal with market analy the role of marketing within the organization and in society. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 303

MKTG 640 STRATEGIC MARKETING (3) analysis and segmentation, consumer behav- Explores marketing role in creating value for ior, branding and positioning, promotions and the firm and its stakeholders, and examines sponsorship, community impact, marketing market strategy in the context of intensifying assessment, and marketing ethics. Prerequi- global competition and a dynamic external site: MKTG 640. Course may be repeated for environment. Using analytical tools for deci- a maximum of 3 units. sions making, students evaluate, formulate and implement marketing strategy across the MKTG 755 INTEGRATED MARKETING product life cycle and in various levels of com- COMMUNICATIONS (3) The course ana- petitive intensity. Topics include the funda- lyzes integrated marketing communications mentals of strategy; target marketing and (IMC) management, and the role it plays in brand management, value innovation and new organizations’ marketing plans. The focus is product development; and market strategies in on strategic, synergistic planning to effectively growth, mature and declining industries. Stu- use promotional tools to help the firm achieve dents will perform case analyses to apply its promotion objectives. These tools include marketing concepts to specific marketing situ- advertising, direct, online, sales promotion, ations. Prerequisite: MKTG 504 or area personal selling, public relations, buzz market- approval. ing, trade shows, etc. Regulation, ethics, social responsibility and economic factors that affect MKTG 770 PRODUCT AND BRAND an IMC program will also be examined, as will DEVELOPMENT AND MANAGEMENT consideration of the international environ- (3) This course will focus on the firm’s product ment, special decision areas and how the IMC and brand development and management mix may change as a firm goes global. Prereq- strategies, with a special emphasis on innova- uisite: MKTG 640. tive offering. The influence of the social, legal and technological environment, as well as MKTG 760 GLOBAL MARKETING MAN- relationships with users and channel members, AGEMENT (3) The theory and application of on the implementation of product and brand marketing in a global context. Topics include strategies are analyzed and discussed in depth. international trade and financial markets, The course encourages applications of the market structures of nations and consumption learned concept to tangible and intangible behavior related to culture, social values and products such as goods, services and ideas. economic conditions. Also considers the politi- Prerequisite: MKTG 640. cal and legal control over marketing activities (advertising, promotion and distribution), the MKTG 742 SOCIAL, NONPROFIT AND growth of regional marketing arrangements PUBIC SECTOR MARKETING (3) Course relative to competitive strategies of multina- will center on the application of social market- tional corporations, the dilemma of marketing ing principles, frameworks and tools within ethics in a multicultural world and the cost- nonprofit and public sector organizations to benefit of technology transfer. Prerequisite: improve performance and foster the successful MKTG 640. dissemination of social initiatives to many differences in missions, structures and resources. MKTG 762 MARKET OPPORTUNITY This course emphasizes that effective social ANALYSIS (3) Introduces the subject of marketing requires a change from being orga- opportunity analysis in marketing, intrapre- nization-centered to becoming audience-cen- neurship and entrepreneurship, and the prac- tered. Prerequisite: MKTG 640 or equivalent. tice of their requisite skills. It includes the analysis of markets, competition, preliminary MKTG 745 STRATEGIC SPORT MARKET- cost feasibility and intellectual property, and ING (3) Explores the unique commercial also involves the creation and development of aspects of sports and their effect on market strategic positioning appropriate to the mar- 304 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS keting opportunity. Prerequisite: MKTG 504 use of electronic data (such as the Internet, or area approval. computer databases and scanner data) and behavioral research (including focus groups, MKTG 764 GLOBAL MARKETING MAN- observations, survey research and experi- AGEMENT (3) The theory and application of ments). Emphasis is placed on the timeliness marketing in a global context. Topics include and validity of information in making effective international trade and financial markets, marketplace decisions regarding competitor market structures of nations and consumption and consumer behavior. Prerequisite: MKTG behavior related to culture, social values and 640. economic conditions. Also considers the political and legal control over marketing activities MKTG 796 MARKETING PRACTICUM (3) (advertising, promotion and distribution), the Student teams apply concepts from other growth of regional marketing arrangement courses and their own experience to solve mar- relative to competitive strategies of multina- keting problems. They are provided the oppor- tional corporations, the dilemma of marketing tunity to work on a real-life marketing project ethics in a multicultural world and the cost- with an organization or one of its product/ benefit of technology transfer. Prerequisite: service divisions. Students work together in MKTG 640. consulting teams composed of teammates with varying interests, backgrounds and academic MKTG 770 PRODUCT AND BRAND specializations. Projects may deal with a vari- DEVELOPMENT MANAGEMENT (3) This ety of marketing strategies, including customer course will focus on the firm’s product and and competitive analysis, feasibility studies, brand development and management strate- product and service development, promotion, gies, with a special emphasis on innovative pricing and distribution, analyses and a variety offerings. The influence of the social, legal and of other specific organization or company technological environment, as well as relation- needs. Prerequisite: MKTG 504 or area ships with users and channel members, on the approval. implementation of product and brand strategies are analyzed and discussed in depth. The MKTG 797 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MARKET- course encourages applications of the learned ING MANAGEMENT (3) Specialized topics concept to tangible and intangible products in marketing, allowing flexibility for both the such as goods, services and ideas. Prerequisite: changing developments in applied business MKTG 640. practice and the educational needs of students. Exact topical coverage and prerequisites are MKTG 775 CUSTOMER ANALYSIS AND listed in the schedule of classes. Prerequisite: RELATIONSHIP MANAGEMENT (3) This MKTG 504 or area approval. course will focus on the identification, acquisition, growth and retention of desired custom- MKTG 799 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3) ers to maximize profit. Topics include Prerequisites: MKTG 640 and approvals of segmentation, targeting and positioning, buyer marketing faculty member and chair of mar- behavior, customer relationship management keting and e-business departments. and lifetime value in business-to-business and business-to-consumer markets. Prerequisite: MKTG 640. MASS COMMUNICATION (MCOM)

MKTG 780 MARKET INFORMATION MCOM 502 LITERARY JOURNALISM (3) AND RESEARCH (3) Covers the acquisition, Literary techniques and dramatic structure for evaluation and use of competitor and con- print and online journalistic media. Prerequi- sumer information for goods and services. It site: MCOM 356 or consent of the instructor. explores a variety of methods, including the COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 305

MCOM 507 WRITING FOR NEW MEDIA MCOM 559 PROFESSIONAL ISSUES IN (3) Research and create multimedia news and STRATEGIC PUBLIC RELATIONS AND feature articles incorporating hypertext and INTEGRATED COMMUNICATIONS (3) graphics and photographic, audio and video Technical, managerial, legal, ethical and elements. Prerequisites: MCOM 356, MCOM accreditation issues and concerns. Prerequisite: 357 or MCOM 381 and consent of instructor. Consent of the instructor.

MCOM 533 MEDIA ETHICS (3) Ethical MCOM 603 CRITICISM IN MASS MEDIA principles, issues, dilemmas in mass communi- (3) Critical analysis of film and television cation; professional codes; interpersonal, small with focus upon cultural, commercial and group, organizational and societal factors aesthetic values that affect these media. affecting mediated communication. Prerequi- site: Consent of the instructor. MCOM 605 THEORIES OF PUBLIC RELA- TIONS AND ORGANIZATIONAL COM- MCOM 543 INTERNATIONAL ADVER- MUNICATION (3) First in a sequence of two TISING AND PUBLIC RELATIONS (3) Role courses that examine the body of knowledge of advertising and public relations in the world in public relations, with an emphasis on the marketplace. Consideration of global and strategic management of communications, local perspectives, key decisions in agency including analyzing theories, case studies and operations, creative aspects and media. Prereq- developing a literature review. Prerequisite: uisites: MCOM 214 or MCOM 253 and Consent of the instructor. junior/senior standing. MCOM 606 PRACTICE OF PUBLIC RELA- MCOM 547 ADVERTISING CAMPAIGNS TIONS AND ORGANIZATIONAL COM- (3) Application of advertising principles and MUNICATION (3) Second in a sequence of practices to the development of campaigns and two courses that examine the body of knowl- the preparation of plan books. Prerequisite: edge in public relations, with a focus on the MCOM 325 or consent of the instructor. strategic management of communication, including marketing, case studies and field MCOM 550 PUBLIC OPINION AND THE investigations. Web supported (50 percent or PRESS (3) Journalistic aspects of public opin- more online). Prerequisites: MCOM 605 and ion and propaganda; the impact of mass com- MCOM 631. munication media on the formation of public opinion; and techniques of polling and testing MCOM 617 INTERNATIONAL COMMU- public opinion. NICATION (3) Media systems of the world compared relative to their political, cultural, MCOM 551 PUBLIC RELATIONS FOR sociological, economic, religious, historical, NONPROFIT ORGANIZATIONS (3) Fund- and broadcasting and print structures. In- raising and developing, implementing and depth analysis of American global media evaluating public relations campaigns for non- efforts. profit organizations. Prerequisite: MCOM 357 or consent of instructor. MCOM 621 MASS MEDIA LAW AND REGULATIONS (3) Legal limits on freedom MCOM 553 STRATEGIC PUBLIC RELA- of the press, Constitutional guarantees, libel, TIONS AND INTEGRATED COMMUNI- obscenity, privacy, ethical problems and the CATION CAMPAIGNS (3) Research, right to know. Origins and concepts of free- planning, implementing and evaluating pro- dom of information and its evolution in Con- grams and campaigns. Prerequisite: Consent of stitutional law and judicial decisions; the instructor. contemporary problems of censorship in mass media. 306 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MCOM 630 PROFESSIONAL COMMUNI- world cultures and societies. Areas of investi- CATION COMPETENCIES IN A CHANG- gation will include public relations, advertis- ING ENVIRONMENT (3) Course is designed ing, electronic media, propaganda, the Internet to enhance and expand oral and written com- and movies. Prerequisites: MCOM 605, munication skills in traditional and new tech- MCOM 606, MCOM 630 and MCOM 631. nology venues with emphasis on segmented audiences and expanding markets. Topics will MCOM 795 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN include computer-mediated communication, MASS COMMUNICATION (3) Directed legal complexities of publicly held companies study in production or research in selected and electronic-assisted meeting and confer- areas through readings, projects, papers and/ ences. Prerequisites: MCOM 605 and MCOM or seminars. May be repeated for a maximum 631. of 6 units. Prerequisites: 15 units of graduate- level mass communication and/or communica- MCOM 631 RESEARCH METHODS IN tion studies courses, and consent of instructor. MASS COMMUNICATION (3) Develop- ment of quantitative and qualitative communi- MCOM 897 THESIS (6) A carefully executed cation research designs. Prerequisites: A and accurate recording of a specific topic in statistics course and consent of the instructor. mass communication. An acceptable research methodology must be used. Includes an out- MCOM 638 MANAGING COMMUNICA- line of the proposed thesis submitted for TION IN A CULTURALLY DIVERSE SOCI- approval to graduate adviser. Prerequisites: ETY (3) Study of the complexities of managing The student must be advanced to degree can- integrated communication in a society com- didacy and have completed all of the required posed of diverse audiences, including cultural, core courses. ethnic, physical, lifestyle, religious and racial diversity. Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. MCOM 898 THESIS (3) The previous course, MCOM 897, taken over two consecutive MCOM 651 MEDIA AND POLITICS (3) terms. Prerequisite: Department consent. Relationships between the mass media and the political system. The influence of the media on MCOM 899 THESIS CONTINUUM (1) politics; the adversarial and support roles of the media. MATHEMATICS (MATH) MCOM 660 CRISIS COMMUNICATION (3) Explores communication theories and MATH 501 HISTORY OF MATHEMATICS techniques used in crisis communication and (3) Development of mathematics emphasizing apologia. Topics include inoculation practices, mathematical concepts and contributions of crisis avoidance, bolstering, models of leader- individuals and societies. Prerequisites: MATH ship and crisis management plans. Prerequi- 263 and MATH 274. site: Consent of the instructor. MATH 521 APPLICATIONS OF MATHE- MCOM 670-673 SPECIAL TOPICS IN PUB- MATICS FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL LIC RELATIONS AND INTEGRATED TEACHERS (3) The course examines a series COMMUNICATION (3) Course topics vary of applications of mathematics that may be depending on the focus of the specific course. used to enrich the secondary mathematics cur- Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. riculum. Prerequisite: Teaching experience in mathematics or science, or consent of instructor. MCOM 683 COMMUNICATING IN SOCI- ETY: PERCEPTION AND REALITY (3) MATH 525 METHODS AND MATERIALS Examines historic and contemporary impact FOR MATH LAB INSTRUCTION (1-3) that communication has played in creating Examination of and experiences with commer- COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 307 cial and teacher-made materials designed for a independent and related samples; Chi-square laboratory (activity-centered) approach to tests of independence, homogeneity and good- learning mathematics. Prerequisite: A methods ness-of-fit; and rank correlation and other course in teaching mathematics (MATH 321, measures of association. Prerequisite: One 323, 423) or previous teaching experience. course in elementary statistics.

MATH 527 READINGS IN MATHEMAT- MATH 535 NUMERICAL ANALYSIS I (3) ICS EDUCATION FOR THE ELEMEN- Error analysis, interpolation, numerical differ- TARY SCHOOL TEACHER (1-3) Directed entiation and integration, numerical solution study for the teacher of elementary school of algebraic equations and of systems of alge- mathematics. Prerequisites: MATH 321 or braic equations. Prerequisites: MATH 265, MATH 323 and approval of instructor. MATH 274 and COSC 236.

MATH 529 READINGS IN MATHEMAT- MATH 536 NUMERICAL ANALYSIS II (3) ICS EDUCATION FOR THE SECONDARY Numerical solution of differential equations. SCHOOL TEACHER (1-3) Directed study for Least square and its applications, linear pro- the teacher of secondary school mathematics. gramming and extension of the concepts of Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. MATH 435. Prerequisite: MATH 435 (offered only in the spring term of the academic year). MATH 531 PROBABILITY (4) Probability in sample spaces, discrete and continuous ran- MATH 537 OPERATIONS RESEARCH (3) dom variables, distribution theory, Tcheby- Introduction to linear and integer program- shev’s theorem, central limit theorem, and ming; the simplex method and duality theory; expected values and moments. Prerequisite: dynamical formulation of deterministic deci- MATH 274. sion-process problems, applications to problems of equipment replacement, resource MATH 532 MATHEMATICAL STATISTICS allocation and scheduling; Poisson and birth (3) Sample theory and distributions, point and death processes; and Markovian queues. estimation, confidence intervals, tests of Prerequisites: MATH 265 and MATH 331. hypotheses and theory of statistical inference. Prerequisite: MATH 531. MATH 538 ACTUARIAL MODELS (3) The- ory of actuarial models and the application of MATH 533 APPLIED REGRESSION AND the models to insurance and other financial TIME SERIES ANALYSIS (4) Simple and mul- risks. Survival models, life table, contingent tiple regression models, least squares esti- payment models, contingent annuity models, mates, hypothesis testing, confidence intervals funding plans of contingent contracts, contin- and prediction intervals, model building meth- gent contract reserves, and models dependent ods and diagnostic checking. Non-seasonal on multiple survivals multiple contingencies time series models: autoregressive, moving- with applications. Prerequisite: MATH 331. average, autoregressive moving-average, and autoregressive integrated moving-average MATH 539 BIOSTATISTICS II (3) Probabil- models, parameter estimation and forecasting. ity and random variables, estimation and Minitab or similar software is used for real hypothesis testing, nonparametric methods, data analysis. Prerequisite: MATH 532. categorical data analysis, multiple regression, and analysis of variance and design techniques MATH 534 NONPARAMETRIC STATISTI- for epidemiological study. Minitab or similar CAL METHODS (3) Applied study of popu- software will be used for data analysis. lar nonparametric tests, procedures utilizing data from a single sample and two or more 308 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MATH 542 ACTUARIAL MODEL CON- MATH 557 DIFFERENTIAL GEOMETRY STRUCTION (4) Introduction to modeling in (3) Curvatures of curves and surfaces in E3, actuarial mathematics. Construction of fre- geodesics, invariants, mappings and special quency severity models with coverage modifi- surfaces. Prerequisites: MATH 275 and cations, aggregate loss models and discrete MATH 265. time ruin models. Construction of empirical models using estimators and parametric meth- MATH 563 LINEAR ALGEBRA (3) Vector ods, and introduction to credibility theory. spaces over arbitrary fields, linear transforma- Prerequisite: MATH 332 or equivalent. tions, eigenvalues, eigenvectors, inner products, bilinear forms, direct sum decompositions MATH 543 APPLIED ANALYSIS OF VARI- and the Jordian form. Prerequisites: MATH ANCE (3) Single and multifactor models, 265 and MATH 267. inference for factor level means, multiple comparison methods for factor level means, test of MATH 565 THEORY OF NUMBERS (3) additivity, test of homogeneity, regression Topics include congruences, polynomial con- approach to analysis of variance. Prerequisite: gruences, primitive roots, residues, and multi- MATH 333. plicative functions. Prerequisite: MATH 369.

MATH 545 SAMPLING TECHNIQUES (3) MATH 568 ALGEBRAIC STRUCTURES (3) Simple random, stratified, systematic, cluster Topics include groups, solvability and insolv- and double sampling. Sampling for propor- ability of polynomials, principal ideal and tions, averages and totals and sample size Euclidean, and unique factorization domains. determination. Prerequisite: One course in Prerequisite: MATH 369. elementary statistics. MATH 574 DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS MATH 546 STATISTICAL METHODS IN (3) Theory and application of linear ordinary QUALITY CONTROL (3) Statistical process differential equations. Solutions of nonlinear control including principles of control charts, ordinary differential equations of the first control charts for attributes and variables and order. Prerequisite: MATH 274. special control charts; and methods for quality improvement. Acceptance sampling including MATH 575 MATHEMATICAL MODELS single, double, multiple and sequential attri- (3) Consideration of some mathematical prob- bute sampling and acceptance sampling by lems in sociology, psychology, economics, variable. Prerequisite: One course in elemen- management science and ecology, and devel- tary statistics. oping appropriate mathematical models and techniques to solve them. MATH 548 ACTUARIAL MODEL CON- STRUCTION (3) Benefit reserves for tradi- MATH 576 INTRODUCTORY REAL tional life insurances and annuities. Multiple ANALYSIS (4) Introduction to mathematical state models and multiple life functions, pre- analysis. Sequence series, continuity, differen- miums and reserves based on these models. tiation, integration and uniform convergence. Multiple decrement models and probabilities. Prerequisites: MATH 267 and MATH 275. Models for cash flow of basic universal life insurance. Prerequisite: MATH 548. MATH 577 COMPLEX ANALYSIS (3) Com- plex number system, analytic functions, Cau- MATH 551 GRAPH THEORY (3) Hamilto- chy’s integral theorem and integral formula, nian and Eulerian graphs, coloring graphs, Taylor and Laurent series, isolated singulari- planar and non-planar graphs, connectivity ties, Cauchy’s residue theorem and conformal problems and isomorphic graphs, and mappings. Prerequisite: MATH 275. advanced topics. Prerequisite: MATH 265 or MATH 267. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 309

MATH 578 TOPOLOGY (3) Basic concepts and engineering of new risk management of point set topology, separation axioms, com- products. Computer laboratory activities pact and connected spaces, product and quo- throughout. tient spaces, convergence, continuity and homeomorphisms. Prerequisites: MATH 267 MATH 588 TOPICS IN STATISTICS AND and MATH 275. APPLIED MATHEMATICS (1-4) Overview of risk management process and use of Greek MATH 579 FOURIER ANALYSIS WITH functions. Mathematical theory and applica- APPLICATIONS (3) Vector, integral and dif- tions of value at risk, estimating volatilities ferential calculus including the divergence and and correlations, volatility smiles, credit risk Stoke’s theorems. Fourier series, orthogonal and engineering of new risk management functions and applications. Prerequisite: products. Computer laboratory activities MATH 275. throughout.

MATH 580-583 SELECTED TOPICS IN MATH 589 TOPICS IN STATISTICS AND MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS (1-4) APPLIED MATHEMATICS (1-4) Topics will Topics will be chosen from different areas in be chosen from different areas in mathematics mathematics through MATH 483 (may not be and statistics. Content will be determined so as counted toward a Mathematics major). Stu- to complement course offerings as well as the dents may not accumulate more than 9 units in needs and desires of students. MATH 480 Selected Topics. Prerequisite will vary from through MATH 483 may not be counted topic to topic. towards a Mathematics major. May be repeated for a maximum of 9 units provided a MATH 585 MATHEMATICAL FINANCE different topic is covered. (3) Mathematical theory, computation and applications of financial derivatives in managing MATH 591 READINGS IN MATHEMAT- financial risk. Parity and option relationships, ICS (1-3) Independent readings in selected binomial option pricing, the Black-Scholes areas of mathematics. May be repeated for a equation and formula, option Greeks, Market- maximum of 6 units. Prerequisite: Consent of making and delta-hedging, exotic options, instructor. lognormal distribution, Brownian motion and Ito’s lemma, and interest rate models. Com- MATH 602 CULTURAL AND PHILO- puter laboratory activities throughout. Prereq- SOPHICAL BACKGROUND OF MATHE- uisite: MATH 331. MATICS (3) Meanings and origins of mathematical concepts, schools of philosophi- MATH 586 RISK MANAGEMENT AND cal thought, cultural and ethnomathematical FINANCIAL ENGINEERING (3) Cash flow context of mathematics, philosophy and pur- engi-neering, Monte Carlo methods, statistical pose of mathematics edu-cation, current issues analysis of simulated date, risk measures, in mathematics and mathematics education, framework for fixed income engineering, port- and the role of the mathematics teacher in cur- folio management, change of measures, and rent debates. Prerequisite: Admission to the Firsanov Theorem and tools for volatility M.S. program in Mathematics Education. engineering. Computer laboratory activities throughout. Prerequisite: MATH 485. MATH 621 SEMINAR IN TEACHING ELE- MENTARY/MIDDLE SCHOOL MATHE- MATH 587 TOPICS IN STATISTICS AND MATICS (3) Analysis of techniques and APPLIED MATHEMATICS (1-4) Overview materials in elementary and middle school of risk management process and use of Greek mathematics instruction and assessment. Stu- functions. Mathematical theory and applica- dent may not receive credit for both MATH tions of value at risk, estimating volatilities 621 and MATH 422 except by special permis- and correlations, volatility smiles, credit risk sion from the graduate program director and 310 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS the chair of the mathematics department. Pre- MATH 628 REAL ANALYSIS FOR TEACH- requisite: A grade of “C” or better in each of ERS (3) Principles underlying calculus, includ- MATH 204 (or MATH 206); MATH 205 (or ing topics in real analysis such as completeness MATH 207); and MATH 251. for the reals, limits, continuity, differentiation/ integration, sequences and series. Emphasis on MATH 622 SEMINAR IN TEACHING mathematical theory and the pedagogy of ADVANCED PLACEMENT CALCULUS (3) teaching functions, precalculus and calculus in Discus-sion and analysis of materials, peda- the secondary school. Prerequisites: Admission gogy and technology for the teaching of to the M.S. program in Mathematics Educa- Advanced Place-ment calculus in high schools. tion (or approval of department), and MATH This course may not count as Mathematics 273-274 or equivalent. Foundation course. Prerequisite: Admission to the M.S. program in Mathematics Education MATH 630 STATISTICS—AN INTE- or consent of the instructor. GRATED APPROACH (4) Theory and practices of basic statistical analysis and inference MATH 625 SEMINAR IN MATHEMATICS with emphasis on analyzing and solving real EDUCATION FOR SECONDARY SCHOOL problems using statistics. Descriptive statistics, TEACHERS (3) Investigations of recent cur- introduction to probability, sampling distribu- ricula and research, pedagogy, materials, tech- tions, estimation, hypotheses testing, regres- nology and assessment techniques for middle sion, correlation, nonparametric techniques and high school teachers of mathematics. and analysis of variance, and computer programming incorporated throughout. Prior MATH 626 TECHNOLOGY IN SCHOOL knowledge of programming is not necessary. MATHEMATICS TEACHING AND Prerequisite: MATH 274 (not open to students LEARNING (3) History and use of technol- who have completed MATH 332). ogy in teaching mathematics in grades 6 through 12. Students will use scientific and MATH 631 TOPICS IN PROBABILITY (3) graphing calculators, computers and other Review of basic probability theory, types of devices such as the Calculator-Based Labora- convergence and limit theorems, elementary tory (CBL) to solve problems found in second- stochastic processes. Markov chains, birth and ary mathematics curriculum, and apply this death processes. Gaussian processes. Exam- knowledge in the teaching of mathematical ples from engineering, physical and social sci- concepts. Software such as Mathematica, ences, management and statistics. Prerequisite: Fathom and Geometer’s Sketchpad will be MATH 331. studied and students will write lessons using one of these software packages. The use of the MATH 632 COMPUTATIONAL STO- Internet and other technological resources to CHASTIC MODELING (3) Computing teach mathematics will also be studied. Prereq- expectations and probabilities by condition- uisite: Admission to the graduate program. ing. Markov chains: classification of states, limiting probabilities, gambler’s ruin prob- MATH 627 CURRICULUM ISSUES IN SEC- lems, algorithmic efficiency, branching pro- ONDARY SCHOOL MATHEMATICS (3) cess, time-variable Markov chains, Analyze secondary school mathematics cur- continuous-time Markov chains, birth and riculum development from a historical per- death processes, Kolmogrov differential equa- spective and discuss past influences on current tions, uninformization. Renewal theory and its methodology. Distinguish current curriculum applications. Prerequisite: MATH 331, MATH trends and design alternatives. Evaluate con- 531 or consent of chair. temporary curriculum by assessing an existing text or program. Create a selected mathemat- MATH 633 QUEUING SYSTEMS (3) Char- ics unit. acterization and analysis of basic queuing systems, both single-server and multiple-server. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 311

The M/G/1 and G/M/m queuing systems. ministic decision-process problems, analytic Multiserver with queuing, multiserver queuing and computational methods of solution, appli- rules, priority queues. Networks of queues: cation to problems of equipment replacement, response time, routing, flow and congestion resource allocation, scheduling, search and control. Manufacturing systems: capacity/ routing. Brief introduction to decision-making inventory investment and scheduling. Prereq- under risk and uncertainty. Prerequisites: uisite: MATH 331, MATH 531 or consent of MATH 275 and MATH 331, or MATH 531 chair. or consent of chair.

MATH 634 COMPUTATIONAL SPEC- MATH 638 APPLIED MULTIVARIATE STA- TRAL ANALYSIS AND TIME SERIES (3) TISTICAL ANALYSIS (3) A brief review of Random processes, single and double expo- vector and matrix algebra and an introduction nential smoothing forecast methods, autore- to applications of multivariate statistical meth- gressive moving average models, maximum ods. Multivariate normal distribution and its likelihood estimation, minimum variance properties, inference for mean vector of a spectral estimation, maximum entropy, peri- multivariate normal distribution, and simulta- odgram analysis. Computation of spectral neous inference for components of the mean estimates; the fast Fourier transform, Yule- vector. Principle components, factor analysis, Walker equations, Prony’s method. Kalman and discrimination and classifications. The and adaptive filtering. Minitab or a similar course introduces many applications of the software package will be used. Prerequisites: topics related to real-world problems in the MATH 265 and MATH 332, or MATH 532 fields of engineering, sciences and business. or consent of chair. Minitab or similar software is used for real data analysis. Prerequisites: MATH 531 or MATH 635 APPLIED NUMERICAL ANAL- equivalent, MATH 533 or equivalent, and YSIS (3) Approximating functions, numerical MATH 265 or equivalent. solution of ordinary differential equations, numerical solution of partial differential equa- MATH 639 LOSS MODELS (4) Severity tions, selected topics in numerical linear alge- models, frequency models, aggregate models, bra such as orthogonal factorizations and survival models, construction of parametric least-square problems, singular value decom- models, and credibility models. Prerequisite: position and pseudo-inverse, the Q-R algo- MATH 532 or equivalent. rithm of Francis for the eigenvalue problem. Mathematica or a similar software package MATH 643 COMPUTATIONAL METH- will be used. Prerequisites: MATH 374 or ODS OF MATHEMATICAL FINANCE (3) MATH 574, and MATH 435 or MATH 535, Computation techniques involving tree or consent of chair. method, finite difference scheme, Monte Carlo simulation, term structure fitting and model- MATH 636 LINEAR AND NONLINEAR ing, financial derivative pricing, the Greeks of PROGRAMMING (3) Formulations and options, Capital Asset Pricing Model, Value-at model building in linear programming. The Risk calculation. Software package such as simplex method and its variants. Duality the- Mathematica or Excel will be used. Prerequi- ory. Sensitivity analysis, polynomial time algo- site: MATH 585 or equivalent. rithms. Multiobjective optimization models and algorithms. Prerequisites: MATH 265, MATH 644 MATHEMATICS OF FINAN- MATH 275 and graduate standing or consent CIAL DERIVATIVES (3) Modern pricing the- of chair. ory for financial derivatives, stochastic differential equations, Ito formula, martin- MATH 637 ADVANCED TOPICS IN gales, Girsanov Theorem, Feynman-Kac PDE, APPLIED OPERATIONS RESEARCH (3) term structure, Interest-Rate models and deriv Dynamic programming, formulation of deter- 312 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS atives, optimal stopping and American options. MATH 671 CHAOTIC DYNAMICS AND Prerequisite: MATH 585 or equivalent. FRACTAL GEOMETRY (3) Introduction to the classical theory of linear systems and the MATH 650 PATTERNS IN MATHEMATI- modern theory of nonlinear and chaotic sys- CAL DESIGNS (3) The course is a geometrical tems. Modeling of discrete and continuous time bridge between science and art, and covers systems. Bifurcation theory, symbolic dynam- topics such as the systems of proportion in ics, fractals and complex dynamics, Julia sets mathematics, art, architecture and in nature; and the Mandelbrot set. Mathematica or an the golden mean, Fibonacci series, Archimedes equivalent software package will be used. Pre- and logarithmic spirals, growth and similarity requisites: MATH 265, MATH 275 and gradu- in nature; graphs and maps on the Euclidean ate standing, or consent of chair. plane and on a sphere, on a torus, and map coloring; periodic and non-periodic tilings, MATH 673 INTEGRAL TRANSFORMS duality and the modules of semi-regular til- AND APPLICATION (3) Integral transforms ings; polyhedra and platonic solids and their and their applications: Fourier, Laplace, Han- duality and combinatorial and space-filling kel, Mellin and z-transforms and their applica- properties. Prerequisite: Admission to the M.S. tions for solving ordinary differential program in Mathematics Education or equations, partial differential equations, inte- approval of the department. gral equations and difference equations arisen from physics, engineering and sciences. Prereq- MATH 651 MATHEMATICS OF FUZZY uisites: MATH 374 or MATH 574, MATH LOGIC (3) Basic concepts of fuzzy logic, fuzzy 379 or MATH 579, MATH 475 or MATH sets, fuzzy uncertainty, fuzzy relations, compar- 577, or consent of chair. ing fuzzy logic with first-order predicate logic, algebra of fuzzy logic, approximate reasoning, MATH 674 APPLIED PARTIAL DIFFEREN- rule-based systems. Description of linguistic TIAL EQUATIONS (3) Discussions of the data using fuzzy sets. Applications: rule-based typical partial differential equations of applied expert systems, decision making, pattern recog- mathematical physics: Heat equations, Wave nition, control theory, optimization. Prerequi- equations, Beam equations, Laplace equations. site: Graduate standing or consent of chair. Separation of variables, variation of parame- ters and Fourier transform for initial and MATH 653 TOPICS IN GEOMETRY (3) boundary value problems, calculus of varia- Axiomatic development of Euclidean, elliptic tion and RitzGalerkin’s numerical method. and hyperbolic geometries; the study of the Prerequisites: MATH 374 or MATH 574, analytic plane, the sphere and the Poincare MATH 379 or MATH 579, or consent of model as models for these axiomatic systems. chair. Not open to students who have completed MATH 353. Prerequisites: MATH 274 and MATH 675 ASYMPTOTIC AND PERTUR- MATH 467, or MATH 568. BATION ANALYSIS (3) Asymptotic series and asymptotic methods for approximating MATH 667 ALGEBRA OF SYMMETRIES solutions to linear and nonlinear ordinary dif- (3) Complex integers, permutation groups, ferential equations. Asymptotic expansion of properties of abstract groups of plane transfor- integrals, Watson’s Lemma. Perturbation mations and matrix representations of trans- series, regular and singular perturbation the- formations. Culminates in developing the 17 ory. Boundary layer theory for ordinary dif- groups of symmetries of the Euclidean plane. ferential equations. Prerequisite: MATH 374/ No credit toward the master’s in Applied and 574 or equivalent and MATH 475/577 or Industrial Mathematics. Prerequisite: Admis- equivalent. sion to the M.S. program in Mathematics Education or approval of the department MATH 676 INTRODUCATION TO chair. MATHEMATICAL CONTROL THEORY COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 313

(3) Problems and specific models of mathemat- on mutual research interest of a graduate stu- ical control theory. Elements of control theory: dent in the APIM program and a faculty controllability, observability, stability, stabiliz- adviser will be investigated. The adviser will ability and realization theory for linear and guide the student throughout different phases nonlinear systems. Optimal control, maximum of solving the applied mathematics problem. principle and the existence of optimal strate- Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. gies.Prerequisite: MATH 265 and MATH 374/574. MATH 881 APPLIED MATHEMATICS GRADUATE PROJECT II (3) An internal MATH 677 ADVANCED MATHEMATI- applied mathematics graduate project based CAL MODELING (3) Development of appro- on mutual research interest of a graduate stu- priate stochastic as well as deterministic dent in the APIM program and a faculty models to solve applied mathematical prob- adviser will be investigated. The adviser will lems in the fields of physics, engineering and guide the student throughout different phases the social sciences. Topics include optimization of solving the applied mathematics problem. models, dynamic models, probability models Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. and Monte Carlo simulation. Mathematica or a similar software package will be used. Pre- MATH 885 APPLIED MATHEMATICS requisites: MATH 331 or MATH 531, and GRADUATE PROJECT CONTINUUM (1) MATH 379 or MATH 579, or consent of Students who cannot complete MATH 880- chair. 881 in two terms will register for MATH 885, 1 unit, in the next term. Except in very special MATH 684-689 SELECTED TOPICS IN circumstances, MATH 885 should not be MATHEMATICS AND STATISTICS (1-4) repeated. Prerequisite: Consent of the instruc- Topics will be chosen in mathematics or statis- tor. tics. Course content will be determined so as to complement course offerings in mathematics MATH 897 MASTER’S THESIS IN MATH- and statistics. Course may be repeated for a EMATICS EDUCATION (6) An original maximum of 8 units. Prerequisite: Will vary investigation using an acceptable research depending on topic. method and design conducted under the direction of one or more faculty members. Prereq- MATH 695 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN uisite: Department consent. MATHEMATICS (1-3) Directed independent study in selected areas of graduate-level math- MATH 898 THESIS (3) The previous course, ematics. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor MATH 897, taken over two consecutive terms. and graduate adviser. MATH 899 THESIS CONTINUUM (1) MATH 791-792 MASTER’S INTERNSHIP (3) An original investigation of a problem to be pursued in cooperation with a local indus- MATH EDUCATION (MTED) try or business under the direction of an industry supervisor and a member of the MTED 605 MIDDLE SCHOOL MATHE- mathematics faculty. Prerequisites: Comple- MATICAL METHODS AND PROBLEM tion of at least 15 units toward the M.S. degree SOLVING (3) Best practices for delivery and in Applied and Industrial Mathematics and assessment of mathematical concepts and consent of chair. skills relevant to the middle school level of instruction. Topics include problem solving, MATH 880 APPLIED MATHEMATICS geometry and measurement, number sense, GRADUATE PROJECT I (3) An internal data analysis and probability, and algebra. applied mathematics graduate project based Cannot be used for any other graduate pro- 314 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS gram in the mathematics department. Prereq- any other graduate program in the mathemat- uisite: Admission to the M.S. program in ics department. Prerequisite: MTED 613 or Mathematics Education or approval of the approval of the department. department. MTED 615 GEOMETRY FOR MIDDLE MTED 611 ALGEBRA FOR MIDDLE SCHOOL TEACHERS (3) Geometric vocab- SCHOOL TEACHERS (3) An intensive ulary, relationships, concepts and skills in two understanding of the middle and high school and three dimensions. Topics include a review algebra and the best practices for delivery and of Euclidean Geometry, coordinate and trans- assessment of algebra for middle school formations geometries, tessellation, polyhedra, instruction. Topics include divisibility and fac- measurement, and the use of appropriate tech- torization, factorization, functions, equations nology in the classroom. Cannot be used for and inequalities. Cannot be used for any other any other graduate program in mathematics program in the mathematics department. Pre- department. Prerequisite: Admission to the requisite: Admission to the M.S. program in M.S. program in Mathematics Education or Mathematics Education or approval of the approval of the department. department. MOLECULAR BIOLOGY, MTED 612 DATA ANALYSIS FOR MIDDLE BIOCHEMISTRY, BIOINFORMATICS SCHOOL TEACHERS (3) Topics from statis- (MBBB) tics and probability, and recent methodologies and standards for data analysis in middle MBBB 501 ADVANCED BIOINFORMAT- school level. The course also offers activities ICS (4) Advanced topics in bioinformatics using Fathom—a computer learning environ- including the use of computational tools in ment for data analysis and statistics. Cannot simulation, animation, modeling and visual- be used for any other graduate program in the ization of biological data. Techniques such as mathematics department. Prerequisite: Admis- statistical analysis, data mining, databases and sion to the M.S. program in Mathematics data warehousing are covered. Prerequisites: Education or approval of the department. COSC 237 and MBBB 302.

MTED 613 MATHEMATICAL MODEL- ING FOR MIDDLE SCHOOL TEACHERS MUSIC (MUSC) HISTORY/ (3) The prerequisite topics needed in order to LITERATURE, THEORY, learn Calculus. Topics include the behavior COMPOSITION, SPECIAL TOPICS functions, fitting functions to data, sequences, and modeling. The appropriate use of hand- MUSC 502 MUSIC OF THE BAROQUE held technologies is stressed throughout the PERIOD (3) Study of the development of music course. Internet resources for students to style, forms and compositional techniques dur- access outside of class have been included. ing the period from 1600 to about 1750. Pre- Prerequisites: MTED 611 and admission to requisite: MUSC 232 or consent of instructor. the M.S. program in Mathematics Education, or approval of the department. MUSC 503 MUSIC OF THE CLASSICAL PERIOD (3) Styles, forms and techniques of MTED 614 CALCULUS THROUGH TECH- the period from 1750-1820. Particular empha- NOLOGY FOR MIDDLE SCHOOL sis is placed on such instrumental categories as TEACHERS (3) Intuitive calculus of one vari- the string quartet, sonata, symphony and con- able, modeling best practices. Topics include certo as illustrated in the works of Haydn, limits, differentiation, integration and applica- Mozart and Beethoven. Attention is given to tion of calculus. Graphing calculators and operatic and sacred compositions of the same other computer learning environments such as masters. Prerequisite: MUSC 232 or consent Mathematica are included. Cannot be used for of instructor. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 315

MUSC 504 MUSIC OF THE ROMANTIC present. Prerequisite: Junior/senior standing or PERIOD (3) Musical styles, forms and tech- consent of instructor. niques in the 19th century with special attention to the intellectual foundations of the MUSC 525 JAZZ REPERTOIRE (3) Study and Romantic movement. Prerequisite: MUSC 232 performance of standard jazz literature for small, or consent of instructor. varied instrumental groups or vocalists. Prerequi- site: MUSC 232 or consent of instructor. MUSC 505 WESTERN MUSIC FROM 1914 TO THE PRESENT (3) Styles, forms and MUSC 526 JAZZ HISTORY (3) Survey of musical techniques since 1914. Prerequisite: jazz from its origins to the present day. Prereq- MUSC 302 or consent of instructor. uisite: MUSC 232 or consent of instructor.

MUSC 506 SURVEY OF SOLO VOICE LIT- MUSC 527-528 JAZZ ARRANGING I, II (3, ERATURE (3) A musical survey of the art 3) Study and practice of arranging of standard song from circa 1750 to the present. Prerequi- material for jazz ensembles. Prerequisite: site: MUSC 232 or consent of instructor. MUSC 232 or consent of instructor.

MUSC 509 HISTORY AND LITERATURE MUSC 531 ADVANCED CHORAL AND OF GUITAR, LUTE AND VIHUELA (3) A INSTRUMENTAL ARRANGING (3) survey of the history and literature written for Advanced arranging techniques including the or readily adaptable to the guitar. Includes scoring of original and other works for various study of tablatures and transcriptions to mod- combinations of instruments and/or voices. ern notation. Prerequisite: MUSC 232 or con- Prerequisite: MUSC 335 or equivalent, or consent of instructor. sent of instructor.

MUSC 511 SURVEY OF OPERA (3) Study of MUSC 537 ADVANCED COMPUTER opera literature of various periods and styles. APPLICATIONS IN MUSIC (3) Creative use Prerequisite: Junior/senior standing or consent of computer applications: sequencing, nota- of instructor. tion, synthesis applications, digital audio recording, editing, synchronization with film/ MUSC 513 SYMPHONIC LITERATURE (3) video. Prerequisite: MUSC 135 or consent of Survey of orchestral music from the Classical instructor. Era to the present. Includes symphony, over- ture and symphonic poem. Prerequisite: MUSC MUSC 542 VOCAL PEDAGOGY (3) Theory 232 or consent of instructor. and practice of the teaching of singing by national styles, historical approaches and the MUSC 514 COUNTERPOINT (3) Principles physiology of the voice. Prerequisites: MUSC of species counterpoint, using examples from 245 and MUSC 246, or consent of instructor. all style periods and writing of counterpoint in all five species. Prerequisite: Completion of MUSC 543 INSTRUMENTAL PEDAGOGY music theory sequence or graduate standing. (1) The art and science of teaching musical instruments in the applied setting. MUSC 519 KEYBOARD LITERATURE (3) The study of literature for keyboard instru- MUSC 550 MUSIC INDUSTRY I: LIVE PER- ments from 1450 to the present. Prerequisite: FORMANCE (3) A survey of the music busi- Upper-division or graduate standing as a ness focusing on songwriting, publishing, Music major, or consent of instructor. copyright, licensing, agents, mangers, artist contracts, unions, concerts, musical theatre, MUSC 521 AMERICAN MUSIC (3) Ameri- arts administration and music products. Pre- can music from the Colonial Period to the requisite: Successful completion of 60 or more units or permission of the instructor. 316 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MUSC 551 MUSIC INDUSTRY II: RECORD- MUSC 597 INTERNSHIP IN MUSIC (1-6) ING AND DIGITAL MEDIA (3) A survey of Field experience with working professionals. the music business focusing on record produc- Prerequisite: Consent of music internship tion, labels, promotion, distribution and mar- coordinator. S/U grading. keting, and on music in radio, television, videos, advertising , movies, games and pro- MUSC 621 PERSPECTIVES IN MUSIC HIS- duction libraries. Prerequisite: MUSC 350 or TORY (3) An examination of important issues permission of the instructor. in the history of Western music, focusing on the philosophies of music historians, the evolu- MUSC 560 PIANO PEDAGOGY (3) Teach tion of pertinent genres and forms, the social the goals and steps in the art of teaching begin- background to musical practice and recent ner, elementary and intermediate piano. developments in musical scholarship. Prereq- uisite: Graduate standing in Music. MUSC 562 GUITAR PEDAGOGY (3) Art and science of teaching guitar, historical and MUSC 629 CONCEPTS OF MUSIC THE- current practices, and observations. Private ORY (3) The theoretical and analytical prin- studio organization and administration. Pre- ciples of tonal music. Emphasis on writing and requisite: 200-level guitar private lessons or listening skills. Prerequisite: Graduate stand- consent of instructor. ing in Music.

MUSC 563 MUSIC IN LATIN AMERICA (3) MUSC 631 ADVANCED THEORY (3) Con- Genres and styles of art and popular music in tinued development of skills in more advanced Latin America from colonial times to today. melodic, harmonic and rhythmic aspects of Issue of colonialism, nationalism music and music through hearing, playing and writing. identity and globalization. The role of music in Prerequisite: MUSC 232 or consent of instructor. processes of political, social and cultural change in Latin America. Prerequisite: MUSC MUSC 670-679 SPECIAL TOPICS IN 232 or consent of the instructor. MUSIC (3) In-depth study of a selected topic in music. Specific requirements and prerequi- MUSC 571-579 SPECIAL TOPICS IN sites will vary with each topic and will be MUSIC (3) Consideration of central topic in designated by the department each time a music with different topic each term. May be topic is scheduled. Approval by the graduate repeated for credit provided a different topic is adviser is required. Each topic may be taken as covered. Prerequisite: MUSC 232 or consent a separate course. of instructor. MUSC 671 SPECIAL TOPICS IN MUSIC MUSC 582 RECORDING TECHNIQUES II LITERATURE (3) Consideration of a central (3) Emphasizes signal processing equipment topic of music literature with a different topic and how it relates to live recording from the selected each term. May be repeated for credit. concert stage. Includes experience recording Prerequisite: MUSC 232 or consent of instruc- live concerts in the Center for the Arts Concert tor. Hall. Prerequisite: MUSC 281 or consent of instructor. MUSC 676 SMALL INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLE: FREE IMPROVISATION (1) MUSC 593 INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN The study and exploration of multifaceted MUSIC (1-3) Supervised research in a selected improvisational practice. Open to instrumen- topic in music culminating in an extended talists and vocalists. Prerequisite: Audition or paper. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. MUSC 302 or consent of instructor. MUSC 679 APPLIED CONDUCTING LES- SONS (1-2) Private applied lessons in conduct- COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 317 ing, including study of repertoire as well as Previous registration for project work. preparation and implementation of all aspects of MUSC 897 MASTER’S THESIS IN MUSIC musical leadership and instruction to a musical (6) ensemble. May be repeated for a maximum of 4 units. Special permit required. Prerequisite: MUSC 898 THESIS (3) The previous course, MUSC 329 or equivalent, or MUSC 327 or MUSC 897, taken over two consecutive terms. equivalent, or consent of instructor. MUSC 899 THESIS CONTINUUM (1) MUSC 685 MUSIC BIBLIOGRAPHY AND RESEARCH (3) Investigation of music bibli- MUSIC APPLIED (MUSA) ography, research methodology and the writ- ENSEMBLES (1) ing process. Independent research projects and The study and performance of literature for experience in writing research papers, reviews the designated ensemble. Open to all students and essays in musical criticism. by audition or permission of instructor. May be repeated for credit depending on concentra- MUSC 796 RECITAL RESEARCH PAPER tion. (1) Recital research paper for Master of Music graduate requirement. Includes preparation Vocal Ensembles and submission of proposal and completion of MUSA 650 Choral Society (no audition manuscript that culminates with an oral required) defense of the final document. Permission MUSA 651 Chorale from the Master of Music program director MUSA 652 Chamber Singers required. MUSA 653 Music for the Stage MUSA 654 Music Theater Chorus MUSC 797 GRADUATE RECITAL (1) MUSA 668 Early Music Ensemble Recital performance for Master of Music MUSC 684 Jazz Vocal Ensemble graduation requirement. Prerequisites: A minimum of 24 units completed toward the degree Large Instrumental Ensembles and permission of the graduate program direc- MUSA 660 Marching Band (no audition tor. Special permit required. required) MUSA 661 Symphonic Band MUSC 798 RECITAL RESEARCH CON- MUSA 662 Orchestra TINUUM (1) Continuation of recital research MUSA 663 Opera Orchestra paper. Prerequisites: MUSC 796 and MUSC MUSA 664 Music Theater Orchestra 797, continuum credits may not apply toward MUSA 665 Wind Ensemble electives in the Master of Music degree. Small Instrumental Ensembles MUSC 880 GRADUATE PROJECT IN MUSA 659 Pep Band MUSIC (1) Fulfills a graduation requirement MUSA 666 Woodwind Ensemble for M.S. in Music Education. Projects include MUSA 667 Chamber Music Ensemble recital, composition, research paper or practi- MUSA 668 Early Music Ensemble cum as appropriate to the needs and interest of MUSA 669 Brass Ensemble the student. Prerequisites: A minimum of 21 MUSA 670 World Music Ensemble graduate units completed and permission of MUSA 671 Clarinet Choir the graduate program director in Music Edu- MUSA 672 Percussion Ensemble cation. Special permit required. MUSA 673 Saxophone Ensemble MUSA 674 Solo and Ensemble MUSC 885 PROJECT CONTINUATION (1) Accompanying Continuation of graduate project. Prerequisite: MUSA 675 Guitar Ensemble 318 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

Jazz Ensembles MUSA 628 Bassoon MUSA 681 Jazz Ensemble Big Band MUSA 629 Saxophone MUSA 682 Jazz Ensemble Combo MUSA 683 Jazz Ensemble Guitar Strings MUSA 684 Jazz Ensemble Voice MUSA 630 Violin MUSA 685 Jazz Ensemble Latin MUSA 631 Viola MUSA 632 Cello MUSIC APPLIED (MUSA) PRIVATE LES- MUSA 633 String Bass SONS (1-3) Private studio and master class MUSA 634 Harp instruction in instrumental techniques and performance. The Music Department Applied Guitar Music Handbook lists criteria for audition and MUSA 635 Classical Guitar performance standards. Successful completion MUSA 636 Other Fretted Instruments of a jury examination is required at the end of each term. May be repeated for credit depend- Jazz/Commercial ing on concentration. Prerequisites: Audition MUSA 640 Jazz/Commercial Guitar and permission of the graduate program direc- MUSA 641 Jazz/Commercial String Bass tor. Special permit only. MUSA 642 Jazz/Commercial Piano MUSA 643 Jazz/Commercial Drums Note: Additional fees apply. Contact the MUSA 644 Jazz/Commercial Trumpet department for fee policy, 410-704-2836. MUSA 645 Jazz/Commercial

Composition Saxophone MUSA 600 Composition MUSA 646 Jazz/Commercial Trombone MUSA 647 Jazz/Commercial Vocal MUSA 603 Voice Electric Bass MUSA 648 Jazz/Commercial Voice Keyboard MUSA 605 Piano MUSA 606 Organ MUSIC EDUCATION (MUED) MUSA 607 Harpsichord MUED 601 CURRENT TRENDS IN MUSIC Percussion AND MUSIC EDUCATION (3) Current phi- MUSA 610 Snare Drum losophies and objectives of music scope and MUSA 611 Mallets sequence of music curricula (vocal and instrumental) in the schools. Prerequisite: Consent MUSA 612 Timpani of program director. MUSA 613 Multiple Percussion MUED 603 MUSIC IN SPECIAL EDUCA- Brass TION (3) Musical curriculum materials and MUSA 620 Trumpet activities addressing the needs of handicapped MUSA 621 Trombone students in school settings. Teacher skill devel- MUSA 622 French Horn opment in adapting lesson plans, developing MUSA 623 Tuba Individual Education Programs and program implementation. Prerequisite: MUED 307, Woodwinds MUED 309 or permission of chairperson. MUSA 625 Flute MUSA 626 Clarinet MUED 605 SEMINAR IN COMMUNITY MUSA 627 Oboe MUSIC (3) Exploration of the teaching and COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 319 performance of music in diverse settings: com- MUED 634 KODALY TECHNIQUES (2) munity music schools, retirement communi- Methods and materials incorporating sight ties, preschool/home school settings, workplace singing exercises, rhythm and movement, folk performance groups, intergenerational settings songs and singing games within an eclectic and community-based ensembles. Includes curriculum. Prerequisite: MUED 630 or con- philosophy, pedagogy and practical issues such sent of instructor. as funding, as well as aspects of adult and intergenerational learning. Prerequisite: Bach- MUED 635 THEORY, PEDAGOGY AND elor’s degree in Music or Music Education. CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT IN DAL- CROZE, ORFF, KODALY (3) Teaching the MUED 617 CHORAL WORKSHOP IN ELE- pedagogy of musical elements and concepts MENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOL using Dalcroze, Orff and Kodaly techniques MUSIC (2) Observing, conducting and evalu- and materials. Prerequisites: MUED 631, ating of rehearsals of the chorus made up of MUED 632, MUED 633 and MUED 634, or workshop participants. Includes sources and consent of instructor. selection of music, audition and classification of voices, pedagogy, rehearsal techniques, cho- MUED 639 ADVANCED WORKSHOP IN ral arranging, and program building and pro- ELEMENTARY AND MIDDLE SCHOOL gramming. Prerequisite: MUSC 327. GENERAL MUSIC (2) Observation, development and evaluation of current materials and MUED 630 DALCROZE-ORFF-KODALY methodology in elementary and middle school FOR THE CLASSROOM I (2) Principles of general music. Prerequisite: MUED 307, Dalcroze eurhythmics, Orff and Kodaly tech- MUED 309 or equivalent. niques in elementary and middle school programs. Appropriate for vocal-general and MUED 661 SEMINAR IN INSTRUMEN- instrumental teachers. Prerequisite: Bachelor’s TAL MUSIC (3) Comparative analysis of cur- degree in Music or Music Education. rent methods and materials used in schools and colleges. Instrumental conducting and MUED 631 DALCROZE-ORFF-KODALY repertoire. Construction of acoustical proper- FOR THE CLASSROOM II (2) Principles of ties and basic techniques of instruments. Prob- beginning and intermediate-level Dalcroze, lems of ensemble and balance. Intonation, Orff and Kodaly techniques in the vocal-gen- precision and interpretation are studied. Mate- eral and instrumental music program explor- rials and music literature for bands, orchestras ing practical techniques and materials using an and small ensembles are evaluated. Prerequi- eclectic approach to teaching concepts and site: Admission to graduate program. skills. Prerequisite: MUED 630 or consent of instructor. MUED 662 SEMINAR IN CHORAL (VOCAL) MUSIC (3) Comparative analysis of MUED 632 DALCROZE PRACTICES (2) current methods and materials used in schools Methods and materials incorporating eurhyth- and colleges. Choral conducting and reper- mics, solfege, improvisation and basic key- toire. Style interpretation, tone quality, dic- board improvisatory skills. Prerequisite: tion, rehearsal and conducting techniques are MUED 630 or consent of instructor. analyzed. Prerequisite: Consent of program director. MUED 633 ORFF TECHNIQUES (2) Meth- ods and materials incorporating improvisa- MUED 670-684 WORKSHOPS IN MUSIC tion, orchestration, mallet technique, speech EDUCATION (1-3) Selected topics in music chants, movement and use of Orff instru- education. Can be repeated for credit when ments. Prerequisite: MUED 630 or consent of topics differ. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. instructor. 320 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

MUED 695 RESEARCH METHODS IN NURS 603 NURSING RESEARCH (3) Pre- MUSIC EDUCATION (3) The application of pares the nurse to identify clinical problems, research to problems in the field of music edu- critically evaluate nursing research, develop a cation. Prerequisites: Admission to the gradu- research design and apply research in practice. ate program in Music Education and consent Prerequisites: Undergraduate research and/or of instructor. statistics course and consent of instructor.

NURS 605 NURSING SYSTEMS IN NURSING (NURS) HEALTH CARE (3) Prepares the nurse to participate in the design, implementation and NURS 510 SPIRITUALITY, HEALTH AND management of care in a variety of health care NURSING PRACTICE (3) Application of the- systems, provide quality cost-effective care, ory and research to spiritual care of diverse cli- and assume a leadership role in the managing ent populations across the life span, and of human, fiscal and physical health care development of spiritual self-care plan of the resources. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. provider. Prerequisites: One clinical course in nursing, RN status, or consent of the instructor. NURS 610 CURRICULUM DEVELOP- MENT IN NURSING (3) Overview of theory NURS 523 CRISIS AND STRESS MANAGE- and methods for the development of nursing MENT (3) An integrated, comprehensive, educational delivery systems in academic and multicomponent approach to crisis interven- service settings. tion in a variety of individuals, groups and settings. Prerequisite: PSYC 101 or HLTH NURS 612 TEACHING AND LEARNING 101. IN NURSING (3) Focuses on the application of learning theory and teaching methods in the NURS 530: ATM Transition Seminar (1) This classroom and clinical environments with a course focuses on the evolving role of recent particular emphasis on meeting the needs of nursing graduates as they transition into grad- diverse student populations. Includes instruc- uate studies. Prerequisites: Enrollment in ATM tional technology and micro-teaching experi- program, employment as a RN. Permit ences. required. Effective Summer 2013. NURS 670-674 SPECIAL TOPICS IN NURS- NURS 543 PHARMACOTHERAPEUTIC ING (1-3) An examination of current and AGENTS (2) Pharmacologic agents com- evolving topics in nursing. The specific monly used in treatment of disease states and requirements and prerequisites will vary with the nursing responsibilities involved. Prerequi- each topic and will be designated by the site: RN status or consent of the instructor. department. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 units provided a different topic is covered. NURS 594 TRAVEL STUDY IN NURSING Prerequisites: Will vary with each topic. (3) Historical and contemporary sociopolitical factors that guide the delivery of health care to NURS 700 COMMUNITY-BASED NURS- various population groups in other countries. ING (3) Focuses on application of epidemio- Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. logical frameworks and concepts in health promotion, environmental health and disease NURS 601 THEORETICAL FOUNDA- prevention with diverse groups across the life TIONS OF NURSING PRACTICE (3) Pre- span. Emphasis will be placed on the nursing pares nurses to critically analyze and apply a care of at-risk and vulnerable populations in wide range of nursing and related theories to community-based settings. Prerequisite: NURS research and clinical practice in order to 601. develop a comprehensive and holistic approach to care. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 321

NURS 710 EVALUATION IN NURSING OSC 744 PARTICIPATION AND QUALITY EDUCATION (3) Emphasis is placed on the OF LIFE OF PEOPLE IN THEIR CONTEXT evaluation of student performance, teaching, (3) Examination of theories and research for courses and programs. Assessment measures analyzing the occupations and quality of life of of learner outcomes, faculty effectiveness and people within their socio-cultural context. program quality will be explored. Prerequi- Prerequisite: Consent of department. sites: NURS 712, NURS 610 and NURS 612 (may be taken concurrently). OSC 746 PARTICIPATION AND QUALITY OF LIFE IN COMMUNITIES AND POPU- NURS 712 ADULT LEARNER (3) Introduc- LATIONS (3) An examination of participation tion to learning in adulthood, including con- and quality of life of communities and popula- text, development, process and practice. tions from an occupational science perspec- Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. tive. Prerequisite: Consent of department.

NURS 800 ADVANCED COMMUNITY- OSC 770-779 SPECIAL TOPICS IN OCCUPA- BASED NURSING PRACTICE (3-6) A clini- TIONAL SCIENCE (1-6) Explore topics of spe- cal practicum designed to enhance the nurse’s cial interest in occupational science theory and previous learning and experiences while foster- research. Prerequisite: Consent of department. ing the development of new nursing knowledge and skills in community-based settings OSC 890 QUALITATIVE RESEARCH: with diverse populations. Includes a weekly OCCUPATION AND LIFE NARRATIVE (3) seminar. Prerequisite: NURS 700. Qualitative methods used in the study of occupation and other related social sciences. Pre- NURS 810 TEACHING PRACTICUM (3) A requisites: OCTH 611, OCTH 613 and practicum designed to apply new knowledge consent of department. and skills in teaching and learning in academic or service settings. Self-assessment of teaching, OSC 891 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN discussion of the nurse educator role, and OCCUPATIONAL SCIENCE (1-6) In-depth exploration of issues related to the teaching- investigation and development of scholarly learning environment will occur in weekly product in occupational science. Prerequisite: seminars. Prerequisites: NURS 612 and NURS Consent of department. 710 (may be taken concurrently). OSC 892 DIRECTED READINGS IN OCCU- NURS 897 THESIS (6) Independent research PATIONAL SCIENCE (1-6) Readings in under the guidance of faculty using established selected topic in occupational science. Special methods of research appropriate to nursing permit required. Prerequisites: At least one 700- practice, education or administration. Prereq- level OSC course and consent of department. uisite: NURS 800. OSC 895 APPLIED PROJECT: EVERYDAY NURS 899 THESIS CONTINUUM (1) LIFE AND DIMENSIONS OF OCCUPA- TION (3) Design and implementation of an applied research project in occupation that has OCCUPATIONAL SCIENCE (OSC) the potential to be developed into a dissertation topic. Prerequisites: OSC 742, 744, 746, 890, OSC 742 ORIGINS AND EVOLUTION OF and other 700 or above quantitative statistics OCCUPATIONAL SCIENCE (3) Examina- course. Majors only; consent of department. tion of the history of occupation and occupational performance constructs. Prerequisites: OSC 997 DISSERTATION RESEARCH (1-9) OCTH 611 and consent of department. Design, implementation and documentation of focused study of applied occupation in com- 322 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS munity systems. Must be repeated for a mini- OCTH 610 DATA ANALYSIS IN OCCUPA- mum of 12 total units until dissertation is TION-BASED RESEARCH AND EVI- complete in order to meet continual registra- DENCE-BASED PRACTICE (3) In-depth tion policy. Prerequisites: OSC 895 and con- examination of quantitative and qualitative sent of department. data in health related literature and application of data analysis procedures in occupation- OSC 999 DISSERTATION CONTINUUM (1) based research. Prerequisites: Consent of department. OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY (OCTH) OCTH 611 ADVANCED THEORY AND OCTH 570-579 SPECIAL TOPICS IN PHILOSOPHY OF OCCUPATION (3) Anal- OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY (1-3) Designed ysis of the theories and philosophical assump- to explore topics of special interest in the the- tions underlying occupation. Prerequisite: ory and practice of occupational therapy. May Consent of department. be repeated for a maximum of 3 units. Prereq- uisite: Consent of instructor. OCTH 612 Occupational Therapy HEALTH PROMOTION INITIATIVES IN OCTH 600 FOUNDATIONS OF OCCUPA- THE COMMUNITY (3) Theory and practice TIONAL THERAPY (4) Historical and philo- of occupational therapy in health promotion sophical underpinnings of occupational in the community with special emphasis on the therapy focusing on the meaning of occupa- cultural context of the community. Prerequi- tion across the lifespan. Occupational therapy site: OCTH 611 or consent of department. process and analysis of occupational performance are emphasized. Prerequisite: Consent OCTH 613 ADVANCED RESEARCH of department. $50 class/lab fee. METHODS IN OCCUPATION-BASED PRACTICE (3) Application of qualitative and OCTH 601 GROUP DYNAMICS IN quantitative research methods. Prerequisite: DIVERSE CONTEXTS (3) A study of group Consent of department. process in various contexts, representing diverse cultures. Prerequisite: Consent of OCTH 621 GERIATRIC REHABILITA- department. TION (3) Older adult assessment and rehabilitation within a variety of health care OCTH 603 ISSUES IN OCCUPATIONAL systems. Prerequisite: Consent of department. THERAPY (3) Analysis of current issues in occupational therapy. Prerequisite: Consent of OCTH 623 EVALUATION IN PEDIATRIC department. OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY (3) Theory and practice of evaluation in the area of pedi- OCTH 604 ACADEMIC AND CLINICAL atric occupational therapy. Prerequisite: Con- EDUCATION (3) College/university teaching sent of department. and clinical supervision strategies for the preparation of professionals in clinical disci- OCTH 628 CONTEMPORARY OCCUPA- plines. Prerequisite: Consent of department. TIONAL THERAPY PRACTICE (3) This course combines classroom preparation with a OCTH 605 MANAGING HUMAN directed independent study focused on expand- RESOURCES IN OCCUPATIONAL THER- ing and developing skills in an area of occupa- APY (3) Issues and trends: in leadership, deci- tional therapy practice of special interest to the sion-making styles, productivity, professional student. Prerequisites: Completion of one level development recruitment and retention, and II fieldwork and consent of department. performance appraisal systems. Prerequisite: Consent of department. OCTH 631 COMMUNITY GERONTOL- OGY (3) Planning and consulting for adult COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 323 community programs. Prerequisite: Consent OCTH 691 DIRECTED READINGS IN of department. OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY (1-3) Guided review of literature to explore in-depth subjects OCTH 633 OCCUPATION-BASED PEDI- related to occupational therapy theory and prac- ATRIC INTERVENTION (3) Advanced tice. Prerequisite: Consent of department. intervention principles for pediatric populations, including provisions for care of children OCTH 692 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-6) from birth to 21 years of age in health delivery In-depth investigation specific to area of inter- systems, including the schools. Prerequisite: est in occupational therapy. Prerequisite: Con- Consent of department. sent of department.

OCTH 634 CONTEXTUAL FACTORS OCTH 781 GRADUATE SEMINAR IN AND OCCUPATIONAL PERFORMANCE OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY (3) Graduate (3) Study of contextual factors that influence project or thesis proposal preparation with occupational performance across the lifespan. feedback and discussion. Prerequisites: OCTH Prerequisite: Consent of department. 320, OCTH 610 and OCTH 613. Co-requisites: OCTH 319 and consent of department. OCTH 635 PHYSICAL REHABILITATION $50 class/lab fee. LEVEL II FIELDWORK (9) Supervised level II fieldwork in occupational therapy practice. OCTH 880 GRADUATE PROJECT IN Prerequisites: OCTH 314, OCTH 319, OCTH OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY (3) Implemen- 320, OCTH 325, OCTH 326, OCTH 413, tation and documentation of a project designed OCTH 417 and consent of department. in OCTH 781 that is oriented toward the application of specific techniques in occupa- OCTH 636 PSYCHOSOCIAL LEVEL II tional therapy. Prerequisites: OCTH 781 and FIELDWORK (9) Supervised level II field- consent of department. work in occupational therapy practice. Prereq- uisites: OCTH 314, OCTH 319, OCTH 320, OCTH 885 PROJECT CONTINUATION OCTH 325, OCTH 326, OCTH 413, OCTH (1) Continuation of graduate project. Prereq- 417 and consent of department. uisite: Previous registration for project work.

OCTH 637 SPECIALTY LEVEL II FIELD- OCTH 897 THESIS (6) Original investigation WORK (9) Supervised level II fieldwork expe- using an acceptable research method and rience in occupational therapy practice. design conducted under the direction of a fac- Prerequisites: OCTH 435, OCTH 436, OCTH ulty member. Prerequisites: OCTH 781 and 635, OCTH 636 and consent of department. consent of department.

OCTH 670-676 SPECIAL TOPICS IN OCTH 898 THESIS (3) The previous course, OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY (1-3) Study of OCTH 897, taken over two consecutive terms. selected topics in occupational therapy. Prereq- uisites: Vary with each topic; consent of OCTH 899 THESIS CONTINUUM (1) department.

OCTH 678 ASSESSMENT THROUGH- OPERATIONS RESEARCH (OPRE) OUT THE LIFESPAN (3) Examination, selec- These courses are offered as part of the UB/TU tion, administration and evaluation of a variety MBA program. of measurement tools used in occupational therapy practice. Prerequisites: OCTH 319 OPRE 504 BUSINESS STATISTICS (3) This and OCTH 320. Co-requisites: OCTH 326 course covers statistical summary measures, and consent of department. $50 class/lab fee. probability, random variables and their distri- 324 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS butions. Presents estimation and hypothesis PHIL 513 PHENOMENOLOGY (3) An testing, correlation and regression analysis and examination of phenomenology as both a ANOVA, and their applications to business philosophical method and philosophical posi- problems. The use of statistical data analysis is tion. Themes to be considered include con- an integral part of this course. Prerequisite: sciousness, the body, time and the experience Graduate standing. of others. Primary course readings in the works of Hussert, Heidegger, Sartre, Merleau- OPRE 640 APPLIED MANAGEMENT SCI- Ponty. Prerequisite: 6 units in philosophy. ENCE (3) Management science approaches in organizations, including modeling and ratio- PHIL 517 EXISTENTIALISM (3) Some of the nal approaches to decision-making and their major existentialist philosophers will be stud- contribution to organizational effectiveness. ied, e.g., Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Heidegger, Emphasizes analysis and communication using Sartre, Beauvoir. The philosophical themes of real-world application and cases. Topics transcendence, the absurd, estrangement and include linear programming and its exten- anxiety will be considered. Prerequisite: 6 sions, integer programming, network prob- units in philosophy. lems and decision analysis as applied to tactical and strategic business decisions in PHIL 522 HELLENISTIC AND MEDIEVAL functional areas and interfaces among these PHILOSOPHY (3) This course will deal with areas. Prerequisite: Prior or concurrent enroll- the philosophical schools of the Hellenistic ment in MBA core courses. and Roman periods, viz., Stoicism, Epicurean- ism, Scepticism and Neo-Platonism, and with the two main Christian philosophies of the PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGIOUS Middle Ages, viz., Augustinianism and STUDIES (PHIL) Thomism. Prerequisite: One lower-level course in philosophy. PHIL 501 PHILOSOPHIES OF INDIA (3) Examination of major ideas in the Vedic, Epic, PHIL 524 MODERN PHILOSOPHY (3) The Classical darsana and modern periods. Prereq- history of philosophy, beginning with Des- uisite: One lower-level course in philosophy or cartes through the 19th century. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. One lower-level course in philosophy.

PHIL 502 PHILOSOPHIES OF CHINA AND PHIL 525 SCHOOLS OF CONTEMPO- JAPAN (3) Examination of major philosophi- RARY PHILOSOPHY (3) A survey with vary- cal systems through selected writings in trans- ing emphasis on a number of such lation. Prerequisite: One lower-level course in contemporary philosophical positions as prag- philosophy or consent of instructor. matism, phenomenology, logical positivism, the analysts, neo-Aristotelianism, the philoso- PHIL 509 AESTHETICS (3) An analytical phers of science and the existentialists. Prereq- and historical examination of concepts of the uisite: One lower-level course in philosophy. nature of art, beauty, aesthetic value and aesthetic perception, and of the modes of exis- PHIL 526 AMERICAN PHILOSOPHY (3) tence of artifacts. Prerequisite: One lower-level History of the main currents of American course in philosophy. philosophical thought as exemplified in such writers as Edwards, Emerson, Pierce, James, PHIL 511 ETHICS (3) Analysis of readings Royce, Dewey and Whitehead. Prerequisite: from the principle classical and contemporary One lower-level course in philosophy. ethical sources; study of the basic moral concepts as found in these sources; and applica- PHIL 530 PHILOSOPHY AND FILM (3) tion to contemporary moral concerns. Philosophical insights on issues such as knowl- Prerequisite: One lower-level course in philosophy. edge, personal identity, reality, freedom, jus- COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 325 tice, death, love, violence and happiness as PHIL 557 TOPICS IN COMPARATIVE they are represented in the film medium; RELIGION (3) Exploration of culturally examination of how films reflect the values of diverse religious traditions in terms of a speci- the cultures in which they are embedded and fied theme, topic or problem. May be repeated how they participate in the formation of val- for credit. Prerequisite: One lower-level course ues. Prerequisite: One philosophy course or in philosophy or religious studies. permission of instructor. PHIL 561 BIOMEDICAL ETHICS (3) A PHIL 531 CONCEPTS OF WOMAN: A HIS- search for guidelines in such moral problems TORICAL APPROACH (3) Various concepts as abortion, the care of the dying, organ trans- which philosophers have used to define plants, informed consent in therapy and exper- women. A historical survey approach, with imentation, adequate health care and its just readings from Plato, Aquinas and others, and distribution, control of human behavior by ending with Beauvoir. Prerequisite: One lower- drugs, surgery, etc. Test-tube reproduction, level course in philosophy. population control, genetic engineering and counseling. Prerequisite: One lower-level PHIL 532 FEMINIST PHILOSOPHY (3) course in philosophy or consent of instructor. Contemporary problems, including redefini- tion of traditional areas of philosophy and PHIL 563 BUSINESS ETHICS (3) Economics creation of new issues for investigation. Pre- is one of the “moral sciences” in so far as it requisite: One lower-level philosophy course deals with an important sphere of human or consent of instructor. activity which intends a good. This course will institute a philosophical reflection on eco- PHIL 539 THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE (3) nomic ideas as they appear in the three main A historical and systematic approach to the categories of opinion, viz., conservative, lib- truth, value and elements of the forms of eral and radical. Attention will be drawn to human knowledge. The theories of major phi- the epistemological, ethical and metaphysical losophers will be studied. Prerequisite: One presuppositions of these traditions. Prerequi- lower-level course in philosophy. site: One lower-level course in philosophy.

PHIL 540-549 PHILOSOPHICAL SYSTEMS PHIL 570-579 PHILOSOPHICAL PROB- (3) The study of a major philosophical system LEMS (3) A consideration of one of the peren- or position, classical or modern, and its impor- nial interests of philosophy. Prerequisite: Two tant proponents. Prerequisite: Two courses in courses in philosophy. philosophy. PHIL 580-589 PHILOSOPHICAL TOPICS PHIL 551 PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION (3) (3) Courses offered under this title will be of Exposition of various approaches to the phi- variable content. Topics of traditional philo- losophy of religion with an analysis of the sophical interest or of philosophical problems major issues on which they differ and agree. in other areas of knowledge or of contempo- Prerequisite: Two courses in philosophy or rary interests will be offered. Prerequisite: One religion. lower-level course in philosophy.

PHIL 555 INTRODUCTION TO THE NEW TESTAMENT (3) Study of the literature, his- PHYSICAL SCIENCE (PHSC) tory, sociology and theology of the early Chris- tian movement focusing on canonical and PHSC 501 ADVANCED LABORATORY IN non-canonical materials. Prerequisite: One PHYSICAL SCIENCE (2) Exacting laboratory lower-level course in philosophy or religious work of an advanced nature under the guid- studies. ance of the physical science staff. Each student will present and defend his or her work at a 326 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS seminar. May be repeated for a maximum of 6 PHSC 595 COURSE RESEARCH IN 500- units. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. LEVEL COURSES (1)

PHSC 503 EARTH-SPACE SCIENCE (3) Physical science principles applied in the study PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT STUDIES of earth and space. Emphasis on experimental (PAST) and discovery approaches. Prerequisite: PHSC 101. PAST 601 RESEARCH METHODS IN PHY- SICIAN ASSISTANT PRACTICE (3) Exami- PHSC 505 FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS nation of theory and methodology for IN THE EARTH SCIENCES (3) Principles of designing and coordinating qualitative and astronomy, geology and related earth sciences. quantitative research, including data collection Methods of investigation employed by earth and analysis. Prerequisite: Admission to pro- scientists. Observations in the planetarium gram. and field studies in the Baltimore area. Two lecture hours and one two-hour laboratory PAST 602 ETHICS, ISSUES AND TRENDS period. No credit allowed if student has taken IN PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT PRACTICE (3) ASTR 161 and/or PHSC 121. Prerequisite: This course examines professional and ethical GEOL 101 or equivalent. issues, as well as legal implications, confronting the physician assistant. Effect of social, PHSC 511 PHYSICAL SCIENCE FOR political and economic changes is also TEACHERS (3) An in-service course for explored, together with the physician assistant teachers in the elementary and/or junior high role in the health care team. Prerequisite: school designed to develop physical science Admission to program. concepts. Emphasis will be placed on developing these concepts through laboratory work. PAST 603 MEDICINE I (2) Physiological and Prerequisite: Teaching experience. pathological mechanisms of disease process, treatment and preventive aspects of care are ASTR 561 GENERAL ASTRONOMY II (3) included. Prerequisite: Admission to program. Stars, stellar systems, galaxies and cosmology. PAST 604 MEDICINE II (6) Second course in Emphasis in determination of the distance physiological and pathological mechanisms of scale and modern trends in astronomy. Prereq- the disease process, treatment and prevention. uisite: ASTR 161 or equivalent. Prerequisites: Admission to program and completion of Medicine I. PHSC 570-579 SPECIAL TOPICS IN PHYSI- CAL SCIENCE (1-4) The study of special PAST 605 MEDICINE III (2) Third course in topics in the areas of physical science. Special physiological and pathological mechanisms of topics will be determined by their need for the disease process, treatment and prevention. study and relevance to existing courses. May Prerequisites: Admission to program and com- be repeated for credit provided a different pletion of Medicine I and II. topic is covered. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. PAST 606 PEDIATRICS I (2) Clinical assessment and management of disease in infant to PHSC 594 TRAVEL STUDY (1-3) A detailed adolescent patients. Prerequisites: Admission investigation of field problems and phenom- to program and completion of Medicine I. ena. Locations and topics to be selected by the department and instructors sponsoring pro- PAST 607 PEDIATRICS II (2) A second gram. May be repeated for maximum of 3 course in clinical assessment and management units. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. of disease in infant to adolescent patients. Pre- requisites: Admission to program and completion of Pediatrics I. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 327

PAST 608 MEDICINE IV (6) The fourth Taken final year of program. Prerequisites: course in physiological and pathological Admission to program and completion of mechanisms of the disease process, treatment PAST 801. and prevention. Prerequisites: Admission to program and completion of Medicine III. PHYSICS (PHYS) PAST 609 PHARMACOLOGY I (2) First of two courses in pharmacology dealing with PHYS 507 INTRODUCTORY MATHE- initiating a monitoring routine drug therapy. MATICAL PHYSICS (3) As the mathematical Included are the principles of pharmacokinet- maturity of the students will allow, selected ics and pharmacodynamics. Prerequisites: topics will be examined such as the generalized Admission to program and completion of expressions for forces and potentials, vector Medicine I. analysis, applications of Fourier series and complex variables, and solutions of the har- PAST 610 PHARMACOLOGY II (2) The monic oscillator and wave equations. Three second of two courses in pharmacology deal- lecture hours. Prerequisites: PHYS 212 or ing with initiating a monitoring routine drug PHYS 242; MATH 274. therapy. Included are the principles of pharma- cokinetics and pharmacodynamics. Prerequi- PHYS 511 MODERN PHYSICS I (3) Special sites: Admission to program and completion relativity, the quantum theory, atomic struc- of Pharmacology I. ture and spectra, and nuclear structure and reactions are the main topics covered by the PAST 730 CLINICAL MANAGEMENT I (2) course. Other topics that may be covered The first of a two-course sequence of case- involve molecular, solid state and high energy based learning seminars and student grand physics. Four lecture hours. Prerequisites: rounds presentations. Permit required, regis- MATH 274; PHYS 242 or PHYS 252 or tration limited to those admitted into the pro- PHYS 212 with consent of instructor. gram. Prerequisites: Medicine IV, Pediatrics II, Pharmacology II and successful completion of PHYS 512 MODERN PHYSICS II (3) Co- all year-one courses. listed with PHYS 312, which is a required course for the Applied and General tracks of PAST 731 CLINICAL MANAGEMENT II the Physics major. Applications of special rela- (2) The second of a two-course sequence of tivity and quantum theory to the various disci- case-based learning seminars and student plines in physics, including solid state, nuclear, grand rounds presentations. Permit required elementary particles and cosmology. Students and registration limited to those admitted into taking this course for graduate credits will be the program. Prerequisites: Medicine IV, Pedi- expected to attend special lectures and semi- atrics II, Pharmacology II and successful com- nars, undertake guided in-depth study of pletion of all year-one courses. selected topics and complete additional assignments which may include presentations and PAST 801 PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT GRAD- term papers. Prerequisite: PHYS 511 or equiv- UATE SEMINAR (1) The first of two research alent or consent of instructor. project courses for Physician Assistant students. Completion and presentation of gradu- PHYS 533 BASIC ELECTRONICS (4) Circuit ate research proposal. Prerequisites: Admission components, characteristics of semiconduc- to program and completion of PAST 601. tors, electrical measurements, method of circuit analysis and electronic devices. Three PAST 802 PHYSICIAN ASSISTANT GRAD- lecture hours and one three-hour laboratory. UATE PROJECT (1) Completion of research Prerequisite: PHYS 212 or PHYS 222 or con- project and final presentation of finding. sent of instructor. 328 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PHYS 534 DIGITAL ELECTRONICS (4) and the applications of lasers and holography Subjects covered will be basic concepts of digi- will be covered. Special projects will be tal electronics such as: gates, logic modules, assigned to students depending upon their truth tables, digital codes, sequential systems, individual theoretical and experimental back- semiconductor memories, decade counters, grounds. Prerequisite: PHYS 243 or consent of etc. The laboratory program is designed to instructor. give students firsthand experience on the material covered in lecture using integrated circuits PHYS 550 MECHANICS (4) Systems of coor- and LED display systems. Two hours lecture dinates, kinematics and transformations; new- and three hours laboratory. Prerequisite: tonial dynamics of particles; linear systems, MATH 115 or equivalent. oscillations and series techniques; calculus of variations and the Lagrangian and Hamilto- PHYS 535 ELECTRONICS (3) Principles of nian formulations; application of Lagrangians transistors with emphasis on their design and to gravitation/central force motion. Optional: construction and an introduction to logic cir- nonlinear oscillations. Prerequisite: PHYS cuits. Two lecture hours and one two-hour 242, PHYS 307 or consent of instructor. laboratory. Prerequisites: PHYS 305 and PHYS 335. PHYS 551 MECHANICS II (3) Continuation of PHYS 351. Rotation transformations; per- PHYS 537 INTRODUCTION TO MICRO- turbation and Green’s function techniques in PROCESSOR-BASED DIGITAL SYSTEMS solution of oscillating systems; collisions; (3) Introductory course on basic microcom- rotating frames of reference and dynamics of puter concepts. Topics covered include basic rigid bodies (including Euler’s angles, preces- structure and organization of microcomputers, sion, nutation); theory of coupled small oscil- digital logic design, assembly language pro- lations. Optional: special relativity; continuum gramming, memory elements and applications. mechanics. Prerequisite: PHYS 351. Hardware-oriented experiments will be conducted providing practical experience in inter- PHYS 552 THERMODYNAMICS AND facing the microcomputer to a variety of KINETIC THEORY (3) Principles and laws of instruments and input-output devices. Two classical thermodynamics applied to simple hours lecture and two hours laboratory. Pre- irreversible processes, including chemical, elas- requisite: PHYS 337. tic, electric and magnetic phenomena; thermodynamic functions and Maxwell’s relations; PHYS 541-542 INTERMEDIATE PHYSICS the conservation equations in elementary LABORATORY I, II (3, 3) First term: the kinetic theory; fluctuations and irreversible measurement of several fundamental physical transfer effects. This course may be taken con- constants. Exploration of classical and modern currently with PHYS 243 or by permission. research methods: lasers, holography, optical Three lecture hours. Prerequisites: PHYS 212 and nuclear spectroscopy. Second term: several or PHYS 243, and MATH 274. advanced experiments and a research project. Familiarization with machine shop procedure, PHYS 553 PHYSICAL OPTICS (3) Electro- vacuum and other experimental techniques. magnetic theory of light, wave solutions, inter- Five laboratory hours. Prerequisite: PHYS 311 ference, diffraction, scattering, radiation from (may be taken concurrently). Lab II Prerequi- coherent and incoherent sources, elementary site: PHYS 341. theory of masers and lasers. Three lecture hours. Prerequisite: PHYS 354 or consent of PHYS 545 LASERS AND HOLOGRAPHY instructor. (3) The wavefront-reconstructions, laser theory, the properties and making of holograms, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 329

PHYS 554 ELECTRICITY AND MAGNE- 311, PHYS 307 or consent of instructor; TISM (4) Electrostatics, magnetostatics and offered in alternate years. electromagnetic radiation, including Diver- gence Theorem and Stoke’s Theorem, electro- PHYS 570-579 SPECIAL TOPICS IN PHYS- statics in free space and dielectric materials, the ICS (1-4) Special topics in the area of physics. Biot-Savart Law, the magnetic vector potential, Special topics will be determined by current inductance and electromotance, magnetic interests of the faculty and the needs of the materials, Maxwell’s equations in free space curriculum. Prerequisite: Special permit from and in materials, boundary value problems the department. (Snell’s and Fresnel’s Laws). Prerequisite: PHYS 243, PHYS 307 or consent of instructor. PHYS 585-586 PHYSICS SEMINAR I, II (1, 1) Students participate in colloquia on topics of PHYS 555 INTRODUCTORY QUANTUM current interest in physics research under guid- MECHANICS (3) The Schroedinger equation, ance instructor. One lecture hour. Prerequisite: states of one particle in one dimension, poten- Senior standing or consent of instructor. tial barrier problems in one dimension, the harmonic oscillator, system of particles in one PHYS 590 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN dimension, motion in three dimensions, angu- PHYSICS (1-4) May be repeated for a maxi- lar momentum, spin, application to atomic mum of 6 units. Prerequisites: At least junior physics. Prerequisites: PHYS 311, PHYS 351 status and one course in the Physics depart- (may be taken concurrently). ment.

PHYS 556 INTRODUCTION TO STATIS- PHYS 591 DIRECTED READINGS (1-4) TICAL MECHANICS (3) Distribution func- May be repeated for a maximum of 6 units. tions, microcanonical, canonical and grand Prerequisites: At least junior status and one canonical ensembles, the partition function course in the Physics department. and thermodynamics relations. Fermi-Dirac and Bose-Einstein statistics, some simple mod- PHYS 595-596 RESEARCH PROBLEMS IN els and applications, the Maxwell-Botzman PHYSICS (1-3) Individual project in any transport equation and the hydrodynamic branch of physics. Students can choose either equation, transport coefficients. Three lecture to work on projects or in areas suggested by hours. Prerequisite: PHYS 455. physics faculty. At the completion of a project, the student must write a formal research paper PHYS 557 SOLID STATE PHYSICS (3) Pres- on the work done. Students may register for ents the central theoretical core for the study this more than once but at different levels. of the solid state. Crystal structure, wave Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor who propagation in periodic structures, the Fermi will direct the proposed work. gas, energy bands and magnetism are the main topics. Some of the basic models, concepts PHYS 641 LABORATORY TECHNIQUES and manifest properties of solids are also AND INSTRUMENTATION (3) An intro- included. duction to experimental methods of fabrication and characterization of advanced PHYS 559 NUCLEAR PHYSICS (3) A lecture materials and devices including analytical tech- and problem course dealing on an introduc- niques and instrumentation employed in tory level concerning experimental and theo- applied research and in industry: computer- retical method for the study of nuclear based data acquisition and experimental con- structure. Topics to be covered include: prop- trol, materials fabrication and characterization, erties of nuclei, electromagnetic transition and including thin film technology, photolithogra- beta decay; nuclear models, nuclear reactions phy, scanning probe microscopy, electronic and two-body interactions. Prerequisite: PHYS transport measurements, x-ray diffraction, 330 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS optical characterization, cryogenic and vac- Topics covered include error analysis, anal- uum techniques. ysis of oscillatory and periodic motion, waveforms, advanced curve fitting tech- PHYS 658 MAGNETISM AND MAGNETIC niques, spectral analysis, systems of equa- MATERIALS (3) Fundamental principles of tions, diffusion equation, Schrodinger magnetism as well as techniques and applica- Equation, finite element analysis, molecular tions based on these principles. Topics dynamics simulations, Metropolis algorithm include isolated magnetic moments, exchange and Monte Carlo simulations. Two-hour interaction, magnetic ordering and magnetic lecture, one-hour laboratory. structures, magnetic resonance techniques, phase transitions, magnetic excitations, mag- PHYS 685 PROFESSIONAL SCIENCE MAS- netoresistance and spin electronics. TER’S SEMINAR (1) Guest speakers from industry, government agencies, national labo- PHYS 662 SPECTROSCOPIC AND MICRO- ratories and nonprofit organizations will share SCOPIC TECHNIQUES (3) An introduction various aspects of their professional environ- to modern spectroscopic and microscopic ments. The seminar course will offer student techniques employed in the measurement of opportunities to network with potential novel nanoscale and condensed matter mate- employers and also serve as a forum for shar- rials. Techniques include absorption, Fou- ing internship projects and experiences with rier-transform, Raman, and fluorescence faculty and peers. Prerequisite: None. spectroscopies; near-field microscopies; atomic force microscopies; scanning tunnel- PHYS 795 APPLIED PHYSICS RESEARCH ing and transmission electron microscopies/ (3) Students will undertake research in applied spectroscopies. physics under the guidance of a faculty member on research topics that have a strong rele- PHYS 663 FUNCTIONAL ELECTRONIC vance to technological applications in the MATERIALS (3) Provides advanced, state-of- workplace. Whenever possible, these topics the-art knowledge of functional electronic will be chosen to allow the student to be materials employed in current and emerging involved in faculty collaborations with indus- technologies, including metals, dielectrics, try or other technology workplaces. Prerequi- semiconductors, superconductors and mag- site: None. Can be repeated up to a maximum netic materials. Topics of emphasis will of 9 units. include electronic phenomena that underlie technological applications, structure-property PHYS 799 PHYSICS MASTER’S INTERN- correlations, and opportunities and challenges SHIP (1-6) Students will gain practical experi- associated with engineering the material prop- ence by working onsite at an industry, erties in thin film/nanoscale structures for government or nonprofit agency organization device application. in an internship position for a total minimum duration of 360 hours. May be repeated for a PHYS 664 NANOTECHNOLOGY PRINCI- maximum of 23 units. Prerequisite: None. PLES (3) An introduction to structures and processes which occur at the nanometer length PHYS 895 APPLIED PHYSICS RESEARCH scale. Topics include properties of nanostruc- (3) Students will undertake research in applied tures, nanofabrication and nanomechanics. physics under the guidance of a faculty member on research topics that have a strong rele- PHYS 670 COMPUTATIONAL PHYSICS vance to technological applications in the (3) Use of computational techniques in the workplace. Whenever possible, these topics study of applied physics. The emphasis is on will be chosen to allow the student to be the modeling and analysis of physical sys- involved in faculty collaborations with indus- tems as applied to physics and astronomy, try or other technology work places. Prerequi- and on the analysis of experimental data. site: None. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 331

PHYS 897 MASTER’S THESIS (6) Students POSC 507 CONTEMPORARY INTERNA- will undertake research in applied physics TIONAL POLITICS (3) Computer simulation toward a master’s thesis under the guidance of (conducted jointly with colleges and universi- a faculty member. Thesis research will be ties throughout the world) used to study the structured so that students will need to col- formulation and implementation of contempo- laborate actively and function as a team. rary international politics. Prerequisite: POSC Research topics will be chosen that have a 107, POSC 303 or consent of instructor. strong relevance to technological applications in the workplace. Whenever possible, these POSC 508 COMPARATIVE GOVERN- topics will be chosen to allow the student to be MENT OF FOREIGN POWERS: THE involved in faculty collaborations with indus- WESTERN WORLD (3) Examination of the try or other technology workplaces. Permit problems of modernization and stable consti- from department required. Prerequisite: None. tutional rule in England, France, Italy and Germany. Prerequisite: POSC 101, POSC 105 PHYS 899 THESIS CONTINUUM (1) or consent of instructor.

POLITICAL SCIENCE (POSC) POSC 509 COMPARATIVE POLITICAL SYSTEMS (3) Attempt to bring together the POSC 503 THEORY OF INTERNATIONAL analytical concepts and methodological tech- POLITICS (3) The theories of mutual relations niques that may be applied to the study of of states. Elements of national power; interna- political systems in a comparative sense. Pre- tional politics as a struggle for power. requisite: POSC 103, POSC 105 or consent of Restraints upon the struggle for power. Prereq- instructor. uisite: HIST 103 or POSC 107, or consent of instructor. POSC 512 THE LATIN AMERICAN POL- ICY OF THE UNITED STATES (3) Analysis POSC 504 POLITICS OF METROPOLITAN of the Latin American policy of the United GROWTH AND CHANGE (3) Examination States from the Monroe Doctrine to the pres- of the political economy of metropolitan ent. Emphasis will be on historical, political, growth; role of federal, state, and local actors economic and security factors in the ebb and and policies in shaping development. Prerequi- flow of inter-American relations. Prerequisite: sites: One lower-level political science course POSC 101, POSC 105 or consent of instructor. or consent of instructor. POSC 514 PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION (3) POSC 505 URBAN GOVERNMENT AND Administration as a central element of contem- POLITICS (3) The political history of Ameri- porary society, with special reference to the can cities from the 18th century through the problems of government organization, con- recent reform movement. City charters, home trol, personnel, finance and public relations. rule, types of executives, political machines Prerequisite: POSC 103. and the metropolitan area. Prerequisite: POSC 103. POSC 515 THE PRESIDENCY (3) A discussion of the origin of the office, the selection of POSC 506 SIMULATION AND GAMES IN the president and policy making in the execu- POLITICAL SCIENCE (3) Political decisions tive branch. Prerequisite: POSC 103. using rational choice and game theory. Discus- sion of voting methods, public goods and POSC 516 CONGRESS (3) An investigation of paradoxes of collective choice, using computer the relations of Congress with the other branches simulations and games. Prerequisite: One of government and with political parties and upper-level (300 or 400) political science interest groups. Also examines the relationships course or consent of the instructor. between members of Congress and their con- 332 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS stituencies as well as the internal dynamics of tics, and the instruments for managing ethnic Congress. Prerequisite: POSC 103. conflict. Prerequisite: POSC 105 or POSC 107 or 6 hours of POSC credit or consent of POSC 517 AMERICAN POLITICAL PAR- instructor. TIES (3) Origin and development of the American two-party system. The activities of POSC 530 AMERICAN POLITICAL pressure groups and organizations and their THOUGHT (3) Examines American political effects upon the party system. Prerequisite: thinking, key concepts and theorists. Address POSC 103 or consent of instructor. major and minor figures and mainstream and alternative perspectives within the American POSC 518 CONSTITUTIONAL LAW AND political tradition. Prerequisites: POSC 101 or POLITICS (3) The nature and origins of the consent of the instructor. Constitution: judicial review, separation of powers, federalism and the commerce clause. POSC 532 UNITED STATES-RUSSIAN Prerequisite: POSC 101 or POSC 103. RELATIONS (3) Relations between the United States and Russia. Emphasis on Soviet and POSC 519 CIVIL RIGHTS AND CIVIL LIB- post-Soviet periods, nationalities, democrati- ERTIES: THE FIRST AND FOURTEENTH zation and creation of market economics. AMENDMENTS (3) The constitutional guar- Prerequisite: Any 100-level political science antees of freedom of speech, religious liberty, course or consent of instructor. free assembly and equal protection. Prerequi- site: POSC 101 or POSC 103. POSC 534 GOVERNMENTS AND POLI- TICS OF EAST ASIA (3) Government and POSC 520 CONSTITUTIONAL PROTEC- politics of East Asia, emphasis on China and TIONS: PERSONAL LIBERTY AND THE Japan. Historical development of political RIGHTS OF THE ACCUSED (3) Personal institutions and current events within these Liberty in the home and the person in regard states. Prerequisite: Any 100-level POSC to individual decision-making and criminal course or consent of instructor. justice. Prerequisites: POSC 101 and POSC 103. POSC 541 CONTEMPORARY U.S. AND EUROPEAN RELATIONS (3) Emphasis will POSC 521 POLITICS AND ENVIRONMEN- be on NATO, the European Economic Com- TAL POLICY (3) Analysis and investigation munity and the Anglo-American efforts to of U.S. environmental problems from a politi- create an Atlantic partnership between Europe cal perspective. Prerequisite: POSC 103 or and the United States. Prerequisite: POSC 103, consent of instructor. POSC 105 or consent of instructor.

POSC 527 POLITICAL THEORY I (3) Politi- POSC 543 AFRICAN AMERICAN POLI- cal thought in the West from the Greeks to the TICS (3) Examination of African American end of the 16th century. Prerequisite: POSC strategies in struggle for full citizenship rights; 101 or consent of instructor. political behavior in post-Civil Rights era; and contemporary trends in electoral politics at POSC 528 POLITICAL THEORY II (3) Polit- local, state and national levels. Prerequisites: ical philosophers and their writings since the One lower-level political science course or 16th century. Attention given to the conflict of consent of instructor. ideologies in the 20th century. Prerequisite: POSC 101 or consent of instructor. POSC 547 INTERNATIONAL LAW AND ORGANIZATION (3) The nature, structure POSC 529 THE POLITICS OF ETHNICITY and sources of international law and domestic AND NATIONALISM (3) Pervasiveness of U.S. law, the role of international organiza ethnicity in domestic and international poli- COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 333 tions. Prerequisite: POSC 107 or consent of POSC 580 THE SUPREME COURT (3) instructor. Roles, behavior, structure and operations of the U.S. Supreme Court. History, politics, POSC 549 U.S. HOMELAND SECURITY decision-making and impact of cases. Prereq- POLICY (3) Concept of U.S. homeland secu- uisite: POSC 103 or consent of instructor. rity in the context of recent history, nature of threats and major vulnerabilities that are in the POSC 581 SEMINAR IN AMERICAN GOV- focus of homeland security efforts, and the ERNMENT AND PUBLIC POLICY (3) In- range of activities that constitute the U.S. depth investigation into the structures and homeland security enterprise. Prerequisite: institutions of the American national govern- POSC 107 or consent of instructor. ment and the process of policy formation, implementation and evaluation. Specific topic POSC 550 INTEREST GROUPS AND PUB- of the seminar will vary. May be repeated for LIC POLICY (3) The structure, organization, a maximum of 6 units if a different topic is objectives and activities of interest groups and chosen. Prerequisites: POSC 301 and POSC their impact on public policy and campaign 375 or POSC 381, 383 or 384, or consent of financing. The access and influence of groups instructor. in lobbying and campaign financing. Prerequi- site: POSC 103 or consent of instructor. POSC 582 SEMINAR IN COMPARATIVE POLITICS (3) In-depth investigation into the POSC 551 THE GOVERNMENT AND structures, institutions and policy performance POLITICS OF LATIN AMERICA (3) An of governments in the contemporary world. examination of the informal and formal rules Specific topic of the seminar will vary. May be of the political “game” in Latin America with repeated for a maximum of 6 units if a differ- an emphasis on four types of political systems ent topic is chosen. Prerequisites: POSC 301 found in contemporary Latin America: demo- and POSC 337 or POSC 339 or 340, or con- cratic reformist, revolutionary, populist and sent of instructor. military authoritarian. Prerequisite: POSC 101, POSC 105 or consent of instructor. POSC 583 SEMINAR IN INTERNATIONAL POSC 564 JUDICIAL SYSTEM (3) Roles, RELATIONS (3) In-depth investigation into functions, and operations of American judicial the structures, institutions, theories and prac- system. Examining ideology of law and justice, tices of international relations. Specific topics politics of criminal processing and conse- of the seminar will vary. May be repeated for quences of legal decisions. Prerequisite: POSC a maximum of 6 units if a different topic is 103 or consent of instructor. chosen. Prerequisites: POSC 301 and POSC 303 or POSC 307, POSC 434 or POSC 436, POSC 567 POLITICS AND THE BUDGET- or consent of the instructor. ARY PROCESS (3) Analysis of the budgetary process. Prerequisite: POSC 375 or consent of POSC 584 SEMINAR IN LAW AND THE instructor (not open to students who have suc- JUDICIAL SYSTEM (3) In-depth investiga- cessfully completed the course as a special tion into the practices of American Constitu- topic POSC 470-479). tional law and the Judicial System. Specific topic of the seminar will vary. May be repeated POSC 570-579 SPECIAL TOPICS IN POLIT- for a maximum of 6 units if a different topic is ICAL SCIENCE (3) Examination of current chosen. Prerequisites: POSC 301 and POSC topics in political science. The content of the 418 or POSC 419 or POSC 420 or POSC 422 course will depend upon mutual faculty and or consent of the instructor. student interest. May be repeated for a maximum of 9 units provided a different topic is POSC 585 SEMINAR IN POLITICAL THE- covered. Prerequisite: Any 100-level POSC ORY (3) In-depth Investigation into the his- course or consent of instructor. tory, theories and applications of political 334 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS theory. Specific topic of the seminar will vary. of degree work. Prerequisite: Admission to May be repeated for a maximum of 6 units if Professional Studies program. a different topic is chosen. Prerequisites: POSC 301 and POSC 427 or POSC 428, or consent LBPS 602 CULMINATING SEMINAR IN of the instructor. PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (3) Development, implementation and documentation of a cul- POSC 586 SEMINAR IN STATE AND minating project for students enrolled in the LOCAL GOVERNMENT (3) In-depth exam- Professional Studies graduate program. Must ination of the theories and practices of state be taken during last term of degree work. Pre- and local government and politics. Specific requisite: 24 units of course work in Profes- topic of the seminar will vary. May be repeated sional Studies program. for a maximum of 6 units if a different topic is chosen. Prerequisites: POSC 301 and POSC LBPS 695 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN PRO- 305 or POSC 375, or consent of the instructor. FESSIONAL STUDIES (3) Independent study under direction of graduate faculty member in POSC 590 INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-3) area related to student’s program of study. Individual and supervised study in selected May be repeated for a maximum of 6 units. areas of political science. Admission by con- Prerequisites: Admission to graduate program, sent of instructor. May be repeated for a LBPS 601 and approval of graduate program maximum of 6 units. director.

POSC 593 INTERNSHIP (3) Familiarizes LBPS 796 INTERNSHIP IN PROFES- students with the practical working of govern- SIONAL STUDIES (3) Internship with private ment institutions in which students combine and public organizations, work to be con- theory and practice. No more than 3 units may cerned with issues central to program of study be earned in any one term. Admission by con- theme. Prerequisites: Admission to Profes- sent of instructor. sional Studies M.A. program, LBPS 601 and approval of graduate director. POSC 641 TERRORISM AND POLITICAL VIOLENCE (3) Analysis of the role of violence in the political process and of the threat posed to PROFESSIONAL WRITING (PRWR) localities, states and nations from groups willing to employ political violence. Review of current PRWR 611 RHETORIC: THE PURSUIT OF political and terrorist groups and examination ELOQUENCE (3) Concepts of rhetoric, from of effort to address threats of political violence. classical to contemporary, which have shaped Prerequisite: Graduate standing. persuasive and expository writing.

POSC 690 DIRECTED RESEARCH IN PRWR 612 RHETORICAL GRAMMAR (3) POLITICAL SCIENCE (3) Supervised indi- Study and analysis of grammar as an extension vidual study and research in various topics in of rhetorical effectiveness. Practice in adapting political science. Prerequisite: Consent of grammatical structure to subject and purpose, instructor. to audience and to writer/audience relationship. Prerequisite: Admission to PRWR program or consent of instructor. PROFESSIONAL STUDIES (LBPS) PRWR 613 THEORY OF EXPOSITION (3) LBPS 601 APPROACHES TO GRADUATE Exposition as an empirically based model for RESEARCH (3) Introduction to academic factual writing; conventions of diction, sen- research paradigms and their relation to criti- tence form, paragraph and organization; tech- cal issues in professional practice and commu- niques of verifiability and probability; nication. Must be taken with the first 9 units adaptability to different audiences, fields of COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 335 knowledge and public purposes; illogical and printing, and tour studios, typesetting and emotional distortions in expository writing. printing plants. Prerequisite: Admission to PRWR program or consent of instructor. PRWR 627 MODERN RHETORIC (3) Cur- rent theories of rhetoric and composition, with PRWR 615 HISTORY AND DEVELOP- emphasis upon the cognitive and social aspects MENT OF PROSE STYLE (3) Theory of of writing; relationships between language and English prose style from earliest times to the abstraction; conventions of discourse communi- present. Prerequisite: Admission to PRWR ties; and various approaches to communication program or consent of instructor. in a pluralistic society. Prerequisite: Admission to PRWR program or consent of instructor. PRWR 617 EDITING (3) Study of fundamental editing theory and supervised practice in PRWR 628 DESIGNING CONTENT FOR editing. Also practice in copy editing, exposure THE WEB (3) User-centered design and devel- to electronic editing, overview of copyright and opment of Web content. Rhetorical theory and libel laws, and instruction in publication design empirical research supporting best-practice and production. Prerequisite: Admission to guidelines. Projects in Web content selection, PRWR program or consent of instructor. information architecture and writing style.

PRWR 619 COMMUNICATION IN THE PRWR 633 TEACHING COLLEGE COM- PROFIT/NONPROFIT SECTORS (3) Com- POSITION (3) Prepares graduate students for munication process, with special emphasis on teaching writing in the two-year college or writing, within the profit/nonprofit organiza- freshman writing at a four-year institution. tion. Theories of organization, management Focuses on history, theories and the practice of styles and relationship of written messages to teaching writing. Prerequisites: Four core the function of climate of the profit/nonprofit courses; paired with Tutoring or Internship. organization. Strategies of preparing written communication to meet internal and external PRWR 637 CREATING ONLINE HELP (3) needs. Prerequisite: Admission to PRWR pro- User-centered design and development of gram or consent of instructor. online help. Rhetorical theory and empirical PRWR 621 BUSINESS WRITING (3) Major forms of business and industrial writing, research supporting best-practice guidelines. including correspondence, memoranda, short Hands-on hypertext projects. reports and long reports. Emphasis on audience analysis and planning of written commu- PRWR 641 THEORY OF CREATIVITY (3) nication to meet audience needs. Current theory of creative process, its stages and its relation to the central techniques of poetry PRWR 623 TECHNICAL AND SCIENTIFIC and fiction. Focus on analyzing student writings WRITING (3) Introduction to the theory as they embody creative techniques. Prerequi- and practice of technical writing and informa- site: Admission to the PRWR program. tion design. Study of rhetorical theory and empirical research supporting best-practice PRWR 647 WRITING POETRY (3) Poetry guidelines. Hands-on projects. Not open to writing seminar; analysis of student and pub- students who have successfully completed lished poetry, with attention to craft and read- WRIT 623. ership. Overview of modern theories of poetics and poetry criticism; survey of poetry markets PRWR 625 DESIGN, LAYOUT AND PRO- and publishing procedures. DUCTION (3) A foundation for the writer wishing to master graphic communication. PRWR 651 WRITING SHORT FICTION (3) Students will create a portfolio of finished Short-fiction workshop. Analysis of student and published fiction with attention to plot, 336 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS narrative technique, characterization and read- PRWR 713 FREELANCE WRITING (3) ership. Survey of short-fiction markets and Freelance writing for magazines, newspapers, publishing procedures. corporations, associations and technical journals. Analyzing markets, creating jobs; under- PRWR 653 WRITING THE NOVEL (3) standing copyrights, contracts and agents. Workshop on the planning, writing and publishing of the novel. Prerequisites: One 600- PRWR 729 CORPORATE COMMUNICA- level PRWR course and consent of the TIONS CONSULTING (3) Designing and instructor. marketing programs, and training writers in business and government. Finding clients, PRWR 655 APPLIED RESEARCH FOR developing workshops, evaluating programs. INFORMATION DESIGN (3) Techniques for Students engage in consulting activities. Pre- researching and analyzing targeted audience requisite: Recommended PRWR 625. groups; writing up results to guide the design of information products. Rhetorical theory PRWR 730 WRITING REVIEWS (3) Develop and empirical research supporting best-prac- proficiency in writing and marketing reviews tice guidelines. Hands-on projects. of books and other fine/performing arts presentations. Emphasize reviewing strategies and PRWR 660 SEMIOTICS FOR THE PROFES- avenues for publication. Discuss student SIONAL WRITER (3) Recognizing and inter- reviews, critical stances, role of critic and aes- preting the symbols, signs and implied thetics. Rhetorical analysis reviews. messages of cultural environments. Focus is on creating and controlling these elements in pro- PRWR 731 SCIENCE AND ITS PUBLIC fessional writing. Prerequisite: Any 600-level AUDIENCE (3) Addresses scientific writing as PRWR course or consent of instructor. analyzable discourse, increasingly issue-oriented, public and available to nonscientists. PRWR 670-679 TOPICS IN WRITING (3) Choosing issues, writing queries and articles. Specialized focus on particular formats, theo- No background in sciences necessary. Prereq- ries or practices in professional writing. May uisite: Admission to graduate program or be elected twice. Prerequisite: Two 600-level consent of instructor. PRWR courses or consent of instructor. PRWR 795 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN PRWR 691 RESEARCH TECHNIQUES IN WRITING (3) Directed independent study in PROFESSIONAL WRITING (3) Major selected areas of graduate-level writing. Pre- sources of primary and secondary informa- requisite: Permission of instructor and gradu- tion; observation, interview, survey, controlled ate adviser. experiment and library resources. Gathering, synthesizing and interpreting data using statis- PRWR 797 INTERNSHIP IN PROFES- tical analysis and computer programs. Tech- SIONAL WRITING (3) Writing, editing, lay- niques of poetry and fiction. Focus on out/design or communications consulting analyzing student writings as they embody under the supervision of professionals in a creative techniques. Prerequisite: Admission to work setting. Course may be taken only once. the PRWR program. Prerequisites: Minimum of 15 units completed in the program with a 3.00 GPA, successful PRWR 705 WRITING CREATIVE NONFIC- completion of portfolio requirement and spe- TION (3) Sustained practice in incorporating cial permit from program director. creativity into the content, form, voice, tone and style of students’ vocational and avoca- PRWR 897 THESIS (6) Original writing of tional nonfiction prose. publishable quality, using skills emphasized in the course work of the program. Content and design of project to reflect goals and interest of COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 337 student. May be based on extensive library, PSYC 513 BEHAVIOR MODIFICATION I (3) laboratory or field research, or may be entirely Examination and application of the basic prin- creative. Prerequisites: Completion of all ciples of the experimental analysis of behavior, course work for M.S. in professional writing, with an emphasis on the applied aspects of this 3.50 GPA and consent of program director. modern discipline to schools, jobs, interpersonal relations and self-control. Prerequisite: 9 units of PRWR 898 THESIS (3) The previous course, psychology or consent of instructor. PRWR 897, taken over two consecutive terms. PSYC 515 MOTIVATION (3) Interaction PRWR 899 THESIS CONTINUUM (1) between physiological, neurological and pharmacological aspects of motivation with envi- PSYCHOLOGY (PSYC) ronmental influences such as culture, learning and social dynamics. Issues in human motiva- PSYC 503 INFANT AND CHILD DEVEL- tion and emotion that will be emphasized are OPMENT (3) Advanced course reviewing aggression, sex, achievement (competence) historical and current changes in the areas of and cognitive-social influences. Prerequisites: 6 infancy and childhood. Emotional, cognitive units of psychology, PSYC 203 and junior and individual development will be covered in standing recommended. depth. Emphasis is placed on critical analysis of research theory construction and methods. PSYC 517 SENSATION AND PERCEPTION Prerequisite: PSYC 203. Spring term. (3) A systematic investigation of the basic senses such as vision, audition, taste, smell and PSYC 504 ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY touch will be undertaken. The organization of (3) Physical, emotional and intellectual devel- sensory input will also be emphasized. Both opment during adolescence; social develop- human and nonhuman data will be presented. ment and heterosexuality; adolescent Prerequisite: 9 units of psychology or consent personality; problems of adjustment; and juve- of instructor. nile delinquency. Prerequisite: PSYC 203. Fall and spring terms. PSYC 519 HUMANISTIC PSYCHOLOGY (3) Explores the “third force” in modern psy- PSYC 509 ORGANIZATIONAL PSYCHOL- chology, considering the “whole” person-in- OGY (3) Human relations in the work setting. society, focusing on existential, transpersonal Topics include theory and research concerning and mind-body psychology. Prerequisites: leadership, job satisfaction and motivation, PSYC 101 and PSYC 203. organizational communication, group dynamics and organizational change. Prerequisite: 6 PSYC 531 GROUP DYNAMICS (3) Intensive units of psychology. Fall term. study of group interactions with emphasis upon reciprocal group influence of behavior. PSYC 511 TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS Prerequisite: PSYC 325 or consent of instruc- (3) Psychological and educational testing and tor. Fall term. evaluation. The construction, administration, interpretation and use of the various evalua- PSYC 532 CROSS-CULTURAL PSYCHOL- tive devices of aptitude and achievement. Pre- OGY (3) Comparison of psychological behav- requisites: PSYC 101 and PSYC 212. Fall, ior and theory in Western and non-Western spring and summer terms. cultures. Prerequisite: PSYC 101.

PSYC 512 PSYCHOPHARMACOLOGY (3) PSYC 535 INTERNSHIP IN PSYCHOLOGY Mechanisms of drugs, their effects on behavior (3-6) Placement in a community service agency and related topics. Prerequisite: 9 units of to familiarize the student with its current prac- PSYC or consent of instructor. tices. Supervised client contract will be provided. May be repeated for a maximum of 12 338 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS units but only 6 can apply to the major; the PSYC 550 PERSONALITY (3) Theoretical other 6 units will be used as general electives. and practical approaches to the study of per- Prerequisites: Consent of instructor and 23 sonality. Introduction to psychodynamics and units of psychology. to methods and materials of assessment. Pre- requisite: 6 units of psychology. Fall and spring PSYC 539 THE INITIAL INTERVIEW (3) terms. Clinical observation and practicum experience. Focus on interviewer and interviewee PSYC 551 INTRODUCTION TO THE dimensions and relationship with patients. Use EXCEPTIONAL CHILD (3) Children with of tapes, seminars and individual supervision. atypical physical, mental, social and emotional Prerequisites: Matriculation in Clinical Psy- development, including the physically handi- chology Program and consent of instructor. capped, the mentally retarded, the gifted and emotionally disturbed children. Prerequisite: PSYC 540 ENVIRONMENTAL PSYCHOL- PSYC 201, PSYC 203 or PSYC 211. OGY (3) The relationship between the physical and social environment and behavior, i.e., PSYC 552 PSYCHOLOGY OF LANGUAGE places, spaces and people. How man/woman (3) Principles of psycholinguistics, language construes, interprets, comprehends and feels perception, comprehension, production and about the environment and how the environ- acquisition; exploring syntax, lexicon, mor- ment functions as a reflection of human needs phology, pragmatics and language disorders as and values. Topics include environmental they inform language processing. Prerequisites: design, crowding, privacy, human territoriality PSYC 101 and 3 additional units in PSYC or and personal space. Prerequisite: PSYC 101. consent of instructor. Fall and spring terms. PSYC 557 GENDER IDENTITY IN TRAN- PSYC 542 ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY (3) SITION (3) Psychological consequences of Disordered personal reactions to life. Organic changing definitions of femininity, masculinity and functional phenomena plus therapeutic and personhood will be examined by using techniques. Prerequisite: 9 units psychology recent theories of gender identity formation. including PSYC 203 or consent of instructor. Concepts such as androgyny, sex-role tran- Fall and spring terms. scendence and future shock will be related to psychological adaptation to change. Prerequi- PSYC 547 SEX DIFFERENCES: PSYCHO- site: PSYC 315 or PSYC 447, or consent of LOGICAL PERSPECTIVES (3) Sex role/per- instructor. sonality development is examined from various perspectives: social, cultural, evolutionary and PSYC 560 ETHOLOGY AND COMPARA- biological. Changing conceptions with regard TIVE PSYCHOLOGY (3) A survey of the to women, their roles and self-concepts, are major behavioral adaptations in nonhuman and emphasized within the overall context of sex human species, within the framework of evolu- difference and similarities in behavior. Prereq- tionary theory, ethology and experimental psy- uisite: PSYC 203 or permission of instructor. chology. Three lecture hours weekly. Prerequisite: 9 units of psychology or consent of instructor. PSYC 549 THE PSYCHOLOGY OF LES- BIAN CULTURE (3) This course develops an PSYC 565 PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOL- understanding of the impact of culture on the OGY (3) Course is concerned with an intro- development of a lesbian identity and on duction to the physiological bases of behavior. social/emotional aspects of a lesbian identity The topics to be considered are basic neuro- within a psychological framework. Prerequi- anatomy and neurophysiology, sensory and sites: Two courses in psychology or women’s motor systems, motivational systems, and studies, or consent of instructor. “higher order” behavioral systems. Three lec- COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 339 ture hours weekly. Prerequisite: 9 units of tions and topics to be selected by department psychology or consent of instructor. and instructor sponsoring the program. Pre- requisite: Consent of instructor. PSYC 567 MIDLIFE DEVELOPMENT (3) A study of adult behavior between the ages of 18 PSYC 603 HUMAN LEARNING (3) Aspects and 60. The developmental stages of young of learning applicable specifically to human adulthood, adulthood and middle age will be behavior including topics such as acquisition, discussed along with topics pertinent to each memory, problem solving, creativity and lan- of the levels such as leaving and becoming guage. Topics discussed within a framework of emancipated from the family; the transition historic and current theoretical research per- and adjustment to marriage and work; and spectives. Prerequisite: 21 units of psychology. bridging the gap between ideals and actual fulfillment. Prerequisite: PSYC 203. PSYC 605 COUNSELING TECHNIQUES (3) Training the student in practical counseling PSYC 570-579 SPECIAL TOPICS (1-3) Sur- skills through demonstration and role playing vey and critical evaluation of modern litera- with feedback in behavioral performance. ture pertaining to selected problems in psychology. May be repeated in a different PSYC 606 CAREER DEVELOPMENT (3) topic for a maximum of 12 units. Designed to familiarize students with aspects of career development, to introduce them to a PSYC 580 SYSTEMS OF PSYCHOLOGY (3) variety of relevant resources and media, and to Schools of psychology and their theoretical assist them in integrating this knowledge by and methodological approaches. Prerequisites: planning a program of career development for Junior psychology major and consent of a specific group. instructor. Alternate spring terms. PSYC 607 APPLIED THEORIES OF COUN- PSYC 581 READING IN PSYCHOLOGY SELING (3) Counseling theorists whose (1-2) A survey of relevant research literature applied methodology has been successful in under the guidance of a staff member who will the treatment of various client populations. direct the student’s research. This course may Techniques and application of methodologies be taken a maximum of two times for major in field settings. unit purposes. Prerequisites: 9 units of psychology and consent of instructor. S/U grading. PSYC 609 ADVANCED COUNSELING TECHNIQUES (3) Advanced therapeutic PSYC 591 INDEPENDENT INVESTIGA- interventions with various client populations. TION IN PSYCHOLOGY (3) An opportunity Prerequisites: PSYC 605 and PSYC 607. for especially qualified students to undertake independent research problems according to PSYC 610 ADVANCED PSYCHOLOGY OF their interest and training under the direction AGING (3) Advanced study of the changes in of a staff member. PSYC 391 and PSYC 491 in learning, emotions, personality and social combination may be repeated for a maximum behavior and the impact of culture and atti- of 12 total units, but only 6 units can apply to tudes on aging. Prerequisite: 6 units of psy- the major; the other 6 units will be used as chology including PSYC 203. Students should general electives. Prerequisites: PSYC 314 or be aware of how to read and understand psy- PSYC 313, PSYC 391, and consent of instruc- chology journals and how psychological tor. S/U grading. research is conducted. Fall term, evening, in alternate years. PSYC 594 TRAVEL AND STUDY ABROAD IN PSYCHOLOGY (1-3) Study of selected PSYC 611 DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOL- topics, issues, programs, projects and/or facili- OGY (3) Psychological structures and func- ties related to the field of psychology. Loca- tions in human development across the 340 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS lifespan. Both theoretical and research etiology and treatment of these disorders. Pre- approaches are presented. requisite: PSYC 631.

PSYC 613 COMMUNITY MENTAL PSYC 637 COUNSELING STRATEGIES FOR HEALTH COUNSELING (3) Types of com- DRUG AND ALCOHOL ABUSE (3) Under- munity health services and the relationships standing the basic issues of substance abuse, between those services, the responsibility of referrals, clinical assessments and developing counseling in a mental health center and the counseling strategies for successful intervention. area of mental health consultant. Emphasis will be given to the application of counseling PSYC 647 INDIVIDUAL APPRAISAL (3) skills in a mental health setting. Practice in the use and analysis of techniques for understanding the individual with empha- PSYC 615 INTRODUCTION TO sis upon standardized procedures. RESEARCH METHODS IN COUNSELING (3) Principal methods of behavioral research PSYC 651 INTERVENTIONS IN SCHOOL emphasizing concepts rather than statistical SETTINGS (3) Group and individual interven- procedures. Preparation of counselors to eval- tion strategies appropriate for school settings. uate methods, designs and results of counsel- Prerequisite: PSYC 625, Matriculation in ing research. school, clinical or counseling M.A. program.

PSYC 622 ADVANCED MULTICULTURAL PSYC 653 RESEARCH ISSUES IN SCHOOL/ PSYCHOLOGY (3) Promotion of cultural CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY (3) Analysis of awareness and understanding of relevant theo- major issues in school and/or clinical psychol- ries, terminology and techniques for communi- ogy. Prerequisites: PSYC 212, graduate stand- cating and working with individuals of diverse ing in School or Clinical Psychology and backgrounds. Prerequisites: Advanced stand- consent of program director. ing in Counseling, Clinical or School Psychol- ogy and consent of the instructor. PSYC 661 FOUNDATIONS OF REHABILI- TATION COUNSELING (3) Development of PSYC 625 FUNCTIONAL BEHAVIOR rehabilitation programs, their legal basis and ASSESSMENT (3) Application of behavioral historical background. Roles of medical, psy- assessment and analysis techniques in school chological, educational and community settings. Functional behavior assessment resources in the rehabilitation program stressed. Prerequisites: 21 units in Psychology, included. Client eligibility, determination, matriculation in graduate program in Psychol- counselor responsibilities will be reviewed. ogy and consent of program director. PSYC 665 PSYCHOTHERAPY AND PSYC 631 ADVANCED ABNORMAL PSY- BEHAVIOR CHANGE I (3) First of two-term CHOLOGY (3) Current and historical per- sequence. Development of skill in theory-based spectives of psychopathology. Emphasis on and diagnostic case conceptualization and various diagnostic approaches. Prerequisite: intake interviewing. Readings, lectures and PSYC 361. practice experiences related to intake interviewing. Dynamic, behavioral, cognitive and PSYC 632 ADVANCED CHILD PSYCHOPA- humanistic theoretical models as they relate to THOLOGY (3) Etiology and presentation of case conceptualization. Prerequisites: Gradu- various behavioral and psychological disor- ate standing in School or Clinical Psychology ders which begin in or are unique to childhood tracks and consent of program director. and adolescence. Overview of pertinent developmental information and various perspec- PSYC 666 PSYCHOTHERAPY AND tives of psychology and how they relate to the BEHAVIOR CHANGE II (3) Second of two- term sequence. Development of knowledge of COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 341 evidence-based practices in psychology. Read- articles and laboratory investigation of cogni- ings, lectures, exercises and practice experience tive phenomena. Permit from program direc- to develop skill in goal-setting, treatment plan- tor required. Prerequisites: PSYC 212 and ning, and delivery of empirically supported PSYC 314. individual therapies and treatment techniques. Prerequisites: PSYC 665 and consent of pro- PSYC 682 ADVANCED SOCIAL PSYCHOL- gram director. OGY (3) Study of major theories, methods and studies in social psychology. Course PSYC 667 PSYCHOSOCIAL ASPECTS OF involves reading and discussion of primary DISABILITY (3) Psychosocial challenges fac- research articles. Topics include social cogni- ing the disabled person’s self-concept. tion, attitudes and social influence. Permit Approaches to facilitating independence and from program director required. Prerequisites: self-actualization. PSYC 212 and PSYC 314.

PSYC 668 MEDICAL ASPECTS OF DIS- PSYC 685 COLLEGE TEACHING PRACTI- ABILITY (3) Structure and function of bodily CUM (3) Supervised teaching of introductory systems and implications of physical disabilities psychology. in coping with the problems of daily living. PSYC 687 ADVANCED EXPERIMENTAL PSYC 672 PROSEMINAR (3) Development DESIGN I (3) Treatment of descriptive and of research proposals, including the literature inferential statistical methods and design con- review, proposed method and data analysis. siderations. Prerequisite: PSYC 212 or equiva- Emphasis on use of appropriate format and lent. style, both written and oral presentation of material. Prerequisites: PSYC 212 and PSYC PSYC 688 ADVANCED EXPERIMENTAL 314. DESIGN II (3) Treatment of advanced analysis of variance designs and related techniques. PSYC 674 ADVANCED BIOLOGICAL PSY- Prerequisite: PSYC 687 or equivalent. CHOLOGY (4) Major concepts, processes and methods in the field of biological psychol- PSYC 689 MULTIVARIATE METHODS (3) ogy. Prerequisites: PSYC 212, PSYC 314 and Multivariate statistical methods useful in PSYC 672. behavioral scientific research. Topics: correlation, regression, factor analysis, discriminate PSYC 675 RESEARCH SEMINAR IN analysis. Prerequisite: PSYC 687. EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY (1) Prep- aration and presentation of first-year empirical PSYC 691 INDEPENDENT INVESTIGA- research projects to peers and faculty. Prereq- TION IN PSYCHOLOGY (1-3) An opportu- uisites: PSYC 672, PSYC 687, and enrollment nity for graduate students to undertake in the Experimental Psychology Program. research problems according to their interest Corequisite: PSYC 691. and training under the direction of a faculty member. Permit from instructor required. May PSYC 679 SPECIAL TOPICS SEMINAR (1-3) be repeated for a maximum of 6 units. Prereq- Topics vary according to the instructor. uisites: PSYC 212 and PSYC 314.

PSYC 680 ADVANCED COGNITIVE PSY- PSYC 695 INDEPENDENT STUDY (3) Indi- CHOLOGY (4) Study of human cognition, vidual and supervised study in selected areas of the cognitive perspective and major methods psychology. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. of cognitive psychology. Topics will include perception, attention, memory, language, PSYC 697 PRACTICUM IN CLINICAL PSY- thinking and cognitive neuroscience. The CHOLOGY (1-6) Supervised experience in course includes reading of primary source psychological interviewing, assessment and 342 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS psychotherapy. Practicum in which students PSYC 721 GROUP COUNSELING (3) Theo- will meet for individualized supervision with ries, principles and techniques of group coun- the practicum instructor. Prerequisites: PSYC seling. Prerequisites: Must have passed the 620, M.A. candidacy in Clinical Psychology departmental advancement to candidacy and consent of program director. examination and have consent of instructor.

PSYC 703 PRESCHOOL ASSESSMENT (3) PSYC 722 ADVANCED MULTICULTURAL Understanding the development of young chil- COUNSELING (3) Self-awareness, theoreti- dren through formal and informal assessment. cal, assessment and treatment issues in the Prerequisites: PSYC 720, matriculation in areas of multicultural counseling. Prerequi- School Psychology Track or consent of pro- sites: Advanced standing in Counseling or gram director. Clinical Psychology including successful completion of the advancement to candidacy PSYC 713 ROLE OF THE SCHOOL PSY- exam, and consent of the instructor; or enroll- CHOLOGIST (3) History and foundations of ment in the C.A.S. program and consent of school psychology, ethics and standards of instructor. practice, professional trends, organization and operation of schools. Prerequisites: Matricula- PSYC 730 ADVANCED CHILD AND ADO- tion in School Psychology Track and consent LESCENT PSYCHOTHERAPY (3) Treat- of program director. ment of specific presenting problems seen in childhood and adolescence. Application of PSYC 715 ADVANCED SEMINAR IN PSY- technique in student’s field placements. Prereq- CHOTHERAPY (3) Counseling and therapy uisite: Instructor approval. techniques used by counselors and other professional personnel working with children and PSYC 731 SCHOOL-BASED CONSULTA- adults. Prerequisite: PSYC 609. TION (3) Theoretical and applied aspects of school consultation within framework of cur- PSYC 717 THEORIES OF FAMILY COUN- ricular, administrative and overall school envi- SELING (3) Theoretical approaches and stra- ronment. Prerequisite: Matriculation in School tegic methods of evaluating and counseling Psychology Track or consent of instructor. families in distress. PSYC 733 EXCEPTIONAL CHILD: PSYC 718 TECHNIQUES OF FAMILY ADVANCED ISSUES (3) Identification of and COUNSELING (3) Identification of problems planning for student with exceptionalities in that cause families to deteriorate, diagnosis of the schools. Focus on IDEA diagnostic catego- those problems and techniques that will help ries and relevant new techniques. Prerequisite: families work through their difficulties. Matriculation in School Psychology Track or Emphasis on development of skills essential to consent of program director. effective family counseling practice. Prerequi- sites: Must have passed the departmental PSYC 735 DIRECT ASSESSMENT OF ACA- advancement candidacy examination or be DEMIC SKILLS (3) Direct assessment of aca- enrolled in the C.A.S. program, and consent of demic skills deficits with a focus on developing the course instructor. technical and theoretical expertise in the area of assessment-to-intervention practices for PSYC 720 ASSESSMENT OF INTELLI- children in academic settings. Prerequisites: GENCE (3) Construction, standardization, Instructor approval, matriculation in the pro- administration, scoring and interpretation of gram in School Psychology, and completion of tests. Prerequisites: Matriculation in Clinical PSYC 720, PSYC 790, and PSYC 771 with a or School Psychology and consent of program grade of B or higher; to be taken concurrently director. with PSYC 773. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 343

PSYC 745 PRACTICUM IN COUNSELING PSYC 771 SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGY PSYCHOLOGY (1-3) Supervised experience PRACTICUM I (3) Fieldwork in a public in educational, vocational and personal coun- school setting under the supervision of a certi- seling. Must be taken in two separate terms (3 fied or licensed school psychologist. Concur- units per term). Prerequisites: PSYC 609, rent weekly class meetings. Prerequisites: PSYC 790, must have passed the departmental PSYC 605, PSYC 651, PSYC 720, PSYC 761 advancement to candidacy examination and and PSYC 790, matriculation in School Psy- have consent of counseling program director. chology program and consent of program director. PSYC 755 COGNITIVE THERAPY I (3) Theory and techniques of cognitive and ratio- PSYC 773 SCHOOL PSYCHOLOGY nal-emotive therapy, including assessment PRACTICUM II (3) Fieldwork in a public strategies and basic applications. Prerequisites: school setting under the supervision of a certi- PSYC 631, PSYC 655, PSYC 665, matricula- fied or licensed school psychologist. Concur- tion in Clinical Psychology program and con- rent weekly class meetings. Prerequisites: sent of program director. PSYC 730, PSYC 731 and PSYC 771, matriculation in School Psychology program and PSYC 756 COGNITIVE THERAPY II (3) consent of program director. Advanced applications of cognitive and rational-emotive therapy to specific clinical prob- PSYC 790 ETHICAL, LEGAL AND PRO- lems and differing client populations, ranging FESSIONAL ISSUES IN PSYCHOLOGY (3) from children to adults. Prerequisites: PSYC Treatment of ethical, legal and professional 631, PSYC 655, PSYC 665, matriculation in issues related to the practice of school, clinical Clinical Psychology program and consent of and counseling psychology. Prerequisite: Con- program director. sent of instructor.

PSYC 761 SOCIAL/EMOTIONAL ASSESS- PSYC 793 INTERNSHIP IN COUNSELING MENT (3) Advanced knowledge of social/ PSYCHOLOGY (3-9) Intensive experience emotional and behavioral assessment. Identifi- within a counseling facility involving exposure cation and assessment of common internaliz- to the many facets of a mental health profes- ing and externalizing disorders through a sional, including administrative and record- variety of methods. Prerequisites: Matricula- keeping duties, individual and group tion in School Psychology Track or Clinical counseling observations and experiences, Psychology program and consent of program referral resources, etc. Prerequisites: PSYC 745 director. and consent of instructor.

PSYC 765 PERSONALITY ASSESSMENT PSYC 794 INTERNSHIP IN SCHOOL PSY- IN CLINICAL PSYCHOLOGY (3) Theoreti- CHOLOGY I (3) Full-time internship place- cal and empirical bases underlying personality ment in a school setting. Offered fall term only. assessment. Introduction to methods and Includes on-campus seminar for interns within instruments used in clinical evaluation. Prereq- 50 miles of campus. Prerequisites: CAS candi- uisites: Matriculation in Clinical Psychology date in school psychology track and permis- program and consent of program director. sion of program director.

PSYC 766 ADVANCED PERSONALITY PSYC 795 INTERNSHIP IN SCHOOL PSY- ASSESSMENT IN CLINICAL PSYCHOL- CHOLOGY II (1) Full-time internship place- OGY (3) Expand skill-building process in ment in a school setting. Offered winter administration, analysis and report of person- session only. Includes on-campus seminar for ality assessment data with clinical populations. interns within 50 miles of campus. Prerequi- Prerequisites: PSYC 765 and consent of pro- sites: CAS candidate in school psychology gram director. track and permission of program director. 344 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

PSYC 796 INTERNSHIP IN SCHOOL PSY- delivery, planning and evaluation. Particular CHOLOGY III (3) Full-time internship place- attention is paid to the evolving roles and pow- ment in a school setting. Offered spring term ers of nonmedical participants in the health only. Includes on-campus seminar for interns care system, including consumers, planners, within 50 miles of campus. Prerequisites: CAS administrators and federal, state and local candidate in school psychology track and per- decision-makers. mission of program director. PUAD 755 HEALTH ADMINISTRATION PSYC 797 INTERNSHIP IN CLINICAL PSY- (3) Problems and issues with performing such CHOLOGY (3) Supervised field experience basic managerial functions as direction, con- in a community mental health center, state trol and staffing in health care institutions. psychiatric hospital or other public mental Emphasis on analyzing tools and techniques health facility with exposure to the duties of a that are important in fulfilling these manage- master’s level clinical psychologist, including rial functions. psychological assessment and psychotherapy report writing. Prerequisites: PSYC 697 PUAD 756 MANAGED CARE ADMINIS- and consent of Clinical Psychology program TRATION (3) Basic theoretical concepts con- director. cerning managed care, practical management issues and areas of controversy as they pertain PSYC 897 THESIS (6) to managed care. Topics include benefit design in managed care, structure and management PSYC 898 THESIS (3) The previous course, of managed-care delivery systems, financing of PSYC 897, taken over two consecutive terms. managed care and future trends in managed care. PSYC 899 THESIS CONTINUUM (1) PUAD 757 STRATEGIC MANAGEMENT FOR HEALTH CARE (3) An examination of PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION (PUAD) strategic management in health care organiza- Courses in PUAD are offered at the University tions. Included are discussions of the nature of of Baltimore campus as part of the joint UB/ strategic management, the environment of Towson MBA program. health organizations and methods of environmental analysis; and methods of formulating, PUAD 750 HEALTH CARE SYSTEMS, implementing and controlling the strategic ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT management of health care delivery. (3) An analysis of the structure of the present American health care system and of the costs, benefits and political realities of possible PUBLICATIONS DESIGN (PBDS) reforms. The current and future role of public Course in PBDS is offered at the University of administration, planning and evaluation in Baltimore campus as part of the joint UB/ American health care. Towson MBA program.

PUAD 751 POLICY ISSUES IN HEALTH PBDS 720 THE DIGITAL ECONOMY (3) CARE (3) A study of a few current policy issues The impact of the digital revolution in a num- in the American health care system. Particular ber of areas—how we make a living, how we attention to the roles and powers of non-medi- govern ourselves, and how we create values cal participants, including consumers, planners, for ourselves. The course has two goals: to administrators and policymakers. provide students with an understanding of the way the digital economy creates a unique busi- PUAD 752 SPECIAL TOPICS IN PUBLIC ness culture and establishes (and reflects) a HEALTH ADMINISTRATION (3) Current network of new economic values, and to pre- policy issues in health care administration, pare students to effectively invest their time, COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 345 talent and imagination in the new culture and REED 632 WORD STUDY FOR LITERACY economy of digital technology. LEARNING (3) Examines language-learning disabilities, how to identify learner’s needs for literacy improvement and how to design and READING EDUCATION (REED) implement an individualized program for literary development. REED 601 READING THEORY AND PRACTICE (3) Theoretical foundations of REED/EDUC 650 SECOND LANGUAGE reading instruction; methods and materials LITERACY (3) Second language literacy used in integrated literacy learning; critical acquisition and learning, instructional prac- review of multiple reading programs. tices used for differentiation and inclusion, relationships between language arts teachers, REED 602 TEACHING READING: THE- reading specialists and ESL specialists, models ORY AND PRACTICE (3) Opportunity to of literacy instruction found in English as sec- develop an understanding of the reading pro- ond language, bilingual, dual immersion and cess, consider competing theories of reading, content area-focused settings. learn about reading assessment and explore a range of instructional strategies and materials REED/EDUC 651 INSTRUCTION AND for integrating literacy into K-12 classrooms. ASSESSMENT FOR SECOND-LANGUAGE This course has some overlap with REED 601. LEARNERS (3) Students will be invited to critically examine approaches to second-lan- REED 609 READING ASSESSMENT (3) guage development and assessment for chil- Reading assessment using both standardized dren congruent with recent research in tests and informal procedures; interpretation second-language acquisition in children. of assessment data; and communication to stakeholders. REED 652 INTRODUCTION TO LIN- GUISTICS FOR TEACHERS OF LAN- REED 621 READING DISABILITIES (3) GUAGE LITERACY (3) This course is an Conditions that hinder literacy development introduction to the basic principles and con- (reading disabilities), including observation cepts of the study of language and its relevancy and assessment procedures, report writing and to teachers of language and literacy. Students instructional interventions. Prerequisite: will develop foundational knowledge in the REED 609 or consent of the instructor. areas of grammatical competence (phonology, morphology, syntax, semantic, pragmatics), REED 623 EVALUATION OF READING spoken and written discourse, language varia- RESEARCH (3) Research and experimenta- tion, first and second language acquisition, tion methodology. and language processing. The course will equip students to use linguistic analysis to REED 626 CLINIC INTERNSHIP IN READ- conduct inquires that address issues or con- ING (3) Supervised clinical experience with cerns about the use, development, assessment clients with reading difficulties in a family lit- and/or teaching of language and literacy in eracy context. Prerequisite: REED 621. classrooms or other educational settings. Pre- requisites: Admission to a graduate program REED 628 GUIDED READING (3) Examines in education. how to scaffold reading instruction using the process of guided reading. Includes analyzing REED 660 INTEGRATING TECHNOL- multiple perspectives on guided reading and OGY IN LITERACY INSTRUCTION (3) A applying the approach to instruction with course designed to help teachers develop tech- small groups of children in a clinical setting. nology-based reading instruction. Emphasis on designing reading segments on phonemic awareness, vocabulary development, compre- 346 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS hension and writing, and using presentation, sional literature, early literacy research and graphics and multimedia authoring software. key public policy documents representing a range of contracting perspectives in the field. REED 663 STRATEGIC USE OF MATERI- Prerequisite: Admission to a graduate program ALS (3) Theories underlying literature-based in education. instruction examined; recent research evaluated; instructional techniques introduced, REED 726 ADVANCED CLINIC INTERN- modeled and applied; materials for instruction SHIP IN READING (3) Advanced clinical cooperatively developed; and criteria for liter- experience with clients and families. Literacy ature selection established. coaching of colleagues. Prerequisite: REED 626. REED 665 TEACHING READING AND WRITING IN THE CONTENT AREAS REED 729 SEMINAR IN READING (3) K-12 (3) Examination of the interrelationship Review of theories and research in the field of of reading and writing, and their roles in reading. Prerequisite: 21 units in reading edu- instruction of content areas, K-12. A critical cation and consent of instructor. examination of curriculum. REED 740 GRANT WRITING IN EDUCA- REED 670 SPECIAL TOPICS IN READING TION (3) Essentials of proposal development EDUCATION (3-6) In-depth study of a and funding acquisition. Exploration of spe- selected topic in reading education. Specific cific steps involved in the grant writing process requirements and prerequisites will vary and via lecture, class discussion, small group work will be designated by the department each time and individual instructor consults. By the con- a topic is scheduled. Approval by the program clusion of the course, student will have suc- director is required. cessfully created an actual grant application that is ready for submission to potential fund- REED 695 INDIVIDUALIZED STUDY IN ing source. READING EDUCATION (3-6) Individually planned program of study, which will permit REED 745 PROFESSIONAL DEVELOP- the student to engage in research and/or field MENT IN READING (3) Design, implement studies in reading education. Approval by the and evaluate experiences for the professional program director is required. development of educators in the area of literacy. Explore research from various fields that REED 710 MULTICULTURAL LITERA- influence the effectiveness of professional TURE FOR CHILDREN AND ADOLES- development in the area of literacy. CENTS (3) An in-depth critical examination of multicultural literature for young children REED 751 LANGUAGE, LITERACY AND and adolescents. Strategies for selecting and CULTURE (3) Historical perspectives and evaluating texts and resources will be explored current topics in the fields of linguistics, semi- considering issues of voice, worldview, culture, otics and cultural studies will inform the dis- rituals, language and lifestyles. cussion of literacy learning in a variety of contexts. REED 712 CRITICAL CONVERSATION: EARLY LITERACY RESEARCH, POLICY REED 752 LITERACY THEORY AND AND PRACTICE (3) Critically examines cur- RESEARCH (3) Expand insights into past and rent policies, research and instructional trend current research and theory in the literacy in early literacy instruction. Engage in per- field. Critically analyze research findings and sonal and collaborative inquiry into important develop a research proposal. issues affecting all elementary teachers and reading professionals. Examine current profes- COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 347

RELIGIOUS STUDIES (RLST) SCIE 670-679 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SCI- ENCE EDUCATION (1-4) Selected topic in RLST 570 ADVANCED TOPICS IN RELI- science education. Prerequisite: Varies with GIOUS STUDIES (3) Examination of diverse topic. topics in the study of religion. May be a repeated for a maximum of 6 units provided a SCIE 685 SEMINAR IN ELEMENTARY different topic is covered. Prerequisites: None SCHOOL SCIENCE (3) Practices and trends in organizing, teaching and improving programs in elementary school science. Prerequi- SCIENCE EDUCATION (SCIE) site: Elementary teaching.

SCIE 551 TEACHING SCIENCE IN EARLY CHILDHOOD (2) Course is designed to SECONDARY EDUCATION (SCED) familiarize the student with appropriate methods and materials in science for the young SCED 518 YOUNG ADULT LITERATURE child. Emphasis will be on interdisciplinary (3) Literature as expression of basic needs and approach. Prerequisite: ECED 341 or concur- ideas of youth through independent reading; rently. criteria and aids for evaluation and selection of books and other media. Not open to those SCIE 570-575 SEQUENTIAL SCIENCE who have completed EDUC 418/518. MODULES FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL TEACHER I-VI (1-3) Three differ- SCED 558 WRITING AS A LEARNING ent modules of science instruction will be TOOL IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL (3) offered each term for teachers of primary and Strategies for using writing to learn content in intermediate grades. The course will empha- all disciplines; examination of the writing pro- size instructional strategies in both the process cess: diagnosis, prewriting, drafting, revision, and content of the science. A student may elect evaluation and publication. Prerequisites: to take one, two or all three modules for 1, 2 SCED 341 and SCED 319, or consent of or 3 units respectively. All students must instructor. attend the first class meeting for course orientation. Thereafter, each module will meet once SCED 560 USING READING AND WRIT- a week for four weeks. Each meeting will ING IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL (4) consist of approximately four hours of labora- Developmental reading and writing, assess- tory work. Prerequisite: Teaching experience ment, vocabulary building, comprehension, in the elementary schools. special needs adaptations and clinical practice. Prerequisites: SCED 341 or concurrently; writ- SCIE 576 TEACHING SCIENCE IN THE ten permission from the Department of Sec- ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (3) Application, ondary Education chair. (Written permission analysis and integration of science teaching not required for part-time evening students.) skills in the elementary classroom. Field experience in local schools. Taken concurrently SCED 561 TEACHING READING IN THE with BIOL 303 and PHSC 303. SECONDARY CONTENT AREAS (3) Appli- cation and assessment of reading strategies SCIE 580 TEACHING SCIENCE IN THE and instructional frameworks in secondary SECONDARY SCHOOLS (3) Selection of content classroom. Prerequisites: SCED 560 appropriate content, method and evaluation and currently teacher or student. techniques, analysis of textbooks and resource materials for teaching science in the middle SCED 563 DEVELOPMENTAL READING and high schools. Must be taken the term FOR THE EARLY ADOLESCENT (3) Meth- prior to student teaching. Prerequisite: SCED ods of designing and teaching developmental 341 or ELED 363. reading programs for the middle or junior high 348 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS school student. Attention to the following: SCED 605 THEORY, RESEARCH AND providing for individual differences, teaching PRACTICE IN TEACHING COMPOSI- students to read critically, developing and TION (6) The teaching of writing skills, extending reading interests. Prerequisite: SCED K-university and across disciplines; training of 460 or equivalent reading methods course. participants to become Maryland Writing Project teacher consultants. Prerequisites: SCED 570-579 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SEC- Bachelor’s degree, teaching experience and ONDARY EDUCATION (Topic to be named) consent of Maryland Writing Project director. (1-3) In-depth study of a selected topic in secondary or adult education. Specific require- SCED 621 INDIVIDUALIZING LEARNING ments and prerequisites will vary with each IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL (3) Philo- topic and will be designated by the department sophical and psychological bases; goal devel- each time a topic is scheduled. Graduate credit opment; organizational patterns; assessment; only with approval of the graduate program teaching strategies in content areas; grading director. Each topic may be taken as a separate and evaluation; programming for classroom, course. departmental and school levels. Prerequisite: Teaching experience. SCED 594 TRAVEL AND STUDY IN SEC- ONDARY EDUCATION (1-6) Study abroad SCED 623 THE MIDDLE SCHOOL (3) of educational facilities, programs or practices, Functions and characteristics, historical devel- or selected projects in education topics. By opment, philosophical and psychological special arrangement with program chair and bases, nature of youth, and curriculum and sponsoring instructor. Consent of graduate organizational patterns. program director required for graduate credit. SCED 625 TEACHING IN THE MIDDLE SCED 595 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN SCHOOL (3) Goals and objectives, planning, EDUCATION: SECONDARY (1-4) An instructional procedures and materials, evalu- opportunity for specially qualified students to ation techniques, and special problems of undertake research problems or study projects instructing preadolescents. Prerequisite: Teach- relevant to their interest and training under the ing experience. direction of a staff member. Prerequisite: Con- sent of graduate program director. SCED 627 TRAINING STRATEGIES IN THE WORKPLACE (3) Teaching/learning SCED 596 DIRECTED READING IN SEC- dimensions of adults in nontraditional settings ONDARY EDUCATION (1-4) Independent such as business, industry, government and the reading in selected areas of secondary educa- nonprofit sector. Prerequisite: Business or per- tion in order to provide a comprehensive cov- sonnel experience, or consent of instructor. erage for the individual or to meet special needs. By invitation of the department to SCED 631 THE COMMUNITY COLLEGE qualified students. Prerequisite: Consent of (3) Historical development, purposes and graduate program director. goals, curriculum evaluation, finance, accreditation and trends, state and national patterns SCED 603 TEACHING WRITING ACROSS and current student needs. Prerequisite: Con- THE CURRICULUM (3) The process of writ- sent of instructor. ing, given for specific school systems, by the Maryland Writing Project. Small group and SCED 633 CURRICULUM AND INSTRUC- assessment techniques included. Prerequisites: TION IN THE COMMUNITY COLLEGE Bachelor’s degree and teaching experience. (3) Educational programs, curricula, instruc- Graduate credit only with approval of the tional techniques, evaluative procedures, com- graduate program director. munity involvement and societal expectations, concerns and trends affecting programs, and COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 349 objectives as related to institutional goals. Pre- SCED 683 STAFF DEVELOPMENT AND requisite: SCED 631 or equivalent. SUPERVISORY PRACTICES IN SECOND- ARY SCHOOLS (3) Roles of the supervisor, SCED 635 DISCIPLINE AND CLASS- theories and practices. Prerequisite: Current ROOM MANAGEMENT IN SECOND- teaching experience. ARY SCHOOLS (3) Theories of pupil behavior and effective discipline, procedures SCED 695 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN and routines for efficient classroom manage- EDUCATION: SECONDARY (1-4) Indepen- ment; discipline problems in urban and subur- dent study in selected areas of secondary edu- ban schools; and solutions to discipline cation. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. problems. Prerequisite: Teaching experience or completion of student teaching. SCED 696 DIRECTED READING IN SEC- ONDARY EDUCATION (1-4) Independent SCED 641 SECONDARY TEACHING reading in selected areas of secondary educa- METHODS (3) Philosophy and purposes of tion. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. constructivist secondary education; principles of teaching and learning; basic techniques of SCED 731 FIELD EXPERIENCES IN ADO- lesson planning and instruction. Course LESCENT OR ADULT LEARNING DIS- restricted to conditionally certified teachers ABILITIES (3) Observation and analysis of through the Towson Learning Network. adolescents or adults with learning disabilities, assessment strategies, design of remedial activ- SCED 647 ADVANCED PROCESSES OF ities, evaluation of observed teaching/learning TEACHING AND LEARNING (3) Systems strategies, and preparing written reports of for analyzing teaching behavior, models of observations. Prerequisites: One course in spe- instruction for achieving cognitive, social and cial education or learning disabilities, and personal learning objectives, and analysis of approval of instructor. classroom application of teaching models. SCED 741 CURRICULUM DEVELOP- SCED 649 TEACHING GIFTED STU- MENT IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL (3) DENTS IN THE SECONDARY SCHOOL Principles and practices, significant historical (3) Characteristics of gifted adolescents, role of and contemporary influences, objectives, con- the gifted in society, educational programs, tent and evaluation, trends, and teachers as identification procedures, administrative curriculum developers and implementers. Pre- arrangements, curriculum and methodology. requisite: Consent of instructor.

SCED 651 TECHNIQUES FOR TEACHING SCED 751 SEMINAR IN MIDDLE SCHOOL SPECIAL-NEEDS ADOLESCENTS AND CURRICULUM (3) Curriculum designs and ADULTS (3) Assessment, diagnostic and programs, organization for instruction, teacher remedial strategies, and motivational devices preparation programs, guidance and nature of for adolescents and adults of below-average middle school students, community involvement mental ability as defined under IDEA. Prereq- and evaluation. Prerequisite: Middle school uisite: Teaching experience, student teaching teaching experience or consent of instructor. or consent of instructor. SCED 753 SEMINAR IN SECONDARY SCED 670-674 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SEC- SCHOOL CURRICULUM (3) Theories, ONDARY EDUCATION (1-3) In-depth study research and evaluation; analysis of present of a selected topic. Specific requirements and programs; rationale for program development prerequisites vary as designated by the depart- and change. Prerequisite: Graduate course in ment. Prerequisite: Consent of graduate pro- curriculum. gram director. 350 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

SCED 770-774 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SEC- approaches and leading historiographical issues. ONDARY EDUCATION (1-3) In-depth study SOSC 603 THE ECONOMIST’S PERSPEC- of a selected topic. Specific requirements and TIVE (3) Use of economic concepts and tools prerequisites vary as designated by the depart- (such as cost and benefit, supply and demand) ment. Prerequisite: Consent of graduate to facilitate logical thinking about complex instructor. social issues and, therefore, to promote understanding of society and of other social sciences. SCED 779 SEMINAR IN SECONDARY SCHOOL SOCIAL STUDIES (3) Current SOSC 604 EAST ASIAN SECURITY ISSUES, research, trends, practices, issues, content, 1945-PRESENT (3) Examines the post-war materials and problems. Prerequisite: Teaching search for security and stability in East Asia experience in social studies. through economic development diplomacy and military action by the major powers, such SCED 781 INTEGRATED PROFESSIONAL as the United States, Japan, the People’s PRACTICE SEMINAR (3) Trends, issues, Republic of China and the Soviet Union. The problems in education. Integrative investiga- efforts of smaller states, such as North Korea, tions through quantitative/qualitative research, South Korea and Taiwan also merit attention. curriculum and instruction development or Focus on the historical continuities in security policy and program development for selected concerns from the pre- to post-cold war eras. aspects of secondary education. Prerequisites: 27 units of graduate work, EDUC 761 and SOSC 605 AMERICAN POLITICS IN THE permission of adviser. 21ST CENTURY (3) The course will constitute the political science department’s core SCED 897 MASTER’S THESIS IN SECOND- offering to the M.S. in Social Science. It will ARY EDUCATION (6) address the change and continuity in American politics and American political science in the SCED 898 THESIS (3) The previous course, last 50 years. SCED 897, taken over two consecutive terms. SOSC 606 SOCIOLOGICAL INSIGHT (3) SCED 899 THESIS CONTINUUM (1) Theories, methods and substantive issues in sociology. Consideration of recent advances in sociological research. SOCIAL SCIENCE (SOSC) SOSC 609 DEVELOPMENTAL HUMAN SOSC 600 INTERDISCIPLINARY LEARNING: A LIFESPAN APPROACH (3) APPROACHES TO GLOBAL PROBLEMS Provides graduate students with basic theories, (3) Interdisciplinary approaches to global historical development and application of sci- problems; comparative frameworks; issues entific methods to human learning. include economic integration, urbanization, environment. SOSC 625-630 TOPICS IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCES (3) Content will be selected from SOSC 601 THE GEOGRAPHER’S VIEW (3) different areas of the social sciences to comple- The role of geography within the social sci- ment course offerings and the needs of stu- ences through an exploration of recent trends dents and the program. May be repeated for a in the discipline. maximum of 9 units.

SOSC 602 COMPARATIVE HISTORY AND SOSC 787 DIRECTED INDIVIDUAL READ- HISTORIOGRAPHY (3) Examination of INGS IN SOCIAL SCIENCES (1-6) Individual selected topics in comparative history, includ- readings on a social science topic. May be ing consideration of the developed and less repeated for a maximum of 6 units contingent developed world. Exploration of competing upon certain restrictions if thesis or non-thesis COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 351 track. Check with department. Prerequisites: objects, including music, film and television; Graduate standing and 18 units of SOSC core relationship of popular culture to high culture. courses. Prerequisite: SOCI 101.

SOSC 797 DIRECTED INDIVIDUAL SOCI 525 CROWDS, MOBS AND RIOTS RESEARCH IN SOCIAL SCIENCE (3) (3) Study of unorganized and organized groups Research and reading with a social science and their impact on society; crowds, mobs, topic to be selected by the instructor and the riots and other processes of disruptive and student. No more than 6 units may be applied constructive change. Prerequisite: SOCI 101. toward a degree. Prerequisites: Graduate standing and 18 units of SOSC core courses. SOCI 527 URBAN SOCIOLOGY (3) Survey of the theoretical and sociological conceptual- SOSC 897 MASTER’S THESIS (6) Thesis izations of modern Western industrial cities. research in social science. Prerequisite: Permit Prerequisite: SOCI 101. from graduate program director. SOCI 529 DEMOGRAPHY (3) Social, eco- SOSC 898 MASTER’S THESIS (3) Thesis nomic and political problems related to research in social science. Will take this course changes, distribution and movement of popu- two consecutive terms. Prerequisite: Permit lation; analysis of contemporary population from graduate program director. trends in the United States and the world. Prerequisite: SOCI 101. SOSC 899 MASTER’S THESIS CONTIN- UUM (1) Continuation of thesis work. Prereq- SOCI 531 DEVIANCE AND ORGANIZA- uisite: 6 units of Thesis 898 or 897. TIONS (3) Major social patterns associated with contemporary large-scale organizations, with special emphasis on organizational SOCIOLOGY (SOCI) deviance by and within corporations, governments and crime syndicates. Prerequisite: SOCI 511 INDIVIDUAL AND SOCIETY (3) SOCI 101. A social psychological approach to the interrelationships of the individual and his/her SOCI 533 POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY (3) social and cultural environment; behavioral Contemporary relevance of the fundamental characteristics resulting from social experi- ideas regarding the relationship of the social ence. Prerequisite: SOCI 101. and political systems; the significance of social and political democratization; class struggles SOCI 512 RELIGION AND SOCIETY (3) and revolution; the influence of government Connections between religious expression, bureaucracy. Prerequisite: SOCI 101. practice and social contexts, classic and contemporary sociological theories of religion, SOCI 535 MEDICAL SOCIOLOGY (3) A role of religion in global society. Prerequisite: study of social and cultural perspectives on SOCI 101. illness, demographic trends, the health professions, institutions for the delivery of health SOCI 523 SOCIAL CHANGE (3) A socio- care services. Prerequisite: SOCI 101. logical analysis of the sources, processes and consequences of social change. Prerequisite: SOCI 540 SOCIOLOGY OF IMMIGRA- SOCI 101. TION (3) The examination of sociological theories and research regarding immigration; SOCI 524 SOCIOLOGY OF POPULAR emphasis on the contemporary context in the CULTURE (3) Sociological analysis of the United States and globally. Prerequisites: SOCI sources and meanings of popular culture; pro- 101 and one 300-level SOCI course. duction and consumption of popular culture 352 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

SOCI 541 CLASS, STATUS AND POWER SOCI 570-579 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SOCI- (3) Examination of major theories and signifi- OLOGY (3) Current topics in sociology at the cant research on socially structured inequality most specialized level. May be repeated for in modern and traditional societies. Prerequi- credit provided a different topic is covered. site: SOCI 101. Prerequisites: SOCI 101 and 6 additional units of sociology. SOCI 543 SOCIOLOGY OF RACE AND ETHNICITY (3) Race and ethnicity as social SOCI 581 SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY (3) constructions; individual and collective racial Major systems of sociological theory; the and ethnic identities; racial and ethnic inequal- works, assumptions and implications of major ity; and resistance to oppression. Prerequisites: European and American schools. Prerequi- SOCI 101, CRMJ 201 or CRMJ 254; and 9 sites: SOCI 101 and 9 additional units of additional units of CRMJ, SOCI and/or sociology. ANTH. SOCI 582 RESEARCH METHODS (3) A SOCI 551 DEVIANT BEHAVIOR (3) Devi- consideration of methodology of sociological ance as a process in society. Understanding research; the various steps in conducting conformity and deviance; identification and research projects, from statement of the prob- labeling of deviants; and society’s response to lem to final analysis of data. Prerequisites: deviant behavior. Prerequisite: SOCI 101. SOCI 101, 9 additional units of SOCI and either PSYC 212 or MATH 231. SOCI 553 THEORIES OF CRIME (3) Evolu- tion of criminological theory; crime rates and SOCI 585 SEMINAR IN SOCIOLOGY (3) trends; social profile of criminal offenders and Capstone application of ideas, methods and victims; societal responses. Prerequisite: SOCI facts learned in previous sociology courses. 101. Prerequisites: SOCI 101, 9 additional units of SOCI and permission of the instructor. SOCI 555 DELINQUENCY AND JUVE- NILE JUSTICE (3) Nature, distribution and SOCI 591-592 INTERNSHIP IN SOCIOL- causes of youth crime, youth gangs, the juve- OGY I, II (3, 3) Supervised experience in work nile justice system. Prerequisite: SOCI 101. setting which facilitates understanding of roles and relationships relevant to sociological SOCI 557 SOCIAL WELFARE (3) Sociologi- inquiry and application of sociological knowl- cal analysis of social welfare institutions and edge. Students may elect to take one term for the functions they perform within modern 3 units (591) or two terms for 3 units each societies. Prerequisite: SOCI 101. (591-592), in one agency both terms or in a different agency each term. No more than 3 SOCI 559 SOCIAL GERONTOLOGY (3) units may be earned in a term except with Examination of social factors in aging in later consent of the chair, which will be granted life and responses to aging; evaluation of only when agency requirements and student research in social gerontology. Prerequisite: needs make it appropriate. Prerequisite: Con- SOCI 101. sent of internship coordinator.

SOCI 560-569 TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY (3) SOCI 595 INDEPENDENT RESEARCH (3) Current topics in sociology designed for non- Supervised research and sociological investiga- majors as well as majors. May be repeated for tion involving library and/or field experiences, credit provided a different topic is covered. and culminating in a written report. Prerequi- The content of the course will depend upon sites: SOCI 581, SOCI 582 and consent of mutual faculty and student interest. Prerequi- instructor. sites: SOCI 101 and 6 additional units of sociology. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 353

SPANISH (SPAN) SPAN 570-579 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SPAN- ISH (3) Discussion of a central topic with SPAN 502 SPANISH LINGUISTICS (3) Lin- changing emphasis from year to year. Prerequi- guistic structure of the Spanish language with sites: SPAN 321 and SPAN 322, or equivalent. an introduction to transformational grammar. Conducted in Spanish. Prerequisites: SPAN SPAN 591-592 DIRECTED READINGS IN 301 and SPAN 302, or equivalent. SPANISH (1-3) Reserved for superior students under the guidance of a departmental adviser. SPAN 511 19TH-CENTURY SPANISH Conducted in Spanish. Prerequisite: Graduate NOVEL I (3) Emphasis will be given to Benito standing. Perez Galdos and Pio Baroja. Conducted in Spanish. Prerequisite: SPAN 321 or SPAN 322 SPAN 670-679 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SPAN- (not open to students who have completed ISH LANGUAGE: LITERATURE AND CIV- SPAN 471). ILIZATION (3) Discussion of a central topic with changing emphasis from year to year. SPAN 512 CONTEMPORARY SPANISH Prerequisite: Undergraduate degree in Spanish NOVEL (3) Emphasis on such writers as Cela, or consent of department chair. Sender, Delibes and Goytisolo. Conducted in Spanish. Prerequisites: SPAN 321 and SPAN SPAN 685 SEMINAR IN MODERN LITER- 322, or equivalent (not open to students who ATURE (3) Discussion of a figure or topic in have completed SPAN 472). modern Spanish or Spanish-American literature. Prerequisite: Undergraduate degree in SPAN 517 THE GOLDEN AGE IN SPANISH Spanish or consent of department chair. LITERATURE I (3) Principal attention to Cervantes, Tirso de Molina, Lope de Vega and Ruiz de Alarcon; Gongora and his role. Con- SPECIAL EDUCATION (SPED) ducted in Spanish. Prerequisites: SPAN 321 and SPAN 322, or equivalent. SPED 502 CURRICULUM/METHODS OF INCLUSION (3) Designing and implementing SPAN 531 19TH-CENTURY SPANISH LIT- inclusive programs. Prerequisite: SPED 637. ERATURE (3) The main literary movements of the century: neoclassicism, romanticism, SPED 515 ASSESSMENT OF INFANT/PRI- realism, naturalism and special emphasis on MARY STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES “costumbrismo.” Conducted in Spanish. Pre- (3) Comprehensive assessment of young chil- requisites: SPAN 321 and SPAN 322, or dren and linking evaluative information to equivalent. inclusive programming. Prerequisite: SPED 425/525. SPAN 536 19TH-CENTURY SPANISH AMERICAN LITERATURE II (3) Principal SPED 517 COLLABORATIVE PLANNING works of the major writers from 1860 to FOR INFANT/PRIMARY PROGRAMS (3) 1900. Conducted in Spanish. Prerequisites: Methods and models of interdisciplinary col- SPAN 321 and SPAN 322, or equivalent. laborative planning for young children with disabilities. Prerequisite: SPED 637. SPAN 544 20TH-CENTURY SPANISH AMERICAN LITERATURE II (3) The Con- SPED 525 FORMAL TESTS AND MEA- temporary Period. Conducted in Spanish. Pre- SUREMENTS FOR STUDENTS WITH DIS- requisites: SPAN 321 and SPAN 322, or ABILITIES K-12 (3) Assessment techniques, equivalent. philosophical rationale, current research and intervention strategies for children with disabilities. Prerequisites: 6 units of psychology 354 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS and 9 units of special education, and consent interagency linkages. Prerequisites: SPED 637 of department. and consent of department.

SPED 527 CURRICULUM/METHODS OF SPED 603 INFORMAL TESTS AND MEA- SOCIAL, EMOTIONAL AND MOTOR SUREMENTS FOR STUDENTS WITH DIS- DEVELOPMENT FOR STUDENTS WITH ABILITIES K-12 (3) Assessment, diagnosis, DISABILITIES K-12 (3) Curriculum theory, prescriptive techniques, procedures, adminis- research and instructional techniques for stu- tration, interpretation and programming. Pre- dents with disabilities. Prerequisites: 6 units of requisites: SPED 637 and consent of special education and consent of department. department.

SPED 531 CURRICULUM AND METH- SPED 604 ACTION RESEARCH IN SPE- ODS OF READING FOR PRIMARY STU- CIAL EDUCATION (3) This course leads DENTS WITH DISABILITIES (3) Reading participants through a structured reflection on practices, context, procedures, materials and the action research process they are conduct- assessment for primary students with disabili- ing within their own classrooms, schools, or ties. Prerequisites: SPED 637 and consent of districts. Fundamental concepts and practices department. in education research in special education are described. Specific application of educational SPED 551 PSYCHOEDUCATIONAL research methods to problems in special edu- ASSESSMENT OF STUDENTS WITH DIS- cation is covered. Additionally an emphasis ABILITIES ELEMENTARY/MIDDLE on reviewing and critiquing special education SCHOOL (3) Assessment and intervention for research and applied classroom research for cognitive, educational, emotional and social teachers is included. Prerequisite: Consent of behaviors of students with disabilities. Prereq- department. uisites: SPED 637 and consent of department. SPED 605 WORKING WITH FAMILIES OF SPED 553 CURRICULUM AND METHODS STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES (3) Com- OF SECONDARY SPECIAL EDUCATION munication skills, human relations, parent PREVOCATIONAL AND VOCATIONAL counseling and conferencing. Prerequisites: INSTRUCTION (3) Issues and trends includ- SPED 637 and consent of department. ing transition-related instruction, post-secondary programs and adaptability in secondary SPED 607 CURRICULUM/METHODS OF classrooms. Prerequisites: SPED 637 and con- CLASSROOM MANAGEMENT FOR STU- sent of department. DENTS WITH DISABILITIES (K-12) (3) Theoretical foundations and development of SPED 555 ASSESSMENT OF MIDDLE AND practical intervention. Prerequisites: SPED 637 HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS WITH DIS- and consent of department. ABILITIES (3) Diagnosis and prescriptive techniques used by secondary-level special SPED 613 ASSISTIVE TECHNOLOGY FOR education professionals. Prerequisites: SPED STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES K-12 (3) 637 and consent of department. Designing instruction for students with disabilities using assistive and instructional tech- SPED 601 CURRICULUM AND METH- nology. Prerequisites: SPED 637 and ISTC ODS OF INSTRUCTION FOR SECOND- 201, and consent of department. ARY TRANSITION (3) Practical application of legal requirements for preparing students SPED 620 EDUCATING STUDENTS WITH with disabilities for transition into employ- AUTISM SPECTRUM DISORDERS (3) This ment, post-secondary and adult settings, course is designed to provide an in-depth including prevocational and vocational meth- introduction into the characteristics, assess- odologies, student-centered planning and ment methods and instructional issues related COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 355 to educating a student with an autism spec- with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). Partici- trum disorder in the classroom. Prerequisite: pants will examine methods in order to ensure None. access of the general education curriculum to students with ASD who exhibit mild to moder- SPED 621 FORMAL AND INFORMAL ate impairments. Prerequisite: None. ASSESSMENT TECHNIQUES FOR STU- DENTS WITH ASD (3) This course is SPED 626 CURRICULUM AND METH- designed to provide information related to ODS OF INSTRUCTION FOR STUDENTS both formal and informal assessment for stu- WITH ASD II (3) This course is designed to dents with autism spectrum disorders. Partici- provide specific, evidence-based information pants will improve observation skills, learn regarding delivery of curricula, conducting administration procedures, learn how to inter- assessments, and designing appropriate, indi- pret assessment results and use this informa- vidualized instruction for students diagnosed tion to improve programming. Prerequisite: with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). The None. materials for this course focus on students who need intensive supports due to the severity of SPED 622 SOCIAL THINKING AND CON- their diagnosis of ASD. Prerequisite: None. NECTEDNESS FOR STUDENTS ON THE AUTISM SPECTRUM (3) Theories and SPED 627 CO-TEACHING AND INCLU- research on social development, social commu- SION OF STUDENTS WITH ASD II (3) This nication, social connectedness and instructional course is designed for participants to learn techniques for individuals on the autism spec- about the best practices for successful inclu- trum. Prerequisite: None. sion of students with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) in the general education setting. SPED 623 BEHAVIOR MANAGEMENT Inclusion, and the concept of least restrictive FOR STUDENTS WITH ASD (3) This course environment, are viewed and discussed as a is designed to provide participants with an part of the civil rights movement. The depth of understanding of the process of conducting a the inclusion process for individuals with ASD functional analysis of behavior and developing is examined in the following contexts: discuss- a practical behavioral support program which ing legislation, co-teaching and collaboration, promotes social, communicative and academic identifying factors that challenge the process, behaviors for classroom and home implementa- examining and practicing differentiated tion. Prerequisite: None. instruction, understanding characteristics of learners with ASD and celebrating successful SPED 624 EVIDENCE-BASED STRATEGIES experiences. Prerequisite: None. AND INTERVENTIONS FOR STUDENTS WITH ASD (3) This course is designed to SPED 637 INCLUSION FOR THE CLASS- provide in-depth information related to evi- ROOM TEACHER (3) Background and legal dence-based practices for students with autism bases, programs, methods and materials for spectrum. Students will gain theoretical infor- children with disabilities, and emphasis on the mation, hands-on experience with implemen- regular classroom. Prerequisites: Consent of tation and critical reasoning skills related to department. identifying appropriate instructional strategies for individual student learning profiles. Prereq- SPED 640 CHARACTERISTICS OF uisite: None. DIVERSE LEARNERS (3) Survey of individual differences in learning and characteristics SPED 625 CURRICULUM AND METH- of students with special needs with implica- ODS OF INSTRUCTION FOR STUDENTS tions for inclusive educators: basic principles WITH ASD I (3) This course examines the and major findings of research. Prerequisites: instructional strategies shown to be effective in Consent of department. promoting the academic success of students 356 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

SPED 641 CURRICULUM/METHODS OF resulting in application projects. Must have INSTRUCTION FOR STUDENTS WITH consent of department. DISABILITIES K-12 (3) Characteristics that affect learning, and the design of educational SPED 670-679 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SPE- programs. Prerequisites: 6 units in Psychology CIAL EDUCATION (1-3) Studies in selected and 6 units in Education, and consent of content areas tailored to student needs. Prereq- department. uisites: Vary according to area of concentration; consent of department. SPED 644 DIFFERENTIATED INSTRUC- TION AND MEANINGFUL APPLICATION SPED 741 INTERNSHIP: STUDENTS (3) Designed for both teachers and administra- WITH DISABILITIES (6) Placement in a spe- tors with a focus on applying current research cial education facility or special education and practices pertaining to diagnostic indica- agency according to student interest and back- tors of student performance prior to and ground. S/U grading. Prerequisites: 27 units in throughout instructional units; modifications Special Education and consent of department. of the content, process, product and environment; and assessment practices that accurately SPED 880 GRADUATE PROJECT IN SPE- reflect and encourage student learning. Prereq- CIAL EDUCATION INCLUSION, TECH- uisite: Consent of department. NOLOGY OR TRANSITION (3) An independent project designed with adviser’s SPED 645 CO-TEACHING IN EDUCA- approval to demonstrate application of leader- TION (3) The content of this course focuses ship skills in the special education focus area. on current research practices pertaining to the S/U grading. Must obtain adviser and consent development of collaborative and consultative of department. knowledge, skills and dispositions necessary to provide appropriate learning opportunities to all students in co-teaching environment. Pre- SPEECH-LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY requisite: None. (SPPA)

SPED 646 USING TECHNOLOGY TO DIF- SPPA 525 INTRODUCTION TO AURAL FERENTIATE INSTRUCTION (3) Practical REHABILITATION (3) Options available for application of best practices differentiating managing children and adults who are deaf or instruction, using computer software to hard of hearing. Early intervention, communi- increase the access and learning of students cation strategies, amplification options and with disabilities in general education curricu- psychosocial issues. Prerequisite: SPPA 321 lum. Prerequisite: Consent of department. and/or consent of the department.

SPED 648 POSITIVE BEHAVIOR SUPPORT SPPA 545 PSYCHOSOCIAL ASPECTS OF PLANS: DESIGN AND IMPLEMENTA- DEAFNESS (3) Educational, legal, philosophi- TION (3) Methods for functional behavioral cal, cultural and political influences relating to assessment, behavioral intervention plans and the deaf/hard of hearing. Impact of pre-lingual ongoing assessment to be applied in a case and post-lingual deafness on an individual’s studies approach. Prerequisite: Consent of social and psychological functioning. Prerequi- department. site: SPPA 205 and/or consent of the department. SPED 652 CAREER DEVELOPMENT FOR STUDENTS WITH DISABILITIES (3) Over- SPPA 600 LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT view of issues and promising practices for AND DISORDERS FROM BIRTH career exploration, career development and THROUGH PRESCHOOL (3) Theoretical career experiences for students with disabilities and applied aspects of normal, delayed and disordered language development in children COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 357 from birth to age 5. Family-centered assessment the lifespan. Prerequisite: Graduate standing and intervention practices. Prerequisite: Gradu- and/or consent of department. ate standing in the Speech-Language Pathology program and/or consent of department. SPPA 620 VOICE DISORDERS IN CHIL- DREN AND ADULTS (3) Anatomy and SPPA 604 ACQUIRED NEUROGENIC physiology of the vocal mechanism with dis- LANGUAGE AND COGNITIVE DISOR- cussion and identification of abnormal voice DERS I (3) Neuroanatomical models regard- qualities. Techniques of treatment and coun- ing language function, theories concerning seling of clients with organic and functional brain function and localization of lesion fol- voice disorders. Prerequisite: Graduate stand- lowing cerebral vascular accident. Assessment ing and/or consent of department. diagnosis and treatment of language deficits. Prerequisite: Graduate standing in Speech- SPPA 622 DIAGNOSTIC PROCESS IN Language Pathology program and/or consent SPEECH-LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY (3) of department. The diagnostic process in communication disorders of children and adults will include SPPA 605 Acquired Neurogenic aspects of the process from a philosophy of Language and Cognitive Disor- assessment and information gathering to tools ders II (3) Pathophysiology and epidemiol- of assessment and individualized treatment ogy of acquired adult neurogenic language and planning. Prerequisite: Graduate standing and/ cognitive disorders, traumatic brain injury and or consent of department. dementing processes, including assessment, diagnosis, recovery, prognosis as well as treat- SPPA 626 NEUROLOGICALLY-BASED ment efficacy and outcomes. Emphasis on SPEECH DISORDERS (3) Neuroanatomical cognitive aspects of communication (attention, models regarding speech motor control, theo- memory, sequencing, problem-solving, execu- ries concerning brain function and localization tive functioning), as well as social and cultural. of neurologic deficits following trauma or Prerequisites: Graduate standing or consent of degeneration, and assessment and treatment of instructor. neurologically-based speech disorders. Prereq- uisite: Graduate standing and/or consent of SPPA 606 LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT department. AND DISORDERS IN SCHOOL-AGE CHIL- DREN (3) Theoretical and applied aspects of SPPA 628 DYSPHAGIA (3) Anatomy and normal and disordered language and literacy physiology of normal and abnormal swallow- development in school-age children will be ing. Etiology, assessment and treatment of reviewed. Best practices for assessment and swallowing disorders. Prerequisites: Graduate intervention within this age group. Prerequi- standing in the Speech-Language Pathology site: Graduate standing in the Speech-Lan- program, completion of SPPA 626, and/or guage Pathology program and/or consent of consent of department. department. SPPA 680 SPECIAL TOPICS IN SPEECH- SPPA 610 PHONOLOGY AND ARTICULA- LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY (1-2) This semi- TION (3) Universal phonological principles nar course provides elective courses in specialty and linguistic analysis. Assessment and treat- areas of speech-language pathology. Subtitle ment of phonological and articulation disor- will vary accordingly. This course may be ders. Prerequisite: Graduate standing and/or repeated for maximum of 2 units. Prerequisite: consent of department. Graduate standing in SPPA program and/or consent of department. SPPA 614 FLUENCY DISORDERS (3) Infor- mation on the nature of fluency and the etiol- SPPA 690 CLINICAL PRACTICUM ON ogy and treatment of fluency disorders through CAMPUS (3) Supervised clinical experience in 358 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS the university clinical facility with children and disorders. Prerequisite: SPPA 690 and/or con- adults who have communication impairments. sent of department. Prerequisites: Completed communication screening, SPPA 416 (or equivalent documen- SPPA 746 ADVANCED CLINICAL PRACTI- tation of a minimum of 25 hours observation, CUM OFF CAMPUS (3) Advanced clinical graduate standing and/or consent of depart- practice in the identification, assessment and ment. treatment of various types of speech and language disorders in programs affiliated with TU SPPA 705 PROFESSIONAL ISSUES IN Department of Speech-Language Pathology SPEECH-LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY (1) and Audiology. Prerequisites: SPPA 745, GPA Organization, administration, accreditation of 3.00, 75 graduate practicum clock hours, a and evaluation of speech-language pathology minimum of 18 units of course work exclusive programs in universities, schools and other of clinical practicum, and consent of depart- settings. Professional roles of direct clinical ment. service across lifespan and consultation. Fed- eral and state laws related to the special educa- SPPA 747 ADVANCED CLINICAL PRACTI- tion process and licensure will be presented. CUM IN SCHOOLS (3) Advanced clinical Prerequisite: Graduate standing in the Speech- practicum in school programs affiliated with Language Pathology program and/or consent TU for graduate students in speech-language of department. pathology. The experience includes the evaluation and treatment of various types of speech SPPA 710 WRITTEN LANGUAGE DEVEL- and language disorders. Prerequisites: SPPA OPMENT AND DISORDERS (3) Language 745, GPA of 3.00, 75 graduate practicum theory and application for the development of clock hours, a minimum of 18 units of course written language skills in children. Assessment work exclusive of clinical practicum, and con- and intervention within the context of the cur- sent of department. riculum. Prerequisites: Graduate standing in the Speech-Language Pathology program, SPPA 748 ADVANCED PEDIATRIC PRACT- SPPA 600 and/or consent of department. ICUM (3) Advanced clinical practice in the identification, assessment and treatment of SPPA 713 SEMINAR: RESEARCH DESIGN various types of speech and language disorders IN SPPA (3) Scientific method as applied to in pediatric programs affiliated with the research; evaluation of research designs; devel- Department of Speech-Language Pathology opment and implementation of a research and Audiology. Prerequisites: SPPA 745, GPA project; and organization, analysis and presen- of 3.00, 75 graduate practicum clock hours, a tation of data. Prerequisite: Graduate standing minimum of 18 units of course work exclusive and/or consent of department. of clinical practicum, and consent of department. SPPA 714 AUGMENTATIVE AND ALTER- NATIVE COMMUNICATION (2) Compen- SPPA 796 INDEPENDENT STUDY IN satory or augmentative use of various SPEECH-LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY (1-3) non-speech communication modes with per- Investigation in selected area of speech-lan- sons whose impairments prevent effective ver- guage pathology. Prerequisite: Graduate stand- bal communication. Prerequisite: Graduate ing and/or consent of department. standing and/or consent of department. SPPA 797 DIRECTED READINGS IN SPPA 745 ADVANCED CLINICAL PRACTI- SPEECH-LANGUAGE PATHOLOGY (1-3) CUM ON CAMPUS (3) Supervised practicum Readings in a particular topic in speech-lan- experience includes the evaluation and treat- guage pathology. Prerequisite: Graduate stand- ment of various types of speech and language ing and/or consent of department. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 359

SPPA 798 ADVANCED CLINICAL PRACTI- THEA 593 ADVANCED STUDY IN THE- CUM CONTINUUM ON CAMPUS (3) ATRE (1-9) Independent study of an academic Advanced clinical practicum for students in or creative nature, for majors only. May be the Speech-Language Pathology program con- repeated for a maximum of 9 units. Prerequi- tinuing in on-campus practicum experiences site: Approval of plan of study by instructor previously taken for credit. Supervised practi- and graduate program director. cum experience includes the evaluation and treatment of various types of speech and lan- THEA 606 THEORIES OF THE AUTEUR guage disorders. Prerequisite: SPPA 745 and/or (3) This class will investigate the theories and consent of the department. techniques of contemporary auteur theatre practitioners, as well as track major move- SPPA 799 CLINICAL PRACTICUM CON- ments in theatre directing during the last cen- TINUUM OFF CAMPUS (3) Advanced clini- tury. Prerequisite: Consent of graduate cal practicum for students in the program director. Speech-Language Pathology Program continuing in off-campus experiences previously taken THEA 601 THEORIES OF THE AVANT- for credit. Supervised practicum experience GARDE (3) Investigation of the historical includes the evaluation and treatment of vari- European and American Avant-Garde, start- ous types of speech and language disorders. ing from the end of the 19th century through Prerequisites: Prior off-campus practicum to the end of the 20th century. Prerequisite: placement and/or consent of department. Consent of program director.

SPPA 897 THESIS (6) Original investigation THEA 602 HISTORY OF EXPERIMENTAL using an acceptable research method and PERFORMANCE (3) Investigation of post- design conducted under the direction of a fac- World War II experimental performance. ulty committee. Prerequisite: SPPA 713. Approach will be cross-disciplinary and intercultural, focusing on theatre, music, dance and SPPA 898 THESIS (3) The previous course performance art from various nationalities SPPA 897, taken over two consecutive terms. and culture. Prerequisite: Consent of program director. SPPA 899 THESIS CONTINUUM (1) THEA 603 PERFORMANCE: SOLO (3) Cre- ating solo performance by exploring language THEATRE ARTS (THEA) and environment through a variety of traditions, styles and techniques. Prerequisite: Con- THEA 580 ADVANCED COSTUME sent of graduate program director. DESIGN STUDIO (1-9) Independent studio in costume, scenery or lighting design. May be THEA 605 PERFORMANCE: ENSEMBLE repeated for a maximum of 9 units. Prerequi- (3) Creating collaborative performance by site: Consent of instructor. exploring language and environment through a variety of traditions, styles and techniques. THEA 591 PRODUCTION DRAMA- May be repeated for up to 9 units. Prerequi- TURGY (1-3) Practical experience in produc- site: Consent of graduate program director. tion dramaturgy; includes research, text analysis and educational outreach. Projects THEA 607 SELF-EMPOWERMENT IN related to specific theatrical productions. May THEATRE (3) Entrepreneurial management be repeated for a maximum of 9 units. Prereq- strategies for a self-empowered life in theatre. uisites: THEA 125; at least one of THEA 211, Prerequisite: Consent of graduate program THEA 212 and THEA 213; and permission of director. instructor. 360 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS

THEA 608 THEATRE DESIGN TECH- THEA 730 SOUND APPLICATION AND NIQUES (3) The vocabulary and background TECHNOLOGY (3) Students will explore the needed to develop and communicate design usage of sound technology in a real-time per- concepts, to work collaboratively with other formance context and develop approaches design artists, and to understand the needs of toward integrating digital and organic ele- designing for different sizes and types of ven- ments in their work. Prerequisites: Consent of ues. Prerequisite: Consent of graduate pro- graduate program director. gram director. THEA 740 GRADUATE PROJECT LABO- THEA 609 TEXT CONSTRUCTION (3) RATORY (1-4) Conceptualization, research Exploring a variety of means of developing and development of a graduate performance theatrical text, with special attention to the project. May be repeated for a total of no relationship of language and structure. Prereq- more than 16 units. Prerequisite: Consent of uisite: Permission of instructor. graduate program director.

THEA 610 THEATRE SYSTEMS (1-3) A THEA 750 GRADUATE PROJECT AND practical overview of technology. Prerequisite: PERFORMANCE (1-4) Execution of a gradu- Consent of graduate program director. ate performance project. May be repeated for a total of no more than 16 units. Prerequisite: THEA 675 NEW WORKS DEVELOPMENT Consent of graduate program director. I: FORMAL ELEMENTS (3) Examining the formal elements of performance, through the- THEA 760 INTERNATIONAL THEORIES oretical study and practical exploration. Pre- AND AESTHETICS (3) Working with faculty requisite: Consent of program director. and guest artists to understand and apply specific international theatrical aesthetics. The THEA 680-683 SPECIAL TOPICS (1-3) In- geographic focus of the course will shift, depth study in a selected area dependent upon depending on the term. Areas of focus will faculty and student interest. May be repeated include regions such as Southeast Asia, Japan for a total of no more than 16 units. Prerequi- and Russia. May be repeated for a total of no site: Permission of instructor. more than 12 units. Prerequisite: Consent of graduate program director. THEA 695 INDEPENDENT PROJECT IN THEATRE (1-3) Independent project in THEA 780 NEW WORKS DEVELOPMENT research, acting, directing or theatre produc- III: PROJECTS IN PROCESS (3) Researching tion. May be repeated for a maximum of 9 and creating an appropriate development pro- units. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. cess for an original performance project, in preparation for the MFA Final Project. Prereq- THEA 710 TEACHING INTERNSHIP (3) uisite: Consent of graduate program director. Assisting a faculty mentor with the teaching of an undergraduate theatre course. Prerequi- THEA 880 FINAL PROJECT (1-6) Culminat- sites: Consent of department chair, graduate ing creative process that includes a research program director and instructor. paper, and may include a production or project component. Prerequisite: Permission of THEA 720 NEW WORKS DEVELOPMENT instructor. II: DIRECTING (3) Development of directo- rial vision, emphasizing usage of text in perfor- THEA 885 PROJECT CONTINUATION (1) mance. Prerequisite: Consent of graduate Continuation of graduate project. Prerequisite: program director. Previous registration of project work. COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 361

WOMEN’S AND GENDER STUDIES WMST 545 WOMEN, ENVIRONMENT (WMST) AND HEALTH (3) Relationships between economic development, health and the envi- WMST 533 WOMEN AND AGING (3) ronment from a global perspective with a American society’s view of older women and focus on women’s roles in environmental man- the impact of stereotypes and images on their agement; how women’s activism affects social self-concepts. Prerequisite: 3 units in women’s and public policy agendas. Prerequisite: None. and gender studies or social sciences. WMST 570 MASCULINITIES IN PERSPEC- WMST 535 WOMEN, WORK AND FAM- TIVE (3) Examines the social construction of ILY (3) Women’s work examined historically masculinities in the United States. Topics and cross-culturally from an interdisciplinary include men at work, male sexuality, men and perspective. Women’s work in traditional soci- violence, pornography, significant relation- eties, effect of industrialization on women’s ships, fatherhood and family life, pop culture, work in contemporary societies. Prerequisite: male-centered social movements and changes 3 units in social science or history. over the lifecycle. Special attention will be paid to race, class, sexuality, age and other differ- WMST 536 WOMEN AND MEDICINE (3) ences. A study of how gender has influenced the structure, content and practice of medicine in WMST 570 WOMEN’S SPIRITUAL PRAC- the 19th and 20th centuries with emphasis on TICES (3) Often the question of the relation- disease theory and treatment; physicians’ ship between women and religion is posed involvement in social policy; and focus on the from the ‘top down.’ One asks about women history of nursing, women’s entry into medical in authoritative scriptures, the role of women practice and women’s health movements past in religious hierarchies, the Implications of dif- and present. Prerequisite: 3 undergraduate ferent theological positions for women. This units in women’s and gender studies or social course takes the opposite approach and inves- sciences. tigates women’s religiosity in their day-to-day living. Thus, we will pay more attention to WMST 538 WOMEN AND SEXUALITY (3) women’s practices involving food, clothing, Examination of the politics of sexuality, the storytelling, travel, singing, health/cures, devo- interaction between cultural definitions and tional reading, household altars, etc., than to evaluations of women’s attempts to achieve beliefs about the place of women in any one sexual autonomy. Emphasis on how the mean- tradition. The course will draw on material ing of sexuality changes over time, how women from many traditions including Christianity, respond to these changes, and how they affect Islam, Hinduism and tribal religion. women. Prerequisite: 3 undergraduate units in women’s and gender studies or social sciences. WMST 570-579 TOPICS IN WOMEN’S AND GENDER STUDIES (3) An interdisci- WMST 539 REPRODUCTIVE TECHNOL- plinary examination of selected issues, themes OGIES AND THE FUTURE OF MOTHER- or topics in women’s and gender studies. HOOD (3) Reproductive science and Variation in content in different terms; may be contraceptive technologies and their effect on re-elected. Prerequisite: One women’s and gen- contemporary society; focus on ethical and der studies course or consent of instructor. legal issues; and changing definitions of moth- erhood. Prerequisites: Two science courses, or WMST 581 THE EROTIC IMAGINATION one math and one science course. IN CHRISTIANITY AND HINDUISM (3) Explores use of sexual imagery to understand the human-divine relationship in Christianity and Hinduism. Critical analysis of the ways 362 COURSE DESCRIPTIONS that erotic religious traditions both re-inscribe Prerequisites: 9 units in women’s and gender and destabilize cultural norms of gender and studies and/or the social sciences, and graduate sexuality. Prerequisites: WMST 231 or RLST standing. 105 or by consent of professor. WMST 607 ADVANCED FEMINIST THE- WMST 591 DIRECTED READING IN ORY (3) Major feminist theories on women’s WOMEN’S AND GENDER STUDIES (1-4) experience, emphasizing the areas in the grad- Independent reading in women’s and gender uate concentrations: workplace, health, public studies with emphasis on interdisciplinary rela- policy and international. Prerequisites: 9 units tionships. Topics selected by student in consul- in women’s and gender studies and/or the tation with the instructor. May be repeated for social sciences, and graduate standing. a maximum of 6 units. Prerequisites: 15 units in interdisciplinary or departmental women’s WMST 609 APPLIED RESEARCH METH- and gender studies courses; minimum 3.00 ODS AND SKILLS (3) How to interpret, GPA in women’s and gender studies; consent evaluate and conduct research about women of instructor and of women’s and gender stud- and gender issues in organizations and society, ies chair, graduate program director or adviser. using the computer, the Internet and statistical software for accessing and producing informa- WMST 601 WOMEN AND GENDER IN tion. Prerequisites: 9 units in women’s and THE WORK PLACE (3) Examination of the gender studies and/or the social sciences, and organization of work and the role of gender in graduate standing. the division of labor, power and authority, income and other rewards, in diverse work WMST 611 WOMEN, PUBLIC POLICY settings. Prerequisites: 9 units in women’s and AND SOCIAL CHANGE (3) How public gender studies and/or the social sciences and policy affects the experiences of women and graduate standing. men, and groups to which they belong. Includes study of components of public policy-making, WMST 603 THE DIVERSITY OF WOMEN case studies of gender-related public policy, and (3) Examination of feminist scholarship on methods of instituting change. Prerequisites: 9 race, class and sexualities, particularly with units in women’s and gender studies and/or the regard to the distribution of power within a social sciences, and graduate standing. variety of institutions. Prerequisites: 9 units in women’s and gender studies and/or the social WMST 613 WOMEN AND HEALTH (3) An sciences, and graduate standing. interdisciplinary study of women’s health from a holistic perspective that builds on socioeco- WMST 604 LEADERSHIP IN THE NOT- nomic, political and biological aspects of FOR-PROFIT SECTOR: GOVERNANCE women’s health. Prerequisites: 9 units in wom- AND ADVOCACY (3) Examines the role of en’s and gender studies and/or the social sci- governance and advocacy in the not-for-profit ences, and graduate standing. organization with attention to women’s roles and issues. Topics include strategic planning, WMST 620 FIELD EXPERIENCE (3) Non- board governance and community power- culminating field placement for students in building. Prerequisite: Graduate standing. organizations or agencies (including governmental) working on projects that serve women. WMST 605 WOMEN IN AN INTERNA- Course includes a proposal, regular meetings TIONAL CONTEXT (3) Examination of the with adviser, a journal and a final written diverse experiences of women in a variety of report of the project. May be repeated once for national and international contexts. Particular a maximum of 6 units by student not electing attention will be devoted to how global forces the WMST 796 Internship option; site of impact women’s lives today and the diverse placement may not be repeated. Prerequisites: ways that women struggle against inequality. Completion of a minimum of 9 units toward a COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 363 master’s in WMST and approval of the stu- requisites: Minimum of 9 units completed in dent’s adviser and graduate program director. graduate program in women’s and gender studies and consent of student’s graduate WMST 640 WOMAN AS CITIZEN (3) Role adviser. of gender in defining citizenship; critical analysis of the principles of citizenship promulgated WMST 897 THESIS (6) Original research on by leading contributors to Western political a topic related to the student’s concentration thought. using acceptable research methods and design. May be based in extensive library, survey or WMST 670 LEADERSHIP, SOCIAL ORGA- field research. A thesis prospectus detailing the NIZATIONS AND SOCIAL ACTIVISM (3) nature and scope of the investigation and the This course examines the multiplicity of wom- methods to be employed must be submitted en’s/feminist activism in both local and global and approved in advance to the student’s contexts, and the organizational forms and adviser and the graduate director. Students will structures it has created to enhance the status be required to do an oral presentation of their and well-being of women. It examines the dif- thesis in a meeting with their graduate adviser ferences between women’s and feminist’s orga- and one other WMST faculty. Prerequisites: nizations, and how both enable and in turn are Completion of a minimum of 21 units toward sustained by women’s/feminist activism. It the M.S. in WMST and completion of WMST addresses issues such as: the diverse ways 609. women organize to challenge inequality; the strategies, possibilities and challenges of orga- WMST 898 THESIS (3,3) Same as WMST nizing; dilemmas confronting efforts to build 897, taken over two consecutive terms. sustainable organizations; and the forces that foster and those that disrupt women’s solidar- WMST 899 THESIS CONTINUUM (1) Con- ity in pursuit of a more just society. tinuation of thesis beyond the 6 units.

WMST 670-679 SPECIAL TOPICS IN WOMEN’S AND GENDER STUDIES (3) Topics pertaining to WMST graduate concentrations. May be repeated for a maximum of 9 units. Prerequisites: 9 units in women’s and gender studies and/or the social sciences, and graduate standing.

WMST 695 INDEPENDENT STUDY (3) Study and research including writing a research paper on a selected topic in women’s studies. Prerequisites: 15 undergraduate or 9 graduate units in women’s and gender studies, graduate standing, and consent of women’s and gender studies chair, graduate program director or adviser prior to registration.

WMST 796 INTERNSHIP IN WOMEN’S AND GENDER STUDIES (3) Intensive hands- on experience in approved organization related to student’s concentration. Written report required upon completion. Must be taken in two separate terms for a total of 6 units. Pre-

ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY 365 Administration SENIOR OFFICERS OF THE SUSAN J. ROTKOVITZ Arts Integration UNIVERSITY BRIDGET SULLIVAN MARAVENE LOESCHKE Art, Interactive Media Design President TONIA MATTHEWS Interim Art, Studio James DiLisio PEGGY KORCZAK Provost and Vice President for Audiology (Au.D.) Academic Affair CONNIE ANDERSON MARK BEHM Autism Studies Interim Vice President for Administration and JOEL SNODGRASS Finance and Chief Fiscal Officer Biology DEBRA MORIARTY RON DESI Vice President for Student Affairs Business Administration GARY N. RUBIN LISA MARTINELLI BEASLEY Vice President for University Advancement Child Life, Administration and DYAN L. BRASINGTON Family Collaboration Vice President for Economic and ELIZABETH KATZ Community Outreach Clinical Psychology MARCIE WEINSTEIN DEANS Clinician-Administrator Transition SHOHREH KAYNAMA BETH HALLER College of Business and Economics Communication Management RAYMOND P. LORION YANGGON KIM College of Education Computer Science SUSAN PICINICH CHRISTA K. SCHMIDT College of Fine Arts and Communication Counseling Psychology CHARLOTTE E. EXNER EDYTH WHEELER College of Health Professions Early Childhood Education TERRY A. COONEY RONALD THOMAS College of Liberal Arts Educational Leadership DAVID VANKO TODD KENREICH (interim) The Jess and Mildred Fisher College of Elementary Education Science and Mathematics STEVEN LEV JOSEPH McGINN Environmental Science The Honors College JUSTIN BUCKINGHAM JANET DELANY Experimental Psychology Office of Graduate Studies KAREN GOLDRICH ESKOW DEBORAH A. NOLAN Family-Professional Collaboration University Libraries MARK PROFILI Forensic Science GRADUATE PROGRAM DIRECTORS MARTIN ROBERGE MARTIN FREEDMAN Geography and Environmental Planning Accounting and Business Advisory Services SUSAN M. RADIUS MARY W. CARTER Health Science Applied Gerontology ALAN CLARDY XUEZHANG HOU Human Resource Development Applied and Industrial Mathematics MARLANA PORTOLANO MARIUS ZIMAND Humanities Applied Information Technology MARIUS ZIMAND RAJESWARI KOLAGANI Information Technology (D.Sc.) Applied Physics BILL SADERA RAY MARTENS Instructional Technology (Ed.D.) Art Education 366 ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY

DAVID ROBINSON Speech-Language Pathology LIYAN SONG TOBIN PORTERFIELD Instructional Technology Supply Chain Management WAYNE NELSON JUDY REBER Integrated Homeland Security Management Teaching DARUSH DAVANI STEPHEN NUNNS Information Technology Theatre HANA BOR KATE WILKENSON Jewish Communal Services Women’s and Gender Studies Jewish Education SUSANNA GARFEIN BOARD OF REGENTS OF THE Jewish Studies HEATHER CROWE UNIVERSITY SYSTEM OF Kinesiology MARYLAND ALAN CLARDY DR. PATRICIA S. FLORESTANO, Chair Management and Leadership Development GARY ATTMAN, Treasurer MAUREEN YARNEVICH JOHN L. YOUNG, M.D., Assistant Treasurer Mathematics Education THE HON. C. THOMAS McMILLEN, Secretary DANA ROTHLISBERGER THOMAS G. SLATER, Assistant Secretary Music Education NORMAN R. AUGUSTINE LUIS ENGELKE LOUISE MICHAUX GONZALES Music Performance and Composition LINDA GOODEN KATHLEEN T. OGLE BARRY P. GOSSETT Nursing EARL HANCE, ex officio MARY BETH MERRYMAN ORLAN M. JOHNSON Occupational Science (Sc.D.) THE HON. FRANCIS X. KELLY, JR. SONIA LAWSON DAVID KINKOPF Occupational Therapy FRANK M. REID, III Professional Degree Program JAMES L. SHEA MAGGIE REITZ PAUL L. VANCE Occupational Therapy COLLIN WOJCIECHOWSKI, Student Regent Post-Professional Degree Program DIANE WOOD GRADUATE STUDIES COMMITTEE Organizational Change KATHY OGLE MARCIE WEINSTEIN SUSAN RADIUS Physician Assistant Studies College of Health Professions JAMES SMITH STEVEN LEV Professional Studies SANDY SPITZER GEOFFREY BECKER The Jess and Mildred Fisher College of Professional Writing Science and Mathematics BARBARA LASTER ELIZABETH KATZ STEVE MOGGE MARLANA PORTOLANA Reading Education College of Liberal Arts SARAH HAINES BARIN NAG Science Education College of Business and Economics SUSAN BARTELS PATRICK ROULET School Psychology College of Fine Arts TODD KENREICH JANET DELANY, ex officio Secondary Education DEBBIE NOLAN, ex officio MICHAEL J. KORZI LISA JACKSON Social Science Graduate Student Association, President LORI A. JACKMAN ZACHARY MIKLOS Special Education Graduate Student Association, Vice President KAREN FALLON ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY 367 Graduate Faculty 2012-2013

The date in parenthesis following the listing of each person is the date of first appointment in the university.

MARIA ALEGRE-GONZALEZ, Assistant ALBERT E. AVERY, Professor, Finance; B.S., Professor, Foreign Languages; B.A., M.A., M.S. and Ph.D., Purdue University (1993) Ph.D., Universidad Autonoma of Madrid, SHIVA AZADEGAN, Professor, Computer Spain (2005) and Information Sciences; B.S., University of DANIEL AGLEY, Associate Professor, Health Tulsa; M.S., Ph.D., University of Minnesota Science; B.S., M.S., Indiana University; (1992) Ed.D., University of Maryland (1971) HOWARD BAETJER JR., Lecturer, MEG ALGREN, Associate Professor, APR, Economics; B.A., Princeton University; Communication Management; B.S., Ohio Ph.D., George Mason University (1997) University; M.A., Cleveland State University; PETER N. BAKER JR., Professor, English; Ph.D., Kent State University (1997) A.B., Harvard College; M.A., Johns Hopkins NADIM ALKHAROUF, Associate Professor, University; Ph.D., Brown University (1989) Computer and Information Sciences; B.S., SEAN BAKER, Director, Mass Communication M.S., Yarmouk University; Ph.D., George Studies Graduate Program; Associate Mason University (2006) Professor, Mass Communication and PATRICIA ALT, Professor, Health Science; Communication Studies; B.A., University of A.B., Duke University; M.A., Ph.D., Minnesota; M.S., Michigan State University; University of North Carolina (1987) Ph.D., University of Washington (2001) BESS ALTWERGER, Professor, Educational JENNIFER BALLENGEE, Assistant Chair, Technology and Literacy; B.A., State English; B.A., Emory University; M.A., University of New York at Stony Brook; University of Georgia; Ph.D., Emory M.A., Jersey City State College; Ed.D., University (2001) University of Arizona (1989) ELLEN BALLOCK, Assistant Professor, MOSTAFA S. AMINZADEH, Professor, Elementary Education; B.S., Florida State Mathematics; Graduate Program Director, University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State Applied and Industrial Mathematics; B.S., University (2007) Pahlavi University, Iran; M.S., California DAVID BALLOU, Associate Professor, Music; State University; Ph.D., Oregon State B.M., Berklee College of Music; M.A., University (1988) University of New Hampshire (2004) LENA AMPADU, Associate Professor, English; HONI J. BAMBERGER, Professor, B.A., Howard University; M.A., American Mathematics; B.S., M.Ed., Ph.D., University University; Ph.D., University of Maryland of Maryland, College Park (2002) (1976) CECYLIA BARCZYK, Professor, Music; JAMES M. ANTHONY, Associate Professor, B.M., M.M., Warsaw Conservatory; Music; B.A., University of Arkansas; M.A., Postgraduate diploma, Moscow Ph.D., University of Michigan (1968) Conservatory; M.M., Yale University (1983) TRICIA ASHBY-SCABIS, Clinical Assistant CELIA BARDWELL-JONES, Assistant Faculty, Audiology, Speech-Language Professor, Women’s and Gender Studies; Pathology and Deaf Studies AuD., Arizona Graduate Program Director, B.S., University School of Health Sciences (2009) of Utah; M.A., Ph.D., University of Oregon ELIZABETH AUSTIN, Assistant Professor, (2007) Nursing; B.S., University of the State of NY; M.S., Ph.D., Binghamton University (2006) 368 ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY

KENT B. BARNES, Associate Professor, VENESSA BEAUCHAMP, Assistant Professor, Geography and Environmental Planning; Biological Sciences; B.A., University of B.S., Lock Haven State College; M.A., Kent California-Irvine; Ph.D., Arizona State State University; Ph.D., Rutgers, The State University (2008) University of New Jersey (1990) HARALD BECK, Associate Professor, Biology; JACQUELINE M. BARNETT, Assistant M.S., University of Erlanger Nuremberg, Professor, Mass Communication and Germany; Ph.D., University of Miami (2005) Communication Studies; B.A., York College; GEOFFREY BECKER, Professor, English; M.A., Millersville University; Ph.D., Graduate Program Director, Professional Pennsylvania State University (2008) Writing; B.A., Colby College; M.F.A., CHRISTINA B. BARRICK, Associate University of Iowa Writers’ Workshop Professor, Nursing; B.S., Towson University; (2000) M.S. University of Maryland, Baltimore; CARL BEHM III, Professor, English; B.A., Ph.D., University of Maryland, College Park M.A., Ph.D., University of Maryland (1972) (1979) ERIC A. BELGRAD, Professor, Political REIZELIE BARRETO-ESPINO, Assistant Science; B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Johns Hopkins Professor, Physics, Astronomy and University (1966) Geosciences; B.S., University of Puerto Rico; DAVID BERGMAN, Professor, English; A.B., M.S., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State (2009) Kenyon College; M.A., Ph.D., Johns SUSAN BARTELS, Professor, Psychology; Hopkins University (1977) Graduate Program Director, School TERRY R. BERKELEY, Professor, Early Psychology; B.A., University of Michigan; Childhood Education; B.A., The Citadel; M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia (1997) M.A., University of North Carolina at CHRISTOPHER E. BARTLETT, Professor, Chapel Hill; Ed.D., Harvard University Art; Gallery Director; Art. Cert. Ed., St. (1995) Paul’s College, England; B.Ed. Bristol ELIZABETH BERQUIST, Lecturer, Special University, England; M.F.A., Syracuse Education; B.A., Washington College; M. University (1974) Ed. Towson University (2008) CELIA BASSICH, Clinical Associate Faculty JAMES BINKO, Professor, Secondary and Graduate Program Director, Audiology, Education; B.S., Towson University; M.A., Speech-Language Pathology and Deaf Ph.D., University of Maryland (1962) Studies; B.A., M.A., Catholic University of ROBERT W. BLAKE JR., Associate Professor, America; Ph.D., University of Maryland, Elementary Education; Graduate Program College Park (2004) Director, MAT in Elementary Education; JOANNA BASURAY, Professor, Nursing; B.S., B.S., State University of New York, Albany; M.S. University of Oklahoma; Ph.D. MAT, Brown University; Ph.D., The University of Maryland (1987) University of Illinois at Chicago (1997) JAN BAUM, Professor, Art, Studio; B.F.A., GARRY BOLAN, Lecturer, Mass Beaver College; M.F.A., University of Communication and Communication Massachusetts at Dartmouth (2000) Studies; B.S., Towson University; M.A., NANCY BEARSS, Clinical Assistant Professor, Ohio University (1999) Physician Assistant Studies; B.S., Bucknell HANA BOR, Associate Professor, Family University; M.P.H., Johns Hopkins Studies and Community Development; University (2004) Graduate Program Director, Jewish JEANINE BEATTY, Assistant Professor, Communal Service and Jewish Education; Educational Technology and Literacy; B.A., M.A., University of Judaism; Ph.D., M.A. Boston College; PhD candidate, Baltimore Hebrew University (2009) Rutgers University (2012) SERGIY BORODACHOV, Assistant Professor, Mathematics; B.S., M.S., Dnepropetrovsk University, Ukraine; Ph.D., Vanderbilt University (2008) ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY 369

ANDREA BOUCHER, Professor, Kinesiology; AMANDA BURNHAM, Assistant Professor, M.Ed., Western Washington University; Art; B.A., Harvard University; M.F.A., Yale Ph.D., University of Maryland, College Park University (2007) (1970) KATHLEEN BURR Lecturer, MAT B.S. RAOUF N. BOULES, Professor and Chair, Bucknell University; M.Ed. Loyola Mathematics; B.S., M.S., Alexandria University; CAS Johns Hopkins University University, Egypt; Ph.D., The Catholic (1993) University of America (1990) CHRISTOPHER CAIN, Associate Professor, SUZANNE S. BOURDESS, Lecturer, English; B.A., University of Georgia; M.A., Educational Technology and Literacy; B.S., University of Tennessee, Knoxville; Ph.D., York College of Pennsylvania; M.S., Towson Indiana University, Bloomington (2003) University (1999) PHILIP CANTER, Adjunct Professor, JAMES BRAMAN, Lecturer, Computer and Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal Information Sciences; B.S., M.S., Towson Justice; B.A., University of Maryland University (2007) Baltimore County; M.A., Morgan State BETHANY BRAND, Professor, Psychology; University (1987) B.A., University of Michigan; M.A., Ph.D., CLAUDIA CARLSON, Lecturer, Special University of Maryland (1993) Education; B.A., M.A., Fort Hays State JESSICA BRAUNSTEIN, Associate Professor, University (2004) Kinesiology; B.S., M.E.S.S., Ph.D., University CAROL A. CARONNA, Assistant Professor, of Florida (2006) Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal NADINE BRAUNSTEIN, Assistant Professor, Justice; B.A., University of California-Irvine; Office of Collaborative Programs; B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Stanford University (2002) Drexel University; M.S., MGH Institute of VERNA BENNER CARSON, Associate Health Profession; Ph.D., Boston University Professor, Nursing; B.S., University of (2009) Maryland; M.S., University of Maryland KATHERINE BROADWATER, Assistant Baltimore; Ph.D., University of Maryland Professor, Art; Director, Art Education; (1990) B.A., Capital University; M.A., Towson LILLIAN C. CARTER, Associate Professor, University; Ph.D., Union Institute and Health Science; B.A., MAT, University of University (2002) South Carolina; Ph.D., Temple University LEONIE BROOKS, Associate Professor, (1988) Psychology; B.A., State University of New MARY W. CARTER, Associate Professor, York at Stony Brook; M.S., Ph.D., Virginia B.A., Flagler College; M.A., Western Illinois Commonwealth University (1995) University; Ph.D., University of CHERYL BROWN, Associate Professor, Massachusetts, Boston (2000) English; B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of TOM CASCELLA, Professor, Theatre Arts; Texas (1999) M.F.A., Yale University (1980) JUSTIN BUCKINGHAM, Professor, THOMAS CASCIERO, Professor, Theatre Psychology; Graduate Program Director, Arts; B.A., Towson State University; C.M.A., Experimental Psychology; B.A., Siena Laban Institute; Ph.D., The Union Institute College; M.A., SUNY Cortland; Ph.D., (1990) Ohio University (2000) RYAN E. CASEY, Associate Professor, RACHEL BURKS-REA, Professor, Physics, Chemistry; B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Astronomy and Geosciences; B.S., University Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Clemson of New Orleans; M.A., Ph.D., University of University (2000) Texas-Austin (1989) ISABEL CASTRO-VAZQUEZ, Assistant MARK BULMER, Assistant Professor, Professor, Foreign Languages; B.A., Biology; B.S., University of Edinburgh; Universidade da Coruna; M.A., Ph.D., Ph.D., University of Connecticut (2008) Florida State University (2004) 370 ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY

CYNTHIA CATES, Professor, Political FREDERICK COGSWELL, Lecturer, MAT; Science; Ph.D., University of Maryland, B.S., Towson University, M.Ed., Loyola College Park (1993) University (1969) MARK CHACHICH, Lecturer, Psychology; JACK COLE, Lecturer, Secondary Education; B.M., University of Miami; M.A., Towson B.A., The Catholic University of America; University; Ph.D., University of South MAT, Wayne State University; Ph.D., Carolina (2006) University of Maryland (2002) SURANJAN CHAKRABORTY, Assistant SAMUEL G. COLLINS, Assistant Professor, Professor, Computer and Information Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal Sciences; B.S., Calcutta University, India Justice; B.A., Rice University; M.A., Ph.D., (2008) American University (1999) GREGORY CHASSON, Assistant Professor, PHILLIP COLLISTER, Associate Professor, Psychology; B.A., University of California Music; B.A., Marycrest College, Santa Barbara; M.A., Ph.D., University of Northwestern University; D.M.A., Houston (2010) University of Maryland (1998) MATTHEW S. CHAMBERS, Associate BRENDA E. CONLEY, Clinical Assistant Professor, Economics; B.A., Wabash College; Professor, Instructional Leadership and M.S., Ph.D., Florida State University (2003) Professional Development; B.S., M.S. DIANA CHENG, Assistant Professor, Morgan State University; Ed.D., The George Mathematics; B.S., Massachusetts Institute Washington University. of Technology; Ed.M., Harvard Graduate ADAM J. CONOVER, Lecturer, Computer School of Education; Ed.D., Boston Science; B.S., Edinboro University of University (2011) Pennsylvania; M.S., D.Sc., Towson JOHN CHOLLET, Professor, Mathematics; University (2008) B.A., University of California, Berkeley; LINDA COOPER, Assistant Professor, M.A., San Francisco State University; Ph.D., Mathematics; B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University University of California, Santa Barbara of Maryland, College Park (2005) (1983) RITA COSTA GOMES, Assistant Professor, SUCK CHOI, Assistant Professor, Philosophy History; B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Universidade and Religious Studies; B.A., M.S., Seoul Nova de Lisboa (2004) University, Ph.D., University at Buffalo DONNA COX, Professor, Health Science; (2006) B.A., M.S., Ph.D., University of Maryland, ROSE ANN CHRISTIAN, Associate Professor, Baltimore County (1996) Philosophy and Religious Studies; B.A., LISA CRABTREE, Assistant Professor, Wells College; Ph.D., University of Occupational Therapy and Occupational Pennsylvania (1986) Science; B.S., Utica College of Syracuse ALAN CLARDY, Professor and Program University; M.S., Syracuse University; Ph.D. Director, Psychology and Human Resource Nova Southeastern University (2009) Development; B.A., University of Houston; LENEIDA CRAWFORD, Professor and Chair, M.A., Southern Illinois University; Ph.D., Music; B.S., Virginia Commonwealth University of Maryland, College Park (1998) University; M.A., California State University- ELIZABETH JOYCE CLIFFORD, Associate Fresno; D.M.A., University of Maryland Professor, Sociology, Anthropology and (1996) Criminal Justice; B.A., University of JODY HERBERT CRIPPS, Assistant Professor, Toronto; M.A., Ph.D., Northwestern Audiology, Speech-Language Pathology and University (2000) Deaf Studies; B.A., Gallaudet University; MARION J. COCKEY, Assistant Professor, M.A., Ph.D., University of Arizona (2008) Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal KERI-ANNE CROCE, Assistant Professor, Justice; A.B., Randolph-Macon Women’s Elementary Education; B.A., Boston College; M.A., University of Tennessee University, M.A., Ph.D., Arizona State (1969) University (2007) ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY 371

N. HEATHER CROWE, Clinical Assistant JOSHUA DeMONTE, Assistat Professor, BFA Professor, Kinesiology; B.S., Frostburg State Tyler School of Art, MFA Tyler School of University; M.Ed., University of New Art Orleans; Ph.D., Ohio State University (2002) BRYAN DEVAN, Associate Professor, BRUCE DAMASIO, Lecturer, MAT; AB Psychology; B.Sc., M.A., Towson State Grove City College, M.Ed. McDaniel University; Ph.D., McGill University (2005) College, M.S. Johns Hopkins University TRUDY COBB DENARD, Associate Dean, (1988) College of Fine Arts and Communication; JANESE DANIELS, Assistant Professor, Early Associate Professor, Dance; B.S., Eastern Childhood Education; B.S., Morgan State Michigan University; M.F.A., University of University; M.A., University of Maryland, Michigan (2004) Baltimore County; Ph.D., University of ELIZABETH DICEMBRE, Lecturer, Maryland (2004) Educational Technology and Literacy; B.A., DARUSH DAVANI, Professor, Computer and Towson State University; M.Ed., Goucher Information Sciences; B.S., University of College; Ed.D, John Hopkins University Gondishapour; B.S., M.S., D.Sc., George CHARLES DIERBACH, Associate Professor, Washington University (1985) Computer and Information Sciences; B.S., PHIL DAVIS, Assistant Professor, Art Studio; Ithaca College; M.S., Ph.D., University of B.F.A.; Syracuse University; M.F.A.; Delaware (1991) University of Maryland, Baltimore County JAMES E. DILISIO, Professor, Geography and (2009) Environmental Planning; B.S., Salem State; AYSE DAYI, Assistant Professor, Women’s and M.A., Wayne State University; Ph.D., Gender Studies; B.S., Bogazici University, University of Oklahoma (1975) Istanbul; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State CHRISTOPHER DILLON, Lecturer, Music; University (2006) B.M., M.M., D.M.A., Peabody Institute of MICHAEL DECKER, Professor, Music; B.A., the John Hopkins University (2008) Millersville State College; B.S., Towson DIANE DIVEN, Lecturer, Special Education; University; M.M., Peabody Conservatory of B.S., Frostburg University; M.S., Johns Johns Hopkins University (1977) Hopkins University (2009) JOSH DEHLINGER, Assistant Professor, FRANCES DONALDSON, Lecturer, MAT; Computer and Information Sciences; B.S., B.A., M.S., State University of New York University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., Iowa State (2007) University (2008) JAMES A. DORN, Professor, Economics; B.S., JANET DELANY, Dean, Graduate Studies; Canisius College; Ph.D., University of Professor, Occupational Therapy and Virginia (1976) Occupational Science; B.A., Immaculata MICHAEL DOWNS, Assistant Professor, College; Certification OT, University of English; B.A., University of Arizona; M.F.A., Pennsylvania; M.S., University of Notre University of Arkansas (2007) Dame; D.Ed., Pennsylvania State University MARISA DUDIAK, Lecturer, Early Childhood (1999) Education; B.S., Towson University; M.S., SAMUEL DELLAVECCHIA, Lecturer, Johns Hopkins University (2007) Instructional Leadership and Professional ALFEDA DUDLEY-SPONAUGLE, Clinical Development; B.A., Catholic University of Assistant Professor, Computer and America; MBA, Loyola College; J.D., Information Sciences; B.S., M.G.A., University of Baltimore (2005) University of Maryland, College Park; BARBARA DEMCHICK, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., University of Maryland Baltimore Occupational Therapy and Occupational County (2000) Science; B.S., University of Pennsylvania; M.S., Towson University (2004) 372 ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY

KAREN DUGGER, Professor and Chair, TERRY B. EWELL, Professor, Music; B.M., Women’s and Gender Studies; Director, M.M., Ph.D., University of Washington National Center for Curriculum (2000) Transformation Resources on Women; B.A., CHARLOTTE E. EXNER, Dean, College of Ph.D., Kent State University (1999) Health Professions; B.S., Ohio State MARIANNE DUNN, Assistant Professor, University; M.S., Johns Hopkins University; Psychology; B.A. University of Notre Dame; Ph.D., University of Maryland (1982) Ph.D. University of Maryland (2011) NICOLE FABRICANT, Assistant Professor, MATTHEW DURINGTON, Assistant Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal Professor, Sociology, Anthropology and Justice; B.A., Mount Holyoke College; Criminal Justice; B.A., University of Texas- Ph.D., Northwestern University (2010) Austin; M.A., Ph.D., Temple University KAREN FALLON, Associate Professor, (2004) Audiology, Speech-Language Pathology and Philippe Duverger, Assistant Professor, Deaf Studies; B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Pennsylvania Marketing; MBA Athabasca University; State University Ph.D., George Washington University BRIAN D. FATH, Professor, Biological JOHN EGGER, Professor, Economics; B.S., Sciences; B.S., Miami University; M.S., Ohio Cornell University; Ph.D., New York State University; Ph.D., University of University (1987) Georgia (2001) ELANA HERLICH, Assistant Professor, MARGARET E. FAULKNER, Associate Biology; B.S., University of Massachusetts, Professor, Kinesiology and Psychology; B.S., Boston; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University West Chester State College; Ed.D., University (2011) of Northern Colorado (1970) MICHAEL A. ELLIOTT, Assistant Professor, JINJUAN FENG, Associate Professor, Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal Computer and Information Sciences; B.A., Justice; B.A., M.A., San Jose University; Huazhong University of Science, P.R., Ph.D., Emory University (2008) China, Ph.D., University of Maryland, DIANA C. EMANUEL, Professor and Chair, Baltimore County (2005) Audiology, Speech-Language Pathology and KATHARINE FERNSTROM, Adjunct Deaf Studies; B.S., Towson University; M.S., Professor, Sociology, Anthropology and Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University (1994) Criminal Justice; B.A., University of LUIS C. ENGELKE, Professor, Music; Massachusetts, Amherst; M.A., Southern Graduate Program Director, Music; B.M., Illinois University; Ph.D., Southern Illinois B.M.E., Florida State University; M.A., University; (2002) M.M., Ohio State University; D.M.A., DARLENE FEWSTER, Associate Professor, Arizona State University (1999) Special Education; B.A., University of KAREN GOLDRICH ESKOW, Professor and Maryland, Baltimore County; M.A., Loyola Chair, Family Studies and Community College; Ed.D., Johns Hopkins University Development; Graduate Program Director, (1992) Family Studies; B.S., University of JEN FIG, Assistant Professor Pennsylvania; M.A., Towson University; JONATHAN FILER, Associate Professor, Ph.D., University of Maryland (1989) Physics, Astronomy and Geosciences; B.S., CHRISTOS C. EVANGELIOU, Professor, Haverford College; M.S., Ph.D., University Philosophy and Religious Studies; B.A., of North Carolina at Chapel Hill (1998) University of Athens; M.A., Ph.D., Emory BENJAMIN FISHER, Assistant Professor, University (1986) History; B.A., University of Toronto; M.A., KENNON EVANS, Lecturer, Special University of Toronto; M.A., University of Education; B.S., M.Ed., Middle Tennessee Pennsylvania; Ph.D., University of State University (2005) Pennsylvania (2011) ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY 373

VICTOR B. FISHER, Associate Professor, JONATHAN S. GAINES, Assistant Professor, Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal Justice; B.A., Bucknell University (1961) Justice; B.S., Pennsylvania State College; SUSAN FLAHERTY, Associate Professor, M.A., Bowling Green State University; Department of Finance; B.S., Pennsylvania Ph.D., Temple University (2010) State University; M.A., University of M. PAZ GALUPO, Professor, Psychology; Delaware; Ph.D., Florida State University B.A., Miami University; M.A., Ph.D., (2006) University of Arkansas (1996) SHANI FLEMING, Clinical Assistant WHITNEY C. GARCIA, Senior Lecturer, Professor, Physician Assistant Program; B.S., Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal University of Maryland; M.S., George Justice; B.S., Towson State University; M.A., Washington University Ph.D., University of Maryland, Baltimore MARIA P. FRACASSO, Professor, Psychology; County (2005) B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Fordham University SUSANNA GARFEIN, Assistant Professor, (1994) Philosophy and Religious Studies; Graduate MARTIN FREEDMAN, Professor, Program Director, Jewish Studies; B.A., Accounting; Graduate Program Director, University of Georgia; M.A., Ph.D., Johns Accounting and Business Advisory Services; Hopkins University (2004) B.S., State University of New York at DEBORAH GARTLAND, Professor, Special Buffalo; M.S., University of Pennsylvania; Education; B.S.E., Westfield State College; Ph.D., University of Illinois (2000) M.Ed., North Adams State College; Ph.D., BARRY FREUNDEL, Associate Professor; Pennsylvania State University (1986) Philosophy & Religious Studies; B.A., M.S., GAIL E. GASPARICH, Associate Dean, Fisher Yeshiva University; Ph.D., Baltimore College of Science and Mathematics; Hebrew University Professor, Biological Sciences; B.S., College LARRY FROMAN, Professor, Psychology and of William and Mary; Ph.D., Pennsylvania Human Resource Development; B.A., City State University (1996) College of New York; M.A., Ph.D., Wayne GEORGE C. GEORGIOU, Professor, State University (1980) Economics; B.A., Drew University; Ph.D., JACK FRUCHTMAN JR., Professor, Political George Washington University (1995) Science; B.A., Hobart College; M.A., CYNTHIA GHENT, Assistant Professor, University of California; Ph.D., Johns Biological Sciences; B.S., M.S.; Towson Hopkins University (1985) University; Ph.D., University of Maryland WOLFGANG FUCHS, Professor, Philosophy CINDY GISSENDANNER, Professor, and Religious Studies; B.S., Duquesne History; A.B., Vassar College; Ph.D., University; M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University of Pennsylvania (1987) University (1969) BARRY GITTLEN, Professor, Philosophy and KARL FUGELSO, Associate Professor, Art; Religious Studies; Director, Jewish Studies B.A., University of Virginia; M.A., M.Phil., Minor; Ph.B., Wayne State University; Ph.D., Columbia University (2000) Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania (1977) BONNIE FULLER, Clinical Assistant BRIAN J. GORMAN, Assistant Professor, Professor, Nursing; B.S.N., University of Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal Indianapolis; M.S.N., Indiana University Justice; B.A., Stony Brook University; M.A., CHRISTOPHER GAINES, Assistant Professor, Dublin, Ireland; J.D., New York Law (2006) Audiology, Speech-Language Pathology and SHARON GLENNEN, Professor, Audiology, Deaf Studies. AUD/Ph.D. East Carolina Speech-Language Pathology and Deaf University (2012) Studies; B.S., M.S., Purdue University; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University (1998) 374 ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY

T. ELIZABETH GOODE, Associate Professor, MARCEL HALL, Lecturer, Early Childhood Mathematics; B.S., Excelsior College; MAT, Education; M.Ed., Loyola University; B.S., New York State University College at Coppin University Cortland; Ph.D., SUNY at Binghamton BETH HALLER, Professor, Mass (2002) Communication and Communication GEOFFREY R. GOODSON, Professor, Studies; B.A., Baylor University; M.A., Mathematics; B.Sc., Hull University, UK; University of Maryland; Ph.D., Temple M.Sc., Warwick University, UK; Ph.D., University (1996) University of Sussex (1989) ROBERT HAMMELL, Associate Professor, JOHN M. GOVERN, Professor, Psychology; Computer and Information Sciences; B.S., B.S., Albright College; M.A., Ph.D., Temple Arkansas State University; M.S., Air Force University (1989) Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Wright State SHEILA GREEN, Clinical Assistant Professor, University (2001) Nursing; B.S., Tuskegee Institute of Nursing; SETH HAMMER, Professor, Accounting; M.S., University of Maryland, Baltimore; B.S., Syracuse University; MBA, Baruch Ph.D. University of Maryland Baltimore College, City University of New York; County (2002) Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh; CPA, states SUSAN E. GRESENS, Associate Professor, of Md., N.Y., N.J. (1994) Biological Sciences; B.S., State University of CHAODONG HAN, Assistant Professor, New York College at Oneonta; M.S., e-Business and Technology Management; University of Wisconsin-Madison; Ph.D., B.A., Georgetown University; MBA, Ph.D., University of Chicago (1995) University of Maryland (2009) JENNIFER GRESHAM, Adjunct Professor, GE HAN, Associate Professor, Mathematics; Forensic Science; B.A., UMBC; M.F.S., B.S., Beijing University, China; M.S., Towson University Zhejiang, China; Ph.D., University of JUDITH GUERRERO, Associate Professor, Pittsburgh (2003) Early Childhood Education; B.S., University SUSAN HANSON, Lecturer, Secondary of Rhode Island; MAT, Rhode Island Education; B.S., M.Ed., Towson University College; Ph.D., University of Kansas (2003) Toni Guidi, Lecturer, Special Education; JOSEPH HARANT, Adjunct Professor, B.S., Binghamton University; M.S., Hofstra Forensic Science; B.S. Towson State College University (2004) JUDY HARRIS, Associate Professor and PHUOC HA, Assistant Professor, Physics, Chair, Marketing; B.B.A., Ph.D., University Astronomy and Geosciences; B.S., Hue of Houston (2006) University; M.S., Ph.D, University of THEODORE R. HAYNIE, Lecturer, Wisconsin Instructional Leadership and Professional H. GEORGE HAHN II, Professor, English; Development; B.S., Bowie State University; Graduate Program Director, Humanities; M.Ed., University of Maryland; Ed.D., B.S., Mount St. Mary’s College; M.A., George Washington University (2008) University of Maryland; M.L.A., Johns DAVID HEARN, Assistant Professor, Biology; Hopkins University; Ph.D., University of B.A., Carleton College; M.A., Ph.D., Maryland (1965) University of Arizona (2009) SARAH A. HAINES, Associate Professor, RONALD HERMAN, Assistant Professor, Biological Sciences; Graduate Program Physics, Astronomy and Geosciences; B.S., Director, Science Education; B.A., Bucknell M.A., West Virginia University; Ed.D., University; M.A., Salisbury State University; Morgan State University (2008) M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia (2000) DIANE HALL, Assistant Professor, Family JAY HERZOG, Professor and Chair, Theatre Studies and Community Development; B.A., Arts; B.A., Brooklyn College; M.F.A., Ph.D., University of Maryland, Baltimore University of Massachusetts, Amherst (1994) County ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY 375

EVA JACKSON HESTER, Associate Professor, LORI A. JACKMAN, Assistant Professor, Audiology, Speech-Language Pathology and Special Education; B.S., University of Deaf Studies; B.S., Texas Woman’s Connecticut; M.S., C.A.S., Towson University; University; M.S., San Francisco State M.A., Ed.D., Johns Hopkins University (2008) University; Ph.D., University of Maryland, BHARAT JAIN, Professor, Finance; B.S., Delhi College Park (1992) College of Engineering; MBA, Ph.D., MICHAEL E. HICKEY, Naomi Price Hentz Pennsylvania State University (1992) Distinguished Professor, Instructional HAIG JANIAN, Professor, Art; B.A., M.F.A., Leadership and Professional Development; Rutgers University (1970) B.A., B.S., Ph.D., University of Washington- DONNA JANNEY, Assistant Professor, Seattle (1999) Special Education; B.S., Towson State DAVID HILL, Lecturer, Special Education; University; M.A., West Virginia University; B.S., University of Maryland, College Park; Ph.D., University of Arizona (2009) M.Ed., Coppin State College (2006) GERALD JEROME, Associate Professor, J. SCOTT HILBERG, Clinical Assistant Kinesiology; B.A., Oglethorpe University; Professor, Computer and Information M.S., University of Arizona; Ph.D., Sciences; B.A., Towson State University; University of Illinois (2006) M.A.S., Johns Hopkins University; Ed.D., HUA JIANG, Assistant Professor, Mass Wilmington University (2009) Communication and Communication MATTHEW HODDIE, Associate Professor, Studies; B.A., M.F.A., Rutgers University Political Science; B.A., Boston University; (2009) Ph.D., University of California at Davis LIJUN JIN, Associate Professor, Elementary (2001) Education; B.A., M.A., Shanghai Teachers KATHERINE HOLMAN, Assistant Professor, College; Ed.D., Indiana University of Special Education; B.A., M.A., University of Pennsylvania (2000) Kansas; Ph.D., University of Maryland CRAIG T. JOHNSON, Professor, Psychology; (2009) B.A., University of Wisconsin; M.A., Ph.D., ELLEN HONDROGIANNIS, Assistant Johns Hopkins University (1974) Professor, Chemistry; B.S., Bowling Green IONA JOHNSON, Clinical Assistant Faculty, State University; Ph.D., University of Audiology, Speech-Language Pathology and Tennessee (2008) Deaf Studies; B.S., George Washington SUNGCHUL HONG, Associate Professor, University; M.S., Loyola College (2002) Computer and Information Sciences; B.S., L. SCOTT JOHNSON, Professor, Biological Soongsil University; M.S., Ph.D., University Sciences; B.A., St. Olaf College; M.A., of Texas at Dallas (2002) Northern Arizona University; Ph.D., XUEZHANG (JOHN) HOU, Associate University of Calgary (1994) Professor, Mathematics; M.S., Northeast CYNTHIA KALODNER, Professor, Normal University, China; Ph.D., Oakland Psychology; B.A., Rutgers University; M.S., University (2000) Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University (2002) MARION R. HUGHES, Sociology, GAIL KAPLAN, Professor, Mathematics; Anthropology and Criminal Justice; B.A., B.A., Goucher College; M.S., Ph.D., State Franklin & Marshal College; M.A., Ph.D., University of New York, Stony Brook University of North Carolina (1998) (2004) SHELLY SOLOMON HUGGINS, Lecturer, RAMESH K. KARNE, Professor, Computer Educational Technology and Literacy; B.S., and Information Sciences; Graduate Salisbury University; M.Ed., Towson Program Director, Applied Information University; Ed.D., Morgan State University Technology; B.E., Osmania University, (2000) India; M.S., University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., J. SUSAN ISAACS, Professor, Art; B.A., M.A., George Mason University (1995) Ph.D., University of Delaware (1993) 376 ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY

MARY KATSAFANAS, Lecturer, Elementary YANGGON KIM, Professor, Computer and Education; B.S., Towson University; M.S., Information Sciences; Graduate Program Johns Hopkins University (2004) Director, Computer Science; B.S., M.S., ELIZABETH C. KATZ, Assistant Professor, Seoul National University; Ph.D., Psychology; Graduate Program Director, Pennsylvania State University (1994) Clinical Psychology; B.A., University of MUBINA H. KIRMANI, Professor, Early Vermont; M.A., University of Delaware; Childhood Education; B.Ed., M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Texas at Austin (1998) University of Nairobi, Kenya; C.A.S., Ed.D., KIMBERLY KATZ, Associate Professor, Harvard University (1994) History; B.A., Emory University; M.A., WILLIAM KLEINSASSER, Professor, Music; Ph.D., New York University (2003) B.A., University of Oregon; M.M., D.M.A., SHOHREH KAYNAMA, Dean, College of Indiana University (1992) Business and Economics; Associate JAYE KNUTSON, Professor, Dance; B.S., Professor, Marketing and e-Business; B.A., University of Nevada, Las Vegas; M.A., Towson University; MBA, University of University of Hawaii, Manoa (2001) Baltimore; Ph.D., George Washington RAJESWARI M. KOLAGANI, Associate University (1989) Professor, Physics, Astronomy and SIDDHARTH KAZA, Assistant Professor, Geosciences; M.Sc., Birla Institute of Computer and Information Sciences; B.S., Technology and Science; Ph.D., Indian University of Delhi, India; M.S., Central Institute of Science (2001) Michigan University; Ph.D., University of ALEXEI KOLESNIKOV, Assistant Professor, Arkansas (2008) Mathematics; M.S., Novosibirsk University; TODD W. KENREICH, Associate Professor, M.S., Ph.D., Carnegie Mellon University Secondary Education; B.A., Georgetown (2007) University; M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State DANA D. KOLLMAN, Assistant Professor, University (2001) Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal VICKY KENT, Clinical Associate Professor, Justice; B.S., Towson State University; M.A., Community Health; B.S., William Carey Ph.D., American University (1998) College; M.S., Ph.D., University of CHRISTIAN KOOT, Professor, History; B.A., Maryland, Baltimore (1999) University of Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., JEFF KENTON, Assistant Professor, University of Delaware (2007) Educational Technology and Literacy; PEGGY KORCZAK, Associate Professor, Assistant Dean of Education, Instructional Audiology, Speech-Language Pathology and Technology; B.A., University of Iowa; M.S., Deaf Studies; B.A., University of Vermont; Ph.D., Iowa State University (2002) M.S., Columbia University; Ph.D., City HAE KYOUNG KIM, Assistant Professor, University of New York (2001) Early Childhood Education; B.A., M.A., MICHAEL J. KORZI, Professor, Political Ewha Women’s University, Korea; Ph.D., Science; Graduate Program Director, Social University of Florida (2009) Science; B.A., University of Pittsburgh, KWANGMI KIM, Associate Professor, Mass Johnstown; M.A., Pennsylvania State Communication and Communication University; Ph.D., State University of New Studies; B.A., M.A., Ewha Women’s York, Albany (1999) University, Korea; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State THOMAS KRAUSE, Associate Professor, University (2003) Physics, Astronomy and Geosciences; B.S., OHOE KIM, Professor, Mathematics; B.A., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Korean University; M.A., Ph.D., University Ph.D., Ohio State University (1976) of Rochester (1972) RICHARD M. KRACH, Professor, Mathematics; B.S., M.A., Ph.D., Ohio State University (1987) ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY 377

OLGA KRITSKAYA, Lecturer, Educational JONATHAN LAZAR, Professor, Computer Technology and Literacy; B.S., Technological and Information Sciences; B.B.A., Loyola University, Petersburg, Russia; M.A., College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Hertzen State Pedagogical University, Maryland, Baltimore (1999) Russia; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan State MARK LEE, Assistant Professor, Economics; University (2004) B.A., Yonsei University, Korea; Ph.D., KARLA KUBITZ, Associate Professor, Stanford University (2001) Kinesiology; B.A., University of West JONATHAN LESHNOFF, Professor, Music; Florida; M.S., University of Texas at Dallas; B.M., Peabody Conservatory; B.A., Johns Ph.D., Arizona State University (1997) Hopkins University; M.M., Peabody MARTHA J. KUMAR, Professor, Political Conservatory; D.M.A., University of Science; B.A., Connecticut College; M.A., Maryland (2001) Ph.D., Columbia University (1971) STEVEN LEV, Associate Professor, Physics, ANGEL KUMCHEV, Associate Professor, Astronomy and Geosciences; Graduate Mathematics; B.S., Plovdiv University, Program Director, Environmental Science; Bulgaria; Ph.D., University of South B.S., Dickinson College; M.S., University of Carolina (2005) Cincinnati; Ph.D., State University of New WILLIAM LAHNEMAN, Associate Professor, York at Stony Brook (2000) Political Science; B.S., Naval Academy; JOANNE LI, Professor and Chair, Finance; M.A., Naval Postgraduate School; Ph.D., B.S., M.S., Florida State University (2006) Johns Hopkins University (2006) QIAOLUAN LI, Visiting Assistant Professor, JENNIFER J. LANGDON, Lecturer, Mathematics; B.S., Wuhan University, Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal China; M.S., Colorado School of Mines; Justice; B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Maryland, College Park University of Baltimore; Ph.D., George (2009) Mason University (2005) XIAOLIN LI, Assistant Professor, e-Business JOHN S. LAPOLLA, Associate Professor, and Technology Management; B.A., Hunan Biological Sciences; B.S., Stockton College; Normal University, China; M.S., Ball State Ph.D., Rutgers University (2006) University; Ph.D., Kent State University JEFF A. LARSON, Assistant Professor, (2008) Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal HARVEY LILLYWHITE, Professor, English; Justice; B.A., Western Washington M.A., Columbia University, Ph.D., University; Ph.D., University of Arizona University of Utah (1984) (2009) XIAOMING LIU, Assistant Professor, MARY ELLEN C. LASHLEY, Associate Elementary Education; B.A., Yantai Teachers Professor, Nursing; R.N., B.S., Towson University, China; M.Ed., Ph.D., Texas Tech University; M.S., University of Maryland, University (2008) Baltimore; Ph.D., University of Maryland BOON H. LOO, Professor, Chemistry; B.S., (1986) M.S., Victoria University-Wellington, New BARBARA LASTER, Professor, Educational Zealand; M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois, Technology and Literacy; Graduate Program Chicago (2002) Director, Reading; B.S., University of RAYMOND P. LORION, Dean, College of Florida; M.S., Ohio University; Ed.D., Education; Professor, Instructional Virginia Polytechnic and State University Leadership and Professional Development; (1994) B.S., Tufts University; Ph.D., University of SONIA LAWSON, Associate Professor, Rochester (2004) Occupational Therapy and Occupational PAMELA LOTTERO-PERDUE, Assistant Science; Professional Program Director, Professor, Physics, Astronomy and Occupational Therapy; B.S., Towson Geosciences; B.M.E., M.Ed., Ph.D., University; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of University of Delaware (2006) Maryland, College Park (2005) 378 ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY

DAVID LOVEWELL, Lecturer, Instructional PRISCA A. MARTENS, Professor, Elementary Leadership and Professional Development; Education; B.A., M.Ed., Valparaiso B.S., West Virginia Wesleyan; M.E., Loyola University; Ph.D., University of Arizona University; Ed.D., Nova University (2001) (2001) CHAO LU, Professor, Computer Science; RAYMOND MARTENS, Associate Professor, B.A., Shandong University; M.S., Ph.D., Art; B.F.A., Minneapolis College of Art & City College of New York (1990) Design; M.A., Ed.D., Arizona State KANG SHOU LU, Assistant Professor, University (2005) Geography; B.S., M.S., Shaanxi Normal AMY CHASE MARTIN, Lecturer, Educational University; Ph.D., Clemson University Technology and Literacy; B.S., Syracuse (2005) University; M.S., Towson University (2009) DIANE LUCHESE, Associate Professor, CHARLES L. MARTIN, Professor, Music; B.M., Manhattan School of Music; Accounting; B.S., University of Maryland, M.M., New England Conservatory; Ph.D., College Park; M.S., George Washington Northwestern University (1999) University FRANCES D. LUTHER, Assistant Professor, LISA MARTINELLI BEASLEY, Clinical Educational Technology and Literacy; B.S., Assistant Professor, Family Studies and University of Regina; M.S., University of Community Development; B.A., University Alberta; Ph.D., University of Saskatchewan of Toledo; M.A., Pratt Institute (2006) (2001) GILDA MARTINEZ, Assistant Professor, NAOKO MAESHIBA, Associate Professor, Educational Technology and Literacy; B.S., Theatre Arts; B.A., M.A., Kwansai Gakuin University of Maryland, College Park; M.S., University; M.F.A., University of Hawaii, Ed.D., John Hopkins University (2006) Manda (2004) ANTOINETTE MARZOTTO, Professor, CRISTINA MAGALDI, Professor, Music; Political Science; B.A., University of B.A., University of Brasilia, Brazil; M.M., California; M.A., Ph.D., University of University of Reading, England; Ph.D., Connecticut (1975) University of California, Los Angeles (1998) M. LISA MASON, Lecturer, Early Childhood MICHELLE E. MANASSE, Assistant Education; B.S., University of Maryland; Professor, Sociology, Anthropology and M.Ed., C.A.S., Towson University (2008) Criminal Justice; B.A., Franklin & Marshall BRIAN S. MASTERS, Professor, Biological College; M.A., Ph.D., Emory University Sciences; B.S., Ph.D., University of Florida (2005) (1989) MAUREEN MANNING, Assistant Professor, JENEE MATEER, Assistant Professor, Art; Psychology B.A., University of Virginia; M.F.A., BARRY MARGULIES, Associate Professor, Maryland Institute College of Art (2007) Biological Sciences; B.S., Massachusetts JONATHAN MATTANAH, Professor, Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Johns Psychology; B.A., Yale University; M.A., Hopkins University School of Medicine Ph.D., University of California at Berkeley (2001) (1999) RITA D. MARINHO, Professor, Women’s and TONIA MATTHEWS, Associate Professor Gender Studies; Graduate Program Director, and M.F.A. Director, Art; B.F.A., Indiana Women’s and Gender Studies; B.A., University; M.F.A., Louisiana State University of Massachusetts-Dartmouth; University (1993) M.A., Ph.D., Brown University (2003) COY MAY, Professor, Mathematics; B.A., THOMAS J. MARONICK, Professor, University of Texas; M.A., University of Marketing; B.A., St. Thomas Seminary; California, Los Angeles; Ph.D., University of M.S., University of Denver; D.B.A., Texas (1979) University of Kentucky (1987) MEGHAN MAY, Assistant Professor, Biology; B.S., University of New Hampshire; M.S., Ph.D., University of Connecticut (2010) ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY 379

MELISSA McCABE, Assistant Professor, EVA MENGELKOCH, Associate Professor, Music; B.M., Simpson College; M.M., Music; Undergraduate Studies, Folkwang Ph.D., University of Missouri-Kansas City Hockshule; M.M., D.M., Indiana University (2008) (1999) ALISON McCARTNEY, Associate Professor, MARY BETH MERRYMAN, Professor, Political Science; B.A., Syracuse University; Occupational Therapy and Occupational M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia (2001) Science; B.S., Ohio State University; M.S., PAUL McCARTNEY, Associate Professor, Towson University; Ph.D., University of Political Science; B.A., Rutgers University; Maryland, Baltimore County (2002) M.A., Ph.D., University of Virginia (2006) CHARLES C. MEYER, Lecturer, Special GEORGE J. McCOOL, Associate Professor, Education; B.S., M.S., Towson State Foreign Languages; B.A., University of University (2005) Scranton; Licence es lettres, Universite de JIN MI, Assistant Professor, Mathematics; Reims; M.A., Ph.D., Cornell University B.A., Jiangxi University of Finance and (1990) Economics, China; M.Sc., Central University JIM McFALLS, Lecturer, Music; B.S., Califor- of Finance and Economics, China; Ph.D., nia Coast University University of Waterloo, Canada (2011) MICHAEL McGUIRE, Assistant Professor, STEPHEN MOGGE, Associate Professor, Computer and Information Sciences; B.S., Educational Technology and Literacy; Towson University; M.S., Ph.D., University Graduate Program Director, Reading; B.A., of Maryland, Baltimore County (2011) University of Illinois-Urbana; M.Ed., Ph.D., WAYNE McKIM, Professor, Geography and University of Illinois-Chicago (2002) Environmental Planning; B.A., M.A., JESSICA L. MOORE, Lecturer, Special Michigan State University; Ph.D., Education; B.A., Kutztown University; Northwestern University (1971) M.E., Towson University (2009) JOHN C. McLUCAS, Professor, Foreign JOEL MOORE, Assistant Professor, Physics, Languages; B.A., Wesleyan University; Astronomy and Geosciences; B.A., Wheaton M.A., Ph.D., Yale University (1984) College; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University AUDRA McMULLEN, Associate Professor, (2011) Mass Communication and Communication JOHN M. MORGAN III, Professor, Studies; B.A., Moorhead State University; Geography and Environmental Planning; M.A., Bowling Green State University; B.S., M.A., Towson University; Ph.D., Ph.D., Ohio University (1998) University of Maryland (1984) SCOT McNARY, Assistant Professor, BRUCE MORTENSON, Associate Professor, Educational Technology and Literacy; B.S., Psychology; B.A., SUNY Plattsburgh; M.A., Arizona State University; M.A., Ph.D., Psy.S., Gallaudet University; M.A., Ph.D., University of Maryland, College Park (2005) Louisiana State University (2000) MORNA M. McNULTY, Associate Professor, JENNIFER MOTT-SMITH, Assistant Elementary Education; B.A., M.A., Professor, Professional Writing; B.A., University of Connecticut; Ph.D., University Oberlin College; Ed.M., Ed.D., Harvard of Virginia (2002) University (2007) MOLLY MEE, Assistant Professor, Secondary TODD MOYER, Associate Professor, Education; B.A., University of Dayton; Mathematics; B.S., Shippensburg University; Ed.D., George Washington University M.S., Millersville University; Ed.D., Temple (2006) University (2003) GABRIELE MEISELWITZ, Associate ALICIA K. MUELLER, Associate Professor, Professor, Computer and Information Music; B.S., Tennessee Technological Sciences; B.S., Technical College of University; M.S., University of Illinois; D. Hamburg, Germany; M.S., Ed.D., Towson Ed., Arizona State University (2000) University (2005) 380 ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY

DENNIS C. MUNIAK, Associate Professor, ELIZABETH NEVILLE, Chair, Special Political Science; B.A., State University of Education; M.S., B.S., M.A., Towson New York at Buffalo; M.R.P., Ph.D., University; Ed.D., Johns Hopkins University Syracuse University (1989) (2008) GEOFFREY MUNRO, Professor, Psychology; JOSHUA I. NEWMAN, Assistant Professor, B.A., Edinboro University of Pennsylvania; Kinesiology; B.S., M.S., University of M.A., Ph.D., Kent State University (2002) Memphis; Ph.D., University of Maryland PAUL MUNROE, Associate Professor, (2005) Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal NHUNG NGUYEN, Assistant Professor, Justice; B.A., San Jose State University; Management; B.S., Hanoi University; M.S., A.M., Ph.D., Stanford University (2001) University of Tennessee; Ph.D., Virginia LYNNE MURPHY, Clinical Associate Commonwealth University (2005) Professor, Occupational Therapy and MARILYN L. NICHOLAS, Lecturer, Occupational Science; B.S., M.S. Towson Instructional Leadership and Professional University (1994) Development; A.B., Regis College; M.Ed., FEISAL MURSHED, Assistant Professor, Boston University; Ed.D., The George Marketing; B.C., M.B.A., University of Washington University Dhatka; MBA, Wright State University; SANDRA NICHOLS, Associate Professor, Ph.D., University of Pittsburg (2007) Mass Communication and Communication JOHN J. MURUNGI, Professor and Chair, Studies; B.A., John F. Kennedy University; Philosophy and Religious Studies; B.A., M.A., San Francisco University; Ph.D., Beloit College; M.A., Ph.D., Pennsylvania University of Wisconsin-Madison (2004) State University (1969) BORIS NIKOLOV, Adjunct Professor, BARINDRA N. NAG, Professor, e-Business Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal and Technology Management; B.Tech., M. Justice; B.A., Sofia University, Bulgaria; Tech., University of Calcutta (India); Ph.D., M.A., The New School for Research, New University of Maryland (1987) York; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University STEPHANIE NAGLE, Assistant Professor, (2004) Audiology, Speech-Language Pathology and HOWARD L. NIXON II, Professor, Sociology, Deaf Studies; B.A., Au.D., Ph.D., University Anthropology and Criminal Justice; B.A. of Connecticut (2010) Lehigh University; Ph.D., University of JANE NEAPOLITAN, Professor and Chair, Pittsburgh (1995) Instructional Leadership and Professional STEPHEN NUNNS, Assistant Professor and Development; B.A., Sacred Heart University; Graduate Program Director, Theatre Arts; M.S. University of Bridgeport; Ed.D., B.A., Bennington College; M.F.A., Brooklyn Columbia University (1999) College; Ph.D., New York, University (2009) JAY A. NELSON, Professor, Biological ELIZABETH O’HANLON, Lecturer, Special Sciences; B.A., B.S., University of Education; B.S., M.Ed., Ph.D., University of Washington; M.S., Ph.D., University of Maryland (2010) Wisconsin-Madison (1993) MICHAEL O’LEARY, Professor, Mathematics H. WAYNE NELSON JR., Professor, Health and Computer Science; Director, Center for Science; B.A., M.A., Portland State Applied Information Technology; Graduate University; M.A., California State University; Program Director, Applied Information MBA, City University; Ph.D., Oregon State Technology and Integrated Homeland University (1998) Security Management; B.S., Benedictine GLORIA NEUBERT, Professor, Secondary College; M.S., Ph.D., Northwestern Education; B.S., M.Ed., Towson University; University (1998) Ph.D., University of Maryland (1972) MICHAEL T. O’PECKO, Professor, Foreign Languages; B.A., Pennsylvania State University; M.A., Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University (1973) ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY 381

KATHLEEN T. OGLE, Assistant Professor GERALD PHILLIPS, Professor, Music; B.S., and Graduate Program Director, Nursing; Central Michigan University; M.A., B.S., M.S, Bowie State University; Ph.D., University of Cincinnati; Ph.D., Temple University of Maryland (2008) University (1971) JAMES OTTO, Associate Professor, e-Business REGINA PHILLIPS, Assistant Professor, and Technology Management; B.S., United Nursing; B.S.N., Villanova University; M.S., States Military Academy; M.S., Georgia University of Maryland, Baltimore; Ph.D., Institute of Technology; Ph.D., University of University of Maryland, College Park (2009) Kentucky (2003) STEVEN PHILLIPS, Professor, History; B.A., JAMES OVERDUIN, Assistant Professor, George Washington University; Ph.D., Physics, Astronomy and Geosciences; B.S., Georgetown University (1999) M.S., University of Waterloo; Ph.D., SUSAN E. PICINICH, Dean, College of Fine University of Victoria, Canada (2009) Arts and Communication; B.A., M.A., State DAVID OWNBY, Assistant Professor, University of New York at Albany; M.F.A., Chemistry; B.S., Davidson College; M.S., University of Michigan (2011) Clemson University; Ph.D., College of SHARMA N. PILLUTLA, Associate Professor, William and Mary (2007) Management; Chair, Department of STEPHEN PALLETT, Clinical Assistant e-Business and Technology Management; Faculty, Audiology, Speech-Language B.S., Institute of Technology; M.S., Pathology and Deaf Studies; B.A., University University of Bombay; Ph.D., Syracuse of Maryland; M.S., Towson University; University (1993) Au.D., University of Florida (2003) RONN PINEO, Professor, History; B.A., NEERAJ PAROLIA, Assistant Professor, California State University; M.A., Ph.D., e-Business and Technology Management; University of California, Irvine (1988) B.S., D.B.A., Technological University, India; SHARON M. PITCHER, Professor, M.S., Western Michigan University; Ph.D., Educational Technology and Literacy; B.S., University of Central Florida (2008) M.S., Towson University; Ed.D., University JEFF PASSE, Professor and Chair, Secondary of Maryland (2001) Education; B.A., SUNY, Alabama; M.Ed., PAUL POJMAN, Associate Professor, Ph.D., University of Florida (2009) Philosophy and Religious Studies; B.A., JAMES R. PAULSEN, Professor, Art; B.A., University of Mississippi; M.A., Ph.D., Western Illinois University; M.A., Northern Indiana University (2002) Illinois University (1969) TOBIN E. PORTERFIELD, Assistant FREDERICK J. PARENTE, Professor, Professor, Management; M.S., University of Psychology; B.A., California State University; Baltimore; Ph.D., University of Maryland M.A., Ph.D., University of New Mexico (2007) (1975) MARLANA PORTOLANO, Associate MARK PELLOWSKI, Associate Professor, Professor, English; B.A., University of St. Audiology, Speech-Language Pathology and Thomas; M.A., Ph.D., Catholic University Deaf Studies; B.A., University of Maine; of America (2003) M.S., Syracuse University; Ph.D., Vanderbilt JOAN PORTS, Visiting Assistant Professor, University (2002) Early Childhood Education; B.S., M.Ed., MOUSTAPHA PEMY, Assistant Professor, Towson University; Ed.D., Pennsylvania Mathematics; B.S., M.S., Universite de State University (2007) Yaounde; Ph.D., University of Georgia KAREN W. POTTASH, Clinical Administrator, (2006) Speech-Language Pathology, Audiology and SANDRA PEREZ, Assistant Professor, Dance; Deaf Studies; B.S., Towson University; B.A., State University of New York College; M.A., Case Western Reserve University M.A., University of Colorado (2006) (1999) 382 ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY

CAROLE POWELL, Lecturer, MAT; B.A., THOMAS RHOADS, Associate Professor, Towson State College; M.Ed., Loyola Economics; B.S., Lebanon Valley College; College (1994) Ph.D., University of Wyoming (1997) MARK PROFILI, Director, Forensic Science MARLENE RILEY, Clinical Associate Program, Chemistry; B.S., Towson State Professor, Occupational Therapy and College; M.S., George Washington Occupational Science; B.A., Towson University University; M.M.S., Loyola College (1994) DOUGLAS PRYOR, Professor, Sociology, JESSICA RING, Assistant Professor, Art; B.S., Anthropology and Criminal Justice; B.S., M.S., Kent State University (2006) M.A., Northern Arizona University; Ph.D., CECILIA RIO, Associate Professor, Women’s Indiana University (1988) and Gender Studies; B.S., Boston College; ROBYN QUICK, Professor, Theatre Arts; M.A., Ph.D., University of Massachusetts B.A., Western Maryland College; Ph.D., (2004) University of Michigan (1998) NICOLE DOMBROWSKI RISSER, Associate SUSAN M. RADIUS, Professor, Health Professor, History; B.A., University of Science; Graduate Program Director, Health Wisconsin-Madison; M.A., Ph.D., New Science; A.B.,Vassar College; M.Ed., York University (1998) Goucher College; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins MARTIN ROBERGE, Associate Professor, University (1981) Geography and Environmental Planning; LEA A. RAMSDELL, Associate Professor, B.S., Binghamton University; M.S., Foreign Languages; B.A., Clarke College; University of South Carolina; Ph.D., Arizona M.A., University of Iowa; M.A., University State University (1999) of Texas at Austin; Ph.D., University of New JAMES C. ROBERTS, Professor, Political Mexico (1999) Science; B.A., Ohio State University; M.A., ROSEMARY RAPPA, Visiting Professor, Ph.D., American University (1989) Special Education; B.A., University of ROLAND ROBERTS, Associate Professor, Maryland; M.S., CASE, John Hopkins Biological Sciences; B.S., M.S., Southwest University (2004) Texas State University; Ph.D., Louisiana HEATHER RASMUSSEN, Lecturer, Special State University (2002) Education; B.S., M.S., Towson State KAREN ROBERTSON, Professor, Elementary University (2010) Education; B.S., M.A., Ohio State University; KATHLEEN A. REILLY, Lecturer, Instructional Ph.D., University of Iowa (1999) Leadership and Professional Development; CANDACE GRAHAM ROBINSON, Clinical B.A., Michigan State University; M.A., Staff, Audiology, Speech-Language University of Maryland (2012) Pathology and Deaf Studies; B.S., M.S., AKIM REINHARDT, Associate Professor, Towson University; Au.D., University of History; B.A., University of Michigan; M.A., Florida (2008) Hunter College; Ph.D., University of DAVID ROBINSON, Lecturer, Educational Nebraska-Lincoln (2000) Technology and Literacy; B.A., University of S. MAGGIE REITZ, Professor and Chair, Maryland, Baltimore County; M.S., Towson Occupational Therapy and Occupational University (1989) Science; Director, Post-Professional Master’s GERALD D. ROBINSON, Professor, Degree Program, Occupational Science Biological Sciences; B.A., Lock Haven State Doctoral Program; B.S., M.S., Towson State College; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University University; Ph.D., University of Maryland, (1977) College Park (1997) SCOTT N. ROBINSON, Lecturer, Music; REYNALDO REYES, Professor, Music; B. B.A., Rutgers University; M.A., Ph.D., Kent Mus., Santo Tomas University; M.Mus., State University (2003) Peabody Conservatory of Music (1967) JUANITA ROCKWELL, Professor, Theatre Arts; B.A., Colorado College; M.F.A., University of Connecticut (1994) ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY 383

LAURENCIA HUTTON ROGERS, Clinical DOUGLAS SANFORD, Associate Professor, Assistant Professor, Health Science; B.S., Management; B.A., Colgate University; M.P.H., University of Florida; Dr.PH., M.A., State University of New York, Buffalo; Morgan State University (2009) Ph.D., University of Michigan (2000) JORGE ROMERO, Assistant Professor, RANA SANTOS, Adjunct Professor, Forensic Accounting; B.S., Pontifical Catholic Science, B.A., UMBC; M.S., University of University of Peru; M.S., Ph.D., University Florida. of Texas at Dallas (2005) G. REZA SARHANGI, Professor, MIRANDA ROMMEL, Assistant Professor, Mathematics; B.Sc., Pars College, Iran; Physics, Astronomy and Geosciences; B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Wichita State University (2001) M.Ed., Loyola College; Ed.D., Morgan STEPHEN J. SATTA, Associate Professor, State University (2006) Theatre Arts; B.F.A., New York University; ROBERT E. ROOK, Professor and Chair, M.F.A., York University, Toronto (2000) History; B.A., Furman University; M.A., STEPHEN SCALES, Associate Professor, Bowling Green State University; Ph.D., Philosophy and Religious Studies; B.A., The Kansas State University (2005) New School for Social Research; M.A., KATIE ROSENBUSCH, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., University of California (2002) Human Resource Development; B.S., M.S., DAVID SCHAEFER, Professor, Physics, Texas A&M; Ed.D., George Washington Astronomy and Geosciences; B.S., Towson University (2011) State University; M.S., Ph.D., Purdue DOUGLAS N. ROSS, Professor, Management; University (1995) B.A., B.Comm., University of Saskatchewan; ANDREW SCHIFF, Professor, Accounting; MBA, University of Denver; Ph.D., B.A., Colgate University; M.S., State University of Colorado (1990) University of New York at Albany; MBA, DANA ROTHLISBERGER, Professor, Music; Ph.D., Rutgers University; CPA, New York Graduate Program Director, Music (2000) Education; B.M.Ed., M.M., East Texas State CARL B. SCHMIDT, Professor, Music; B.A., University; Ph.D., University of Maryland, Stanford University; M.M., Ph.D., Harvard College Park (1983) University (1994) SUSAN J. ROTKOVITZ, Director, Arts CHRISTA K. SCHMIDT, Assistant Professor, Integration Institute; Faculty, Theatre Arts; Psychology; B.A., University of Maryland, B.A., University of Maryland, College Park; College Park; M.A., Ph.D., University of B.A., M.F.A., Towson University (1995) Missouri, Kansas City (2004) JOSEPH R. RUDOLPH JR., Professor, CHARLES SCHMITZ, Associate Professor, Political Science; B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Geography and Environmental Planning; University of Virginia (1986) B.S., M.A., Ph.D., University of California WILLIAM A. SADERA, Professor, Educational at Berkeley (1999) Technology and Literacy; Graduate Program JENNIFER E. SCOTT, Assistant Professor, Director, Instructional Technology; B.S., Physics, Astronomy and Geosciences; B.S., City College, City University of New York; University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill; M.S., Ph.D., Iowa State University (2000) Ph.D., University of Arizona (2006) KATIA SAINSON, Associate Professor, ERIK P. SCULLY, Professor, Biological Foreign Languages; B.A., Barnard College; Sciences; B.S., Fordham University; Ph.D., M.A., Ph.D., New York University (1999) University of Rhode Island (1978) CODY SANDIFER, Assistant Professor, MIRIAM SEALOCK, Assistant Professor, Physics, Astronomy and Geosciences; B.S., Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal California State University, Chico; M.S., Justice; B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of Purdue University; Ph.D., University of Maryland, College Park (2000) California, San Diego and San Diego State University (2001) 384 ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY

RICHARD A. SEIGEL, Professor, Biological COLLEEN SINCLAIR, Associate Professor, Sciences; B.A., Rutgers University; M.S., Biological Sciences; B.E., University of University of Central Florida; Ph.D., Dayton; M.S., Oklahoma State University; University of Kansas (2001) Ph.D., Mayo Graduate School (2002) REBECCA SHARGEL, Assistant Professor, DANIEL D. SINGER, Professor, Finance; B.S., Educational Technology and Literacy; B.A., Rider College; M.S., State University of Brandeis University; M.A., Ed.D., Jewish New York; Ph.D., University of Colorado Theological Seminary of America (2008) (1990) ELLYN SHEFFIELD, Associate Professor, JAN SINNOTT, Professor, Psychology; B.S., Psychology; B.A., Manhattanville College; St. Louis University; M.A., Ph.D., Catholic M.S., Ph.D., State University of New Jersey University (1978) JACK SHEPARD, Associate Professor, JOHN SKINNER, Adjunct Professor, Biology; B.S., Ph.D., University of Oklahoma Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal (2005) Justice; B.S., University of Dayton; M.S., VONNIE D. SHIELDS, Associate Professor, University of Baltimore (2004) Biological Sciences; B.Sc., Ph.D., University JOEL SLOTKIN, Assistant Professor, English; of Regina (2000) B.A., Yale University; Ph.D., University of KIM SHIFREN, Associate Professor, California, Berkley (2006) Psychology; B.A., University of Maryland, JENNIFER SMART, Assistant Professor, Baltimore County; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse Audiology, Speech-Language Pathology and University (1998) Deaf Studies; B.A., University of Tennessee; JESSICA T. SHILLER, Assistant Professor, Ph.D., James Madison University (2008) Instructional Leadership and Professional DIANE SMITH-SADAK, Associate Professor, Development; B.A., University of Rochester; Theatre Arts; B.A., Union College; M.F.A, M.A., Columbia University; Ed.D., New Florida State University (1989) York University (2011) JAMES M. SMITH, Associate Professor, LAWRENCE H. SHIRLEY, Professor, Geography and Environmental Planning; Mathematics; B.S., California Institute of Graduate Program Director, Professional Technology; M.Ed., University of Illinois; Studies; B.S., M.A., Towson University; Ph.D., Ahmadu Bello University, Nigeria Ph.D., Kent State University (2005) (1989) THERESA SMITH, Assistant Professor, SHIMON SHOKEK, Professor, Philosophy Occupational Therapy and Occupational and Religious Studies; M.A., B.A., Ph.D., Science; B.H.S., University of Florida; Hebrew University of Jerusalem M.H.S., University of Indianapolis; Ph.D., FELICE SHORE, Associate Professor, Nova Southeastern University (2007) Mathematics; B.S., MAT, Cornell University; VERA SMOLYANINOVA, Associate Ph.D., University of Maryland, College Park Professor, Physics, Astronomy and (2004) Geosciences; M.Sc., Diploma in Physics and MARTHA SIEGEL, Professor, Mathematics; Engineering, Physics and Technology, B.A., Russell Sage College; M.A., Ph.D., Russia; Ph.D., University of Maryland, University of Rochester (1971) College Park (2002) ERIK P. SILLDORFF, Professor, Biological JOEL W. SNODGRASS, Professor and Chair, Sciences; B.A., Ph.D., University of Delaware Biological Sciences; B.S., Guilford College; (1998) M.S., University of Central Florida; Ph.D., JEFFREY SIMPSON, Assistant Professor, University of Georgia (1999) Physics, Astronomy and Geosciences; B.A., HOUSHANG SOHRAB, Professor, Shippensburg University; Ph.D., University Mathematics; B.S., M.A., University of of Maryland (2008) Paris, France; Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley (1984) MICHELLE SNYDER, Assistant Professor, ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY 385

Biological Sciences; B.S., Calvin College; Ph.D., Northwestern University (2007) RODNEY L. STUMP, Professor, Marketing; LIYAN SONG, Assistant Professor, B.A., Temple University; B.S., York College Educational Technology and Literacy; B.A., of Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Case Western Beijing Institute of Light; M.Ed., Ph.D., Reserve University (2004) University of Georgia (2005) NORA STURGES, Professor, Art; B.A., YEONG-TAE SONG, Associate Professor, Bowdoin College; M.F.A., Ohio University Computer and Information Sciences; B.S., (1999) Hanyang University; M.S., Ph.D., University KATHY SUBASIC, Clinical Assistant of Texas at Dallas (2001) Professor, Occupational Therapy and TATYANA SOROKINA, Assistant Professor, Occupational Science; B.S., St. Francis Mathematics; Ph.D., Vanderbilt University University; M.S., Towson University (1995) (2007) BRIDGET Z. SULLIVAN, Professor, Art; AMY SOWDER, Assistant Professor, Art; Director, Interactive Media Design; B.F.A., B.A., University of Tennessee; M.A., Ph.D., Maryland Institute College of Art; M.F.A., Emory University (2009) Towson University (1997) SANDY SPITZER, Assistant Professor, WEI SUN, Professor, Mathematics; Graduate Mathematics; B.A., M.A., University of Program Director, Mathematics Education; North Carolina, Chapel Hill; Ph.D., B.S., Northeast Normal University; M.A., University of Delaware (2008) M.Ed., Ed.D., Columbia University (1996) ALLAIRE STALLSMITH, Assistant Professor, SELAMAWIT TADESSE, Assistant Professor, History; B.A., Barnard College; M.A., Early Childhood Education; B.S., M.A., Columbia University; Ph.D., University of Addis Ababa University; Ph.D., University Pennsylvania (1999) at Buffalo (2007) ALLAN E. STARKEY, Visiting Instructor, ZIYING TANG, Assistant Professor, Secondary Education; B.S., Towson Computer and Information Sciences; B.S., University; M.S., Morgan State University; Zhejing University; M.S., International M.A., Johns Hopkins University (2000) University, Germany; Ph.D., University of BARBARA M. STEELE, Lecturer, Early Texas at Dallas (2011) Childhood Education; B.A., M.Ed., Towson EMIKO TAGAKI, Assistant Professor, Health University (2004) Science; B.S., Osaka University, Japan; M.S., ERIN STEFFES, Associate Professor, University of Arizona; Ph.D., University of Marketing; B.B.A., College of William and Southern California (2008) Mary; MBA, Ph.D., University of Texas JEREMY TASCH, Assistant Professor, (2005) Geography and Environmental Planning; STUART STEIN, Professor and Chair, Art; B.A., Temple University; M.S., University of B.S., Towson State University; M.F.A., Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Clark University Maryland Institute College of Art (1996) (2007) ROGER W. STENERSEN JR., Lecturer, BLAIR TAYLOR, Clinical Assistant Professor, Instructional Leadership and Professional Computer and Information Sciences; B.A., Development; B.A., Washington College; M.S., Johns Hopkins University; Sc.D., M.Ed., Salisbury State University (2006) Towson University (1996) REGENA G. STEVENS-RATCHFORD, VALERIE THALER, Assistant Professor, Professor, Occupational Therapy and Family Studies and Community Occupational Science; B.S., M.S., Ohio State Development; B.A., Yale University; M.A., University; Ph.D., University of Maryland, Brandeis University; Ph.D., Yale University College Park (1990) (2009) ALEX D. STORRS, Associate Professor, PRECHA THAVIKULWAT, Professor, Physics, Astronomy and Geosciences; B.S., Management; B.S., Ph.D., University of Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Minnesota (1988) M.S., Ph.D., University of Hawaii (2000) 386 ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY

Ph.D., University of Iowa (1989) PAPORN THEBPANYA, Assistant Professor, MIRCEA VOISEI, Assistant Professor, Geography; B.A., Chulalongkorn University, Mathematics; B.S., University of Iasi; Ph.D., Bangkok; M.A., Ph.D., University of Ohio University (2007) Georgia (2005) Robert D. Wall, Lecturer, Sociology, RONALD S. THOMAS, Lecturer, Instructional Anthropology and Criminal Justice; B.A., Leadership and Professional Development; University of Maryland; M.A., Ph.D., B.S., M.Ed., Towson University; Ph.D., Catholic University of America (1993) University of Maryland (2001) XIAOYIN WANG, Associate Professor, VIRGINIA THOMPSON, Associate Professor, Mathematics; B.A., East China Normal Geography and Environmental Planning; University; Ph.D., University of Missouri, B.A., M.A., University of Missouri; Ph.D., Columbia (2002) University of Oklahoma (1995) DAVIDSON WATTS, Lecturer, MAT, B.A. STELLA TOMASI (TAYLOR), Assistant University of Maryland; M.A. University of Professor, EBTM. Maryland (1971) MING TOMAYKO, Assistant Professor, WEI YU, Assistant Professor, Computer and Mathematics; B.A., Washington University Information Sciences; Tong Ji University, in St. Louis; M.Ed., Ph.D., University of China; Ph.D., Texas A&M University Maryland, College Park (2007) (2009) WILLIAM TSITSOS, Assistant Professor, YUANQIONG WANG, Assistant Professor, Sociology, Anthropology and Criminal Computer and Information Sciences; M.S., Justice; B.A., Wesleyan University; M.A., Ph.D., New Jersey Institute of Technology Ph.D., University of Arizona (2004) PETRA TSUJI, Assistant Professor, Biology; ESTHER WANGARI, Associate Professor, B.S., M.S., Johann Wolfgang von Goethe Women’s and Gender Studies; B.A., Warren University, Germany; M.S., University of Wilson College; M.A., Ph.D., The New Charleston; M.Ph., Johns Hopkins School for Social Research (1996) Bloomberg School of Public Health; Ph.D., OCIE WATSON-THOMPSON, Associate Medical University of South Carolina (2011) Professor and Chair, Early Childhood TABATHA UHRICH, Associate Professor, Education; B.S., M.S., Ed.D., University of Kinesiology; B.S., Virginia Commonwealth Alabama (1991) University; M.E., Pennsylvania State DANIEL PAUL WEBSTER, Assistant University; Ph.D., Temple University (2002) Professor, Physician Assistant Program; B.S., DAVID A. VANKO, Professor and Dean, University of Maryland, University College; Fisher College of Science and Mathematics; M.S., Franklin University; Ph.D., University B.A., M.A., Johns Hopkins University; of Maryland (2005) Ph.D., Northwestern University (2001) JOHN W. WEBSTER, Associate Professor, RICHARD E. VATZ, Professor, Mass Psychology; A.B., Ed.M., Ed.D., Rutgers Communication and Communication University; Ph.D., University of Maryland Studies; B.A., M.A., Ph.D., University of (2005) Pittsburgh (1974) JUDY WEBSTER, Lecturer, Special Education; ALEXANDER VIGO, Assistant Professor, B.A., Michigan State University; M.Ed., Kinesiology; B.A., M.A., University of Wayne State University; M.A., Trinity Puerto Rico; Ph.D., Ohio State University College (2000) (2008) MARCIE WEINSTEIN, Associate Dean, GIOVANNI VINCENTI, Lecturer, Computer College of Health Professions; Graduate and Information Sciences; B.A., M.S., Ph.D., Program Director, Physician Assistant Towson University (2009) Studies and Clinician–Administrator DAVID E. VOCKE, Professor, Secondary Transition; B.S., University of Kansas; MBA, Education; B.S., M.S., Miami University; University of Baltimore; Ph.D., University of ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY 387

Maryland, Baltimore County (2002) Omaha; Ed.D., Columbia University (2011) DEITRA WENGERT, Professor, Health DONN WORGS, Assistant Professor, Political Science; B.S., Bowie State College; M.Ed., Science; B.A., Lehigh University; M.A., Towson University; Ph.D., University of University of Delaware; Ph.D., University of Maryland (1979) Maryland (2001) NIYA WERTS, Assistant Professor, Health TAMARA M. WOROBY, Professor, Science; B.S., University of Maryland; M.S., Economics; B.A., University of Miami University of Ohio; M.S., Ph.D., Saskatchewan; Ph.D., Queen’s University University of Maryland (2008) (1979) EDYTH J. WHEELER, Professor, Early JIA-AN LIN, Assistant Professor, Physics, Childhood Education; Graduate Program Astronomy and GeoScience. Director, Early Childhood Education; B.A., DONG-QING YAO, Professor, e-Business and Duke University; M.Ed., Ph.D., George Technology Management; B.S., Suzhou Mason University (1996) University; M.S., Shanghai Jiao Tong EVANGELINE A. WHEELER, Associate University; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, Professor, Psychology; B.S., Howard Milwaukee (2006) University; Ph.D., University of California at MAUREEN YARNEVICH, Associate Berkeley (1994) Professor, Mathematics; B.S., University of DAVID WHITE, Assistant Professor, Theatre Hartford; M.A., Ph.D., American University Arts; B.A., New College; Ph.D., University (1997) of Missouri (2007) JENNA YEAGER, Associate Professor, RYAN WHITE-KING, Assistant Professor, Occupational Therapy and Occupational Kinesiology; B.A., Ithaca College; M.A., Science; B.S., M.A., Towson University; Ph.D., University of Maryland (2006) Ph.D., University of Maryland, College Park ALEXANDER L. WIJESINHA, Professor, (2004) Computer and Information Sciences; M.S., CYNTHIA ZELLER, Associate Professor, University of Florida; Ph.D., University of Chemistry; B.A., Hood College; Ph.D., Maryland, Baltimore County (1996) University of Alabama, Birmingham (2005) KATE WILKINSON, Assistant Professor, LINGLING ZHANG, Assistant Professor, Women’s and Gender Studies; B.A., Sarah Mass Communication and Communication Lawrence College; Ph.D., Emory University Studies; B.A., Beijing University; M.A., (2009) University of International Business and GRAN WILSON, Lecturer, Music; B.M., Economics; Ph.D., Washington State Sanford University; M.M., Indiana University (2008) University (2003) H. HARRY ZHOU, Professor, Computer and LAWRENCE E. WIMMERS, Associate Information Sciences; M.S., Ph.D., Professor, Biological Sciences; B.S., University Vanderbilt University (1989) of Dayton; Ph.D., Cornell University (1995) MARIUS ZIMAND, Professor, Computer and DAVID R. WIZER, Professor and Chair, Information Sciences; Ph.D., University of Educational Technology and Literacy; B.A., Bucharest; Ph.D., University of Rochester Rider College; M.A., Ph.D., University of (1999) Maryland (1997) JAY J. ZIMMERMAN, Professor, JANE L. WOLFSON, Professor, Biological Mathematics; B.A., Knox College; M.S., Sciences; B.A., Cornell University; Ph.D., State Ph.D., University of Illinois (1989) University of New York, Stony Brook (1998) SALVATORE M. ZUMBO, Professor, Foreign CHERYL WOOD, Lecturer, Educational Languages; B.A., M.A., University of Akron; Technology and Literacy; B.A., V.P.I., M.S., Ph.D., University of Arizona (1989) Towson University (1999) DIANE R. WOOD, Professor, Instructional Leadership and Professional Development; B.S., M.A., University of Nebraska at

APPENDICES 389

also has classrooms, a research laboratory, a Appendix A curriculum center, student and faculty lounges, indoor archery and golf ranges, weight rooms, CAMPUS FACILITIES training areas and facilities, fencing, wrestling and gymnastic rooms, open teaching areas, Academic Buildings locker rooms, team rooms, a fitness center, handball courts and squash courts. STEPHENS HALL - This distinctive Jaco- ALBERT S. COOK LIBRARY - Built in bean building, constructed in 1914, has long 1969, the five-story library contains more than been a landmark in the Baltimore area. 570,000 volumes, 840,000 microform units Departmental and faculty offices as well as and more than 5,600 periodical subscriptions. classrooms and laboratories of the College of The Learning Commons on the library’s main Business and Economics and the Honors Col- floor provides 170 computer work stations as lege are housed in this building. A 733-seat well as nine group study areas, each equipped theater capable of supporting light opera and with computers for collaborative work. The musicals is also located in Stephens Hall. Computing Services Help Center is located on VAN BOKKELEN HALL - A classroom the ground floor. building for departments that include Mass MEDIA CENTER - This building houses Communication and Communication Studies the campus radio station, XTSR-FM, the and Electronic Media and Film, this facility campus TV station, WMJF-TV, the English contains therapy rooms for speech-language Language Center, and radio and TV production pathology and audiology majors, as well as a labs. production studio for rehearsing radio and CENTER FOR THE ARTS - Renovated in television broadcasts. 2005, this building houses the departments of SMITH HALL - First occupied in 1965, the Art, Dance, Music and Theatre Arts, as well as building was expanded in 1976 to 223,285 a main stage theatre, two studio theatres, the square feet to house the departments of Harold J. Kaplan Concert Hall, the Holtzman Biological Sciences; Chemistry; and Physics, Art Gallery, an MFA Gallery, a dance studio Astronomy and Geosciences. Included are a theatre, and the Asian Arts and Culture state-of-the-art Nanotechnology Center, plant Center, which displays the university’s growth chambers, greenhouses, reach-in extensive Asian art collection. environmental chambers, an aquarium room HAWKINS HALL - Part of a three-building with an aquatron, and controlled complex, it houses the Elementary, Secondary environmental animal rooms, in addition to and Early Childhood Education departments, various classrooms and class laboratories. The as well as the departments of Educational Watson-King Planetarium is on the top floor. Technology and Literacy, Special Education, LINTHICUM HALL - Houses the and Instructional Leadership and Professional departments of Nursing and Health Science. It Development. Named for former president contains a newly renovated classrooms and Earle T. Hawkins, it also houses the Education laboratory spaces. Technology Center. TOWSON SPORTS COMPLEX - The PSYCHOLOGY BUILDING - Part of the 24-acre sports complex includes the Towson three-building complex that contains Hawkins Center Arena, the 11,000-seat Johnny Unitas Hall. Former home to the Department of Stadium, Minnegan Field, tennis courts with Psychology. lighting, and separate fields for football, COLLEGE OF LIBERAL ARTS BUILDING lacrosse, soccer, field hockey and softball. The – Fully opened for fall 2011, the CLA Building Towson Center Arena seats 5,000 people for is home Towson’s largest college, the College athletic events, concerts and lectures. The of Liberal Arts, which includes ten departments Kinesiology and Athletics departments are and a variety of interdisciplinary programs. located in the Towson Center. The building 390 APPENDICES

LECTURE HALL - Part of the three- ENROLLMENT SERVICES CENTER - building complex that contains Hawkins Hall This building houses student services including and the Psychology Building, it houses the the Office of the Registrar, Financial Aid, the Academic Advising Center. Bursar’s Office, and the Department of Occupational Therapy and Occupational Other Buildings Science. THE BURKSHIRE AT TOWSON UNIVERSITY UNION - The three-story UNIVERSITY - Adjacent to campus is an University Union is the social hub of the 18-story apartment community for upper-level campus. Educational, cultural and social undergraduate and graduate students. programs at the Union are designed to appeal GLEN ESK - The Counseling Center, which to the entire campus community. The Union’s provides a variety of counseling and services and facilities include: a full-service psychological services to students, faculty and post office, the University Store, the Ticket staff, is housed here. Office, Cash Office, Auxiliary Services Business Office, Paws Cyber Cafe, Art Services, Auxiliary Services administrative Appendix B offices, a full-service bank and two ATMs, dining facilities, SGA offices, Information THE FAMILY EDUCATIONAL RIGHTS Desk, Event and Conferences Services, Student AND PRIVACY ACT (FERPA, Buckley Activities, Campus Ministries, Women’s Amendment) Resources, an art gallery, African American The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Student Development, Orientation and New Act of 1974, as revised, is a federal law Student Programs, SAGE, The Towerlight requiring the institution to maintain the student newspaper office, and Tiger Reels confidentiality of student educational records. video rental. This law states that a) a written institutional WEST VILLAGE COMMONS - is a policy must be established and b) a statement 4-story, 86,000 square foot mixed use student of adopted procedures covering the privacy of service facility supporting the residential students be made available. The university has population in the West Village precinct. taken the appropriate steps to comply with ADMINISTRATION BUILDING - Located this law. at 7720 York Road, this building houses most Towson University accords all the rights of the executive and administrative offices of under the law to students who have reached the university including the Office of Graduate the age of majority. Information may be Studies. released to parents who have established 7800 YORK ROAD - This building is the students’ dependency as defined by the Internal home of University Admissions. It also houses Revenue Code of 1954, Section 152. The the Career Center, the Department of Office of the Registrar will review the parent’s Computer and Information Sciences, the claim of dependency and notify students of the Department of Mathematics, the Center for claim prior to release of any academic Geographic Information Services, and other information. Except as permitted under the facilities. Act, no one outside the institution will have DOWELL HEALTH CENTER - The access to any information from students’ Dowell Health Center is an outpatient primary education records without their written health care clinic with an experienced staff of consent. Those permitted access under the Act physicians, nurse practitioners, physician’s include personnel within the institution, assistants, nurses and health educators. All officials of other institutions in which students registered students, including part-time and seek to enroll, persons or organizations graduate students, are eligible to use health providing financial aid, accrediting agencies, center services. persons in compliance with a judicial order, APPENDICES 391 and persons acting in an emergency situation that exists elsewhere or when students have an to protect the health or safety of others. outstanding financial obligation to the Within the Towson University community, university). Education records do not only those individuals acting in students’ necessarily include records of instructional, educational interest are allowed access to administrative, or educational personnel, student education records. These include which are the sole possession of the makers. personnel in the offices of Admissions, Health records, employment records, or Academic Advising, Office of the Registrar, alumni records will not be released to students Bursar, Financial Aid, and other academic but may be reviewed by them or by physicians personnel within the limitations of their need of their choosing. to know. The director of Enrollment Services FERPA does not allow students to inspect may grant access to education records for and review the following: financial information other legitimate reasons permitted under the submitted by their parents, confidential letters Act. and recommendations associated with The university may provide Directory admissions, employment or job placement, or Information in accordance with the provisions honors to which they have waived their rights of the Act without the written consent of of inspection and review. Education records students. Directory Information includes containing information about more than one student name, address, telephone number(s), student are restricted, and the institution will date and country of birth and country of permit access only to that part of the records citizenship, major field of study, dates of that pertains to the individual student. The attendance, degrees and awards received, the institution will not permit students to inspect most recent previous educational institution and review confidential letters and attended by students, participation in officially recommendations placed in their files prior to recognized activities and sports, and the weight January 1, 1975. and height of members of athletic teams. The The university has established an appeal Office of the Registrar will release Directory mechanism in accordance with the Act. Information at its discretion and may release it Students who believe their education records over the telephone or in writing. Students may contain inaccurate, misleading, or unlawful withhold Directory Information by notifying information may discuss their problems the Office of the Registrar in writing within informally with the Registrar. If the Registrar two weeks after the first day of classes. agrees with the request, the appropriate Requests for non-disclosure will be honored records will be amended. If students’ requests for only one academic year; thereafter, are denied, they will be notified by the director authorization to withhold Directory of the right to a formal hearing. Information must be filed annually with the Requests for formal hearings must be made Registrar. in writing to the vice president for Student The Act also provides students with the Affairs and associate provost, who will inform right to inspect and review information students of the date, place and time of the contained in their education records. The hearing. Students may present evidence and Registrar at Towson University has been may be assisted or represented at the hearings designated to coordinate the inspection and by counsel. The hearing panel that will review of student education records. Students adjudicate such challenges may include the wishing to review their education records must vice president for Academic Affairs, the vice make written requests to the Records Office. president for Student Affairs and associate Records covered by the Act will be made provost, the dean of Graduate Studies, and the available within 30 days of the request. academic dean of students’ colleges, or their Students may have copies made of their designees. Decisions of the hearing panel will be records at their expense with certain exceptions final. The findings will be based solely on the (e.g., copies of the original or source document evidence presented at the hearing and will 392 APPENDICES consist of written statements summarizing the B. Burden of Proof evidence and stating the reasons for the The person seeking in-state status shall have decisions, and will be delivered to all parties the burden of proving by clear and convincing concerned. The education records will be evidence that he or she satisfies the requirements corrected or amended in accordance with the and standards set forth in this Policy. decisions of the hearing panel. Students Assignment of in-state or out-of-state status dissatisfied with the outcome of their hearings will be made by the applicable USM institution may prepare a written statement to be placed in upon a review of the totality of facts known or the education records and maintained as part of presented to it. students’ records. C. In-state Status Students who believe the adjudications of To qualify for in-state tuition, a student must the challenges were unfair or not in keeping demonstrate that, for at least twelve (12) with the provisions of FERPA may request consecutive months immediately prior to and that the hearing be reviewed by the president including the last date available to register for of the university. In addition, students who courses in the semester/term for which the believe their rights have been abridged may file student seeks in-state tuition status, the student complaints with The Family Educational had the continuous intent to: Rights and Privacy Act office (FERPA), 1. Make Maryland his or her permanent Department of Health, Education, and home; and Welfare, Washington, D.C. 20201, concerning 2. Abandon his or her former home state; the alleged failures of Towson University to and comply with the Act. 3. Reside in Maryland indefinitely; and Revisions and clarifications of this policy 4. Reside in Maryland primarily for a will be published as the law warrants. purpose other than that of attending an educational institution in Maryland. Satisfying all of the requirements in Section II (and Section III, when applicable) of Appendix C this policy demonstrates continuous intent and qualifies a student for in-state RESIDENCY POLICY tuition. Students not entitled to in-state Policy on Student Classification for status under this policy shall be assigned Admission, Tuition and Charge- out-of-state status for admission and Differential Purposes. tuition purposes. D. Presumption (Approved by the Board of Regents August Either of the following circumstances raises a 28, 1990; Amended July 10, 1998; Amended presumption that the student is residing in the November 27, 2000; Amended April 11, State of Maryland primarily for the purpose of 2003; Amended February 15, 2008) attending an educational institution and, therefore, does not qualify for in-state status I. POLICY under this policy: A. Purpose 1. A student is attending school or living To extend the benefits of its system of higher outside Maryland at the time of education while encouraging the economical application for admission to a USM use of the State’s resources, it is the policy of institution, or the Board of Regents of the University System 2. A student is Financially Dependent on a of Maryland (USM) to recognize the tuition person who is not a resident of Maryland. categories of in-state and out-of-state students This presumption may be rebutted. The for the purpose of admission and assessing student bears the burden of rebutting the tuition at USM institutions. presumption. See “III. Rebuttal Evidence” below. APPENDICES 393

II. REQUIREMENTS III. REBUTTAL EVIDENCE Before a request for classification to in-state Satisfying the requirements listed in paragraphs status will be considered, a student must A through I of Section II does not rebut the comply with all of the following requirements presumption that a student is in Maryland for a period of at least twelve (12) consecutive primarily to attend an educational institution. months immediately prior to and including the To overcome the presumption, a student must last date available to register for courses in the present additional evidence. semester/term for which the student seeks To determine a student’s intent, the in-state tuition status. The student must University will evaluate evidence of a student’s demonstrate he or she: objectively verifiable conduct. Evidence that A. Owns or possesses, and has continuously does not document a period of at least twelve occupied, including during weekends, (12) consecutive months immediately prior to breaks and vacations, living quarters in and including the last date available to register Maryland. The student must provide for courses in the semester/term for which the evidence of a genuine deed or lease and student seeks in-state tuition status is generally documentation of rent payments made. In considered an unfavorable factor under this lieu of a deed or lease, a notarized affidavit policy. Evidence of intent must be clear and from a landlord showing the address, name convincing and will be evaluated not only by of the student as occupant, term of residence, the amount presented but also based upon the and history of rent payments made will be reliability, authenticity, credibility and considered. As an alternative, a student may relevance of the evidence. demonstrate that he or she shares living The absence of objective, relevant evidence quarters in Maryland which are owned or is generally considered an unfavorable factor. rented and occupied by a parent, legal A student’s statement of intent to remain in guardian or spouse. Maryland in the future is generally not B. Has substantially all of his or her personal considered to be objective evidence under this property, such as household effects, furniture policy. and pets in Maryland. Additional evidence that will be considered C. Has paid Maryland income tax on all includes, but is not limited to, the following: taxable income, including all taxable income A. Source of financial support: earned outside the State, and has filed a 1. Maryland employment and earnings Maryland tax return. history through sources beyond those D. Has registered all owned or leased motor incident to enrollment as a student in an vehicles in Maryland. educational institution, e.g., beyond E. Possesses a valid Maryland driver’s license, support provided by work study, if licensed. scholarships, grants, stipends, aid, student F. Is registered to vote in Maryland, if registered loans, etc. (Tuition costs will be to vote. considered as a student expense only to G. Receives no public assistance from a state the extent tuition exceeds the amount of other than the State of Maryland or from a any educational scholarships, grants, city, county or municipal agency other than student loans, etc.), or one in Maryland. 2. Evidence the student is Financially H. Has a legal ability under Federal and Dependent upon a person who is a Maryland law to live permanently without resident of Maryland. interruption in Maryland. B. Substantial participation as a member of a I. Has rebutted the presumption that he or she professional, social, community, civic, is in Maryland primarily to attend an political, athletic or religious organization in educational institution, if the student’s Maryland, including professionally related circumstances have raised the presumption. school activities that demonstrate a commitment to the student’s community or to the State of Maryland. 394 APPENDICES

C. Registration as a Maryland resident with E. For UMUC, a full-time active member of the the Selective Service, if male. Armed Forces of the United States on active D. Evidence showing the student uses his or duty, or the spouse of a member of the Armed her Maryland address as his or her sole Forces of the United States on active duty. address of record for all purposes including F. A graduate assistant appointed through a USM on health and auto insurance records, bank institution for the semester/term of the accounts, tax records, loan and scholarship appointment. Except through prior records, school records, military records, arrangement, this benefit is available only for leases, etc. enrollment at the institution awarding the E. An affidavit from a person unrelated to the assistantship. student that provides objective, relevant evidence of a student’s conduct demonstrating V. PROCEDURES the student’s intent to live permanently in A. An initial determination of in-state status Maryland. will be made at the time of admission. The determination made at that time, and any IV. NON-RESIDENTS WHO MAY determination made thereafter, shall prevail TEMPORARILY QUALIFY FOR for each semester/term until the IN-STATE STATUS determination is successfully challenged in a In addition, persons with the following status timely manner. shall be accorded the benefits of in-state status B. A change in status must be requested by for the period in which they hold such status: submitting a USM institution’s “Petition for A. A full-time or part-time (at least 50 percent Change in Classification for Tuition”. A time) regular employee of USM or a USM student applying for a change to in-state institution. status must furnish all evidence that the B. The spouse or Financially Dependent child student wishes the USM institution to of a full-time or part-time (at least 50 consider at the time the petition is due. The percent time) regular employee of USM or a due date is based on the deadline set forth by USM institution. the USM institution at which the student C. A full-time active member of the Armed seeks to enroll. If the applicable USM Forces of the United States whose home of institution has no such deadline, the due record is Maryland or one who resides or is date is the last published date to register for stationed in Maryland, or the spouse or a the forthcoming semester/term for which the Financially Dependent child of such a change in classification is sought. person. Students that qualify under this C. The student shall notify the USM institution provision will retain in-state status for in writing within fifteen (15) days of any tuition purposes as long as they are change in circumstances which may alter Continuously Enrolled regardless of a in-state status. change in military assignment or status of D. In the event incomplete, false, or misleading the active member of the military. information is presented, the USM institution D. A veteran of the United States Armed may, at its discretion, revoke in-state status Forces with an honorable discharge who, and take disciplinary action provided for by within one year of discharge, presents the institution’s policy. Such action may documentation that he or she attended a include suspension or expulsion. If in-state secondary school in the State for at least status is gained due to false or misleading three years, and graduated or received the information, the institution reserves the equivalent of a high school diploma from a right to retroactively assess all out-of-state secondary school in the State. The veteran charges for each semester/term affected. must present documentation and register at E. Each USM institution shall develop and a USM institution within one year of publish additional procedures to implement discharge for this provision to apply. this Policy. Procedures shall provide that on APPENDICES 395

request the institution President or designee has the authority to waive any requirement Appendix D set forth in Section II if it is determined that the application of the requirements creates CODE OF CONDUCT an unjust result. These procedures shall be I. Students Rights and Responsibilities filed with the Office of the Chancellor. A. Preamble VI. DEFINITIONS Academic institutions exist for the transmission A. Financially Dependent: For the purposes of of knowledge, the pursuit of truth, the this policy, a financially dependent student is development of students and the general well- one who is claimed as a dependent for tax being of society. Free inquiry and free purposes. expression are indispensable to the attainment B. Parent: A parent may be a natural parent, of these goals. As members of the academic or, if established by a court order recognized community, students should be encouraged to under the law of the State of Maryland, an develop the capacity for critical judgment and adoptive parent. to engage in a sustained and independent C. Guardian: A guardian is a person so search for truth. Freedom to teach and freedom appointed by a court order recognized under to learn are inseparable facets of academic the law of the State of Maryland. freedom. The freedom to learn depends upon D. Spouse: A spouse is a partner in a legally appropriate opportunities and conditions in contracted marriage. the classroom, on the campus and in the larger E. Child: A child is a natural child or a child community. Students should exercise their legally adopted pursuant to a court order freedom with responsibility. The responsibility recognized under the law of Maryland. to secure and respect general conditions F. Regular Employee: A regular employee is a conducive to the freedom to learn is shared by person employed by USM or a USM all members of the community. The present institution who is assigned to a State budget code is designed to establish policies and line or who is otherwise eligible to enroll in procedures which provide and safeguard this a State retirement system. Examples of freedom. categories NOT considered regular employees are graduate students, contingent B. Purpose employees, and independent contractors. Towson University’s mission to the community G. Continuous Enrollment: at large is one of academic excellence and 1. Undergraduate Student - An achievement. To that end, its campus undergraduate student who is enrolled at community must be one wherein respect for a USM institution for consecutive fall and the individual pursuit of academic excellence spring semesters, until completion of the and achievement is given priority. In order to student’s current degree program or foster this environment, it is incumbent upon unless on an approved leave of absence or students to conduct themselves within the participating in an approved program framework of the reasonable rules and off-campus. regulations designed to enhance and protect 2. Graduate and Professional - Continuous the academic environment of the university. By enrollment for a graduate or professional specifying behavioral standards and by student is defined by the institution in establishing fair and efficient processes for accordance with program requirement. adjudicating conflict, the university seeks to protect the environment in which learning is VI. IMPLEMENTATION nurtured and respect for that goal is continually afforded. This policy as amended by the Board of Regents on February 15, 2008 shall be applied to all student tuition classification decisions made on or after this date. 396 APPENDICES

C. Individual Rights and providing such distribution does not disrupt Responsibilities the operations of the institution. 1. Access to Higher Education e. The right of assembly is granted within a. Within the limits of its facilities, the the institutional community. The institution institution and its courses, programs and retains the right to assure the safety of activities shall be open to all applicants who individuals, the protection of property and the are qualified, according to its admission continuity of the educational process. requirements. f. Orderly picketing and other forms of 1) The institution shall, in the catalogs, peaceful protest are permitted on institutional make clear to the students the standards of its premises. Interference with entrances to programs. institutional facilities, intentional interruption 2) Admission to Towson University shall of classes, or damage to property exceeds be in compliance with federal and state laws permissible limits. and regulations that prohibit illegal g. Orderly picketing and orderly discrimination. demonstrations are permitted in public areas 2. Classroom Expression within institutional buildings subject to the a. Discussion and expression of all views requirements of non-interference. relevant to the subject matter are permitted in h. Every student has the option to be the classroom, subject only to the responsibility interviewed on campus by an organization of the instructor to maintain order and authorized to recruit at the institution. reasonable academic progress. 4. Privacy 1) Faculty comportment shall be in a. Students have the same rights of privacy accordance with standards set forth by the as any other citizens and surrender none of American Association of University Professors. those rights by becoming members of the 2) Students shall not be penalized for academic community. expressing controversial views relevant to the b. Information about student views, beliefs subject matter in class. and political associations acquired by faculty b. Evaluation of a student’s academic and staff in the course of their work as performance shall be neither prejudiced nor instructors, advisers and counselors is capricious. confidential and is not to be disclosed to others 3. Personal Expression unless under legal compulsion or with a. Discussion and expression of all views is permission of the student. permitted within the institution subject only to c. The privacy and confidentiality of all requirements for the maintenance of order. student records shall be preserved. Official Support of any cause, by orderly means, which student academic records, supporting does not disrupt the operation of the institution, documents, and other student files shall be is permitted. Refer to Towson University maintained only by full-time members of the Policy on Time, Place and Manner (06-04.11) institution’s staff employed for that purpose at https://inside.towson.edu/generalcampus/ and students employed by them who may have tupolicies access in line of employment. Separate files b. Students, groups and campus shall be maintained for the following: academic organizations may invite to hear any persons of records, supporting documents and general their own choosing, subject only to the educational records, records of disciplinary requirements of the use of institutional facilities proceedings, medical and psychiatric records, and regulations of the university, and the Board and financial aid records. of Regents of the University System of d. No entry may be made on a student’s Maryland. academic record and no document may be c. Students’ dress and grooming, of any placed in the student’s file without actual style, are permitted subject to legal prohibitions. notice to the student. d. Students, groups or organizations may e. Every student is guaranteed the right to distribute written material on campus, inspect and review all information in his or her APPENDICES 397 own files maintained by the Office of Student 1) Administrators may have access Conduct and Civility Education, subject only to student records for internal educational and to reasonable regulations as to time, place and administrative purposes. supervision. However, the student may not 2) Members of the faculty may have have copies of items in a file. access to academic records for internal 1) A student may challenge the educational and administrative purposes. accuracy or presence of any item by following 3) Non-academic records shall be the standard appeal process (see Appeal routinely available only to administrators and Procedures below). staff charged with their maintenance. Faculty 2) When a case is referred, a and staff may have access to all records for disciplinary file may be developed in the name statistical purposes. of the charged student. 4) Directory information, as defined 3) The file will be voided if the in this Appendix, may be released to any charges against the student are not inquirer unless the student has specifically substantiated. asked the director of Enrollment Services to 4) The file including any university withhold that information. hearing audio recordings will be retained for 5) Unless under legal compulsion, all seven years if the charges are substantiated. other information regarding students’ records Disciplinary records may be retained for longer shall be denied to any person making an periods of time or permanently if the sanction inquiry. is suspension or expulsion from the university h. Upon graduation or withdrawal from the or university housing. institution, the records and files of former 5) Any record, file or incident report students shall continue to be subject to the to which the student has access and an provisions of this code. opportunity to respond, or records of previous hearings, may be taken into consideration by D. Rights and Responsibilities of the decision-maker in arriving at an appropriate Campus Organizations decision. 1. Organizations, groups and NCAA teams 6) Pursuant to recent changes in the may be established within the institution for Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of any legal purpose. Their recognition will be in 1974, as revised, the Office of Student Conduct accordance with established guidelines. and Civility Education reserves the right to 2. Membership in all institution-related notify parents of students under the age of 21 organizations, within the limits of their who are found responsible for alcohol or drug facilities, shall be open to any fee-paying violations of the Code of Student Conduct. member of the institution community who is f. No record may be made in relation to any willing to subscribe to the stated aims and of the following matters except upon the meet the stated obligations of the organization. express written request of the student: religion, 3. Individual members, as well as the political or social views, and membership in organization, group or team itself, can be any organization other than honorary and charged with violations of the Code of Student professional organizations directly related to Conduct, including those actions defined in the educational process. the Hazing Policy section of this document. g. Agencies of the university which keep 4. Use of university facilities shall be granted student records must make students aware of to recognized student organizations. Student how and to whom those records may be organizations shall be given priority for use of divulged. No information in any student file space as outlined in procedures established by may be released to anyone except with prior Event and Conference Services and the Student written consent of the student concerned or as Government Association. stated below. 398 APPENDICES

5. The authority to allocate institutional the government are either potentially illegal or funds derived from student fees for use by present a clear danger to either individual or organizations shall be delegated to a body in institutional rights. which student participation in the decision- 3. On questions of educational policy, making process is assured. students are entitled to a participatory a. Approval of requests for funds is function. Students shall be designated as conditional upon submission of budgets to members of standing and special committees and approval by this body. concerned with institutional policy affecting b. Financial accountability, in full academic and student affairs, including those accordance with university and state policies, concerned with curriculum, discipline, regulations, procedures and practices, is admission, academic standards, university required for all allocated funds, including governance and allocation of student funds. statement of income and expenses on a regular basis. F. Student Grievance Procedures c. Otherwise, organizations shall 1. Any student or group may file a grievance have independent control over the expenditure against an administrative official or faculty of allocated funds. member for violation of student rights as listed 6. The student press is to be free of above. censorship. The editors and managers shall not 2. Students choosing to file a grievance be arbitrarily suspended because of student, should contact the Office of Student Conduct faculty, administration, alumni or community and Civility Education who will serve as a disapproval of editorial policy or content. resource to the student. The Office of Student Similar freedom is assured oral statements of Conduct and Civility Education will direct the views on institution-controlled and student- student to the appropriate university operated radio or television stations. This department based on the nature of the student's editorial freedom entails a corollary obligation grievance. under the canons of responsible journalism and applicable regulations of the Federal II. Code of Student Conduct Communications Commission. 7. All student communications shall A. Rationale explicitly state that the opinions expressed are The primary purpose for the imposition of not necessarily those of the institution or its discipline in the university setting is to protect student body. the campus community. Consistent with that purpose, reasonable efforts will also be made E. Rights of Students in Institutional to foster the personal, educational and social Government development of those students who are held 1. All constituents of the institutional accountable for violations of university community are free, individually and regulations. However, the university must collectively, to express their views on issues of commit its policies and procedures first of all institutional policy and on matters of interest to protect and promote the academic to the student body. Clearly defined means enterprise. Consequently, it may be necessary shall be provided for student expression on all to suspend or expel students who have been institutional policies affecting academic and found responsible for violations of this Code, student affairs. or who otherwise pose a substantial danger to 2. The role of student government and its the campus community. responsibilities shall be made explicit. There should be no review of student government B. Definitions actions except where review procedures are 1. The terms “university” and “institution” agreed upon in advance, or where actions of mean Towson University (TU). APPENDICES 399

2. The term “student” includes all persons the Towson University Procedures for Alcohol taking courses at the university, both full-time events, Student Organizations Handbook, and and part-time, pursuing undergraduate, the Event and Conference Services Guide for graduate, professional, certificate, or Student Organizations. continuing studies. Persons who are not 12. The term “interim disciplinary action” officially enrolled for a particular term but means discipline which is imposed pending the who have a continuing relationship with the outcome of a court case for off-campus university are considered “students.” behavior. 3. The terms “faculty member” and 13. The term “banned from campus” “instructor” mean any person hired by the means that a student is prohibited from university to conduct classroom activities. coming onto university property. A student 4. The term “university official” includes who is banned from campus may be allowed any person employed by the university, to finish current course work off campus, if performing assigned administrative, appropriate, and a tuition refund may be professional, or paraprofessional granted. As a result of a ban, the student will responsibilities (including student resident not have a permanent file in the Office of assistants and building managers). Student Conduct and Civility Education. A 5. The term “member of the university ban will normally only be issued after the community” includes any person who is a student has been offered a meeting with a student, faculty member, university official, or representative of the Office of Student Conduct any other person employed by the university. and Civility Education. 6. The term “university premises” includes 14. The term “non-consensual sexual all land, buildings, facilities, and other property intercourse” means any sexual intercourse in the possession of or owned, used, or (anal, oral or vaginal), however slight, with controlled by the university (including adjacent any object, by man or woman upon a man or streets and sidewalks). a woman, without effective consent. 7. The term “organization” means any 15. The term “non-consensual physical number of persons who have complied with conduct” of a sexual nature means any formal requirements for university recognition intentional sexual touching, however slight, (including SGA, Greek and NCAA). with any object, by a man or a woman upon a 8. The term “group” means a number of man or a woman, without effective consent. persons who are associated with each other 16. The term “effective consent” means but who have not complied with university consent that is informed, freely and actively requirements for registration as an given, and that uses mutually understandable organization. words or actions which indicate a willingness 9. The term “Hearing Board” means the to participate in mutually agreed upon sexual hearing officer and judicial aides authorized by activity. Consent is not effective if it results the director of the Office of Student Conduct from the use of physical force, threats, and Civility Education to determine whether a intimidation, or coercion. student has violated the Code of Student 17. The term “incapacitated sex” means to Conduct. have sex with someone who you know or 10. The director of the Office of Student should know to be incapable of making a Conduct and Civility Education is that person rational, reasonable decision about a sexual designated by the university president to be situation. This includes but is not limited to responsible for the administration of the Code someone whose incapacity results from being of Student Conduct. intoxicated or from the taking of a so-called 11. The term “policy” is defined as the “date-rape drug.” written regulations of the university as found 18. The USM Policy on Sexual Assault can in, but not limited to, the Code of Student be found at http://www.usmd.edu/regents/ Conduct, the Policies for University Housing, bylaws/SectionVI/VI130.html the Faculty Handbook, the university catalogs, 400 APPENDICES

19. The term “stalking” means to follow or is leased to, or managed by, an entity other otherwise contact another person repeatedly, than the university. so as to put that person in fear for his or her 2. However, a student charged with a life or personal safety. violation of federal, state or local laws for off- 20. The term “harassment” is defined as campus behavior may be disciplined by the conduct directed at a specific person or persons university without a university hearing or which seriously alarms or intimidates such informal investigation when: the student is persons and which serves no legitimate found guilty by a court of law; the student purpose. Such conduct may include: threats, pleads guilty or nolo contendere to the charges; including gestures which place a person in or, the student is given probation before reasonable fear of unwelcome physical contact judgment. Allegations of off-campus-event- or harm; following a person about in a public related misconduct (see definitions) must be place or to or from his or her residence; supported by a report, statement or accusation making remarks in a public place to a specific from a law enforcement agency in whose person which are by common usage lewd, jurisdiction the misconduct is alleged to have obscene, expose a person to public hatred or occurred. that can reasonably be expected to have a Additionally, interim or final disciplinary tendency to cause acts of violence by the action may be taken before any court action is person to whom the remark is addressed; or completed. Examples of charges that may any other conduct which is sufficiently severe, result in action include acts of violence, drug pervasive or persistent so as to interfere with and alcohol related violations, and a citation or limit a person's ability to participate in, or for a disorderly house. Such action will be benefit from the services, activities or taken only after a limited investigation by the opportunities offered by the university. Office of Student Conduct and Civility 21. The term "event-related misconduct" is Education. The student will be offered a defined as serious misconduct that is related to meeting with a university official to discuss the university-sponsored events including athletic incident. In situations where a student is not events. Event-related misconduct includes able to meet with a university official, interim rioting, vandalism, fire-setting or other action may still be taken pending a meeting misconduct related to a university-sponsored with the student. event, occurring on or off-campus that results Any interim action shall be reviewed, and in harm to persons or property or otherwise appropriate final action taken, at the student’s poses a threat to the stability of the campus request or at the university’s discretion, when community. a final court decision is rendered or when the 22. Preponderance of evidence is that university receives additional persuasive evidence which, when fairly considered, evidence. produces the stronger impression, has the 3. Some conduct clearly disturbs only the greater weight, and is more convincing as to its campus environment; when such behavior truth when weighted against the evidence in occurs, the university shall take internal action. opposition thereto. 4. When there is evidence that a student has committed a crime on campus, disciplinary C. Scope action at the university will normally proceed 1. Generally, student or group conduct independently of pending criminal charges, subject to institutional discipline is limited to: including when charges involving the same on campus actions; off-campus actions which incident have been dismissed or dropped. The affect the university community or the student may then be subject to civil authorities university’s pursuit of its mission, policies or as well as internal disciplinary action. procedures; off-campus actions by officially 5. When a student is charged with a sponsored organizations, groups or NCAA violation of one or more provisions of this teams; or actions on university property which Code, a letter listing the charges will be given APPENDICES 401 or sent to the student within a reasonable 9. Abuse of any person; this includes verbal, amount of time. At a meeting with a written, email or telephone abuse. representative of the Office of Student Conduct 10. Intentionally or recklessly damaging, and Civility Education, the student will be destroying, defacing or tampering with informed of: university, public or personal property of a. specific violation(s) another. b. description of alleged incident 11a. Uncooperative behavior and/or failure c. hearing or informal investigation to comply with proper instructions of officials procedure acting in performance of their duties. d. rights of appeal 11b. Event-related misconduct (see Definitions) D. Prohibited Conduct 12. Violation of published institutional The following misconduct is subject to regulations and policies. disciplinary action: 13. Violation of state, federal and local 1a. Intentionally furnishing false laws. information to the institution; this includes 14. Unauthorized presence in institutional lying to university officials. facilities. 1b. Forging, altering, or using instruments 15a. The possession or use of illegal drugs, of identification or institutional documents unauthorized controlled substances, or drug with intent to defraud, or to otherwise benefit paraphernalia when not in accordance with there from. established policy. 1c. Possession of false identification (e.g., a 15b. The sale, distribution, or intent to false driver’s license). distribute and/or manufacture of illegal drugs or 2a. Disruption or obstruction of teaching, controlled substances when not in accordance research, administration or disciplinary with established policy. proceedings or normal university operations. 16. The possession or use of any firearms or 2b. Disruption or obstruction of university- instrument which may be construed as a sponsored activities or events. weapon, without express permission of the 2c. Off-campus conduct that is disorderly University Police. and disrupts others in the community. 17. The possession of explosives, fireworks 3. Lewd, obscene or indecent behavior. or pyrotechnic paraphernalia on campus. 4. Physical abuse of any person. 18a. The possession or use of alcoholic 5a. Unwanted physical contact or threat of beverages in the following manner: by any physical contact with a university official. person under 21 years of age; or, possession of 5b. Threats of violence or placing a person or consumption from an open container in any in fear of imminent physical injury or danger. public area which has not been approved by 5c. Any endangering conduct that imperils Towson University; or, a person 21 years of or jeopardizes the health or safety of any age or older purchasing for, serving to, or person or persons, including oneself. otherwise distributing alcohol to any person 5d. Stalking of any person. who is under 21 years of age. 6. Inflicting mental or emotional distress 18b. Public intoxication. upon a person through a course of conduct 19. The unauthorized use of or entry into involving abuse or disparagement of that university computer systems. person’s race, religion, sex, creed, sexual 20. Violation of the university housing orientation, age, national origin or disability. policy. 7. Acts that invade the privacy of another 21. Violation of any disciplinary sanction. person. 22. Charging telephone or 8. Violation of the university policy telecommunications charges to university prohibiting sexual harassment and/or the telephones or extension numbers without university sexual assault policy. authorization. 402 APPENDICES

23. Theft, attempted theft, possession of 3. SOCIAL PROBATION: Exclusion from stolen property, conspiracy to steal or participation in privileged or extracurricular misappropriation of another’s property. This institutional activities, including NCAA includes, but is not limited to, removing, athletic events or practice, for a specified possessing, concealing, altering, tampering or period of time. Additional restrictions or otherwise appropriating goods or property conditions may also be imposed. Violations of without authorization. the terms of social probation, or any other 24. Violation of the Student Academic violation of this Code during the period of Integrity Policy. probation, will normally result in a fine, 25. Harassment of any person. suspension or expulsion from the university. 26. Unauthorized use of the name "Towson 4. SUSPENSION: Suspension involves University" or the unauthorized use of any separation of the student from the university university trademark, service mark, logo or for a specified period of time and usually seal for advertising or promotional purposes in impairs a student’s ability to pursue work at a manner that expressly, or impliedly indicates other colleges and universities. Normally, the the university's endorsement. student will also be barred from university premises during the period of suspension. Any E. Penalties student who is suspended shall not be entitled The following penalties may be imposed to any tuition or fee refund. upon students and all student organizations 5. EXPULSION: Expulsion constitutes for violations of the Code of Student Conduct. permanent separation of the student from the With only two exceptions, federal regulation university. Normally, the student will also be prohibits disclosing the outcome of judicial barred from university premises upon proceedings to anyone other than to the expulsion. Any student who is expelled shall accused and to appropriate university not be entitled to any tuition or fee refund. personnel. The first exception relates to 6. Event-related misconduct allegations of sexual assault: in those cases, the suspension or expulsion: In general, a university will disclose to the victim of a sexual student found responsible on a charge of event offense the outcome of any investigation by related misconduct shall be suspended or University Police or the Office of Student expelled. Any decision to impose a sanction Conduct and Civility Education pursuant to less than suspension or expulsion for university- the victim’s complaint against the alleged sponsored event related misconduct (see perpetrator of the sexual offense. The second Definitions) must be supported by written case relates to alcohol and drug violations: the findings signed by the Vice President for parents of students under the age of 21 may be Student Affairs. A record of any suspension or notified when students are found responsible expulsion for university-sponsored event- for violations of the university’s alcohol or related misconduct shall be noted on the drug policies. student's transcript for the duration of the sanction, or longer, if so specified in the final 1. CENSURE: A written reprimand for notice of sanction. A student suspended for violation of specified regulations, including a event-related misconduct shall not be admitted warning that continuation or repetition of to any other institution in the University prohibited conduct may be cause for additional System of Maryland for at least one year from disciplinary action. This may include a the effective date of the sanction. Any student specified period of probation. who is suspended or expelled shall not be 2. PROBATION: Notice to the student that entitled to any tuition or fee refund. any further disciplinary violation, during a 7. SUSPENSION OF GROUP: Suspension specified period of time, may result in shall consist of the withdrawal of an suspension or expulsion from the university organization’s recognition by the university, and/or university housing. for a stated period of time, when an APPENDICES 403 organization is found to have violated projects may be assigned educational sanctions regulations. Suspension shall result in complete or workshops may be assigned; or the suspension of activities of the group during the university housing contract may be placed on stated period of time and may also include probation. conditions for removal of suspension. 8. ORGANIZATIONAL DISSOLUTION: F. Standards and Procedures of Organizational dissolution is a sanction Due Process imposed only upon student organizations 1. Students subject to suspension or guilty of serious and/or repeated violations of expulsion from the university will be entitled these standards. The sanctions involve to a university hearing, except as described in permanent withdrawal of recognition by the section C.2. With the exception of allegations university, denial of the use of university of academic dishonesty (see the section below: facilities or funds, and official dissolution of Student Academic Integrity Policy), students the organization on the campus. subject to any other sanction will be entitled to 9. RESTITUTION: Restitution may be an informal investigation. imposed on students whose violation has 2. The purpose of a disciplinary proceeding involved monetary loss or damage. Fines may is to provide a fair evaluation of an accused’s be imposed in addition to restitution. responsibility for violating disciplinary Restitution becomes a financial obligation to regulations. Although formal rules of evidence the university and either full payment or an need not be applied, procedures shall comport agreement for partial payment according to a with standards of fundamental fairness. schedule agreed to by the director of the Office Harmless deviations from the prescribed of Student Conduct and Civility Education is procedures shall not necessarily invalidate a required before a student may register for decision or proceeding unless significant classes again, or in the case of seniors, before prejudice to an accused student or the the student may graduate or before the university may result. diploma is released.. 3. Any person may refer students or student 10. REMOVAL FROM ON-CAMPUS groups or organizations suspected of violating HOUSING: This sanction prohibits residing in this Code to the Office of Student Conduct on-campus housing for a stated period of time. and Civility Education. Allegations of Any student who is removed from on-campus violations occurring within university housing housing shall not be entitled to any refund of should be referred to the Department of housing costs. In addition to removal, students Housing and Residence Life. Those referring are typically banned from being in or around cases are normally expected to serve as a (as defined by University staff) all on-campus witness and to present relevant evidence in residence halls. disciplinary hearings or informal investigations. 11. FINES: Fines of varying amounts may The director of the Office of Student Conduct be imposed for certain violations. Fines must and Civility Education may appoint a member be paid prior to the end of the current term, of the campus community to serve as an otherwise a student’s registration privileges adviser to university witnesses. The role of the will be withheld or prior registration canceled. adviser shall be limited to consultation with 12. OTHER SANCTIONS: Other sanctions the witnesses. may be imposed instead of or in addition to 4. Suspensions and expulsions from the those specified above. For example, students university will be made by the vice president may be required to participate in and complete for Student Affairs or designee. All other an approved alcohol or drug education/ sanctions will be determined by the director of treatment program. Students may be subject to the Office of Student Conduct and Civility restrictions upon or denials of university Education designee. In all cases, the accused parking privileges for violations involving the will be notified in writing of any sanctions to use or registration of motor vehicles on be imposed and of his or her rights of appeal. campus; community service hours or research 404 APPENDICES

G. Informal Investigation and a. The accused shall be given notice of the University Hearing Procedure hearing date and the specific charges against 1. Informal Investigation: The informal him or her at least three calendar days in investigation is designed to reduce unnecessary advance and shall be accorded reasonable proceduralism and potential contentiousness access to the case file, which will be retained in in disciplinary proceedings. An informal the Office of Student Conduct and Civility investigation will normally begin with an Education. (In some cases, the accused may informal, nonadversarial meeting between the choose not to wait three days for a hearing to accused and a university administrator, as take place.) designated by the director of the Office of b. The hearing will be audio recorded. Student Conduct and Civility Education. The c. The accused will be present for the university shall consider all matters that hearing. If more than one student is charged reasonable persons would accept as having with the same incident, the university may probative value, including documentary hold a combined hearing. If the accused fails to evidence, written statements and hearsay. The appear, this will be stated for the record and accused will be given access to documentary the hearing will continue. evidence and written statements in advance or d. The accused and the complainant may be during the initial meeting and allowed to accompanied by a friendly observer. This party respond to them. Accused are also allowed to may not be or act as legal counsel, except submit the names of appropriate and relevant when concurrent criminal charges have been witnesses. The accused will be found filed. Then counsel may not participate in the responsible if the University administrator hearing, but may advise the accused. decides that a preponderance of evidence e. The hearing officer shall exercise control supports the charges. over the proceedings to avoid needless The following procedural protections are consumption of time and to achieve orderly provided to respondents in the informal completion of the hearing. Any person, investigation. including the accused, who disrupts a hearing a. written notice of the specific charges may be excluded by the hearing officer. prior to or at the initial meeting. f. The accused will be found responsible if b. reasonable access to the case file during the hearing officer decides that a preponderance the informal investigation or at the student’s of evidence supports the charges. request. g. Formal rules of evidence shall not be c. an opportunity to respond to the evidence applicable in disciplinary proceedings and call appropriate and relevant witnesses. conducted pursuant to this Code. The hearing University hearings are scheduled when a officer shall admit all matters into evidence student disagrees with the charge(s) against that reasonable persons would accept as him/her. having probative value, including documentary 2. University Hearing: The following evidence, written statements and hearsay. procedural guidelines shall be observed for all Repetitious or irrelevant evidence may, hearings held by the University Hearing Board. however, be excluded. Documentary evidence The University Hearing Board will be and written statements shall only be admitted composed of the hearing officer, who shall into evidence if available to the accused before preside and make the final decision, and or during the hearing. student conduct aides. In the absence of the h. The director of the Office of Student student conduct aides, the hearing officer may Conduct and Civility Education may appoint a hear and decide the case alone. A case may not special hearing panel member in complex be heard if the hearing officer, is not in cases. Special panel members may question all attendance. The hearing officer shall be parties, participate in hearing panel responsible for submitting the hearing panel’s deliberations, and offer advice to the hearing report to the Office of Student Conduct and officer. Civility Education. APPENDICES 405

i. The hearing officer’s report will be representing the group, usually the president. presented to the Office of Student Conduct Any sanction listed in the Code of Student and Civility Education. The student may view Conduct may be imposed on a group and its the hearing officer’s written report by individual members. If individual members are appointment. subject to suspension or expulsion from the j. The accused will receive the decision in university for actions of the group, those writing from the vice president for Student individuals will be offered a university hearing. Affairs or designee. 6. A group may be held responsible for violations of the Code of Student Conduct H. Disciplinary Procedures for Student resulting from the actions of its members, if Organizations, Groups, and NCAA the actions' arose out of activities related to the Teams group were encouraged, fostered, or condoned 1. Student organizations, groups and by the group; were known or should have been NCAA teams (referred to here collectively as known by members of the group; or were “group”) may be charged with violations of activities that the group could have prevented. the Towson University Code of Student 7. To be held responsible for Group Conduct. Misconduct, it is not necessary that the 2. When one or more members of a group misconduct be approved by the entire group are charged with a violation of the Code of nor is it necessary that more than one group Student Conduct, the university may charge member be involved in the misconduct. the group as well. A student group and its 8. In determining whether a group is officers may be held collectively and responsible, the university may consider, individually responsible when violations of among other factors, whether the misconduct this Code by those associated with the group would have occurred if the participating have received the consent or encouragement of individuals were not members of the group or the group or of the group’s leaders or officers. whether the misconduct was encouraged, 3. A position of leadership in a student fostered or condoned by the group or whether group entails responsibility. Student officers or the misconduct could have been prevented by leaders cannot knowingly permit, condone or the collective action of the group. acquiesce in any violation of this Code by the group. This section of the Code is designed, in I. Emergency Suspensions part, to hold a group and its officers 1. When there is evidence that the continued accountable for any act of hazing. The express presence of a student on the university campus or implied “consent” of the victim or poses a substantial threat to him/herself or participant is not a defense. others, or to the stability and continuance of 4. The officers, leaders or any identifiable normal university functions, the vice president spokesperson for a student group may be for Student Affairs or designee may immediately directed by the vice president for Student suspend a student from any or all university Affairs or designee to take appropriate action activities, including university housing, for an designed to prevent or end violations of this interim period pending a hearing or medical Code by the group. Failure to make reasonable evaluation. Such an emergency suspension efforts to comply with the vice president for may become effective immediately without Student Affairs’ directive shall be considered a prior notice. violation of this Code, both by the officers, 2. An emergency suspension may be leaders or spokesperson for the group and by imposed only: the group itself. a. to ensure the safety and well-being of 5. An informal investigation or whenever members of the university community; appropriate, a university hearing for student b. to ensure the student’s own physical or groups will be conducted in a manner similar emotional safety and well-being; to the procedures listed above. Conferences shall be conducted with one spokesperson 406 APPENDICES

c. if the student poses a definite threat of The imposition of sanctions will not be disruption of or interference with the normal deferred during the appeal process unless the operations of the university. student presents a compelling reason to the 3. A student issued an emergency suspension vice president for Student Affairs. shall be denied access, as determined To view the most recent version of the Code appropriate by the vice president for Student of Student Conduct go to www.towson.edu/ Affairs or designee, to: studentconduct a. the entire campus, including classes; b. university housing and dining facilities; HAZING POLICY c. all other activities or privileges for which “Hazing” in any form is against the law the student might otherwise be eligible. (Annotated Code of Maryland, Article 27, Section 268H) and is strictly prohibited at 4. In these cases, a university hearing or Towson University. When this policy is medical evaluation will be scheduled as soon violated, action may be taken against all as is practicable. participants, including pledges. The most damaging instrument to campus organizations J. Appeal Procedures (social, honor, service, athletic) is the 1. Any disciplinary determination resulting employment of a program of education, in expulsion or suspension from the university pledging, membership or induction which may be appealed to: includes hazing. Hazing risks human lives, a. the Student Appeals Committee; mistreats those involved, and jeopardizes the b. the president of the university. affiliation of campus organizations at this 2. Any disciplinary determination resulting university. in removal from on-campus housing may be appealed to the Student Appeals Committee. Definition 3. Any disciplinary determination resulting “Hazing” is defined as any action taken or in any lesser sanction except as provided situation created intentionally, whether on or below may be appealed to the vice president off campus, to produce mental or physical for Student Affairs or designee. discomfort, embarrassment, harassment or The basis for appeal of a disciplinary ridicule. Any mental or physical requirement, sanction must be one of the following: request or obligation placed upon any person a. a flaw in the student’s right of due that could cause pain, disgrace or injury, or is process; personally degrading or violates any federal, b. evident bias in the decision of the hearing state, local statute or university policy, is also board or the individual conducting an informal considered hazing. investigation; Such activities and situations include but c. inconsistent or overly severe sanction are not limited to: paddling in any form; imposed; creation of excessive fatigue; road trips; d. new evidence or insufficient consideration scavenger hunts; publicly wearing apparel of all aspects of the situation. which is conspicuous and not normally in Appeals must be submitted in writing to the good taste; engaging in public stunts and Office of Student Conduct and Civility humiliating games and activities; late night Education by the deadline indicated in the sessions that interfere with scholastic and sanction letter. Failure to appeal within the occupational activities; calisthenics (push-ups, allotted time will render the original decision situps, runs, etc.); line-ups (lining people up final and conclusive. Appeals shall be decided and harassing them verbally); running personal upon the record of the original proceedings, errands for the members; forced consumption written letters submitted by the parties, and of alcohol, illegal substances or food; and any any further information requested by the other activities not consistent with the committee, Vice President for Student Affairs academic mission of the university. or designee. APPENDICES 407

Reporting Procedures aware that a problem exists. For more Anyone experiencing or witnessing a information, visit www.towson.edu/odeo. violation of this hazing policy is encouraged to report the incident and may bring their SEXUAL OR GENDER concerns to the Office of Student Conduct and HARASSMENT Civility Education at 410-704-2057, Sexual harassment constitutes a serious Administration Building 236 and/or Campus threat to the free interaction and exchange Life at 410-704-2322, University Union 217. necessary for educational and personal development, and it is entirely unacceptable on NON-DISCRIMINATION POLICY this campus. Definition: Sexual or gender Towson University’s policies, programs and harassment may range from offensive gender activities comply with federal and state laws or sexual innuendos to coerced sexual and University System of Maryland regulations relations. It can happen to both men and prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, women, but women are more often victims. color, religion, age, national origin, sex, Harassment occurs when a person in a position disability and sexual orientation. The of control or influence uses authority and university does not discriminate on the basis of power to gain sexual advances and threats or sexual orientation. Sexual harassment (see punishes for refusal to comply. It includes following section) is considered a form of suggestive remarks about clothing or physical sexual discrimination. attributes; leering or ogling; unnecessary touching; subtle or direct requests for sexual Procedure for Filing and Investigating favors; implied or overt threats of consequence; Complaints of Discrimination in or a hostile sexual environment. Education or Employment: Students and employees may bring concerns Students and employees may bring concerns about sexual harassment to the fair practices about discrimination or unfair practices in officer for investigation (Administration education or employment to the fair practices Building 211, 410-704-2361). For more officer for investigation (Administration information, visit www.towson.edu/odeo. Building 205, 410-704-2361). After a student or employee has filed a formal complaint, full AIDS POLICY information from the complainant, from In accordance with the university’s Non- university records, and from university Discrimination Policy, no student, faculty or personnel involved in the incident will be staff member shall be denied access to the gathered and a determination as to the merits academic, social or employment opportunities of the complaint will be made. offered by Towson University solely because The investigation will normally be he/she has AIDS or is an HIV carrier. A completed within 30 days. If a key person is university committee will be appointed by the unavailable or if the complaint is complex, president to evaluate individual cases of HIV involves a grade dispute or other faculty infection and to make recommendations as matter, the investigation may take longer. questions of risk or cases of specific exigencies. Every effort will be made to complete the Educational programs will be implemented for investigation within the term in which it is the campus and the campus community to filed, unless the complaint is filed within the assist in preventing further spread of the virus. last two weeks of a term, in which case every effort will be made to complete the investigation POLICY ON SUBSTANCE ABUSE by the beginning of the following term. FOR FACULTY, STAFF AND Students are encouraged to bring incidents STUDENTS that they think are discriminatory to the University System of Maryland Policy attention of university officials. The university The University System of Maryland, as an cannot take appropriate action unless it is employer, strives to maintain a workplace free 408 APPENDICES from the illegal use, possession, or distribution criminal processes precipitated by the same of controlled substances (as defined pursuant incident and will follow the policies and to Controlled Substances Act, 21 U.S.C. procedures of the university and the University Sections 801, et. seq.). Unlawful manufacture, System of Maryland Board of Regents. In the distribution, dispensation, possession or use of workplace, use, possession, and/or sale of controlled substances by university employees illegal drugs and controlled substances are also in the workplace is prohibited under university violations of state and federal laws for which policy. In addition to any legal penalties under individuals are subject to university disciplinary federal and state law, employees found to be in processes and/or arrest and criminal violation of this policy or the Maryland prosecution. Governor’s Executive Order on Substance These serious workplace situations must be Abuse, 01.01.1991.16, may be subject to handled in ways which ensure the protection corrective action under applicable university of the civil rights and handicapped rights of personnel policies. The university supports the accused, the treatment and rehabilitation programs aimed at the prevention of substance of employees, and the notification of the abuse by university employees. Employees are necessary administrative and legal authorities. encouraged to seek assistance for substance- Specific procedures for reporting drug use, dependency problems. Employee-assistance penalties and appeals are part of the Towson counseling and leaves of absence to attend University Code of Conduct. Employee rehabilitation programs are appropriate means disciplinary measures and appeals for of dealing with these problems. violations of this policy as well as other policies of the university are part of the Faculty Towson University Policy Handbook, the Part-Time Faculty Handbook, The use of controlled substances and the and the Personnel Manual. abuse of alcohol present a serious threat to In addition to the university policy on individual health and everyone’s safety. substance abuse, all employees of the university, Moreover, the use of illegal drugs and the including student employees, are subject to the abuse of alcohol can result in less than Maryland Governor’s Executive Order complete reliability, stability and good 01.01.1991.16 on the Drug and Alcohol Free judgment which is inconsistent with the Workplace. standards set for the faculty, staff and students In accordance with federal legislation, of this university. Towson University, as an Towson University’s substance abuse policy employer, strives to maintain a workplace free will be distributed annually to all students and from illegal use, distribution or possession of employees through the campus or U.S. mail. controlled substances. Any person found to be participating in such activity will be subject to Education administrative disciplinary action, mandatory In accordance with federal legislation, there counseling, and treatment and/or criminal will be an annual distribution in writing, to proceedings. each employee and student of: The use, possession, and/or sale of illegal 1. the dangers of drug abuse in the drugs are considered violations of Towson workplace (to include student employees); University’s Code of Student Conduct, the 2. the institution’s policy of maintaining a faculty contract, and the terms of employment drug-free workplace and drug-free campus; of regular, contingent (exempt/non-exempt) 3. standards of conduct that clearly prohibit, staff. Faculty, students and employees who at a minimum, the unlawful possession, use or use, possess or sell illegal drugs shall be subject distribution of illicit drugs and alcohol by to discipline, including mandatory counseling, students and employees on university property suspension or dismissal from the university. or as part of any university activities; The university will take disciplinary action 4. a description of applicable legal sanctions based on reasonable available information; under local, state or federal law; such action will be independent of any civil or 5. a description of health risks associated APPENDICES 409 with the use of illicit drugs and abuse of resources of the Counseling Center shall be alcohol; available for supervisors who seek consultation 6. a description of available drug or alcohol in handling employees who may have counseling, treatment, or rehabilitation and/or substance abuse problems. The call will be re-entry programs; treated with confidentiality and respect. 7. a clear statement of the disciplinary Voluntary participants in an assistance sanctions that the university will impose on program will not jeopardize their continued students and employees. employment or enrollment at the university provided that their job performance or All supervisory faculty and staff will receive behavior is consistent with established training on drug awareness and treatment. standards. However, voluntary participation This training program shall include existing as in an assistance program will not prevent well as new supervisory personnel. Drug disciplinary action for violation of the policy awareness training will be an integral part of described herein, where such violation has the university’s student orientation program. already occurred. Faculty and staff orientations will include programming especially designed to focus on Procedures for Grievances and Appeal the university’s policy toward substance abuse. Towson University strongly encourages the use of drug rehabilitation programs as the Employee/Student Assistance Programs keystone to a drug-free environment. For each Towson University’s health and drug class of employee and student category, the education programs will inform the entire formal rules of procedure remain intact. These university community of the physical and include the student judicial procedures and psychological effects of the non-medically criminal justice procedures. Following a supervised use of illegal drugs, alcohol and conviction for violation of a drug offense in consciousness expanding drugs. The education the workplace, disciplinary action can be program shall make employees aware of the imposed, up to and including termination or consequences of prosecution under local, state disenrollment. As a condition of continued and federal laws and the rules for governance employment or education, an employee or for university imposed discipline. student may be required to participate in an The university recognizes the importance approved drug abuse rehabilitation program. of individual rights and respects the privacy of employees and students. To this end, the Suspected Drug Use, Possession or Sale university has an established counseling The use, possession or sale of illegal drugs program for students and an Employee violates state and federal laws for which all Assistance Program (EAP) for faculty and offenders are subject to arrest and criminal staff. These programs have been designed to prosecution, as well as university administrative provide counseling and rehabilitative processes. These serious offenses must be services. Employees and students are handled in ways to ensure the guarding of encouraged to contact the appropriate evidence, the protection of civil rights of the program in the event they have a substance accused, and notification of the proper abuse problem. In this way a student or authorities. To this end, specific procedures employee can correct the problem before it outlined in this policy are to be followed in any jeopardizes a job, an education, family, or campus situation where substances are individual well-being. suspected to be illegal drugs. Employees or students who need help with Any individual, student or employee, directly a problem of drug abuse shall be encouraged associated with the University System of to call the Counseling Center, the Health Maryland who uses or becomes involved with Center, Human Resources or the office of the illegal drugs without proper medical vice president for Student Affairs. The supervision, shall be subject to discipline, 410 APPENDICES including suspension or dismissal, as Procedures for Reporting appropriate. Substance Abuse Students, faculty and staff, in their routine The following information shall provide the activities, may observe suspected illegal drug basic guidelines for the reporting of student or activities. As a result, some staff members may employee drug use, possession, sale or become involved in the determination of distribution. Other procedures to be followed disciplinary action that follows suspected use, have been specified in other sections of this possession or distribution of an illegal policy. substance. Specific actions or responsibilities Upon observing or receiving a report of in regard to the suspicion of illegal substances suspected use, possession or distribution of an have been outlined in other paragraphs of this illegal drug or the illegal use of alcohol, faculty policy. and staff, and/or students shall proceed in the The university reserves the right to conduct following manner: drug testing consistent with applicable federal Step One: Report suspicions of illegal drug and state laws. or alcohol use or possession to the administrator of your area or the appropriate vice president. Alcohol Use and Abuse Any faculty or staff member who observes the Towson University views with alarm the workplace use or possession of illegal drugs or potential and real problems caused by alcohol alcohol must take appropriate action. abuse and alcoholism. The alcohol policy has Students observing drug activity in the been directed to students and employees residence halls should notify a housing staff engaged in the legal use of alcohol. The member. These administrators will notify the implicit as well as explicit focus for prudent appropriate authorities and take appropriate drinking is with moderation rather than action. intoxication. Step Two: Use judicious thought and sound Any person using alcoholic beverages at judgment when approaching individuals any time and at any place while on the Towson suspected of illegal drug or alcohol use, University campus is responsible to civil and possession or distribution. It is preferable to university authorities for compliance with leave drugs or alcohol in their original location state and county law. until the authorities take action. It is against Maryland state law for anyone Step Three: The university administration under the age of 21 to purchase, possess or will determine if state or federal laws may have consume alcoholic beverages. been violated. University employees should It is unlawful for any minor to knowingly not become involved in mediating any situation and willfully make any misrepresentation or involving illegal drug or alcohol use. false statement as to his/her age in order to obtain alcoholic beverages. Penalties for Substance Abuse It is unlawful for any person to purchase Penalties for Faculty and Staff alcoholic beverages for consumption by an Towson University strongly encourages the individual who is known to be a minor. use of drug rehabilitation programs as an It is unlawful for any person to possess effective measure in creating a drug-free open containers of any alcoholic beverages in workplace program. However, additional a public place. penalties may be implemented up to and Policies concerning the possession and/or including reprimand, suspension, mandatory use of alcoholic beverages on campus and at counseling, mandatory participation in a drug special university/community events shall be rehabilitation program and/or dismissal. the delegated responsibility of the vice Appropriate university grievance procedures president for Student Affairs and associate shall be used for each classification of provost. employee. APPENDICES 411

Consistent with the Governor’s Executive student will be subject to arrest and criminal Order 01.01.1991.16 (found at http://www. prosecution. dsd.state.md.us/comar/ All students suspected of substance abuse comarhtml/01/01.01.1991.16.htm), any violations may be referred to the director of employee charged with an alcohol driving Judicial Affairs. The student will be subject to a offense or a controlled dangerous substance due process hearing in accordance with offense must report a finding of guilty, an institutional disciplinary guidelines. Disciplinary acceptance of a plea of nolo contendere or a action at the university will normally proceed probation before judgment to the employee’s whether or not criminal charges related to the appointing authority within five working same incident have been processed and days. sustained. The university encourages voluntary Employees designated “sensitive” by counseling and may require participation in an Towson University are subject to penalties set approved treatment program. forth by the Governor’s Executive Order. Where there is evidence that the continued Any individual who has been convicted of a presence of a student on the university campus controlled dangerous substance offense on or poses a substantial threat to self, others, or to after January 1, 1991, shall be required to the stability and continuance of normal disclose that fact when applying for a license university functions, the vice president for renewal. The licensing authority may refuse to Student Affairs and associate provost, or a issue the license or impose appropriate designee, may immediately suspend, on an conditions on the license, except for emergency basis, a student from any or all noncommercial driver’s licenses (Maryland university activities (including university Drug Enforcement Act of 1990). housing programs and class attendance) Maryland law [Art. 27, 8, 286, and 287 pending a hearing or medical evaluation. A Annotated Code of Maryland (1990)] states hearing will be scheduled in a timely fashion to that persons who manufacture, distribute, adjudicate the case as swiftly as possible. dispense or possess a controlled dangerous During the period of emergency suspension, if substance may be subject to imprisonment the student needs access to the campus, (length of time varies) and fines ($15,000 and arrangements can be made for the student to up). come to campus, on a limited basis, to attend counseling sessions and/or conduct business, Penalties for Students usually with an escort. Such an interim In addition to the laws of the University suspension can become effective immediately System of Maryland, the State of Maryland without prior notice. and the nation, Towson University students The following penalties described herein are shall be governed by rules referred to as the in addition to those penalties listed in the “Towson University Code of Student Conduct.” section on general procedures and penalties for Within these campus guidelines, students shall suspected drug use, possession or sale. The be subject to institutional discipline if they use, specific penalty prescribed will usually depend possess, distribute or sell illegal drugs and on the nature of the alleged violation. Penalties illegally use or abuse alcohol. There may be may be administered following a judicial various penalties applied to the student hearing where the suspected offender has been convicted of misuse of drugs and alcohol, found to be guilty of specific charges. Possible depending on the situation. Individuals are penalties for student violations may include, encouraged to use voluntary rehabilitation but are not limited to, the following: programs and may be required to receive PENALTY ONE: The student user may be mandatory counseling and treatment. If a subject to referral to a mandatory drug treatment/ student is suspected by the university police to education program, and/or the termination of the have violated state and/or federal laws with university housing contract, denial of access to regard to illegal drugs or use of alcohol, the university housing halls and social functions. If 412 APPENDICES suspended, permission to return to school will be Financial Aid of any criminal drug conviction considered after the period of suspension and a occurring in the workplace, no later than five verified report of attendance in a drug treatment/ days after conviction. education program. Repeat offenders may be The university will be responsible for subject to more severe actions. notifying any contracting or granting agency, PENALTY TWO: The student distributor within 10 days of employee notification may be subject to referral to a mandatory drug otherwise receiving actual notice, of a treatment/education program and/or conviction in (2) above. suspension from school. Permission to return If a grant or award is directly made to an to school will be considered after the period of individual, rather than the institution, the suspension and a verified report of attendance individual will certify in writing to the in a drug treatment/education program. institution to not engage in unlawful Repeat offenders may be subject to more manufacture, distribution, dispensation, severe actions. possession or use of any controlled substance PENALTY THREE: The student in the workplace or while conducting any conspirator, who brings together the seller and work activity with the grant/contract and will the buyer, may be subject to referral to a abide by the terms of this Towson University mandatory drug treatment/education program Substance Abuse Policy. and/or suspension. Permission to return to school after the period of suspension will be Relationship with External Contractors considered with verified attendance in a drug The university is committed to encourage treatment/education program. all non-state entities, who do business with the PENALTY FOUR: Greek organizations university or otherwise receive funds from the that have been found to tolerate drug use, university, to make a “good faith” effort to possession, and/or sale on the part of their eliminate illegal drug abuse from their members will be subject to a drug education workplace. Therefore, in accordance with program for the group. Maryland law [Art. Executive Order 01.01.1991.16, the university 27, 8, 286, and 287 Annotated Code of shall take whatever action necessary and Maryland (1990)] states that persons who appropriate to require a drug-free workplace, manufacture, distribute, dispense or possess a in accordance with applicable federal and state controlled dangerous substance may be subject law, on each recipient of a state contract, to imprisonment (length of time varies) and grant, loan or other state funding instrument. fines ($15,000 and up). Biennial Review Recipients of Federal Grant/Contracts/ The Towson University Substance Abuse Awards Policy and Program will be reviewed every two Any faculty, staff member or student years, (a) to determine effectiveness and the applying 1) for a federal grant/contract in need to implement change as necessary, and which an in-the -workplace drug-free policy (b) to assure that sanctions developed and has been required, 2) for a “Pell Grant” or any implemented were consistently enforced. other student/faculty grant/award or fellowship in which an in-the-workplace drug-free policy Responsibility has been required, and 3) for a subcontract The president of Towson University will with the Department of Defense, will be appoint a campus coordinator for all substance required to comply in accordance with federal and alcohol abuse programs. This administrator regulations. will be responsible to the president for the 1. Each individual must certify in writing to implementation of this policy and the abide by the terms of the Towson University university’s Drug-Free Workplace and Drug- Drug-Free Workplace Policy. Free Campus plans. The president shall also 2. Each individual must notify the Office of hold responsible all faculty, staff and students University Research Services or the Office of for supporting the campus coordinator, APPENDICES 413 especially those who occupy positions of b. evidence of bias in the decision leadership and supervision. making c. violation of policy in the “Good Faith” Efforts decision-making process Towson University will at all times make a d. a flaw in the student’s right of “good faith” effort to maintain a drug-free and due process substance abuse-free workplace and campus Academic Warning – The Office of the through the implementation of this policy. Registrar sends a notice of academic warning to graduate students whose GPA falls below the minimum required 3.00. The student may contact the Registrar for direction on Appendix E how to correct the academic record, if possible. The warning itself will not be removed if the GPA is not restored to a 3.00. Student Responsibilities and Rights Responsibilities: The student is responsible Late Registration – Students are expected for: 1) observing all university and Graduate to register for courses in accordance with the Studies policies, regulations, procedures and date established in the academic calendar. academic requirements, including specific The student is to contact the Office of the requirements of the program; and 2) Registrar for approval of late registration. maintaining a high standard of academic The Registrar makes the final determination integrity. regarding the late registration request based on the evidence, and in consultation with the Rights: Students are entitled to privacy, student’s academic department and program expression, nondiscrimination, nonharassment director. and the opportunity to appeal, petition or contest university actions pursuant to the Late Withdrawal During the Academic procedures referenced below. Term – A student may petition for late withdrawal from courses because of Pursuant to the procedures set forth below, documented health problems or verified students shall have the opportunity: 1) to circumstances beyond the student’s control. appeal their dismissal from the Towson The student is to contact the Office of the University; 2) to appeal grades; 3) to petition Registrar for approval of late withdrawal. for an exception from academic policies; and The Registrar makes the final determination 4) to contest disciplinary sanctions. regarding the late withdrawal request based upon documented evidence, and in I. Graduate Student Appeals Process consultation with the student’s academic for Academic Issues department and program director. If Students are to abide by the academic approved, a grade of “W” will be recorded. decision process. Under circumstances specified below, students may appeal these Retroactive Withdrawal After the academic decisions. The appeal must be Academic Term – A student may petition for submitted in writing and include all retroactive withdrawal after the academic documented evidence. Determinations term because of documented health problems regarding the student’s appeal are to be or verified circumstances beyond the provided in writing to the student. Rationales student’s control. The student is to contact for appeals may include: the Office of the Registrar for approval of a. evidence of new information the retroactive withdrawal by the end of the or insufficient consideration of following term. The Registrar makes a all aspects of the situation determination regarding the retroactive 414 APPENDICES withdrawal request based upon the completion of requirements necessary for documented evidence, and in consultation graduation. The program director or with the student’s course instructor, academic academic department notifies the Registrar department and program director. If when students have not completed the approved, a grade of “W” will be recorded. requirements necessary for graduation. When the student has a dispute with the When the student has a dispute with the determination made by the Registrar, the determination made by the academic student may appeal to the dean of the program, the student may appeal to the dean academic college, then the Graduate Studies of the academic college, then the Graduate Committee. The decision of the Graduate Studies Committee. The decision of the Studies Committee is final. Graduate Studies Committee is final.

Academic Dismissal for GPA Below the Second or Third Attempts of a Course – Minimum Requirement – A student may Students are to abide by program, department petition for removal of the academic dismissal and University polices regarding repetition of because of a low GPA that resulted from courses. In those situations where academic documented health problems or verified program and department policies regarding circumstances beyond the student’s control. course repetition are more stringent than The student is to contact the Office of the University policy, students are to abide by Registrar to request removal of the academic their academic program and department dismissal by the end of the following term. The policy regarding petitioning for exceptions. Registrar makes a determination regarding the Students must contact the Office of the removal of the academic dismissal based upon Registrar to petition for exception to the the documented evidence, and in consultation University policy that states that courses for with the student’s academic department and which a grade has been earned may be program director. When the student has a repeated only once. The Registrar makes the dispute with the determination made by the determination regarding the petition for a Registrar, the student may appeal to the dean third attempt of a course based on of the academic college, then the Graduate documented evidence, and in consultation Studies Committee. The decision of the with the student’s academic department and Graduate Studies Committee is final. program director. When the student has a dispute with the determination made by the Program Dismissal for not Meeting Program academic program or the Registrar, the Requirements – Students are to abide by their student may appeal to the dean of the academic department and program policies academic college, then the Graduate Studies and procedures for meeting program Committee. The decision of the Graduate requirements. The program director or Studies Committee is final. academic department notifies the Registrar when students are dismissed from the academic Time Limit for Completion of Degree and program. When the student has a dispute with Certificate Requirements – Students are to the determination made by the academic abide by University policy for completion of program, the student may appeal to the dean of degree and certificate requirements. Students the academic college, then the Graduate Studies are to contact the Office of the Registrar and Committee. The decision of the Graduate provide documented evidence related to Studies Committee is final. Students who health problems or extenuating circumstances initiate the appeal process are to do so within to petition for time extension. Petitions for 30 days of initial notification of dismissal. time extensions beyond one year require documentation of substantive health Graduation Deficiency – Students are to problems or extenuating circumstances. The abide by their academic department and Registrar makes the determination regarding program policies and procedures for the extension based upon documented APPENDICES 415 evidence, and in consultation with the the determination made by the course student’s academic department and program instructor, the student may appeal first to the director. When the student has a dispute with program director and/or the department the determination made by the Registrar, the chair as outlined in the department’s policies student may appeal to the dean of the and procedures, the dean of the academic academic college, then the Graduate Studies college, then the Student Appeals Committee. Committee. The decision of the Graduate The decision of the Student Appeals Studies Committee is final. Committee is final. Students who wish to initiate the appeal process must do so by the Exception to Conditional Admissions end of the following term. Procedures – The Director of Admissions, in consultation with the academic program Dismissal for Violation of Professional director, can approve admission of students Standards – Students are to abide by the into a program who meet the qualifications professional standards established within for conditional admission of the academic their academic programs and departments. program that are published in the Graduate The program director and academic Catalog. Students who seek admission to an department make the determination to academic program that do not meet the dismiss a student for violation of professional minimal qualifications for conditional standards based on documented evidence admission must petition the Graduate Studies and in accordance with established policies Committee for admission. A written rationale and procedures of the program and and documented evidence must be included department. When the student has a dispute in the petition. The decision of the Graduate with the determination made by the program Studies Committee is final. director and academic department, the student may appeal to the dean of the Grade Appeals for a Particular Piece of academic college, then the Graduate Studies Work – Students who feel an earned grade Committee. The decision of the Graduate for a particular piece of work is unjust must Studies Committee is final. The student shall address their disagreement first with the be notified in writing of the academic course instructor who is primarily responsible dismissal by mail to the student’s permanent for assigning grades. When the student has a address in PeopleSoft. Students who wish to dispute with the determination made by the initiate the appeal process must do so by the course instructor, the student may appeal end of the following term. first to the program director and/or the department chair as outlined in the II. Student Academic Integrity Policy department’s policies and procedures, and then the dean of the academic college. The I. Policy Statement: decision of the academic dean is final. The acquisition, sharing, communication Students who wish to initiate the appeal and evaluation of knowledge are at the core process must do so by the end of the of a university’s mission. To realize this part following term. of its mission, a university must be a community of trust. Because integrity is Grade Appeal for Grades as Outlined on essential to the purpose of an academic the Course Syllabus – Students who feel an community, the responsibility for maintaining earned grade was inconsistent with the terms standards of integrity is shared by all set forth by the instructor at the beginning of members of that academic community. As term, normally outlined in the course instructors, faculty members are ultimately syllabus, must address their disagreement responsible for maintaining the academic first with the course instructor who is standards of integrity on which trust is primarily responsible for assigning the founded because they set academic standards, grades. When the student has a dispute with 416 APPENDICES award academic credit and confer degrees when standards are met. To carry out these III. Definitions: responsibilities, faculty members will The following definitions and examples reasonably assess that student work are not meant to be exhaustive. The university submitted for academic credit is authentic as reserves the right to determine, in a given well as consistent with established academic instance, what action constitutes a violation standards. Therefore, academic evaluation of academic integrity. includes a judgment that the student’s work is free from academic dishonesty of any type. A. Student - includes all persons taking Through example in their own academic courses at the university, both full-time and pursuits and through the learning part-time, pursuing undergraduate, graduate, environment that they create for their professional, and certificate or continuing students, faculty members preserve and studies. transmit the values of the academic B. Plagiarism - presenting work, products, community. They are expected to instill in ideas, words or data of another as one’s own their students respect for integrity and a is plagiarism. Indebtedness must be desire to behave honestly. They must also acknowledged whenever: take measures to discourage student academic 1. one quotes another person’s actual dishonesty. The following policies, words or replicates all or part of another’s procedures and definitions are intended to product. This includes all information help faculty meet these responsibilities. As gleaned from any source, including the responsible members of the academic Internet. community, students are obligated not to 2. one uses another person’s ideas, opinions, violate the basic standards of integrity. They work, data or theories, even if they are are also expected to take an active role in completely paraphrased in one’s own words. encouraging other members to respect those 3. one borrows facts, statistics or other standards. Should a student have reason to illustrative materials. believe that a violation of academic integrity Because expectations about academic has occurred, he/she is encouraged to make assignments vary among disciplines and the suspicion known to a member of the instructors, students should consult with faculty or university administration. Students their instructors about any special should familiarize themselves with the requirements related to citation. university’s policies, procedures and Some examples: Submitting as one’s own definitions of types of violations. the work of a “ghost writer” or commercial Commitment to maintaining and encouraging writing service; knowingly buying or high standards of academic integrity is otherwise acquiring and submitting, as one’s demonstrated in many ways. One way is own work, any research paper or other through the establishment of policies and writing assignment; submitting as one’s own procedures governing violation of the work in which portions were produced by standards. The provisions of Towson someone acting as tutor or editor; University’s Student Academic Integrity collaborating with others on papers or Policy follow. projects without authorization of the instructor. II. Reason for Policy: In addition to oral or written work, To maintain and encourage high standards plagiarism may also involve using, without of academic integrity, and to comply with permission and or acknowledgement, University System of Maryland Policy III- Internet websites, computer programs or 1.00 Policy on Faculty, Student and files, research designs, ideas and images, Institutional Rights and Responsibilities for charts and graphs, photographs, creative Academic Integrity. works and other types of information that APPENDICES 417 belong to another. Verbatim statements must and the like from other students; collaborating be enclosed by quotation marks, or set off on laboratory or computer work without from regular text as indented extracts, with authorization and without indication of the full citation. nature and extent of the collaboration; C. Fabrication and Falsification - making sending a substitute to take an examination. unauthorized alterations to information, or E. Complicity in Academic Dishonesty - inventing any information or citation in an helping or attempting to help another commit academic exercise. Fabrication is a matter of an act of academic dishonesty. inventing or counterfeiting information or Some Examples: Allowing another to citation, while falsification is a matter of copy from one’s paper during an examination altering information. or test; distributing test questions or Some Examples: substantive information about the material Fabrication - inventing or counterfeiting to be tested without authorization before the data, research results, information or scheduled exercise; collaborating on procedures; inventing data or fabricating academic work knowing that the research procedures to make it appear that collaboration will not be reported; taking an the results of one process are actually the examination or test for another student; or results of several processes; counterfeiting a signing a false name on an academic exercise. record of internship or practicum experiences. (Note: Collaboration and sharing Falsification - altering the record of data information are characteristics of academic or experimental procedures or results; false communities. These become violations when citation of the source of information (e.g., they involve dishonesty. Instructors should reproducing a quotation from a book review make expectations about acceptable while indicating that the quotation was collaborations clear to students. Students obtained from the book itself); altering the should seek clarification when in doubt). record, or reporting false information about, F. Abuse of Academic Materials - practicum or clinical experiences; altering destroying, stealing or making inaccessible grade reports or other academic records; library or other resource materials. submitting a false excuse for absence or Some Examples: Stealing or destroying tardiness in a scheduled academic exercise; library or reference materials needed for altering a returned examination paper and common academic exercises; hiding resource seeking re-grading. materials so others may not use them; D. Cheating - Using or attempting to use destroying computer programs or files unauthorized materials, information, notes, needed in academic work; stealing or study aids or other devices in any academic intentionally destroying another student’s exercise. This includes unauthorized notes or laboratory experiments; receiving communication of information during an assistance in locating or using sources of exercise. information in an assignment where such Some Examples: Copying from another assistance has been forbidden by the student’s paper or receiving unauthorized instructor. (Note: The offense of abuse of assistance during a quiz, test or examination; academic materials shall be dealt with under using books, notes or other devices (e.g., this policy only when the abuse violates calculators) when these are not authorized; standards of integrity in academic matters, procuring without authorization tests or usually in a course or experience for which examinations before the scheduled exercise academic credit is awarded). (including discussion of the substance of G. Multiple Submissions - submitting examinations and tests when it is expected substantial portions of the same academic these will not be discussed); copying reports, work (including oral reports) for credit more laboratory work, computer programs or files than once without authorization of the and the like from other students; collaborating instructor(s). What constitutes a “substantial on laboratory or computer programs or files portion” of the same work is determined 418 APPENDICES solely by the university. (i) nature of the charge/evidence against Some Examples: Submitting the same or the student; substantially the same work for credit in (ii) brief summary of the meeting with the more than one course without prior student; permission of the instructor. Building upon (iii) faculty member’s decision; or reworking prior work is acceptable with (iv) right of appeal to the department permission of the instructor. chair. b. If the student is subsequently found not H. Course Related – an alleged violation responsible for the charge, the student may that occurs in a course being taken for either: academic credit. (i) remain in the course without penalty, I. Non-Course Related – an alleged or violation that relates to any aspect of a (ii) withdraw from the course regardless student’s program of studies that is not part of any published deadlines. of a course being taken for academic credit. Once a faculty member has charged a student with academic dishonesty, the IV. Responsible Executive and Office: student may not withdraw from the course. Responsible Executive: Provost Any student who withdraws from a course Responsible Office: Registrar’s Office before the charge is made may be reregistered for the course so that appropriate action can V. Entities Affected by this Policy: be taken. If the student is found responsible This policy applies to all enrolled students, for violating the Student Academic Integrity undergraduate and graduate, regardless of Policy, the student may not withdraw from teaching site (e. g., off-campus) or teaching the course and will receive the sanction mode (e. g., distance learning). imposed by the instructor or other academic authority. VI. Procedures: 2. Non-course-related violations. A. Procedures for handling cases. a. A department chair, or other academic This Policy will cover two types of authority, may acquire evidence, either academic integrity violations: course-related directly or through information supplied by and noncourse-related. others, that a violation of academic integrity 1. Course-related violations. may have occurred in a departmental or a. A faculty member responsible for comprehensive exam, or other departmental assigning final grades in a course may acquire activity. After collecting the evidence evidence, either directly or through available, the chair, or academic authority, information supplied by others, that a meets with the student to present the evidence student violation of academic integrity may of a violation and request an explanation. If have occurred. After collecting the evidence the chair, or other academic authority, available, the faculty member meets with the accepts the student’s explanation, no further student to present the evidence of a violation action is taken. If the chair, or other academic and request an explanation. If the faculty authority, determines that a violation has member accepts the student’s explanation, occurred, the chair, or other academic no further action is taken. If the faculty authority, informs the student, in writing, of member determines that a violation has the academic penalty and of the student’s occurred, the faculty member informs the rights of appeal. The chair, or other academic student, in writing, of the academic penalty authority, sends a copy of the letter, together and of the student’s rights of appeal. The with any additional information, to the faculty member sends a copy of the letter, college dean and to the Office of the together with any additional information, to the department chairperson and to the Office Registrar. The letter should include: of the Registrar. The letter should include: (i) nature of the charge/evidence against APPENDICES 419 the student; authority for a non-course-related violation (ii) brief summary of the meeting with the may include the following: student; 1. failure of a comprehensive exam; (iii) chair or designee’s decision; 2. dismissal from an academic program; (iv) right of appeal to the college dean. 3. dismissal from a Graduate program; 4. referral to the Office of Student Conduct B. Procedures for group projects. and Civility Education. When academic dishonesty occurs in a Note: If a department or college has its group project, faculty should make a own code of professional standards, any concerted effort to determine who was academic integrity violation, whether course- responsible for the violation of the academic related or non-course-related, may be integrity by examining each student’s part of sanctioned under the process described in the project, and by meeting with each student those professional standards, in addition to individually and then collectively. If the those penalties outlined above. Whatever the preponderance of evidence identifies the penalty, the letter describing the incident and violator(s), that student (or students), not the recording the decision will be kept for seven group, may be charged with a violation of years in the Office of the Registrar. The the academic integrity policy and the purpose of this record keeping is to ensure student(s) be informed of the penalty to be that students who violate the university’s assessed. In cases where the identity of the Student Academic Integrity Policy a second violator(s) is not easily determined with time are dealt with appropriately. A second reasonable certainty, or when the violator(s) purpose is to deter students from repeating are not forthcoming, the faculty member offenses. The first-offense file is an internal may then hold the entire group responsible record, not part of the student’s disciplinary for a violation of the academic integrity record or academic transcript. A second policy, and assess a penalty to each member violation will normally result in formal of the project team. judicial charges being brought against the student. In addition to the sanctions listed C. Penalties. above, sanctions for a second or subsequent All acts of academic dishonesty violate violation may include: standards essential to the existence of an 1. suspension from the university for a academic community. Most offenses are designated period of time; properly handled and remedied by the faculty 2. expulsion from the university; member teaching the course in which they 3. any sanctions listed in the Code of occur, or by an academic department or Student Conduct or Graduate Catalog. college. Other violations will be referred to In the determination of penalties, the the Office of Student Conduct and Civility following factors may be considered: Education for sanctions listed in the Code of 1. the nature and seriousness of the Student Conduct. The penalties that may be offense; assessed by a faculty member for a course- 2. the injury or damage resulting from the related violation may include the following: misconduct; 1. revision of the work in question and/or 3. the student’s prior disciplinary record; completion of alternative work, with or 4. frequency of academic integrity without a grade reduction; violations. 2. reduced grade (including “F” or zero) for the assignment; D. Appeal procedures. 3. reduced grade (including “F”) for the a. If the student chooses to appeal a entire course. course-related sanction, upon receipt of the The penalties that may be assessed by a faculty member’s decision, the student must department, college or other academic submit within five working days a letter of 420 APPENDICES appeal to the department chairperson. If a III. Non-Discrimination Policy department chairperson is also the instructor Towson University’s policies, programs and bringing the charge of academic dishonesty, activities comply with federal and state laws any appeal will be sent to the dean of the and University System of Maryland regulations college. After receiving the student’s appeal prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, letter, the chairperson will: color, religion, age, national origin, sex, (i) arrange a meeting with the student disability and sexual orientation. Sexual within five working days, unless there is a harassment (see following section) is considered compelling reason to extend this time period. a form of sexual discrimination. If the time is extended, the meeting will be Students may bring concerns about held as soon as possible after the five days; discrimination or unfair practices in education (ii) arrange, if appropriate, a meeting with to the Fair Practices officer for investigation the faculty member, either separately or with (Administration Building 211, 410-704-2361). the student in attendance; After a student has filed a formal complaint, (iii) notify the student in writing of his/her full information from the complainant, from decision within five working days following university records and from university their meeting, unless there is a compelling personnel involved in the incident will be reason to extend this time period. If the time gathered, and a determination as to the merits is extended, the student will be notified as of the complaint will be made. soon as possible after the five days; The investigation will normally be (iv) send copies of the decision to the completed within 30 days. If a key person is Office of the Registrar and to the office of unavailable or if the complaint is complex, the dean of the college. involves a grade dispute or other academic b. If the student is dissatisfied with the matter, the investigation may take longer. chairperson’s decision, in the case of either a Every effort will be made to complete the course-related violation or a non-course- investigation within the term in which it is related violation, the student may appeal to filed, unless the complaint is filed within the the dean of the college. The student must last two weeks of a term, in which case every submit a letter to the dean within five effort will be made to complete the investigation working days following the receipt of the by the beginning of the following term. chair’s letter. Students are encouraged to bring incidents c. Finally, if the student is dissatisfied with that they think are discriminatory to the the decision of the college dean, he or she attention of university officials. The university may appeal to the Student Appeals cannot take appropriate action unless it is Committee. The student must submit a letter aware that a problem exists. For more of appeal to the Committee, in care of the information, visit www.towson.edu/odeo. Office of Student Conduct and Civility Education, within five working days of the IV. Sexual or Gender Harassment dean’s decision, unless there is a compelling Sexual harassment constitutes a serious reason to extend this time period. If the time threat to the free interaction and exchange is extended, the letter of appeal will be due as necessary for educational and personal soon as possible after the five days. Once the development, and it is entirely unacceptable on Committee has received the appeal, it will set this campus. Sexual or gender harassment may up a meeting where both student and faculty range from offensive gender or sexual or departmental representative will be invited innuendos to coerced sexual relations. It can to give testimony to the Committee. The happen to both men and women. Committee may let the original decision Harassment occurs when a person in a stand or may modify it. The decision of the position of control or influence uses authority Committee is final. in an attempt to gain sexual favors and thereafter threatens or punishes for refusal to APPENDICES 421 comply. Harassment includes, but is not concerns about sexual harassment to the Fair limited to, suggestive remarks about clothing Practices officer for investigation or physical attributes; leering; unnecessary (Administration Building 211, 410-704-2361) touching; subtle or direct requests for sexual consistent with applicable university favors; implied or overt threats; or a hostile regulations. For more information, visit www. sexual environment. Students may bring towson.edu/odeo. 422 INDEX Index Biology Program...... 159 Board of Regents...... 366 Bookstore...... 195 Academic Calendar...... 1 Business Administration (MBA) Academic Integrity...... 28, 415 Program...... 33 Academic Standards/Appeals...... 28 Campus Facilities (Appendix A)...... 389 Academic Standing...... 15 Campus Recreation Services...... 186 Accounting and Business Career Center...... 186 Advisory Services Program...... 30 Change from One Degree Program Accreditation...... Inside Front Cover to a Different Program...... 16 Administration...... 365 Child-Life Administration, Administrator I Certification...... 181 Family Collaboration Program...... 115 Admission...... 9 Clinical Psychology Program ...... 134 Admission Prior to Baccalaureate Degree.12 Clinician-Administrator Transition Certificate...... 95 Admission to a Second Program After Academic Dismissal...... 16 Code of Conduct (Appendix D)...... 395 Advising ...... 16 College of Business and Economics ...... 29 African American Student Development.185 College of Education...... 49 Appeals, Hearings and Grievances College of Fine Arts and Communication.78 (Appendix E)...... 409 College of Health Professions...... 90 Appendices...... 389 College of Liberal Arts...... 114 Application for Admission...... 9 College of Science and Mathematics, Application for Graduation...... 20 Fisher...... 150 Applied and Industrial Communications Management Program.. 81 Mathematics Program...... 152 Computer Science Program...... 160 Applied Gerontology...... 91 Confidentiality of Records...... 27 Applied Information Technology Continuous Enrollment...... 13 Program...... 151 Counseling Center...... 187 Applied Physics...... 157 Counseling Psychology Program...... 136 Art Education Program...... 79 Course Descriptions ...... 197 Art Studio Program...... 79 Course Numbers...... 14 Arts Integration Program...... 80 Database Management Assistantships...... 26 Systems Certificate...... 172 Audiology Program...... 92 Day Care...... 195 Auditing Courses...... 14 Dining Services...... 188 Autism Studies...... 94 Disability Support Services...... 189 INDEX 423

Diversity Resources...... 187 Health Science Program ...... 96 Dual Career Program...... 12 History of the University ...... 5 Early Childhood Education Program...... 51 Homeland Security Management, Integrated Program...... 178 Education Programs...... 49 Housing...... 191 Educational Leadership (Human Resource Development) Program...... 57 Human Resource Development (Educational Leadership) Program...... 57 Elementary Education Program...... 56 Human Resource Development Environmental Science Program...... 163 (Professional) Program...... 120 Experimental Psychology Program...... 138 Humanities Program...... 119 Faculty...... 367 IHSM...... 178 Family Educational Rights and Identification Card...... 194 Privacy Act (Appendix B)...... 390 Information Security and Assurance Family-Professional Collaboration...... 115 Certificate...... 173 Fees...... 17 Information Systems Management Fellowships...... 26 Certificate...... 174 Financial Aid...... 21 Information Technology Fisher College of Science and (D.Sc.) Program...... 151 Mathematics...... 150 Instructional Technology Programs...... 58 Forensic Science Program...... 165 Integrated Homeland Security Full-Time and Part-Time Status...... 14 Management Program...... 178 Geography and Environmental Interactive Media Design Program...... 83 Planning Program...... 117 Interdisciplinary Programs...... 177 Gerontology Program...... 91 International Student Admissions...... 10 Grading System...... 15 International Student and Graduate Assistantships...... 37 Scholar Office...... 191 Graduate Faculty...... 367 Inter-Institutional Enrollment...... 14 Graduate Program Directors...... 365 Internet Application Development Certificate...... 174 Graduate Policies ...... 27 Jewish Cultural Center...... 193 Graduate Student Association...... 191 Jewish Education...... 62 Graduate Studies Committee...... 7, 366 Jewish Communal Service...... 121 Graduate Studies Office...... 7 Jewish Studies...... 125 Graduate Work by Seniors ...... 12 Kinesiology Program...... 99 Graduation Requirements ...... 260 Library...... 185 Grants and Scholarships...... 23 MAT (See Teaching)...... 74 Health Center...... 189 424 INDEX

Maintenance and Disposition Reading Program...... 66 of Records...... 27 Recreation and Fitness Facilities...... 186 Management and Leadership Re-entry to Degree Program...... 16 Development Certificate...... 179 Registration...... 12 Maryland Writing Project...... 50 Repeating Courses ...... 15 Mathematics Education...... 166 Residency Policy (Appendix C)...... 392 Mathematics Program, Applied and Industrial...... 152 Scholarships...... 22 Millennium Hall...... 191 School Psychology Program...... 139 Music Education Program ...... 84 Science Education...... 168 Music Performance/Composition Secondary Education Program...... 70 Program...... 86 Social Science Program...... 142 Networking Technologies Certificate...... 175 Software Engineering Certificate...... 175 Non-Degree Enrollment...... 10 Special Education Program...... 72 Nondiscrimination in Education and Speech-Language Pathology Program..... 111 Employment...... 27 Strategic Public Relations and Integrated Nursing Education Certificate...... 102 Communications Certificate...... 87 Nursing Program...... 100 Student Activities Office...... 193 Occupational Science (Sc.D.) Program... 102 Student Day Care Center...... 195 Occupational Therapy Program...... 104 Student Employment ...... 25, 186, 195 Officers of the University...... 365 Student Identification Card ...... 194 OneCard...... 194 Student Responsibility...... 27 Organizational Change Program...... 180 Student Services...... 185 Parking...... 194 Studio Art Program...... 79 Physician Assistant Studies Program...... 109 Substance Abuse Policy...... 27, 412 Policies, Academic Progress...... 15 Supply Chain Management Policies, Other Academic...... 27 (MA and PBC) Program...... 32 Privacy Rights of Parents and Students..... 27 Teaching (MAT) Program...... 74 Procedures and Policies...... 9 Technology Services...... 194 Professional Studies Program...... 181 Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL)...... 11 Professional Writing Program ...... 131 Theatre Program...... 88 Program of Study...... 16 Thesis Procedure...... 20 Project, Program and Portfolio Management (PBC) Program ...... 47 Time Limitation...... 20 Psychology Programs ...... 134 Transfer Credit...... 17 Reading Education Program...... 69 Tuition...... 17 INDEX 425

University Store...... 195 Women’s Resources...... 196 University Union...... 196 Women’s and Gender Studies Certificate.148 Visiting Graduate Students...... 14 Women’s and Gender Studies Program...... 145 Withdrawal from Courses...... 15

TM Rd. Valley E. Joppa Burke Ave. Dulaney SC OP

Olympic Pl. (see inset ) inset (see

6 Rd. York PR Baltimore

WA Newell Ave.

6 W. Joppa York Rd. York Towson City Center and I-695 and Center City Towson of Health and New Location Opening 2013 Allegheny Counseling Centers Counseling GE AT AT Glen Complex (A Building) - C5 BA A4 Barton House - BT Glen Complex (B Building) - C5 CT Glen Complex (C Building) - D5 DO A3 Douglass House - DT Glen Complex (D Building) - D5 GD Glen Dining Hall - C5 MH Millennium Hall - B4 NE Newell Hall - D7 ND Newell Dining Hall - D7 PH A4 House - Paca PR Prettyman Hall - D8 RT - C7 Tower Residence Rl Richmond Hall - D7 SC Scarborough Hall - D8 TH A3 House - Tubman TR Run Apartments Towson - A3 WA Hall - C8 Ward WE Hall - C7 West Residence Buildings WE RT NE ND DH Dr. er w To

University Ave. Ave. Stephens York Rd. York CK (Open 2013) PP Stadium - D2 ® SA LI ST Towsontown Garage Parking MC TD

by Permit ONLY Permit by

LH Parking Restricted VB PY Glen Dr. Glen 2 SB - D1 Softball Field SF - C1 Soccer Field SM Smith Hall - C6 SP - B5 Schuerholz Park ST Stephens Hall - D7 TA Arena - D1 Tiger TC Center - D2 Towson TD Dale - E7 Terrace TM University Marriott Towson (leased space) TN Conference Hotel - C8 Courts - D1 Tennis US Johnny Unitas UU University Union - C5 VB Hall - D6 Bokkelen Van WC Village West Commons YR Road - E6 York 7800 Y2 Road - E4 York 7400 Towsontown Blvd. LA YR space) HH (Open 2013) 2 SM

University Admissions is located in 7800 York Road (YR), suite 216. Road (YR), York Admissions is located in 7800 University Glen Parking Garage Public Safety * TU Police Opening 2013 26

AD More 10 a GD DT UU 23 PP (One Olympic Place – leased Plant - C7 Power PS Public Safety - B6 PY Psychology Building - C6 SA Annex - D7 Stephens HH Hawkins Hall - C6 LH Lecture Hall - C6 LA Arts - C6 College of Liberal Ll Linthicum Hall - C7 LS Landscape Services - D1 MC Media Center - D7 OP City Center - E8 Towson CT 23 BT BU 0 1 GS

. m AT . a SP Cross Campus Dr. 0 :3 8 e

Union Parking Garage r o f e b 24 24a CA 1a 1 11 AD Administration Building - E6 AH Auburn House - E2 BU Burdick Hall - B5 CA Arts - C4 Center for the CC Child Care Center - E2 CK Cook Library - D7 DH Dowell Health Center - C7 ES A4 Enrollment Services Ctr - FH House - C2 Field GE Glen Esk - C7 GS A5 General Services - Academic and Administrative Buildings Administrative Academic and ES

. 2 m

1 .

9 r e e Osler Dr. Osler r t fo la 17 e r b o . m

. for a BA

H 9 M

To Charles St. and I-695 PH

Towsontown Blvd. DO Emerson Drive

Restricted Parking by MH Permit ONLY

TH Emerson Dr. Emerson WC TR Where should I park? Where Don't waste time searching Depending on when you parking. parking can arrive on campus, be found in the lots generally zones. in one of three

1 n

n o s n e

S v t o e T West Village West Parking Garage Parking

n n

D r

u r .

r A

u A US AH CC FH 19 1 2 Tiger Arena Opening 2013 TC 21 a SF SB LS 2 1 Loading/Unloading Meter) (Free Restricted Parking Construction areas Please refer to www.towson.edu for the most up-to-date information Parking Information Kiosk Parking Parking Visitor & Display Pay Fall Fall TN Office of Graduate Studies Non-Profit U.S. Postage Towson University PAID 8000 York Road Towson University Towson, MD 21252-0001